Products and Projects Status Report
_______________________________________________________________________________
Title: IEEE VuSpec: 2007 Electronic Design Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Abstract: If you are an electronic design automation engineer, architect, verification engineer, or you are responsible for managing
a design team or conducting research, then this IEEE Standards VuSpec CD is for you. And, because of its value-driven price and
wide range of easy-to-use features, the new 2007 IEEE Design Automation VuSpec also is a must have item for embedded software
developers, analysts, marketing & sales professionals, and students who want to get up to speed on the full library or
international EDA Standards. VuSpec starts automatically and runs inside your familiar web browser with Adobe Acrobat. VuSpec
is your very own EDA web portal on a portable CD you can use anywhere. Semiconductors, wired or wireless communication
systems, electronics, medical test equipment, and the entire EDA software industry itself rely on these recognized standards
covering Logic, Design, Simulation, RTL & Formal Verification, IP/Cores, ALF, ASIC, IC, PSL, Verilog, and VHDL. VuSpec even
covers new methods and best practices for the functional verification language 'e' as well as SystemC and SystemVerilog. IEEE
VuSpec searches through all these standards, leading you where you need to be, instantly! Also includes an easy point-and-
click navigator, glossary of over 600 official EDA terms with citations back to their referenced standards, bonus links, and a
convenient index of nearly 300 keywords to guide you to the proper source.
Key Words: 93/217/RVD, 93/218/RVD, ABV, Accellera Property Specification
Language, Accellera PSL, Air Force Rome Laboratory, Air Force Wright
Patterson Laboratory, ALF, ALF libraries, ALF-based ASIC, Application-
specific, Army, Asia-Pacific, ASIC, ASIC Council, ASIC macrocell, ASIC
Modeling Specification, Assertion-based, Axis System, behavioral, BIT,
block, Block-diagrams, BOOLEAN, British Ministry of Defense, Brunel
University, CAD, Cadence, Cadence Design Systems, cell, Cisco, Concurrency,
COTS, Customer Service, Cygwin, DASC, Datatype, DCL, Defense, Department of
Defense, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE HANDBOOK, derate, Design Automation, DIDs,
DoD, DPCS, DPI, DSM, E-based IP, EDA, Eiffel, electrical, Electronic Design
Automation, Esterel, European CAD Standardization Initiative, European
ESPRIT Project 8370 ESIP, F30602-93-C-0209, F33615-96-C-1908, FDIS
93/212/FDIS Report, FDIS 93/213/FDIS Report, Feedback Form, File-
manipulation, FireFox, Floorplanners, Fluidic, format, functional,
Functional Verification Language, Gate Ensemble to Verilog-XL, gate-level,
GDA Technologies, Government, Hardware simulation, HDL, HILO-2, I/O, IBM,
IBM Corporation, IC, IEC 62142, IEC/IEEE 61691-1-1, IEC/PAS 62050, IEEE,
IEEE 1076, IEEE 1076.4 TAG, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual,
IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages, IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis
Packages, IEEE Std 1076, IEEE Std 1076.1-1999, IEEE Std 1076.2-1996, IEEE
Std 1076.3-1997, IEEE Std 1076.6-1999, IEEE Std 1076.6-2004, IEEE Std 1076-
1993, IEEE Std 1076-2002, IEEE Std 1164-1993, IEEE Std 1364-1995, IEEE Std
1364-2001, IEEE Std 1364-2005, IEEE Std 1603-2003, IEEE VHDL93, IEEE VuSpec,
Infrastructure, integrated circuit, Intel, Internet Explorer,
Interoperability, Interval Temporal Logic, Java, JEITA, language, Language
Reference Manual, layout, library, LICENSE AGREEMENT, Lockheed Martin, LRM,
LSI Logic VHDL behavioral, LTL, Machine-readable, Macrocell,
Maintainability, MATH_COMPLEX, MATH_REAL, Mentor Graphics Memory Table
Model, Metalogical, Methodology, Microelectronics, MIL-HDBK-454, Mixed-
language, modeling, Modula, Multi-language, Nonsynthesizable VHDL, OMF,
OMI, OMI-compliant, Open Model Forum, Open Model Interface, Open SystemC
Initiative, Open Verilog International, Orthogonality, OSCI, OVI, OVI/VI,
Pascal, PATHPULSE, PDEF, PDF, Perl, Personal VGUI, physical, Physical Design
Exchange Format, PLI, PLI/VPI, power, Power Calculation System, Programming
Language Interface, Prototyping, PSL, PS-TSC, Rambus, Rapid Prototyping of
Application-Specific Signal Processors, RASSP, Rational Rose, RFPs, ROMs,
RTC, RTL, SDF, SDF 1497, Self-extensibility, SI2, Signal, signal integrity,
SIGNED, Silicon Integration Initiative, Simulation, Simulator/model
interoperability, SKEW, Specifications, SPEF, SPF, SSIG, ST
Microelectronics, Standard Delay Format, Standard Parasitic Exchange Format,
Standard Parasitic Format, Standardized ASIC, Standards, STARC, Synopsys,
Synthesis, Synthesizability, Synthesizable, Synthesizable register-transfer,
Synthesizable RTL, SystemC, System-on-chip, SystemVerilog, SystemVerilog
3.1a, SystemVerilog®, technology, Testbench, Testbench language, Texas
Instruments, Time-to-market, timing, Trademark, Tutorial/help, UML, Unified
Hardware Design, UNSIGNED, US Army Industrial Engineering Activity, US Army
Materiel Command’s Engineering Design Handbook Program, User-definable, V&V,
Vendor-independent API, Verification Language, Verilog, Verilog 1364,
Verilog compiler/simulator, Verilog HDL, Verilog language, Verilog PLI,
Verilog Procedural Interface, Verilog®, Verilog® Hardware Description
Language, Verilog® HDL-based RTL, Verisity, Veritime, Versatile Graphical
User Interface, VGUI, VGUI tool, Vgui.exe tool, Vgui.ini, VGUI-2,
Vguimspc.exe, Vguitut.htm, VHDL, VHDL DID, VHDL language, VHDL library, VHDL
Register Transfer Level, VHDL register-transfer, VHDL RTL, VHDL Synthesis
Interoperability Working Group, VHDL tool, VHDL®, VHDL-AMS, VHPI, VHSIC,
VHSIC Hardware Description Language, VITAL, VITAL ASIC, VITAL_Memory, VLSI,
VPI, VSIA, VuSpec, VuSpec Series, Waveform, Waveform file formats, WAVES,
Well-structured language, Workgroups, Working, XML, XML-based file format,
Y2K, Year 2000 Test Methods, Yoav Hollander
Title: Americal National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection
Instrumentation for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2005
**Supercedes 2004 version, SE95082.
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Electronic Design Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Medical Device Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Wireless Dictionary
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2005
Technical Contact: Jennifer Longman, Phone:732-562-6355, Email:j.longman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Purpose: Part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Series, this is a quick-
access, pocket guide of commonly used wireless terms.
Title: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited
Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Single-User
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Electric Machinery (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Wireless LAN: 2004 Value Pack (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2003
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec
Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE High-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec
Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 24, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: Handbook to IEEE Standard 45: A Guide to Electrical Installations on
Shipboard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004
Title: IEEE Wireless Communication Standards: A Study of 802.11, 802.15, and
802.16
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Stationary Batteries (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited
Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Multi-User
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection, Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Collection, Special Condition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Substation-- Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses-
- Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Collection Set: Power Substations and Power Switchgear,
Circuit Breakers and Fuses-- Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) Handbook
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001
Title: IEEE 100, The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Handbook to IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Eighth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®
Interpretations 1997-1999 (PDF ONLY)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: An IEEE Guide—How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth™ Spec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2000
Title: Implementing the IEEE Software Engineering Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2000
Title: Portable Operating Systems (POSIX) Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 1999
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume One: Customer
and Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Two: Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Three: Products
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Four: Resources
and Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (1387.2-1995), Information technology—Portable
Operating System Interface (POSIX®) system administration—Part 2: Software
administration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: VHDL Tutorial
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook—A Designer's Companion
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1999
Publication type: Standards Press
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Preprint- 1999 Proposals
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Switchgear Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Test Technology Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Generation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 02, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1997
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Standards 1997 Operations Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Electric Machinery Collection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 1997
Publication type: Collection
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 1997
Publication type: Electronic Product
History: (Ref. Std.: 802)
Title: Collection of NESC® Interpretations (1943 through 1997)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 1996
**Published and distributed in October 1996. Revision of IEEE Standards
Style Manual, August 1992.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Preferred editorial style for the preparation of proposed IEEE Standards is established. Many of the frequently asked
questions about writing drafts are answered. The optional and required contents of drafts are described, and instructions on
submitting drafts for IEEE Standards Board approval and publication are provided. This manual is not intended to be a guide to
the procedural development of standards.
Key Words: style
Title: PASC WWW Interpretations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1996
**These interpretations can be found online at the following address:
http://stdsbbs.ieee.org/products/interp/index.html#available
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic & Letter Symbols and
Reference Designations Collection - 1996 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1996
Publication type: Collection
Title: Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**By Howard W. Johnson. Product number is SP1095.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: Fast Ethernet is the newest and fastest addition to the IEEE Ethernet family of local area network (LAN) standards. An
extension to Ethernet, Fast Ethernet provides interoperable service at both 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s. With the growing popularity of
Fast Ethernet, users need a resource that specifically addresses Fast Ethernet product architectures and products and where the
technology is headed--Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network is that resource. A Prentice-Hall publication, this book goes beyond
an overview of Fast Ethernet, it equips you with the information you need to query vendors about their products so you can avoid
costly installation mistakes. It helps you with your strategic planning by providing details about future developments of the
technology. What's more, the point-by-point network comparisons will show you which networks fit which applications.
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatibility Collection - 1996 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 1996
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Interest in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) design and measurement has been rapidly increasing over the past several
years. Meeting mandatory and voluntary EMC requirements has become an important consideration in planning of new products and in
the early stages of product design. IEEE EMC standards give designers and manufacturers, procuring agencies and regulating
agencies guidance in selection and development of appropriate requirements. Containing 32 industry recognized EMC standards, this
collection addresses measurement techniques, methods of test-site characterization and specifications for instrumentation.
Title: NESC® Handbook, Fourth Edition A Discussion of the National Electrical
Safety Code®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: A Discussion of the Grounding Rules, General Rules, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 3rd (1920) through 1997 Editions of
the National Electrical Safety Code, American National Standard C2.
Title: Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3: Repeater Functions and
System Design Topology Considerations for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Local Area Networks (LANs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Prepared by The IEEE 802.3 System Topology Technical Advisory Group of the
LAN/MAN Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society. Product number is
SP100.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: An indispensable resource for system installers and subsystem component developers, IEEE's Network Systems Tutorial for
IEEE Std 802.3 provides essential background material required to understand the basic functioning of the CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection) packet network. With an exclusive focus on the ISO/IEC (International Organization of
Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission) 8802-3 10 Mb/s CSMA/CD network, this informative tutorial
addresses two vital parameters that determine the constraints on network timing-network acquisition time and maximum framelength.
It explains the role of the repeater and its significance in the definition of maximum network size. Moreover, it includes a
propagation budget table together with an example of all elements that delay the propagation of a transmitted signal in a CSMA/CD
network.
Key Words: 802.3 tutorial
Title: IEEE Standards Companion - 1995
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses
Standards Collection (C37) - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This all-inclusive volume is the single source of IEEE and ANSI switchgear and substation standards covering circuit
breakers, switchgear assemblies, switches, fuses, reclosures and sectionalizers and related substation aspects of equipment. The
99 standards contained in this thorough collection provide for the safe and reliable application of electrical systems'
switchgear and substation operation and maintenance.
Key Words: C37 collection
Title: IEEE Standards Surge Protection Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 21 IEEE standards for surge protective devices. These industry accepted
standards cover product testing, product classification and application guides. It is the single source of standards related to
the implementation and testing of surge protective devices. What's more, it contains extensive information on neutral grounding.
Key Words: surge protection
Title: IEEE Standards Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Collection(C57) - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: The 1995 edition of this popular collection contains 64 of the most current IEEE and ANSI standards on power distribution
and regulating transformers. These ensure safe and reliable electric power service to consumers worldwide. Topics covered include
Class 1E transformers, oil-immersed transformers, overhead-type distribution transformers, underground type three-phase
distribution transformers and sealed dry-type transformers.
Key Words: C57 collection
Title: IEEE Standards Protective Relaying Systems Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This edition contains 21 of the latest standards and guides for protective relaying systems. Topics covered include
relays and relay systems with electric apparatus, protective relaying for utility-consumer interconnections, ground protection,
network transformers, field testing and more.
Key Words: protective, relaying systems
Title: Tentative Interim Amendments 93-1,93-2, and Errata to the National
Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Power Capacitor Standards Collection - 1994 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The continuing growth of electrical power systems has increased the need for and use of power capacitors in transmission
and distribution systems. This compilation of two bibliographies and five of the most current guides and standards provides a
valuable reference tool for those involved in the design, manufacturer, testing and application of power capacitors.
Title: IEEE Standards Pole Line Hardware Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Covering requirements for ground rods, lag screws, crossarm braces and cable racks, this collection contains 14 of the
most current standards used in overhead and underground line construction today.
Key Words: pole line, hardware
Title: IEEE Standards Roadway Lighting Equipment Collection (C136) - 1994
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1994
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This collection is comprised of 17 essential standards for roadway lighting used throughout industry today. They cover
specifications for performance and interchangeability of roadway lighting system equipment, specifically luminaries,
photoelectric controls, support brackets and poles.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Title: Open Systems Handbook: A Guide to Building Open Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994
**By James Isaak, Kevin Lewis, Kate Thompson, and Richard Straub The
product number is SP117
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This publication focuses on the information and processes needed to make strategic decisions about open systems, while
providing a thorough overview of open systems and the work being done to achieve them. What's more, this handbook provides expert
guidance on how to apply IT standards and specifications for application portability and interoperability. This publication takes
an objective, standards-oriented perspective, concentrating on functionality to obtain business objectives rather than product
approaches. Moreover, it offers the most current status of international accepted industry IT standards and specifications for
open systems and contains a detailed glossary of OS and standards-related terminology.
Title: IEEE Standards Transmission Line Construction Collection - 1994 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Containing 5 of the most current IEEE standards guides for assembly and installation of transmission line structures used
throughout the power industry today, this collection addresses the different phases of line construction from the installation of
foundations through the stringing of overhead conductors.
Key Words: transmission line, construction
Title: High-Performance I/O Bus Architecture: A Handbook for IEEE Futurebus+
Profile B
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994
**Product number (book alone) is SP109. Also available with IEEE Stds 892.2
and 896.2a - SP1093.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This handbook is a design guide for developers of the IEEE Futurebus+ modules as specified by the following IEEE
Futurebus+ standards: •IEEE Std 896.1-1991 •IEEE Std 896.2-1991 •IEEE Std 896.3-1993 The purpose of this handbook is to provide
a reference to many of the concepts, rules, and guidelines that are necessary to understand and to follow so that
interoperability of Futurebus+ systems and modules is ensured. Included are engineering details about system architecture,
hardware interface, and board layout. Module designers, system intergrators, and original equipment manufacturers should find
this handbook useful.
Key Words: 896.2, 896.2a, futurebus+, high-performance, I/O Architecture,
Profile B
Title: Fifth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1993-
1995 Interpretations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 21, 1994
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric supply station, overhead electric supply, communication
lines, underground electric supply, clearances to electric supply, strength
requirement for electric supply, communication structures
Title: IEEE Standards Stationary Battery Collection - 1993 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 1993
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Because stationary batteries play such a vital role of providing reliable backup and emergency power, their design,
installation and maintenance must be reliable and sound. The best way to make sound design decisions and to maximize service
expected from an installed battery system is to comply with the most current standards used throughout industry today, IEEE
stationary battery standards. Containing 10 standards, this collection includes the complete set of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium
battery standards used in the planning, design and maintenance of today's battery installations.
Title: Fourth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®
Interpretations, 1991-1993
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1993
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric supply stations, overhead electric supply lines, overhead
communication lines, underground electric supply lines, underground
communication lines, clearances to electric supply, clearances to
communication lines, strength
Title: Sourcebook on Lead-Acid Batteries
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Product number is SP75.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This highly useful sourcebook contains a wealth of information on lead-acid batteries in one complete volume, including:
Leading-edge IEEE transactions papers, informative IEEE conference papers and detailed abstracts of IEEE Lead-Acid Stationary
Battery standards.
Title: IEEE Standards Electricity Metering Collection (C12) - 1993 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 1993
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: IEEE's electricity metering standards provide today's utilities, manufacturers and regulatory bodies worldwide with
specific on-the-job information needed to install, measure and test electricity meters. This collection contains 14 current
standards on watt-hour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, auxiliary devices and
much more.
Title: IEEE Standards Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines
Collection (ESMOL) - 1993 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1993
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This edition contains 9 standards and guides for engineering in safety, maintenance and operation of lines. Topics
addressed include energized power lines, transmission line conductors, in-service maintenance and electrical testing of live-line
tools and the protective grounding of power lines.
Key Words: ESMOL, safety, maintenance
Title: Atlas Training Manual: A Handbook to IEEE C/Atlas Std 716
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: The ATLAS Training Manual provides a detailed perspective on IEEE Std 716-1989 (C/ATLAS). This training manual is only
specific to IEEE Std 716-1989, not to IEEE Std 716-1995. It conveys a simplified building block approach to the standard, so that
the knowledgeable user and novice alike can confidently implement the language's various test applications.
Title: IEEE Standards Petroleum and Chemical Applications Collection - 1992
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1992
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 10 standards and recommended practices for the petroleum and chemical
industry. Topics covered include induction and auxiliary motors, electric submersible and insulated cables and safety practices.
Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Science Collection - 1991 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This volume is a collection of 24 IEEE and ANSI standards on nuclear science. These standards cover test procedures,
specifications, calibration and utilization for nuclear instruments and detectors used in industrial and laboratory applications.
Key Words: nuclear science
Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Collection - 1990 edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 1990
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This collection contains 61 IEEE and ANSI standards used throughout the nuclear industry. Topics covered include criteria
and requirements for the electrical systems of nuclear power generating stations, methods and procedures of reliability
engineering, recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control, recommended practices for the
application of software configuration plans to nuclear power generating stations and much more.
Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Archive Collection - 1990 Editon
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1990
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: In the nuclear industry archival documents have a unique significance. They are often referred to in day-to-day
activities, primarily because each nuclear power generating station owner has committed to a specific issue of a document in its
license application. To meet this industry need, IEEE developed the Nuclear Power Archive Standards Collection. This volume
contains 51 archive or historical nuclear power standards still referred to in the nuclear industry today. The standards included
in this collection are not available as single documents.
Key Words: nuclear power, archive
Title: A Practical Introduction to the New Logic Symbols - Second Edition by
Ian Kampel
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Product number is SP1094.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This publication offers guidance on the preparation of logic diagrams and their interpretation.
Title: NESC® (National Electrical Safety Code®) Interpretations Collection,
1943-1990 Inclusive
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1993
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: NESC interpretations
Title: IEEE 802.3 Systems Networking Guide: How to Optimize Your Network Using
the ISO/IEC 8802-3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995
Publication type: Standards Press
Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: CE Mark: The New European Legislation for Products: Featuring EMC, Low
Voltage & Machinery Directives
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This is a subscription product that includes the CE Mark Book, 6
newsletters & one supplement book (Sept/Oct).
Publication type: Standards Press
Title: VHDL Interactive Tutorial: A CD-ROM Learning Tool for IEEE Std 1076 VHDL
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This product is available for use in Microsoft Windows® (3.1 and '95),
Macintosh®, Sun® OS and Sun Solaris® environments.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unigue product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL -
not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules
designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear
links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible
tool for VHDL product development and users.
Key Words: VHDL, interactive, tutorial, CD ROM
Title: Electric Metering Collection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Software Engineering Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 02, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Substations Collection-1998 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Switchgear Collection-1998 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Collection, 1998
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Substations Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: On-Line IEEE Standards (OLIS)—IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic
Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Bus Architecture and Microcomputer & Microprocessor Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electromagnetic Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Petroleum and Chemical Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Communications Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Design Automation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Medical Devices Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Electronics Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Insulation Coordination Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Antennas and Propagation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electron Devices Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Magnetics Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Static Power Converters Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Circuits and Systems Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Cement Industry Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Protective Relaying Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Graphic Symbols and Designations Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 1999
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electric Machinery Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electricity Metering Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Insulated Conductors Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Dielectrics and Insulation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electrical Insulation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Aerospace Electronics Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Instrumentation and Measurement Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Pole Line Hardware Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Roadway Lighting Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Full Set of IEEE Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Lan/Man Security Package
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Token Ring Access Package
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Token-Passing Bus Access
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: NEC Set 1996
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: NEC 1996
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: IEC Multilingual Dictionary of Electricity, Electronics and
Telecommunications 1992 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This volume is the North American version of Volume 2 which is distributed
in the United States and Canada by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Terms and definitions in English with equivalent terms in French, Russian, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish and
Swedish. International reference that defines over 15,000 terms.
Key Words: IEC, multilingual, dictionary
Designation: Subscription876
Title: Switchgear Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription875
Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription858
Title: Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription872
Title: Transmission and Distribution Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription856
Title: All-Inclusive Information Technology Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription755
Title: All-Inclusive Telecommunications Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription874
Title: Substations Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription873
Title: Protective Relaying Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription871
Title: Energy Development/Power Generation Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription869
Title: Insulated Conductors Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription868
Title: Electric Machinery Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription866
Title: Portable Applications (POSIX) Standards Subscriptions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription864
Title: Design Automation Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription863
Title: Communications Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription862
Title: Bus Architecture Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription857
Title: All-Inclusive Power and Energy Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription865
Title: LAN/MAN Plus Drafts Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription867
Title: Software Engineering Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) on CD-
Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2007
**Includes the 3,176 page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994
(R2006)
Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the
number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying
conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheaats.
Key Words: ampacity, cable, conductors, dielectric, extruded, insulation,
laminar, power, software
Title: 2007 Stationary Batteries VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2006
**Replaces SE135 Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the
Stationary Batteries family
Project Scope: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and
convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside
your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing,
manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or
operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications,
including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial
control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting,
telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies.
Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types
of batteries.
Key Words: abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication,
active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency,
applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-Acid Battery State,
authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for
photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning,
battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack,
Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic
(PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of
Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram,
cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to
load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging
algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications
interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment,
continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical,
cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of
discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate,
documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes
electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity,
Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment
applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and
effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-
cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service,
Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled
electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected,
hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized
electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection,
installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal
ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion,
Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR),
Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer,
McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment,
Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-
cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements,
observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack)
(VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity
charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen
recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries,
passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-
acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period,
Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing,
positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature
capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime,
Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method,
rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell),
reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion,
Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation
reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of
rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes,
resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria,
self discharge, self-discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test,
shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation,
solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby
operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd
Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations,
subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”,
sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications,
temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial,
terrestrial photovoltaic, test-discharge, Testing, Testing Standards,
thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply
Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring
Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-
regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead-
acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications,
Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation,
Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA
batteries, VuSpec interface abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test,
active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah)
charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-
Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon,
batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery
conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment,
battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate,
calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio
(A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect
(Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge
amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger,
Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication
materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance
measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit
batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling,
dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis,
discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical,
electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry,
electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge
voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing
voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications,
failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder,
Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-cadmium, Float, float charge, float
operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant
potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment,
Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host
device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte,
incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument,
instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter,
Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage
disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management
standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements,
measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging
Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-cadmium, nickel-cadmium
batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power
Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open
circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation,
operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent,
overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies,
parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger,
Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries,
performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation,
polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor
(PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control,
product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate
Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C),
rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse,
Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements,
regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr),
regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion,
Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety
Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self-
discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life,
should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications,
standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary
Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery
Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface,
subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system,
Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated
charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test-
discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage,
Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power
Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid
Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented
battery, vented cell, vented lead-acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid
Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA
Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface
Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with
IEEE 802.15.4
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2003
Title: Wireless Media: A Guide to the IEEE 802.15.3 Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2004
Project Scope: Wireless Multimedia covers three main areas: Applications:
Typical applications that would benefit from using 802.15.3 devices for
wireless connectivity, including specific examples of how the unique
properties of 802.15.3 compliant devices enable new applications.
Implementation: Summary of the 802.15.3 standard, highlighting special areas
that are key to a successful implementation. Examples are included for
implementers who are developing compliant devices. -Justification:
Discussion and reasoning that went into developing the standard, including
background information that details what types of implementations were
anticipated when the standard was developed and key details for those
deciding what architectures are ideal for developing 802.15.3 products.
Title: Implementation Guide to 1512's
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2004
Title: Preprint Proposal for Revision of the 2002 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code (NESC) CD Plus Pack Featuring the NESC +
Preprint Proposals for the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety
Code (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer's Companion, Second Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2005
Title: 802.3 Ethernet & the First Mile
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2006
Abstract: On September 7, 2004, the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) standard, formally known as IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004, was
published to the world. The publication of the standard marked the culmination of four years of effort by industry leaders and
innovators to address the broadband subscriber access network market and its challenges. More importantly, the publication of EFM
introduced a suite of native Ethernet broadband technology, which as a set marked yet another successful extension of Ethernet
into a new market and definitively answered the ques¬tion of “what broadband technology best suites my needs” with a set of
Ethernet technologies that mirrored their sister traditional Ethernet technologies in price, simplicity and profitability. The
IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document is an outstanding resource for someone who wants to build equipment that is compatible with the
EFM standard. Ethernet in the First Mile: Access for Everyone brings the standard to life. The authors explain the basic
principles behind the standard, presenting the trade-offs that led to the standardization of the specific technologies, and
providing a guide to help readers navigate through the formal prose. The authors of this book led the 802.3ah project and now
present the evolution of the standard along with thier perspective on the various technologies. This book starts by
introducing the Ethernet standards committee, its long and successful history, its language and nomenclature, along with its
structure and decision making process. The authors then re-enact the business and technol¬ogy evolution that set the stage for a
successful launch of EFM by introducing readers to the preceding and competing technologies that failed to capture the hearts of
the consumer and the backing of the industry leaders. Next the EFM standard is introduced by giving an overview of its
massive scope and various technology tracks, after which each chapter explains the technical, economic and marketing aspects of
the choices made in the EFM Task Force and written into the IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document. The technology discussion is
complimented with a practical introduction and discussion of interoperability and testing: things that providers, consumers,
builders and suppliers of EFM should be acutely aware of. Finally, a few chapters are devoted to the business cases and
considerations associated with deploying EFM. Insights are presented of the leading proponents who helped define the standard
along with the parameters and issues that will guide readers to the EFM technology that is best suited to address their needs.
Title: How to Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: IEEE Guide
for Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors,
to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges.
Title: WirelessMAN: Inside the IEEE 802.16 Standard for Wirelss Metropolitan
Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006
Abstract: The objective of this book is to provide a detailed overview of the IEEE 802.16 standard for fixed broadband wireless and
to include detailed descriptions of the 802.16 Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) operation, with emphasis on
the design and the technology behind the standards. This book explains why certain design choices were made and how the recent
technological developments, realworld experience and the lessons learned from previous projects were used throughout the 802.16
standards development process to make critical trade-offs. In addition, the chronological development of 802.16 MAC and PHY
amendments to the standards and the rationale behind those projects are explained. This book also provides a summary of ongoing
projects, related standards, and possible future extensions to IEEE 802.16. The optional and mandatory parts of the 802.16
Standards are clearly indentified and explained thoughout the book wherever applicable.
Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code VuSpec CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety.
Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Handbook
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Project Scope: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC
Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and
explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen
L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007,
detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code.
Designation: Subscription879
Title: All-Inclusive IEEE Standards Online
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription851
Title: Health Informatics/Medical Device Communications Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription860
Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription861
Title: Industrial and Commercial Facilities Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription854
Title: Vehicular Technology Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription859
Title: Testing, Instrumentation & Measurements and Metric Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: Subscription870
Title: Power Transformers (Distribution and Regulating) Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: IEEE Power System Relay Standards (PDF on CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 13, 2007
Abstract: These standard cover all types of relays, including protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check,
syncronizing and auxiliary. Specific topics include: -Applications -Design -Construction -Operation -Transmission
-Generation -Distribution -Utilization
Key Words: power, relays
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Power Substation Standards (PDF on CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2007
Abstract: These standards cover all types of substations, including switching stations, transformer stations, and generating station
switchyards. Specific topics include: - Automatic/supervisory control systems; - Data acquired within substations; -
Single line wiring diagrams; - Insulation coordination; - Gas-insulated and open bus designs; - Structural arrangements;
- D.C. stations; - Environmental and Safety Concerns; - Clearances; - Substation Grounding; - Substation Capacitor
Banks; - Substation Seismic Design.
Key Words: power, substations
Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Standards, VuSpec Edition
(formerly known as ANSI C37) VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2007
Abstract: New for 2007-2008. Imagine having immediate access to, and easily searching through, all 140 standards. For the first time
on VuSpec CD, IEEE offers you this complete collection of all Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay standards. Search by
titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. - Over 140
IEEE Standards. A Complete Collection of all IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Relay Standards.
Includes 70 Switchgear standards, 35 Substation standards, 30 Relaying standards, and a handful of key referenced standards from
other areas. -Powerful New and Improved IEEE VuSpec Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features -New
Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Online Glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. -Portable
VuSpec CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) -Includes related bonus
material on disc, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts,
keywords, and extended standard descriptions. -Ships in your own CD Storage case.
Key Words: assemblies, C37, circuit, circuits, circuit breakers, fuses, power,
relay systems, relaying, relays, substations, switchgear, vuspec
Designation: C57.12.001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard General Requirements for Liquid Immersed Distribution, Power
and Regulating Transformers, Section 8
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James H Harlow, Phone:256-643-3934, Email:j.h.harlow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: C57.12.21
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Transformers—Pad-Mounted, Campartmental-Type, Self-Cooled,
Single-Phase Distribution Transformers With High-Voltage Bushings: High
Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 V and Below) and Low Voltage (240/120 V, 167 kVA
and Smaller)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995
Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Sixth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1994-
1996 Interpretations
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code® as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2
Key Words: electric supply, supply stations, overhead electric, electric
supply, communication lines, supply lines, undergroun electric, underground
lines, clearances, strength requirement
Title: IEEE Operations Manual - 1995
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1995
Status: Superseded
Title: IEEE Standards Electric Machinery Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: IEEE electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-
job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This collection contains 24 current standards
and recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms of
electric or mechanical energy.
Key Words: electric machinery
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1994
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual - 1994
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual - 1994
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: stye
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® Preprint 1997 Proposals
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection - 1994 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: With the rising costs associated with software development and maintenance today, reduced costs and increased efficiency
have become two key factors for programmers and engineers developing software solutions. The best way to maximize software
development investments is to comply with the most current software engineering standards mandated by industry today, IEEE
software engineering standards. Now, all the widely used IEEE software engineering standards are included in the 1994 edition of
the Software Engineering Standards Collection. This edition contains 26 of the most up-to-date standards, covering software
terminology, software design descriptions, user documentation and software maintenance.
Title: Electric Machinery Collection
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standards Collection Circuit Breakers, Switchgear,
Substations, and Fuses C37 1993 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection 1993 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Standards Collection C37 1993 Edition-Circuit Breakers, Switchgear,
Substations, and Fuses
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Style Manual
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Board ByLaws - 1992
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Third Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®,1991-
1993 Interpretations
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric, supply, stations, overhead, communication, lines,
underground, clearances
Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic and Letter Symbols and
Reference Designation Collection — 1992 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Key Words: graphic, letter, symbol
Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatability Collection -1992 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility
Title: IEEE Standard Board Operations Manual - 1992
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Standards Manual
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®
Interpretations, 1991-1993
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric supply, overhead, communication lines, underground,
clearances, strength, requirements
Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1991-
1993 Interpretations
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Vince Condello, Phone:201-836-3214
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Title: IEEE Style Manual - 1991
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Summer 1991 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: C62 Complete 1990 Edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Standards Manual - 1990
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: 1990 Annual Activities Report
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems - Complete1989
Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Safety, Maintenance, and Operation of
Lines (ESMOL): Fall 1990 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code
Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards Collection, Spring 1991 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Abstracts/Index
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: 1989 Annual Activities Report
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Posix International Style Guide
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code
Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1984-1987 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1981-1984 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1978-1980 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1961-1977 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE-IPCEA Power Cable Ampacities
Status: Superseded
**Revised as IEEE Std 835
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Logic Symbols and Diagrams
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Electrical and Electronics Graphic Symbols and Reference Designations
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations 1988-1990, Inclusive
Status: Superseded
**A companion to NESC Interpretations 1961-1977, 1978-1980, 1981-1984, and
1984-1987 inclusive
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: elec supply stations, overhd elec supply, communications lines,
undergd elec supply, clearances , strength requiremts
Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Fall 1990 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: CAMAC Instrumentation and Interface Standards
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: National Electrical Safety Code Preprint 1993 Proposals
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: NESC Handbook: Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code—Second
Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Standards Press
Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems, Spring 1991
Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: NESC Interpretation - 5th edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume II: Computers &
Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume I: Critical
Infrastructure
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec: The IEEE Color Books Industrial Power Pack
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Incident and Traffic Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering and Technology Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Intelligent Transportation Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Defense Standards CD
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Energy Standards CD
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005
Designation: -
Title: NESC Archives 1973-2000
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006
Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973-
2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad
signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives
(1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric
utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety
Designation: 1-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice - General Principles for Temperature Limits in
the Rating of Electrical Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical
Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001
**Supersedes 1-1986 (R1992).
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Change title to a recommended practice, revise table 1, add a
table to part IV, coordinate the revisions of IEEE 1, 98, and 99 for
consistency, review terms and definitions for harmonization with IEC85 and
IEC 505-1, revise Foreward.
Project Purpose: To make the title consistent with the text. To include all
temperature indexes for materials and temperature classes for insulation
systems. To harmonize with IEC 85 and 505-1.
Abstract: " This recommended practice is intended to serve in the preparation of standards that areprincipally concerned with the
thermal endurance of EIM and simple combinations of suchmaterials, with the establishment of limiting temperatures of EIS, and
with the provision of generalprinciples for thermal classification of EIS. "
Designation: 1-1986
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of
Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Designation: 2-1929
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Report on Standard Definitions and Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**AIEE-2 (1929) (C42)
Designation: 3-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice in the Selection of Reference Ambient
Conditions for Test Measurements of Electrical Apparatus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Designation: 4-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 1995
**Revision of IEEE Std 4-1978.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Project Scope: Defines test procedures, equipment requirements and analysis
aids for testing hardware and apparatus used for electric power
distribution, by all electric utilities.
Project Purpose: To define terms of general applicability; to present general
requirements regarding test objects and test procedure.
Abstract: This standard establishes standard methods to measure high-voltage and basic testing techniques, so far as they are
generally applicable, to all types of apparatus for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltags, switching
impulse voltages, and impulse currents. This revision implements many new procedures to improve accuracy, provide greater
flexibility, and address practical problems associated with high-voltage measurements.
Key Words: high-voltage testing, testing
Designation: 4
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The proposal is to add an appendix to the existing standard.
The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used
in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed
appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of
this Standard.
Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use
this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added
back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards
that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995
because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, had
been eliminated from the newer version.
Designation: P4
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: The proposed revision will update the current standard, add
several new techniques and methods and align more completely with IEC sister
standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to make high voltage
measurements more consistent. The revision will continue this evolution.
Designation: 4-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High Voltage Testing
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jan 05, 1977, BD APP: Jan 01, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1982
Abstract: Standard methods of measurement of high voltage and basic techniques for dielectrics, so far as they are generally
applicable to all types of apparatus, for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltages, switching impulse
voltages, and impulse currents are established. General definitions and test requirements are provided, and test procedures and
measuring devices are described. A measuring devices application guide and recommendations for voltage measurements by means of
sphere gaps are included. The contents are based on and adhere very closely to IEC high-voltage test techniques documents.
Key Words: high, voltage, testing, techniques
Designation: 4a-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to High Voltage Test Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 21, 2001
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: The proposal is to add an Appendix to the existing standard.
The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used
in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed
appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of
this Standard.
Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use
this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added
back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards
that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995
because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, have
been eliminated from the newer version.
Abstract: This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing.
Key Words: "atmospheric correction factors, high-voltage testing, testing"
Designation: P7-4.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998,
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in
nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in
conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional
and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design
requirements for computers used as components of safety systems.
Designation: 7-4.3.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 7-4.3.2-1993.
Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004
Project Scope: The original scope will be clarified as follows: The standard
serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603 for computers used as components
of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. Note: The existing
scope unnecessarily includes a definition of computers.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design
requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. The purpose
of this revision is to improve the usability of this standard and to address
industry comments. The proposed project will clarify existing commercial
grade item dedication requirements and guidelines; make the existing
verification and validation requirements consistent with the requirements in
IEEE Std 1012; add requirements for self-diagnostic and fault detection;
and, overall, improve the usability of this standard and its consistency
with IEEE Std 603.
Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603™-1998 are specified.
Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and
interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and
design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Key Words: "commercial grade item, diversity, safety systems, software,
software tools, software verification and validation"
Designation: 7-4.3.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Was ANSI C68.1. Revision of ANSI/IEEE-ANS-7-4.3.2-1982. Superseded by 7-
4.3.2-2003.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
(Ref. Std.: 7432)
Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 are specified.
Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and
interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1991, establish minimum functional and
design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Key Words: commercial grade , diversity, safety systems, software tools
Designation: 7-4.3.2-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: American National Standard Application Criteria for Programmable Digital
Computer Systems in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1981, BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982
(Ref. Std.: IEEE742)
Key Words: *7432
Designation: 11-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000
**This standard supersedes 11-1980 (R1992).
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: To revise and update the standard and to consider inclusion of
inverter driven AC induction motors in this standard. To reconcile with
other existing international standards, e.g. IEC 349.
Project Purpose: To bring this standard up to date by addressing specific
issues submitted as comments during the reaffirmaton ballot.
Abstract: This standard applies to rotating electric machinery which forms part of the propulsionand major auxiliary equipment on
internally and externally powered electrically propelled rail androad vehicles and similar large transport and haulage vehicles
and their trailers where specified inthe contract.
Designation: 11-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 11-1962. This standard was superseded by 11-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1982
Designation: 15-1928
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Title: A.I.E.E. Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 16-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical and Electronic Control Apparatus on Rail
Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Jim Dietz, Phone:215-641-8876, Email:jdietz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This standard prescribes design, application, and test
requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail
vehicles.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design,
application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control
apparatus on rail vehicles. These requirements are the minimum necessary to
ensure suitability for use in a rail vehicle environment. Use of this
should lead to enhanced levels of reliability, and lower acquisition and
maintenance costs.
Abstract: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test requirements for electrical and
electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles.
Key Words: apparatus, control, design, electrical, electrohydraulic,
electronic, electropneumatic, rail, routine test, test, transit, type test
Designation: 16
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rudy A Van Eck, Phone:213-617-3448
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986
Designation: 16-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation
Vehicles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes C48-1931 and AIEE 16A-1951.
History: BD APP: Oct 27, 1955
Designation: 17
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 18-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002
**Supersedes 18-1992.
Technical Contact: Ignacio Ares, Phone:(305) 485-6517, Email:ignacio_ares@fpl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to capacitors rated 216V or higher, 2.5
kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating current
transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50
or 60 Hz.
Project Purpose: To revise std 18 as appropriate to better coincide with other
national and international standards. The main areas that the group will
concentrate on will include the evaluation of several unit ratings covered
by std 18 to coincide with NEMA stds, evaluation of internal discharge
device to coincide with IEC stds, and the evaluation of various portions of
the section covering application and operation of shunt power capacitors to
coordinate with IEEE std. 1036.
Abstract: " Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection toalternating-current transmission
and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 Hzor 60 Hz, within the guidelines of IEEE Std 1036-1992, are
considered. "
Key Words: "capacitors, shunt connection, transmission and distribution
systems"
Designation: 18-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 18-1990. Was ANSI C55.1. Superseded by 18-2002.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: May 26, 1993
Abstract: Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission
and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings,
manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to application and operation of power capacitors is included.
Key Words: capacitors, shunt, connection, transmission, distribution, systems,
C55.1, shunt power, Transmission and distribution , Shunt connection
Designation: 18-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Nov 07, 1980
Designation: 19
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 21-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Apparatus
Bushings
Status: Superseded
**Redesignated IEEE Std C57.19.00
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 23, 1976 (Ref. Std.: C57.19.00)
Designation: 22A-1962
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Interrupter Switches to Switch
Capacitance Loads
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Nov 28, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1963
Abstract: 8/90: In process of being rewritten as C37.36
Key Words: 22A
Designation: 24-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor
Apparatus Bushings
Status: Superseded
**Same as C57.19.01
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1983 (Ref. Std.: C57.19.01)
Key Words: bushings, apparatus, outdoor
Designation: 30
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 31
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 32-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral
Grounding Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Dec2002: Sponsor change from PE/SPD to PE/TR. Being revised by PC57.32.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Project Scope: To review and update requirements and tests for equipment used
for neutral grounding devices, and the terminology presently used.
Abstract: "ANSI/IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaffirmed 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedure for Neutral
Grounding Devices"
Key Words: "IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements,
Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices. This
standard applies to devices - other than surge arresters - used for the
purpose of controlling the ground current or the pote"
Designation: 34
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 37
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 38
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 39
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 43-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating
Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2000
Technical Contact: Vicki Warren, Phone:931-670-7829, Email:VTWARREN@MSN.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 06, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 2000
Project Scope: Revise and update the Recommended Practice to reflect the
characteristics of newer insulating materials and resistance measurement
methods. The revision will address problems that have been encountered in
recent years with the application of Polarization Indexes on extremely high
resistance insulation systems.
Project Purpose: The project will provide an up-to-date Recommended Practice
for meausrement of electrical insulation resistance for windings used in
rotating machinery rated 1hp, 1KW or greater.
Abstract: " This document describes the recommended procedure for measuring insulation resis-tance of armature and field windings in
rotating machines rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It appliesto synchronous machines, induction machines, dc machines, and
synchronous condensers. Con-tained within this document is the general theory of insulation resistance (IR) and polarization
index(P.I.), as well as factors affecting the results, test procedures, methods of interpretation, test limita-tions, and
recommended minimum values. "
Key Words: "absorption current,conductoin current,discharge current,geometric
capacitive current,insulation resistance,polarization index, surface leakage
current"
Designation: 43-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating
Machinery
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 43-1961. Was ANSI C50.22. Superseded by 43-2000.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Insulation resistance characteristics of rotating-machine windings and the manner in which these characteristics may serve
to indicate the condition of the winding are described. The recommended procedure for the measurement of insulation resistance of
windings of rotating machines rated 1 hp, 1 kW or greater is presented. The recommended minimum value of insulation resistance of
alternating-current and direct-current rotating-machine windings is given. Synchronous machines, induction machines, direct-
current machines, and synchronous converters are covered, as well as armature windings and field windings. Fractional-horsepower
machines are not included.
Key Words: insulation, resistance, rotating, motors, generators, Rotating-
machine insulation testing
Designation: 45-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2002
**Supersedes 45-1998.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will serve as a guide for the
selection and installation of electrical equipment for lighting, signaling,
communications, power and propulsion in marine applications.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to provide a consensus of
recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering
as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment.
Abstract: " Recommendations for the design, selection, and installation of equipment on merchantvessels with electrical apparatus
for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion areprovided."
Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems,
ships"
Designation: P45
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable
guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and
equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power,
propulsion, steering, automation, navigation, lighting, and communications.
These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering
methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and improvements
in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically covered
herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the
safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in accord
with the intent of these standards. In developing these
recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and engineering
requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification
societies, and by the International Maritime Organization.s International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended.
This recommended practice was developed by a voluntary consensus body to
provide assistance and guidance to regulatory agencies governing electrical
engineering requirements.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical
engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and
equipment.
Designation: 45-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 45-1983. Superseded by 45-2002.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide marine recommendations intended for selection and
installation of equipment on vessels with electric apparatus.
Project Purpose: Recommendations to define present-day engineering practices
with reference to safety of personnel and of the ship itself. Attention is
directed to other standards and requlations for electric installations on
shipboard such as those promulgated by Government Regulartory Agencies and
Intergovernmental Maritime Organizations.
Abstract: " Recommendations for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vesselswith electric apparatus for lighting,
signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided. "
Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems,
ships"
Designation: 45-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 1989
Designation: 46
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 47
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 48-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-Current
Cable Terminations 2.5 kV Through 765 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 48-1990.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: May 02, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminators
used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation
rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which
are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated
Connectors System for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V.
Project Purpose: This standard shall provide standard test procedures and
requirements for high voltage alternating current cable terminations.
Abstract: All indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated
2.5 kV through 765 kV are covered, except for separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995.
Key Words: alternating currents, cable terminations, accelerated ,
contamination test, correction factors, dielectric field , environmental,
exposure, nonstandard, service conditions, rating, solar radiation, test
requirements, ultraviolet light
Designation: P48
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating Current Cable
Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5
kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jim Braun, Phone:763-323-2802, Email:jimbr@connexusenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations
used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation
rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500
kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std.
386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable insulated Conductor Systems for Power
Distribution Systems Above 600 V.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to make minor revisions and up-date the
document. In addition, IEEE 48 (Termination Standard) will be coordinated
with IEEE 404-2000 (IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric
Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V) to accommodate the testing of
both cable accessories simultaneously.
Designation: 48-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage
Alternating-Current Cable Terminations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 48-1975.
History: BD APP: Jan 25, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1990
Abstract: This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on ac cables having laminated or extruded
insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV except separable insulated connectors.
Key Words: high-voltage, cable terminators, alternating currents
Designation: 48-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage
Alternating-Current Cable Terminations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of 48-1962. Superseded by 48-1990
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1974
Designation: 49
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 51
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 52
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 54-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Title: IEEE Standard, Test Code, and Recommended Practice for Induction and
Dielectric Heating Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 55-1953
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Temperature Correlation in the Connection of Insulated
Wire and Cables to Electronic Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P56
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Electric Machines Rated 1 MVA and
Higher
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This insulation maintenance guide is applicable to rotating
electric machines rated from 1 MVA and higher. The procedures detailed
herein may also be useful for insulation maintenance of other types of
machines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present information necessary
to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of rotating
electrical machines. Such an evaluation can serve as a guide to the degree
of maintenance or replacement which might be deemed necessary, and also
offer some indication of the future service reliability of the equipment
under consideration.
Designation: 56-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Large Alternating-Current
Rotating Machinery (10,000 kVA and Larger)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 56-1958. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of alternating-current rotating
electrical machines rated at 10,000 kVA or more, and operating at voltages of 6000 V and above is presented. The significance of
maintenance, severe conditions reducing insulation life, and insulation systems in general use are discussed. Visual inspection
methods, cleaning procedures, and maintenance tests are described.
Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, AC, motors, Rotating-machine
insulation testing, Rotating-machine insulation, Power system maintenance,
AC machines
Designation: 57-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Thermal Stability of Enameled Wire in Air
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 58-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983
Title: IEEE Standard Induction Motor Letter Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: M. Harry Hesse
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: Sep 25, 1986
Key Words: symbols, letter, motor, induction
Designation: 59
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 60
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 62-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus -
Part 1: Oil Filled Power Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 62-1978.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and regulators are
described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented systematically
in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to identify the
various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques.
Key Words: oil filled transformer, regulators, reactors, diagnostic evaluation,
off-line testing, field testing, windings, bushings, insulating fluids,
tapchangers, core, tanks, safety, diagnostic field, power apparatus,
diagnostic evaluation, Oil filled transformers
Designation: 62-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing Power Apparatus Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: insulation, apparatus, testing, field, power
Designation: 62.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus -
Electrical Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
**This project is jointly sponsored by PE/EM and PE/I&M
Technical Contact: Thomas R Wait, Phone:415-973-3864, Email:trw1@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection
techniques for various types of large rotating electric machines. It
provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of
each test, typical test procedures and in some cases, how to interpret the
expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part
1-1995.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist maintenance personnel in
determining what diagnostic tests should be planned for their rotating
electrical machines, what should be expected of the tests and in general,
how to perform the tests. This guide brings together all commonly performed
appropriate tests for electrical machines in one document and references
other individual standards so more detailed information may be attained.
Abstract: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection techniques for various types of large rotating electric
machines. It provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of each test, typical test procedures and in
some cases, how to interpret the expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part 1-1995.
Key Words: brushless machine, commutator, damper winding, partial discharge,
stator core, stator winding, thermocouple
Designation: 66
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 67-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Geoffrey S Klempner, Phone:416-592-5651, Email:geoff.klempner@nuclearsafetysolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Nov 29, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 2006
Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation,
loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators, termed
turbine generators, having cylindrical rotors. It does not apply to
generators having salient pole rotors. The generators covered by this
guide are to have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Cylindrical-rotor, two-
pole and four-pole generators below this rating are generally covered by
NEMA MG 1.1 This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general
instructions contained in the manufacturer’s instruction book or in any
contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given
machine. Because of the rapid development in generator design and because
of the ingenuity of individual generator designers, many variations are
incorporated in existing machines. Therefore, it is not possible in this
guide to assign specific values or fixed methods. The most that this guide
can accomplish is to offer accepted and tried values and methods and give
warning where hazards might be encountered. The user should keep in mind
that this guide is written to cover the turbine generator. This guide is not
intended to apply in any manner to the prime mover.
Project Purpose: This standard is for the use of the users (power utilites) and
manufacturers of turbine generators. The reason for the revision is that it
has been ten years since it was previously revised and it needs updating due
to the changes in the operating regimes of utilities today. The standard
needs to include such things as two-shifting operation information and to
consider the advances in machine designs.
Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous
generators that have cylindrical rotors.
Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation and maintenance of turbine generators,
reactive capability, rotor windings, stator windings, turbine-driven
synchronous generators
Designation: 67-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 67-1972.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators having
cylindrical rotors are provided. The manufacturer's and user's responsibility is discussed, and the classification of generators
and the basis on which they are rated are covered. Mechanical considerations are also addressed.
Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation, Maintenance, turbine generators,
turbine driven, synchronous , reactive capability, rotor windings, stator
windings, Turbine-driven synchronous generator
Designation: 67-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Status: Superseded
**ANSI(R81).
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1971, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1972
Key Words: turbiine, generators, operation, maintenance
Designation: 69
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 70
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 71
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 72
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 73
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 74-1958
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1974
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Industrial Control (600 Volts or Less)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 75
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 76
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Transformers
Title: Transformer Askarel in Equipment, Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance
of (SH10769)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 79
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 80-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 04, 2000
**This guide supersedes 80-1986 (R1991).
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 18, 2000
Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor ac substations,
either conventional or gas-insulated. Distribution, transmission, and
generating plant substations are included. With proper caution, the methods
described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations,
or to substations that are wholly indoors.1 No attempt is made to cover
the grounding problems peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis
of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and
information pertinent to safe grounding practices in ac substation design.
The specific purposes of this guide are to a) Establish, as a basis for
design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a
substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by
the human body. b) Review substation grounding practices with special
reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design. c) Provide a
procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these
criteria. d) Develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding
and solution of typical gradient problems. The concept and use of safety
criteria are described in Clause 1 through Clause 8, practical aspects of
designing a grounding system are covered in Clause 9 through Clause 13, and
procedures and evaluation techniques for the grounding system assessment (in
terms of safety criteria) are described in Clause 14 through Clause 20.
Supporting material is organized in Annex A through Annex G. This guide
is primarily concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies
in the range of 50–60 Hz. The problems peculiar to dc substations and the
effects of lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide. A grounding
system designed as described herein will, nonetheless, provide some degree
of protection against steep wave front surges entering the substation and
passing to earth through its ground electrodes.2 Other references should
be consulted for more information about these subjects.
Abstract: " Outdoor ac substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide.Distribution, transmission, and
generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution,the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor
portions of such substations, or to sub-stations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems
peculiar todc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope ofthis guide. "
Key Words: "ground grids, grounding, substation design, substation grounding"
Designation: P80
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard P Keil, Phone:937-416-3324, Email:rpkeil@cai-engr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor AC substations,
either conventional or gas-insulated. These include distribution,
transmission, and generating plant substations. With proper caution, the
methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such
substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made
to cover the grounding problems peculiar to DC substations. A quantitative
analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this
guide.
Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and
information pertinent to safe grounding practices in AC substation design.
The specific purposes of this guide are: a) To establish, as a basis for
design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a
substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by
the human body; b) To review substation grounding practices with special
reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design; c) To provide a
procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these
criteria; d) To develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding a
ns solution of typical gradient problems; e) To provide benchmark cases
using various commercial software programs. This guide is primarily
concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in the range
of 50-60 Hz. The problems peculiar to DC substations and the effects of
lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide.
Designation: 80-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 80-1976. This guide was superseded by 80-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Designation: 81-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 1983
**This is part 1 of the standard; part 2 is 81.2; ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95.
Revision of IEEE STd 81-1962. Oct2003: Ownership transfer from PE/PSIM to
PE/SUB.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984
Abstract: The present state of the technique of measuring ground resistance and impedance, earth resistivity, and potential
gradients from currents in the earth, and the prediction of the magnitude of ground resistance and potential gradients from
scale-model tests are described and discussed. Factors influencing the choice of instruments and the techniques for various types
of measurements are covered. These include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the type of instruments
available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the ground or grounding system under test. The intent is to assist the
engineer or technician in obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The test procedures described promote the safety of
personnel and property and prevent interference with the operation of neighboring facilities.
Key Words: resistivity, earth, ground, impedance, potentials
Designation: P81
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Grounding System
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Donald N Laird, Phone:626-302-8616, Email:donald.laird@sce.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This project will provide a single document with practical
solutions for various testing methods and interpretation of results for
measurements used in the design of new and evaluation of existing grounding
systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground
Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal
Measurements and IEEE 81.2 - 1991 Guide for Measurement of Impedance and
Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding
Systems have not been reviewed/revised for more than 14 years. The purpose
of the new standard is to combine both documents and update content for new
technologies and testing methods.
Designation: 81.2-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Impedance and Safety Characteristics of
Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 1992
**This is part 2 of the standard; part 1 is std. 81-1983. Oct2003: Ownership
transfer from PE/PSIM to PE/SUB.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related
recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and
implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear
power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system
function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not
intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a
series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a
common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another
organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that
the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: grounding, systems, impedance, safety
Designation: 82-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated
Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003
Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This test procedure applies to both switching impulse and
lightning impulse tests on cables or cable systems incorporating laminated
or extruded insulations. The term laminated cable, as used in this
procedure, includes: high-pressure pipe cable, low-pressure gas-filled
cable, self-contained liquid-filled cable, solid-paper cable, and other
taped cable designs. A cable system is a cable with one or more accessories
attached. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or
future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators,
impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such
standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable
system or cable system component. This test procedure does not apply to
cables or cable systems that utilize gas or gas spacers as the sole
insulating medium. This test procedure applies to individual cable
accessories only when referenced by the specific accessory standard.
Project Purpose: This test procedure is intended as a guide for impulse testing
of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed
(cable systems). It can be used as a design or qualification test for cables
or cable systems. The purpose of this revision is to change to metric
measurements. We will also clarify and update the test and reporting
procedures based on lab research and user experience since the previous
publication.
Abstract: " A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables withaccessories installed (cable
systems) is provided in this standard. This procedure can be used asa design or qualification test for cables or for cable
systems. This test procedure is not intended toreplace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories,
impulse generators,impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by providingspecific
procedures for impulse testing on specific type of cables, accessories, or cable systems."
Key Words: "BIL testing, cable, cable systems, impulse testing, insulated
conductors"
Designation: 82-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated
Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994
Abstract: A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable
systems) is provided. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test
procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators,
impulse testing or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a
specific type of cable system or cable system component.
Key Words: cable, cable systems, impulse voltage, insulated conductors
Designation: 82-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: conductors, insulated, impulse, test, voltage
Designation: 83
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Test on
Insulating Tapes in Laminar Insulated Power Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James A Moran, Phone:518/371-4796, Email:JAMJOR@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Project Scope: Provide a test method for determining radial power factor to any
form of laminar insulation.
Project Purpose: Provide a recommended practice to test various laminar
insulated power cables.
Designation: 83-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Tests on Insulating Tapes in
Paper-Insulated Power Cable
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Nov 20, 1963, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: This method of test covers the procedure for determining the radial power factor of insulating tapes in power cable.
Key Words: power, factor, radial, cables, testing, paper insulated, insulating
tapes, factor tests
Designation: 84
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 85
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Test Procedure for Airborne Noise Measurements on Rotating Electric
Machinery
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979
Designation: 85-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric
Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Rev of IEEE Std 85-1965.
Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972
Abstract: Approved methods for conducting tests and reporting results to effect the uniform determination of rotating-electric-
machine sound under steady-state conditions with an accuracy of ý 3 dB are defined. Three acoustical environments are
considered: free field, reverberant field, and semireverberant field. Installation and operation of the machine is discussed. The
test procedure assumes the presence of pure tones or the predominance of discrete frequencies in the sound spectrum.
Key Words: airborne, sound, measurement, rotating, motors
Designation: 86-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Definitions of Basic Per-Unit Quantities
for AC Rotating Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989
Key Words: basic, per-unit, quantities, rotating, AC
Designation: 87
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 88
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 89
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 90
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 91-1984
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1984
**This standard is published with 91A.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982
Abstract: " Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logicfunctions are
presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, andexamples of their applications are
provided. The symbols are presented in the context of electricalapplications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical
systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, ormechanical). The supplement provided additional internationally approved graphic
symbols and madecorrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984."
Key Words: symbols, graphic, logic, functions
Designation: 91a/91-1991
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Includes IEEE Std 91a-1991
Supplement, and IEEE Std 91-1984)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1991
History: PAR APP: Jan 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991
Abstract: An international language by which it is possible to determine the functional behavior of a logic or circuit diagram with
minimal reference to supporting documentation is defined; as such, it is designed to allow a single concept to be expressed in
one of several different ways, according to the demands of a particular situation. Consequently, this standard does not attempt,
nor intend, to establish single correct symbols for particular devices. The symbols for representing logic functions or devices
enable users to understand the logic characteristics of these functions or devices without specific knowledge of their internal
characteristics. Definitions and an explanation of symbol construction are provided. Information is presented on: qualifying
symbols associated with inputs, outputs, and other connections; dependency notation; combinational and sequential elements; and
symbols for highly complex functions. The symbols and representation techniques are compatible with IEC Pub. 617, Part
12.Supplement Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic
functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their
applications are given. The symbols are presented in the center of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to
nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). This supplement provides additional internationally
approved graphic symbols and makes corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984.
Key Words: graphic, symbols, logic, functions
Designation: 92
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 94-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control
on Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 94-1970.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 13, 1992
Abstract: Commonly used terminology in the field of automatic generation control is defined for reference purposes. Control terms
not specific to automatic generation control are not included.
Key Words: terminology, definitions, control, electric, power, systems,
automatic, Power generation control, Electric power systems
Designation: 94-1970
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control on
Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 10, 1988. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 95-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric
Machinery (2300 V and Above) with High Direct Voltage
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 12, 2002
**Supersedes 95-1977 (R1991).
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation
with direct voltages. It applies to AC electric machines. It covers
acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field after
erection and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in
service.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to bring IEEE Std 95 up to the
state of the art since it has been in use for more than five years.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides information on the use of high direct voltage forproof tests and for periodic
diagnostic tests on the groundwall insulation of stator (armature) wind-ings in ac electric machines.
Key Words: "electric machine windings, electrical insulation, high direct
voltage"
Designation: 95-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating
Machinery with High Direct Voltage
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 95-1962. Superseded by 95-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 05, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units
and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The
recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism,
light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor
does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice.
Key Words: installation, large, rotating, testing, AC, high direct, AC
rotating, insulation testing
Designation: 95
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating
Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation
with direct voltages higher than 5000 V. It applies to large AC rotating
machines rated at 10,000 kVA or greater and rated at 6000 V or higher. It
covers acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field
after erection, and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been
in service. The current standard (whether active or withdrawn) will be
brought up to date.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide uniform procedures
for performing high direct voltage acceptance test and routine maintenance
tests on the main ground insulation of windings of large AC machines, to
provide uniform procedures for analyzing the variations in measured current
so that any possible relationship of the condition of the insulation can be
more effectively studied, and to define terms which have a specific meaning.
Designation: 96-1969
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term,
Intermittent, or Varying Duty
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of AIEE No 1A-1941.
Abstract: General principles for rating electric apparatus for short-time, intermittent, or varying duty are established. Four
methods of rating are presented: continuous rating, continuous plus short-time overload or nominal rating, short-time rating, and
periodic rating. The factors to be considered in selecting the method of rating for any particular case are indicated.
Key Words: rating, apparatus, electric
Designation: 96
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Title: General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term,
Intermittent, or Varying Duty
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980
Designation: 97
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Title: Standard for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard F Weddleton, Phone:407-281-2420, Email:dick_weddleton@swpc.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985
Project Scope: This is a revision of IEEE Std 97-1969 to update the standard
and to include data on service conditions being left out of a revision of
IEEE Std 1.
Designation: 97-1969
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Service Conditions in
Electrical Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1970
Key Words: service, conditions, electric, standards
Designation: 98-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal
Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 2002
**Supersedes 98-1984 (R1993).
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: May 13, 2002
Project Scope: Update reference standards, technical review for consistency
with IEEE 1 (work in progress), change "temperature class" to "temperature
index", change "systems tests" to "materials test", and revise in accordance
with IEEE Style.
Project Purpose: To maintain technical consistency with reference standards and
insulation material standards development.
Abstract: Principles for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance ofsolid electrical insulating
materials in air are given in this standard.
Key Words: "diagnostic test, relative temperature index, temerature idndex,
thermal capability, thermal endurance"
Designation: 98-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal
Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 98-1972. Superseded by 98-2002.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985
Abstract: Principles are given for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid electrical
insulating materials and simple combinations of such materials. The results of accelerated thermal endurance tests, which are
conducted according to prescribed procedures, may be used to establish temperature indexes for insulating materials. The test
procedures apply to materials before they are fabricated into insulating structures identified with specific parts of electric
equipment. Tests for specific insulating materials are not covered. The procedures may or may not apply to the aging
characteristics of dielectric fluids or of porous materials impregnated with dielectric fluids.
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, materials, Insulation thermal
factors, Insulation testing
Designation: 99-1980
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the
Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 99-1980.
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: A general form is provided for the preparation of test procedures. Points to be considered by technical committees in the
preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for electric equipment are suggested. The
test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and specify tests that the committees deem pertinent,
based on conditions of use. The objective of the procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation
systems electric equipment.
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, equipment
Designation: P99
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the
Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electrical Equipment
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides criteria for the preparation
of test procedures for accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and
for the specification of tests based on conditions of use. The objective of
these test procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test,
of insulation systems for electrical equpment. The evaluation of insulating
materials and simple combinations thereof is provided for by a separate
material test guide, IEEE 98-2002 IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test
Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating
Materials.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides a general form for the
preparation of test procedures and suggests the points to be considered by
technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the
thermal evaluation of insulation systems for equipment.
Designation: 100
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 1997
**An enhanced version of the IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and
Electronics Terms.
Publication type: Electronic Product
Designation: 100-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: The IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Sixth
Edition
Status: Superseded
**This standard is one of a number of information technology dictionaries
being developed by standards organizations accredited by the American
National Standards Institute. This dictionary was developed under the
sponsorship of voluntary standards organizations, using a consensus-based
process.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Terms defined in the approved IEEE standards issued by all IEEE
standards-generating bodies and accredited standards committees. Additional
technical terms already present in the current edition of the dictionary.
Acronyms and abbreviations deemed useful to IEEE members. Abstracts of IEEE
standards.
Project Purpose: To collect the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations from
IEEE standards and combine them into one authoritative document.
Designation: 100-1992
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: The New IEEE Standards Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993
Abstract: Over 30,000 terms and definitions that have been standardized by IEEE are included. Over 10,000 new and revised terms have
been added since 1988. New edition includes abstracts of IEEE standards. Includes extensive acronym and abbreviation section.
Key Words: dictionary, electrical, electronics, terms, Terminology
Designation: 100-1988
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms - Fourth Edition
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1988
Designation: 101-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Statistical analyses of data from thermally accelerated aging tests are described. The basis and use of statistical
calculations are explained. Data analysis, estimation of the relationship between life and temperature, and the comparison
between two sets of data are covered.
Key Words: statistical, analysis, thermal, life, test
Designation: 101A-1974
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Title: Calculation of Regression Line
Status: Superseded
**incorporated into IEEE 101-1987
Key Words: 101A
Designation: 103
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 104
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 105
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 106
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 107-1964
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979
Title: Standard for Rating and Testing Magnetic Amplifiers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 108-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Trial-Use Recommended Guide for Specification of Electronic Voltmeters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 109
Title: Signal Generators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: G.U Sorger
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 20, 1972
Designation: 109-1955
Title: Signal Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**To be w/drawn (AIEE451). New PAR filed in 1972 but no action taken. Not
on list of withdrawn standards, not on stds listing.
Key Words: signal, generators
Designation: 110
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 111-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2000
Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide-band transformers
transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at
least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to
transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies.
Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communication
facilities serving power stations are excluded due to the special protection
requirements involved.
Project Purpose: Update Standard 111 to include material on hybrid
transformers.
Abstract: Electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequenciescovering typically at least one
decade in the frequency spectrum are covered in this standard.
Key Words: "Balance test,balun,communication transformer,data
transformer,harmonic distortion,impedance,insertion loss,matching
transformers,return loss,transformer,video transformer,wideband"
Designation: 111
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: Standard for Wide Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Std 111-1984.
Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide band transformers
transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at
least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to
transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies.
Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communications
facilities serving electric power stations are excluded due to the special
protection requirements involved. Provision is made for including data for
use in design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits
in which the knowledge of the transformer amplitude and phase-frequency
response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required
to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when
operating between specified impedances. Guides to application and test
procedures are included. The Appendices contain certain precautions and
recommended practices. This standard also pertians to hybrid transformers,
primarily used in the telecommunication industry. The hybrid transformer is
a wideband transformer used in a manner which makes it part of a
capacitance, resistance, and or inductance network and it must have
characteristics which permit it to match the network for proper overall
performance.
Project Purpose: To update Std 111 and to include material on hybrid
transformers.
Key Words: wide band, transformer
Designation: 111-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Transferred from Magnetic Society to Power Electronics Society; ANSI
withdrawn 6/29/92
History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985
Designation: 112-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2004
**Supersedes 112-1996.
Technical Contact: Franklin H Grooms, Phone:513-931-1243, Email:fhgrooms@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: Revise Sections 6.5 through 6.9 to include current industry
practice and experience. Change other sections including Sections 7, 8 and
9 as necessary to support these revisions and to make the test procedure
easier to understand and easier to use. Make the resulting procedures
harmonize with international standards where feasible.
Project Purpose: The existing standard has not kept pace in its entirety with
the needs of the industry and newly available technological advances such as
described in other standards will be considered for use. The project will
assure that this standard maintains its prominent position in the industry.
Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction
motors and generators are covered.
Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines,
motors, polyphase
Designation: 112-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 112-1991. Superseded by 112-2004.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997
Project Scope: Revisions of Section 6.4 Determination of Efficiency Test
Method B - Input-Output With Loss Segregation - Instrumentation Accuracy
Requirements - Testing Sequence Required - Temperature correction Procedure
- Additional Explanation of Terms
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 112-1991 has been adopted by DOE for use in enforcing
the US Energy Policy Act of 1992 (HR 2451) requiring manufacturers to be
certified through an independent testing or certification program. NIST has
developed such a program called NVLAP (National Voluntary Laboratory
Accredidation Program). The revision will clarify the procedures under Std
112 to conform to NVLAP requirements and harmonize with CSA Std C3 90.
Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing,
temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: generators, motors, tests
Designation: 112-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 112-1984.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1986, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and recording the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing,
temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: generators, motors, tests
Designation: 112-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1985
Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, generators
Designation: 113-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 113-1973.
Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987
Abstract: Recommendations are made for conducting and reporting generally acceptable tests to determine the performance
characteristics of conventional dc machines. Two categories of test are provided: tests of dc motors and generators designed for
essentially ripple-free operation, and tests of dc motors designed for use with rectifier power supplies. Electrical measurements
and power sources for all test procedures are described. Preliminary tests, performance tests, temperature tests, and
miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: test, dc, machines
Designation: 114
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: To review the procedure for testing single-phase induction
motors to include all changes in measurement technology and manufacturing
developments in the revised testing procedure.
Project Purpose: Guide to test procedures for single-phase induction motors.
Designation: 114-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Kenneth L Stricklett, Phone:301-975-3955, Email:stricklett@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting
the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors, including non-
excited synchronous motors. It is not intended that this standard shall
cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature.
The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all
of the tests described herein in any given transaction.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is intended to satisfy the following
objectives: 1) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers
regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. 2)
Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of
electric motors. 3) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying
manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. 4) Provide useful
practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. 5)
Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase
induction motors delivered to end users.
Abstract: " Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable andacceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of single phase induction motors.Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and
miscellaneous tests arecovered. "
Key Words: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more
generally applicble and acceptable tests to determine the performance
characteristics of single pahse induction motors
Designation: 114-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983
Designation: 115-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I-Acceptance
and Performance Testing Part II-Test Procedures and Parameter Determination
for Dynamic Analysis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Stds 115-1983 and 115A-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: " Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine theperformance characteristics
of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the testsdescribed are applicable in general to synchronous
generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractionalhorsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers,
the descriptions makereference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. "
Key Words: "acceptance and performance testing,dynamic analysis,parameter
determination,synchronous machines"
Designation: P115
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to: a) New test results published
in IEEE (see attached) requires revision of section 7.3.6. b) In view of
increased interest in vibration tests, a new section on vibration test
procedures should be added.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to: a) Section 7.3.6 needs
revision. b) A new section on vibration tests needs to be added. c)
The 1995 draft needs to be updated to reflect state of the art.
Designation: 115-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 115-1965.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991
Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance
characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators,
synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the
descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Alternative methods of making many of the
tests covered in this guide are described and are suitable for different sizes and types of machines and different conditions.
This guide covers miscellaneous tests; saturation curves, segregated losses, and efficiency; load excitation and voltage
regulation; temperature tests; torque tests; and synchronous machine quantities and sudden short-circuit tests.
Key Words: synchronous, machines, motor, Synchronous machines, Rotating-machine
testing
Designation: 115A-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Obtaining Synchronous Machine Parameters by
Standstill Frequency Response Testing
Status: Superseded
**incorporated into 115-1995
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986
Abstract: The application of standstill frequency response testing methods for obtaining direct- and quadrature-axis stability
parameters is described. Measurable parameters at standstill are discussed, and the test method is described. This standard is a
supplement to ANSI/IEEE Std 115-1983, IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines.
Key Words: 115A
Designation: 116-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Carbon Brushes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 116-1958. ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984
Abstract: A procedure for determining certain operating characteristics of carbon, carbon-graphite, electrographite, graphite, and
metal-graphite brushes under prescribed test conditions is provided. The procedure applies to all types of rotating ac and dc
motors and similar apparatus. The operating characteristics covered are voltage drop, coefficient of friction, wear ratio as
affected by low humidity, and commutating ability.
Key Words: brushes, carbon, test
Designation: P117
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Systems of Insulating
Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Nancy Frost, Phone:+1 518 344 7124, Email:nancy.frost@vonroll.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This is a standard test procedure for the thermal evaluation and
qualification of electrical insulation systems for Random-Wound AC Electric
Machinery, where thermal degradation is the dominating aging factor. This
procedure compares the relative thermal performance of a candidate
Electrical Insulation System (EIS) to that of a reference Electrical
Insulation System. This standard covers insulation systems for such
machinery with input voltage of up to 1000 Volts at 50/60 Hertz.
This standard provides a statistical method for establishing a relative
life-temperature relationship for an insulation system. To have any
significance, the reference insulation system must be supported with
adequate field service data. This procedure is intended to
evaluate insulation systems for use in air-cooled, random-wound AC electric
machinery with “usual service conditions”. This procedure, on its own, does
not cover insulation systems such as exposure to conducting contaminates,
radiation, inverter applications, or operation in oils, refrigerants, or
other media that potentially degrade insulating materials. For evaluation
of sealed insulation systems, refer to the informative annex at the end of
this document.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard procedure is to classify
insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test,
rather than by chemical composition. This test procedure has been prepared
to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for
random- wound stators of rotating electric machines. The motorette procedure
described is used for the evaluation of electrical insulation systems.
Designation: 117-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating
Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 117-1956. (aka ANSI C50.32-1976) See 275 for form-
wound; see also 304. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1976
Project Scope: No Scope presented.
Project Purpose: The chief purpose of this test procedure is to classify
insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test,
rather than by chemical composition. The intention is, Þrst to classify
according to the recognized thermal classiÞcation A, B, F, H, and above H
categories as referenced in the Appendix. The motorette procedure is
intended to be used as an Industry Standard for insulation systems in that
data obtained in accordance with this standard can be correlated between
testing laboratories. A wide variety of synthetic electrical insulation
materials is available for application in electric machinery and apparatus.
As there is a growing tendency either to rely solely on these materials as
electrical insulation, or to employ them with the old familiar materials in
novel combinations, there is a corresponding increase in the problems
associated with the selection and evaluation of insulations. Consequently a
complete insulation system must be evaluated rather than testing only
individual insulating materials. Many of the specifications regulating
the use of insulation materials were written before the advent of the newer
synthetics and were based upon experience gained with the old materials over
a long period of time. Difficulties arise, therefore, when an effort is made
to classify these new materials or combinations for insulation purposes
under IEEE Std 1-1969 General Principles for Temperature Limits in the
Rating of Electric Machinery and supplementary documents IEEE Std 98-1972,
Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation and
Establishment of Temperature Indices of Solid Electric Insulating Materials,
and IEEE Std 99-1970. Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for
the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment. A
wide range of properties is available in current synthetic materials, so
that it is not feasible to classify them on the basis of their chemical
composition alone. Secondly, it is not desirable to wait and acquire the
knowledge required to classify them solely on the basis of experience. In
the third place, composite systems of insulation, in which materials of
different temperature classes are used in different parts of the structure,
may give satisfactory service at temperatures higher than normally permitted
for the lowest temperature component; and, conversely, compatibility or
other problems may arise whereby the highest temperature component is
rendered unsuitable for use at its classified temperature.This test
procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of
systems of insulation for randomwound stators of rotating electric machines.
It is expected that the several insulating materials, or components, making
up any insulation system to be tested will Þrst be screened in accordance
with speciÞc test procedures for each type of material. Normally
materials that have given acceptable performance in these separate screening
tests would be included in the system evaluation tests outlined in this
procedure. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for
use in "usual service conditions" with air cooling. It has also been a
useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines
are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, to metal
dusts, or submersion in liquids. However, these special requirements are
beyond the scope of this test procedure.
Abstract: Useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random-wound stators of rotating electric machines are
given. The chief purpose is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by
chemical composition. The procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air
cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas
atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids, although these special requirements are beyond
the scope of this test procedure.
Key Words: insulating, materials, random, ac, machinery, C50.32
Designation: 118-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 118-1949. 11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Methods of measuring electrical resistance that are commonly used to determine the characteristics of electric machinery
and equipment are presented. The methods are limited to those using direct-current or commercial power frequencies of 60 Hz or
below, and to those measurements required to determine performance characteristics. The choice of method in any given case
depends on the degree of accuracy required and the nature of the circuit to be measured; a guide for selecting the appropriate
method is given.
Key Words: resistance, measurement
Designation: 119-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for General Principles of Temperature
Measurement as Applied to Electrical Apparatus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Feb 22, 1973
Key Words: temperature, measurement, apparatus
Designation: 120-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Master Test Guide for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 1989
**Revision of IEEE Std 120-1955 and ASME PTC 19.6-1955.
History: BD APP: May 22, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 1989
Project Scope: The methods given here relate to measurements, as made with
either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, of power,
energy, voltage and current, in direct-current or alternating-current
rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance
heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid state rectifiers and
inverters. Measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices
were also included. This guide does not deal with measurements of
resistance or temperature which are often included in determining the
performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these
latter measurements will be found in the specific publications dealing with
the particular measurement.
Abstract: Instructions are given for measuring electrical quantities that are commonly needed to determine the performance
characteristics of electric machinery and equipment. Methods are given for measuring voltage, current, power, energy, power
factor, frequency, impedance, and magnetic quantities, with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, in DC
or AC rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or
solid-state rectifiers and inverters. Ancillary instruments and equipment are discussed. Computer-based techniques and the use of
optical fibers in instrumentation are considered.
Key Words: measurements, power circuits, master test guide, electrical ,
Voltage measurement, Rotating-machine testing, Reactive power, Power
transformer testing, Power system measurements, Power measurement, Magnetic
measurements, Impedance measurement, Frequency measurement, Energy
measurement, DC machines, Current measurement, AC machines
Designation: 120-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: Elec Msmts/Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 120-1989
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980
Key Words: measurements, power, circuits
Designation: 121
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 122-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional and Performance Characteristics
of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 122-1985.
Technical Contact: Martin H Ewer, Phone:(215) 887-3039
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units
that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines,
rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control,
exhaust steam-pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control,
exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or
noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative
feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other
overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed, are not covered.
Key Words: induction turbines, condensing turbines, mixed-pressure,
noncondensing , steam turbine, generator units, Noncondensing turbines,
Mixed-pressure turbines, Automatic induction turbines, Automatic extraction
turbines
Designation: 122-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional Performance Characteristics of
Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1986
Designation: 123
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 124
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 125-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications
for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric
Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 1988
Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Terms, functions, and characteristics as commonly used in North America for preparing equipment specifications for speed-
governing of hydraulic turbine-driven generators are defined. Specific components that may be included in a governor system are
described. The performance characteristics of a good governor system and adjustments and tests to obtain and confirm the desired
performance are delineated. Information to be provided by the manufacturer, so that the purchaser can be assured that the
governor equipment will interface properly with other equipment, is specified. The intent is also to provide adequate information
for maintenance purposes. The criteria for acceptance tests are given, and the data that will be furnished by the purchaser are
listed.
Key Words: hydraulic, govern, turbine
Designation: P125
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for
Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Apps, Phone:604-528-2554, Email:david.apps@bchydro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: The Standard will recommend performance characteristics and
equipment for electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic
turbines intended to drive electic geneartors. The standard is applicable to
both new governors and rehabilitation of existing governors.
Project Purpose: The standard will assist users to prepare procurement
specifications for electric-hydraulic governors.
Designation: 125
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for
Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The Standard will recommend minimum performance characteristics
and equipment for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors for
all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators.
Project Purpose: The original purpose of the standard was to recommend minimum
performance characteristics and equipment relating to governors for
controlling hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators and to
aid in preparation of procurement specifications. This scope continues to
be current and pertinent. The Standard will assist users to prepare
procurement specifications for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic
governors.
Designation: 126-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983
Title: IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Internal
Combustion Engine-Generator Units
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Charles A Lennon Jr, Phone:702-293-8817, Email:clennon@ibr8gw80.usbr.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Key Words: speed, govern, internal, engine, generator
Designation: 127-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Standard for Aerospace Equipment Voltage and Frequency Ratings
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Designation: 128-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Guide for Aircraft Electric Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973
Key Words: aircraft, systems, electric
Designation: 129
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 130
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 131
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 132-1953
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Test Code for D-C Aircarft Rotating Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: aircraft, rotating, machines, dc, test
Designation: 133
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 134-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Trial-Use Test Code for Direct-Current Carbon-Pile Voltage Regulators
for Aircraft
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: regulator, voltage, carbon, dc
Designation: 135-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Aircraft, Missile, and Space Equipment
Electrical Insulation Tests
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: aircraft, missile, space, insulation, equipment
Designation: 136-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and
Regulator Characteristics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: aircraft, generator, regulator, characteristics
Designation: 137-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Test Procedure for AC 400 Hz Aircraft Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: aircraft, induction, motor
Designation: 138-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating-Current Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: aircraft, generator, ac
Designation: 139-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency
Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed
on User's Premises
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1988
**Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988
Project Scope: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency
(rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf
industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's
facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that
generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause
physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters
(dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf
plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to
help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications,
navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for
the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the
maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured.
Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may
be required if any of the following conditions exist: 1) The emission
from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size
or special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before
installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing
interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could
affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question
about its continued compliance. 6) There is a question about the safety
to nearby personnel because of the emissions from the equipment.
Measurements should be made under the direction of an engineer skilled in
making and interpreting rf field-strength measurements. These measurements
are made after the equipment is installed and ready for use at its place of
use, and after it has been inspected as described in 2.2. The measurement
report should generally be kept on file for at least three years after new
measurements are made or after the equipment is no longer in use. There are
significant differences between the “open field” or anechoic chamber
measurements common in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and
electromagnetic interference (EMI) work and the on-site measurements of
installed ISM equipment. Some of these differences are described below.
1) The measurement conditions are usually more difficult because of crowded
measurement locations, reflections from surrounding walls and equipment,
and signals from other sources. 2 2) It is reasonable to take
advantage of the shielding provided by walls and other equipment located
between the ISM Equipment Under Test (EUT) and the location at which field-
strength information is required. While the effect of a single wall may be
small, the total effect of other equipment and building structures may be
significant. In any case, it is not necessary to make measurements in a way
which eliminates the benefits of this shielding. Some equipment is designed
to be operated in a shielded enclosure, either because of its own
sensitivity to outside interference, or because of its emission
characteristics. When measuring the emission from this equipment, take
advantage of the attenuation of the enclosure by making the measurements
outside the enclosure, with the equipment in its normal operating
position. 3) Since the measurement equipment is disconnected, moved, and
reconnected many times during a set of measurements, its calibration should
be checked frequently. 4) ISM equipment may often be grouped for field-
strength measurements, taking one set of measurements for the entire group.
5) Electromagnetic-emission measurements of installed ISM equipment are
usually significantly less accurate than laboratory (open field or test
chamber) measurements because of lack of control of the measurement
environment. The engineer responsible for the measurements should ensure, to
the extent practical, that significant inaccuracies do not creep into the
measurements from controllable factors. The overall accuracy of the
measurements should be taken into account when reporting the results. 6)
On-site measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually unique to the
particular site because of effects of local shielding. However, they may
apply to the same piece of equipment or to identical equipment installed at
other sites that provide equivalent shielding and grounding. 7) The
emission measured from the ISM equipment is a function of the environment
surrounding the equipment. In most industrial locations, the environment is
likely to change. Therefore, when measuring emission, 1) make sure the
environment is typical of its usual operating condition, and, 2) determine,
to the extent possible, if probable environment changes will increase
emission. If so, the user should be warned. When measuring emission because
of suspected electromagnetic interference, the conditions existing at the
time of the suspected interference should be duplicated as closely as
possible.
Designation: 140-1950
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-
Frequency Heating Equipment
Status: Superseded
Designation: 140-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-
Frequency Heating Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 140-1950.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in
industrial settings and for other purposes are described. These procedures are intended to reduce the levels of radio-frequency
energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services. They may also be used as remedial measures when
harmful interference occurs. Applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology are excluded.
Key Words: electromagnetic, interference, ISM equipment, radio-frequency,
heating equipment, energy, minimize, Electromagnetic interference,
Electromagnetic heating
Designation: 141-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 1994
**IEEE Red Book. Revision of IEEE Std 141-1986.
Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction,
and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation;
voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance;
and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations;
surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor-
control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation.
Key Words: redbook, electric power, distribution, energy management, grounding,
power cables, power transformers, switches, wiring, Switches/switchgear,
Power system measurements, Power distribution, Industrial power system
protection, Industrial power system planning, Industrial power system
economics
Designation: 141
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide update of 1993 edition. No new chapters are
anticipated. Revise existing material to include latest technologies.
Project Purpose: Maintain current status of the Red Book as a publication
reflecting current technology.
Designation: P141
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This publication provides a recommended practice for the
electrical design of industrial facilities; and distribution, control, and
monitoring of electrical energy in industrial facilities.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to be the reference
source for the current and updated practices for electrical design of
industrial facilities and power distribution in plants in order to increase
electrical system reliability. It is likely to be of greatest value to the
power-oriented engineer with limited industrial experience. It can also be
an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of the
industrial facilities.
Designation: 141-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants (IEEE Red Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986
Designation: 142-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 1992
**IEEE Green Book. Revision of IEEE Std 142-1982.
Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:lynn.saunders@gm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1984, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap
of one phase, are covered. The advantages and disadvantages of grounded versus ungrounded systems are discussed. Information is
given on how to ground the system, where the system should be grounded, and how to select equipment for the grounding of the
neutral circuits. Connecting the frames and enclosures of electric apparatus, such as motors, switchgear, transformers, buses,
cables conduits, building frames, and portable equipment, to a ground system is addressed. The fundamentals of making the
interconnection or ground-conductor system between electric equipment and the ground rods, water pipes, etc. are outlined. The
problems of static electricity(how it is generated, what processes may produce it, how it is measured, and what should be done to
prevent its generation or to drain the static charges to earth to prevent sparking(are treated. Methods of protecting structures
against the effects of lightning are also covered. Obtaining a low-resistance connection to the earth, use of ground rods,
connections to water pipes, etc, are discussed. A separate chapter on sensitive electronic equipment is included.
Key Words: system, static, lightning protection, protection grounding,
connection to earth, earth, sensitive, electronic equipment, green book,
System grounding, Static and lightning protection, Sensitive electronic
equipment, Equipment grounding
Designation: 142
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revison project for Green Book.
Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:lynn.saunders@gm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: P142
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:lynn.saunders@gm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide concensus of the
expertize on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power
systems, equipemnt, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer
system grounding.
Project Purpose: As grounding systems technology advances, this recommended
practice must be revised and updated to reflect these changes.
Designation: 142-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems (IEEE Green Book)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1983
Key Words: grounding, industrial, commercial, power, systems
Designation: 145-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 145-1983. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided.
Key Words: antennas, definitions, propagation, terminology
Designation: 145
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used
in the current standard. The current standard was originally completed in
1983. Many new terms and concepts for antennas, especially active antennas,
are not included. This working group will review the complete entire
standard and update existing terms and include new terms that are in use but
not in the standard.
Project Purpose: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions
used in the current standard.
Designation: 145-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1983
Designation: 146-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983
Designation: 147-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1981
Abstract: Definitions of components for waveguide use are presented. The components are considered to be linear, passive, and
reciprocal unless otherwise specified in the definitions. The definitions included were drawn from Institute of Radio Engineers
and International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) documents. Some definitions are included unchanged, some have been modified
or deleted, and several new definitions have been added. Not all possible component varieties are included.
Designation: 148
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arthur Blaisdell
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987
Designation: 148-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: IEEE Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: waveguide, measurements, component
Designation: 149-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 149-1965.
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003
Designation: 149
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 1985
Designation: 149
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A David Olver, Phone:44-171-975-5345, Email:a.d.olver@gmw.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will update the Standard Test Procedure for
Antennas. This standard was last updated in 1979. Many changes in antenna
testing have occurred since then especially in the area of computer control
and automation. Many new methods, test equipment, and test procedures are
not included in the existing standard. This update will include all of
these. Near field testing will now be included.
Project Purpose: This standard is used throughout government, industry and
academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures
currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has
passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not
included. This update will include these.
Designation: 150
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 151-1965
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Audio and Electroacoustics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 152-1953
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: Recommended Practice for Volume Measurements of Electric Speech and
Program Waves
Status: Superseded
Designation: 152-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: IEEE Standard for Audio Program Level Measurement
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 152-1953.
History: PAR APP: Mar 13, 1986, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1992
Abstract: Two audio program level measuring devices, the peak-program meter and the standard volume indicator, are described. The
peak-program meter is intended to indicate the peak level of audio signals that the transmission or recording medium must
accommodate if audible distortion is to be avoided. The standard volume indicator is intended to provide a means to assign
numerical values to the average magnitude of audio program signals. The dynamic response requirements specified in this standard
for the peak-program meter are identical to the normal mode European Broadcasting Union standard peak-program meter. This
standard does, however, allow more flexibility for the selection of the scale.
Key Words: peak, meter, indicator, audio program, program level, Standard
volume indicator, Peak-program meter
Designation: 154
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 155-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow
Graphs, 1960
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960"
Key Words: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms
for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960"
Designation: 156-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Passive
Reciprocal Time Invariant Networks, 1960
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: Terms that apply to linear, passive, reciprocal, time-invariant networks are defined. The terms apply to mathematical
concepts that represent idealizations of physical phenomena. Thus, the definitions apply to idealized models that are useful in
describing properties of physical networks. The question of whether or not a certain term is applicable to a particular physical
situation is left to the user.
Key Words: linear, reciprocal, time, invariant, Terminology, Passive circuits
Designation: 157
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 158-1962
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: Methods of Testing Electron Tubes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 161-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: Standard Definitions on Electron Tubes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 162-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Electronic Digital Computers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985
Designation: 164-1962
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Methods of Testing Bobbin Cores for Electronic Computers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 165-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Analog Computers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Key Words: computer, analog, terms, glossary, definitions
Designation: 166-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Hybrid Computer Linkage
Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Key Words: computer, hybrid, terms, linkage, component
Designation: 167-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Test Procedure for Facsimile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 167A-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Charts (Revised as 167A.1)
Status: Superseded
**Reprinted. Being revised as 167A.1
Abstract: A chart for use in testing facsimile equipment is provided. A description of the patterns is included.
Key Words: 167A, facsimile, test chart
Designation: 167A.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: Bi-level (Black & White)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of 167A-1987. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: Facsimile test chart for bi-level (black & white).
Project Purpose: Provide a bi-level (black & white) facsimile test chart for
use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems
Abstract: A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of
facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. The chart is composed solely of high-
resolution, high contrast black-and-white patterns. Although the chart is designed for Group 3 and Group 4 facsimile, it is also
expected to be useful in testing other imaging systems. The received image may be recorded or displayed. This standard offers a
means of assessing various technical quality parameters, detecting defects produced in received images, and evaluating the
readability of text when the original is black and white.
Key Words: facsimile, test chart, black , white, bi-level, imaging systems
Designation: 167A.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: High Contrast (Gray Scale)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for high contrast (gray scale).
Project Purpose: Provide a high contrast (gray scale) facsimile test chart for
use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems.
Abstract: A means of assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile
equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided.
Key Words: facsimile, imaging systems, test charts
Designation: 167A.3-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart - Color
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for color.
Project Purpose: Provide a color facsimile test chart for use in determining
the performance of facsimile equipment and systems.
Abstract: " A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, includ-ing any compatible combination of
facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and im-age storage, is provided. "
Key Words: "facsimile, imaging systems, test charts"
Designation: 168-1956
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Facsimile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal 3/2/89. Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Designation: 169
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 170-1964
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Modulation Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 171-1958
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Information Theory
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 172-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1984
Designation: 173-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standards on Navigation Aids: Direction Finder Measurements, 1959
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI wdn.
Technical Contact: Bud Wimber, Phone:(818) 719-7920, Email:wimber@littongcs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Apr 10, 1958
Key Words: direction, finder, measurement
Designation: 174
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 175
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 176
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard on Piezooelectricity
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 176-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard on Piezoelectricity
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 176-1949.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987
Abstract: 176_1987.bk
Key Words: 176_1987.bk
Designation: 177
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurement for Piezoelectric
Vibrators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: A modest revision of the (177-1966) standard will include
corrections, improvements, and section additions on bridge, scattering
parameter, and improved Pi-network techniques for more accurate measurements
of the electrical parameters of higher frequency piezoelectric resonators
with higher electromechanical coupling. The revised std should be useful for
measurements on both crystalline (quartz) and ceramic(lead zirconia
titanate) resonators.
Project Purpose: Since the present std (177-1966) was issued, considerable
worldwide work on piezoelectric resonator electrical measurement techniques
has been reported. This work has led to more accurate measurements of the
electrical parameters of piezoelelectric resonators at higher frequencies
and at higher electromechanical coupling, including a more comprehensive
understanding of the dependence of measured crystal parameters on the
measurement fixture and on the measurement conditions. Three of these
measurement tchniques (the bridge technique, the improved Pi-network
technique, and the scattering parameter technique) are so useful that they
should be discussed in the IEEE standard. Including discussion on all three
measurement techniques will considerably increase the value of the standard
to technical workers in the field.
Designation: 177-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurements for Piezoelectric
Vibrators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**aka ANSI C83.17-1970
History: BD APP: May 23, 1966
Abstract: The equivalent electric circuit of a piezoelectric vibrator and its parameters are reviewed. The determination of these
parameters by the transmission method is described. The method is suitable for frequencies up to about 30 MHz for the commonly
encountered ranges of the capacitance ratio r and the figure of merit M, provided that errors due to instrumentation are taken
into account. The equations presented in this standard have been formulated to correct these errors.
Key Words: piezoelectricity, vibrator
Designation: 178
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 179
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 180-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Primary Ferroelectric Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 05, 1985
Abstract: Terms applying primarily to ferroelectric materials, including single crystals, polycrystalline ceramics, and
semicrystalline polymers, are defined. Because of the coupling that exists between ferroelectric and ferroelastic behavior in
some crystalline materials, ferroelastic terms are also defined. When particular terms are related to experimental measurements,
the basic measuring techniques are briefly described.
Key Words: ferro, ferroelectric, terms, primary, glossary
Designation: 181-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 11, 2003
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this revised PAR is limited to revising the title
of P181. See item 18 for additional explanatory notes. The scope of the
previous PAR is: 'Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977
into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses
and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters.'
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revised PAR is to change the title (see
Item 18). The purpose of the previous PAR is: 'IEEE Standards 181-1977 and
194-1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators,
waveform recorders, and high-speed digital circuits require clear concise
terms for effective communication.'
Abstract: "IEEE Std 181-2003, IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms"
Key Words: "aberration, algorithms, compound waveform, histogram, levels,
pulse, pulse amplitude, pulse definitions, pulse measurement, states, state
boundaries, state levels, transients"
Designation: 181
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982
Abstract: Revision in progress, expected completion in 1992.
Designation: 181
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Signals
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a
single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and
related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters.
Project Purpose: IEEE Standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 have been withdrawn.
Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high-
speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective
communication.
Designation: 181-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Aug 29, 1979
Designation: 182-1961
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporated in 182A. Archive only. Standard administratively withdrawn
12/6/90.
Key Words: radio, transmitters, terms, glossary
Designation: 182A-1964
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Transmitters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Includes IEEE l82.
Key Words: 182A
Designation: 183-1958
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Technical Committee Report: Methods for Testing Radiotelegraph
Transmitters (Below 50 MC)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: radio, telegraph, radiotelegraph, transmitter, test
Designation: 184-1969
Title: Test Procedure for Frequency-Modulated Mobile Communications Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 185-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Standard Methods of Testing Frequency Modulation Broadcast Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 186-1948
Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Amplitude-Modulated Broadcast Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:LSBTEC@AOL.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1972
Designation: 187-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and Television
Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9kHz to 40GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2004
**Supersedes 187-1990 (R1995).
Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: To add new Advanced Televsion System Committee (ATSC) television
standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict with
current US Federal Communication Commission (FCC) requirements. This will
include investigation of new TV recievers already being sold in the USA,
including National Televsion System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital
Satellite System (DSS) and various combinations of these transmission
methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to
Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB) recievers and
Rear Projection TV receivers.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement
procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during
the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the
USA and to ensure FCC accepts this industry need.
Abstract: Spurious radiation from sound and television broadcast receivers of the superheterodyne type are possible sources of
interference with other radio services. This standard describes the potential sources of spurious radiation from receivers
intended for the reception of sound and television broadcast, and the measurement methods for them.
Key Words: antenna radiation, conducted emissions, FM sound broadcast
receivers, radiated emissions, spurious emissions, television broadcast
receivers
Designation: 187-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Standard on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of
Spurious Radiation from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 187-1951. Superseded by 187-2003.
History: BD APP: Aug 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Dec 27, 1990
Abstract: The potential sources of spurious radiation from frequency modulation (FM) and television broadcast receivers and sets up
methods of measurement are described. Possible sources of spurious radiation and ways to measure them are set forth. This
standard is not intended to apply to equipment other than FM and television broadcast receivers.
Key Words: field strength, meter, frequency modulation, open field measure,
spurious radiaiton, television broadcast, broadcast receivers, FM, radio
receivers, VHF radio receivers, TV receivers, FM receivers, Electromagnetic
measurements, Electromagnetic interference
Designation: 187-1951
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of
Spurious Radiation from Frequency Modulation and Television Broadcast
Receivers
Status: Superseded
Key Words: receivers, broadcast, fm, tv, spurious
Designation: 187
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Method of Measurement of Emissions from Television Receivers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: To add new Advanced Television System Committee (ATSC)
television standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict
with current US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) requirements. This
will include the investigation of new TV receivers already being sold in the
USA, including National Television System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital
Satellite System (DSS), and various combinations of these transmission
methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to
Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB)TV receivers
and Rear Projection TV receivers.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement
procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during
the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the
USA and to ensure that the FCC accepts this industry need.
Designation: 188
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 189-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: IEEE Standard Method of Testing Receivers Employing Ferrite Core Loop
Antennas
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:LSBTEC@AOL.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1976
Key Words: antennas, ferrite, loop, core
Designation: 190-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Standard Methods of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 191
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 192-1958
Title: Methods of Calibration of Mechanically Recorded Lateral Frequency
Records
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 193-1971
Title: Method for Measurement of Weighted Peak Flutter of Sound Recording and
Reproducing Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 194
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982
Abstract: Revision in progress, expected completion in 1992.
Designation: 194-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Feb 17, 1975
Key Words: pulse, terms, glossary
Designation: 195
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 196-1951
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Transducers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 197
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 198
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 199
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 200
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: Reference Designations for Parts and Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989
Designation: 200-1975
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronics
Parts and Equipments
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Oct 31, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1975
Abstract: The formulation and application of reference designations for electrical and electronics parts and equipment are covered.
The reference designations of this standard are intended for uniquely identifying and locating discrete items on diagrams and in
a set, as well as for correlating items in a set, graphic symbols on diagrams, and items in parts lists, circuit descriptions,
and instructions. Three methods are given for forming and applying reference designations: the unit number method, the location
numbering method, and the location coding method. A complete reference designation may incorporate reference designations formed
by the use of any of these methods at any level from basic parts to complete units.
Key Words: reference, designations, parts, equipment, Symbols
Designation: 201-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Television
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1981
Designation: 201
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Analog Television
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, and add the word
"analog" to the title to indicate that the terms and definitions relate to
analog television, sometimes called conventional definition television. The
project proposes to include terms in general use by broadcasters and others
involved in the production, distribution, and display of broadcast-quality
television programs, employing the system currently in use in the USA and
some other countries. The system is that developed by the National
Television Systems Committee, and generally referred to as the NTSC system.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used a s a general reference
for engineers and other technical personnel involved in broadcast-quality
television engineering and operations, particularly for newcomers just
learning the technology.
Designation: 202-1954
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Television: Methods of Measurement of Aspect Ratio and Geometric
Distortion
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 205
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard for Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Defilippis
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 205-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: IEEE Standard on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: Revise IEEE Std 205 to specify its application to composite NTSC
signals only, define voltage levels associated with IRE units, redraw the
roll-off characteristic for IRE filter response, revise circuit examples to
substitute solid-state components for vacuum tybes, update text to S.I.
units and abbreviations, and revise procedures for use with modern
oscilloscopes.
Project Purpose: Std 205 is long overdue for updating due to its dated language
and methods. Nevertheless, it is a fundamental document in the definition
of ITU-R System M waveform levels as used in most of North and South
American, Japan, Rep. of Korea, Taiwan and the Phillipines.
Abstract: " A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC color ormonochrome television video signal is
described. It is concerned with luminance measurements atvarious points in transmission systems where the signals are at video
frequencies. The methodsdescribed are limited to the use of waveform monitors, software video processing for amplitudeassessment,
or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying means of measuringtelevision signal levels for operating
purposes."
Key Words: "chrominance, filter, luminance, luminance measurement filter, NTSC,
SMPTE 170M,video, waveform monitor"
Designation: 205-1958
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: measure, luminance, signal, levels
Designation: 206
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard on Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: This project will review and up-date the current scope of
applications of the IEEE Std. 206 1960/1978. The primary application
(scope) of the current Standard is intended to be in the field routine
operational and maintenance tests of pure composite analog systems only,
where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or
desirable. The basic techniques described in the current standard are also
applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance tests, and
detailed maintenance procedures. The scope of the proposed project includes
these measurements but will be revised to widened the scope to include
hybrid systems (combining analog and digital signal processing) where the
current scope does not apply.
Project Purpose: The primary application of the current Standard is intended to
be in the field routine operational and maintenance tests of pure composite
analog systems only, where rapid interpretation and communication of test
results is necessary or desirable. When measuring performance of hybrid
systems (combining analog and digital signal processing), the method
described in this document must not be used as significant errors are
introduced in Differential Gain and Phase measurements. IEEE STD 746-1984
Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits and
international recommendation ITU-R BT.1204 also define methods to measure
Differential Gain and Differential Phase in hybrid digital/analog systems.
The purpose of this project is to revise Std 206-1960/1978 to include
specific Differential Gain and Phase measurement methods similar, if not
identical, to those included in these standards.
Designation: 206
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Methods of Measuring Differential Phase and Gain in Video
Transmission Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Defilippis
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 206-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Differential Gain and
Differential Phase
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1959, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1961
Key Words: measure, tv, differential, gain, phase
Designation: 208-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera
Systems, 1993 Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1995
**Revision of IEEE Std 208-1960.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary application is for users and
manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer reproduced by the camera
system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of-performance specifications for a
camera.
Key Words: camera systems, video, resolution, video techniques
Designation: 208-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standards on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera
Systems, 1961
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**(R78) C16.34 . ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1960
Key Words: measure, video, differential, gain, phase
Designation: 210
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 211-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: Delete some obsolete terms, add new terms, refine language in
some existing terms.
Project Purpose: Keep this standard updated.
Abstract: " Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relatingto the fields of
telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasmawaves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and
magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostaticwaves are supplied. "
Key Words: "electromagnetic wave propagation, terminology"
Designation: 211-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 211-1977.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 26, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Terminology pertinent to electromagnetic wave propagation is defined. The fields covered include radio astronomy; optical
waves; gravity waves; plasma waves; the ionosphere; the magnetosphere; and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic
waves.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary, Radio Wave
Propagation
Designation: 211-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Superseded
**ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 30, 1979
Key Words: radio, wave, propagation, definition, terms
Designation: 212
Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 213-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range
of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power
Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE 213-1961 and incorporates (Construction drawings) IEEE
214-1961. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jul 28, 1988
Abstract: Procedures for testing television and FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might
not be appropriate for conducted emissions testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more
general methods exist and it is suggested that they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981,
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment
in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the
frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are
described.
Key Words: conducted emmission, emissions, broadcast, emmission, broadcast
receivers, power lines, FM broadcast, television, TV receivers, Power
transmission lines, Power distribution lines, FM receivers, Electromagnetic
interference
Designation: 214
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard Construction Drawings of Line Impededance Network Required
for Measurement of Conducted Interference to the Power Line from FM and
Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz as
Specified in IEEE Std 213-1961.
Status: Superseded
**(R85) Included in std 213.
Key Words: Construction, drawings, 213
Designation: 216-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Semiconductor
Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1959
Designation: 218-1956
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Transistors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: transistor, testing, methods
Designation: 219
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 223
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 224
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 238
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 241-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1991
**IEEE Gray Book. Revision of IEEE Std 241-1983.
Technical Contact: Tom Sparling, Phone:206-321-6548
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991
Abstract: A guide and general reference on electrical design for commercial buildings is provided. It covers load characteristics;
voltage considerations; power sources and distribution systems; power distribution apparatus; controllers; services, vaults, and
electrical equipment rooms; wiring systems; systems protection and coordination; lighting; electric space conditioning;
transportation; communication systems planning; facility automation; expansion, modernization, and rehabilitation; special
requirements by occupancy; and electrical energy management. Although directed to the power oriented engineer with limited
commercial building experience, it can be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of commercial buildings.
This recommended practice is not intended to be a complete handbook; however, it can direct the engineer to texts, periodicals,
and references for commercial buildings and act as a guide through the myriad of codes, standards, and practices published by the
IEEE, other professional associations, and governmental bodies.
Key Words: commercial, buildings, electric power, load, characteristics, gray
book, Wiring, Wire communication, Space heating/cooling, Power supplies,
Power distribution, Power cables, Load characteristics, Lighting, Industrial
power system planning, Industrial power system control, Elevators, Electric
power systems, Commercial buildings
Designation: 241
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The IEEE Std 241, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical
systems in Commercial Buildings,known as the 'Gray Book', is for designers
working on the complexity of integrated systems within commercial buildings.
It includes power, telecommunication, HVAC, lighting, and transportation
practices in addition to electrical power and distribution.
Project Purpose: The revision to the Gray Book is to replace obsolete
information and include new practices due to advances in technology, lessons
learned, new materials and equipment, and improve commercial buildings
fire resistance, security, and the safety of employees, particularly
since September 11, 2001.
Designation: P241
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: The Gray Book is intended to cover the design of commercial
buildings systems for power sources and distribution, lighting,
telecommunications, automation, electrical space conditioning and auxiliary
heating, energy management, special considerations for specific building
types, and reconstruction and modernization.
Project Purpose: The Gray Book is intended to be a resource for the design
professional. The book will explain and illustrate recommended practices for
design and calculations, provide guidance on navigating design issues, and
direct users to other publications and electronic resources, including those
of the IEEE, other organizations and government agencies, where needed.
Designation: 241-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings (IEEE Gray Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1983
Key Words: electric, power, systems, commercial, buildings
Designation: 241
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical
power systems in commercial buildings.
Project Purpose: Ballot to reaffirm existing standards. Discussions in Denver
indicated that there are no serious issues that would likely hinder a
reaffirmation vote.
Designation: 242-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2001
**Supersedes 242-1986 (R1991).
Technical Contact: Carey J Cook, Phone:773 338-1000 x2502, Email:ccook@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: The proper selection, application, and coordination of the
components which constitute system protection for industrial plants and
commerical buildings.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 242-1986 is being reviewed and revised to bring it up
to date with respect to present protection considerations and practices. A
new chapter on the effects of harmonics on protective devices is being
added. The chapter covering fuses is being divided into two separate
chapters; one for low-voltage fuses and one for medium- and high-voltage
fuse.
Abstract: " The principles of system protection and the proper selection, application, andcoordination of components that may be
required to protect industrial and commercial powersystems against abnormalities that could reasonably be expected to occur in
the course ofsystem operation are presented in a in a simple, yet comprehensive, format. The principlespresented apply to both
new electrical system design and to the changing, upgrading, orexpansion of an existing electrical distribution system. "
Key Words: "bus protection,cable protection,calibration,conductor
protection,coordinatingtime intervals,current transformers,current-limiting
fuses,fuse coordination,fuse selectivity,generator grounding,generator
protection,high-voltage fuses,"
Designation: 242-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Buff Book. Revision of IEEE Std 242-1975. Superseded by 242-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1982, BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: IEEE Std 242-1986 (Revision of IEEE Std 242-1975) IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Key Words: "This publication presents a step-by-step, simplified, yet
comprehensive, form the principles of system protection and the proper
application and coordination of those components that may be required to
protect industrial and commercial power systems again"
Designation: 251-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Direct-Current Tachometer Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1983
Key Words: test, procedures, tachometer, generators
Designation: 252-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having
Liquid in the Magnetic Gap
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 252-1977.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally
applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics
of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap.
Project Purpose: Std 252-1977 has out of date references. The purpose of this
project is to update the references and make any other revisions that might
be necessary.
Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance
characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap are given. Constants in several equations and
forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. It is
not intended that the procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The procedure shall not be interpreted
as requiring the making of any or all the tests described herein in any given transaction.
Key Words: liquid , magnetic gap, polyphase induction, induction motor, test
procedures, three phase motor
Designation: 252
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in
the Magnetic Gap
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally
applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics
of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end
of its 5 year period of validity. The IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase
Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Gap has out of date references. The
purpose of this project is to update the references and make any other
revisions that might be necessary.
Designation: 252-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the
Magnetic Gap
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976
Abstract: Instructions are provided for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Constants in several equations and
forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. No
attempt is made to cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. Included are electrical measurements, tests for
determining performance, a temperature test, and a number of miscellaneous tests.
Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, magnetic, liquid
Designation: 255-1963
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Semiconductor Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Designation: 257-1964
Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Time Domain
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 258-1965
Title: Test Procedure for Close-Talking Pressure-Type Microphones
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 259-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for
Dry-Type Specialty and General-Purpose Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: To establish a uniform method for preparing samples, conducting
tests, and analyzing results for establishing a comparative thermal life of
insulation systems intended for use in dry-type transformers described in
NEMA St 1-1988 and NEMA st 20-1992.
Project Purpose: To revise the title of this standard to match the scope as
stated above. It is also the intent of the WG to make revisions based on
recommendations and comments received during balloting so that it will be
acceptable as the basis for an international standard.
Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems fordry-type specialty and general-
purpose transformers can be compared is established. Covered areinsulation systems intended for use in the types of transformers
described in NEMA ST 1-1988 andNEMA ST 20-1992.
Key Words: "aging,evaluation,dry-type,insulation system,thermal,transformers"
Designation: 259-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for
Specialty Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 259-1974.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general-
purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers
described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992.
Key Words: dry type , specialty , transformers, insulation system, temperature
aging, test specimens, insulation
Designation: 259-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for
Specialty Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: A uniform method by which the life of specialty transformer insulation systems can be compared is established. Thermal
degradation is the major environmental effect considered, but other environmental factors, such as vibration, thermal shock, and
moisture, have been included to simulate operating conditions. Guidance is provided on preparing test samples, conducting tests,
and analyzing results. The procedure is intended to be an evaluation test and not a production inspection or acceptance test.
Key Words: insulation, specialty, transformers, evaluation, test
Designation: 260-1978
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units,
Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Status: Superseded
**revised as IEEE 260.1
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Key Words: letter, symbols, units, measurement
Designation: 260.1-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Customary
Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 2004
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004
Project Scope: The standard covers letter symbols for units of measurement.
The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text
and equations, in graphs and diagrams, and on panels, labels, and
nameplates.
Project Purpose: The existing standard on unit symbols will be updated to
conform to recent international recommendations, and the section on limited-
character sets will be revised to include recommendations that are
applicable for email.
Abstract: Letter symbols for units of measurement are covered in this standard. It does not include abbreviations for technical
terms, nor does it cover symbols for physical quantities.
Key Words: letter symbols, limited typography, metric, quantities, SI, units of
measurement
Designation: 260.1-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI
Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Status: Superseded
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE 260-1978. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as
overage. Superseded by 260.1-2004.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
(Ref. Std.: 260)
Abstract: General principles of letter symbol standardization are discussed. Symbols are given for general use and for use with
limited character sets. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and equations; in graphs and
diagrams; and on panels, labels, and nameplates.
Key Words: abbreviations, letter symbols, measurement, SI, units
Designation: 260.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and
Electrical Engineering (Revision of IEEE Std 280-1985)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 280-1985.
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 (Ref. Std.: 280-1985)
Project Scope: Revision of Standard 280. No change in the scope of the present
standard, which is explicit in the title.
Project Purpose: Revision of Std 280.
Designation: 260.3-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: American National Standard Mathematical Signs and Symbols for Use in
Physical Sciences and Technology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 02, 1993
**Revision of ANSI Y10.20-1975. Revision formally known as PY10.20 and
P1324.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 (Ref. Std.: P1324)
Abstract: Signs and symbols used in writing mathematical text are defined. Special symbols peculiar to certain branches of
mathematics, such as non-Euclidean Geometries, Abstract Algebras, Topology, and Mathematics of Finance, which are not ordinarily
applied to the physical sciences and engineering, are omitted.
Key Words: letter symbol, mathematical sign, symbols, operation symbol,
quantity symbol, unit symbol, physical sciences, Y10.20, P1324, Mathematical
symbol, Mathematical notation
Designation: 260.4-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols and Abbreviations for
Quantities Used in Acoustics
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision and redesignation of ANSI/ASME Y10.11-1984.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
(Ref. Std.: Y10.11)
Project Scope: To establish a standard set of letter symbols for quantities
used in the science and technology of acoustics: also to establish standard
abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that
are in common use. The science and technology of acoustics include sound,
ultrasound, and infrasound in all media: gases, especially air; liquids,
especially water; and solids are examples of media with which acoustics is
concerned. There are many specialties in acoustics, a few of which are:
speech, hearing, music, noise control, vibration, shock, and sonar.
Project Purpose: To clarify the technical literature of acoustics by providing
a standard set of letter symbols for use in mathematical formulations, and a
standard set of abbreviations for use in text, especially in tabulations and
on graphs; also to encourage the treatment of levels according to the
standard rules for all quantities and units; and also to clarify the basic
differences among quantity symbols, unit symbols, and abbreviations. This
project is a revision of ANSI/IEEE Y10.11(1984).
Abstract: Letter symbols for physical quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics are covered. Abbreviations for a
number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use are also given. The symbols given in this standard are
intended for all applications.
Key Words: abbreviations, acoustical levels, acoustics, infrasound, letter
symbols, physical quantities, sound, sound levels, symbols, ultrasound,
units, vibration
Designation: 261-1965
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Thermoelectric Devices/Letter Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**See C37.34e
Key Words: letter, symbols, thermoelectric, devices
Designation: 263-1965
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: Standard for Measurement of Radio Noise Generated by Motor Vehicles and
Affecting Mobile Communications Receivers in the Frequency Range 25-1000
megahertz
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 264
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporated into IEEE 111. ANSI withdrawn 3/1/91
Designation: 265-1966
Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Frequency Domain
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 266-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electronics
Power Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: insulation, evaluation, elrctronics, transformers, test
Designation: 267-1966
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of
Symbols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Trial-Use
Abstract: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying those symbols that are employed in the electrical and electronics fields
are provided. These include abbreviations, functional designations, graphic symbols, letter combinations, mathematical symbols,
reference designations, symbols for quantities, and symbols for units. The guidelines should be useful to any committee engaged
in developing standards publications in the areas mentioned.
Key Words: preparation, use, symbols
Designation: 267
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of Symbols
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying symbols used in
the electrical and electronics fields.
Project Purpose: To clarify distinctions between abbreviations, various
designations and various symbols as used in the electrical and electronics
fields. This is to be an updating of the existing Std 267-1966, primarily
to reflect changes in the IEEE Committee structure, the reference documents,
and IEC terminology.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 267-1966.
Designation: 268-1992
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: American National Standard for Metric Practice
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 268-1982. Redesignated as SI 10-1997
History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 15, 1992
Abstract: Guidance for application of the modernized metric system in the United States is given. Known as the International System
of Units (abbreviated SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Included are
information on SI, a limited list of non-SI units recognized for use with SI units, a list of conversion factors from non-SI to
SI units, together with general guidance on proper style and usage.
Key Words: conversion, factors, rounding, SI, Metric system, Metric practice,
International System of Units, Conversion factors
Designation: 268-1982
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Metric Practice, American National Standard
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1982
Key Words: metric, practice
Designation: 268A-1987
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: International System of Units Conversion Factors Card
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**A wallet-size Card. Sold in packs of 10.
Abstract: .
Designation: 269-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 2003
**Supersedes 269-1992 and 1206-1994.
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003
Project Scope: Define objective test methods for determining the transmission
characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets.
Project Purpose: To provide practical methods for making laboratory
measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital
telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized
basis. Revision is necessary to cover applications to types of telephone
sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the 1992
pulbication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content of
IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets.
Abstract: "Practical methods for making laboratory measurements of electroacoustic character-istics of analog and digital
telephones, handsets, and headsets are provided in this revisedstandard. The methods may also be applicable to a wide variety of
other communicationsequipment, including cordless, wireless, and mobile communications devices. Measurement resultsmay be used to
evaluate these devices on a standardized basis. Application is in the frequencyrange 1008500 Hz."
Key Words: "analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements
on telephones, handsets, headsets, telephony, voice transmission
performance"
Designation: 269-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 269-1983. Superseded by 269-2002.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of both digital and conventional to-wire analog telephone
sets by means of objective measurements on a test connection are described. The test results thus obtained may be used as a means
of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a telephone set on a standardized basis. The measurements are
applicable to telephone sets incorporating carbon or linear transmitters. Measurements are over the frequency range most useful
for speech: 100-5000 Hz. The test methods are not intended to be applicable to special devices, such as noise-exclusion
transmitters, distant-talking transmitters, insert-type receivers, or noise-exclusion receivers equipped with large ear pads.
Key Words: performance, analog, telephone, sets, digital, voice, transmission,
Voice transmission performance, Telephony
Designation: 269-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone
Sets
Status: Superseded
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1984
Designation: 269a-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Amendment 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is objective test methods for
determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone
sets, handsets and headsets. (Original scope -- not changed)
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide practical methods for making
laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and
digital telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a
standardized basis. Revision is necessary to cover application to types of
telephone sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the
1992 publication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content
of IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets. (Original purpose --
not changed.)
Designation: 270-2006
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Selected Quantities, Units, and Related
Terms, with Special Attention to the International System of Units (SI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Theodore Wildi, Phone:418-527-8285, Email:wildi@wildi-theo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006
Project Scope: This standard includes definitions for physical quantities and
units commonly used in applied science and technology, and related terms
that concern systems of measurement. Particular emphasis is placed on the
International System of Units (SI).
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 270-1966 attempted to cover not only quantities and
units, but also the much broader area implied in its title, “General
(Fundamental and Derived) Electrical and Electronics Terms.” This scope
proved to be far too broad, and the standard could not be maintained. The
purpose of this revision is to present authoritative definitions of physical
quantities and units and other terms relating to measurement systems, with
particular emphasis on the vocabulary used in IEEE/ASTM SI 10.
Abstract: The definitions for physical quantities and units commonly used in applied science and technology, and for related
terms that concern systems of measurement, are included in this standard. Particular emphasis is placed on the International
System of Units (Le Système International d’Unités, SI).
Key Words: International System of Units, measurement, metric, quantities, SI,
units
Designation: 270
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 271-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977
Title: Technical Report on Switching Surge Testing of Extra-High-Voltage
Switches
Status: Superseded
**TU. Being revised as C37.34e
Designation: 272-1970
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1976
Title: IEEE Standard for Computer-Type (Square-Loop) Pulse Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 11, 1969
Key Words: cmputer, pulse, transformers, square, loop
Designation: 274-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Integrated Electronics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: definitions, terms, electronics, inteegrated, dictionary
Designation: 275
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for
Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated
Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard outlines a test procedure for comparing two or
more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated
temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric
machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and
below. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems
for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such
special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or
that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or to submersion in
liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate
systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service
experience and interpretation of the results.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation
systems for the machinery within the scope of this standard in accordance
with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition.
Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classifcation
of new insulation systems before they are service proven. Service-proven
systems shall also be tested according to this test procedure.
Designation: 275-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems
for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-Insulated Stator Coils,
Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988, BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 30, 1982
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulation, systems, electric
Designation: 275-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems
for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated
Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 275-1981. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature
is described. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils
and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with
air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected
to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate
systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results.
Key Words: electric, machinery, ac, form, wound, preinsulated, stator, coils,
insulation, systems, Insulation systems, Form-wound preinsulated stator
Designation: 277-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
**Revision of IEEE Std 277-1983. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage.
Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Electrical distribution systems in cement plants that would result in satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability,
performance, safety, and low maintenance--all at a reasonable cost are recommended.
Key Words: alternate power , power source, power distribution, primary
distribution, distribution voltage, quarry distribution, secondary unit,
unit substation, surge arresters, cement plant, secondary-unit substation,
primary distribution voltage, alternate power source
Designation: P277
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jean Paul Morel, Phone:610-837-3338, Email:jmorel@essroc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document has been developed as a recommended practice for
electrical distribution systems in cement plants with the objective of
satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and
low maintenance—all at a reasonable cost.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance in established practices, for the design, application,
installation, and protection of electrical distribution systems. It is hoped
that this recommended practice will be used to augment some of the
principles outlined, as they apply particularly to cement plants.
Designation: 277
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark A Huber, Phone:+1 518 756 5109, Email:Mark.Huber@lafarge-na.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: The basic content of the 277-1994 Standard is very sound and
complete. The scope of this revision project includes several wording
changes, initiated by technological advances in the past few years. In
addition to changes in references to other standards, there are several
grammatical and punctuation revisions needed. Some tables and figures will
also be updated to reflect contemporary cost estimates, etc.
Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have
an up-to-date tool to help them evaluate power distribution systems. The
committee considered a simple reaffirmation, but determined that the
standard was outdated enough to merit a revision.
Designation: 277-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984
Designation: 278
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 279-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standard: Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1984. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1971, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1972
Designation: 280-1982
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science
and Electrical Engineering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Std 280-1985 (R1997) being revised as 260.2. Previously reaffirmed 9/26/91
Revision of IEEE Std 280-1968 and ANSI Y10.5-1968. P2602. was withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Letter symbols used to represent physical quantities in the field of electrical science and electrical engineering are
defined. The symbols are independent of the units employed or special values assigned. Also included are selected symbols for
mathematics and for physical constants.
Key Words: letter, symbols, quantities, science, Electrical engineering
Designation: 281-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication
Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985
Abstract: IEEE Std 281-1984 Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968 IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment
Key Words: IEEE Std 281-1984 Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968 IEEE Standard
Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment
Designation: 282
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 284-1968
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standards Report on State-of-the-Art of Measuring Field Strength,
Continuous Wave, Sinusoidal
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: field, strength, continuous, wave, sinusoidal
Designation: 285
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 286-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power Factor Tip-Up of
Electric Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2000
Technical Contact: Franklin T Emery, Phone:256-845-9601x6007, Email:franklin.emery@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Update the withdrawn standard to reflectg new test methods and
add necessary theory of test. Update and improve terminology.
Project Purpose: Improve the theory of test and expand area of test coverage,
update terminology. Intended users: equipment manufacturers, utilities,
machine designers, specification authors. Benefits: Better explanation of
test procedure and testing.
Abstract: The power factor tip-up testing of stator coils and bars for use in large electric machineryis covered in this recommended
practice.
Key Words: "cell capacitance, electric generators, power factor, stator bar,
stator winding, tan delta"
Designation: 286
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating
Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Std 286-1975.
Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982
Designation: 286-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of
Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95.
Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Dec 19, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984
Key Words: power factor, tip-up, rotatting, insulation, coil
Designation: 287-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors
Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC to 110 GHz)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: Coaxial Connectors for precision electrical measurements to 110
GHz. The frequency range of the standard is increased from 65 GHz to 110 GHz
since there exists in the market a 1mm coaxial connector with a rated upper
minimum operating frequency of 110 GHz. The members of the subcommittee
felt in view of this, the scope of the project should be changed to
incorporate this advantage.
Project Purpose: This document will include: definitions, requirements,
mechanical and electrical specifications, and recommended test methods.
Designation: 287
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC-110 GHz)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968.
Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1987
Project Scope: Coaxial connectors for precision electrical measurements above
18 GHz.
Project Purpose: This document will include definitions, requirements,
mechanical and electrical specifications and recommended test methods.
Key Words: precision coaxial, connectors
Designation: 287-1968
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Precision Coaxial Connectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 289
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 290-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Couplings; Part I - General, Rating,
Performance Characteristics; Part II - Test Procedures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI extension to 6/95.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 29, 1988
Abstract: The more generally applicable characteristics and conducting and reporting of the tests for determining them are covered.
Service conditions, rating, temperature and temperature rise, torque characteristics, speed, losses, and markings are discussed.
Methods for electrical measurements, preliminary tests, performance determination, temperature tests, high-potential tests, and
miscellaneous tests are given.
Key Words: test, electric, couplings
Designation: 291
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of
Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Typographical corrections, clarifications as required, addition
of some material on near-field measurements, addition of material on probes
for measuring field strength.
Project Purpose: This standard is being used extensively in industry. This
project will keep it available, improve it, and make needed additions, which
are minor in scale but very useful.
Designation: 291-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Standards Report on Measuring Field Strength in Radio Wave
Propagation
Status: Superseded
**incl 302&284 in rev .
Key Words: electromagnetic, fields, measuring
Designation: 291-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of
Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 291-1969, revision and redesignation of IEEE Stds
284-1968 and 302-1969. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Apr 02, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
(Ref. Std.: 284/302)
Abstract: Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the
received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the
field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists
of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is
computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the
ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods
to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly
presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described.
Key Words: field strength, receiving antenna, Transmitting antenna
Designation: 292-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained
Rate Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: "IEEE Std 292-1969, IEEE Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros"
Key Words: "This specification defines the requirements for a single-degree-of-
freedom spring-restrained rate gyro for [aircraft, missile, spacecraft, ...]
applications. The rate gyro shall be capable of providing [(dc, ac) voltage
outputs proportional to regular rat"
Designation: 293-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate
Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Recommended rate gyro test procedures derived from those currently in use, including test conditions to be considered, are
compiled. In some cases alternate methods for measuring a performance characteristic have been included. This standard is
intended to be a guide in the preparation of Section 4 of a specification that follows the format of IEEE Std 292, Specification
Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros.
Key Words: gyros, restrained, rate, degree, freedom, Testing, Gyroscopes
Designation: 294
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 295-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard for Electronics Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 1994
Abstract: Application guidance and test procedures are given for power transformers and inductors that are used in electronic
equipment and supplied by power lines or generators of essentially sine-wave or polyphase voltage. Provision is made for relating
the characteristics of transformers to the associated rectifiers and circuits. This standard includes, but is not limited to, the
following transformers and inductors: rectifier supply transformers for either high- or low-voltage supplies, filament and
cathode heater transformers, transformers for alternating-current resonant charging circuits, inductors used in rectifier
filters, and autotransformers with fixed taps.
Key Words: electronics, power, transformers
Designation: 296-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms, Letter Symbols, and Color Code for
Hall Effect Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: hall effect, letter, symbols, terms, color
Designation: 297
Title: Recommended Practice for Speech Quality Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 299-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic
Shielding Enclosures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007
**Supersedes 299-1997.
Technical Contact: Dale Svetanoff, Phone:319-295-4928, Email:dgsvetan@rockwellcollins. com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides uniform measurement procedures for
determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic (EM) shielding
enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable down to 50 Hz
and up to 100 GHz). The owner of the shielding enclosure shall provide
the frequencies at which the shield will be tested, and the shielding
effectiveness (SE) limits for pass/fail. This standard suggests a range of
test frequencies that would provide very high confidence in the
effectiveness of the shield. This standard dose not define SE limits for
pass or fail.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following:
a) A standard procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded
enclosures, in a broad range of radio frequencies (RFs), including a
minimum set of recommended frequencies b) Identical procedures applicable
to frequencies other than the standard set c) An optional measurement
technique to detect the nonlinear behavior of high-permeability
ferromagnetic enclosures (see Annex C)
Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic
shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having
all dimension greater than or equal to 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield
or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and
made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics.
Key Words: electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures,
shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness
Designation: 299-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic
Shielding Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 299-2006.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 1999
Project Scope: This project will add cost effective test methods by minimizing
the number of measurements, provide test procedures in the frequency range
20 to 300 MHz, and establish the size of the shielded enclosure for which
the standard applies.
Project Purpose: Presently, there is a need to reduce the number of
measurements needed to show the shielding effectiveness. The standard also
does not cover the frequency range between 20 and 300 MHz which is needed to
present the shielding effectiveness in the frequency range for which the
most common shielded rooms self resonate. In addition, there is a need to
modify certain procedures presently in the standard. Finally, there is no
stated minimum size of the shielded room for which the standard c an be
applied. All of these items need to be addressed in the revision of this
standard.
Abstract: " Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the ef-fectiveness of electromagnetic
shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extend-able to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having
no dimension less than 2.0 m. Thetypes of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield
structuresof various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and madeof materials such as
steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil,or shielding fabrics. "
Key Words: "electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures,
shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness"
Designation: 299-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic
Shielding Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 299-1969.
History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Mar 11, 1991
Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of room-sized, high-
performance electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 14 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz,
respectively). The types of enclosures covered include single-shield or double-shield structures of various constructions such as
bolted demountable, welded, or integral with building, and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet,
screening hardware cloth, or metal foil. The intent is to reflect current practice and to provide a common reference for
suppliers and users on the performance of shielding enclosures.
Key Words: double-shield, electromagnetic , shielding enclosures, room-sized
enclosure, screened rooms, shielded room, Single shield enclosures,
Shielding effectiveness, Electromagnetic shielding encl, Double shield
enclosures
Designation: 299-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Shielding Effectiveness of
High-Performance Shielding Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Trial Use. Update draft for LB Replace MIL STD 285
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984
Key Words: shielding, enclosures, effectiveness, performance, measurement
Designation: P299.1
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard method for measuring the Shielding Effectiveness of enclosures
and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Maria Sabrina Sarto, Phone:39-06-44585-542, Email:mariasabrina.sarto@uniroma1.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This project will develop an IEEE standard defining shielding
effectiveness test procedures for small enclosures and boxes having linear
dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m, in the radio-frequency frequency range.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standard test
procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded enclosures
and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m in the radio-frequency
range.
Designation: 300-1988
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle
Detectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1988
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989
Abstract: IEEE Std 300-1988 Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982 IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle
Detectors
Key Words: IEEE Std 300-1988 Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982 IEEE Standard
Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors
Designation: 301-1988
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers used with
Detectors of Ionizing Radiation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 1989
**Revision of IEEE Std 301-1976. ERRATA dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12
August 1993 included.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989
Abstract: Procedures are given for testing amplifier and preamplifier systems with linear pulse-shaping networks for use with
semiconductor, scintillation, and proportional detectors in the spectroscopy of ionizing radiation. The object is to provide a
common language and methodology for users and manufacturers of pulse-amplifier systems. The emphasis in the methods of
measurement is to enhance sensitivity and improve accuracy by working around the limitations of the test instruments,
particularly oscilloscopes that have only a visual display for readout. A null technique is used where possible, thereby reducing
basic errors to the inaccuracy of precision resistors.
Key Words: amplifiers, preamplifiers, detectors , ionizing radiation, Testing,
Semiconductor detectors, Scintillation detectors, Pulse amplifiers,
Proportional counters
Designation: 301-1976
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semi-
Conductor Radiation Detectors for Ionizing Radiation
Status: Superseded
**Revision published 5/10/89 (IEEE Std 301-1988).
History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988
Designation: 301
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers
used with Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12
August 1993.
Status: Superseded
Designation: 302-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength for
Frequencies Below 1000 MHz in Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: electromagnetic, field, strength, radio wave, propagation
Designation: 303-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Rotating Electrical
Machines in Class I, Division 2 and Zone 2 Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2004
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices
associated with rotating electrical machines operating in Division 2 or Zone
2 areas, classified as Class I under the practice of ANSI/NFPA 70 or Zone 2
areas classified under the practice of IEC/CENELEC EN60079-10:1996.
Project Purpose: The following information is intended to bring together a
brief description of basic electrical practices in regard to the application
and installation of auxiliary devices to rotating electrical machines
operating in Division 2 or Zone 2 locations using ANSI/NFPA 70, CEC C22.1-02
(2002), or Zone 2 locations using IEC/CENELEC EN60079-14:1997.
Abstract: This recommended practice applies to the application and installation procedures of auxiliary devices in or on electric
rotating machines that are employed in hazardous locations.
Key Words: auxiliary devices, Class 1 Division 2, Class 1 Zone 2,
arcing/sparking component, rotating electrical machine
Designation: 303-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxilary Devices for Motors in Class I,
Groups A,B,C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 303-1984. Superseded by 303-2004.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Installation procedures and wiring methods and materials are recommended. Termination housings, motor surge protection,
and power-factor-correction capacitors are discussed. The aim is to promote consistent application of the devices covered.
Key Words: auxiliary, devices, motors, wiring, methods, surge, protection,
Motor surge protection
Designation: 303-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class 1 -
Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984
Designation: 303
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I, Group
A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This update of IEEE-303 is to; incorporate recent changes in US
electrical code relating to Class I Division 2 changes; incorporate Canadian
electrical code requirements for Division 2 areas; and investigate the
possibility to expand practices to Zone 2 classified areas. From the 1991
(reaffirmed) document: "This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary
devices associated with motors operating in Division 2 areas, classified as
Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D locations. This recommended practice is not
an attempt to rewrite or otherwise supersede application sections of
ANSI./NFPA 70-1990, or any other codes or ordinances. Rather, it is
intended to serve as a supplement to existing codes that in this area are
not sufficiently specific to serve as a guide to good engineering practice.
The guidance contained herein, therefore, is in addition to the ANSI/NFPA
70-1990 requirements for wiring systems for hazardous (classified)
locations."
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to keep the standard up to date
with US practices, and coordinate Canadian requirements to yield a North
American document. From the 1991 (reaffirmed) document: "The following
information is intended to bring together a brief description of basic
electrical practices in regard to the application and installation of
auxiliary devices to motors operating in Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D,
Division 2 locations. It should be understood that this information is only
a guide to promote consistent application of such devices and must be used
with sound engineering judgement."
Designation: 304
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for
Direct-Current Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 23, 1993
Project Scope: IEC Part 2-1, Thermal Evaluation of Wire-Wound Windings, was
recently updated by USNC IEC SC2J. Some of the update would be of value for
Std 304-1977. Std 304-1977 will therefore be revised to include applicable
value features of the IEC standard.
Project Purpose: Update to conform and be compatible with IEC standards.
Designation: 304-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation
Systems for Direct-Current Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 301-1969. See Stds 117; 275 . 16-Jan-04:
Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Insulation systems for direct-current machines are classified in accordance with their limiting temperatures as determined
by test rather than by chemical composition. The intention is to classify according to the recognized A, B, F, and H categories
by determining thermal capability in accordance with machine temperature-rise standards. This test procedure has been prepared to
indicate accepted tests. It is applicable to insulation systems for use in usual service conditions. This standard does not cover
special requirements such as for machines in gas atmospheres being subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in
liquids.
Key Words: insulation, dc, evaluation, classification, test
Designation: 306-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Charging Inductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg.
Abstract: 3/27/91-do not send S. Erlich any correspondence on this standard/deCourcelle
Key Words: inductors, charging, test, procedure
Designation: 307-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Space Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms For Solar Cells
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Designation: 308-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2002
**Supersedes 308-1991.
Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: The scope for IEEE 308-XXXX is EXACTLY the same as the scope of
IEEE 308-1991, and is as follows: This standard applies to the Class 1E
portions of the following systems and equipment in single unit and multiunit
nuclear power generating stations: (1) Alternating current power systems;
(2) Direct current power systems; (3) Instrumentation and control power
systems. Those systems listed in Table 1. This standard does not apply to
the preferred power supply; the unit generator(s) and their buses; generator
breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the
station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission
network (see Fig. 1).
Project Purpose: The purpose of IEEE 308-XXXX is the same as the purpose of
IEEE 308-1991 EXCEPT for Section (4) below, which will be added in this
revision: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: (1) The
principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power
systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under
the conditions produced by the applicable design basis; (2) The requirements
for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems; (3) The criteria
for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit; (4) The requirements for
documentation of the Class 1E power systems. The purpose of this revision
to IEEE 308-1991 is to: (a) Incorporate information on degraded grid; (b)
Consider additional criteria on the required level of detail in
documentation; (c) Investigate whether additional guidance on GDC-17, as it
applies to single failure criteria is necessary; (d) Address comments
received from previous reviews of the standard since the last revision was
published; (e) Generally update the references and typographical errors, and
review the impact of later revisions of other standards.
Abstract: " Class 1E portions of alternating current and direct current power systems andinstrumentation and control power systems
in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generatingstations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit
generator(s) and theirbuses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the
stationswitchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to providecriteria for the
determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class1E power systems in multiunit stations, the
requirements for their testing and surveillance, and therequirements for documentation of the Class 1E power system."
Key Words: "Class 1E power systems, nuclear power station design, nuclear
safety"
Designation: 308
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herbert A Robinson, Phone:201/316-7563, Email:hrobin3@entergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following
systems and equipment in single unit and multi-unit nuclear generations: 1.
Alternating current power systems 2. Direct current power systems 3.
Instrumentation and control power systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: 1.
The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power
systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under
the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. 2. The
requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. 3.
The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. The
purpose of this revision to the standard is: 1. Incorporate information on
degraded grid. 2. Consider additional criteria on the required level of
detail in documentation. 3. Investigate whether additional guidance on GDC-
17, as it applies to single failure criteria, is necessary. 4. Address
comments received from previous reviews of the standard since the last
revision was published. 5. General update to correct references and
typographical errors, and review the impact of later revisions of other
standards.
Designation: 308-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 308-1980. Superseded by 308-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1983, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1992
Abstract: Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit
nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses;
generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission
lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design
features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and
surveillance.
Key Words: systems, nuclear, safety, station, design, Nuclear safety, Nuclear
power station design, Class 1E power systems
Designation: 308-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1982
Designation: 309-1970
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Geiger-Müller Counters
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 28, 1969, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: Test conditions are discussed, covering radiation background, ambient temperature, radiation sources, and Geiger-Mueller
(G-M) counter test circuits. G-M counter parameters are defined, and methods for measuring them are presented. Requirements for
the test equipment used for the measurements are set forth.
Key Words: geiger, mueller, counters, radiation, nuclear
Designation: 309/N42.3-1999
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Bases for Geiger-Mueller Counters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 1999
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: Presents test procedures and standard bases for Geiger-Mueller
counters so that test results will have the same meaning to all
manufacturersd and users. The inclusion of standard bases provides guidance
and uniformity.
Project Purpose: This is to be a revision of ANSI N42.3/IEEE 309 and will
include within it also the material now in ANSI N42.5 on standard bases.
The inclusion of the N42.5 material is the reason for including "Standard
Bases" in that revised title. Upon issuance of this revised N42.5 should be
withdrawn and that is the intent. The stnadard is nearly 30 years old and
is in need of updating. Geiger-Mueller counters continue to be produced and
used in quanityt.
Designation: 310-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1975
Title: IEEE Standard for Reference-Standard Electrical Resistors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: ANSI APP: May 09, 1975
Key Words: reference, standard, electrical, resistors
Designation: 311-1970
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard Specification of General-Purpose Laboratory Cathode-Ray
Oscilloscopes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: oscilloscopes, laboratory, general, purpose, cathode-ray
Designation: 312-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Communication Switching
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1979
Key Words: communication, switching, terms, definitions, glossary
Designation: 314-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standards Report on State of the Art of Measuring Unbalanced
Transmission-Line Impedance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1970
Designation: 315-1975
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (Including
Reference Designation Letters)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1975
**Revision of IEEE Std 315-1971, ANSI Y32.1-1972 and CSA Z99-1972. (aka ANSI
Y32.2-1975 and CSA Z99-1975)
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 31, 1975 (Ref. Std.: Y32.2)
Abstract: A list of graphic symbols and class designation letters for use on electrical and electronics diagrams is provided. All of
the symbols are designed so that their connection points fall on a modular grid, to help those who use a grid basis for the
preparation of diagrams. A substantial effort has been made to make this standard compatible with approved International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Recommendations (IEC Publication 117, in various parts).
Key Words: graphic, symbols, diagrams, electrical, electronics, Y32.1, Y32.2,
Z99
Designation: 315A-1986
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: Supplement to Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 12, 1986
**Supplement to IEEE Std 315-1975 and ANSI Y32.2-1975. Feb2005- Withdrawn by
ANSI as overage.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: Symbols approved by the International Electrotechnical Commission since 1975, or for which there is now a greater need in
the US arising from international commerce, are provided. Besides the addition of new symbols, some updating of the information
in IEEE Std 315-1975 has been undertaken.
Key Words: 315A, graphic symbols, electrical, electronic, diagrams, Y32.1,
Y32.2, Z99
Designation: 316-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Direct Current Instrument Shunts
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporated into IEEE 120 .
History: BD APP: Apr 16, 1968
Key Words: dc, instrument, shunts
Designation: 317-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment
Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 317-1976.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1989
Abstract: Requirements for the design, construction, qualification, testing, and installation of electric penetration assemblies in
nuclear containment structures for stationary nuclear power generating stations are presented. Quality control and quality
assurance requirements, and requirements for purchaser's specification are included. The requirements for external circuits that
connect to penetration assemblies and for operation, maintenance, or periodic testing after installation are not covered.
Key Words: penetration, containment, structures, generating, Power generation
testing, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 319-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1970
Key Words: piezomagnetic, nomenclature, terms, definitions, glossary
Designation: 319-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 10/25/96.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Piezomagnetic and magnetostrictive effects are discussed, and the piezomagnetic relations, symbols, and units are
presented. The intent is to make possible the comparison of the relative merits of magnetostrictive, electromagnetic,
piezoelectric, and electrostrictive transducers on a simple and straightforward basis. The standard applies generally to
magnetostrictive materials, except for some uncommon cases.
Key Words: electromagnetic, electrostrictive, magnetostrictive, nonmenclature,
piezoelectric, transducers, Symbols, Piezomagnetic materials/device,
Measurement units
Designation: 323-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2004
**Supersedes 323-1983 (R1996).
Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 2004
Project Scope: This standard describes the basic requirements for qualifying
Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power
generating stations. The principles, methods and procedures described are
intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending
qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is
modified. Meeting the qualification requirements demonstrates and documents
the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable
service conditions including design basis events, thereby minimizing the
risk of common-cause equipment failure. This standard does not provide
environmental stress levels and performance requirements.
Project Purpose: Reaffirmation ballot resulted in recommendations for
improvement of the standard. NPEC directed SC-2 to "revisit qualified life"
in a document revision. WG is attempting to clarify issues which were
confusing in previous versions and incorporate lessons learned and current
practices.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 323-2003, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations"
Key Words: "age conditioning, aging, condition monitoring, design basis events,
equipment qualification, harsh environment, margin, mild environment,
qualification method, qualified life, radiation, safety related function,
significant aging mechanism, test plan"
Designation: 323-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 323-2003.
History: PAR APP: Nov 12, 1975, BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991
Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating
stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements,
when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event,
and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment,
extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified.
Key Words: class 1E, qualifing, equipment, generating, Nuclear power generation
protection
Designation: 325-1996
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 325-1986.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Oct 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Same as for 325-1986. Following is the abstract for 325-1986:
The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces
that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The
principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These
qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the
equipment design under normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design
basis event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety
functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending
qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified.
Project Purpose: To revise Std 325 to bring it current with today's practice
and technology.
Abstract: Terminology and standard test procedures are established for germanium gamma-ray detectors that are used for the detection
and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal
lattice so that these items have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users.
Key Words: gamma rays, germanium radiation detectors, X rays
Designation: P325
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Used in
Analog and Digital Signal Processing Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:Ron.Keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update 325-1996 for modern
electronics and add new source-detection geometries.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the standard because
of improved technology and procedures. This is necessary because of the
pulse processing changes from using Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The
different geometries are needed to meet the needs of a more diverse group of
users than covered in the original standard.
Designation: 325-1986
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 325-1971.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 1986
Abstract: Germanium radiation detectors that are primarily used for detection and high-resolution spectroscopy of gamma radiation
are covered. Measurement of detector system performance characteristics using techniques that are readily available to
manufacturers and users is addressed. The intent is to establish standard test procedures so that measurements have the same
meaning to all manufacturers and users. The detectors covered are also to be used for X-ray spectroscopy and occasionally for
charged-particle spectroscopy.
Key Words: germanium, gamma, ray, detectors, test
Designation: 327
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 328
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 332
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 333-1980
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Installation of Packaging Machinery and
Associated Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Designation: 334-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007
Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of
continuous duty Class 1E motors, located in mild and harsh environments in
nuclear power generating stations in order to demonstrate their ability to
perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. This
standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators (see IEEE Std
382™-1996 [B2]1).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide direction for the
implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323™-20032 as they apply to
the specific features of continuous duty safety-related electric motor
qualification. This standard also provides guidance for qualification of
refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor rewinds.
Abstract: It is required that Class 1E motors, with their interfaces, meet or exceed the specified performance requirements
throughout their service life. This is accomplished through a program that includes, but is not limited to, design,
qualification, production quality control, shipping, storage, installation, operation, maintenance, periodic testing, and
surveillance. This standard addresses the qualification portion of the program. It discusses the requirement for maintenance,
repair, and surveillance of motors to maintain qualification of motors throughout their installed life but does not provide
detailed guidance about how these programmatic items must be implemented and maintained. The qualification requirements of this
standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of the motor and/or insulation system to perform its safety function(s)
under specified service conditions.
Key Words: age conditioning, age sensitive, aging, condition monitoring, design
basis event, formette, harsh environment, insulation, insulation system,
interfaces, margin, mild environment, motor, motor qualification, motorette,
qualification, qualified life, radiation, safety-related function,
significant aging mechanism, test plan, test sequence, type testing
Designation: 334-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 28, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in nuclear power generating stations are
provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and updating the qualification if the motor's
design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the principles, procedures, and methods of
qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage ac motors.
Key Words: Class 1E motors, harsh environment, mild environment, qualification,
seismic, Nuclear power generating station
Designation: 334-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standard for Type Tests of Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1978, BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1976
Key Words: nuclear, class 1E, motors, continuous duty, test
Designation: 334
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The standard establishes criteria for qualification of
continuous duty Class 1E Electric Motors, located in mild and harsh
environments,in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate
their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required
conditions. This standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators.
Project Purpose: This revision would update the document to the latest
revisions of the referenced standards (specifically, IEEE Std 323-2004) and
aligns it with the material in these revisions. It adds guidance for
qualification of refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor
rewinds.
Designation: 335
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 336-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Inspection, and Testing for Class 1E Power,
Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 23, 2006
Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006
Project Scope: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation,
installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation,
and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process
of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction,
modification, and maintenance. This guidance is applicable to initial
construction, modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide
does not apply to periodic testing.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify the activities,
instructions, and attributes that may be considered in the process of
installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification,
and maintenance for Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment
at nuclear power stations.Changes to this guide are intended to ⎯
Review and consider “lessons learned” from industry (in particular, for
post-modification and postmaintenance testing). ⎯ Provide a more
comprehensive, organized “user-friendly” format. ⎯ Review and
consider any other related user feedback.
Abstract: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power,
instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility. This guidance is applicable to initial construction,
modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide does not apply to periodic testing.
Key Words: Class 1E, configuration management, constructability reviews,
functional testing, inspection procedures,, multi-unit, nuclear facilities,
plant design bases, pre-construction inspection, pre-construction testing,
pre-installation inspection, pre-installation testing, post-installation
inspection, pos-maintenance testing, post-modification testing, test plans,
test procedures
Designation: 336-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection and Testing Requirements for
Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 336-1980.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 1983, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems during
the construction phase of a nuclear facility are set forth. These requirements also cover modifications and those operating phase
activities that are comparable in nature and extent to related initial construction activities of the facility. The intent is to
establish requirements for safety systems equipment. However, this standard may also be applied to nonsafety systems equipment.
Key Words: installation, inspection, instrumentation, control, nuclear, Nuclear
power generation protection
Designation: 337-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Pendulous, Analog Torque Balance Accelerometer
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: A format guide for the preparation of an accelerometer specification that provides a common meeting ground of terminology
and practice for manufacturers and users is given. It covers performance; mechanical, electrical, and environmental requirements;
quality assurance; preparation for delivery, and use of notes. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing an
accelerometer is presented. These procedures, including test conditions to be considered, are derived from those currently in
use. Not all tests outlined in this document need be included, nor are additional tests precluded. In some cases, alternative
methods for measuring performance characteristics have been included or indicated. The torque balance electronics are not
considered to be part of the instrument.
Key Words: accelerometer, single-axis, analog, torque, balance, Acceleration
measurement
Designation: 338-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power
Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: Original Scope: The standard provides design and operational
criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance
program of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of
periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration
verification and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the
safety system performs its defined safety function. The system status,
associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during
operation are also addressed. Maintenance is not covered by this document.
This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of
ANSI/IEEE Std 603-1980 [4] and ANSI/IEEE Std 308-1980 [3]. Scope of
revised standard: The standard provides criteria for the performance of
periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The
scope of periodic surveillance testing consists of functional tests and
checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements, as
required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety
function. Post-maintenance and post modification testing are not covered by
this document. This standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of
other nuclear safety-related IEEE standards.
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: None. Proposed New Purpose: This standard
is intended to aid the user not only for designing a periodic test
capability but also for defining and optimizing the primary elements of an
effective periodic test program (including planning, performance/acceptance
criteria, procedures, test intervals, and documentation). Purpose of
proposed revision: The revised standard is intended to: a. Develop and
provide guidance on optimizing periodic test intervals based on reliability,
availability, and risk-informed approaches, b. Review and consider "lessons
learned" from implementation of risk-informed approaches in other standards,
regulatory activities, and use of digital technology. c. Review and
consider any other feedback obtained from performers of periodic testing and
users of IEEE 338-1987 and related documents.
Designation: 338-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988
Abstract: Design and operational criteria are provided for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program
of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Such testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration
verification, and time-response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs to meet its defined safety
function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also
addressed.
Key Words: surveillance, testing, safety, periodic, Power generation testing,
Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 338
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Brij M Bharteey, Phone:518-382-0056, Email:spectrum@spectrumtechnologies.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard provides design and operational criteria for
performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of
nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic
testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification
and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety
system performs to meet its defined safety function. The system status,
associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during
operation are also addressed. Maintenance is not covered by this document.
This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of
IEEE Std 603 and 308.
Project Purpose: Incorporate user experience; address methods to optimize the
surveillance test frequency; provie guidelines for prioritizing surveillance
using risk based importance ranking.
Designation: 339
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 340
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 341
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 342
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 342a
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 343
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 344-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E
Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2005
Project Scope: There is no change to the scope. P344 will remain as
"Recommended Practice." The scope is as follows: The scope of this
project will be to review and evaluate the recommendations prepared by the
ASME-QME/IEEE-NPEC special working group on standardization of experience
based seismic qualification and incorporating into the standard their
recommendations as deemed appropriate by the committee. The scope given in
section 1.1 of IEEE-344 will be revised to reflect the changes made to the
standard related to experience data. With changes to the experience data
section (Section 9.0) it is anticipated that the scope will state the
following in the revised standard with the words in italics being new.
Scope. This document provides standard methods that will yield data, which
verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements
during and following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) preceded by a number
of operating basis earthquakes (OBE). This standard may be used to establish
tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of
representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification
effort. It also provides an option for using experienced based seismic
qualification processes.
Project Purpose: There is no change to the purpose. The purpose is as follows:
The revision to the standard will be developed by the committee pertaining
to procedures, practices, guidance, and criteria for the use of experience
data benefiting the users (those responsible for seismic qualification). A
purpose will be added to the standard (currently IEEE-344 does not have
one). The purpose is anticipated to state the following: Purpose. Seismic
qualification methods are given that may be used to establish tests or
analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of
representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification
effort. Also, experience based seismic qualification procedures,
methodology, guidance, and criteria are included as an option for use in a
qualification program.
Abstract: Recommended practices are provided for establishing procedures that will yield data to demonstrate that the Class 1E
equipment can meet its performance requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake event preceded by a number
of operating basis earthquake events. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests, analyses, or experienced based
evaluations that will yield data to demonstrate Class 1E equipment performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of
devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by
test are presented. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on static
coefficient analysis. Two approaches to experienced-based seismic evaluation are described, one based on earthquake experience
and the other based on test experience.
Key Words: Class 1E, earthquake, earthquake experience, equipment
qualification, inclusion rules,nuclear, operating basis earthquake,
prohibited features, qualification methods, required response spectrum,
response spectra, safe shutdown earthquake, safety function, seismic,
seismic analysis, test response spectrum, test experience, type testing
Designation: 344-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E
Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1975. June2004: Withdrawn by ANSI as
overage.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 1977, BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1988
Abstract: Recommended practices for establishing procedures that will yield data that verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet
its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake preceded by a number of operating-basis
earthquakes are provided. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to
substantiate performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an
overall qualification effort. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on
static coefficient analysis. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented.
Key Words: seismic, qualification, class 1E, nuclear, equipment, Seismic
factors, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 344
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project will be to review and evaluate the
recommendations prepared by the ASME-QME/IEEE-NPEC special working group on
standardization of experience based seismic qualification and incorporating
into the standard their recommendations as deemed appropriate by the
committee. The scope given in section 1.1 of IEEE-344 will be revised to
reflect the changes made to the standard related to experience data. With
changes to the experience data section (Section 9.0) it is anticipated that
the scope will state the following in the revised standard with the words in
italics being new. Scope. This document provides standard methods that
will yield data, which verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its
performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake
(SSE) preceded by a number of operating basis earthquakes (OBE). This
standard may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to
evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as
part of an overall qualification effort. It also provides an option for
using experienced based seismic qualification processes.
Project Purpose: Revision to the standard will be developed by the committee
pertaining to procedures, practices, guidance, and criteria for the use of
experience data benefiting the users (those responsible for seismic
qualification). A purpose will be added to the standard (currently IEEE-344
does not have one). The purpose is anticipated to state the following:
Purpose. Seismic qualification methods are given that may be used to
establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify
performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall
qualification effort. Also, experience based seismic qualification
procedures, methodology, guidance, and criteria are included as an option
for use in a qualification program.
Designation: 346-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society
Title: Std. Defins. in Power Operations Terminology Incl. terms for
Reporting&Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission and Distribution
Facilities and Interruptions to Customer Svce. Facilitiesandard Definitions
in Power Operations Terminology Inc;luding Terms for Reporting and Analyzing
Outages of Electrical Transmission
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**SS by Std. 858 and 859
Designation: 347-1972
Title: Standard Method of Measuring Recorded Flux of Magnetic Sound Records at
Medium Wavelengths
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 348
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 352-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**ERRATA dated: 4 APR 94 included.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985
Abstract: The basic principles that are needed to conduct a reliability analysis of safety systems are provided for designers and
operators of nuclear power plant safety systems and the concerned regulatory groups. By applying the principles given, systems
may be analyzed, results may be compared with reliability objectives, and the basis for decisions may be suitably documented. The
quantitative principles are applicable to the analysis of the effects of component failures on safety system reliability.
Although they have their greatest value during the design phase, the principles are applicable during any phase of the system's
lifetime. They may also be applied during the preoperational phase or at any time during the normal lifetime of a system.
Key Words: reliability, nuclear, safety, analysis, generating
Designation: 352
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: ERRATA - IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of
Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 353
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 354
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 355
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 356-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2002
Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to describe the measurement
principles of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solid
materials, although it will also serve as a guide for the measurement of any
solid material.
Project Purpose: Document needed for ground plane assessment for locating
antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information; assessment of
ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation prediction and
studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste disposal, dam
location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospectin.
Abstract: " The electromagnetic properties of the earth play an important role in the design and implementationof radio
communications systems, geophysical prospecting instruments, and subsurface mapping techniques.Measurement techniques include dc
resistivity, surface impedance, propagation studies, wave tilt methods,probe impedance methods, mutual impedance methods,
transient methods, time domain reflectometry, groundprobing radar, laboratory-based techniques, and free-space reflection
measurements. The separation distancebetween the probes and the wavelength of the radiation both affect the volume of earth
material measured.This guide provides a summary of current measurement techniques and, where appropriate, inversion methodsfor
determining the conductivity and the relative permittivity of the volume under investigation."
Key Words: "dc resistivity, earth permittivity measurements, electromagnetic
geophysics, ground conductivity measurements, ice, inversion, radio
communications, radio reflection, surface impedance, time domain
reflectometry"
Designation: 356
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Methods of Measurement of Earth
Macroscopic Electromagnetic Properties
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: P356
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to cover measurements of the
electrical properties of naturally occurring solids. Not covered are
methods which rely on mapping earth structure anomalies unless directly
related to electrical properties. Limited coverage of numerical methods for
forward/inverse modeling.
Project Purpose: This document is needed for ground plane assessment for
locating antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information;
assessment of ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation
prediction and studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste
disposal, dam location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospecting.
Designation: 356-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Guide for Radio Methods for Measuring Earth Conductivity
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: May 24, 1973
Abstract: This guide is the result of a survey of radio techniques employed for measuring the conductivity of the earth. Results are
applicable to the design of communication channels that are influenced by the electrical characteristics of the earth. Emphasized
are those techniques used at frequencies where the loss tangent is large. The techniques are classed broadly into those that make
use of drill holes into the earth and those that do not. Also, a distinction is made between active and passive methods. Comments
and critiques on the various techniques are included. Theoretical and practical details underlying some of the methods are given
in the appendixes.
Key Words: radio, earth, conductivity, measuring, methods
Designation: 358
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 360
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: Standard Radar Cross-Section Test -
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**See P1502
Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Project Scope: This project will write a standard practices guide for the
measurement of radar cross section. This guide will discuss RCS measurement
practices as they relate to indoor and outdoor measurements in an
established range. It will not discuss measurement of foliage, natural
events, etc. It will also not discuss near field measurement and other
specialty measurements.
Project Purpose: This standard will be used by government, industrial, and
academic organizations that measure radar cross sections of targets.
Currently, there are no written standards on this type of measurement. Many
mistakes are being made that are critical to the performance of contracts
and studies. Conclusions are being reached with data that is incorrectly
measured, misunderstood or processed incorrectly. Additionally, perfectly
good measurement practices are being rejected because of the lack of
understanding of uses and procedures. This standard seeks to instill an
understanding of RCS measurements, how they should be done, and how to
manipulate measured results for accurate data collection and processing.
Key Words: radar, cross, section
Designation: 361
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 362
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 363
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Robert J Davidson Jr, Phone:631-271-6200x22367, Email:robert.j.davidson.jr@us.ul.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 364
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 365
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 366
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 367-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station
Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Jointly sponsored with COM/T&A. Revision of IEEE Std 367-1987.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Project Scope: This std provides quidance for the calculation of power station
ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages and
guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in
metallic telecommunication protection design. Information is also included
for the determination of: 1. The fault current and earth return current
levels; their probability, wave-form, and duration; and the impedance to
remote earthing points used in these GPR and LI calculations as well as the
effective X/P ratio. 2. The zone of influence of the power station GPR. 3.
The calculation of th inducing currents, the mutual impedance between power
and metallic telecommunciation facilities, and shield factors. 4. The
channel time requirements for metallic telecommunication facilities where
non-interruptible channels are required for protective relaying, etc.
Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 367-1987 as required.
Abstract: Guidance for the calculation of power station ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages is
provided, as well as guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values, for use in metallic telecommunication
protection design.
Key Words: electric power stations, ground potential rise, induced voltage,
longitudinal induction voltages, power faults, power stations,
telecommunication protection design, telecommunications
Designation: 367-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station
Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 367-1979.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988
Abstract: Guidance is provided for the calculation of interfering voltages and their appropriate reduction from worst-case values
for use in wire-line telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of the fault current
and earth-return current levels; their probability, waveform, and duration; and the impedance to remote earthing points used in
these ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinally induced voltage calculations. The zone of influence of the power station
GPR; the calculation of the inducing currents; the mutual impedance between power and wire-line telecommunication facilities and
shield factors; and the channel time requirements for wire-line telecommunication facilities where noninterruptible channels are
required for protective relaying and other purposes are covered.
Key Words: ground, potential, induced, fault, rise, Wire communication, Voltage
measurement, Power system faults
Designation: 368-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Electrical Noise and
Harmonic Filter Performance of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977
Key Words: noise, harmonic, dc, performance, filter
Designation: 369
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 370
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 376-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Impulse Strength and Impulse
Bandwidth
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1977
Abstract: The use of the impulse generator for calibration purposes in electromagnetic compatibility measurements is addressed. In
particular, basic information relating to the use of this device is provided, and interpretation of measurements made using
instruments based on it is considered. Two methods of measurement of spectrum amplitude and impulse bandwidth are described in
detail. The first method uses a video pulse technique. The second uses a substitution method in which the reference is a pulse-
modulated sine-wave generator whose parameters are measured. Both techniques are capable of about equal accuracy.
Key Words: strength, bandwith, Impulse measurements, Electromagnetic
compatibility
Designation: 377-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from
Land-Mobile Communication Transmitters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Controlled test conditions, test apparatus, test methods and data presentation, all of which form the basis for
establishing the energy levels of spurious emissions of mobile communication transmitters designed to generate FM signals in the
frequency range of 25 to 1000 MHz are covered. The purpose is to enable design and system engineers engaged in a variety of
development projects to achieve uniform results in recognizing sources and nature of RF spurious emissions emanating from
vehicular communications transmitters. Procedures for measuring both broadband and narrowband spectra are provided for both
conducted and radiated emissions. Specified limits are not included. However, reference values that are not limited by the state
of the art are provided. Transmitter test conditions, apparatus and method are based on standard instrumentation and measuring
techniques and do not require any special apparatus other than necessary terminal simulators. The procedures do not cover the
associated antenna and transmission lines.
Key Words: spurious, emissions, communication, Land mobile radio transmitters,
Land mobile radio interference
Designation: 378
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Scattering Coefficient Measurement
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Stds 314-1971 and 378-1986.
Technical Contact: William Oldfield, Phone:(408) 778-2000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 (Ref. Std.: 314/378)
Project Scope: One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement
techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited to linear
passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines,
reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports, resonance techniques, time and
pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for
national standards, transfer standards, and calibration standards.
Project Purpose: Standards 314 and 387 are obsolete and limited in scope and
frequency range. Agreement is needed on methods of determination, use, and
uncertainty statement of transmission line standards and measurement
techniques. Agreement is needed on the derivation, use and uncertainties in
high frequency resistance, capacitance, inductance, and impedance standards
and measurement techniques. Requirements on NIST need definition.
Key Words: scattering, coefficient, measurement
Designation: 378-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard on Network Analyzers (100 kHz to 18 GHz)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1984
Key Words: network, analyzers
Designation: 379-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001
**Supersedes 379-1994.
Technical Contact: David J Zaprazny, Phone:570-542-1837, Email:djzaprazny@pplweb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This document covers the application of the single-failure
criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of
nuclear power generating station safety systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to interpret and provide
guidance in the application of single-failure criterion, discuss the
failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis.
Abstract: " Application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and con-trol portions of nuclear
power generating safety systems is covered in this standard."
Key Words: "actuator, cascaded failure, common-cause failure, design basis
event, detectable failure, effects analysis, safety system, single-failure
criterion, system actuation, system logic"
Designation: 379-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 379-1988. Superseded by 379-2000.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentaion, and control portions of nuclear
power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure
criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure
criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented.
Key Words: generating station, safety systems, single failure, criterion,
single-failure criterion, Nuclear power generating station
Designation: 379-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 1988
Abstract: This standard describes the manner in which the single-failure criterion should be applied to shared systems. The
application of the criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station
safety systems is covered. The purpose is to interpret and provide guidance in the application of the criterion, discuss
failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis.
Key Words: failure, criterion, nuclear, single, reliability
Designation: 380
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 381
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Modules for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: G. J Toman, Phone:(215) 654-1620
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 1984
Designation: 381-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Type Tests of Class 1E Modules Used in
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/20/91.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1980
Abstract: The basic requirements of a type test program with the objective of verifying that a module used as a Class 1E equipment
in a nuclear power generating station meets or exceeds its design specifications are described. This standard is limited to Class
1E modules from and including the sensor through the logic circuitry of the final actuation devices. Except for those that are
part of a module, switchgear, cables, connections, motors, valve actuators, station batteries, and penetrations are not included
and are covered by other IEEE documents.
Key Words: type, tests, clas 1E, nuclear, modules
Designation: 382-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: William F. Sadowski, Phone:256-716-4154, Email:bill.sadowski@wylelabs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-
related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended
safety functions.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of
safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their
intended safety functions.
Abstract: Direction for the implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323™-2003 as they apply to the specific features of
safety-related actuator qualification are provided. This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-related
actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their
intended safety functions under all required conditions.
Key Words: actuator components, AOV, HOV, MOV, nuclear power generating
stations, safety-related actuators, SOV
Designation: 382-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve
Assemblies With Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 382-1985.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of power-
driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related
functions in nuclear power generating stations. This standard may also be
used to separately qualify actuator components.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for, and
guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-
driven valve actuators with safety-related functions.
Abstract: The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions
in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components.
The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve
actuators with safety-related functions are provided.
Key Words: class 1E safety equipment, nuclear power plants, qualification
Designation: 382-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power Operated Valve
Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 382-1980.
History: PAR APP: Jul 31, 1982, BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 1986
Abstract: Minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve
actuators with safety-related functions are established. The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators,
including damper actuators, is covered. The standard qualification cases and their environmental parameters for the usual
locations of safety-related equipment in a nuclear generating station are described. Test procedures are presented.
Key Words: qualification, valves, safety, nuclear, actuators
Designation: 382
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Safety-Related Power-
Operated Valve Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: P G McQuillan, Phone:434-528-4400x9714, Email:pmcquillan@flowserve.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of
actuators, including damper actuators, for Safety-Related Power-Operated
Valve Assemblies for nuclear power plants. This standard may also be used
to separately qualify actuator components.
Project Purpose: The standard establishes the minimum requirements for
qualification of safety-related power driven valve actuators.
Designation: 383-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices
for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 2004
**Supersedes 383-1974 (R1992).
Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for qualifying electric
cables and field splices for service in Class 1E systems in nuclear power
generating stations. Basic requirements for qualifiction are given in IEEE
Standard 323 (Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations). Categories of cables covered are those used for power,
control, and instrumentation services including signal and communication
cables. This standard does not address qualification of cables used in
services that include high neutron doses such as the mineral insulated
cables in certain nuclear instrumentation applications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to incorporate updated
information, techniques and experience.
Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifyingClass1E electric cables, field splices,
factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used
for power, control, andinstrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splic-es are
within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices(e.g., instruments, panels,
motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicabledevice standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as appropriate.
However, this standard's requirementsmay be applied to the wire and cable within these devices.
Key Words: class 1E electric cables, factory rework, factory splices, field
splices, qualified life, rep-resentative cable, representative splices
Designation: 383-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices,
and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 383-2003.
History: BD APP: Feb 28, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1975
Abstract: Directions for establishing type tests that may be used in qualifying Class 1E electric cables, field splices, and other
connections for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Though intended primarily for cable for field
installation, this guide may also be used for the qualification of internal wiring of manufactured devices. It does not cover
cables for service within the reactor vessel.
Key Words: type, class 1E, nuclear, cables, splices
Designation: 384-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 1992
**Revision of IEEE Std 384-1981.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1992
Project Scope: This standard describes the independence requirements of the
circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It
sets forth criteria for the independence that can be acheived by physical
separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are
redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be
considered redundant.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of
the independence requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and IEEE Std 308-1991.
Abstract: The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described.
Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that
are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed.
Key Words: associated, circuit, barrier, Class 1E, independance, isolation
device, device, raceway, separation
Designation: P384
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: There is no change to the Scope of the standard which reads:
This standard describes the independence requirements of the circuits and
equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It sets forth
criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation
and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant, but
does not address the determination of what is to be considered redundant.
Project Purpose: There is no change to the Purpose of the standard, which
reads: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of the
independence requirements of IEEE Std 603-1998 and IEEE Std 308-1991. The
purpose of this change is to address: 1) The independence requirements in
plant Hazard areas in relationship to existing industry standards,
guidelines and NRC approved practice. 2) The application of independence
requirements for fiber optic cabling 3) The effect of EMI/RFI on
independence requirements 4) Incorporate user feedback 5) References as
listed in this standard
Designation: 384-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and
Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983
Key Words: independence, nuclear, class 1E, circuits, equipment
Designation: 385
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 386-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems above 600 V
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2007
Technical Contact: Frank Stepniak, Phone:973-919-4552, Email:fstepniak62@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions, service conditions,
ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for loadbreak and
deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V, 600 A or
less, for use on power distribution systems.
Project Purpose: Revision to the standard are needed to provide the user with
stacking dimensions of assembled 200 A and 600 A medium voltage insulated
deadbreak connectors. New test procedures will improve reliability and
provide repeatable results for both user and manufacturer evaluations.
Abstract: Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for loadbreak
and deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V and, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
Key Words: deadbreak connector, elbow connector, loadbreak connector, power
distribution systems, separable conductor, separable insulated connector
systems
Designation: 386-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems above 600 V
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 386-1985.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1995
Abstract: Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for load-break
and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
Key Words: dead break, connector, elbow connector, load break, power
distribution, separable conductor, separable insulated, connector systems
Designation: 386-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems Above 600 V
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1985 (Ref. Std.: 1)
Abstract: Service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for load-break and dead-break separable
insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems, are established.
Included are: corona voltage-level tests, dielectric tests, short-time current test, switching test, fault-closure test, current-
cycling tests, accelerated sealing-life test, cable pull-out test, operating-force test, operating-eye test, test-point cap test,
test-point tests, and shielding test.
Key Words: separable, insulated, connectors, distribution, power, dead-break
connector, elbow connector, load-break connector, separable conductor,
connector systems
Designation: 387-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby
Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 387-1984.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Project Scope: Criteria for the application and testing of D/G units as Class
1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations.
Abstract: The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power
generating stations is described.
Key Words: aging classification, auxiliary equipment, capability, controls,
design criteria, design features, load profile, modifications, operation,
periodic testing, engine, generator, pre-operational test, production
testing, protection, rating, records, reliability program, seismic
qualification, site testing, test parameters, type testing
Designation: 387-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby
Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1984
Abstract: 8/90: rev in progress
Designation: 388-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power
Conversion Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 1992
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992
Project Scope: This standard pertains to transformers and inductors of both the
saturating and nonsaturating type that are used in electronic power
conversion equipment. Power conversion equipment includes items known as
inverters, converters, power conditioners, switching power supplies,
switched mode power supplies, and the like. These items are mostly devices
used to change dc power from one voltage to another, to change dc power to
ac, and to change ac power of one frequency to another frequency. This
equipment is best described as utilizing transistors, silicon controlled
rectifiers (SCRs), or other similar devices that switch power on and off at
a high rate in order to achieve the power conversion or regulation desired.
Therefore, this standard covers the various transformers and inductors that
are used in any of tyhe above mentioned equipment or devices, except for
transformers operated directly from the mains.
Abstract: Transformers and inductors of both the saturating and nonsaturating type are covered. The power transfer capability of the
transformers and inductors covered ranges from less than 1 W to the multikilowatt level. The purpose is to provide a common basis
between the engineers designing power conversion circuits and the engineers designing the transformers and inductors used in
those circuits. Apparatus used in equipment for high-voltage power conversion for distribution by electric utilities is not
covered.
Key Words: inductors, electronic, power, equipment, transformer, inductor,
Converter
Designation: 388
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power Conversion
Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 389-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and
Inductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 389-1990.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents a number of tests for use in
determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of
electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily
for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications,
but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-
power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests
described are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application,
while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer
acceptance testing. Section 3 is intended to serve as a guide for
particular application categories. The tests described in this recommended
practice include those most commonly used in the electronic transformer
industry: electric strength, resistance, power loss, inductance, impedance,
balance, ratio of transformation, and many others used less frequently.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice has been prepared to serve as a
guide in the design, testing, and specifying of electronic transformers and
inductors. The publication contains many tests and experimental methods for
evaluating almost every aspect of electronic transformers performance,
including a number of tests for determining transformer environmental
charactreristics such as audible-niose generation. The tests and
specifications included are aimed primarily at the testing and evaluation of
transformers of relatively low apparent-power rating, such as those used in
communications, instrumentation, control, small appliance, and computer
applications. However, most of these tests are perfectly applicable to
transformers of any rating.
Abstract: A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of
electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of
electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the
electric power utility industry.
Key Words: common-mode rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer
tests, electronic inductors, electronic power transformers, inductance
measurements, inrush-current evaluation, insulation tests, large rectifiers,
noise tests, product rating, pulse transformers, quality factor, resistance
tests, self-resonance, temperature rise tests, terminated impedance
measurements, transformer capacitance, voltage-time shielding
Designation: 389-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronic Transformers and
Inductors
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 389-1979.
History: BD APP: May 03, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1990
Abstract: Tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronic transformers and
inductors are presented. They include those most commonly used in the electronic transformer industry, i.e., electric strength,
resistance, power loss, inductance, impedance, balance, and ratio of transformation, as well as others used less frequently. The
tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications, but they may apply to
the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests are
intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and
customer acceptance testing. A guide for particular application categories is included.
Key Words: common mode, rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer ,
electronic inductors, power transformers, inductance , inrush current,
insulation tests, large rectifiers, noise tests, product rating, pulse
transformers, quality factors, resistance tests, self resonance, temperature
rise, terminated rise test, voltage time, time shielding, Voltage-time
shielding, Transformer capacitance, Temperature rise tests, Self-resonance,
Quality factor, Inductance measurements, Electronic power transformers,
Current transformer tests, Common-mode rejection tests
Designation: 389-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and
Inductors
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 09, 1978
Key Words: testing, electronics, transformers, inductors
Designation: 390-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Pulse Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1987
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 390-1975 and IEEE Std 391-1976. Transferred
from Magnetics Society to Power Electronics Society.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment are considered. This standard applies to the following transformer
types: power output (drivers), impedance matching, interstage coupling, current sensing, and blocking-oscillator transformers.
For these transformers, the peak power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to many kilowatts, and the peak voltage
transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kilovolts. Symbols, performance tests, equivalent circuits, preferred test methods,
marking, and service conditions are covered.
Key Words: pulse, transformers
Designation: 390
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: Standard for Pulse Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles J Elliott, Phone:631-432-2337, Email:cjelliott@on.aibn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard pertains to pulse transformers for use in
electronic equipment. For the various types of these transformers, the peak
power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to kilowatts; and the peak
voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kolovolts. These
transformers are required to transmit unipolar or bipolar pulses of voltage
or current within specified tolerances of amplitude and time when operated
between specified impedances. They are typically used as coupling devices
in electronic circuits. In blocking oscillators, they are connected to
provide positive feedback in the circuit. In radar or similar use, they are
used to couple the modulator to a magnetron, a klystron, a traveling-wave
tube or a cross-field amplifier load.
Project Purpose: Update the pulse transformer standard by updating
applications, definitions and test methods.
Designation: 391-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: Hi-Power (>300W, peak) Pulse Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn 3/9/89. Replaced by IEEE Std 390.
Key Words: transformer, pulse
Designation: 392-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Achieving High Reliability in Electronics
Transformers and Inductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI (R85). ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1977
Key Words: reliability, electronice, transformers, inductors
Designation: 393-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1992
**Revision of IEEE Std 393-1977. Transferred from Magnetics Society to
Power Electronics Society.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: PAR APP: Dec 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Project Scope: This standard specifies applicable tests to describe the
significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications.
It is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in
electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related
devices. However, many of the tests specified herein are general in scope
and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards
covered by this publication include tests for specifying or measuring, or
both, permeability, core loss, apparent core, induction, hysteresis, thermal
characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used typoes of
magnetic cores.
Abstract: IEEE standard for test procedures for magnetic cores - IEEE Std 393-1991
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 393-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: IEEE Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Key Words: test, procedures, magnetic, cores
Designation: 394
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 395
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 396
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 397
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 398-1972
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Photomultipliers for Scintillation
Counting and Glossary for Scintillation Counting Field
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 1972
**aka ANSI N42.9-1972.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1972
Abstract: Tests for measuring the pulse-height, spurious-pulse, and pulse-timing characteristics of photomultipliers used in
scintillation and Cerenkov counters are presented. Five different measurement techniques are described. They are rise-time
measurements, fall-time measurements, photocathode transit-time difference measurements, and transit-time spread measurements.
Key Words: photo, multipliers, scintillation, counting, test
Designation: 399-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Analysis (Brown Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1998
Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Analytical Principle and Recommended Techniques most often
employed in the Design, Operation and Trouble-Shooting of Electric Power
Systems for Industrial Facilities and Commerical Buildings. Covers Basic
Principles and Specific Techniques for Short-Circuit, Load Flow, Transient
Stability, Coordination and other Types of Analysis.
Project Purpose: Basic Tutorial Guide and Reference Source on Power System
Analysis for Electrical Engineers who Design and Operate Industrial Plant
and Commercial Building Power Systems.
Abstract: " This Recommended Practice is a reference source for engineers involved inindustrial and commercial power systems
analysis. It contains a thorough analysis of the powersystem data required, and the techniques most commonly used in computer-
aided analysis, inorder to perform specific power system studies of the following"
Key Words: "cable ampacity,dc power system studies,ground mat studies,harmonic
analysis,load flow studies,motor-starting studies,power system
analysis,power system modeling, power system studies,protective coordination
studies,reliability studies,short-circuit studie"
Designation: P399
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Analysis
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Gene A Poletto, Phone:630-842-2304, Email:gpoletto@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice, commonly known as the IEEE Brown
Book, is published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,
Inc. (IEEE) as a reference source to give plant engineers a better
understanding of the purpose for and techniques involved in power system
studies. The IEEE Brown Book can also be a helpful reference source for
system and data acquisition for engineering consultants performing necessary
studies prior to designing a new system or expanding an existing power
system. This Recommended Practice will help ensure high standards of power
system reliability and maximize the utilization of capital investment. The
IEEE Brown Book emphasizes up-to-date techniques in system studies that are
Most applicable to industrial and commercial power systems. It complements
the other IEEE Color Books, and is intended to be used in conjunction with,
not as a replacement for, the many excellent texts available in this field.
Project Purpose: While the 1997 edition had many changes; this edition will
concentrate on updating and improving the presentation of those chapters.
Also, two chapters are outdated, due to computer technology enhancements,
and need a complete rewrite.
Designation: 399-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System
Analysis
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Brown Book. Revision of IEEE Std 399-1980. Superseded by 399-1997
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: This Recommended Practice is intended as a practical, general treatise for engineers on power system analysis theory and
as a reference work on the analytical techniques that are most commonly applied to the computer-aided analysis of electric power
systems in industrial plants and commercial buildings. It covers applications of power system analysis, analytical procedures,
system modeling, computer solutions and systems, load flow, short circuits, stability, motor starting, harmonic analysis,
switching transients, reliability, cable ampacity, ground mats, and protective-device coordination.
Key Words: brown book, industrial power, commercial power, power systems,
analysis theory, Power system studies, Power system stability, Power system
analysis theory, Power cables, Load flow analysis, harmonics, Grounding
Designation: 399-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Power System Analysis (IEEE Brown Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982
Key Words: power, system, analysis, brown
Designation: 400-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of
Shielded Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2002
**Supersedes 400-1991.
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide lists the various field test methods that are
presently available or under development to perform field tests on
insulated, shielded power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV. A
summary of advantages and disadvantages of the methods will be included.
Users should avail themselves of th technical papers that are included as
References and in the Bibliography before deciding whether to perform a test
and which test to utilize. In making such decisions, consideration should
be given to the performance of the entire cable system, including joints,
terminations, and associated equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to replace the present IEEE
400 with a Guide presenting an overview of the various tests presently
available for evaluating the insulation of cable systems in the field. This
will be the umbrella document for a series of Guides that cover each
individual test method. These test methods that have been sufficiently
developed to become approved Guides will become subdocuments. The content
of the present IEEE 400 will be revised and will become the first
subdocument.
Abstract: " This Guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or underdevelopment with guidance on HOW to
perform each test. The Guide covers shielded, insulatedpower cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV unless these voltages are
modified by the specific""point"" document."
Key Words: "alternating-polarity dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor
testing, field test, high-voltage dc testing"
Designation: 400-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems
in the Field
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 400-1980. Superseded by 400-2001 and 400.1-2007.
History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987, BD APP: Feb 28, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1991
Abstract: Procedures and recommended test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance high-direct-voltage testing of shielded
power cable systems are set forth. They apply to all types of shielded, insulated power cable. The aim is to provide uniform test
procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. This guide is not intended to apply to unshielded power cables,
communication cables, control cables, high-frequency cables, or other special-purpose cables, nor does it purport to require that
testing be performed, either at the time of installation or maintenance.
Key Words: cable installation, cable maintenance, cable tests, insulated cable,
test procedures, Shielded power cable systems, High direct voltage tests
Designation: 400-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems
in the Field
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1988
Key Words: dc, tests, field, cable, high voltage
Designation: 400.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Field Testing of Laminated Dielectric, Shielded Power Cable
Systems Rated 5 kV and Above with High Direct Current Voltage
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This Guide presents the recommended practices and procedures for
acceptance and maintenance testing of shielded, laminated dielectric
insulated power cable systems 5kV and above. It applies to all types of
laminated power cable systems such as paper-insulated, lead covered, pipe-
type, and pressurized cables that are intended for the transmission or
distribution of electric power. The tabulated test levels assume that the
cable systems have the usual effectively grounded neutral system or a
grounded metallic shield.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide uniform practices and
procedures for performing direct-voltage acceptance and maintenance tests on
shielded, laminated power cable systems in the field and to provide
guidelines for evaluation of the test results. The purpose of the revision
is to remove information on obsolete cable designs, add information on new
cable designs and update information on materials and applications.
Designation: 400.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Shielded Power Cable
Systems in the Field
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Provide uniform procedures for performing high-direct-voltage
acceptance test and maintenance tests on shield power cable systems in the
field. Provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the content of the
present IEEE 400 document to bring it up to date with current industry
practices.
Designation: 400.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very
Low Frequency (VLF)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Hans R Gnerlich, Phone:610-865-3432, Email:hgnerlich@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and
diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on
service-aged shielded medium voltage cables with extruded and laminated
dielectric insulation. VLF test methods utilize ac signals at frequencies
less than 1 Hz. The most commonly used, commerically available, VLF test
frequency is 0.1 Hz. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a
similar manner to individual cables. Charts are included as an aid in
identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable insulation
problems.
Project Purpose: The introduction of cables with extruded dielectric insulation
has imposed new standards and restrictions on field testing of shielded
medium voltage systems. DC testing of shielded medium voltage cable systems
frequently causes service-aged cables with solid dielectric insulation to
fail after they are returned to service. This guide is intended to provide
troubleshooting and testing personnel with information to test shielded
medium voltage cable systems using very low frequency techniques.
Abstract: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in
the field on shielded power cable systems. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual
cables. Tables are included as an aid to indentifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for v arious cable system insulation
problems.
Key Words: cable fault locating, cable system testing, cable testing,
dielectric spectroscopy, grounding, hipot testing, partial discharge
testing, proof testing, safety, tan delta testing, very low frequency (VLF
testing
Designation: 400.3-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems
in a Field Environment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2007
Technical Contact: Matthew S Mashikian, Phone:860-427-7621, Email:m.s.mashikian@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged
installed shielded power cable systems, which include cable, joints, and
terminations, using PD detection, measurement, and location. Partial
discharge testing, which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation,
may be carried out on-line or by means of an external voltage source. This
guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or
continuous on-line monitoring at normal service voltage.
Project Purpose: This guide describes diagnostic methods capable of detecting
and locating partial discharges from defects and damage in installed
shielded power cable systems. The results of PD tests are used to assess the
condition of cables and accessories.
Abstract: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged installed shielded power cable systems, which include
cable, joints, and terminations, using partial discharge (PD)detection, measurement, and location. Partial discharge testing,
which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation, may be carried out on-line or off-line by means of an external voltage
source. This guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or continuous on-line monitoring at normal
service voltage.
Key Words: cable system testing, cable testing, diagnostic testing, off-line
partial discharge testing, on-line partial discharge testing, partial
discharge testing
Designation: 401
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 402-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Resistivity of Cable-Insulation Materials at
High Direct Voltages
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 06, 1973
Abstract: 1/92 memo from S. Vogel - Reaff in progress. Submittal expected June 1992
Key Words: resistivity, cable, insulation, direct, voltages
Designation: 403
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 404-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable
Joints Rated 2 500v to 500 000v
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test
requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric
shielded cables rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V.
In addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield
restoration devices. This standard also defines a variety of common joint
constructions. Joints that connect more than two cables or connect cables
with two different conductor sizes are not covered by this standard.
However, manufacturers and users are encouraged to use appropriate parts of
this standard to evaluate these joints.
Project Purpose: The original standard provided manufacturers and users with a
consistent set of guidelines for cable joints. This revision is needed to
insure cable joint designs are consistent and appropriate for the latest
industry-accepted cable designs and also to add qualification guidelines not
fully addressed in the current standard. Purpose from Previous PAR - To
provide a standard for the qualification and production testing of high
voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing procedures,
levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers and users to
design and specify underground cable joints which will perform safely and
reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the standard would
provide harmonization to appropriate international standards and also extend
requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered by any
standards.
Abstract: Electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated
in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V are established in this standard. In addition, test requirements for cable
jacket and cable shield restoration devices are defined. A variety of common joint constructions are also defined. This
standard has been designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the
ability of underground power cable joints, and associated cable shield and cable jacket restoration components, to perform
reliably in service.
Key Words: cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric cable,
impulse withstand voltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable,
sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstand voltage
Designation: 404-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints
Rated 2500-500 000V
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 404-1993.
Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: Revision of IEEE 404-1993 to incorporate: 1) general comments
resulting from the 1997 reaffirmation balloting attempt; 2) address "usual
service conditions" for qualification purposes; 3) provide consistency with
international standards IEC 60502-4 and IEC 60840 where appropriate; 4)
expand extruded dielectric cable joints requirements to 500kV; and 5) modify
the title appropriately.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for the qualification and production
testing of high voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing
procedures, levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers
and users to design and specify underground cable joints which will perform
safely and reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the
standard would provide harmonization to appropriate international standards
and also extend requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered
by any standards.
Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints usedwith extruded and laminated
dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 Vto 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint
constructions. This standard is designed toprovide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to
evaluate theability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service.
Key Words: "cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric
cable, impulse withstandvoltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable,
sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstandvoltage"
Designation: 404-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use With Extruded Dielectric Cable
Rated 5000-138 000 V and Cable Joints for Use With Laminated Dielectric
Cable Rated 2500-500 000 V
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 404-1986. Superseded by 404-2000.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994
Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements for cable joints for use with extruded dielectric
shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 5000--138 000 V and cable joints for use with laminated dielectric cable
rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500--500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is
designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground
power cable joints to perform reliably in service.
Key Words: cable joints, BIL, transition joints, withstand voltage,
Sheath/shield sectionalizers, Laminated dielectric cable, Impulse withstand
voltage , Extruded dielectric cable, Dielectric integrity tests
Designation: 404-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use with Extruded Dielectric Cable
Rated 5000 V through 46 000 V and Cable Joints for Use with Laminated
Dielectric Cable Rated 2500 V Through 500 000 V
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985
Key Words: power, cable, joints
Designation: 405
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 407
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 409
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 415-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Planning of Preoperational Testing Programs for Class 1E
Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 415-1976.
History: BD APP: May 02, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: Directions for establishing an acceptable pre-operational testing program for Class 1E power systems in nuclear power
generating stations are provided. The pre-operational tests are performed after the appropriate construction tests have been
completed. Their purpose is to verify that the Class 1E power systems perform their required function as designed. The power
systems are considered to include the ac and dc power supplies, but do not include the equipment that utilizes the power.
Key Words: preoperational, test, 1E, power, systems
Designation: 416-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard ATLAS Test Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985
Designation: 420-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control
Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2002
**Revision project for IEEE Std 420-1982. Supersedes 420-1982.
Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to the design and qualification of Class
1E control boards, panels, and racks. It does not apply to: individual
components, modules, and external field run cables except as they may affect
the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks.
Project Purpose: Independence requirements as related to the independence
requirements in IEEE 384-1992. Qualification requirements regarding
commercial grade dedication. References as listed in IEEE 420-1982. The
purpose of the standard will remain as is in the IEEE 420-1982, which is as
follows: the purpose of this standard is to specify the design requirements
for Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks and to establish the methods
to verify that these requirements have been satisfied.
Abstract: " This standard specifies the design requirements for new and/or modified Class 1E control boards,panels, and racks and
establishes the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Methodsfor meeting the separation criteria
contained in ANSI/IEEE Std 384-1992 are addressed. Qualification is alsoincluded to address the overall requirements of ANSI/IEEE
Std 323-1983 and ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1987."
Key Words: "cabling, control boards, independence, isolation, nuclear, panels,
qualification, racks, safety, separation, wiring"
Designation: 420-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control
Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 420-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: Design requirements that are unique to Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks are specified. Standards for
qualification tests to verify that these design requirements have been satisfied are provided. This standard is not intended to
define the selection, design, or qualification of piping, modules, or other equipment mounted on the Class 1E control boards,
panels, or racks. It is concerned, however, with the effect such mounted equipment has on the design and qualifications.
Qualification and testing of individual Class 1E control board components and modules and external field-run cables are not
covered.
Key Words: qualifications, 1E, control, panels, racks
Designation: 421.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Alexander Murdoch, Phone:518-385-9384, Email:alexander.murdoch@ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: Review and update the definitions of excitation systems
terminology, and the supporting bibliography and figures of typical
excitation system configurations
Project Purpose: This standard provides a common base for terminology in common
usage related to excitation control systems. The definitions given in this
standard are an adjunct to IEEE Std 100 dictionary in describing terms
specifically related to excitation systems. With the advent of new
excitation systems and changes in common terminology and usage there are
revisions required to keep this standard relevant.
Designation: 421.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: This standard defines elements and commonly used components in
excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems
as applied to synchronous machines. The primary purpose is to provide a
vocabulary for (1) Writing excitation systems specifications (2) Evaluating
excitation system performance (3) Specifying methods for excitation system
tests (4) Preparing excitation system standards (5) Serving as an
educational means for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems.
Project Purpose: This effort is to review and revise the existing standard (Std
421.1-1986) which is one of five of the 421 series standards for excitation
systems for synchronous machines.
Designation: 421.1-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous
Machines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 421-1972. Superseded by 421.1-2007.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985
Abstract: Elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and for excitation systems as applied to synchronous
machines are defined. The primary purpose of the standard is to provide a vocabulary for writing excitation systems
specifications, evaluating excitation system performance, specifying methods for excitation system tests, and preparing
excitation system standards. It is also intended to serve as an educational aid for those becoming acquainted with excitation
systems.
Key Words: excitation system, synchronous machines
Designation: 421.2-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 07, 1990
**This is a revision of IEEE 421A-1978.
History: PAR APP: Jun 23, 1983, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
(Ref. Std.: 421A)
Abstract: This standard presents dynamic performance criteria, definitions, and test objectives for excitation control systems as
applied by electric utilities. It should be specifically noted that the term "excitation control system" refers to the entire
control system including the synchronous machine and power system as well as the excitation system.
Key Words: Small signal disturbances, Large signal disturbances, Excitation
system specification, Excitation control systems, Closed loop performance
Designation: P421.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: The working group plans to update the standard in the following
areas: references, update all sections, add a subsection on excitation
limiters, add new, modern test methods, reduce the size of Appendix B,
update all figures and check definitions with new Std 421.1, add testing and
explanation of PF/Var Regulators and Controllers.
Project Purpose: This project is being done to reflect changes in excitation
systems (to digital controllers) and testing methods that have occurred in
the past 5 years.
Designation: 421.3-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential Test Requirements for Excitation
Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision project for Std 421B-1979.
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
(Ref. Std.: 421B)
Project Scope: This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete
excitation systems and their components for synchronous machines. The
components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972,
Criteria and Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines.
Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system
stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators,
transducers, meters, etc. This standard does not cover the synchronous-
machine field winding or field circuit breaker and discharge resistor.
Project Purpose: This effort is to review the existing standard (IEEE Std 421B-
1979) which is one of 5 standards in the 421 series on Excitation Systems
for Synchronous Machines.
Abstract: High-potential test voltages for excitation systems used with synchronous machines areestablished. Test voltages are
established based on whether equipment is connected to the exciterpower circuit or is electrically isolated from the exciter
power circuit.
Key Words: "dielectric testing,excitation systems,test voltages"
Designation: 421.4-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004
**Supersedes 421.4-1990.
Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: Application information is being provided to help specify
excitation systems. Scope includes review of this document and
revisions/additions based on updated information and equipment.
Project Purpose: The application information is being incorporated to give the
user the guidelines and background data required to specify excitation
systems. Updates based on modern equipment will be provided. The benefit
it properly specified equipment that meets user needs.
Abstract: This guide is intended to provide to the specification writer the information to prepare a specification for the purchase
of an excitation system. This guide is presented in narrative form with descriptions of functions typical of excitation
systems. Narrative is provided describing types of excitation systems and information required for sizing the excitation system.
Key Words: communications, compound exciters, digital, excitation guide,
exciter types, potential,integral, derivative (PID), potential source
exciters, power system stabilizers, redundant controllers, rotating exciters
Designation: 421.4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 421.4-2004.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: This guide is intended to be a narrative description of items and functions that should be considered in the preparation
of excitation system specifications. This guide applies to excitation systems for synchronous machines rated at 5000 kVA or
larger.
Key Words: 421.4, exciter, machine regulators, Synchronous machine regulators,
Excitation system specification, Excitation control systems
Designation: 421.5-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System
Stability Studies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006
Technical Contact: Les Hajagos, Phone:905-272-2191, Email:les@kestrelpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Oct 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: When the behavior of synchronous machines is to be simulated
accurately in power system stability studies,it is essential that the
excitation systems of the synchronous machines be modeled in sufficient
detail (see Byerly and Kimbark [B7]1). The desired models must be suitable
for representing the actual excitation equipment performance for large,
severe disturbances as well as for small perturbations. A 1968 IEEE
Committee Report (see [B18]) provided initial excitation system reference
models. It established a common nomenclature, presented mathematical
models for excitation systems then in common use, and defined parameters for
those models. A 1981 report (see IEEE Committee Report [B20]) extended that
work. It provided models for newer types of excitation equipment not covered
previously as well as improved models for older equipment. This document,
based heavily on the 1981 report, is intended to again update the models,
provide models for additional control features, and formalize those models
in a recommended practice. To some extent, the model structures presented in
this document are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as a
means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order
models, and they do not represent all of the control loops on any particular
system. In some cases, the model used may represent a substantial reduction,
resulting in large differences between the structure of the model and the
physical system. The excitation system models themselves do not allow for
regulator modulation as a function of system frequency, an inherent
characteristic of some older excitation systems. The models are valid for
frequency deviations of ±5% from rated frequency and oscillation
frequencies up to about 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate
for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft torsional
interaction problems. Delayed protective and control functions that may come
into play in long-term dynamic performance studies are not represented. See
additional information in Annex F. Where possible, the supplied models
are referenced to commercial equipment and vendor names shown in Annex I.
This information is given for the convenience of users of this recommended
practice and does not constitute an endorsement by the IEEE of these
products. The models thus referenced may be appropriate for equivalent
excitation systems supplied by other manufacturers. A sample set of data
(not necessarily typical) for each of the models, for at least one
particular application, is provided in Annex H. A suffix “A” is used for
the designation of models introduced or modified in IEEE Std 421.5-1992, and
a suffix “B” is used for models introduced or modified in this latest
recommended practice,IEEE Std 421.5-2005. Modeling work outside of the
IEEE is documented in IEC 60034-16:1991 [B17]. Additional background is
found in IEEE Committee Report [B19].
Project Purpose: Many of those who perform power system simulations require the
complete and accurate representation of the particular excitation systems
which are being applied. This document will provide standardized models
such that a free and understandable exchange of data can occur and model
programmers can include all excitation systems within the standardized
models.
Abstract: Excitation system models suitable for use in large-scale system stability studies are presented. Important limiters and
supplementary controls are also included. The model structures presented are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as
a means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order models and do not represent all of the control
loops on any particular system. The models are valid for frequency deviations of ±5% from rated frequency and
oscillation frequencies up to 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance
or other shaft torsional interaction problems. Delayed protective and control features that may come into play in long term
dynamic performance studies are not represented. A sample set of data for each of the models, for at least one particular
application, is provided.
Key Words: excitation limiters, excitation systems, power system stability
Designation: 421.5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System
Stability Studies
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Excitation system models suitable for use in large scale system stability studies are presented. With these models, most
of the excitation systems currently in widespread use on large, system-connected synchronous machines in North America can be
represented. They include updates of models published in the IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems in 1981 as well as
models for additional control features such as discontinuous excitation controls.
Key Words: excitation systems, power system stability
Designation: 421A-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 421.2-1990
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1981 (Ref. Std.: 421.2)
Key Words: 421.2
Designation: 421B-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential-Test Requirements for Excitation
Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Superseded
**Being revised as 421.3
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1981
Key Words: 421B
Designation: 422-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Key Words: Cable, systems, design, installation, pgs
Designation: 425
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 426
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 427
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 428
Title: Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987
Designation: 428-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power
Controllers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983
Designation: 429
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems
for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils
for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines a test procedure for
comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their
expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation
systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator
coils rated 6900 V and below. The intent of this test procedure is to
evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe
environmental conditions, where the insulation is exposed to conducting
contaminants. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as
those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to
strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes
instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems
having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of
these tests.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify sealed insulation
systems for the machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and
falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with
their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition.
Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification
of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to
provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification
can be established, service-proven sealed systems should also be tested
according to this test procedure.
Designation: 429-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation
Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator
Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 429-1972. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 1995
Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated
temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using
form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below.
Key Words: insulation system, stator coils, thermal evaluation, ac electric
machinery
Designation: 429
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 430
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead
Power Lines and Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas J McDermott, Phone:(914) 681-6454
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 430-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from
Overhead Power Lines and Substations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for the measurement of radio noise generated by corona from overhead power lines with
meters that conform to ANSI C63.2-1980. The measurement procedures are also valid for other power-line noise sources such as gaps
and harmonics; however, most of the precautionary information, analys is, and data plotting techniques were written and developed
primarily for corona discharges. The procedures are not valid for measuring transient radio noise sources that occur during
breaker or disconnect switching operations. Procedures are suggested for measurements in and near substations. This standard is
applicable to both AC and DC transmission lines and substations.
Key Words: radio, noise, overhead, lines, Substation measurements, Power
transmission electromagnetic, Power system measurements, Electromagnetic
interference
Designation: 431
Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 432-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electrical Machinery
(5 hp to less than 10 000 hp)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977
Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, electrical, machinery
Designation: 432-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electric Machinery (5
hp to less than 10 000 hp)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 432-1976. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of medium and small rotating electrical
machines is presented. The guide is intended to apply in general to industrial air-cooled machines rated from 5 hp to 10 000 hp.
However, the procedures may be found useful for other types of machines.
Key Words: Rotating machine insulation, Power system maintenance, Industrial
power system maintenance
Designation: P433
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery
with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Howard Sedding, Phone:416-207-6000 Et 6172, Email:howard.sedding@kinectrics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document describes very low frequency (VLF) testing of ac
electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new machines in the
factory or on-site after erection. Also covered is the routine maintenance
testing of machines that have been in service. In order to facilitate
communication and comparison among investigators, this document recommends
that the very low frequency used be 0.1 Hz.
Project Purpose: The purposes of this recommended practice are: (1) To provide
a uniform procedure for testing the stator (armature) insulation of ac
electric machines with VLF voltage, in order to obtain consistent results.
(2)To recommend constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and
direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels. (3)To
describe VLF-test equipment and wave shape. (4)To define terms which have
specific meaning in VLF testing.
Designation: 433-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating
Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Terms that have a specific meaning in VLF testing are defined, and VLF test equipment and wave shape are described. A
uniform procedure for testing the armature insulation of large AC machines with VLF voltage is provided. Constants for relating
VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels are recommended.
Key Words: testing, machinery, voltage, frequency, Rotating machine insulation
testing, AC machines
Designation: 434-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC
Electric Machines Rated 2300 V and Above
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:Lori.Rux@usace.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007
Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure that may be used to evaluate
and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac
electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the
groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, pre-insulated armature
(stator) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous
condensers rated 2300 V or higher. The basic component of these insulation
systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating
materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with mica-
based systems; any evaluation of other insulation systems should, however,
consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for
use as a manufacturer’s quality assurance test plan. Nor should it be used
for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars.
Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to
electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses that act and
interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the insulation.
The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually lead to
failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide winding manufacturers a
means of evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing
factors that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions.
This guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical
insulation system as a result of these influences.
Abstract: A procedure that may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric
machines is described in this guide.
Key Words: ac, accelerated aging, armature winding, electric machine,
electrical insulation, electromechanical, functional evaluation, stator
winding, thermal endurance, thermal expansion, thermomechanical, voltage
endurance
Designation: 434-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Large
High-Voltage Machines
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Classification test methods that may be used to compare insulation systems in use, or proposed for use, in large high-
voltage rotating machines are described. Thermal aging, voltage endurance, thermomechanical forces, and electromechanical forces
are addressed.
Key Words: evaluation, high voltage, machines, Rotating machine insulation
testing, Insulation life
Designation: 434
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric
Machines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:Lori.Rux@usace.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2002
Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure which may be used to evaluate
and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac
electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the
groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, insulated stator
(armature) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous
condensers rated 6000 V or higher. The basic ingredient of these insulation
systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating
materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with
micaceous systems; any evaluation of nonmicaceous systems should, however,
consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for
use as a manufacturer's Quality Assurance Test Plan. Nor should it be used
for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars.
Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to
electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses which may act
and interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the
insulation. The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually
lead to failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide a means of
evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing factors
that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions. This
guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical
insulation system as a result of these influences. This standard is being
revised because the working group feels that more definitions are need to be
added to the document to further clarify the information presented in the
standard. Also, more specific test detail will be added to the document.
Designation: 435
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 436-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on
Electronics Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1991
Publication type: Special Publication
History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991
Project Scope: This guide covers the detection of corona (partial discharge)
and the measurement of its magnitude in electronics transformers. Test
conditions, test apparatus, and test requirements are included.
Project Purpose: Corona (partial discharge) is an ionization phenomenon that
can cause deterioration in certain insulation systems. Its presence in
electronic equipment can be harmful through its manifestation as circuit
noise, spurious voltage or current pulses, or other undesirable effects that
lead to circuit malfunctions. Transformers and inductors used in electronic
circuits at high voltages can be locations where this harmful phenomenon
originates. Even in instances where discharges are not of concern in
circuit performance, they be of concern because of their adverse effect on
component life. It is, therefore, essential that the insulation system be
free of corona discharges at operating voltage stresses. The magnitude or
intensity of these discharges is usually of such a low level that very
sensitive electronic measuring apparatus and techniques are required to
detect them. This guide presents a uniform procedure for making corona
(partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronics
transformers. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of sine-wave
voltage to simulate dc and ac combinations, the types and limitations of
voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse
energy are included. Recommended test conditions and the need for
negotiation of special tests are discussed.
Abstract: A uniform procedure for making corona (partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronic transformers is
presented. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of a sine-wave voltage to simulated dc and ac combinations, the types and
limitations of voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse energy are included. Recommended test
conditions and the need for negotiation of special tests are discussed. Test apparatus and calibration are described. The aim is
to establish a common ground of understanding between transformer and systems design engineers and transformer manufacturers in
the development of service and performance requirements.
Key Words: corona, partial discharge, insulation breakdown, Transformer
insulation
Designation: 436-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on
Electronics Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976
Designation: 438
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 442-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: A method for measurement of soil thermal resistivity that is based on the theory that the rate of temperature rise of a
line heat source is dependent upon the thermal constants of the medium in which it is placed is given. This information will
enable the user to properly install and load underground cables. The aim is to provide sufficient information to enable the user
to select useful commercial test equipment, or to manufacture equipment that is not readily available on the market, and to make
meaningful resistivity measurements with this equipment, in the field or on soil samples in the laboratory. Designs for both
laboratory and field thermal needles are described.
Key Words: soil, resistivity, Soil measurements, Power transmission lines,
Power cable thermal factors, Power cable installation
Designation: 444
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor
Drives; Part 1 - Converters DC Motor Armature Supplies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987
Designation: 444-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for
Motor Drives Part 1- Converters for DC Motor Armature Supplies
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: This standard applies to all types of line-commutated semiconductor power converters employing monocrystalline
semiconductor thyristors or diodes, as used in industrial motor-drive applications requiring adjustable direct voltage for dc
motor armature or field, or adjustable voltage and frequency in the case of ac motor drives (cycloconverter). It covers thyristor
converter circuits, general requirements, test procedures, general recommendations for loading and operating converter units, and
thyristor converter transformers. Although written primarily around the requirements of motor drives needing sufficient power to
utilize multiphase power converters, this standard is applicable with reasonable interpretation to all line-commutated power
converters used in industrial motor-drive applications.
Key Words: requirements, thyristor, converters, motor drives, DC motor drives
Designation: 446-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 03, 1996
**Revision of Std 446-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Project Scope: As presently stated in IEEE Std 446-1987.
Project Purpose: To update IEEE Std 446-1987 by incorporating references to
current codes and standards and by including new technology and practices.
Abstract: This Recommended Practice addresses the uses, power sources, design, and maintenance of emergency and standby power
systems. Chapter 3 is a general discussion of needs for and the configuration of emergency and standby systems. Chapter 9 lists
the power needs for specific industries. Chapters 4 and 5 deal with the selection of power sources. Chapter 6 provides
recommendations for protecting both power sources and switching equipment during fault conditions. Chapter 7 provides
recommendations for design of system grounding, and Chapter 10 provides recommendations for designing to reliability objectives.
Chapter 8 provides recommended maintenance practices.
Key Words: batteries, emergency generators, emergency power, emergency systems,
system design, engine generators, standby power, standby system, stored
energy, transfer switch, uninterruptible , power supplies, UPS, UPS
batteries
Designation: 446
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power systems for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: As presently stated in 446-87. This standard presents
recommended engineering principles, practices and guidelines for the
selection, design, installation, application, operation and maintenance of
emergency and standby power systems. This information is primarily presented
from a user's viewpoint; however, managing the effects of power system
disturbances requires close cooperation between users, electric utilities
and equipment manufacturers. This standard addresses the following
questions: Is an emergency or standby power system (or both) needed, and
what will it accomplish?; What types of systems are available, and which
can best meet users' needs?; How should the most suitable system be
designed and applied to the existing power system?; What are the maintenance
and operating requirements for maintaining system reliability?; Where can
additional information be obtained?; What are the design considerations for
maintaining system reliability? The following industries and fields are
considered specialized and beyond the scope of inclusion and direct address
buy this standard: transport, government, military and utility.
Project Purpose: To update 446-87 by including new technology and practices.
Significant advances in equipment and applications have occurred over the
recent past. Their collective impact on the design options available to a
user should be made visible so that the designer can implement an
appropriate design for the application. This revision to the standard
incorporates appropriate advances.
Designation: 446
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles D Hughes, Phone:803-208-2953, Email:cdhughes@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This standard presents recommended engineering principles,
practices, and guidelines for the selection, design, installation,
application, operation, and maintenance of emergency and standby power
systems. This information is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint;
however, managing the effects of power system disturbances requires close
cooperation between users, electric utilities, and equipment manufacturers.
Project Purpose: To update Std 446-1995 by incorporating references to current
codes and standards, and by including new technology and practices.
Designation: 446-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for
Industrial and Commerical Applications
Status: Superseded
**(IEEE Orange Book) Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 446-1980.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Recommended engineering principles, practices, and guidelines for the selection and application of emergency and standby
power systems are presented. Industrial and commercial users' needs are outlined and discussed, and the material is primarily
presented from a user's viewpoint. General requirements, protection, grounding, applications by specific industry, and
maintenance guidelines are included.
Key Words: emergency, standby, power, system, orange book
Designation: 447
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 448
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 449-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1999
**Revision of IEEE Std 449-1990.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 24, 1999
Project Scope: This standard pertains to ferroresonant voltage regulators which
operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially
constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input
voltage, and to controlled ferroresonant regulators which maintain
substantially constant output voltage regardless of variations, within
limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency and output load. Guides to
application and test procedures are included. Provision is made for
relating the rectifiers and circuits. Definitions pertaining to
ferroresonance and ferroresonant regulators which have not been found
elsewhere are included with an appropriate discussion. This standard
includes, but is not limited to, the following types of ferroresonant
regulators 1) Series ferroresonant regulators 2) Series-parallel
ferroresonant regulars(electrically connected) 3) Ferroresonant transformer
regulars(magnetically connected) 4) Controlled ferroresonant regulators
Project Purpose: Add new voltage regulator topologies to ferroresonant voltage
regulator scheme. New Topology improves overload, stability, size and
efficiency over current technology.
Abstract: Ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in otherequipment are covered. Guides to
application and test procedures are included.
Key Words: "controlled ferroresonant regulators,ferroresonant transformer
regulators,series feroresonant regulators,series-parallel ferroresonant
regulators"
Designation: 449-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Status: Superseded
Abstract: This standard pertains to ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other
equipment. Guides to application and test procedures are included.
Key Words: standard, ferroresonant, voltage, regulators
Designation: 449-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 449-1984.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: Requirements are provided for ferroresonant voltage regulators that operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide
substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage. Requirements for controlled
ferroresonant regulators that maintain substantially constant output voltages regardless of variations, within limits, of input
voltage, temperature, frequency, and output load are also included. The requirements cover definitions, symbols, and circuit
schematics; service conditions; ratings; nameplate and other markings; testing; application; and maintenance. Provision is made
for relating the characteristics of ferroresonant regulators to associated rectifiers and circuits.
Key Words: regulators
Designation: 450-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing , and Replacement of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 03, 2003
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Supersedes 450-1995.
Technical Contact: Tim Bolgeo, Phone:423-751-8399, Email:rtbolgeo@tva.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: General revision of contents of the standard with no change in
the existing scope of the standard.
Project Purpose: General revision to standard to incorporate lessons learned
from the industry, incorporate recent developments from the industry, and
explanation of new testing recommendations from the 1995 version of the
standard.
Abstract: " Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize thelife and performance of permanently
installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standbypower applications are provided. This recommended practice also
provides guidance to determinewhen batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to full-float
stationaryapplications where a charger maintains the battery fully charged and supplies the dc loads. "
Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery
maintenance, battery replacement criteria, battery service test, battery
terminal voltage, connection resistance measurements, electrolyte level,
equalize charge, float voltage"
Designation: P450
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented
Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document provides recommended maintenance, test schedules,
and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance
of permanently-installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for
standby power applications. It also provides guidance to determine when
batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to
full-float stationary applications where a battery charger normally
maintains the battery fully charged and provides the dc loads. However,
specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable
equipment, may have other appropriate practices that are beyond the scope of
this recommended practice. Sizing, installation, qualification, other
battery types, and application are also beyond the scope of this recommended
practice. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended
practice represent the best program based on the information available at
the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these
practices against their operating experience, operating conditions,
manufacturers recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a
maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing
recommendations were developed without consideration of economics,
availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of
the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a
specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the
technical issues considered in this document. This recommended practice
does not include any other component of the dc system, or inspection and
testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system.
Pre-operational and periodic dc system tests of chargers and other dc
components may require that the battery be connected to the system. Details
for these tests depend on the requirements of the dc system and are beyond
the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the
user with information and recommendations concerning the maintenance,
testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries used in stationary
applications. Incorporate errata sheet.
Designation: 450-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 450-1987. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to
PE/SB. Superseded by 450-2002.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jan 24, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995
Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently
installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also
provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary
applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other
appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Key Words: acceptance test, capacity, maintenance, replacement, battery service
test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance, electrolyte level,
equalize charge, float voltage, modified performance, performance test,
specific gravity, standby power applic, state of charge, test discharge
rate, vented lead-acid batteries, standby power applications, modified
performance test, connection resistance readings, battery terminal voltage,
battery replacement criteria, Battery installation
Designation: 450-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance,Testing, and Replacement of
Large Lead Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Maintenance practices, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of
large lead storage batteries are recommended. Guidance in determining when batteries should be replaced is provided. The methods
described are applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float
operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load.
Key Words: maintenance, lead, storage, batteries, stations
Designation: 451
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 452
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 454-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Recommended Practice for the Detection and Measurement of Partial
Discharges (Corona) During Dielectric Tests
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 455-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Measuring Longitudinal Balance of
Telephone Equipment Operating in the Voice Band
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 455-1976.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985
Abstract: The basic requirements for a test circuit that can be used to measure longitudinal balance are defined. Resistive elements
are specified because they are generally considered easy to duplicate and balance. Standard test conditions and procedures are
established.
Key Words: measuring, longitudinal, balance, telephone, equipment,
Communication system testing
Designation: 456
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 457-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear, Active, and
Nonreciprocal Waveguide Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Key Words: terms, non-linear, active, waveguide, measurements
Designation: 458
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions
Title: Electrical & Electronics Engineering Abbreviations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1971
Key Words: electrical, electronic, engineering, abbreviations
Designation: 460-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Measuring Transducer for Converting AC
Electrical Quantities into DC Electrical Quantities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987
Key Words: electrical, transducers, converting, ac, dc
Designation: 463-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line
Working Zones
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007
Technical Contact: Kenneth P White, Phone:716-278-6414, Email:KPWhite@olin.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard covers means of improved safeguarding of personnel
while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell
line working zones. Included are related requirements for equipment and
electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells
covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current (dc) cells used
in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper,
fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium and zinc. This standard
does not cover the following: a) Any electrical equipment that is neither
part of the electrolytic process equipment nor installed or used in the
cell line working zone b) Electroplating and anodizing facilities c)
AC cells or furnaces d) Electrothermal process furnaces e) Arc
furnaces f) Melting or heat treating facilities g) Cells for hydrogen
production h) Cells used as a source of electric energy
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for
practical improved safeguarding of personnel operating or maintaining
equipment in electrolytic cell line working zones from electrical hazards.
The cell line working zone is defined in Clause 5.
Abstract: Means for improved safeguarding of personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line
working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general
types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current cells used in the production of aluminum,
cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc.
Key Words: cell line working zone, electrical conductor installations,
electrical safety, electrolytic cell line
Designation: 463-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line
Working Zones
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988
Key Words: electrical, safety, electrolytic, cell, zones
Designation: 463-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line
Working Zones
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 463-1977.
Technical Contact: Clay L Pittman, Phone:423 984 2322
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones
are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of
electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate,
chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc.
Key Words: electrical safety, Electrolytic cell line, Electrical conductor
installation, Cell line working zone
Designation: 464-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounded 830 V Three-Phase Electrical
System for Oil Field Service
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Clark R Lockerd, Phone:713 840 4234
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983
Key Words: grounded, 830V, oil, field, service
Designation: 466
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 467-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for the Design and
Manufacture of Class 1E Instrumentation and Electric Equipment for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979
Designation: 469-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of
Distribution Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 469-1977.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988
Abstract: Instruction for the testing of distribution transformers as sources of voice-frequency noise for communication circuits is
provided. The tests measure the degree to which a transformer may contribute to electrical noise in communication circuits that
are physically paralleling the power-supply circuits feeding the transformer. They provide a standard method for use by the
transformer manufacturer, user, and others in the industry for the purpose of better evaluating the design choices that are
available and moving toward industry objectives with regard to levels of harmonic exciting current.
Key Words: electrical, noise, distribution, transformers, Wire communication,
Power transformer testing, Electromagnetic interference
Designation: 470-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard Application Guide for Bolometric Power Meters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972
Key Words: application, guife, bolometric, power, meters
Designation: 473
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to 10
GHz)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Elya Joffe, Phone:972-976-57065, Email:eb.joffe@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: The Standard requires revision, in several areas: a)
Revision/extension of the standard from 10 GHz to 40 GHz; b) Updating the
Standard to incorporate references to modern test and measurement equipment;
c) Modifying the Standard to include time domain characteristics of time-
variable waveforms.
Project Purpose: This standard which has served a very useful purpose is now
dated and in need of revision. The purpose of this revision is to make the
standard reflective of current test instrumentation, measurement techniques
and measurement environments.
Designation: 473-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to
10 GHz)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Guidelines for the systematic, documented investigation of the amplitudes of RF electromagnetic fields found at one or
more locations with respect to frequency, time, and position are provided. Periodic and random radiated electric and magnetic
fields and conducted interference within the frequency range of 10 kHz to 10 GHz are considered. Although several aspects of
radio-emission investigation are not addressed directly, including signal identification and discrimination; field emissions from
regularly occurring, low-frequency, pulsed sources; and test enclosure fields, much information pertinent to these areas is
provided.
Key Words: electromagnetic, site, survey
Designation: 474
Title: Standard Specifications and Test Methods for Fixed and Variable
Attenuators, DC-40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 474-1973
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications and Test Methods for FIxed and Variable
Attenuators, DC-40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93.
Technical Contact: Bruno O Weinschel, Phone:301-948-8342
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972
Abstract: 7/90: rev in progress - expect to complete early 1991.
Key Words: test, methods, fixed, variable, attenuators
Designation: 475-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors 300
MHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2000
Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2001
Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of
radio frequency (RF) emissions from intrusion-alarm field disturbance
sensors in the frequency range 300 MHz to 40 GHz.
Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing
standard to the current state of the art.
Abstract: " Test procedures for microwave field disturbance sensors to measure radio frequency(RF) radiated field strength of the
fundamental frequency, harmonic frequencies, near field powerflux density, and nonharmonic spurious emissions of sensors
operating within the frequency rangeof 300 MHz to 40 GHz are defined. "
Key Words: "field disturbance sensors, field strength measurements, measurement
instrumentation,spurious emissions, test sites, test reports"
Designation: 475
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors, 300 MHz to
40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Hugh W Denny, Phone:404-633-9363, Email:hugh.denny@gtri.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of
radio frequency (RF) emissions from miscrowave type intrusion-alarm field
disturbance sensors in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 40 GHz {See
additional comment at item 16}
Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing
standard to the current state-of-the-art. {See additional comment at item
16}
Designation: 475
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 475-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors (rf
Intrusion Alarms)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 475-2000.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1983
Abstract: A test procedure for field-disturbance sensors to measure radiated field strength of the fundamental frequency, including
second and third harmonics, and of any nonharmonic spurious emission within the frequency range from 0.3 GHz to 40.0 GHz is
defined. Power line measurement of electromagnetic emission within the frequency range from 30 MHz to 300 MHz is specified. The
intent is to assist manufacturers, standards laboratories, and test engineers in determining compliance with established
technical specifications. Perimeter protection systems that employ a balanced transmission line around the property being
protected are not covered.
Key Words: field, disturbance, sensors, intrusion, alarm, Site security
monitoring
Designation: 477
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 479
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 481
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 482
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Testing of Cable, Cable Assemblies and
Connector Shielding Properties in the Frequency Range from DC to 40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: This recommended practice will cover the measurement of
shielding properties of coaxial and multi-conductor cables, connectors, and
cable assemblies. The frequency range will be DC to 40 GHz.
Project Purpose: Provide recommendations in selecting among the various
existing and potential alternative test methods and procedures.
Key Words: cable, shield, transfer, impedance
Designation: 483
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 484-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003
**Supersedes 484-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: John K Coyle, Phone:610-765-5691, Email:john.coyle@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices
and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid
batteries. Required safety practices are also included. This recommended
practice applies to all stationary applications. However, specific
applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment,
and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and
are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The portions of this
recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel safety are
mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all other
portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should.
Sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, charging equipment, dry charged
cells, and consideration of other types of batteries are beyond the scope of
this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice
should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices.
Recent industry practices and developments are to be incorporated.
Abstract: " Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly,
assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided."">IEEE Std 484TM-2002(Revision of IEEE Std 484-1996)IEEE
Standards484TMIEEE Recommended Practice forInstallation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary
ApplicationsPublished by The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997, USA12
February 2003IEEE Power Engineering SocietySponsored by theStationary Battery CommitteeIEEE StandardsPrint"
Key Words: "alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells,
freshening charge, installation design criteria, installation procedures,
instrumentation, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions,"
Designation: 484-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 484-1987. Superseded by 484-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor
changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Apr 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from Generating
Stations and Substations to all Stationary applications.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides recommended design
practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly and charging of vented lead-acid
batteries.
Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly,
assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. These recommended
practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and
semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this
recommended practice.
Key Words: alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells,
freshening charge, installation design, instrumentation, internal ohmic,
ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions, protective equipment, resistance
readings, seismic
Designation: 484-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 484-1981 and includes Supplement IEEE Std 484a-1984.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly,
assembly, and charging of large lead storage batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. This standard
applies particularly to installations at generating stations, including nuclear, and large substations. Portions of this
recommended practice that speci fically relate to personnel and nuclear plant safety are mandatory and are designated by the word
shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should.
Key Words: installation, lead, storage, batteries
Designation: 485-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary
Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 485-1983. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to
PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from generating
stations to all stationary applications, except for UPS applications which
are covered by Std 1184.
Project Purpose: This document describes methods for sizing lead-acid batteries
for stationary applications. The batteries for these applications are
maintained in a fully charged condition known as full float operation.
Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery
applications in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration.
Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond
the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of
this recommended practice.
Key Words: battery duty cycle, cell selection, dc load, full float operation,
lead acid batteries, rated capacity, sizing, stationary applications, valve
regulated lead acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery
Designation: P485
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary
Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid
battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full
float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are
provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification,
testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid
are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system
and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this
recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes methods for defining the
dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for
stationary battery applications in full float operations. Some factors
relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Revision will
provide additional guidance on sizing with respect to various applications,
additional information on load types, and address items of impact due to
revision of related documents.
Designation: 485-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Large Lead Storage Batteries for
Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1984
Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load in a generating station or a substation and for sizing a lead storage battery to supply
that load are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. This standard is based on
commonly accepted methods used to define the load and to ensure adequate battery capacity and is applicable to all installations
and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain
the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load.
Key Words: sizing, large, lead, storage, batteries, Substations
Designation: 487-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 2001
**Project to revise IEEE Std 487-1992. Supersedes 487-1992.
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project will provide recommended engineering design
practices for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect
wire-line telecommunication facilities servind electric supply locations
such as power stations and power line supporting structures.
Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 487-1992.
Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering electric supplylocations are presented. This
document covers
Key Words: "electric supply locations, high-voltage tower, power stations,
protection, wire-linecommunication"
Designation: P487
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design practices
for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect wire-line
telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations. The
following topics are included in this document: a) A description of the
electric supply locations environment, i.e., ground potential rise (GPR),
induced voltages, lightning, and switching transients; b)A discussion of
special high-voltage protection devices; c)Definitions of service types and
service performance objectives for electric supply locations
telecommunication services; d)Special protection theory and philosophy;
e)Special protection system design guidelines; f)Personnel safety
considerations; g)Grounding; h)Cables with metallic members. Other
telecommunication alternatives such as radio and optica fiber systems are
excluded from this document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents workable methods for the
protection of wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric supply
locations. In general, special protective measures, handling procedures, and
administrative procedures are necessary to provide for personnel safety,
protection against damage to telecommunication facilities and terminal
equipment, and reliability of service. Disturbances may arise from a number
of causes,including the following: a)Ground (earth)potential rise;
b)Longitudinal induction into the serving telecommunication facilities;
c)Electrical contact between power and telecommunication conductors;
d)Lightning surges and switching transients induced into the
telecommunication system. Divided and differing opinions exist between and
within the various administrations and users regarding the merits of any one
protection method, voltage limits, and equipment design characteristics.
This standard is not intended to supplant specific or general
instructions contained in the practices of any utility, or in any agreement
between a telecommunication and a power utility. Readers of this standard
should evaluate all alternative procedures, methods, voltage limits, and
equipment characteristics for their own use. Different administrations and
users will use either peak or rms for specifying voltage levels. In the case
of leased facilities, mutually agreeable methods for the design and
installation of protective equipment that may be owned by either party are
recommended.
Designation: 487-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 487-1980. Superseded by 487-2000.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992
Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document
covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance objective
classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and
inspection; and safety.
Key Words: wire, line, communication, protection
Designation: 487-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities
Serving Electric Power Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1981
Key Words: protection, wire, line, communications
Designation: 487a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Supplement to IEEE Recommended Practice for Protction of Wire-Line
Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel C Jendek, Phone:416/592-8423
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 488.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: IEEE Standard For Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital
Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 2003
**Supersedes 488.1-1987 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Robert W Canik, Phone:(512)-683-8519, Email:robert.canik@ni.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: This standard will build on the interface functions defined in
IEEE Std. 488.1-1987 to define a set of interface functions that will enable
higher transfer rates between devices adhering to this specification while
still maintaining the ability for these devices to communicate with existing
IEEE Std. 488.1 devices. Topics within the scope of this standard include:
Extensions to the interface functions defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Definition
of new interface functions; Possible extensions to the remote message codes
defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Guidelines for calculating delays required to
implement the new protocol at different distances.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to develop an extension of the IEEE Std. 488.1
that provides a means for achieving significantly higher data transfer rates
(3-10 MB/sec) than the current standard while maintaining compatibility with
existing devices.
Abstract: IEEE Std 488.1-2003 IEEE Standard for Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable
Instrumentation
Key Words: "GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake
"
Designation: 488.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 488-1978. Now sold together with Std 488.2-1992.
Superseded by 488.1-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988
Abstract: Interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other
apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems are considered. The standard applies to the interface of
instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the: data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital, the
number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15, total transmission path lengths over the
interconnecting cables do not exceed 20 m, and the data rate across the interface on any signal line does not exceed 1 Mb/s. The
basic functional specifications of this standard may also be used in digital interface applications that require longer
distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these.
Key Words: 488.1, programmable, system data, digital interface,
instrumentation, Measurement system
Designation: 488.2-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for Use
With IEEE Std 488.1-1987, IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable
Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by
devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines
communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device-
dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and
characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is
intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument
systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus,
and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard
may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system
environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages,
this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions
contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard.
Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines
communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further
defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to
medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation
controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1
subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic
structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and
system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered.
Key Words: controller, device, System interface, System bus
Designation: 488.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for use
with ANSI/IEEE Std 488.1-1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for
Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Superseded
**formerly IEEE 728.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988
Key Words: 488.2
Designation: 489
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 491
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 492-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 1999
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jan 28, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation,
loading and maintenance of Hydro-Generators and generator/motors having
salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems.
Project Purpose: Various areas of the withdrawn standard will be updated and
revised to current practice.
Abstract: " General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of synchronoushydro-generators and generator/motors
are covered. This guide does not apply to synchronousmachines having cylindrical rotors. In this guide, the term hydro-generator
is used to describe asynchronous machine coupled to a hydraulic turbine or pump-turbine. This guide is not intended toapply in
any way to the prime mover. "
Key Words: "generator,generator/motor,horizontal hydro-generator,hydro-
generator,loading,maintenance,operation,pumped-storage system,synchronous
hydro-generator,vertical hydro-generator"
Designation: 492
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 05, 1981
Designation: 492-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989
Abstract: General recommendations are provided for the operation, loading, and maintenance of hydro-generators and generator/motors
(pump/turbines), having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems (as distinct from conductor cooling systems). The
term hydro-generator refers to a generator driven by a hydraulic turbine or waterwheel. Types of units and bases of rating are
included. Generators with cylindrical rotors are not covered.
Key Words: guide, operation, maintenance, hydro, generators
Designation: 493-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Don O Koval, Phone:780-464-0968, Email:donkoval@shaw.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 12, 2007
Project Scope: This project will present the fundamentals of reliability
analysis that should be used in planning, designing and operating reliable
industrial and commercial power systems. The reliability fundamentals would
include: probability and computer based methodologies, power system and
utility maintenance and equipment reliability data, cost of power
interruptions, emergency and standby power, electrical preventive
maintenance, 24 x 7 facilities, mission critical facilities, and
methodologies for estimating the frequency of power and process
interruptions caused by voltage sags based on facility equipment
susceptibility characteristics and utility network feeder voltage sag
characteristics.
Project Purpose: The Gold Book is the only standard dedicated solely to the
reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems. The
present comprehensive equipment reliability surveyed data in the Gold Book
will be updated by the Power Reliability Enhancement Program (PREP)
sponsored database and will be the only database available publicly in the
world for reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems.
Each chapter in this standard will be updated to reflect current practices
necessary for reliable operation of today's computer environments and
mission critical facilities including voltage sag analysis based on
equipment susceptibility characteristics and utility network feeder voltage
sag characteristics.
Designation: 493-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (Gold Book)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Present the fundamentals of reliability analysis (i.e.,
probability methods, cost of interruptions, emergency and standby power,
testing to demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power,
electrical preventive maintenance, equipment reliability data, methods of
evaluating and improving the reliability of existing plant facilities and
the methodologies for assessing the frequency of interruptions to industrial
and commercial power systems caused by voltage sags) that should be used in
planning and designing reliable industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: The degradation of industrial and commercial power system
reliability caused by voltage sags and the testing methodologies required to
demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power systems are not
currently covered by recommended practices. The emergency and standby power
chapter in IEEE Std 493-1990 requires an update to reflect current
practices. An update of the existing chapter references in this standard is
required to reflect new knowledge pertaining to the planning and design of
reliable industrial and commercial power systems.
Abstract: " The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design ofindustrial and commercial electric
power distribution systems are presented. Included are basicconcepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals
of power system reliabilityevaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliabilitydata,
examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventivemaintenance, and evaluating and improving
reliability of the existing plant are also addressed.The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies
during the design of in-dustrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance practices forelectrical power
and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control)of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in
commercial and industrial applications arepresented. "
Key Words: The fundamentals of reliability analysis to the planning and design
of industrial and commercial electric ower distribution systems are
presented
Designation: 493-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Gold Book. Revision of std 493-1980.
History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric
power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods,
fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment
reliability data, and examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and
evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should
enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems.
Key Words: designing reliable, industrial power, commercial power, industrial
analysis, commercial analysis, reliability analysis, Equipment reliability
data
Designation: 493-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Gold Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982
Key Words: design, reliable, industrial, commercial, power
Designation: 494
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E
Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980
Project Scope: To establish criteria for uniform identification of documents
significant to design, construction, testing, operation and maintenance of
Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations.
Designation: 494-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E
Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 28 April 97. aka ANSI N41.28-1976.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 1990
Abstract: Criteria for the uniform identification of documents significant to design, construction, testing, operation, and
maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations are established. Recommendations for
identification of specific parts of these documents are included. Criteria are also established for identification on documents
of redundant portions of Class 1E equipment and systems.
Designation: P495
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Donovan, Phone:781-910-7724, Email:dave.donovan@joslynhv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000
Project Scope: The test code established definitions, service conditions, test
procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators (FCI) for use on
power distribution systems. The guide will be brough up-to-date.
Project Purpose: Faulted circuit indicators are commonly used by electric
utilities to aid in service restoration. The purpose of the guide is to
identify the various tests and test conditions that faulted circuit
indicators must meet to validate their performance. The objective of the
PAR is to revise Std 495 which had been withdrawn. There is already an
application guide (P1216) being balloted on these devices which requires
this standard as a source document.
Designation: 495-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Service conditions, test procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators for use on power distribution systems
are established. Both design and production tests are covered.
Key Words: guide, testing, faulted, circuit, indicators, Power distribution
faults
Designation: 497-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2002
Technical Contact: Glenn Lang, Phone:724-733-6403, Email:LangGE@westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003
Project Scope: This standard contains the functional and design requirements
for accident monitoring instrumentation for nuclear power generating
stations. This standard is intended for new plant designs (i.e., advanced
reactor designs). The guidance provided in this standard may also prove
useful for operating nuclear power generating stations desiring to perform
design modifications or design basis evaluations. Scope of change: The
proposed revision will integrate and incorporate applicable requirements
from IEEE Std. 497-1981, ANS Std. 4.5-1980, Regulatory Guide 1.97 (current
revision), present digital design techniques for post-accident monitoring
displays, and user feedback from review and use of these documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to direct the user in (1)
selecting and categorizing post-accident monitoring variables, (2)
establishing design requirements, and (3) establishing performance
requirements. This standard also provides guidance on use of portable
instrumentation and various display alternatives for accident monitoring
instrumentation. Purpose of change The purpose of this revision is to
provide a consolidated source of post-accident monitoring requirements and
bases for the requirements for new advanced nuclear plant designs. This
revision will hence also contain guidance and allow a basis for making
changes to such systems in older plants.
Abstract: " Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accidentmonitoring instrumentation are
established in this standard. Included requirements for displayalternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation,
documentation of design bases, and use ofportable instrumentation. "
Key Words: "accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type
variables"
Designation: 497
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter M Kelly, Phone:516/420-3200, Email:PKelly54@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987
Designation: 497-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93.
History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983
Key Words: post, accident, monitoring, instrumentation, nuclear
Designation: P497-2002/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Incorporation of User
Feedback through 2005
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Daryl Harmon, Phone:860-731-6174, Email:daryl.l.harmon@US.WESTINGHOUSE.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of Corrigendum 1 is the resolution of a small set of
feedback issues identified by end users during application of the standard
. Corrigendum 1 will also incorporate Errata issued since the release of the
standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of Corrigendum 1 is to correct a small set of
technical issues identified through user feedback in order to make the
standard more useable.
Designation: 498-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring
and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 1988, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Key Words: measuring, test, equipment, nuclear, facilities
Designation: 498-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring
and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 498-1985
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991
Abstract: This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and
test equipment used to ensure that safety systems of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements
and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those
activities occurring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during
the initial construction of the facility.
Key Words: calibration, records, traceability, measuring, test equipment,
nuclear
Designation: 499-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electrical Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 03, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 499-1989.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Sep 19, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Project Scope: Electric drives, motor control and control wiring associated
with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of
portland cement plants.
Project Purpose: To serve as a guide to engineers designing and/or selecting
drive systems or related products in the cement industry.
Abstract: All electric drives, including motors and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the
manufacturing areas of cement plants are covered. Recommendations are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These
recommendations apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less.
Key Words: cement plant, electrical drives, practices
Designation: 499
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Reinhold A Errath, Phone:41-56-486-8624, Email:reinhold.errath@ch.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The basic content of 499-1997 standard is very sound and
complete. The scope of the revision includes changes initiated by
technological advances in the past few years.
Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have
an up-to-date tool to help them evaulated electric drives and related
equipment.
Designation: 499-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electrical Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988, BD APP: Apr 14, 1989, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 1989
Abstract: A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set
forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with
machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution
circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production,
reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and
chance of error in specification, and overall economy.
Key Words: electric drives, cement plant, Motor drives, Generators, Cement
industry
Designation: 499-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electric Equipment
Status: Superseded
**ANSI Apvd 9/4/84
Key Words: cement, plant, electric, drives
Designation: 500
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide to the Collection and Presentation of Electrical, Electronic,
Sensing Component and Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Project to revise IEEE Std 500-1984.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:Fragola@prodigy.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Project Scope: Develop a statement to be added to the current published version
of IEEE Std 500-1984 to indicate that the users of the document should be
cautioned that the data included in the document is over ten years old and
therefore might be in some cases obsolete or outdated.
Project Purpose: To provide a caution to users of information contained in the
standard that some of the data might be obsolete or outdated.
Designation: 500-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide To The Collection And Presentation Of Electrical, Electronic,
Sensing Component, And Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear-
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability
calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electric, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical
equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives;
(3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or
all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies.
Key Words: reliability, data, pumps, drivers, valves
Designation: 500 P&V-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Data for Pumps and Drivers, Valve Actuators,
and Valves Excerpted from ANSI/IEEE Std 500-1984
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Aris S Candris, Phone:(412) 374-5509
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1984
Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability
calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electrical, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical
equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives;
(3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or
all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies.
Designation: 502-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Protection, Interlocking, and Control of Fossil-Fueled
Unit-Connected Steam Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1985
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1985
Project Scope: This guide presents information regarding the essential
subsystems that make up a fossil-feuled unit-connected boiler-turbine-
generator (BTG) station and describes typical interlocking, control, and
protection for operating them in a coordinated order to ensure proper start-
up and safe shutdown. The primary purpose of this guide is to provide a
basis for (1) Qualitative evaluating of overall design of a unit-connected
fossil fuel plant (2) Writing general operating guides of an educational
nature, thereby serving to aid in acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine-
generator systems. Every new fossil plant will have its own special
operating sequence due to the type of equipment installed and its operating
company's practices. However, this guide purports to include in one
document a description of various cycles in a power plant, their sequence of
operation, and protection procedures. The information contained in this
guide should be coordinated with manufacturers' recommendations to establish
individual plant designs.
Abstract: Information regarding the essential subsystems that make up a fossil-fueled unit-connected boiler-turbine-generator (BTG)
station is presented. Typical interlocking, control, and protection for operating the subsystems in a coordinated order to ensure
proper startup and safe shutdown are described. The primary purpose is to provide a basis for qualitative evaluation of overall
design of a unit-connected fossil-fuel plant, and for writing general operating guides of an educational nature to aid in
acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine-generator systems.
Key Words: protection, interlocking, fossil fuel, unit connected, stations,
Power generation
Designation: 503-1978
Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement and Characterization of Diode-Type Camera
Tubes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977
Key Words: measurement, diode, type, camera, tubes
Designation: 505-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Electric power systems in stationary generating stations that provide electric power to the power system are covered.
Nomenclature is included for the following interrelated systems: generating unit power system, generating unit auxiliaries power
system, station auxiliaries power system, generating unit dc auxiliaries power system, and station dc auxiliaries power system.
Nomenclature for instrumentation, controls, or auxiliaries is not included.
Key Words: nomenclature, generating, electric, power, systems
Designation: 505
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982
Designation: 510-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Safety in High-Voltage and High-Power
Testing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Safety practices for those who are involved with making measurements on high-voltage sources or with high-power sources of
various types, including power-system lines, 60-Hz test transformers, direct-voltage supplies, lightning-impulse generators, and
switching-impulse generators are recommended. Electrical hazards involved in temporary measurements, as opposed to metering,
relaying, or routine line work, are considered. Safety is considered in connection with testing in laboratories, in the field, in
substations, and on lines, and with the test equipment utilized. Cable-fault location, large-capacitance-load testing, high-
current testing, and direct connection to power lines are treated separately.
Key Words: voltage, high, Power cable testing, Electric variables measurement
Designation: 511
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform
Distortion
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of the original STD 511 is for the rapid
interpretation of linear (amplitude independent) distortions caused by non
ideal (imperfect frequency response and group delay) transmission of
primarily, but not limited to, analog composite NTSC (system M) video
signals. The results are useful to qualify signals to established proof-of-
performance limits and are useful to indicate problems during operational
and maintenance tests. Even with the more frequent conversion to digital
component form, these measurements may, at least in part, be still valid
when the video components are represented as digital data. In particular
some of the digital/analog conversion and digital signal processing
anomalies manifest themselves as the same linear distortions targeted by
this measurement standard. Therefore, the scope of the proposed project is
to ammend STD 511's scope and related language within the document to more
clearly and specifically cover the affects of analog/digital
composite/component video processing on these linear measurements and to
include component as well as composite NTSC video.
Project Purpose: Although many video signals today are represented as component
digital data from content to final production, distribution is still largely
analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely replaced as a
video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and will likely
exist as an interface format for some time after that. The standard has
served well in the largely analog video content of the past but with the
many current and future conversions from compressed, component digital video
to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor revisions are necessary to
avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results
caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital
signal formats and composite conversion. The purpose is to revise and
update the STD 511 linear waveform distortion measurement standard in use
today to test conformance of composite NTSC and component linear-signal
distortion to established performance limits. As an example, the committee
may find it desirable to add a reference to international recommendation
ITU-R BT.1204 with regard to the addition of dither for measuring linear
distortions on analog/digital video processing.
Designation: 511-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear
Waveform Distortion
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980
Key Words: video, signal, transmission, waveform, distortion
Designation: 512
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn by IEEE. Same as ANSI Z244.
Designation: 513
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Samuel K Oklu, Phone:213-481-4823
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1973
Key Words: seismic, guide, power, transformers, reactors
Designation: 515-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004
**Supersedes 515-1997.
Technical Contact: David O Brown, Phone:918-641-7221, Email:dbrown@ionet.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004
Project Scope: The scope includes specific test requirements for qualifying
electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in
industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal
design. Applications include unclassified, and both North American Division
and Zone classified areas.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide industry with the
basic mechanical and electrical requirements for a reliable heating system
and to also provide information and requirements for design, installation
and maintenance. The standard is being revised for closer harmonization to
IEC standards and updated per the 5-year review cycle.
Abstract: "IEEE 515-2004 IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing
for Industrial Applications"
Key Words: "constant wattage heaters,electrical design,heating cable,heat
loss,heat tracing,parallel heating cables,pipelines,series heating cables,
self-regulating heating cables,surface heating devices,thermal design,vessel
heater"
Designation: 515-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 515-1989. Superseded by 515-2004.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: Provide specific test requirements for qualifying electrical
resistance heating cable for industrial applications, and provide a basis
for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, Class
I, Class II and Division I and Division 2 areas.
Project Purpose: 1. Revise standard per five year review cycle and 2. Revise
style to conform to new style manual and international requirements with the
intent of submitting as an international standard.
Abstract: The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service are provided, as
well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and
maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application recommendations and requirements are
made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable atmospheres and locations.
Key Words: electrical design, heat tracing, pipelines, series heating cables,
surface heating devices, thermal design
Designation: 515-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and
Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial
Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 515-1983.
History: BD APP: Aug 30, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides the specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial
service, and provides the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heater characteristics are addressed, and installation and
maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements are made for unclassed, Class I, Division 2, and Class I,
Division 1 heating cable applications.
Key Words: electrical resistance, heat tracing, industrial , maintenance,
Process heating, Cables
Designation: 515-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: electrical, resistance, heat, tracing
Designation: 515.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Wayne Williams, Phone:650-474-7964, Email:wwilliams@tycothermal.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides test criteria to determine the
suitability of heating devices and fittings that are used for commercial
applications. The standard also includes detailed recommendations for the
design,installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing
in these applications. Commercial applications include installations both
inside and outside commercial business buildings, such as office buildings,
hospitals, and airports. Typical applications include freeze protection of
water pipes; temperature maintenance of hot water piping and other lines and
tubing; protection of sprinkler systems; roof, gutter, and pavement deicing;
and other applications as shown in Table 1 in 4.1. Commercial applications
involving hazardous (classified) locations shall also meet the relevant
hazardous location requirements in IEEE Std 515 as well as any other
applicable codes and standards.
Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that adequate
material temperatures are maintained and that electrical, thermal,
mechanical, and water-exclusion durability are provided to the heat tracing
system. In addition, it should provide that under normal use, the products
will exhibit long-term performance reliability without damage to the user or
surroundings. This standard is a supplement to those provisions outlined in
National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70), Articles 426 and 427.
Abstract: Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heat tracing for commercial service. A basis for
electrical and thermal design is included. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance
requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating device applications are provided.
Key Words: deicing, design, electrical resistance, floor warming, freeze
protection, frost heave, heat tracing, heater, heating cable, heating
device, installation, maintenance, snow melting, testing
Designation: 515.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and
Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial
Applications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for commercial service and a basis for
electrical and thermal design are provided. Heater characteristics are addressed and installation and maintenance requirements
are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating cable applications are provided.
Key Words: design, electrical resistance, heater, heating cable, heat tracing,
installation, maintenance, testing
Designation: 516-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2003
**Supersedes 516-1995.
Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 2003
Project Scope: This document provides general recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to present details of some of the
methods presently in use to enable the safe performance of energized line
maintenance. It will provide guidance for establishing a safe work area,
taking into consideration the physical effects on personnel.
Abstract: IEEE Std 516 -2003 IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Key Words: "energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools"
Designation: P516
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include
all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected
comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles,
engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities.
Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory
testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care
of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized
lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide,
sufficient details of some the methods and equipment presently in use to
enable the performance of safe, energized line maintenance. b)Direct
attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the acquisition
of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools and
equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing a safe work area, taking
into consideration the physical effects of the work area on personnel. It
is not intended that this guide should replace present proven utility
practices or imply that these recommendations are superior to existing
practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted as utility
standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented
specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric utilities
and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and
procedures for maintenance of energized power lines.
Designation: 516-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 516-1987. Superseded by 516-2003.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as
required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work
methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included.
Key Words: energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools
Designation: 516-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power-Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1988
Key Words: maintenance, methods, energized, power, lines
Designation: 517-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Degree-of-Freedom Rate-Integrating Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 1974
**IEEE Std 529-1980 is a supplement to this std.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 30, 1983
Abstract: A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyro specification that provides a common meeting
ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users is presented. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing
a rate-integrating gyro is given.
Key Words: single, degree, freedom, intergrating, gyros, Gyroscopes
Designation: 518
Title: Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize
Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 518-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Automation & Control
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize
Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 518-1977.
Technical Contact: Steven A Larson, Phone:865-574-3201, Email:s.larson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1990
Abstract: Techniques for the installation and operation of industrial controllers, so as to minimize the disturbing effects of
electrical noise on these controllers, are addressed. The identification of noise in control circuits and the classification of
noise are discussed. A systems approach to noise reduction is presented. Installation recommendations and wiring practices are
covered.
Key Words: electrical, equipment, minimize, noise, inputs, Wiring,
Electromagnetic interference, Control systems
Designation: 519-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in
Electrical Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1993
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 13, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems
involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is
provided. Limits of disturbances to the ac power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are
recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference.
Key Words: Reactive power compensation, Harmonics, Harmonic control
Designation: 519
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in
Electrical Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mark S Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will establish limits for the steady state and
transient harmonic content of a) current drawn from a utility by a user, b)
voltage supplied to a user by a utility, c) voltage on the user's busses, d)
current drawn by individual items of equipment on a stand-alone basis, e)
limits for voltage notching and ringing on user and utility busses. It will
recommend a) methods for calculating harmonic spectra of common loads. It
will provide a) application advice for the use of passive and active
harmonic filters. It will provide information on: harmonic analysis
methods, the effects of harmonics on equipment, system response
characteristics, and on definitions and letter symbols.
Project Purpose: The work is being done because of deficiencies in the existing
standard, especially in relation to limits to notches and converters with
pulse numbers greater than 6.
Designation: P519
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric
Power Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Mark S Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes goals for the design of
electrical systems that include both linear and nonlinear loads. The voltage
and current waveforms that may exist throughout the system are summarized
and waveform distortion goals for the system designer are established. The
interface between sources and loads is described as the point of common
coupling; and observance of the design goals will minimize interference
between electrical equipment. This recommended practice addresses steady-
state limitation. Transient conditions exceeding these limitations may be
encountered. This document sets the quality of power that is to be provided
at the point of common coupling and is not intended for application to
individual pieces of electrical equipment. This document does not cover the
effects of radio-frequency interference; however, it does include
electromagnetic interference with communication systems.
Project Purpose: This revision includes the significant experience gained in
the last 15 years with regard to power system harmoncs, their effects on
power equipment, and how they should be limited. In addition, this document
contains certain material dedicated to the harmonization of IEEE and other
international standards where possible.
IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Designation: 519-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: IEEE Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static
Power Convertors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Designation: P519.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:mmcgranaghan@epri-peac.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: IEEE Standard 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and
Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides
procedures for controlling harmonics on the power system along with
recommended limits for customer harmonic injection and overall power system
harmonic levels. This document provides example applications of the
procedures and limits in IEEE 519-1992.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide examples and suggestions for
developing and implementing harmonic limits throughout the electric power
system. This assists utilities and building owners.
Designation: 519.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:mmcgranaghan@epri-peac.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for
harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are
described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics.
Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the
electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of
harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The
electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits.
This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point
and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the
document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for
measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical
harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic
generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point
of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic
current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration
(SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and
defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents
and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular.
Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be
presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at
new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of
loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with
respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for
harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter
design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for
interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods
for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described.
Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will
also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance
monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for
characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing
system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range
of different customer types and system characteristics.
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for
individual customers and for the overall power system.
Designation: 519a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for
harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are
described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics.
Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the
electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of
harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The
electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits.
This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point
and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the
document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for
measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical
harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic
generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point
of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic
current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration
(SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and
defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents
and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular.
Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be
presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at
new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of
loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with
respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for
harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter
design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for
interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods
for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described.
Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will
also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance
monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for
characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing
system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range
of different customer types and system characteristics.
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for
individual customers and for the overall power system.
Designation: 521-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 08, 2003
**Supersedes 521-1984 (R1989).
Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: Radar systems operate in frequency bands that since World War II
have been identified by letter designations. To recognize and preserve
accepted usage, the proposed revision would re-affirm the letter
designations for radar, revising the current standard to update it regarding
current International Telecommunication Union (ITU) radar band allocations
and comments. No change in scope from the current standard is anticipated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to reaffirm the use of
letter band designations for radar-frequency bands, and to update and
correct the notes referring to the letter band designations in this
standard. Because of recent changes in the ITU regulations, some of the
notes need to be updated, and changed to correctly reflect the current
frequency allocations. No change in purpose from the current standard is
anticipated.
Abstract: " The Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands was first issued in 1976and was written to remove the
confusion that developed from the misapplication to radar of letterband designations of other microwave frequency users. This
standard relates the letter terms incommon usage to the frequency ranges that they represent. The 1984 revision defined the
applica-tion V and W to a portion of the millimeter wave region while retaining the previous letter designatorsfor frequencies.
The current (2002) revision keeps the same letter band designations, includes achange in the definition of millimeter wave
frequencies to conform to the ITU designation, and re-vises the notes to Table 1. Table 1 has been modified for international
applications by including Re-gions 1 and 3 in addition to Region 2."
Key Words: "frequency, letter band, radar"
Designation: 521-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 521-1976. Superseded by 521-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 05, 1981, BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1985
Abstract: IEEE Std 521-1984 (Revision of IEEE Std 521-1976) IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Key Words: "Since World War II, radar systems engineers have used letter
designations as a short notation for describing the frequency band of
operation. This usage has continued throughout the years and is now an
accepted practice of radar engineers. Radar-frequency"
Designation: 522-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils for
Alternating-Current Electric Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 09, 2004
**Supersedes 522-1992 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to make suggestions on testing the
dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each
other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine the acceptability of
the coils. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie
within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. Test voltage levels described herein
do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal
voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation.
These suggestions apply to: (1) Individual stator coils after manufacture
(2) Coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture (3) Coils
and windings for rewinds of used machinery (4) Windings of machines in
service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-
maintenance testing) The repetitive voltage surges (spikes) associated with
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's) are also not addressed here.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this publication is to: (1) Define surge /
impulse testing as applied to the windings of an electric machine; (2)
Review the service conditions which affect or change voltage levels in a
coil; (3) Recommend devices suitable for measuring surges, with precautions
to avoid erroneous results; (4) Describe various points at which surge
testing should be performed; (5) Present suggested surge test levels for
various types of electric machines.
Abstract: Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other
within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally
lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 mW (270 hp to 135 000 hp). The test levels described do not evaluate the ability of the
turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, only surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply
to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators; (3) coils and windings for rewinds
of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-
maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed.
Key Words: ac machines, impulses, surges, testing turn insulation, transients
Designation: 522-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator
Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 522-1977. Superseded by 522-2004.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other
within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie
within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. The test voltage levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to
withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1)
individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture; (3) coils and windings
for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service
(preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed. High-frequency test
levels for new coils during winding, and for applying surge tests to complete windings, are given.
Key Words: ac machines, rotating machine, insulation testing, Power system
transients
Designation: 522-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator
Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines - For Trial Use
Status: Superseded
**Correlate w/792
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976
Key Words: testing, turn, insulation, electric, machines
Designation: 523
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Control of Transformer Sound See
Status: Superseded
**See C57.112
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1973
Key Words: control, transformer, sound
Designation: 524-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2004
**Supersedes 524-1992 (R1997) and 524a-1993 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:frank_ferracane@illinoispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Oct 17, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of
methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the
stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead
groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive
list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special
conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These
conductors may be custom designed and may often require special
considerations. Installation of overhead conductors for distributions
circuits generally involves similar conditions; however, the specific
recommendations of this guide have not been developed to include all
situations encountered at distribution voltages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document
sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to
outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate
control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References
are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the
terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies
from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide
correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed.
Abstract: IEEE Std 524-2003 IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Key Words: "overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires"
Designation: 524-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 524-1980. Superseded by 524-2003.
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of
methods, equipment and tools that have been found practical for the
stringing of overhead groundwires. The guide also includes a comprehensive
list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed.
Abstract: General recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the
stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead groundwires are provided. The aim is to present in one document
sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary to maintain
safe and adequate control of conductors during stringing operations.
Key Words: guide, overhead, conductors, Terminology, Power transmission lines,
Power cable installation, Grounding
Designation: 524-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Key Words: installation, transmission, line, conductors
Designation: 524a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide to Grounding During the Installation of Overhead Transmission
Line Conductors
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 524-1992. Superseded by 524-2003.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: The design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations are considered, with the objective of
minimizing failures and their consequences. The purpose is to give direction to the substation engineer in established practices
for the application and installation of metallic cables in electric power transmission and distribution substations. This guide
emphasizes reliable electrical service during the design life of the substation. It does not apply to wire and cable systems in
generating stations.
Key Words: conductor stringing, grounding equipment, grounding practices,
overhead transmision, line conductors, protective grounding
Designation: 525-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:HannaEssa.Abdallah@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: This document is a guide for the design, installation , and
protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of
minimizing cable failures and their consequences
Project Purpose: To improve the useability of the guide and to make it more
current.
Designation: 525-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in
Substations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 525-1987.
Technical Contact: Alan E Kollar, Phone:330-384-5552, Email:kollara@firstenergycorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of
minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable systems in generating stations is not
covered.
Key Words: cable, installation, testing, fire protection, raceway, substations,
wire cable shield
Designation: 525-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in
Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1988
Key Words: design, installation, cable, systems, substations
Designation: 526
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 528-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2001
**Supersedes 528-1994.
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 2002
Project Scope: To review all of the definitions included in the standard and to
revise them as required. New terminology will be added to bring the
document up to date with current technology.
Project Purpose: This revision is part of the 5 year review cycle for IEEE
Standards. Since the last publication of this standard, three major
revisions of, or new, inertial sensor standards have been published by the
IEEE AESS Gyro and Accelerometer panel. In addition, sigificant advances
have been made in related technology for which new standards are being
developed.
Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented in this standard. Usage asunderstood by the inertial
sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of theterms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and
its definition in this standard is usefulness asrelated to inertial sensor technology.
Key Words: "inertial sensor technology, inertial sensor terminology"
Designation: 528-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 528-1984. Superseded by 528-2001.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: May 04, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994
Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial sensor community is
given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in
this document is usefulness as related to inertial sensor technology.
Key Words: Inertial sensor terminology, Inertial sensor technology
Designation: 528-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Inertial Sensor Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985
Abstract: 8/90: Will vote to reaffirm/revise by 12/90.
Key Words: inertial, sensor, terminology
Designation: 529-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: Supplement for Strapdown Applications to IEEE Standard Specification
Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Rate-
Integrating Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 1981
**Supplement to IEEE Std 517-1974.
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983
Abstract: A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyroscope specification is presented. Recommended
procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyroscope are compiled. This standard, when combined with IEEE Std 517-1974 (R1980),
defines the requirements and test procedures in terms of characteristics unique to the gyroscope or those applications in which
the dynamic angular inputs are significantly greater than the limitations identified in IEEE Std 517.
Key Words: strapdown, single degree, rate integrating , integrating gyro,
Testing, Gyroscopes
Designation: 530-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Digital, Torque-Balance Accelerometer
Status: Superseded
**Under revision with Std 337; combined revisions will be designated IEEE
1293. Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998.
History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980
Abstract: A guide for the preparation of a digital accelerometer specification and test procedure is provided. It is intended to
provide common terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The accelerometer considered utilizes a linear, single-axis,
nongyroscopic accelerometer sensor with a permanent magnet torquer. The torquing electronics are considered part of the
accelerometer. General design, performance, environmental, and reliability requirements are covered. Information on
classification of tests, acceptance tests, qualification tests, reliability tests, standard test conditions, test equipment, test
methods, and data submittal is given.
Key Words: linear, single axis, digital, torque, accelerometer, Torque
measurement, Acceleration measurement
Designation: 532-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994
**Revision of IEEE Std 532-1982. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: This guide covers corrosion protection, properties of commonly used jackets, electrical characteristics of jackets,
physical requirements for jackets referenced in industry standards, and selection and testing of jackets. It is written for those
responsible for optimizing underground cable installations. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role
of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made to shun the highly
technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers, corrosion engineers, and chemists to discuss the more
detailed application of jackets.
Key Words: cables, jackets, testing, underground cable
Designation: 532
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Revise the guide which covers the use of jackets and other
protective coverings for power cables in underground installations.
Project Purpose: Provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and
protective covers for the purpose of optimizing underground cable
installations. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete
picture of the types and rules of jackets so that the user can approach the
subject in an orderly and logical manner.
Designation: P532
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Power, Instrumentation and
Control Cables
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Paul Caronia, Phone:732-271-7954, Email:caronipj@dow.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: Revise the guide std 532-1993 to cover the selection and testing
of jackets and other protective coverings for power, instrumentation and
control cables.
Project Purpose: Provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and
protective covers for the purpose of optimizing cable installations. A
secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the types
and rules of jackets so that the user can approach the subject in an orderly
and logical manner.
Designation: 532-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Cables
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Key Words: selecting, testing, jackets, cables
Designation: 534
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 535-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This document describes qualification methods for Class 1E lead
storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations
outside of primary containment. Qualification required in IEEE Std. 308-
1991 can be demonstrated by using the procedures provided in this standard
in accordance with IEEE Std. 323-1983 (R1996).
Project Purpose: The revision will address issues raised on the testing
process, provide clarified guidance on battery qualification and revise
references from the 1986 issue of the standard.
Designation: 535-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 535-1979.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Abstract: Qualification methods for Class 1E lead storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations
outside of primary containment are described. Principles and methods of qualification, qualification information, qualification
by type testing, type tests and analysis procedures, and documentation are covered. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity
testing, installation, charging equipment, and other types of batteries that are beyond the scope of this standard are not
considered.
Key Words: qualifications, 1E, lead, storage, batteries, Nuclear power
generation protection
Designation: 539-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects
of Overhead Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 16, 2005
**Revision project for IEEE Std 539-1990.
Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005
Project Scope: The document defines terms related to the areas of corona and
the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to
define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead
power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and
magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals
and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and currents, shock and
perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and
measuring devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to achieve uniformity in the
use of terms relating to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic
environment of power lines. The standard defines the most widely used terms
specific to or associated with overhead power line corona and fields.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is to define the most widely used tems specific to or associated with overhead power-line
corona and field effects.
Key Words: audible noise, corona, electric field, electric field meter, fair
weather, field effects, foul weather, freezing rain, magnetic field,
perturbed field, radio noise, rain, snow, Trichel streamers, uniform field,
wet snow,
Designation: 539-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects
of Overhead Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 539-1979. (IEEE Std 539A-1981 was included in
revision.)
History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Nov 14, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991
Abstract: This standard defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines.
Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This
includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise,
audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and
measuring devices.
Key Words: audible noise, electric field, magnetic field, radio noise,
Electromagnetic interference
Designation: 539-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Overhead-Power-Line
Corona and Radio Noise
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 539-1990
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Key Words: overhead, power, lines, radio, noise
Designation: 539A-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Supplement to 539
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Key Words: 539A
Designation: 541
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 544-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrothermic Power Meters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974
Key Words: standard, electrothermic, power, meters
Designation: 545
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Partial Discharge Corona Tst/Xfrmrs Trial Use
Status: Superseded
**Approved as IEEE Std C57.113.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1974 (Ref. Std.: C57.113)
Key Words: partial, discharge, corona, test, transformers
Designation: 548-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria and Guidelines for the Laboratory Measurement and
Reporting of Fly Ash Resistivity
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997.
Technical Contact: Marco W Migliaro, Phone:561-691-1946, Email:m.migliaro@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: Uniform criteria and guidelines for laboratory measurement and reporting of fly ash resistivity data obtained in the
laboratory are presented. Fly ashes produced from the burning of any rank of coal are covered. Methods for ashing core bore
samples of coal that have not been burned previously in a full-scale boiler are considered.
Key Words: Resistivity measurement, Power generation, Air Pollution
Designation: 551-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating AC Short-Circuit Currents in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2006
Technical Contact: Jason M MacDowell, Phone:(86 10) 65611166x576, Email:jason.macdowell@ps.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: May 09, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006
Project Scope: Electric power systems in industrial plants and commercial and
institutional buildings are designed to serve loads in a safe and
reliable manner. One of the major considerations in the design of a power
system is adequate control of short circuits or faults as they are
commonly called. Uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with
accompanying production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption
of essential facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage,
personnel injury or fatality, and possible fire damage. Short-circuits
are caused by faults in the insulation of a circuit, and in many cases an
arc ensues at the point of the fault. Such an arc may be destructive and
may constitute a fire hazard. Prolonged duration of arcs, in addition to
the heat released, may result in transient overvoltages that may endanger
the insulation of equipment in other parts of the system. Clearly, the
fault must be quickly removed from the power system, and this is the job of
the circuit protective devices—the circuit breakers and fusible switches.
A short-circuit current generates heat that is proportional to the square of
the current magnitude, I2R. The large amount of heat generated by a
short-circuit current may damage the insulation of rotating machinery and
apparatus that is connected into the faulted system, including cables,
transformers, switches, and circuit breakers. The most immediate danger
involved in the heat generated by short-circuit currents is permanent
destruction of insulation. This may be followed by actual fusion of the
conducting circuit, with resultant additional arcing faults. The heat
that is generated by high short-circuit currents tends not only to impair
insulating materials to the point of permanent destruction, but also
exerts harmful effects upon the contact members in interrupting devices.
The small area common between two contact members that are in engagement
depends mainly upon the hardness of the contact material and upon the
amount of pressure by which they are kept in engagement. Owing to the
concentration of the flow of current at the points of contact engagement,
the temperatures of these points reached at the times of peak current are
very high. As a result of these high spot temperatures, the material of
which the contact members are made may soften. If, however, the contact
material is caused to melt by excessive I2R losses, there is an imminent
danger of welding the contacts together rendering it impossible to
separate the contact members when the switch or circuit breaker is called
upon to open the circuit. Since it requires very little time to establish
thermal equilibrium at the small points of contact engagement, the
temperature at these points depends more upon the peak current than upon
the rms current. If the peak current is sufficient to cause the contact
material to melt, resolidification may occur immediately upon decrease of
the current from its peak value. Other important effects of short-circuit
currents are the strong electromagnetic forces of attraction and
repulsion to which the conductors are subjected when short-circuit currents
are present. These forces are proportional to the square of the current and
may subject any rotating machinery, transmission, and switching equipment
to severe mechanical stresses and strains. The strong electromagnetic
forces that high short-circuit currents exert upon equipment can cause
deformation in rotational machines, transformer windings, and equipment
bus bars, which may fail at a future time. Deformation in breakers and
switches will cause alignment and interruption difficulties. Modern
interconnected systems involve the operation in parallel of large numbers of
synchronous machines, and the stability of such an interconnected system may
be greatly impaired if a short-circuit in any part of the system is
allowed to prevail. The stability of a system requires short fault
clearing times and can be more limiting than the longer time
considerations imposed by thermal or mechanical effects on the equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide information that will facilitate the
proper design of electric power circuits such that the equipment is
adequately rated and/or protected with respect to short circuit or fault
currents, since uncontrolled short circuits can cause a service outage.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current information including calculated short-circuit current duties
for the application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power system voltages, of power system equipment
that senses, carries, or interrupts short-circuit currents. Equipment coverage includes, but should not be limited to,
protective device sensors such as series trips and relays, passive equipment that may carry short-circuit current such as
bus, cable, reactors and transformers as well as interrupters such as circuit breakers and fuses.
Key Words: available fault current, circuit breaker, circuit breaker
applications, fuse, power system voltage, reactors, short-circuit
applications guides, shortcircuit duties
Designation: 551
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating Short Circuit Currents in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1981
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current
information including calculated short-circuit current duties for the
application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power
system voltages or power system equipment that senses, carries, or
interrupts short circuit currents.
Project Purpose: To provide adequate control of short-circuits or faults, as
uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with accompanying
production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption of essential
facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage, personnel injury
or fatality and possible fire damage.
Designation: 562
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 563-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide on Conductor Self-Damping Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Methods for measuring the inherent vibration damping characteristics of overhead conductors are presented. The intent is
to obtain information in a compatible and consistent form that will provide a reliable basis for studying the vibration and
damping of conductors in the future, and for comparing data of various investigators. The methods and procedures recommended are
not intended for quality-control test purposes.
Key Words: Power system measurements, Power cable mechanical factors
Designation: 564
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 566-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice For the Design of Display and Control Facilities
for Central Control Rooms of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn by Stds Board 3/22/84
Designation: 567-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room
Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**issued for trial use 10/80
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980, BD APP: Dec 20, 1979
Key Words: design, control, room, complex, NPGS
Designation: 567
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room
Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Designation: 570
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: System Voltage Nomenclature Table
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Not pub. Incorporated in 141;100;C84
Key Words: system, voltage, nomenclature, table
Designation: 571
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 572-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: William L Hadovski, Phone:860-731-6942, Email:william.l.hadovski@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides criteria for qualification of commonly-
used Class 1E connection assemblies for service in nuclear power generating
stations. The proposed revision will address (1) current qualification
methodology and technologies, (2) digital technology effects on connector
qualification, (3) EMI/RFI environmental factors, and (4) consistency with
IEEE Std 323-2004.
Project Purpose: The revision will reflect current methodologies and
technologies including the use of digital and fiber optic equipment for new
designs, upgrades and plant-life extension.
Designation: 572-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 30, 1982, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1985
Abstract: General requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class 1E connection assemblies for service in nuclear power
generating stations are provided. Connectors, terminations, and environmental seals in combination with related cables or wires
as assemblies are covered. Emphasis is placed on multipin, quick, disconnect-type connection assemblies primarily utilized for
instrumentation, control, and power. This standard does not apply to containment electric penetrations, fire stops, in-line
splices, or components for service within the reactor vessel.
Key Words: NPGS, Seals, Power cable connecting, Connectors
Designation: 573
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 575-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single-
Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in
Cable Sheaths
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by StdB 10/25/96. Questions should be directed
to Mike Buckweitz, mbuckweitz@generalcable.com
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Abstract: The most common sheath-bonding systems now in use, and the methods of calculating sheath voltages and currents, are
described. The concern is particularly with three-phase systems operating at 60 kV and above, with the neutral grounded directly
or through an impedance. Bonding methods and sheath voltage limiters are covered. Effects on parallel telephone and control
cables are considered.
Key Words: sheath, bonding, methods, cables, Wire communication cables, Power
cable protective coverin, Electromagnetic interference, , Control cables
Designation: 576-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of
Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001
**Supersedes 576-1989.
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a guide for installation,
splicing, terminating and field proof testing of cable systems as used in
industrial and commercial applications. It is not intended to be a design
document. Although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by
designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended
practice.
Project Purpose: To revise and update the existing standard 576. To expand the
use of this standared for all industrial and commercial applications. The
installation practices recommended for the petrochemical industry can also
be applied to other industrial and commercial applications.
Abstract: " A guide for installing, splicing, terminating, and field proof testing of cable systems inindustrial and commercial
applications is provided. It is not intended to be a design document,although many of the problems of installation can be avoided
by designing cable layouts within theinstallation limits of this recommended practice."
Key Words: "jamming, minimum bending radius, pulling lubricants, pulling
tensions, sidewall pressure, splicing"
Designation: 576-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice Installation, Termination, and Testing of
Insulated Power Cable as Used in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 576-2000.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979, BD APP: Jan 24, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989
Abstract: A guide to installation, splicing, termination, and field-proof testing of cable systems is provided. The aim is to avoid
premature cable failure due to improper installation and mechanical damage during installation, and to provide a reference that
can be specified for cable installations. This standard is not intended to be a design document; many of the problems of
installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice.
Key Words: voltage, insulated, cable, test
Designation: 577-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and
Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 30, 2004
Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004
Project Scope: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for
the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems when used
to address the reliability considerations discussed in IEEE Stds 308, 338,
379, and 603. The methods of this standard may also be applied to other
systems including the interactions, if any, between safety-related and non-
safety-related systems. The requirements should be applied during the
phases of design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems
and components in nuclear facilities. The timing of the analysis depends
upon the purpose for which the analysis is performed. This standard applies
to the facility owner and other organizations responsible for the activities
stated above.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to remove the references from
the scope section and place them in their own section. The standard will be
updated to address the current revisions of the reference documents.
The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable
requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related
systems found in nuclear facilities, but not to define the need for an
analysis. The need for reliability analysis has been identified in other
standards which expand the requirements of regulations (e.g., IEEE Std 379-
2000, "IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems," which describes the application of
the single-failure criterion). IEEE Std 352-1999, "IEEE Guide for General
Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station
Safety Systems," provides guidance in the application and use of
reliability techniques referred to in this standard.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 577-2004, IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for
Nuclear Facilities"
Key Words: "nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems"
Designation: 577-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and
Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 577-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977
Abstract: Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in
nuclear power generating stations are provided. The requirements can be applied during design, fabrication, testing, maintenance,
and repair of systems and components in nuclear power plants. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which it is
performed.
Key Words: reliability, protection
Designation: 580
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 581-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Metal-
Nitrite-Oxide Field-Effect Transistors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976
Abstract: 7/90: Referenced in 641-1988 and 1005-1991. Never been revised or reaffirmed.
Key Words: metal, nitrite-oxide, field-effect, transistors
Designation: 583-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System
(CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
**Revision of IEEE Std 583-1975.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: This standard is intended to serve as a basis for a range of modular instrumentation capable of interfacing transducers
and other devices to digital controllers for data and control. It consists of mechanical standards and signal standards that are
sufficient to ensure physical and operational compatibility between units regardless of source. The standard fully specifies a
data bus (Dataway) by means of which instruments and other functional modules can communicate with each other, with peripherals,
with computers, and with other external controllers.
Key Words: CAMAC
Designation: 583a
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Supplement to Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface
System (CAMAC)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: Standard currently specifies fuses in power supply. This
supplement proposal permits circuit breakers optionally.
Designation: 585
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 586-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Laser-Maser Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976
Designation: 587
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: See C62.41
Status: Superseded
Designation: 589
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 590-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Cable Plowing Guide
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: This guide is intended to promote improved communication between manufacturers and users in clarifying terminology and
identifying user objectives. It attempts to provide the user with a means for determining whether plowing is a feasible method
for a specific application, what plow type is best suited for the intended application or types of applications, and those
techniques and practices most likely to maximize performance.
Key Words: plowing, guide, Power cable installation
Designation: P592
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High Voltage Cable Joints
and Separable Connectors.
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Malia, Phone:908-813-2036, Email:michael_malia@tnb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: It is expected that the Withdrawn standard will be reviewed and
revised as necessary to ensure that all references are current. The
original scope will not change. The Scope in IEEE-592-1990 is: "This
standard covers design tests for shield resisitance and a simulated fault
initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories,
specifically insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV".
Project Purpose: The project will provide a Standard for exposed Semiconducting
Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints ad Separable Connectors by documenting
design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation
for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically
joints and separable insulated connectors joints rated 15 kV through 35
kV.
Designation: 592-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on Premolded High
Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976
Key Words: semiconducting, shields, HVgh, cable, joints
Designation: 592-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable
Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 592-1977.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: This standard provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed
semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35
kV.
Key Words: shield resistance, Fault current initiation
Designation: 595-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Serial Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer
Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: A serial highway (SH) system using byte-organized messages and configured as a unidirectional loop, to which are connected
a system controller and up to sixty-two CAMAC crate assemblies, is defined. In the primary application, the controlled devices
are CAMAC crate assemblies with serial crate controllers that conform to a defined message structure. In other applications, some
or all of the controlled devices connected to the SH can be equipment that conforms to a subset of the full specification and is
not necessarily constructed in CAMAC format or controlled by CAMAC commands.
Key Words: serial, highway, interface, system, CAMAC
Designation: 596-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Parallel Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer
Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
**Revision of IEEE Std 596-1976.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: The CAMAC parallel highway interface system for interconnecting up to seven CAMAC crates (or other devices) and a system
controller is defined. In particular, the signals, timing, and logical organization of the connections from crate controllers and
parallel highway drivers to the parallel highway through a standard connector are defined. The internal structures of crate
controllers and parallel highway drivers, and the physical construction of the parallel highway system, are defined only as they
affect compatibility between parts of the system.
Key Words: parallel, highway, interface, system, CAMAC
Designation: 597
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: Standard Practices & Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC
Drives
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Designation: 597-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor
DC Drives
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 01, 1984
Abstract: Line-commutated semiconductor power converters for general-purpose industrial dc motor drives powered from three-phase or
single-phase ac supplies are considered. The objectives are to provide a common vocabulary, common methods of test and
specification, and a recommended code of practice. Service conditions, operating characteristics, circuits, ratings, and
regulators are covered.
Key Words: general, purpose, Thyristor motor drives, DC motor drives
Designation: 598
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 599-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Power Systems Data Transmission and Related
Channel Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1986
Key Words: power, system, data, transmission
Designation: 600
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Requirements for Organizations That Conduct Qualification
Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nissen M Burstein, Phone:434-832-2501, Email:nissen.burstein@framatome-anp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985
Designation: 600-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Requirements for Organizations that Conduct
Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982
Key Words: qualification, testing, safety, equipment, NPGS
Designation: 601
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 602-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 26, 2007
Project Scope: To provide a recommended practice for the design and operation
of electric systems in health care facilities. The term "health care
facility," as used here, encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that
contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential custodial care facilities,
clinics, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of buildings
within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities,
logically fall within the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: Update existing text which serves as a reference book for
electrical design engineers, contractors, hospital operating personnel,
hospital architects, and hospital equipment manufacturers and service
providers.
Designation: 602-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
Status: Superseded
**IEEE White Book.
Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996
Abstract: A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term
"health care facility," as used here, encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes,
residential custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or
parts of buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of
this book.
Key Words: anaesthetizing, clinical, critical branch, emergency system,
equipment system, essential electrical system, examination, fire alarm,
ground fault circuit interrupter, ground fault protection, grounding, life
safety branch, medical, nurse call, patient care, recovery, safety, standby
generator, surgical , transfer switch, treatment, wet location
Designation: 602-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
Status: Superseded
**IEEE White Book
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: These recommended practices will aid electrical systems designers in achieving safety of life and preservation of property
through operational considerations to reduce electrical failures; to allow maintenance with a minimum need for specialized
services; to present design considerations that recognize the flexibility of electrical systems in terms of layout and placement
while fulfilling the requirements for proper electrical installation; and to promote coordination of design with professional
associates.
Key Words: electric, systems, health, care, facilities
Designation: 603-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Jul 01, 1998
Project Scope: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum
functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and
control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations.
(No change from existing revision).
Project Purpose: The safety system criteria established herein are to be
applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by
functioning to prevent or mitigate the consequences of design basis events.
(No change from existing revision). The standard will be revised to clarify
the application to computer based safety systems and to advanced nuclear
power generating station designs. Clarification will also be considered in
the use of the term "Class 1E" and in the treatment of EMI/RFI.
Consideration will be given to IEEE documents issued or revised since
issuance of Standard 603-1991.
Abstract: " Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control por-tions of nuclear power generating
station safety systems are established. The criteria are to be ap-plied to those systems required to protect the public health
and safety by functioning to mitigate theconsequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design
and eval-uation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety sys-tems, many of the
principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation,
preventative interlock features, or any other systems,structures, or equipment related to safety. "
Key Words: "actuated equipment,associated circuits,Class 1E,design,failure
maintenance bypass,operating bypass,safety function,sense and command
features,sensor"
Designation: P603
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael H Miller, Phone:864-885-4411, Email:mhmiller@duke-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This project reviews the existing standard for areas to be
revised as contained in the forward and through user feedback. This project
will also review other (IEC, etc.) standards organizations for harmonization
with associated international standards. The scope from the 1995 project is
as follows: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum
functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and
control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: This project revises the existing document to: 1) Reflect
current industry practices, 2) Align the document for compatibility with
related IEEE Standards, 3) Review associated international standards for
harmonization opportunities, 4) Review forward of 1998 version for items
requiring potential additions or revisions.
Designation: 603-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power
generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and
safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and
evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the
principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation,
preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
Key Words: Sensor, Sense and command features, Safety function, Protection,
Operating bypass, Maintenance bypass, Failures, Design, Class 1E, Associated
circuits, Actuated equipment
Designation: 603-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985
Key Words: criteria, safety, systems, nuclear, power
Designation: 605-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1999
Technical Contact: Aung Thaik, Phone:610-395-4445
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Aug 07, 1998
Project Scope: Design criteria and analysis of rigid bus structures for outdoor
and indoor, air insulated, alternating current substations for determination
of ampacity, radio influence, vibration, forces due to gravity and wind and
short circuit current, thermal expansion, and the effects of same.
Project Purpose: Expand and improve on the guidance given in the withdrawn
standard.
Abstract: " Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating-current substa-tions are covered. Portions
of this guide are also applicable to strain-bus structures or direct-currentsubstations, or both. Ampacity, radio inßuence,
vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault cur-rent, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor
and insulator strengthcalculations are included. "
Key Words: "ampacity,bus support,mounting structure,rigid-bus
structures,strain-bus structure"
Designation: P605
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:HannaEssa.Abdallah@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: The information in this guide is applicable to rigid and strain
bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating-
current substations. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and forces due
to gravity, wind, fault current, and thermal expansion are considered.
Design criteria for bus arrangements and for conductor and insulator
strength calculations are included.
Project Purpose: Substation rigid and strain bus structure design involves
electrical, mechanical, and structural considerations. It is the purpose of
this guide to integrate these considerations into one document. Special
consideration is given to fault current-force calculations. Factors
considered include the decrement of the fault current, the flexibility of
supports, and the natural frequency of the bus. These factors are mentioned
in ANSI C37.32-1996, but are not taken into consideration in the equations
presented in that standard., including intended users and benefits to users.
Designation: 605-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Lenard N Ferguson, Phone:704-382-6570
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: 9/92: Should complete rev by 5/93.
Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure
Designation: 605-1998/Cor 1-200x
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Draft Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures-
--Corrigendum 1: Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-270-7585, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this corrigendum is to correct formulas in the
existing standard 605.
Project Purpose: To provide correct formulas in the existing standard.
Designation: 606
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Measurement of Colorimetry and Transfer Characteristics (Gamma) in TV
Camera Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: LJ Thorpe
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982
Key Words: measurement, colorimetry, transfer, characteristics, tv
Designation: 610
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Dictionary of Computing Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anne Keller Geraci, Phone:716 393-6936, Email:a.geraci@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will consolidate all the definitions from the
existing P610 glossaries into a single full-use standard dictionary,
arranged in pure-alphabetical order.
Project Purpose: To establish a single, consolidated dictionary of terminology
related to computers and computing. By combining all the glossaries into
one dictionary, we can provide a valuable lexicographic resource to all IEEE
members and working groups.
Designation: 610-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Computer Dictionary: Compilation of IEEE Standard Computer
Glossaries
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Compilation of IEEE Stds 1084, 610.2, 610.3, 610.4, 610.5 and 610.12.
Publication type: Collection
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990
Abstract: This dictionary is a compilation of IEEE standard glossaries covering the fields of mathematics of computing, computer
applications, modeling and simulation, image processing and pattern recognition, data management, and software engineering. Every
effort has been made to include all terms within the designated subject areas. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be
parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from
the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their
standard English meaning.
Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions,
dictionary, 610
Designation: 610.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Project to revise Std 1084.
Technical Contact: Hugh L Porteous, Phone:+44 114 253 3292
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1084)
Project Scope: To define terms which are in general use in mathematics of
computing.
Project Purpose: To define mathematics of computing terminology.
Designation: 610.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Applications Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 1085)
Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Topics
covered include automated language processing, automatic indexing, business data processing, character recognition, computer-
aided design and manufacturing, computer-assisted instruction, control systems, critical path method, library automation, medical
applications, micrographics, office automation, operations research, personal computing, scientific and engineering applications,
telecommunications applications, and word processing. The terms included in this glossary are intended for users of computer
systems. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or
trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning
in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, applications, computer
Designation: 610.3-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Modeling and Simulation Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Jan 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 1989
Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Terms were
excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization, company-proprietary or trademarked, multiword
terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, or terms whose meaning in the computer field
could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
Key Words: glossary, modeling, simulation, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition
Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: Identifies terms currently in use in the field of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition. Standard definitions for
those terms are established.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Pattern recognition, Image
processing
Designation: 610.5-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Data Management Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Identifies terms currently in use in the field of Data Management. Standard definitions of those terms are established.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, definitions, Data management
Designation: 610.6-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Graphics Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Terms in the field of computer graphics are defined. Topics covered include general computer graphics concepts, computer
graphics hardware and hardware concepts, primitives and attributes, input devices, image concepts and techniques, display
techniques, visual effects, windows and viewports, CRT terminology, and three-dimensional technology. Terms considered to be
parochial to one group or organization; company proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from
the definitions of the component words, and terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their
standard English meaning are excluded.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Definitions, Computer graphics
Designation: 610.7-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Networking Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995
Abstract: Terms that pertain to data communications and networking, from the following areas, are defined: Data transmission,
general communications, general networks, local area networks, network communications security, network errors, networking
hardware, network management, network nodes, network signaling, open system architecture, packet, protocols, standards and
standards organizations, telephony. The glossary is primarily a compilation of terms defined in individual IEEE standards, but
also includes a number of common terms.
Key Words: glossary, computer, networking, terminology
Designation: 610.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Glossary of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: To define terms which apply to artifical intelligence and
robotics applications.
Project Purpose: To define artifical intelligence and robotics terms.
Key Words: glossary, artificial, intelligence, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Glossary of Computer Security & Privacy Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1088)
Project Scope: To define terms which apply to computer security and privacy
applications.
Project Purpose: To define computer security and privacy terms.
Key Words: glossary, security, privacy, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.10-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Hardware Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996
(Ref. Std.: 1087)
Abstract: Terms pertaining to computer hardware are defined. Terms falling under the categories of computer architecture, computer
storage, general hardware concepts, peripherals, and processors and components are included.
Key Words: glossary, hardware, technology, computer, terminology, definition
Designation: 610.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Glossary of Theory of Computation Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1086)
Project Scope: To define terms which apply to Theory of Computation
Project Purpose: To define theory of computation terms.
Key Words: glossary, theory, computation, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.12-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision and Redesignation of IEEE Std 729-1983.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jan 31, 2003
(Ref. Std.: 729)
Abstract: This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms
are established.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Software engineering, Definitions
Designation: 610.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Glossary for Software Engineering Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project is being withdrawn and replaced with P729
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define terms used in software engineering.
Project Purpose: To provide basis for effective communication among software
engineers.
Designation: 610.12 (H)-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology (HyperCard
Stack)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 1991
**This is an electronic version of Std 610.12-1990
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1991
Abstract: This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms
are established.
Key Words: Software, glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary
Designation: 610.13-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Languages
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1993
Abstract: This glossary defines terms that pertain to computer languages. It includes types of computer languages, such as page
description languages, and names of computer languages. The languages included are those that are standard languages, languages
of historical significance, and those in wide usage at the time this standard was developed.
Key Words: glossary, programming, dictionary, Computer terminology, Computer
languages, Computer glossary
Designation: 618-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement of Luminance Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Video
Magnetic-Tape Recording Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985
Key Words: luminance, signal, noise, ratio, video
Designation: 619
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Measurement of Moire in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: The proposed standard specifies test
equipment characteristics and test methods for measurement of spurious
frequency components (moire), as well as the particular method to be used in
each of several categories of applications for evaluation of analog video
magnetic tape recorders.
Key Words: measurement, moire, video, tape, recording
Designation: 620-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel
Cage Induction Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 620-1987.
Technical Contact: Nirmal K Ghai, Phone:512-258-4710, Email:nghai@austin.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Squirrel Cage Induction Motors, 250 HP and above and designed
for specified load an application conditions will be covered.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to define thermal limit curves and to establish
a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves.
The working group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with
ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (Trial Use
Guide).
Abstract: Thermal limit curves for induction machines are defined. A procedure is established for the presentation of these curves,
and quidelines for the interpretation and use of these curves for machine thermal protection is provided.
Key Words: machine thermal , thermal protection, rotor cage windings, stator
coils, windings, thermal limit curves, three phase , squirrel cage,
induction machines
Designation: 620
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel Cage
Induction Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Determine if the Standard Needs Revision - Squirrel Cage
Induction motors, 250 HP and above and designed for specified load and
application conditions will be covered.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end
of its 5 year period of validity. The purpose is to define thermal limit
curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and
presentation of these curves. The Working Group will also attempt to
harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the
ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (trial use guide).
Designation: 620-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Construction and Interpretation of Thermal Limit Curves
for Squirrel-Cage Motors Over 500 hp
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Mar 13, 1989
Key Words: thermal, limit, curves, squirrel-cage, motors
Designation: 621
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 622-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric
Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 622-1979. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage.
17-Jan-2006: Transfer of ownership from PE/ED&PG to PE/NPE.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 23, 1987
Abstract: Recommended practices for designing, installing, and maintaining electric heat tracing systems are provided. These
electric heat tracing systems are applied, both for critical process temperature control and for process temperature control, on
mechanical piping systems that carry borated water, caustic soda, and other solutions. Electric heat tracing systems are also
applied on water piping systems to prevent them from freezing in cold weather. The recommendations include identification of
requirements, heater design considerations, power systems design considerations, temperature control considerations, alarm
considerations, finished drawings and documents, installation of materials, startup testing, temperature tests, and maintenance
of electric pipe heating systems.
Key Words: heat, tracing, systems, stations, Process heating, Power generation
maintenance, Nuclear power generation, Cables
Designation: 622
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electrical Heat
Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide recommended
practices for designing and installing electric heat tracing systems in
nuclear power generating stations. This scope continues to be current and
pertinent.
Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the
revision work on the document in 1987. It is proposed to make revisions to
the standard to reflect current practices in the industry.
Designation: 622A-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric
Pipe Heating Control and Alarm Systems for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1984
Abstract: Recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, as applied to
mechanical piping systems that require heat, are provided. The recommendations include selection of control and alarm systems,
accuracy considerations, local control usage, centralized control usage, qualification criteria of controls and alarms, and
calibration and testing of controls and alarms. The intent is to ensure design consistency and reliable operation of electric
pipe heating control and alarm systems, which in turn will ensure that piping system fluids will be available for use not only
during station operation but also during normal shutdown.
Key Words: electric, heating control, alarm systems, power generating,
generating stations, Process heating, Nuclear power generation, Cables
Designation: 622B-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing and Startup Procedures for
Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989
Abstract: Recommendations that may be used to ensure that an electric heat tracing system is installed correctly, is properly tested
and commissioned, and is functioning correctly are provided. The recommendations cover the sequence for testing materials and
components of the electric heat tracing system, installation, preoperational testing of the system, verification of system
performance, and the necessary records to be filed. Although this standard is written for power generating stations, the
techniques presented can be used on electric heat tracing systems in any application.
Key Words: testing and startup, 622B, electric heat, heat tracing, tracing
systems, power generating, generating stations, Process heating, Power
generation, Nuclear power generation, Cables
Designation: 623-1976
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Grid and Mapping Diagrams Used in Cable
Television Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**(AKA ANSI Y32.21-1976 and NCTA 006-0975)
History: ANSI APP: Jan 16, 1989
Abstract: A list of graphic symbols for the designation of electrical, electronic, and pole line devices for layout drawings of
cable television (CATV) systems is provided. This standard does not use reference designation and class designation letters.
Key Words: graphic, symbols, grid, mapping, diagrams, Cable TV
Designation: 624
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 625-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety
in the Cement Industry
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 625-1979. Superseded by 625-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Dec 12, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Practices for improving electrical maintenance and safety in the cement industry are defined and recommended. These
practices apply to all electrical equipment commonly used in cement plants, such as substations, power transformers, motor
controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments, and storage batteries. The purpose is to promote safety to personnel and
equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased equipment life, clarification
of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy.
Key Words: bank connections, bus voltage, capacitor units, delta connected,
banks protection, y-banks, relaying methods, Protection of banks, Equipment
considerations, Delta-connected banks
Designation: 625-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety
in the Cement Industry
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978
Abstract: Assist in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in
substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most
commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of
filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of whole-mounted capacitor banks on
distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus.
Key Words: improved, electrical, maintenance, safety
Designation: 625-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety
in the Cement Industry
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes 625-1990.
Technical Contact: Satish H Sheth, Phone:831-458-5708
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: May 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: These recommendations apply to all electrical equipment such as
substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution
systems, instruments and storage batteries commonly used in cement plants.
They will provide sound, basic guidelines in improving maintenance and
safety in the industry.
Project Purpose: To serve as a guide to poant engineers, electrical
supervisors, instrument engineers and designing consultants in improving
electrical maintenance and safety in cement plants.
Abstract: " These recommended practices are intended as a reference document for use bymembers of cement industry electrical
maintenance departments. The procedures necessary for anefficient maintenance operation are summarized, and detailed information
on maintenanceprocedures for many of the electrical devices more commonly found in the cement industry isprovided."
Key Words: "cement, control devices, electrostatic precipitator, equipment
records, generators, grounding, instruments, lighting, maintenance, medium-
voltage controllers, medium-voltage switchgear, motor control centers,
motors, oil circuit breakers"
Designation: P627
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Design Qualification of Safety-Related Equipment Used in
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design
qualification of safety-related equipment used in nuclear power generating
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles
and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety-related
equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the
equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of
normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in-
service test conditions.
Designation: 627-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Design Qualification of Safety Systems Equipment Used
in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design
qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating
stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles
and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety systems
equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the
equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of
normal, abnormal, design-basis event, post design-basis event, and in-
service test conditions.
Abstract: Basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations are
provided. Specification criteria, the development of a qualification program, and documentation are addressed. All types of
safety systems equipment--mechanical and instrumentation as well as electrical--are covered. Principles and procedures for
preparing specific safety systems equipment standards are established.
Key Words: design, qualification, safety, related, equipment, Power generation
testing, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 628-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification
of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001
**Supersedes 628-1987 (R1992).
Technical Contact: John P Carter, Phone:617-589-1518, Email:jack.carter@shawgrp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 05, 2001, ANSI APP: May 23, 2001
Project Scope: This standard contains the requirements for the design,
installation and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits
external to electric equipment and components for nuclear pwoer generating
stations. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effects upon
metallic raceway systems, and since non-metallic raceway systems are limited
to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions
are not considered in this document. The embedments or structural members
to which a support is attached are beyond the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: It is the intention of the working group to address at least
the following areas in this proposed revision of IEEE 628: expand upon the
requirements for use of non-metallic raceways in embedded applications,
allow use of experience data as a means of qualifying the raceway system,
evaluate impact of later revisions of standards referenced in IEEE 628:
incorporate when/if possible. The purpose of the standard will remain as is
in IEEE 628-1987 which is to provide criteria for the minimum requirements
in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems
for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations. It also
prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for
Class 1E circuits.
Abstract: " Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection design, installation, and qualifica-tion of raceway systems for
Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations is provided. Italso prescribes methods for the structural qualification
of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. "
Key Words: "cable tray, conduit, design-by-rule, duct line, raceways, seismic"
Designation: 628-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification
of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 628-2001.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 12, 1986
Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for
Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations are provided. Methods for the structural qualification of such raceway
systems are prescribed. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effect upon metallic raceway systems, and since
nonmetallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not
considered, nor are the embedments or structural members to which a support is attached.
Key Words: raceway, systems, class, 1E, circuits, Wiring, Power cables, Nuclear
power generation protection
Designation: 629
Title: Semiconductor Power Rectifiers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975
Key Words: semiconductor, power, rectifiers
Designation: 630
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: DC Motor Protection in Drive Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975
Key Words: dc, motor, protection, drive, systems
Designation: 632
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Switchgear Insulating Materials & System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1976
Key Words: switchgear, insulating, materials, and, system
Designation: 634-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Cable-Penetration Fire Stop Qualification Test
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005
Technical Contact: Richard R Licht, Phone:612-733-7079
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides direction for establishing a type test
for qualifying the fire performance of penetration fire stops when mounted
in fire resistive wall and floor assemblies. Update the standard with
addition of positive pressure testing, method for criteria, and add appendix
for usage of test.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a type test to
assure that penetration fire stop assemblies meet the requirements to obtain
a fire rating by passing a standardized fire test under laboratory
conditions. The requirements include the principles and procedures for
testing.
Abstract: This standard is applicable to fire stops of various materials and construction. Cable penetration fire stops are intended
for use in fire-resistive barriers. Tests conducted in conformance with this standard will record the performance of fire stops
during the test exposure. The resistance of a fire stop to an external force imposed by a hose stream or water spray will also be
considered in this standard. The intent of this standard is to develop data to assist in determining the suitability of a fire
stop for use where fire resistance is required.
Key Words: cable-penetration, fire-resistant, fire-resistive barrier, fire
stop, fire test, fire test facilities, fire test procedure, F-rating,
penetration seal, thermocouple, time-temperature curve, Trating
Designation: 634-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Cable Penetration Fire Stop Qualification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977
Abstract: 1/24/92 memo from S. Vogel-Committee wil revise, not reaffirm. PAR for revision should be submitted in June 1992
Key Words: cable, penetration, fire, stop, qualification
Designation: 635-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004
**Supersedes 635-1989 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This project will revise the existing standard 635, "Guide for
Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables". The references
will be updated and the text will be revised to increase readability.
Tables will be updated to match current requirements.
Project Purpose: The 635 guide was developed to help cable users and engineers
understand the benefits and deficiencies of aluminum sheaths for power
cables. The need for this information continues. As a result the guide
will be revised to reflect the latest requirements and references thereby
allowing the guide to continue to be a useful tool for the power delivery
industry.
Abstract: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Key Words: "aluminum sheath, high-voltage power cable, low-voltage power cable,
medium-voltage power cable, metal clad cables"
Designation: 635-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 635-1980. Superseded by 635-2003.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard outlines requirements and establishes design guidelines for the selection of aluminum sheaths for extra-
high, high, medium-, and low-voltage cables. It establishes basic installation parameters for aluminum-sheathed cables. It also
provides references to industry standards and codes incorporating design and installation requirements of aluminum-sheathed
cables.
Key Words: power cables, design, Smooth aluminum sheath, Corrugated aluminum
sheath
Designation: 635-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Status: Superseded
Key Words: aluminum, sheaths, for, cables
Designation: 636
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 637-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for the Reclamation of Insulating Oil and Criteria for Its
Use
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 09, 1976, BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Detailed procedures are provided for reclaiming used mineral insulating oils (transformer oils) by chemical and mechanical
means to make them suitable for reuse as insulating fluids. Reclamation procedures are described, as are the test methods used to
evaluate the progress and end point of the reclamation process and the essential properties required for reuse in each class of
equipment. Suitable criteria for the use of reclaimed oils are identified. The use of oil in new apparatus under warranty is not
covered.
Key Words: reclamation, insulating, criteria, use, Oil insulation
Designation: 638-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 1992
**One page errata is included.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements to demonstrate the adequacy
of new Class IE transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear
power generating station as defined in IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]1, to perform
their required safety functions under postulated service conditions. This
standard applies to single and three phase transformers rated 601 V to 15
000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled
rating).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific
qualification procedures for Class lE transformers to demonstrate their
capability to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]. The
transformer must perform its intended function under all specified service
conditions.
Abstract: Procedures for demonstrating the adequacy of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power
generating station, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions are presented. Single- and
three-phase transformers rated 601 V to 15,000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating) are
covered. Because of the conservative approach used in the development of this standard for new transformers, the end-point
criteria cannot be used for in-service transformers.
Key Words: type, tests, NPGS, Seismic qualification, Design qualification,
Class 1E transformers
Designation: 638-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 639
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: Hybrid Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1976
Key Words: hybrid, transformers
Designation: 640-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Station Noise Control
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg
Technical Contact: W.W Avril
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983
Key Words: guide, power, station, noise, control
Designation: 641-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Metal Nitride Oxide
Semiconductor Arrays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988
Key Words: metal, nitrite, oxide, semiconductor, arrays
Designation: 643-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Roger E Ray, Phone:954-344-9822x208, Email:roger.ray@pulsartech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide will be to provide application
information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission
lines. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on
distribution lines below 69 kV will not be covered. Detailed equipment
design information wioll be avoided as this is primarily the concern of
equipment manufacturers. Material on power line carrier channel
characteristics will be presented along with discussions on intrabundle
conductor systems and insulated shield wire systems. Procedures will be
provided for the calculation of channel performance. Data for the
calculations will be drawn from various sections of the guide. The coupling
components considered will be line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners,
coaxial cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices and
future trends will also be discussed. An effort will be made to coordinate
this Guide with the CIGRE Guide and IEC Standards.
Project Purpose: This Guide was published in 1980 and is in need of revision
and addition of new material. The primary users of this Guide will be
utility engineers and manufacturers who apply p9ower line carrier equipment
to the power system.
Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power
transmission lines. Since the major applications of the power-line carrier (PLC) is for protective relaying, special
consideration for these applications has been included. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution
lines below 69 kV is not specifically covered. Detailed equipment design information is avoided as this is primarily the concern
of equipment manufacturers.
Key Words: carrier equipment, intrabundle conductor systems, insulated shield-
wire systems, power-line carrier, power transmission lines
Designation: 643-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982
Abstract: Application information is provided to users of carrier equipment as applied on power-transmission lines. Material on
power line carrier channel characteristics is presented, along with discussions on intrabundle conductor systems and insulated
shield wire systems. Procedures for the calculation of channel performance are given. Data for the calculations are drawn from
various sections of the guide. Coupling components are discussed, covering line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners, coaxial
cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices are discussed. Future trends are examined with respect to electronic
equipment, system improvements, and applications.
Key Words: guide, power, line, carrier, applications, Power distribution
communication, Couplers
Designation: 644-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and
Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 644-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from alternating current 9ac)
overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these measurements are established. The procedures apply to
the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The procedures can also be tentatively applied (with
limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized conductor or structure.
Key Words: ac power lines, electric field, magnetic field, measurement
Designation: 644-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and
Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Key Words: electric, magnetic, fields, ac, power
Designation: 645-1977
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Detectors for Ionizing
Radiation (Supplement to ASNI/IEEE Std 325-1971)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 646
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 647-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Laser Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Cleon Barker, Phone:505-585-7470, Email:csbarker@tularosa.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the specification and test requirements
for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control
systems, angular displacement measuring systems, or angular rate measuring
systems, including the electronics necessary to operate the gyro and to
condition the output signals.
Project Purpose: This standard provided a common meeting ground of terminology
and practice for manufacturers and users. The user is cautioned not to
overspecify—only those parameters that are required to guarantee proper
instrument performance in the specific application should be controlled. In
general, the specification should contain only those requirements that can
be verified by test or inspection. Part II of this standard can also be used
as a guide in the preparation of a separate laser gyro test specification.
In general, the intent is for the specification writer to ensure consistency
and traceability between Part II test procedures and Part I requirements for
performance, mechanical, electrical, environmental, and quality assurance.
Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis ring laser gyro (RLG) for use as a sensor in attitude control
systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification
format guide for the preparation of a single-axis RLG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing an RLG,
derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided.
Key Words: dithered gyro, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial
sensor, optical gyro, resonant cavity, ring laser gyro, RLG, Sagnac
effect, Sagnac gyro
Designation: 647-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Laser Gyros
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 647-1981.
History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control systems,
angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems is defined. A standard specification format guide for
the preparation of a single-axis laser gyro is provided. A complication of recommended procedures for testing a laser gyro,
derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided.
Key Words: gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, laser gyro,
optical gyro, ring laser gyro , RLG, sagnac effect
Designation: 647-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Laser Gyros
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**A 1995 revision is now available.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981
Key Words: specification, single, axis, laser, gyros
Designation: 649-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert L Francis, Phone:256-716-4315, Email:robert.francis@wylelabs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: This standard describes the basic principles, requirements, and
methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and
mild environment applications in nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: Define specific
qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their
components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of
IEEE Std 323™- 20031, 2 and IEEE Std 344™-2004. Provide guidance in
establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class
1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications.
Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and mild
environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification
requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification
requirements of IEEE Std 323™-2003, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification program
for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications.
Key Words: aging, analysis, class 1E, environmental qualification, harsh
environment, mcc, mild environment, motor control center, operating
experience, operational aging, qualification, qualified life, seismic, test
Designation: 649-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 649-1980. Draft 8, dated 26 APR 91, was approved.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh- and mild-
environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification
requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification
requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for
demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications.
Key Words: class, 1E, motors, nuclear, generating, stations, Power generation
testing, Nuclear power generation protection, Motor drives
Designation: 649-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualilfying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Apr 21, 1983
Key Words: qualifying, motor, control, centers, NPGS
Designation: 650-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery
chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in
nuclear power generating stations. The application of this equipment in the
plant’s electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other
industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308TM-2001 [B3],1 IEEE Std 603TM-1998
[B6] and IEEE Std 946TM-2004 [B8], exist for this purpose. In addition,
industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5-
2003 [B1] and IEEE Std 944TM-1986 [B7]. Performance requirements are not
specified in this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures
to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003.2 For the purpose of this
standard, battery chargers, inverters, and the associated ancillary
equipment must perform their safety function under specified service and
environmental conditions. The demonstration that an installed battery
charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many steps
in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification,
transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and
surveillance. This standard treats only the qualification area of this
program. The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for
determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be
accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or
analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The
qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing
and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of
qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a
supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the
change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual
service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include
a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general,
battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis
alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and
the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment
previously tested.
Abstract: Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in nuclear
power generating stations are described. These methods may also be used to qualify similar electronic equipment for use in
applications outside containment, where specific standards for such equipment are not available. The qualification methods set
forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and
assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003.
Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification
Designation: 650-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 650-1979.
History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1991
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery
chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment
outside containment in nuclear power generating stations. The application
of this equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope
of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308-1980,
IEEE Std 603-1980, and IEEE Std 946-1985, exist for this purpose. In
addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as
ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985. Performance requirements are not specified in this
standard.
Abstract: Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside
containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type
testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the
requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification
Designation: 650-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1981
Key Words: 1E, battery, chargers, inverters, NPGS
Designation: 650
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery
chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment
outside containment in nuclear generating stations. The application of the
equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope of this
standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std. 308-1980 [9], IEEE
std. 603-1980 [18], and IEEE Std 946-1985 [19], exist for this purpose. In
addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as
ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985 [3]. Performance requirements are not specified in this
standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures
to meet the requirements of IEEE 323-1983 [10]. For the purpose of this
standard, battery chargers and inverters must perform their safety function
under specified service conditions. The demonstration that an installed
battery charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many
steps in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification,
transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and
surveillance. This standard only treats the qualification area of this
program, The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for
determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be
accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or
analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The
qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing
and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of
qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a
supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the
change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual
service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include
a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general,
battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis
alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and
the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment
previously tested. "Additional statements may be added to cover the
explanations of modernizing the standard to incorporate currently available
equipment designs and procedures."
Designation: 652
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 653
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 654
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 655
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Design of Overhead Power Lines With Respect to Corona
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Gela, Phone:413/499-5710, Email:ggela@eprisolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this guide includes interference in the AM
broadcast radio frequency sspectrum (0.535-1.65 MHz) and VHF television
reception (54-216 MHz). Many of the corona-generated interference studies
in the past years pertained to frequencies below 30 MHz. The scope includes
description of corona in power facilities, characterization of corona
effects, summary of corona effects measurements, environmental impact of
corona, suggested design limits, and corona effects prediction methods.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide a comprehensive summary of
the effects of corona in consideration of the design of overhead AC power
lines. Good engineering design, construction and operating practices for
high voltage power lines and an understanding of the effects of corona can
lead to minimization of these effects. This guide will be a particularly
uselful tool and reference for new utility engineers and those who have been
recently re-assigned to work on overhead AC power lines.
Key Words: design, overhead, power, lines, corona
Designation: 656-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead
Transmission Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1992
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines.
Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions
are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedure are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data that
should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described.
Key Words: Overhead transmission lines, Audible noise
Designation: 656-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead
Transmission Lines
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Key Words: audible, noise, overhead, transmission, lines
Designation: 657
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 658
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 659
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 660-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Semiconductor Memory Test Pattern Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Rochit Rajsuman, Phone:408-727-2222, Email:r.rajsuman@advantest-ard.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1986
Designation: 661-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Determining Objective Loudness Ratings of
Telephone Connections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 1979
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1983
Project Scope: The procedures given in this standard may be used for
determining the loudness rating of partial and complete telephone
connections. For complete telephone connections, comprising overall and
sidetone transmission paths, the procedures involve measurement of acoustic
input and output pressures. For partial telephone connectiond comprising
transmitting, receiving, or connection paths, the procedures involve
measurement of acoustics pressures and electric voltages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe a practical and
reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone
connections. Loudness rating may be measured directly using appropriate
test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be
computed using amplitude-frequency characteristics of the connection
measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971.
Abstract: To describe a practical and reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone connections. Loudness
ratings may be measured directly using appropriate test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be
computed using the amplitude-frequency characteristic of the connection measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971.
Key Words: objective, loudness, telephone, connections
Designation: 662
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to present a common language and
terminology to be used in specifying semiconductor memory devices and to
publish a recommended data sheet format, using these, to improve
communication between vendor and user. The scope of this project is to
revise and update IEEE Std 662-1992 to reflect current practice and
terminology for SC Memory in the industry.
Project Purpose: To provide the SC memory industry, both manufacturers and
users with a common language to be used to describe the devices' performance
and characteristics.
Designation: 662-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1982
Key Words: semiconductor, memory, terminology
Designation: 662-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 662-1980.
Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 13, 1986, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992
Abstract: Guidelines under which data sheets for new semiconductor memories are to be generated are provided. Adherence to these
guidelines is intended to produce data sheets that are concise and that consistently define the operation and characteristics of
semiconductor memory devices. Terminology relevant to product description, product specification, and user information is
covered.
Key Words: terminology, Semiconductor memory devices
Designation: 664-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Laboratory Measurement of the Power Dissipation
Characteristics of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 1993
**Revision of IEEE Std 664-1980.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for determining the dynamic
characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided regarding a given
method's strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing only.
Key Words: aeolian, decay method, forced response method, inverse standing wave
radio, ISWR, overhead conductors, power dissipation , power method,
vibration dampers
Designation: 664-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide on the Measurement for the Performance of Aeolian Vibration
Dampers for Single Conductors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 27, 1982
Key Words: Aeolian, vibration, dampers, single, conductors
Designation: 665-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 665-1987.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective
grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identified. A guide for the design of
generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and
equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided.
Key Words: electric utilities, generating stations, grounding system,
substation grounding
Designation: 665-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Coord 628
Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1986
Key Words: generating, station, grounding
Designation: 666-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007
Technical Contact: Thomas R Sims, Phone:(205)-257-5298, Email:trsims@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006
Project Scope: While this design guide applies to all types of power generating
stations, it is particularly applicable to stations in which the electric
power service system is required to perform continuously. When electric
power for auxiliary loads is supplied from the power grid, the service
system begins at the point where the tap from the power grid terminates,
either at a station service bus or at the terminals of the transformer that
supplies the bus. When service to auxiliary loads is from independent
generators or electric storage batteries that are not normally operated as
power supplies to the power grid, the station service system includes the
generators and storage batteries. The service system includes all of the
electric power using devices it serves, such as motors, resistance heaters,
rectifiers, etc. This guide contains a listing of typical power plant
auxiliary loads and criteria for their power service and examples of single-
line diagrams for a typical plant. It also includes tables of typical power
service parameters to illustrate the range of typical values for each
parameter, and it identifies the approximate effect of theminimum and
maximum value of each parameter on the load. Each clause, as appropriate,
has a bibliography of U.S. industry codes and standards and other reference
documents that provide detailed guidance in the design and specification of
station service system components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to update the guide in
general, including: 1. General update of references and correction of typo
errors, and review the impact of the latest revisions of other standards on
this document; 2. Evaluate and consider expanding the level of details in
the guide; 3. Address comments received since the guide was published in
1991; 4. Add clarifying text where indentified to be needed; 5. Expand
information in sections where more state of the art data is available.
Abstract: This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power
generating stations. The discussions and recommendations in this guide provide the practices, criteria, and range of system
parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents.
This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types of
electric power service systems for generating stations.
Key Words: auxiliary systems, cable, motor, relay, short circuit, transformer,
voltage
Designation: 666-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1977, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating
stations. The discussions and recommendations contained herein provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters
that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not
a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types of electric power service
systems for generating stations.
Key Words: cable, motor, relay, transformer, voltage, Short circuit, Auxiliary
systems
Designation: 667
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 668-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Heating Applications to Melting
Furnaces and Forehearths in the Glass Industry
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986
Designation: 669
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: Contour Characterization/Electronic Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977
Key Words: contour, characterizatio, electronic, transformers
Designation: 671-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for
Nongyroscopic Inertial Angular Sensors: Jerk, Acceleration, Velocity, and
Displacement
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: A guide is presented for the preparation of a specification and test procedure for an inertial angular sensor that
provides a common meeting ground of terminolgy and practice for manufacturers and users of an array of sensors that have been
developed to meet needs not easily met by traditional spinning-rotor gyroscopes. A test procedure for verifying that the
specifications have been met is given. The standard is not intended to compete with existing standards for specific devices with
highly specific models and error sources, such as spring-restrained rate gyros, but to provide a uniform guide for those inertial
angular sensors that have not been covered elsewhere.
Key Words: gyroscope, angular, sensors, Mechanical variables measurement,
Inertial navigation
Designation: 672
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 674
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 675-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Multiple Controllers in a CAMAC Crate (Computer Automated
Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: A method for incorporating more than one source of control into a CAMAC crate is defined. The aim is to provide for the
use of auxiliary controllers in order to extend the capabilities and fields of application of the CAMAC modular instrumentation
and interface system of ANSI/IEEE Std 583-1982.
Key Words: multiple, controllers, CAMAC, crate
Designation: 676-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Alarm Monitoring and Reporting Systems for Fossil-Fueled
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: H Jimenez
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Key Words: alarm, monitoring, reporting, systems, PGS
Designation: 677
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 678
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 679
Title: Safe Headway Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977
Designation: 680-1978
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard Techniques for Determination of Germanium Semiconductor
Detector Gamma-Ray Efficiency Using a Standard Marinelli (Re-entrant) Beaker
Geometry
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 683-1976
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Block Transfers in CAMAC Systems (Computer
Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1976
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 1977
Abstract: The recommended block-transfer algorithms are discussed, and those given in the basic CAMAC specification are described.
These algorithms are well established and are supported by existing hardware. Some new algorithms are then discussed.
Compatibility, hardware design, and software considerations are addressed.
Key Words: block, transfers, CAMAC, systems
Designation: 685
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry
Title: Underground Mining Power Distribution Centers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lloyd A. 'Pete Morley, Phone:205-348-0672, Email:l.morley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1977
Designation: 686-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Project Scope: The present standard defines some 430 radar terms (many of which
are brief definitions, cross-references, or identification as acronyms). Of
these, some 230 will remain unchanged, 140 will be modified to some degree,
60 will be deleted. 50 new terms will be defined.
Project Purpose: Revisions, additions, and deletions as necessary to reflect
radar literature and usage as it has developed since the last revisions.
Abstract: Definitions for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar termi-nology are provided. The
definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts.
Key Words: "radar, terminology"
Designation: P686
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is devoted to providing radar definitions. The
standard includes terms formerly found in IEEE Std 172-1971, IEEE Standard
Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms, with the exception of a few terms that
are common to both fields, and new or updated terms. IEEE Std 172-1983 was
withdrawn in 1983. As radar technology and litera-ture evolve, new terms
will be added and obsolete terms deleted.
Project Purpose: This standard is published for the purpose of promoting
clarity and consistency in the use of radar terminology. The definitions
represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. The purpose of the
revision is to add new terms, revise others, and delete a number of obsolete
terms that no longer appear in radar literature or usage.
Designation: 686-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Superseded
Key Words: standard, radar, definitions
Designation: 686-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by StB 10/25/96
History: PAR APP: Jan 28, 1988, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1990
Abstract: This standard is a glossary of standard radar definitions. The definitions represent the consensus of opinion of a panel
of leading experts in radar technology and should serve as a guide to standardization of meanings.
Key Words: Terminology, Radar
Designation: 690-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class
1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2005
Technical Contact: Malcolm V Thaden, Phone:910-681-3694, Email:m.v.thaden@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides direction for the design and installation
of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits,
in nuclear power generating stations. Also provided is guidance for the
design and installation of those non-safety related cable systems that may
effect the function of safety related systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify existing standards
and to establish requirements pertaining to safety related cable systems in
nuclear power generating stations. Solutions are recommended for areas of
concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance
requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation. The
purpose of the proposed revision is to update references and requirements.
Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in
nuclear power generating stations is provided. Guidance for the design and installation of those nonsafety related cable systems
that may affect the function of safety related systems is also provided.
Key Words: circuit, electrical cable system, nuclear power generating station
Designation: 690
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E
Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 690-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class
1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety-related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in
nuclear power generating stations is provided. Existing standards are identified and guidance is provided for the design and
installation of those non-safety-related cable systems that may affect the function of safety-related systems. Solutions are
recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation
acceptance testing and documentation.
Key Words: design, cable, systems, 1E, circuits
Designation: 691-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2001
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 06, 2000
Project Scope: This guide will have chapters dealing with structural loadings,
subsurface investigations and the design of spread footing type foundations,
drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests.
Project Purpose: There is currently no comprehensive guide available for the
design of transmission line structure foundations.
Designation: 691
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Project Scope: The guide will have chapters dealing with structural loads,
subsurface investigations, and the design of spread footing type
foundations, drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests.
Project Purpose: There is a need for a comprehensive design guide for
foundations for transmission line structures.
Designation: 691-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Request for extension denied at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg. Upgrade from Trial Use
expected in 1992.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Jun 23, 1983
Key Words: transmission, structure, foundation, design
Designation: 692-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 692-1986.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: This standard includes criteria for design, testing and
maintenance of security system equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Station. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed
systems, subsystems and components used by the security force for physical
protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment
for security related detection, surveillance, access control, communication
and data acquisition.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish criteria for the
design of an integrated security system for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of
equipment to detect, monitor, display and record security conditions and
events.
Abstract: Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. Requirements
are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and electronic equipment. This standard
addresses equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition.
Key Words: access control, alert, central alarm station, duress alarms,
integrated security system, intrusion detection, line supervision, perimeter
intrusion alarm, portal security lighting, remote video surveillance,
secondary alarm station, security lighting, security systems,
uninterruptible power supply system, UPS, voice communications
Designation: 692
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: Original Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design,
testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power
generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily
installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for
physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes
equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control,
communication, and data acquisition. Scope of revised standard: The
standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of
security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such
equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems,
and components used by the security force for physical protection of the
station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related
detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data
acquisition. {change is in italics.}
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the
design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating
stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of equipment
to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions and events. The
security system defined here is not intended to be a safety system as
defined by IEEE Std. 603-1991. Purpose of proposed revision: The revised
standard will address the following actions (which result from prior
commitments made during the previous revision activity and more recent user
feedback): a. Resolve comments from the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America related to security lighting approaches and requirements, b.
Consider any relevant technological developments in the security area since
the previous revision, c. Expand the definitions to include terms
descriptive of design features discussed in the standard (for example:
seismic magnetic buried lines), d. Improve the consistency of the way in
which design basis and its associated documentation are addressed, e.
Reevaluate where current prescriptive requirements can possibly be replaced
with performance requirements, f. Maintain flexibility and consistency with
any current industry and NRC initiatives to revise 10 CFR Part 73, g.
Consider the addition of appropriate quality assurance guidance where
relevant, and h. Review and incorporate any other user feedback on IEEE
Std. 692,] i. Address security related assesment requirements.
Designation: P692
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and
maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating
stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed
systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical
protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment
for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control,
communication, and data acquisition.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the design of an
integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. These
criteria assist in the selection, and application of equipment to detect,
monitor, display, and record security conditions and events.
Designation: 692-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984
Abstract: Criteria to guide the designer in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display, and record
security conditions at nuclear power generating stations are established. These criteria include minimum design, testing, and
maintenance parameters for permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, or components used by the security force for
monitoring, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. The standard covers: power supplies; security
lighting; communications; patrol tour monitoring; access control; line supervision; remote surveillance; exterior and interior
intrusion detection; data acquisition, processing, and display; duress alarms; and maintenance and testing. Development of threat
and response criteria, barrier requirements, security force composition or deployment, classification of vital equipment or
vital areas, contingency plans, mechanical locks and mechanical hardware, and construction security requirements are not
considered.
Key Words: criteria, security, systems, NPGS, Nuclear power generation
protection
Designation: 693-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Rulon R Fronk, Phone:562-865-2926, Email:rulonray@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The Recommended Practice contains recommendations for the
seismic design of substation buildings, structures, and equipment.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is for new substations and planned
additions or improvements to existing substations. It is not intended
that existing substations must be retrofitted to these recommended
practices. For instruction on how to include this recommended practice in
specifications, refer to 5.2. IEEE Std 693 is designed as an integrated
set of requirements for the seismic qualification of electrical power
equipment. Users should use IEEE Std 693 as a whole. Do not modify or remove
any requirement,except as allowed herein.
Abstract: Seismic design recommendations for substations, including qualification of each equipment type, are discussed. Design
recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels, structural capacities, performance requirements
for equipment operation, installation methods, and documentation
Key Words: anchorage, conductor, electrical equipment, damping, dynamic
analysis, loads, required response spectrum, projected performance, seismic
qualification, shake table, sine-beat, static coefficient analysis, support
structure, suspended equipment, time history.
Designation: 693-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: The recommended practices contain recommendations for the
seismic design of substation building, structures and equipment.
Project Purpose: To provide a recommended practice that will provide the
requirements necessary to seismically qualify electric station power
facilities and to bring the existing recommended practices into conformance
with the lastest technology and practice.
Abstract: " Recommendations for seismic design of substations, including qualification of each equipmenttype, are discussed. Design
recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels,structural capacities, performance requirements for
equipment operation, installation methods, anddocumentation."
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 693-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: Guidelines and criteria for the design of substations that can withstand the effects of earthquakes are provided. These
recommendations comprise an up-to-date summary of aseismic design practices that will be useful to substation engineers for
effective aseismic design of substations and related facilities. Seismic criteria and performance requirements are set forth,
qualification methods are discussed, and design and construction practices are presented.
Key Words: design, substations, Seismic factors
Designation: 694-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Geoff Baldwin, Phone:408-285-2544
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1985
Abstract: IEEE Std 694-1985 IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language
Key Words: Author: Technical Committee on Microcomputers and
Microprocessors of the IEEE Computer Society
Designation: 695-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: The format of linkable, relocatable, and absolute object modules is specified. MUFOM, the Microprocessor Universal Format
for Object Modules, is designed to apply to a variety of target machines. It permits the linking and relocating functions to be
isolated from the specification of target architecture, so that a user may employ a single program for these functions across all
CPUs. It applies to binary computers of arbitrary word size and architecture. Two levels of compliance are specified, minimum and
full. The minimum compliance level affords sufficient flexibility to link separately compiled modules, to relocate addresses in
simple ways, and to load the resulting absolute object modules with a minimal loader. The full compliance level affords all of
the functionality of the minimum level and adds to it arbitrary address-expression handling, type checking capability, librarian
control commands, and other useful functions for full generality.
Key Words: microprocessor, universal, object, format, modules, Microcomputer
software
Designation: 696-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard 696 Interface Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1983
Key Words: backplane, bus, s100, interface, devices
Designation: 697
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 698
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 699
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 700
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 703
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 716-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Language for All Systems - Common/Abbreviated Test
Language for All Systems (C/ATLAS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 716-1989.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1995
Abstract: A high order language for testing is defined. This language is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent
of any specific test system, and has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipement.
Key Words: abbreviated, C/ATLAS, common, test language, unit under test, UUT
Designation: 716
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:703-264-1080 x120, Email:rn@tyx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: A test oriented language independent of test equipment,
providing a standard abbreviated english language used in the preparation
and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented with automatic
and semi-automatic equipment. Final published standard shall be available
in both print and electronic format.
Project Purpose: To determine a high order language used for the writing of
test programs for units undef test (UUT) so that ese programs can operate on
various makes and models of automatic test equipment
Designation: 716-1989
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard C/ATLAS Test Language
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 08, 1989
Abstract: Common ATLAS (C/ATLAS), a high-order language for testing is defined. C/ATLAS is designed to describe tests in terms that
are independent of any specific test system. It has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test
equipment.
Key Words: C/ATLAS, test, language, C
Designation: 716.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Guide for User's Guide for the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test
Description (P716)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide may tutor the intended user of the IEEE Std. For
Signal Definition & Test Description (P716).
Project Purpose: To provide examples of usage, notes and explanatory material
describing the application of the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test
Description (P716).
Designation: 716a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:703-264-1080 x120, Email:rn@tyx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To provide supplementary capability to a test-oriented language
independent of test equipment. Provide a standard abbreviated English
language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that
can be implemented with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. Final
published supplement shall be available in both print and electronic format.
Project Purpose: To define and add supplementary capabilities to a high order
language used for the writing of test programs for Units Under Test (UUT) so
that these programs can operate on various makes and models of Automatic
Test Equipment (ATE) and take into account emerging test technologies.
Designation: 725
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 726-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Real-Time BASIC for CAMAC (Computer Automated Measurement
and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
**Rev of Std 726-1979.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: This standard defines ANSI Standard Real-Time BASIC, in which the declarations and real-time statements are defined for
use with CAMAC hardware. It covers real-time capabilities, declarations, parallel activities, CAMAC input and output, the CAMAC Q
and X signals, CAMAC LAM handling, message passing, shared data, and bit manipulation. The aim is to achieve maximum
compatibility between different implementations of ANSI BASIC for use with CAMAC.
Key Words: real, time, BASIC, CAMAC, Computer languages
Designation: 727
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 728-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488
Status: Superseded
**Upon revision became IEEE 488.2
Key Words: code, format, conventions, 488
Designation: 728
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488
Status: Superseded
**Revised and redesignated IEEE Std 488.2.
Designation: 729
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Fundamental Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To define the fundamental terms relating to software engineering
concepts, as they apply in all areas, for the preparation of and use of
software engineering standards, and for mutual understanding in global
communications.
Project Purpose: To clarify and standardize terms as they apply to the field of
software engineering to provide a basis for clear and concise communication
about the software engineering body of knowledge as defined in the IEEE
collection of software engineering standards.
Designation: 729-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology
Status: Superseded
**Redesignated to IEEE Std 610.12-1990.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1983 (Ref. Std.: 828)
Designation: 730-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002
**Supersedes 730-1998.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2003
Project Scope: This standard applies to the development of a software quality
assurance plan (SQAP). The existence of this standard should not be
construed to prohibit additional content in a SQAP. An assessment should be
made for the specific software item to assure adequacy of coverage. Where
this standard is invoked for an organization or project engaged in producing
several software items, the applicability of the standard should be
specified for each of the software items. Although this document does not
require the use of IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0-1996 [B17] and IEEE/EIA Std
12207.1-1997 [B18], it is consistent with those two standards.1 An SQAP
meeting the requirements of this standard will be in document compliance
with the SQAP information item of IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997[B18]. 1The
numbers in brackets correspond to those of the bibliography in Annex A.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum
acceptable requirements for preparation and content of software quality
assurance plans. In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory bodies
should be aware that specific application of this standard may already be
covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating to quality
assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose of this
document to supersede, revise, or amend existing standards directed to
specific industries or applications.
Abstract: The standard specifies the format and content of software quality assurance plans. Itmeets the IEEE/EIA 12207.1
requirements for such plans.
Key Words: "assurance,quality,software quality"
Designation: 730-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 730-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard establishes a required minimum contents for
Software Quality Assurance plans. It is directed toward the development and
maintenance of critical software, that is, where the failure could cause
large financial or social losses. The orientation is toward delineating all
of the planned and systematic actions on a particular project that would
provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to
established technical requirements. This standard correlates the content of
software quality assurance plans as defined in 730 and the content of such
plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the software life cycle process
objectives for software quality assurance among the IEEE software
engineering standards and with related international standards. This will
help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for
software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. To clarify inconsistencies in
existing document and bring it intyo compatibility with IEEE Std 828 and
IEEE/EIA 12207.0.
Abstract: " Uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software QualityAssurance Plans (SQAPs) are
provided. This standard applies to the development and maintenance ofcritical software. For noncritical software, or for software
already developed, a subset of the requirements ofthis standard may be applied. "
Key Words: "critical design review,preliminary design review,software
configuration management plan,software design description,software quality
assurance plan,software requirements review,software requirements
specification,software verification and validation plan"
Designation: 730-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Superseded
**Formerly 730.1.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 1990
Abstract: Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans (SQAPs) are
provided. The standard also provides a standard against which such plans can be compared and assessed. It applies to the
development and maintenance of critical software. For noncritical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the
requirements of this standard may be applied.
Key Words: assurance plans, Software quality
Designation: 730-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Superseded
**See 730.1
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988
Key Words: software, quality, assurance, plans
Designation: 730.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: Approaches to good Software Quality Assurance practices in support of IEEE Std 730-1989, IEEE Standard for Software
Quality Assurance Plans, are identified. These practices are directed toward the development and maintenance of critical
software, that is, where failure could impair safety or cause large financial losses.
Key Words: software life cycle, software metrics, software quality, assurance
plans
Designation: 737
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Weathering of Polymetric Cables Accessories
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1978
Key Words: weathering, polymetric, cables, accessories
Designation: 738-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead
Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360-619-6374, Email:jlreding@bpa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006
Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to present a method of
calculating the current-temperature relationship of bare overhead
conductors. Conductor surface temperatures are a function of the following:
a) Conductor material properties b) Conductor diameter c) Conductor
surface conditions d) Ambient weather conditions e) Conductor
electrical current The first two of these properties are specific
chemical and physical properties. The third may vary with time and be
dependent upon ambient atmospheric conditions other than weather. The
fourth, weather, varies greatly with the hour and season. The fifth,
conductor electrical current, may be constant or may vary with power system
loading, generation dispatch, and other factors. The equations relating
electrical current to conductor temperature may be used in either of the
following two ways: — To calculate the conductor temperature when the
electrical current is known — To calculate the current that yields a
given maximum allowable conductor temperature For the purposes of this
standard, either the electrical current is assumed constant for all time or
it is assumed to undergo a step change from an initial current to a final
current. The ambient weather conditions are assumed to be constant with time
in both the steady-state and transient calculation methods described in this
standard. This standard includes mathematical methods and indicates
sources of the values to be used in the calculation of conductor
temperatures and conductor thermal ratings. However, because there is a
great diversity of weather conditions and operating circumstances for which
conductor temperatures and/or thermal ratings must be calculated, the
standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-current relationships
for specific conductors or weather conditions. Each user must make their own
assessment of which weather data and conductor characteristics best pertain
to their area or particular transmission line. The calculation methods in
this standard are also valid for the calculation of conductor temperature
under fault conditions.
Abstract: weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation
are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-ampacity relationships for a large number of
conductors, but rather provides a standard method of doing such calculations.
Key Words: bare overhead lines, current-temperature relationship
Designation: 738-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead
Conductors
Status: Superseded
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: A simplified method of calculating the current–temperature relationship of bare overhead lines, given the weather
conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated.
This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature–ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors in a large
number of conditions.
Key Words: bare overhead lines, current temperature, relationship
Designation: 738-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Calculation of Bare Overhead Conductor Temperature and
Ampacity Under Steady-State Conditions
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Key Words: calculation, bare, overhead, conductor, temperature
Designation: 739-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and
Commercial Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 18, 1996
**The Bronze Book.
Technical Contact: Carl E Becker, Phone:843-232-0408, Email:beckercarl@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: This standard is needed to set engineering recommendations for
including energy management in the electrical design, operation and
maintenance of a facility. An up-to-date methodology to chose the proper
equipment and evaluate its worth is needed. In addition, the latest
technologies of metering, lighting, powering and generating equipment need
to be mentioned.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the present Bronze
Book to include the lastest technologies and expand its scope. The present
standard is primarily directed at industrial facilities. The proposed
revision will include commercial buildings and an expanded coverage of
energy controllers, monitoring and controlling equipment, and
cogeneration/peak shaving.
Abstract: This recommended practice serves as an engineering guide for use in electrical design for energy conservation. It provides
a standard design practice to assist engineers in evaluating electrical options from an energy standpoint. It establishes
engineering techniques and procedures to allow efficiency optimization in the design and operation of an electrical system
considering all aspects (safety, costs, environment, those occupying the facility, management needs, etc.).
Key Words: break even analysis, congeneration, demand control, electrical
energy, electric rate structure, energy audit, energy balance, energy
conservation program, energy monitoring, energy rate method, energy savings,
heating, ventilating, HVAC, levelized cost analysis, life cycle costing,
metering, power bill, process energy, process modification, product energy
rate, space conditioning, utility rate structure, LLC
Designation: P739
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial
Facilities
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James A Ruggieri, Phone:703-250-3671, Email:Forensic@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001
Project Scope: This Standard on "Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial
Facilities" provides information on the equipment, processes and analysis
techniques to assist a planner/designer in reducing energy cost in
industrial and commercial facilities. The standard is designed to guide an
engineer or designer in the process of determining means to reduce energy
costs, to evaluate alternatives and to effect a means of energy cost
reduction.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to bring the existing standard
to the current level of technology and equipment availability and
performance. In addition, this revision process is intended to improve the
means of conveying the available information and to add information and
material that has been given to the Energy Systems Committee since the last
edition of the standard. The purpose is not to set minimum standards for
energy usage
Designation: 739-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and Cost-Effective
Planning in Industrial Facilities
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Bronze Book
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985
Designation: 741-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 741-1990.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 2002
Abstract: Criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment are prescribed. The purpose of
and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage or failures that can occur within a time period that
is shorter than that required for operator action are described. Testing and surveillance requirements are included. Plant
physical disign requirements to protect against certain events are not included.
Key Words: design requirements, nuclear power generating stations,
surveillance, valve actuator motor
Designation: P741
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Harvey C Leake, Phone:623-393-6986, Email:hleake@apsc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides the principal design criteria, design
features, and testing requirements for the protection of Class 1E power
systems and equipment supplied from those systems. It identifies special
protection features that are needed where the requirements of nuclear power
generating stations necessitate supplementing accepted industry practices.
Project Purpose: This standard provides requirements for electrical protective
equipment in nuclear generating stations to support the Class 1E power
system in the performance of its safety function and maximize the
availability and reliability of the safety-related equipment.
Designation: 741-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Draft 6 was approved.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the
purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time
period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does
not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events.
Key Words: Valve actuator motor, Surveillance, Nuclear power generating
station, Design requirements
Designation: 741-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Key Words: protection, 1E, power, systems, equipment
Designation: 743-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
Characteristics of Analog Voice Frequency Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 11, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 1985
Abstract: Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the
purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time
period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does
not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events.
Key Words: characteristics, analog, voice, frequency, circuits
Designation: 743-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Equipment Requirements and Measurement Techniques for
Analog Transmission Parameters for Telecommunications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 743-1984.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: Telecommunications transmission measuring equipment for
measuring the analog transmission characteristics of networks and circuits,
including digitally encoded analog signals, analog components of digital
services, e.g. ISDN, HDSL, etc., and other complex signals.
Project Purpose: To update Std 743-1984 to reflect new measurement technology,
and to provide measurements: 1) for new telecom services which did not exist
earlier, 2) using new measuring techniques that will more accurately measure
impairments to data services, 3) for reducing labor and testing time, and 4)
specifications that will assure equipment interworking. In addition,
obsolete measuring methods will be removed.
Abstract: Performance requirements for test equipment that measures the analog transmission parameters of subscriber loops, message
trunks, PBX trunks, and ties lines are specified. Requirements for these measurements with DS1 bit stream access are also
provided. The measurement of loss, noise, and impulse noise on non-loaded cable pairs used for digital subscriber lines is
addressed.
Key Words: active speech level, ADSL, amplitude jitter, digital bit stream,
digital subscriber, dropouts, echo canceller, suppressor disabling, echo
path loss, envelope delay , frequency shift, gain hits, HDSL, impulse noise,
intermodulation , distoration, ISDN, loss, network impulse, noise, phase
hits, phase jitter, return loss, round trip delay, signal to total,
distortion ratio, timing offset, 23 tone
Designation: 746
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM
Television Video Circuits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for measuring the performance of
uniformly coded analog-to-digital (A/D) converters and digital-to-analog
(D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PCM) television video signals.
This project will review and up-date the current scope of the IEEE Std. 746-
1984 to ensure a complete performance characterization of the converters.
Certain minor revisions are also necessary to avoid ambiguities in test
signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints
and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite
conversion. In addition, this document will incorporate information about
changes made to other related standards such as the IEEE Stds. 511 and 206.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise and update the
expired Std 746-1984 document. This standard is still in use today to test
conformance of composite NTSC and component analog signal distortions to
established performance limits of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television
Video Circuits. Although many video signals today are represented as
component digital data from content to final production, distribution is
still largely analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely
replaced as a video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and
will likely exist as an interface format for some time after that. The
standard has served well in the largely analog video content of the past.
However, with the many current and future conversions from compressed,
component digital video to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor
revisions are necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and
interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects
of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion.
Designation: 746-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for
PCM Television Video Circuits
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985
Key Words: a/d, d/a, converters, video, circuits
Designation: 748-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Spectrum Analyzers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978
Key Words: standard, spectrum, analyzers
Designation: 749-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Periodic Testing of Diesel-Generator Units Applied as
Standby Power Supplies in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 02, 1984
Key Words: diesel, generator, standby, power, supplies
Designation: 751
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project of Std 751-1991.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Project Scope: "Design Guide Standard" covering the structural design and
application of wood transmission structures. Guide to Cover: definitions,
application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood
and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood
members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, quality
assurance.
Project Purpose: 5-Year Review of Standard - Upgrade to Guide from Trial Use.
Designation: 751
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Design guide standard covering the structural design and
application of wood transmission structures. Guide to cover: definitions,
application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood
and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood
members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, and quality
assurance.
Project Purpose: 5 year review of existing standard and upgrade to Guide from
Trial Use Guide.
Designation: 751-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Design Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1978, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990
Abstract: Discusses the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. The guide includes definitions,
application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses,
fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, nonwood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance.
Key Words: wood, transmission, structures, Overhead lines
Designation: 752-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Requirements for Methods and Equipment for
Measuring the Performance of Tone Address Signal Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986
Abstract: Methods that can be used to measure the performance of tone-address signaling systems used with voice frequency
telecommunications equipment are established. Functional requirements for test equipment needed to make the measurements are also
established. The intent is to ensure uniform and meaningful equipment specifications, performance characteristics, and test
results limited to the parameters of tone signaling systems that affect address signal performance.
Key Words: tone, address, signal, systems, Communication systems operation,
Communication system performance
Designation: 753-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Functional Methods and Equipment for Measuring the
Performance of Dial-Pulse (DP) Address Signaling Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1984
Abstract: 9/90: Revision in progress.
Key Words: dial, pulse, address, signaling, systems
Designation: 754-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 1985
History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1978, BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Project Scope: Develop formats and specifications for signle and duble
precision floating point arithmetic which maintains maximum validity of
results within available word length.
Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform binary floating-point arithmetic is defined. This
standard specifies basic and extended floating-point number formats; add, subtract, multiply, divide, square root, remainder, and
compare operations; conversions between integer and floating-point formats; conversions between different floating-point formats;
conversions between basic-format floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and floating-point exceptions and their handling,
including nonnumbers.
Key Words: binary, Floating-point arithmetic
Designation: P754
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: George Daniel Zuras, Phone:408-225-7321, Email:ieee2007@nonabelian.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point
arithmetic in computer systems: standard and extended functions with single,
double, extended, and extendable precision, and recommends formats for data
interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling of these
conditions is specified.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a method for computation with floating-
point numbers that will yield the same result whether the processing is done
in hardware, software or a combination of the two. The results of the
computation will be identical, independent of implementation, given the same
input data. Errors, and error conditions, in the mathematical processing
will be reported in a consistent manner regardless of implementation.
Designation: 755-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Extending High Level Language Implementations for
Microprocessors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Key Words: extending, high-level, language, implementations, microprocessors
Designation: 758-1979
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Subroutines for Computer Automated Measurement and Control
(CAMAC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1979
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1990
Abstract: A set of standard subroutines that provide access to CAMAC facilities in a variety of computer programming languages is
described. The subroutines are specifically intended to be suitable for use with FORTRAN, although they are not restricted to
that language. The subroutines have been grouped into three subsets in order to provide different standard levels of
implementation. The lowest level requires only two subroutines, but, nevertheless, gives access to most of the facilities that
can be found in CAMAC. In higher levels of implementation, subroutines are added that permit procedures to be written in more
mnemonic terminology, provide better handling of LAMs, permit procedures to be independent of the type of CAMAC highway used, and
provide efficient block-transfer capability.
Key Words: subroutines, CAMAC
Designation: 759-1984
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor X-Ray Energy
Spectrometers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: Test procedures for X-ray spectrometers consisting of a semiconductor radiation detector assembly and signal processing
electronics interfaced to a pulse-height analyzer/computer are presented. Energy resolution, spectral distortion, pulse-height
linearity, counting rate effects, overload effects, pulse-height stability, and efficiency are covered. Test procedures for
pulse-height analyzers and computers are not covered.
Key Words: semiconductor, Energy, Spectrometers, dectectors, X-ray spectroscopy
Designation: 762-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit
Reliability, Availability, and Productivity
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Andrew Ford, Phone:610-666-8964, Email:ford@pjm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This document standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting
electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity
performance measures while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including
marketplace competition. This standard also includes equations for
equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage
states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for
group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC),
pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for group performance
indexes.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry
in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability,
availability, and productivity. It was originally developed to overcome
difficulties in the interpretation of electric generating unit performance
data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different
systems. The standard also makes possible the exchange of meaningful data
among systems in North America and throughout the world.
Abstract: This standard provides a methodology for the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various
systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. It also standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting
electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures. This standard is intended to aid
the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and
productivity while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including marketplace competition. Included are equations for
equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage states, discussion of commercial availability, energy
weighted equations for group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC), pooling methodologies,
and time-based calculations for group performance indexes.
Key Words: available state, EFORd, equivalent demand forced outage rate, forced
outage, maintenance outage, OMC, outside management control, planned outage,
pooling methodology, transition between active states, unavailable state,
weighted factor
Designation: 762-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit
Reliability, Availability, and Productivity
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE TU Std 762-1980.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Abstract: 762_19871.front
Key Words: 762_19871.front
Designation: 763
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 765-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations (NPGS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2006
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the PPS and its
interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system,
and AAC source. Figure 1 is a typical interface diagram of the PPS with
related power systems.
Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
generating stations (NPGSs) and guidance in the areas of AAC power source
interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard,
transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Key Words: AAC, alternate ac source, Class 1E, NPGS, nuclear power generating
station, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard, transmission system
Designation: 765-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 765-1995.
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Feb 07, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 2002
Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the preferred
power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the class 1E power system,
switchyard, transmission system and the alternate ac (AAC) source. This
revision adds an annex which identifies the type of interface requirements
needed to ensure offsite power reliability from an Independent System
Operator. The scope fo the standard remains unchanged.
Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the
PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and
expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. The purpose of this standard
remains unchanged. This standard is being revised and an annex provided to
define the attributes of the PPS that are required to ensure PPS reliability
when offsite power is supplied by an entity other than the nuclear utility,
such as an ISO. It is intended to provide utilities with the necessary
guidance and structure to ensure PPS reliability in a deregulated
environment and ensure the nuclear plant(s) licensing reqiurements and
design criteria are not compromised.
Abstract: " The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class1E power system, switchyard,
transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described.This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants
and guidance in the areas ofAAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and controlcircuits, and
expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations."
Key Words: "AAC, alternate ac source, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard,
transmission system"
Designation: 765-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 765-1983. Superseded by 765-2002.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard,
transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Key Words: alternate ac source, PPS, switchyard, transmission system, preferred
power supply
Designation: 765-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984
Abstract: Design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, and
transmission system are described. Surveillance, control, test requirements, and multiunit considerations are included. The
intent is to ensure a design commensurate with the intended function of the PPS, and to provide sufficient detail to interpret,
clarify, and expand guidance given in the Code of Federal Regulations in other standards.
Designation: 770X3.97-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Pascal Computer Programming Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Superceded by 770X3.160-1989 and ISO/IEC 7185: 1990.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1982
Designation: 770X3.160-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE/ANSI Standard for the Programming Language Extended Pascal
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides an unambiguous and machine-independent definition of the computer programming language Extended
Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program. Its purpose is to facilitate portability of
Extended Pascal programs for use on a wide variety of data processing systems. Two levels of compliance are defined for both
processes and programs.
Designation: 771-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This guide is being updated to align with the current ATLAS
standards, IEEE std 716-1995 and ARINC specification 626-3. Material which
depends on the withdrawn IEEE Std 416-1984 is being removed.
Project Purpose: The ATLAS standards IEEE Std 716-1995 and ARINC specification
626-3 were published in 1995. The guide requires to be updated to align
with the current standards and to give guidance to their user communities.
This PAR replaces the earlier time expired PAR for the project.
Abstract: " Guidance in the use of ATLAS test languages is provided. ATLAS may be used to de-scribe test requirements independent of
any specific test equipment, and examples of best practicein the use of ATLAS are given. "
Key Words: 771 FM
Designation: 771-1989
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification
Status: Superseded
**Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: Abstract: This guide has been written as an applications manual for engineers and authors who will be writing test
procedures in ATLAS (Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems). It is not intended to be a substitute for an instruction manual
in the ATLAS language, but, rather, a practical extension to such a manual. The purpose is to provide principles of good practice
in the use of ATLAS for the writing of test procedures.
Key Words: atlas
Designation: 771-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: ATLAS;Guide to the Use of
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Designation: 772
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Electrical Perf Composite Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979
Designation: 773
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Health&Envir Assmnt/Dielectric Fluids
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979
Designation: 774
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Guide to Assess the Fire Hazards of Insulating Liquids Used in Electric
Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979
Designation: 775-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society/Radiation Effects
Title: IEEE Guide for Designing Multistress Aging Tests of Electrical
Insulation in a Radiation Environment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: " Guidelines for evaluating electrical insulation materials that are subjected to more than onesignificant aging stress
are provided. The focus is on materials or equipment intended for use in nuclearfacilities, such as power stations, where
thermal, moisture, and radiation stresses frequently are ofimportance. Factors to consider in accelerated aging programs are
identified. Only the design of tests isaddressed. Specific procedures are not prescribed. "
Key Words: "electrical insulation,multistress aging,single stress aging"
Designation: 776-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply
and Communication Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 776-1987.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the inductive environment
that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line
telecommunications systems and the interfering effect that may be produced
thereby; guidance is offered for the control or modification of the
environment and the susceptibility of the affected systems in order to
maintain an acceptable level of interference. To aid the user of this
recommended practice in calculating induction between power and
telecommunication lines, the concept of an interface is developed. This
recommended practice permits either party, without need to involve the
other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire.
This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits.
Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the
interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the
other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to
railway signal circuits.
Key Words: Inductive coordination, Electric supply, Communication lines
Designation: 776-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Guide for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and
Communication Lines
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1987
Designation: 786-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Xfrmr Failure Rprtng & Rlblty Anlysis
Status: Superseded
**C57 LB (C57.117) .
History: (Ref. Std.: C57.117)
Designation: 788
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 789-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Performance Requirements for Communications and Control
Cables for Application in High Voltage Environments
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1979, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989
Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the
interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the
other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to
railway signal circuits.
Key Words: high voltage , control cables, environments, Inductive coordination,
Electric supply, Communication lines
Designation: 790-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide for Medical Ultrasound Field Parameter Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard describes procedures for measuring ultrasound field parameters such as pressure, power, and intensity. It is
intended for use by persons involved in measurement of acoustic fields produced by medical ultrasound instruments.
Key Words: ultrasound, field parameter, medical, Thermal techniques, Radiation
force, Optics, Hydrophone, Acoustic field measurement
Designation: 791
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry
Title: Recommended Electrical Practice for Underground Gassy Mines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979
Project Scope: Included should be all electrical use, be it ac or dc
distribution or utilization. Surface or ground.
Project Purpose: To establish electrical safety standards applicable only to
underground gassy mines (e.g., coal, trona, etc.).
Designation: 792-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Impulse Voltage
Capability of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-
Wound Stator Coils
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Approved for trial-use 10 Sept 87. Approved for full use 14 JUN 95.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: A test procedure for the evaluation of the impulse voltage capability of insulation systems of form-wound ac rotating
electrical machinery is outlined. The procedure is primarily directed toward providing a qualification test for the turn
insulation in regard to its ability to withstand impulses that might be impressed on the terminals of a machine and that result
from switching surges, lightning, or other disturbances. The standard also presents information on the ability of the ground
insulation to withstand impulses. The procedure provides a basis for the accumulation, analysis, and reporting of information
concerning impulse-voltage withstand strength of ground and turn insulation, both new and aged. The use of multifactor aging
tests, combining thermal and electrical aging in order to address the withstand capability of micaceous insulation, is
recommended.
Key Words: impulse voltage, insulation systems, AC electric, form wound, stator
coils
Designation: 795
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry
Title: Surface Mines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979
Designation: 796-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer System Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrew 7/28/2000. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 17, 1984
Abstract: A general-purpose microcomputer system bus is defined, and the device-independent electrical and functional interface
requirements that a module shall meet in order to interconnect and communicate unambiguously by way of the system are specified.
Signal definitions and timing and electrical specifications are covered in detail for users who evaluate or design products that
will be compatible with the IEEE Std 796 system bus structure. Only with the interface characteristics of microcomputer devices
are covered; design specifications, performance requirements, and safety requirements of modules are omitted. The use of the
standard will enable independently manufactured devices to be connected into a single functional system, permit products with a
wide range of capabilities to be introduced to the system simultaneously, and result in a system with a minimum of restrictions
on the performance characteristics of devices connected to the system.
Key Words: system, bus, multibus, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 797
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 799-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Handling and Disposal of Transformer Grade Insulating
Liquids Containing PCBs
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Henry A Pearce, Phone:(412) 376-3182
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: The procedures for handling askarels and mineral insulating oil that contain PCBs are described in detail. Analytical
procedures for the detection and measurement of the PCBs in electrical insulating liquids are provided. Regulations covering the
identification and the disposal of electrical insulating liquids containing PCBs in the US and its territories are included.
Handling of spills and leaks, labeling and record keeping, transportation, storage for disposal, and personnel protection are
included.
Key Words: insulating liquids, PCB, transformer grade, Polychlorinated
biphenyls
Designation: 802-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 07, 2002
**Supersedes 802-1990.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This document serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE
802®1 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs) and
Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs). It contains descriptions of the networks
considered as well as a reference model (RM) for protocol standards.
Compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard
for the identification of public, private, and standard protocols is
included.
Project Purpose: Revision of existing IEEE 802-1990 standard to reflect the
current IEEE 802 architecture and its suite of standards.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an
overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards. It defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards; it describes the
relationship of the IEEE 802 Standards to the Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model [ISO/IEC 7498-1:1994] and
explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols; it provides a standard for the structure of LAN MAC
addresses; and it provides a standard for identification of public, private, and standard protocols.
Key Words: "IEEE 802 standards compliance, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN
architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)"
Designation: P802
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard contains descriptions of the IEEE 802 Standards
published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks
(MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs)networks considered as well as a
reference model (RM) for protocol standards. Compliance with the family of
IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard for the identification of
public, private, and standard protocols is included.
Project Purpose: This standard serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE
802 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan
Area Networks (MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs).
Designation: 802-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard: Overview and
Architecture
Status: Superseded
**Formerly 802.1A. Superseded by 802-2001.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1990
Abstract: This document provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards, defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802
Standards, describes the relationship of the IEEE 802 Standards to the Open Systems Interconnections Basic Reference Model [ISO
7498:1984] and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols, and provides a standard for
identification of public, private, and standard protocols.
Key Words: LAN, overview, architecture, interconnection, component,
Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks
Designation: 802.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local Area Networks: Architecture & Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Redesignated 802-1990
Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Key Words: local, architecture, overview, lan, networks
Designation: 802.1aa
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port Based Network
Access Control - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard.
Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard.
Designation: 802.1AB-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and
Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2005
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and
management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations
attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical
topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol
facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs,
their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols.
This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and
management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the
same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from
adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802
access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management
information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing
connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility
with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]
Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a
number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's
physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However,
there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating
this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard
specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to: a)
Facilitate multi-vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management
tools to discover and make available physical topology information for
network management. b) Make it possible for network management to
discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can
result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information
to assist network management in making resource changes and/or
reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions
identified in b) above.
Abstract: This document defines a protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from
adjacent stations in 802 LANs.
Key Words: link layer discovery protocol, management information base, topology
discovery, topology information
Designation: P802.1AB
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and Media
Access Control Connectivity Discovery
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and
management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations
attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical
topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol
facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs,
their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols.
This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and
management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the
same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent
stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access
protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information
schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection
information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF
PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]
Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a
number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's
physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However,
there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating
this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard specifies
the necessary protocol and management elements to: a) Facilitate multi-
vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to
discover and make available physical topology information for network
management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain
configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired
communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network
management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct
configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above.
Designation: P802.1AC
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define the Medium Access
Control Service found in Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, and the
Internal Sublayer Service and Extended Internal Sublayer Service provided
within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of: a) their semantics, primitive
actions and events; and b) the parameters of, interrelationship between, and
valid sequences of, these actions and events.
Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC
standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined
within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to
revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common
service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make
technical changes to these services.
Designation: 802.1AC
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: To define the Medium Access Control Service found in Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks, and the Internal Sublayer Service and Extended
Internal Sublayer Service provided within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of:
a) their semantics, primitive actions and events; and b) the parameters of,
interrelationship between, and valid sequences of, these actions and events.
Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC
standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined
within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to
revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common
service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make
technical changes to these services.
Designation: 802.1ad-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks---Amendment 4: Provider Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 2006
**Ammendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop an architecture and
bridge (-1-) protocols, compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged
Local Area Network protocols and equipment, to: (a) provide separate
instances of the MAC service (-3-) to multiple independent users of a
Bridged Local Area Network (-1-, -2-) in a manner that does not require
cooperation among the users, and requires a minimum of cooperation between
the users and the provider of the MAC service, and to define basic
management of users' MAC services. References: -1- IEEE Std. 802.1D, -2-
IEEE Std. 802.1Q, -3- IEEE Std. 802, -4- IEEE P802.1S.
Project Purpose: This standard will enable a Service Provider to offer the
equivalent of separate LAN Segments, Bridged or Virtual Bridged LANs, to a
number of users, over the Provider's bridged network. This Standard will
enable the use of the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q, and
provide for interoperability and consistent management.
Abstract: This amendment enables a service provider to use the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q to offer the equivalent
of separate LANs, Bridged Local Area Networks, or Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks to a number of customers, while requiring
no cooperation between the customers, and minimal cooperation between each customer and the service provider.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP),
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(virtual LANs)
Designation: 802.1AE-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control
(MAC) Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify provision of
connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data
origin authenticity by media access independent protocols and entities that
operate transparently to MAC Clients.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over
publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not already been
defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and
supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications.
Abstract: This standard specifies how all or part of a network can be secured transparently to peer protocol entities that use
the MAC Service provided by IEEE 802® LANs to communicate. MAC security (MACsec) provides connectionless user data
confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity.
Key Words: authorized port, data origin authenticity,
integrity/confidentiality, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MAC
security and tack, MAC Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MSAP,
port-based network access control, secure association, security, service
access point, transparent bridging
Designation: P802.1af
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port-Based Network
Access Control - Amendment 1: Authenticated Key Agreement for Media Access
Control (MAC) Security
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard extends 802.1X to establish security associations
for 802.1ae MAC Security, and provide media access method independent
association discovery. This standard facilitates the use of additional
industry standard authentication, authorization, and key management
protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over
publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not otherwise been
defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and
supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications.
Designation: P802.1ag
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Virtual Bridged Local
Area Networks Amendment 5: Connectivity Fault Management
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects to support transport fault management. These allow discovery and
verification of the path, through bridges and LANs, taken for frames
addressed to and from specified network users, detection, and isolation of a
connectivity fault to a specific bridge or LAN.
Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used in networks operated by multiple
independent organizations, each with restricted management access to each
other’s equipment. This standard will provide capabilities for detecting,
verifying and isolating connectivity failures in such networks.
Designation: P802.1ah
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 6: Provider Backbone Bridges
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an architecture and
bridge protocols compatible and interoperable with Provider Bridged(1)
Network protocols and equipment allowing interconnection of multiple
Provider Bridged Networks, to allow scaling to at least 2^20 Service VLANs,
and to support management including SNMP.
Project Purpose: This standard will complete the future work identified by
P802.1ad, by providing a specific means for interconnecting Provider Bridged
Networks. It will enable a Service Provider to scale the number of Service
VLANs in a Provider Network by interconnecting the Service Virtual LANs, and
provide for interoperability and consistent standards based management.
Designation: P802.1aj
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 08: Two-port Media Access Control (MAC)
Relay
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies the function of a MAC Relay with two
MACs, and the protocols and procedures to support its operation. A MAC
Relay is transparent to all frame-based media independent protocols except
those explicitly addressed to this device. It is remotely manageable
through at least one of its external MACs, and signals a failure of either
MAC’s LAN through the other MAC.
Project Purpose: The wide and growing deployment of Ethernet Provider Services
has created a demand for simple two-port demarcation devices that connect
two 802 media or 802 media emulations. The lack of standards for such
devices, and particularly for link-loss signalling and remote diagnosis, is
impeding the growth of this industry. This standard will greatly improve
this situation.
Designation: 802.1ak-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 07: Multiple Registration Protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects to support the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP). MRP allows
participants in a MRP Application to register attributes with other
participants in a Bridged Local Area Network. Two Applications are defined,
to register VLANs (MVRP) and Group MAC addresses (MMRP). MVRP will
furthermore provide for the rapid healing of network failures without
interrupting services to unaffected VLANs.
Project Purpose: The use of bridges by Ethernet Service Providers has greatly
increased the number of VLANs and Group MAC Addresses in Provider Bridged
Networks. The time and bandwidth required by the existing GVRP and GMRP
protocols to register this information has become a dominant factor in the
fault recovery time of a Provider Bridged Network. In a large network,
localized topology changes can affect the service over a much larger portion
of the network. This standard replaces GARP with MRP, greatly improving
both situations.
Designation: P802.1ap
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local
Area Networks – Amendment 9: Management Information Base (MIB) definitions
for VLAN Bridges
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines SMIv2 (IETF STD 58) MIB modules for the
management of VLAN-aware Bridge capabilities including Spanning Tree
Protocols and Provider Bridges.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to update and complete SMIv2
(IETF STD 58) MIB modules that support standardized management of the
capabilities defined in Std 802.1Q.
Designation: P802.1aq
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local
Area Networks – Amendment 8: Shortest Path Bridging
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies shortest path bridging of unicast and
multicast frames, including protocols to calculate multiple active
topologies that can share learnt station location information, and support
of a VLAN by multiple, per topology, VLAN identifiers (VIDs).
Project Purpose: This amendment will augment the existing, successful, multi-
vendor interoperable bridging specifications to allow use of shortest path
communication within administratively defined network regions, while
retaining concurrent support for all existing capabilities and
configurations.
Designation: P802.1AR
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Secure Device
Identity
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies unique per-device identifiers (DevID)
and the management and cryptographic binding of a device to its identifiers,
the relationship between an initially installed identity and subsequent
locally significant identities, and interfaces and methods for use of DevIDs
with existing and new provisioning and authentication protocols.
Project Purpose: There is presently no standard identifier for IEEE 802 devices
that is cryptographically bound to that device, nor is there a standard
mechanism to authenticate a device’s identity. A verifiable unique device
identity allows establishment of the trustworthiness of devices. This
facilitates secure device provisioning.
Designation: P802.1AS
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Timing and
Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area
Networks
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol and procedures used to
ensure that the synchronization requirements are met for time sensitive
applications, such as audio and video, across Bridged and Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks consisting of LAN media where the transmission delays
are fixed and symmetrical; for example, IEEE 802.3 full duplex links. This
includes the maintenance of synchronized time during normal operation and
following addition, removal, or failure of network components and network
reconfiguration. It specifies the use of IEEE 1588 specifications where
applicable in the context of IEEE Stds 802.1D and 802.1Q. Synchronization to
an externally provided timing signal (e.g., a recognized timing standard
such as UTC or TAI) is not part of this standard but is not precluded.
Project Purpose: This standard enables stations attached to bridged LANs to
meet the respective jitter, wander, and time synchronization requirements
for time-sensitive applications.
Designation: P802.1AX
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Link Aggregation
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated
together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a MAC Client can treat
the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end, it
specifies the establishment of DTE to DTE logical links, consisting of N
parallel instances of full duplex point-to-point links operating at the same
data rate. This standard defines the MAC independent Link Aggregation
capability, and general information relevant to specific MAC types that
support link aggregation.
Project Purpose: Link aggregation allows the establishment of full duplex
point-to-point links that have a higher aggregate bandwidth than the
individual links that form the aggregation. This allows improved utilization
of available links in bridged LAN environments, along with improved
resilience in the face of failure of individual links.
Designation: 802.1B-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network: LAN/MAN Management
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to IEEE 802
local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the
operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed.
Key Words: local area network, management, Metropolitan area networks
Designation: 802.1D-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 09, 2004
**Supersedes 802.1D-1998, 802.1t-12001, 802.1w-2001, and 802.11c-1998.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004
Project Scope: Revision of the standard to: Change the title of the standard
to its original form, prior to the publication of the 1998 edition as an
ISO/IEC standard; incorporate technical and editorial corrections, including
those currently documented under P802.1y; incorporate existing published
amendments (802.1t, 802.1w); remove the Spanning Tree protocol defined in
Clause 8 and attendant textual corrections.
Project Purpose: Maintenance and removal of material that is now redundant.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.1D-2004, IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges"
Key Words: "active topology, filtering, GARP, GMRP, LANs, local area networds,
MAC Bridges, MAC Service, MANS, metropolitan area networks, multicast
registration, transparent bridging, quality of service, RSTP, spanning tree"
Designation: 802.1D-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Network MAC (Media Access Control) Bridges
Status: Superseded
**Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates
P802.1p and P802.12e. It also incorporates and supersedes published
standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.1D specifies the operation of MAC Bridges, which
interconnect IEEE 802 Standard Local Area Networks (LANS).
Project Purpose: To implement correction, of both editorial and minor technical
nature, to IEEE Std 802.1D.
Abstract: " The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition ofthis standard, has been expanded to
define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at pro-viding for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the
transmission of time-critical information in aLAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of
Group MAC Ad-dresses in a LAN environment. "
Key Words: LAN, media access control bridges, MAC Bridge management
Designation: 802.1D-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control
(MAC) Bridges
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Superseded by 802.1D-1998.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1990
(Ref. Std.: 10038)
Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which
is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the
connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy. The
Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined. Source-
Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT Bridge
are specified.
Key Words: LAN, MAC, sublayer, interconnection, bridging
Designation: 802.1E-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Standard for Local Area Network: System Load Protocol
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Draft 7, dated 25 Mar 90, was approved. 16-
Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE
802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in
LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to multiple destination systems. The standard
includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed.
Key Words: LAN, load, protocol, local, networks
Designation: 802.1F-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Common
Definitions and Procedures for IEEE 802 Management Information
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Nov 09, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994
Abstract: Management information and procedures applicable across the entire family of IEEE 802 LAN/MAN standards within the
architectural framework for LAN/MAN Management specified in IEEE Std 802-1990 are identified. Common management information, such
as attributes to represent MAC address and managed objects to represent configurable gauges, are specified. The need of
developers of LAN/MAN management specifications for common procedures to develop, describe, and register management information
is addressed.
Key Words: LAN, MAN, management, Metropolitan area networks, Local area
networks
Designation: 802.1G
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common
specifications - Part 5: Remote Media
Status: Changed Designation
**See 15802-5:1998
Designation: 802.1H-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice for
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet Version 2.0 in 802 Local
Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This is now available as ISO/IEC Technical Report 11802-5: 1997.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 1996
Project Scope: For the purpose of facilitating the interoperability of ISO/IEC
10038 MAC Bridges and end stations in bridged LANs comprising CSMA/CD
networks containing a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet end stations
and other types of LANs, this Technical Report specifies extensions to the
behavior of MAC Bridges. To this end this Technical Report a) Extends
the Bridge service interface model to support multiple MAC services on a
single LAN and to add a Bridge-Tunnel service interface. b) Defines
the Selective Translation Algorithm used by a Bridge to convert between
Ethernet and ISO/ IEC 8802 frame formats. c) Defines the protocols
used by a Bridge to convey Ethernet frames across ISO/IEC 8802 LANs, the
Bridge-Tunnel Encapsulation Protocol, and the RFC1042 Encapsulation
Protocol. Additionally, for the purpose of avoiding future
incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the
development of nonstandard ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, with particular emphasis
on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected
from a Bridge.
Project Purpose: The following are the express goals of this Technical Report:
a) Preservation of full interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs. b)
Enhancement of interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard
LANs (i.e., Ethernet). c) Encouragement of vendors to migrate to ISO/IEC
8802-based protocols. d) Preservation of existing interoperability
mechanisms between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard LANs. e)
Engendering the design of new ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, and the migration of
existing Ethernet protocols, in a fashion that is compatible with Bridges
and ISO/IEC 8802 end stations. The following is not a goal of this
Technical Report: Providing communication between two end stations, with the
same physical LAN protocol, which are otherwise not capable of communicating
when attached to a single LAN.
Abstract: Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate
interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using
MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified.
Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of
existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities.
Key Words: carrier sense, multiple access, CSMA/CD, data processing, ethernet,
fibre distributed data interface, FDDI, information exchange, LAN protocol,
LAN, MAN, MAC bridges, interconnection, network interconnect, translation
table, selective translation table
Designation: P802.1H
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Media
Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet in Local Area Networks
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies extensions to the behavior
of MAC Bridges to facilitate interoperability in bridged networks containing
a mixture of IEEE 802.3 LANs and other types of LANs. To avoid future
incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the
identification of protocols operating over IEEE 802 MACs, with particular
emphasis on protocols that use the Ethernet Type field.
Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides guidelines for protocol
identification and translation rules for bridges to support interoperability
between IEEE 802.2 and Ethernet Type – based protocols.
Designation: 802.1i-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Network MAC Bridges - Fibre
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Supplement
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Supplement to 802.1D-1990. Superseded by
802.1D-1998.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1992
Abstract: This standard is a supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990. The scope and field of application of IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 are
extended to transparent bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) local area networks (LANs) and between FDDI LANs
and IEEE 802 LANs.
Key Words: FDDI
Designation: 802.1j-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to Information technology–Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems– Local area networks–Media access control (MAC)
bridges: Managed objects for MAC bridges
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 [ISO/IEC 10038-1993].On 6/98 Rev agenda
to be incorporated into 802.1D Superseded by 802.1D-1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Oct 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997
Project Scope: The encoding in ISO GDMO* format of the managed objects and
operations specified for MAC Bridges in IEEE Std 802.1D *Guidelines
Document for Managed Objects
Project Purpose: To facilitate management of IEEE Std 802.1D MAC Bridges using
OSI Management Protocols.
Abstract: Managed object classes and their components that permit remote management of ISO/IEC 10038-conformant MAC bridges by means
of suitable management protocols, including the services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995, LAN/MAN Management; and
those defined in ISO/IEC 9595: 1991, CMIS; and ISO/IEC 9596-1: 1991, CMIP; are defined. The managed object definitions are
documented in the notation defined in ISO/IEC 10165-4: 1992, GDMO.
Key Words: 802.1D, MAC, data processing, layer managed objects, layer
management, LAN, local area networks, managed objects, metropolitan area
networks, MAN, network interconnection
Designation: 802.1k-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to LAN/MAN Management:
Discovery and Dynamic Control of Event Forwarding (Clause 11)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1B-1992. 16-Jan-
04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to IEEE 802
local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the
operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed.
Key Words: LAN, Management, MAN, dynamic control
Designation: 802.1m-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Standard for System Load Protocol Supplement: Managed Object Definitions
and Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Supplement to 802.1E. 16-Jan-04:
Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 29, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Defines managed object classes for the System Load Protocol, compatible with the IEEE 802.1B and ISO/IEC CMIP protocols
and defines a PICS Proforma for the System Load Protocol. These items are specified in the form of changes to the base text of
IEEE Std 802.1E-1990.
Designation: 802.1p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Supplement to Media
Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic
Multicast Filtering
Status: Superseded
**On 6/98 RevCom approved incorporation into 802.1D
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Specifications of mechanisms in MAC bridges to expedite delivery
of time critical traffic and to limit the extent of high bandwidth multicast
traffic within a Bridged Local Area Network. Specification of mechanisms
to classify traffic as supporting time critical services or requiring
multicast filtering on the basis of MAC frame information. Specification of
optional protocol mechanism in MAC bridges to support dynamic registration
for time critical delivery or filtering services by end stations.
Specification of optional protocols between MAC Bridges to convey
registration information in a Bridged Local Area Network.
Project Purpose: To improve support of time critical and multicast intensive
applications, including "multi-media" interactive applicatios, across
bridged LANs. To reduce the degree to which the level of multicast traffic
and the loading levels selected for timely information delivery limit the
number of attached stations and the throughput of Bridged Local Area
Networks. To facilitate Bridged Local Area Network support of the
"hierarchical multicast" capabilities developed for internets, in a way that
is compatible with their emerging network layer protocols.
Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, traffic class
expediting, multicast address filtering, MAC Bridge management, traffic
class, 802
Designation: 802.1Q-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: For the purpose of compatible interconnection of information
technology equipment using the IEEE 802 MAC Service supported by
interconnected IEEE 802 standard LANs using different or identical media
access control methods, this standard specifies the operation of MAC Bridges
that support Virtual LANs (VLANs). To this end it a) Positions the
support of VLANs within an architectural description of the MAC Sublayer;
b) Defines the principles of operation of the VLAN-aware Bridge in terms of
the support and preservation of the MAC Service, and the maintenance of
Quality of Service; c) Specifies an Enhanced Internal Sublayer Service
provided to the Media Access Independent functions that provide frame
relay in a VLAN-aware Bridge; d) Establishes the principles and a model
of Virtual Bridged Local Area Network operation; e) Identifies the
functions to be performed by VLAN-aware Bridges, and provides an
architectural model of the operation of a Bridge in terms of Processes
and Entities that provide those functions; f) Specifies a frame format
that allows a VLAN Identifier (VID) and priority information to be carried
by VLAN tagged user data frames; g) Specifies the rules that govern the
addition or removal of VLAN tags to and from user data frames; h)
Specifies the rules that govern the ability to carry user data in either
Canonical format or Noncanonical format in VLAN-tagged frames; i)
Establishes the requirements for automatic configuration of VLAN topology;
j) Establishes the requirements for VLAN-aware Bridge Management in a
Virtual Bridged Local Area Network, identifying managed objects and
defining management operations; k) Defines the operation of the Multiple
Spanning Tree algorithm and protocol (MSTP); l) Describes the protocols
and procedures necessary to support interoperation between MST and SST
Bridges in the same Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks; m) Specifies the
requirements to be satisfied by equipment claiming conformance to this
standard.
Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions to the
establishment of Virtual LAN Bridged infrastructures. Revision is needed in
order to deal with editorial and technical corrections, to remove obsolete
material, and also to reflect changes necessary as a result of enhancements
to IEEE Std 802.1D - Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks:
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges, upon which IEEE Std 802.1Q depends.
Abstract: This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of
operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, locat area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP),
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(virtual LANs)
Designation: P802.1Qat
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 9: Stream Reservation Protocol (SRP)
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed
objects, usable by existing higher layer mechanisms, that allow network
resources to be reserved for specific traffic streams traversing a bridged
local area network. It identifies traffic streams to a level sufficient for
bridges to determine the required resources and provides a mechanism for
dynamic maintenance of those resources.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a signaling protocol to enable the end-
to-end management of resource reservation for quality of service (QoS)
guaranteed streams. The signaling protocol facilitates the
registration, deregistration, and retention of resource reservation
information in relevant network elements. The signaling protocol is an
essential component for automatic configuration in bridged local area
network applications that require latency and bandwidth guarantees.
Designation: P802.1Qau
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Virtual Bridged Local
Area Networks Amendment 10: Congestion Notification
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed
objects that support congestion management of long-lived data flows within
network domains of limited bandwidth delay product. This is achieved by
enabling bridges to signal congestion information to end stations capable of
transmission rate limiting to avoid frame loss. This mechanism enables
support for higher layer protocols that are highly loss or latency
sensitive. VLAN tag encoded priority values are allocated to segregate
frames subject to congestion control, allowing simultaneous support of both
congestion controlled and other higher layer protocols. This standard does
not specify communication or reception of congestion notification
information to or from stations outside the congestion controlled domain or
encapsulation of frames from those stations across the domain.
Project Purpose: Data center networks and backplane fabrics employ applications
that depend on the delivery of data packets with a lower latency and much
lower probability of packet loss than is typical of IEEE 802 VLAN bridged
networks. This amendment will support the use of a single bridged local area
network for these applications as well as traditional LAN applications.
Designation: P802.1Qav
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for
Time-Sensitive Streams
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard allows bridges to provide guarantees for time-
sensitive (i.e. bounded latency and delivery variation), loss-sensitive
real-time audio video (AV) data transmission (AV traffic). It specifies per
priority ingress metering, priority regeneration, and timing-aware queue
draining algorithms. This standard uses the timing derived from IEEE
802.1AS. Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) tag encoded priority values are
allocated, in aggregate, to segregate frames among controlled and non-
controlled queues, allowing simultaneous support of both AV traffic and
other bridged traffic over and between wired and wireless Local Area
Networks (LANs).
Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used to interconnect devices that
support audio and video streaming application. This standard will specify
enhancements to bridge relay function to provide performance guarantees to
allow for time-sensitive traffic in a local area network and harmonize delay
jitter and packet loss for wired (e.g., IEEE 802.3 - "Standard for
Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part
3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer Specifications"), wireless (e.g., IEEE Std 802.11
- "Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications"), and mixed wired/wireless L2 networks.
Designation: P802.1Qaw
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment: Management of data driven and data
dependent connectivity faults
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies connectivity fault management
protocols, procedures, and managed objects that provide confirmation of
successful transmission of frames conveying specified data. This capability
supports diagnosis of faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data
patterns, and their isolation to part of the data path. Connectivity
verification can be carried out from any single point with bridged
connectivity to maintenance points on the data path, can isolate failures to
communicate in a specific direction, and can be carried out while service is
being provided to other users of the data path. Security considerations are
addressed by the use of the mechanisms defined in IEEE Std 802.1X -
"Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based Network
Access Control", IEEE Std 802.1AE - "Standard for Local and metropolitan
area networks - Media Access Control (MAC) Security", and IEEE P802.1af -
"Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based Network
Access Control - Amendment 1: Authenticated Key Agreement for Media Access
Control (MAC) Security".
Project Purpose: While bridged networks are notionally transparent to the
users’ data, they are often deployed as part of a service offering that
selectively filters data frames (e.g. firewall functionality), automatically
configures some aspect of service in response to data frames (e.g. IGMP
snooping), or is supported by transmission in a data-sensitive way (e.g.
IEEE Std 802.3ad Clause 43 - Link Aggregation). This standard defines the
protocols (including CFM OpCodes) and managed objects required for data-
sensitive connectivity verification that is multi-vendor, interoperable, and
uses the framework provided by IEEE P802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management.
Designation: P802.1Qay
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment: Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic
Engineering
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This amendment supports provisioning systems that explicitly
select traffic engineered paths within Provider Backbone Bridge Networks
(P802.1ah) by allowing a network operator to disable unknown destination
address forwarding and source address learning for administratively selected
VLAN Identifiers, while allowing other network control protocols to
dynamically determine active topologies for other services. These
interoperable capabilities are supported by SNMP MIB management of
individual bridges, by extensions to the other control protocols specified
in this standard, by the use of CFM with the addresses and VLAN Identifiers
that specify traffic engineered connections, and by 1:1 path protection
switching capable of load sharing. This amendment takes account of multi-
domain networks.
Project Purpose: An essential requirement of many provider networks is
supporting traffic engineered paths. Complete route selection freedom must
be allowed for a large number of connections. This amendment enables a
Service Provider to traffic engineer provisioned connections in a Provider
Backbone Bridged network using familiar 802.1 bridging technology.
Designation: 802.1Q-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks
Status: Superseded
**BSR-9 originally submitted 16-Dec-2003. ANSI error. Resubmiitted on 10
March 2004.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: To develop an architecture and bridge (1) protocols for the
logical partitioning of a Bridged Local Area Network (1-2-3) that provides
separate instances of the MAC service (4) to administratively defined groups
of users, independent of physical location. The architecture and protocols
will be compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged Local Area
Network equipment and will support a range of implementations.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide an architecture, protocols, and
mappings for bridges to provide that interoperability and consistent
management.
Abstract: " This standard defines an architecture for Virtual Bridged LANs, the services provided inVirtual Bridged LANs, and the
protocols and algorithms involved in the provision of those services. "
Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, virtual LAN, MAC
Bridge management
Designation: 802.1Q,2003 Edition-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to P802.12e at 9/19/96 StdsBd mtg.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 of 802.1D (Support of the Internal
Sublayer Service by Specific MAC Procedures) to cover bridge operation with
IEEE 802.12 MACs.
Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the
802.1D standard.
Designation: 802.1r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to ISO/IEC 15802-3 (802.1D): Information Technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges - GARP Proprietary Attribute Registration Protocol
(GPRP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: Definition of a new GARP Application, making use of and
extending the existing specififcation of GARP contained in 802.1D, that will
allow vendor-defined attribute values to be registered and distributed among
GARP-aware Bridges in a Bridged LAN.
Project Purpose: This supplement to Std 802.1D defines an additional GARP
Application aimed at allowing vendor-specific attribute values to be
distributed via GARP in a standard and interoperable manner, and allowing
vendor-specific attribute values that may have a wider application within
other vendor's equipment to be made available for more general use.
Designation: 802.1s-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to
802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Multiple Spanning Trees
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: To develop an architecture and protocols for the use of multiple
instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol (-1-) within a network employing
VLANs (-2-). The architecture and protocols will be compatible and
interoperable with existing Virtual Bridged Local Area Network equipment and
will support a range of implemenntations.
Project Purpose: 802.1Q Virtual LANs provides the equivalent of separate LANs
over a single bridged LAN, using a single instance of the Spanning Tree
Protocol. Despite multiple independent implementations employing multiple
instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol, there is currently no
interoperability between different vendors, nor a coherent management
framework for different techniques. This standard will provide an
architecture, protocols, and mappings for bridges to provide that
interoperability and consistent management.
Abstract: " This standard extends the architecture, protocols, and algorithms specified in IEEE Std802.1Q, 1998 Edition, to allow
data traffic belonging to different VLANs to be allocated to differentspanning trees, while retaining interoperability with
bridges conformant to that prior specification."
Key Words: "local area networks, media access control (MAC) bridges, MAC bridge
management,multiple spanning tree, virtual LANs"
Designation: 802.1t-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges -
Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802-1D-
1998 standard.
Project Purpose: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802-
1D-1998 standard.
Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition is intended to documentmaintenance items identified in the text of IEEE
Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998). The document identifies any proposed changes to the text that have arisen as
aconsequence of maintenance activity. These are documented in the usual form for Amendments toIEEE 802â standards; i.e., as an
explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998, will create a corrected
document."
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC bridges, media
access control (MAC) bridges, multicast address filtering, traffic class
expediting"
Designation: 802.1u-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Corrigendum 1:
Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: Manintenance - anticipated technical and editorial corrections
to the 802.1Q-1998 standard.
Project Purpose: Anticipated technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q
standard.
Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE 802.1Q, 1998 Edition is intended to document maintenanceitems identified in the text of IEEE Std
802.1Q, 1998 Edition. IEEE Std 802.1u-2001 identifies anyproposed changes to IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition that have arisen as a
consequence ofmaintenance activity. The changes are documented in the usual form for an amendment toIEEE 802 standards; i.e., as
an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition, will create a
corrected document. "
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge managment, media access control
bridges, virtual LANS"
Designation: 802.1v-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks: VLAN Classification by Protocol and Port: Amendment to
802.1Q
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: IEEE 802.1Q specifies a single PVID variable (Port VLAN
Identifier) for each port of a switch. The configurable value of this
single PVID variable specifies the VLAN into which frames untagged at
ingress to the port are to be classified. The project will develop a
supplement to 802.1Q to specify optional additional classification rules per
port based on the protocol (as designated in the frame by 802 family
portocols identifiers) in the received untagged frame. The project will
consider compatibility and interoperability with existing 802.1Q bridges.
Project Purpose: Classifying multiple protocols into a single VLAN often
imposes VLAN boundaries that are inappropriate for some of the protocols,
requiring th presence of a non-standard entity to relay between VLANs the
frames bearing the protocols for which the VLAN boundaries are
inappropriate. The non-standard relay makes the boundaries of the VLANs
transparent to the relayed protocols, depriving those protocols of the
benefits of the VLANs. The proposed supplement will benefit users of multi-
protocol LANs by permitting them to specify VLAN structures suitable for
each protocol present in a LAN, and removing the need for a non-standard
relay function between VLANs.
Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition describes enhancements to allowfor classification of incoming packets by
methods other than source port. Specifically, it definesrules for classification based on data-link layer protocol
identification. The document identifiesproposed changes to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition that have arisen as
aconsequence of this activity. These are documented in the usual form for amendments toIEEE 802â standards; i.e., as an explicit
set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition, will create a corrected
document."
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, media access control
bridges, virtual LANS"
Designation: 802.1w-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges:
Amendment 2 - Rapid Reconfiguration
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Specificatoin of enhancements to the auto-configuring mechanisms
and management controls in 802.1D-1998 that constrain user data frames to
all or part of a loop free topology. Where redundant alternate bridges
and/or connecting LANs are available, these enhancements will provide faster
reconfiguration and restoration of the MAC service if LAN component failure
occurs.
Project Purpose: LAN based applications, including new voice and multi-media
solutions, are increasingly mission critical and require much improved
network availability and scalability. An availability strategy that
includes redundant bridges and LAN media, together with rapid failure
detection and reconfiguration, allows the use of currently available cost
effective LAN components. Techniques that are broadly compatible with
802.1D-1998, but not interoperable, are now emerging from multiple vendors.
The proposed project will provide users with interoperable solutions.
Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3"
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC Bridges, media
access control (MAC) bridges, Rapid Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol
(RSTP)"
Designation: 802.1X-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based
Network Access Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2004
**Supersedes 802.1X-2001.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the use of the physical access
characteristics of IEEE 802 LANs in order to provide a means of
authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port. The reason
for revising the standard is to reflect editorial and technical corrections,
and to better facilitate its use in 802.11 Wireless LANs.
Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions using
standards based authentication and authorization infrastructures already
supporting schemes such as dial up access. Revision is needed in order to
deal with editorial and technical corrections, and also to reflect changes
necessary in the light of deployment in 802.11-based infrastructures.
Abstract: Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802® Local Area Networks (LAN)
infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to-
point connection characteristics, and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization
process fails.
Key Words: authentication, authorization, controlled port, local area networks,
metropolitan area networks, port access control, uncontrolled port
Designation: 802.1X-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Port Based Network Access Control
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1X-2004.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Specification of: (a) mechanisms to allow network access
decisions, made using existing standard higher layer authentication and
authorization protocols, to be enforced at individual ports of a networked
system; (b) encoding of those protocols over 802 LANs where no suitable
encoding is yet defined. The project will not define or require systems
that are enforcing network access decisions to: (c) process or interpret
authentication information; (d) modify user data frames to secure
conversations; (e) filter user data frames based on layer 2 or higher layer
adressing or protocol information. The access control mechanism will be
usable on LAN ports of all types of systems attached to a LAN, including
bridges, routers, servers and other end stations.
Project Purpose: There is no standard mechanism that allows a network
administrator to control access to and from a LAN segment based on the
authenticated state of a port user. Simple network connectivity affords
anonymous access to enterprise data and the global Internet. As 802 LANs
are deployed in more accessible areas, there is an increasing need to
authenticate and authorize basic network access. The proposed project will
provide common interoperable solutions using standards based authentication
and authorization infrastructures already supporting schemes such as dial up
access.
Abstract: " Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics ofIEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN)
infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticatingand authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to-
point connection characteristics,and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization
processfails. "
Key Words: "authentication, authorization, controlled Port, Local Area
Networks, Port Access Control, uncontrolled Port"
Designation: 802.1y
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Media Access Control
(MAC) Bridges - Amendment 3: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w).
Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w).
Designation: 802.1z
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 4: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections tot he
802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u,
802.1v).
Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u,
802.1v).
Designation: 802.2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 2: Logical Link Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as
defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of
the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area
Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC
sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication
systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access
points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link
connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing
PDUs.
Key Words: logical, link, control, local, area, Protocols, Local area networks
Designation: 802.2a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Flow Control Techniques for Bridged Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Provide updates to the existing 802.2 Standard.
Designation: 802.2b-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Acknowledged Connectionless-Mode Service and Protocol (Type
3 Operation)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2.
Designation: 802.2c-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Part 2: Logical link control—Supplement 3: Conformance requirements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Draft is sold as ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994/Amd. 3.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: Provides a means, for the implementor of the standard, to
indicate the options supported and the choices made in the implementation of
the standard, so that an appropriate set of tests can be employed by testing
centers in the conformance testing process.
Project Purpose: Provide the required Portocol Implementation Conformance
Statement(PICS) Proforma for LLC Type 1 Operation, LLC Type 2 Operation and
LLC Type 3 Operation.
Designation: 802.2d-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area
Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Supplement to 802.2.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2.
Designation: 802.2e-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area
Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control - Bit Referencing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2.
Designation: 802.2f-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Managed objects definition for logical link control (LLC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: Define LLC Management Objects for Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3
Operations, including their attributes, actions, and event notifications.
Project Purpose: Provide updates to the existing IEEE 802.2 Standard to reflect
the management aspect of the LLC Types of Operations.
Designation: 802.2g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area
Networks: Logical Link Control (LLC) Type 4 High Speed, High Performance
Operation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Carlson, Phone:732-264-2581, Email:dcarlson@netlabs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: For use in emerging high performance LANs and MANs.
Project Purpose: To provide an LLC protocol, for use in bridged and single
segment LANs and MANs, that supports high-speed implementations, efficient
high performance operations, error detection across bridged LANs/MANs, and
the ability for multiple connections between the same pair of LSAPs. This
protocol would be capable of coexisting with LLC Type 1, 2 and 3 operations.
Protocol features used to accomplish support of high speed implementations
might include features such as fixed header sizes, limited options, and the
decoupling of the transmitter and receiver functions. Protocol features
used to accomplish support of efficient, high performance operations, might
include features such as rate control, lightweight connection control,
selective retransmission, multi-peer connections, and stream-oriented
service.
Designation: 802.2h-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Optional toleration of duplicate information transfer format protocol
data units (IPDUs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Supplement to 802.2.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: Provide a procedural option in Type 2 operation that will allow
a receiver to tolerate the receipt of an already correctly received I PDU by
discarding it instead of initiating a Frame Reject (FRMR) exception
condition that would require the reset of the logical link control
procedure.
Project Purpose: Improve the overall throughput capability in those situations
where the receiver is capable of making an acceptable judgement regarding
the acceptableness of the I PDUs received, even when some of those frames
are duplicates of frames already properly and correctly received.
Designation: 802.3-REVam-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006
Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating
approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications
submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process.
The project will not add any significant new functionality.
Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments
into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through
the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors
and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base
document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements.
Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common
media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple
physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol
specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces
(MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables.
System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational
speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include:
various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitian area network applications, and the provision of power over
selected twisted pair PHY types.
Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment
unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the
MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical
network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link
Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface;
media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding
sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over
Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG
Designation: 802.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
**Formerly known as 802.3-REVam.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006
Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating
approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications
submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process.
This project will not add any significant new functionality.
Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments
into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through
the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors
and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base
document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements.
Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common
media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple
physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol
specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces
(MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables.
System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational
speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include:
various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitian area network applications, and the provision of power over
selected twisted pair PHY types.
Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment
unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the
MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical
network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link
Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface;
media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding
sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over
Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG
Designation: 802.3av
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment:
Physical Layer Specifications and Management Parameters for 10Gb/s Passive
Optical Networks
Status: Adoption Complete
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to amend IEEE Std 802.3 to add
physical layer specifications and management parameters for symmetric and/or
asymmetric operation at 10 Gb/s on point-to-multipoint passive optical
networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to significantly increase
performance of point-to-multipoint architecture (Ethernet Passive Optical
Network) to support emerging bandwidth-intensive services while considering
equipment, operation, upgrade, and maintenance costs.
Designation: P802.3-2005/Cor 2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Corrigendum 2: IEEE Std 802.3an-2006 10GBASE-T Correction
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct Equation 55-55
Project Purpose: Somehow during the draft development, a Log10 term in the
equation was missed. No one in the ballot group commented on it. The change
does not qualify as an errata and therefore is being done as a corrigendum.
Designation: 802.3-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Maintenance Revision #6
Status: Superseded
**Full revision PAR had been numbered as P802.3ag. However, this standard
is 802.3-2002. It supersedes all previous 802.3 base documents and
amendments through 802.3ad.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jan 14, 2002, ANSI APP: May 13, 2002
Project Scope: Maintenance changes and current 802.3 Standard
Project Purpose: Define parameters for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer
specifications. Add accumulated maintenance changes and provide general
review of current 802.3 Standard (1998 Edition and 802.3ab, 802.3ac 802.3ad)
Abstract: " The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision De-tection (CSMA/CD)
access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control charac-teristics for full duplex dedicated channel
use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types
10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber opticinter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s;
MediaIndependent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII
(GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well
as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeaterspecifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the
Physical Layer for10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System consider-ations for
multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications andadditions to support Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q ® are also pro-vided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation
sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregatedtogether to form a single logical link. "
Key Words: "ggregated Link; Aggregator; Auto Negotiation; Category 5; copper;
data processing; Ethernet; gigabit; information interchange, Link
Aggregation; local area networks, management; MASTER-SLAVE; medium dependent
interface"
Designation: 802.3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Incoporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std
802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002
(802.3ag).
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.3)
Abstract: " The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision De-tection (CSMA/CD)
access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control charac-teristics for full duplex dedicated channel
use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types
10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber opticinter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s;
MediaIndependent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII
(GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well
as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeaterspecifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the
Physical Layer for10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System consider-ations for
multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications andadditions to support Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q are also pro-vided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation
sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregatedtogether to form a single logical link. "
Key Words: "data processing, Ethernet, information interchange, link
aggregation, local area networks"
Designation: 802.3-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local Area Networks: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) - (ETHERNET)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1984
Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard specifies the media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and
physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband systems and it provides a 1 Mb/s baseband implementation.
Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, and 10BASE-T are
included. System considerations for multisegment 10 Mb/s baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface
specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal
model is defined and used.
Key Words: LAN, CSMA/CD, ethernet, local, networks
Designation: 802.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement for 802.3 - (First Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 802.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications, Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-
Status: Superseded
**Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition, IEEE 802.3r-1996, 802.3u-
1995, 802.3x&y-1997, 802.3z-1998, and 802.3aa-1998. Superseded by 802.3-
2002 (802.3ag).
Designation: 802.3-2002-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**This standards supersedes 802.3ag. Superseded by 802.3-2005.
History: BD APP: Jan 14, 2002
Designation: 802.3-2005/Cor 1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2006
**Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2005
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006
Project Scope: This corriegendum clarifies and corrects isolation text
including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent
Interfaces
Project Purpose: The current text is technically not implementable for powered
interfaces, and implementers must now make common sense deviations from the
specifications of 802.3 to build power sourcing equipment.
Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium
Dependent Interfaces
Key Words: DTE, Power via the MDI, POE, Power over Ethernet, isolation
Designation: 802.3a-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Section 10, Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification,
Type 10BASE2
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1985, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: local, area, networks, CSMA/CD, sec 10
Designation: 802.3aa-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T), Standard for Information
Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T)
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 802.3u-1995. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Limited to updating 802.3u to correct possible inaccuracies.
Project Purpose: To correct and update Std. 802.3u using a group of revisions
known as Group #1.
Designation: 802.3ab-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Physical Layer Parameters
and Specifications for 1000 Mb/s Operation over 4 pair of Category 5
Balanced Copper Cabling, Type 1000BASE-T
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated in 802.3,2000 Edition. The front matter of this standard
includes a dedication to the memory of Valerie Zelenty. Superseded by 802.3-
2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000
Project Scope: Define physical layer characteristics and specifications for
1000 Mb/s operation on 4 pair of 100 ohm Category 5 balanced copper cabling
as defined by EIA/TIA-568-A, Annex E or its equivalent as built from
material specified by ISO/IEC 11801:1995.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to
provide 1000 Mb/s operation over installed Category 5 generic facilities
balanced copper cabling.
Abstract: " Type 1000BASE-T PCS, type 1000BASE-T PMA sublayer, and type 1000BASE-T Me-dium Dependent Interface (MDI) are defined.
This supplement provides fully functional, electricaland mechanical specifications for the type 1000BASE-T PCS, PMA, and MDI.
This supplement alsospecifies the baseband medium used with 1000BASE-T. "
Key Words: "Auto-Negotiation,Category 5,copper,Ethernet,gigabit,MASTER-
SLAVE,medium dependent interface,physical coding sublayer,Physical
Layer,physical medium attachment"
Designation: 802.3ac-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision
detection (CSMA/CD) frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002
(802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Specifications of 802.3 frame when carrying Virtual Bridged
Local Area network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to 802.3
Media Access Control (MAC) parameters e.g. maxFrameSize to accommodate
Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagged framesual Bridged Local Area
Network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to IEEE Std 802.3
clause 30 management attribute definitions to accommodate Virtual Bridged
Local Area Network tagged frames.
Project Purpose: To adjust the 802.3 frame format to align IEEE Std 802.3 with
IEEE 802.1Q.
Abstract: " Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, to support Virtual Bridged LocalArea Networks (VLANs) as
specified in IEEE P802.1Q, Draft Standard for Local and MetropolitanArea Networks"
Key Words: "data processing,Ethernet,information interchange,local area
networks,local area networks,management,models,mode of data
transmission,network interconnection,repeater,type field"
Designation: 802.3ad-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology – Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks – Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications–Aggregation of
Multiple Link Segments
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002
(802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Specify a DTE to Dte logical link which consists of n parallel
instances of an 802.3 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will
support existing 802.3 MAC Clients. Define the necessary management objects
and protocols to support link aggregation, including identification,
addition and deletion of link segments to and from the logical link.
Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DETs by
specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation.
Abstract: " An optional Link Aggregation sublayer for use with CSMA/CD MACs is defined. Link Ag-gregation allows one or more links
to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group,such that a MAC Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it
were a single link. To this end,it specifies the establishment of DTE to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of
fullduplex point-to-point links operating at the same data rate. "
Key Words: "Aggregated Link, Aggregator, Link Aggregation Group, Physical
Layer"
Designation: 802.3ae-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local & Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Media Access
Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, and Management Parameters for 10
Gb/s Operation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 2002
Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal
augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics and management
parameters for transfer of LLC and Ethernet format frames at 10 Gb/s using
full duplex operation as defined in the 802.3 standard. In addition to the
traditional LAN space, add parameters and mechanisms that enable deployment
of Ethernet over the Wide Area Network operating at a data rate compatible
with OC-192c and SDH VC-4-64c payload rate.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to
an operating speed of 10 Gb/s and to expand the Ethernet application space
to include Wide Area Network links in order to provide a significant
increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the
installed base of 802.3 interfaces, previous investment in research and
development, and principles of network operation and management.
Abstract: " Support to extend the IEEE 802.3 protocol and MAC specification to an operating speedof 10 Gb/s. Several Physical Coding
Sublayers known as 10GBASE-X, 10GBASE-R, and10GBASE-W are specified, as well as significant additional supporting material for a
10 GigabitMedia Independent Interface (XGMII), a 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI), a 10 GigabitSixteen-Bit Interface
(XSBI) and management. "
Key Words: "10 Gigabit Ethernet, fiber, LAN PHY, WAN PHY, XAUI, XGMII, XSBI"
Designation: 802.3af-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications - Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power Via Media Dependent
Interface (MDI)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced
cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The
amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory
considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered.
Project Purpose: To provide power for a new class of devices with 802.3
interfaces enabled by progress in silicon technology. These devices are
characterized by low power requirements and LAN connectivity.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.3af-2003, Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2002, Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via Media Dependent
Interface (MDI)"
Key Words: "802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over
Ethernet, PSE"
Designation: 802.3ah-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access With
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications Amendment: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers,
and Management Parameters for Subscriber Access Networks
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2005
Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal
augmentation of the MAC operation, physical layer specifications, and
management parameters for the transfer of 802.3 format frames in subscriber
access networks at operating speeds within the scope of the current IEEE Std
802.3 and approved new projects.
Project Purpose: To expand the application of Ethernet to include subscriber
access networks in order to provide a significant increase in performance
while minimizing equipment, operation, and maintenance costs.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 (Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3) CSMA/CD
Key Words: "Ethernet in the First Mile, EFM, Ethernet Passive Optical Network,
EPON, Ethernet over DSL, Multi-point MAC Control,"
Designation: 802.3aj-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Maintenance 7
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.3, which addresses the CSMA/CD access method and
physical layer specifications will be enhanced through necessary amendments
and corrigenda.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 802.3 will be kept current and reflective of current
implementation and application requirements, in accordance with the IEEE
802.3 Working Group maintenance process, defined at
http://www.ieee802.org/3/maint/index.htm.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.3aj-2003, Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3CSMA/CD"
Key Words: "802.3aj, 1000BASE-T, auto-negotiation, NEXT page"
Designation: 802.3aj
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- Specific requirements -- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer
specifications Maintenance Revision #7
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: Maintenance changes.
Project Purpose: Add accumulated maintenance changes.
Designation: 802.3ak-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation,
Type 10GBASE-CX4
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and
appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae-
2002 (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum) to add a copper
Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) option for 10 Gb/s operation, building upon
the existing 10GBASE-X Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and 10 Gigabit
Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) specifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost option
for interconnection of closely located equipment (within ~15m of cable),
typically within a stack or between equipment racks within a room.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.3ak-2004, Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-CX4"
Key Words: "802.3ak, 10GBASE-CX4,10 Gigabit Ethernet, cable assembly, physical
medium dependent (PMD) sublayer, XAUI"
Designation: 802.3an-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment:
Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation, Type
10GBASE-T
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify a Physical Layer (PHY)
for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured copper cabling, using
the existing Media Access Controller, and with extensions to the appropriate
physical layer management parameters, of IEEE Std 802.3.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost,
twisted pair copper cabling option for 10Gb/s interconnection of equipment
up to 100 m.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 specifies a new Physical Coding Sublayer interface and a new Physical Medium
Attachment sublayer interface for 10 Gb/s Ethernet. 10GBASE-T specifies a LAN interconnect for up to 100 m of balanced twisted-
pair structured cabling systems.
Key Words: 802.3an, 10GBASE-T, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, Auto-Negotiation, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer,
structured cabling, XAUI, XGMII
Designation: 802.3ap-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Amendment: Ethernet Operation Over Electrical Backplanes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and
appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 to specify operation at 1000
Mb/s and 10 Gb/s across an electrical backplane leveraging the existing
MAC.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide standards based
Ethernet interconnection of server and telecommunication blades over a
modular platform backplane. Industry trends for LAN, SAN and other
applications are migrating to backplane interconnects, and this project
will optimize Ethernet operation for backplanes.
Designation: 802.3aq-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology— Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems— Local and metropolitan area
networks— Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access
with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and
appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 as amended to add a
Physical Layer (PHY) for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured
fiber cabling, using the existing MAC and with extensions to the appropriate
physical layer management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3.
Project Purpose: This project will define a lower-cost, 10Gb/s serial PHY that
supports a link distance of at least 220m over installed FDDI-grade
multimode fiber. The specification should enable migration to smaller form
factor pluggable modules.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 specifies a new PMD, 10GBASE-LRM, for serial, 10 Gb/s operation over up to 220 m of
62.5 μm and 50 μm multimode fiber, including installed, FDDI grade multimode fiber.
Key Words: 802.3aq, 10GBASE-LRM, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, multimode fiber, physical
medium dependent (PMD) sublayer
Designation: P802.3ar
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications Amendment: Enhancements for congestion management
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify IEEE 802.3 Media Access
Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of MAC operation and
management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3 to provide rate control and support
of IEEE 802 congestion management.
Project Purpose: This project will enable accelerated deployment of Ethernet
into emerging limited-topology applications that require improved delay,
delay variation and frame loss characteristics.
Designation: 802.3as-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology— Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems— Local and metropolitan area
networks— Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access
with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 13, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: Specify the IEEE 802.3 frame format when optional envelope
information is present while preserving the original MAC service data unit.
Also, specify related adjustments to IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC)
parameters and management attribute definitions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the size of the IEEE
802.3 frame format to accommodate IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridging, IEEE
802.1AE MACSec and other applications requiring envelope information.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 extends the IEEE 802.3 basic frame format with the addition of an envelope frame to
accommodate additional prefixes and suffixes required by higher layer encapsulation protocols such as those defined by IEEE 802.1
(e.g., Provider Bridges, MAC Security), ITU-T or IETF (e.g., MPLS).
Key Words: 802.3as, basic frame, envelope frame, frame expansion, frame format
extension, frame size, Q-tagged frame
Designation: P802.3at
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information technologyTelecommunications and information
exchange between systemsLocal and metropolitan area networksSpecific
requirementsPart 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Amendment: DTE
Power via the MDI Enhancements
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to augment the capabilities of the
IEEE Std 802.3 standard with higher power levels and improved power
management information. The project will augment the methodology for the
provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment
with 802.3 interfaces. Optional augmented power limit will be made
available for certain structured cabling systems. Compatibility with
existing equipment will be maintained.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to include higher power
applications while providing enhanced power management information to reduce
total system cost.
Designation: 802.3b-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3: Broadband Medium Attachment Unit and Broadband
Medium Specifications, Type 10BROAD36 (Section 11)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: Section 11, local, area, networks, LAN
Designation: 802.3c-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Repeater Unit for 10 Mb/s Baseband Networks
(Sections 9.1 - 9.8)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: repeater, unit, section 12, LAN
Designation: 802.3d-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium
Specification for a Vendor Independent Fiber Optic Inter Repeater Link
(Section 9.9)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: fiber optic, repeater, link, local, area
Designation: 802.3e-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Physical Signaling, Medium Attachment, and
Baseband Medium Specifications, Type 1BASE5 STARLAN (Section 12)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1989
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: physical, signal, medium, attachment, baseband
Designation: 802.3F
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Physical Signaling Medium Attachment & Baseband Medium
Specification/Type 1BASE5 Multi-point Extension
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Suppl to 802.3 .
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Designation: 802.3h-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management (Section 5)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 11, 1991
Abstract: This Local Area Network (LAN) standard defines the Layer Management specification for networks based on the CSMA/CD access
method. It provides the formal description of the relationship between the CSMA/CD Layer Entities and the Layer Management
facilities.
Key Words: LAN, layer, management, local, networks
Designation: 802.3i-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - System Considerations for Multisegment 10 M/S
Baseband Networks (Section 13) and Twisted-Pair Medium Attachmen Unit and
Baseband Med Spec, Type 10BASE-T (Section 14)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1991
Abstract: This Local Area Network standard specifies the Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and one specific unshielded
twisted-pair medium for use with the MAU. This MAU is specified for use in a 10 Mb/s baseband CSMA/CD LAN. Guidelines for its
application in a repeatered multisegment hetergeneous CSMA/CD network are included.
Key Words: LAN, medium, twisted pair, baseband, 10baset
Designation: 802.3j-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Fiber Optic Active and Passive Star-Based
Segments, Type 10BASE-F (Sections 15-18)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for fiber optic active and passive star-based
segments, type 10BASE-F implementations for local and metropolitan area networks.
Designation: 802.3k-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Repeaters
(Section 19)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802:31992 defines a set of mechanisms that enable management of ISO/IEC 8802-3 10 Mb/s
baseband repeater units. The managed objects are defined in accordance with IEEE 802.1 and ISO/IEC standards for network
management.
Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, LAN, collision, detection,
layer, management, local, area, networks, hub, repeater
Designation: 802.3l-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU)
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Section
14.10)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU)
implementations for local and metropolitan area networks.
Key Words: local, area, networks, metropolitan, carrier sense multiple access,
CSMA/CD, collision, detection, MAU
Designation: 802.3m-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Second Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3n-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Third Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3p-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Medium
Attachment Units (MAUs) (Section 20) Published with 802.3q-1993.
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3q-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Guidelines for the Development of Managed Objects
(GDMO) (ISO 10164-4) Format for Layer Managed Objects (Clause 5)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, collision, detection, CSMA/CD, LAN,
DTES, layer management, objects, managed, objects, medium, attachment,
units, MAU
Designation: 802.3r-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Type 10BASE5
Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) Proforma (Subclause 8.8)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition].
Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jul 29, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (clause 8)
is provided. The PICS proforma is used to evaluate the conformance of a particular implementation of the standard.
Key Words: dynamic conformance testing, medium attachment unit, MAU, PICS
proforma, protocol implementation conformance, static conformance review,
Type 10BASE5
Designation: 802.3s-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Fourth Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3t-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Informative Annex for Support of 120 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Simplex Link
Segment
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3u-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement - Media Access Control
(MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, Medium Attachment Units and Repeater for
100Mb/s Operation, Type 100BASE-T (Clauses 21-30)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 802-3. Superseded by 802.3aa-1998.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996
Project Scope: 1. The CSMA/CD access method of IEEE 802.3 will be retained
without change. Therefore, the only change to Clause 4 Media access Control
and Clause 6 PLS Service Specifications will be to add a subclause 4.4.2.3
containing the parameterized values for 100 Mb/s operation of the MAC.
Management definitions will be provided that build upon the existing set
with minimal changes. 2. The link segment phyical layer specification and
the multiport repeater specification will be optimized for operation over
100 meter TP links supporting one or more of the horizontal wiring schemes
specified in EIA/TIA-568:1991 and TSB-36. The architecture will be
sufficiently open that other physical later specifications may be added as
future projects. A media independent interface (MII) will be defined which
will allow operation of multiple physical later implementations under the
MAC. 3. It is recognized that there may be some minor editorial changes
required for editorial alignment. For example: "The PLS is found in
chapter7" would require correction.l
Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher speed capability for 802.3
LANs at 100 Mb/s, made possible by recent developments in high spped
signaling, particularly on unshielded twisted pair and advances in silicon
technology. It will afford significant performance improvements with minimal
vendor and customer investments by leveraging the infrastructure of 802.3
research, development and market deployment. The design focus for Higher
Speed CSMA/CD is better performance for existing applications that are
characterized by bursty traffic. This standard is also expected to support
emerging applications in the market.
Abstract: The ISO/IEC CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) is coupled with a family of new Physical Layer specifications to achieve
100 Mb/s operation. Known collectively as 100BASE-T, this family of Physical Layer specifications includes 100BASE-T4, which uses
four pairs of ISO/IEC 11801: 1995 Category 3, 4, or 5 balanced cable; 100BASE-TX, which uses two pairs of Category 5 balanced
cable or 150 ohm shielded balanced cable; and 100BASE-FX, which uses two multi-mode fibers. The two 100BASE-X specifications
(100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX) reused portions of the 100 Mb/s physical signaling specifications originally developed for Fibre
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI).
Key Words: fast ethernet, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T, 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX,
100BASE-X, Auto-Negotiation, management, MII, repeater
Designation: 802.3v-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Informative Annex for Support of 150 Ohm Cables in
10BASE-T Link Segment
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3w
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Standard for Enhanced Media Access Control
Algorithm
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: To develop a normative supplement to the IEEE 802.3 standard.
This supplement will specify an optional enhancement to the MAC algorithm
that improves performance, and is fully compatible and interoperable with
the existing MAC.
Project Purpose: The supplement will provide a formal state machine
specification of the enhancement to the MAC algorithm, with appropriate
descriptive text.
Designation: 802.3x-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Specification
for 802.3 Full Duplex Operation
Status: Superseded
**Published with IEEE Std 802.3y-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996
[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997
Project Scope: To define the specification for bi-directional, simultaneous
transmission and reception of IEEE 802.3 frames over media capable of
supporting simultaneous bi-directional signaling (twisted pair and/or
fiber). Flow control mechanisms will be addressed as relevant.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher performance option to the
existing standard that allows performance to be optimized for IEEE 802.3
LANs (currently 10 and 100 Mb/s). This performance enhancement is made
possible by the separate transmit and receive channels of twosted pair
and/or fiber technologies. This standard will allow significant performance
improvement and will provide a basis for interoperation of products referred
to as 802.3 Full Duplex.
Abstract: Necessary changes and additions are made to provide for an additional, full duplex mode of operation on a speed-
independent basis. Changes are made to the MAC and selected Physical Layer implementations (10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-T) to
support full duplex. A mechanism for pause-based flow control is also added.
Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control,
management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater
Designation: 802.3y-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Physical Layer
Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation on Two Pairs of Category 3 or Better
Balanced Twisted Pair Cable (100BASE-T2)
Status: Superseded
**Published with IEEE Std 802.3x-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996
[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997
Project Scope: A physical layer will be defined for 100BASE-T networks
operating over cabling plants where two pairs of ISO/IEC 11801 Category 3 or
better balanced twisted pair cabling are available. The standard will
additionally be compatible with all other currently planned work.
Project Purpose: This standard will allow 100 Mb/s operation on the majority of
balanced cable (e.g. twisted pair) plants in use today, including virtually
all of the cabling specified in the 10BASE-T standard. It will increase the
availability of the 100 Mb/s speed to 802.3 LANs where only two pairs of
Category 3 or better balanced cabling are available. This is a significant
share of the current 10BASE-T user base.
Abstract: Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s
transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling.
Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control,
management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater
Designation: 802.3z-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, Repeater and
Management Parameters for 1,000 Mb/s Operation, Supplement to Information
Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications -
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Define Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of
its operation, physical layer characteristics, repeater functions and
management parameters for transfer of 802.3 and Ethernet format frames at
1,000 Mb/s.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to
an operating speed of 1,000 Mb/s in order to provide a significant increase
in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base
of CSMA/CD nodes, previous investment in research and development, and
principles of network operation and management.
Designation: 802.4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: Standard for Token-Passing Bus Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: This local area network (LAN) standard deals with all elements of the token-passing bus access method and its associated
physical signaling and media technologies. To facilitate interconnection of stations by way of a LAN using the token-passing bus
access method, this standard specifies the characteristics of the transmission medium; the signaling method used; the frame
formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between
the Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer; and the actions, entities and values used
by management. There are four medium characteristics and signaling methods: 5 and 10 Mb/s phase-coherent FSK; 1, 5, and 10 Mb/s
broadband; 10 and 20 Mb/s fiberoptic; and 1 Mb/s phase-continuous FSK.
Key Words: LAN, token-passing, bus, Protocols, Local area networks
Designation: 802.4a-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local Area Network: Fiber Optic Token Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 13, 1986
Abstract: Add additional physical layer and media specifications utilizing fiber optic media to IEEE Std 802.4.
Key Words: fiber, optic, token, bus
Designation: 802.4b-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local Area and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.4 Supplement:
Enhancements for Physical Layer Diversity (Redundant Media Control Unit)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to 802.4-1990.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Sep 28, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990[ANSI/IEEE 802.4-1990] provides a recommendation for employing diversity in the
Physical Layer of token-passing bus systems conforming to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 for local and metropolitan area networks.
Key Words: physical, local, area, metropolitan, diversity, redundant, media,
control, token-passing, bus, access, method
Designation: 802.4C
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Thru air media supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, air, media, local, networks
Designation: 802.4D
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Broadband Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, broadband, media, conformance, test
Designation: 802.4E
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: MAC Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, MAC, conformance, test, networks
Designation: 802.4F
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Phase Coherent FSK Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, phase, coherent, FSK, conformance
Designation: 802.4G
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Fiber Optic Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: fiber, optic, media, conformance, lan
Designation: 802.4h-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Alternative Use of
BNC Connectors and Manchester-Encoded Signaling Methods for Single-Channel
Bus Physical Layer Entities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: To allow the alternative use of BNC-connectors and Manchester
Encoded Signaling methods for Single Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities.
Project Purpose: The changes will allow alternative specifications requested by
users of the standard and are designed to enhance ease of installation,
reliabiity and maintainability.
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.4-1990] provides the functional, electrical, and mechanical
characteristics of single-channel differential and Manchester-data-encoded bus Physical Layer Entities (PLEs).
Key Words: BNC connectors, differential Manchester encoding, eye pattern, local
area network, MAC-Symbol encoding, Manchester-encoded signaling, Physical
Layer Entity, single-channel bus, token-passing bus access method
Designation: 802.5-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical
Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This project will consider updates, corrections to errors and
improved clarification to the Std 802.5-1995.
Project Purpose: During development of P802.5r, a number of areas in Std 802.5-
1995 were found in need of revision.
Designation: 802.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5:
Token ring access method and physical layer specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To create a single ISO/IEC Token Ring standard, by performing a
technical merge and clarification of ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998 and its amendments.
The scope does not include the development of new technical capabilities,
but does provide for clarification and correction of existing functions and
features.
Project Purpose: To provide a single cohesive document describing the various
capabilities and options for Token Ring as defined within the family of IEEE
802.5 standards. Various sections of the standard were written at different
times, based on slightly different models. Therefore, the revision is
required to rewrite the standard bringing all sections together under the
same global view.
Designation: 802.5-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990
Designation: 802.5-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local Area Networks: Token Ring Bus Access Method and Physical Layer
Specification
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Key Words: lan, token-ring, physical, layer, bus
Designation: 802.5a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: LAN: Station Management Supplement to 802.5-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This supplement is section 6 of 8802-5:1992.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Key Words: LAN, station, management, local, area
Designation: 802.5b-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended
Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data
Transmission at 4 Mbit/s
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 26, 1991
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: token, ring, configuration, lan, local
Designation: 802.5b-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for
Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s - 1993 Edition
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Was ISO/IEC TR 10738.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: token, ring, access, method, data, transmission, networks,
unshielded, twisted, pair, cable
Designation: 802.5c-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to
Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications: Recommended
Practice for Dual Ring Operation with Wrapback Reconfiguration
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE 802.5-1989.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991
Abstract: Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area
network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence
on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation
described are intended for applications that require very high availability and recovery from media and station failures.
Key Words: token, ring, configuration, LAN, local
Designation: 802.5d-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Interconnected Token Ring LANs
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: interconnected, token ring, LAN, local
Designation: 802.5e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Token Ring Station Management Entity Specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to 802.5
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, station, management, entity
Designation: 802.5f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: 16 Mbit /s Token Ring Operations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to 802.5
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, 16 mbit/s, local, networks
Designation: 802.5g-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications—Conformance Testing
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Supplement to 802.5 (Appendix C for 802.5A)
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Project Scope: and Purpose- Provide a set of specifications as the basis for
Conformance (to the Standard) testing of IEEE 802.5.
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: LAN, conformance, testing, local, networks
Designation: 802.5h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Operation of Logical Link Control III on Token Rings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to 802.5
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, logical, link, control
Designation: 802.5i
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Token Ring - Early Token Release
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, early, release, networks
Designation: 802.5j-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Fibre Optic
Media
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5r-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1.
Supersedes 802.5j-1993.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: To upgrade from Trial Use to Full Use, the standard which adds
to the token ring standard the means for fiber optic media station
attachment to the token ring network. This effort will consider comments
from users of the trial use standard to include specifications for both
fiber for the lobe and trunk in the supplement.
Project Purpose: This project will update the existing Token Ring Trial Use
Fiber Standard to Full Use Supplement to 802.5-1995. The current trial use
Fiber standard is being used by a number of companies and significant
interest is present to spend the effort to make a full use supplemental
standard to 802.5.
Designation: 802.5j-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Trial Use Standard for Information Processing Systems-Local Area
Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Spec.-Fiber
Optic Media Station Attachment
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC TR 11802-4.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993
Abstract: The functional, electrical, optical, and mechanical characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4- or 16-
Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit of a token ring are specified. This Technical Report is based upon a fibre
optic transmitter, a channel of multimode graded-index fibres, and a direct-detection photodiode receiver; and includes signaling
provisions for bypass of the station from the ring and self-test capabilities.
Key Words: Trunk coupling unit, Token ring, Optical transmitter (OTX), Optical
receiver (ORX), Local area network (LAN), Fibre optic station attachment,
Fibre optic medium interface (FOMI), Fibre optic interface (FOI)
Designation: 802.5k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Token Ring Media Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, media, local, networks
Designation: 802.5l
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Maintenance of Token Ring Standard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 802.5m-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard Token Ring LAN Access Method: Specification and PICS
Proforma for Source Routing Transparent Bridge Operation (SRT)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 10038. This work will be incorporated into 802.1D.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Designation: 802.5n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Operation of 4 and 16 M/bits Token Ring Local Area Networks
on Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Media
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Project Scope: Extend the IEEE 802.5-1989 Standard to include operation of
Token Ring at 4 and 16 Mbit/s over UTP media. Maintain interoperability
with stations that comply to that specification when they are attached to
UTP>
Project Purpose: To specify the operation of Token Ring over UTP media. The
objectives of this specification are to achieve the following: 1. Ensure
compatability with existing shielded twisted pair (STP) station attachment
implementations. 2. Allow interoperability of UTP and STP on the same ring.
3. Maintain compatability with the Recommended Practice for use of UTP for
Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s (802.5B) where advantageous. 4.
Support of lobes consistent with TR 41.8.1 recommendations both at 4 and 16
Mbit/s for the set of active and/or passive TCU devices. 5. Support at
least 72 lobe-attached stations. 6. All valid UTP cabling and TCU
configurations will allow attachment of any UTP station at any Token Ring
UTP interface.
Designation: 802.5p-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Information Processing Systems—Local Area Networks—Part 2:
Logical Link Control—Annex X: End system Route Determination
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Revision and redesignation of 802.2-1989.
Incorporated into 802.2, 1994 edition.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Designation: 802.5q
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information processing systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5:
Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specification-Media Access
Control Revision
Status: Superseded
**802.5q was incorrectly numbered as if it were a supplement, but in fact,
it is a revision of 802.5.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Project Scope: Revise the existing media access control(MAC) sections of the
token ring standard to provide improved clarity and specificity. In
addition the joining ring and beacon test capabilities shall be included and
the 16-bit addressing removed from the standard. This change will align the
standard with current implementations.
Project Purpose: In the process of the development of conformance test
documents it has become apparent that greater clarity and specificity in the
standard is required for the writing of test specifications for the token
ring. In addition certain improvements which have been implemented in token
ring have been demonstratred as being most desirable for enhanced operation
and therefore should be included.
Designation: 802.5r-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Dedicated
Token Ring Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5j-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Define dedicated attachment of existing token ring stations. In
addition, expand the station's capability to simultaneously transmit and
receive independent data streams for all frames. define station
concentrator functions in sufficient detail to produce an interface between
station and concentrator that assures interworking.
Project Purpose: As presently defined, each token ring station shares the
ring's total available bandwidth. This dedicated attachment extension to
802.5-1995 will provide a significant increase in available bandwidth to
each station. Additionally, it will decouple the operating speed of the
concentrator from its attaching stations.
Designation: 802.5t-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications 100
Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 13, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2000
Project Scope: Generate a standard for 100 Mbit/s 802.5 Token Ring LANs based
on the present 802.5 Token Ring MAC. It will support 2-pair Category 5 (100
ohm) and STP (150 ohm) cabling as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A).
The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports.
MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only
to meet the specifications for the Tc PHY. The frame format between MAC and
LLC is being preserved
Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective solution for current IEEE 802.5
Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High Speed
Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC, for incorporation into
present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN
complexity.
Abstract: " This supplement specifies the changes required to ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5, 1998 Edition,(Base standard) and ANSI/IEEE
802.5r, 1998 Edition, and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5j, 1998 Edition,(Amendment 1 standard) to support 100 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring
(DTR) operation. The Basestandard, together with the Amendment 1 standard, specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point)Token
Ring operation at both 4 Mbit/s and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or theTXI Access Protocol. This supplement
extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to the medium
access control (MAC)have been made to accommodate the requirements for high media rates (100 Mbit/s and above). "
Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fill duplex
operation, local area network (LAN), medium access control (MAC), 100 Mbit/s
operation, token ring"
Designation: 802.5u
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan area networks Part 5:
Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Optical fiber
Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mbit/s Token Ring operation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Provide the appropriate extensions to the standard for 100
Mbit/s 802.5 Token now being written to include support for multi-mode
Optical Fibre as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A). The standard
will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame
format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only to meet
the specifications for the Fx, Fibre PHY. The frame format between MAC and
LLC is being preserved).
Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective fibre optic solution for current
IEEE 802.5 Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High
Speed Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC for incorporation
into present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN
complexity.
Designation: 802.5v-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Gigabit
Token Ring Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 04, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 2001
Project Scope: Define IEEE 802.5 Token Ring (MAC) parameters and minimal
augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics, and
management parameters for transfer of 802.5 format frames at 1,000 Mb/s or
faster. The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and
ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5. The
frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved
Project Purpose: To extend the IEEE 802.5 protocol to an operating speed of
1,000 Mbit/s or faster, to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while
maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of Token Ring
nodes, previous investment in research and development, and principles of
network operation and management.
Abstract: " This amendment specifies the changes required to IEEE 802.5, 1999 Edition (ISO/IEC8802-5:1998 base standard), IEEE Stds
802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998/Amd. 1:1998), and IEEE Std 802.5t-1999, to support 1000 Mbit/s Dedicated
Token Ring (DTR) op-eration. The base standard together with Amendment 1 specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point) Token
Ring operation at both 4 and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or theTXI Access Protocol. IEEE Std 802.5t-2000
extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for theDTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. This standard extends
Token Ring opera-tion to 1000 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to theMedia Access
Control have been made to accommodate the requirements for the 1000 Mbit/s me-dia rate."
Key Words: "Token Ring operation, TKP Access Protocol, TXI Access Protocol, DTR
C-Port and Station"
Designation: 802.5w-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Corrigenda to Standard for Information Technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical
layer specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments.
Project Purpose: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments.
Abstract: " This corrigendum to Local and Metropolitan Area Network standards, IEEE Std 802.5,1998 Edition and IEEE Stds 802.5r and
802.5j, 1998 Edition, is part of a family of local area net-work (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers
as defined by the ISO/IECOpen Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Errors that have been identified in the twostandards
are corrected."
Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fibre optic
media, full duplex operation, insertion key, LAN, MAC, token ring"
Designation: 802.5x
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Source Routing -
Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1Q
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Extend 802.1Q to specify support for the source route bridging
method.
Project Purpose: To enable source routing users to take advantage of virtual
bridged LANs, while retaining the capabilities of source routing.
Designation: 802.5z
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to - Information Technology Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical
Layer Specifications - Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Specify a DTE to DTE logical link which consists of n parallel
instances of an 802.5 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will
support existing 802.5 MAC Clients.
Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DTEs by
specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation.
Designation: 802.6-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB)
Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. Draft 15, dated 1 Oct 90, was approved.
History: PAR APP: Nov 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 30, 1991
Project Scope: The Standard will define a Dual Bus subnetwork incorporating a
shared Medium physical layer of two unidirectioonal buses, a non-isochronous
media access control sublayer based on Distributed Queueing and an
isochronous media access control sublayer based on centralized time slot
allocation. The standard will allow for bridges to interconnect two or more
Dual Bus subnetworks to form a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN). The Dual Bus
subnetwork and MAN shall be capable both of operating in the public
telecommunications network environment and of incorporation in the public
network structure, and shall meet the operations, administration,
maintenance and performance requirements of this environment for criteria
such as reliability, availablity and security. The Dual Bus subnetworks and
MAN shall operate at selected rates exceeding 1 Mbps and consistent with
public network rates. The Dual Bus subnetworks and MAN shall be capable of
operating over areas in excess of 50 kilometers in diameter. The
performance and efficiency shall be essentially independent of subnetwork
size and rate.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to enable public network
providers to offer Metropolitan Area Network service. The services to be
provided include telephony, high speed and high quality isochronous service,
ISDN access and high speed and high quality packet service such as LAN
interconnection, host interconnection, and workstation connection across a
metropolitan area. The standard will use the installed and planned base
of publioc digital transmission equipment. This will include media such as
optical fibre accessed through standard physical interfaces including CCITT
G.703.
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that
deal with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It defines a
high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork. The Physical Layer
and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a
connectionless Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 902 networks. Additional DQDB
Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service
Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service users, but their implementation is not required for conformance.
Key Words: LAN, metro, area, networks
Designation: 802.6a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Multiple Port Bridging for Metropolitan Area Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988
Key Words: lan, multiple, port, bridging, metropolitan
Designation: 802.6b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Premises Extension of DS3-Based 802.6 MAN
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: The standard will define a Physical Layer Convergence Procedure
(PLCP) which will allow the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer protocol
as defined by 802.6 to be mapped into a premises extension of 802.6
subnetworks based upon the DS3 PLCP. Media and connectors will be included.
Commonality with other premises extensions will be an objective. Equivalent
international rates may also be addressed.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable a Metropolitan Area
Network service to be provided over premises extensions to public or private
DS3 based transmission systems. The interface to the public network is the
electrical DSX3; an economical extension for premises use is needed.
Designation: 802.6c-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Physical
Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) for DS1-Based Systems (Clause 12)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sold together with 802.6h-1993.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: A Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) in which the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer is mapped into a public
network standard DS1 transmission system is provided. The relationship of DS1 to the PLCP and the DS1 PLCP frame format are
covered.
Designation: 802.6d-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Standard for SONET (SDH) Based Physical Layer Convergence Procedures for
802.6 MAN
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6.
Designation: 802.6e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Eraser Node for DQDB Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: The standard will define the operations of an eraser node for
the 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus. Actions to be taken by the eraser
node in making slots available for reuse will be specified, based on the use
of the PSR (Previous Slot Received) bit in the header. Existing nodes will
continue to run normally.
Project Purpose: Additions of slot recycling to the 802.6 standard family will
permit total throughput to be raised substantially. In case of random
traffic the improvement approaches a factor to two as eraser nodes are
added; if there are localized communities of interest on the network, the
improvement will be greater still.
Designation: 802.6f-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Info technology-Telecomm and information exchange between systems-
Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 6:
Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6.
Designation: 802.6g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Layer Management for the 802.6 Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: This standard will provide layer management facilities for the
802.6 MAC and Physical layer. The base 802.6 standard will be covered and
additional physical layer convergence procedures may also be included. It
will include appropriate GDMO as described in IS 10165-4.
Project Purpose: To provide for control of DQDB network, including the settings
of optional parameters, the collection of statistics, and fault recovery
actions. The requirements of P802.1B (Overview, Interworking, and Network
Management) and P802.1F(Guidelines for the Development of Layer Management
Standards), where applicable, will be followed.
Designation: 802.6h-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Isochronous
Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan
Area Network (MAN)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sold together 802.6c-1993.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Enhancements to the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) subnetwork of a MAN standard are defined that support applications
requiring periodic, recurring bandwidth. The use of Pre-Arbitrated functions to support a variety of isochronous service rates is
addressed, although the use of Queued Arbitrated functions will be standardized at a future date. Procedures for establishing,
maintaining, and releasing an isochronous connection are not addressed.
Designation: 802.6i
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Remote LAN Bridging Using the 802.6 MAN
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 802.6j-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Connection-
Oriented Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a
Metropolitan Area Network(MAN)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: Enhanced Queued Arbitrated (QA) Functions, which can support applications requiring bandwidth guarantees and delay limits
on a DQDB subnetwork, are specified. Connection-Oriented Convergence Functions (COCFs) using the enhanced QA Functions, which are
necessary to support connection-oriented service, are also specified
Key Words: COCF, Distributed Queue, DQDB, Queued Arbitrated, QA, Variable Bit
Rate, VBR, connection-oriented service, Guaranteed Bandwidth (GBW)
Designation: 802.6k-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges IEEE Standard 802.6 Distributed Queue
Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a MAN
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1D-1998
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to IEEE Std 802.1 specifies modifications and additions to IEEE 802.1d to extend its scope and field of
application to transparent bridging between 802.6 Subnetworks of Metropolitan Area Networks and between 802.6 and FDDI and IEEE
802 Local Area Networks.
Key Words: distributed, queue, dual , bus, media, access, control, bridges,
local, networks, metropolitan
Designation: 802.6l
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Interface for IEEE 802.6 Subnetwork of a
Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: This document provides specifications for a point-to-point
extension to the 802.6 MAN, supporting the same services that are supported
on a mulitpoint 802.6 network.
Project Purpose: This standard will enable users to have a lower cost
connection of a single terminal to a metropolitan area network.
Designation: 802.6m
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for a Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: Revisions and corrections to the 802.6 Standard document and
removal of 16 bit address obtion.
Project Purpose: To provide clarifications, corrections, and revisions and to
support additional services whose characterization has evolved since the
drafting of the standard.
Designation: 802.7-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Local Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice: Broadband Local Area
Networks
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Oct 19, 1989, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1990
Abstract: This standard specifies the design, installation, and test parameters for broadband cable medium. The medium supports the
communication of IEEE 802.3b, IEEE 802.4, video, and narrowband radio frequency (RF) modem devices. The broadband bus topology
consists of amplifiers, coaxial cable, and directional couplers that create a full duplex directional medium. Inbound signals
flow from user outlet transmitters to a central headend location. The headend processes the signals and then transmits the
signals via an outbound path to all user outlets. The medium utilizes frequency division multiplexing (FDN), which supports the
simultaneous coexistence of services. Each service is assigned a unique inbound and outbound channel frequency.
Key Words: LAN, Local area networks, Broadband communication
Designation: 802.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Fiber Optic Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Paul Benson, Jr, Phone:770 798 2883, Email:jpbenson@lucent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will provide a common set of recommendations to
physically configure, loss budget, and test fiber optic implementations of
IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks. It applies to IEEE 802
implementations that incorporate led optical sources. Physical
configurations will be related to standardized cable distribution systems.
The loss budget design process will apply to all approved 802 multimode
fiber PMD sublayers. Test methods will ensure complicance to 802 fiber
optic path loss requirements and check installation integrity.
Project Purpose: To provide users and implementors of 802 local and
metropolitan area networks with a common set of practices for multimode
fiber optic media.
Designation: 802.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Integrated Services
LAN Interface at the MAC and PHY Layers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Modify the Clause 1 of IEEE Std 802.9-1994 to reflect the
addition of technologies developed as supplements. Specifically, label the
three basic ISLAN technologies that have been standardized.
Project Purpose: Improve the overall readability in order to understand the
distinction in the IEEE Std. 802.9-1994 (ISLAN-T and ISLAN 20-T) and IEEE
802.9a (ISLAN 16-T) supplemental standard 1995, and other subsequent
supplemental standards.
Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately
administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer
and the PHY Layer is specified.
Designation: 802.9-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard for Integrated
Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
(PHY) Layers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1995
Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately
administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer
and the PHY Layer is specified.
Key Words: LAN, IVD, voice, interface, access unit (AU), data link layer,
hybrid multiplexer , HMUX, integrated services , digital network , (ISDN),
terminal equipment, (ISTE), local area network, logical link control,
managed object, management info base, medium access control, sublayer,
metropolitan area network, physical (PHY) layer, physical signaling, private
switching network, protocol data unit , service access point, time division
multiplexer (TDM, protocol data unit (PDU), private switching network,
physical medium dependent, metropolitan area network (MAN, medium access
control (MAC) su, management information base (M, layer management entity,
integrated services terminal e, integrated services digital ne, hybrid
multiplexer (HMUX), Local area network (LAN)
Designation: 802.9a-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Specification of ISLAN 16-T (Supplement to 802.9-1994.)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Oct 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: The architecture, frame structure, service specifications, Physical (PHY) Layer, management, and signalling of the
ISLAN16-T interface are defined. The relationship of the ISLAN16-T network to the ISO/IEC 8802-3 network is also defined.
Key Words: 10 base T, CSMA, data link layer, GDMO, hybrid multiplexer, HMUX,
integrated services, ISDN, isochronous services, LAN, terminal adapter ,
UTP, wide area network, WAN, signaling, premise based , ISLAN
Designation: 802.9b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement for Functional Specification for AU to AU Interworking IEEE-
802.9
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Fargo, Phone:972-855-8768, Email:gfargo@intecom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: This standard will specify procedures for P, C, B and D channel
services for interworking between IEEE 802.9 Access Units. This standard
will specify the Access Unit Architectural Model and Recommended procedures
to enable the provisioning to support P, C, B and D Channel Services for
interworking across an Access Unit which serves one 802.9 subnetwork, for
the purpose of connecting to integrated services workstations connected to
another 802.9 subnetwork, served by the latter IEEE 802.9 Access Unit. As
part of this work topic, the minumum/optical MIB elements for the Access
Unit required to effect AU to AU interworking will be specified. With the
access unit's dual role as both an agent to a LAN manager and an agent to
the WAN manager, the necessary procedures to coordinate the AU will also be
specified in the course of this work.
Project Purpose: Since the application users will find it necessary to
construct a network consisting of multiple IEEE 802.9 subnetworks (each
consisting of an access unit with its subtending integrated services
workstations), it is important that an architectural model and a common set
of procedures be defined to facilitate open systems interworking rather than
allow proprietary (incompatible) hub designs to evolve.
Key Words: AU to AU
Designation: 802.9c-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) Proforma
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 1996
Abstract: The Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. The MOCS specified in this
supplement pertains to ISLAN4-T, which uses 4.096Mbit/s Physical Layer transport and ISLAN20-T, which uses 20.48 Mbit/s Physical
Layer transport. Standardization of ISLAN16-T (IEEE Std 802.9a-1995) and ISLANAU-AU, which specifies the AU-to-AU interworking
(IEEEP802.9b) is in progress at this time; therefore, the specification of MOCS for ISLAN16-T and ISLANAU-AU is not included in
this supplement.
Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX, implementation under test, intregrated
service, IUT, IS, ISDN, LAN, MAN, system parameters, system under test, SUT,
physical signalling (PS) sublayer, protocol data units, protocol
capabilities, physical medium dependent (PMD)
Designation: 802.9d-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to 802.9-1994.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Nov 09, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: The Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. It does not include
the Managed Objects Conformance Statement, which is contained in a separate supplement.
Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX sublayer, implementation , IUT, integrated
services, digital network, ISDN, LAN, MAC, PMD, physical medium , physical
signalling, PS, protocol capability, protocol data units, PICS, conformance
, proforma, system parameters, system under test, SUT
Designation: 802.9e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to IEEE 802.9:Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the
Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) Cell Bearer Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Generate a standard which allows for a mode supporting the
transport of ATM cells in the isochronous information stream of an IEEE
802.9 interface.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the use of the IEEE 802.9 ISLAN
as a medium for the delivery of ATM structured information to the desktop.
Designation: 802.9f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement to
Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical (PHY) Layers: Remote Terminal Line Power for Integrated
Services Terminal Equipment (ISTE)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Generate a standard which will allow power to be provided to
IEEE 802.9 OSTEs for basic communications services over the same twisted
pair cabling that provides the physical layer connectivity for theIEEE 802.9
ISTE.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the utilization of the IEEE
ISLAN Standard ISTEs in creating an integrated desktop environment in which
the ISTE functions as a primary means of communications for voice as well as
video and packetized data. This standard will allow a means of providing
power to the ISTE in the event of a general power failure so that the ISTE
may still be used for emergency functions as a minimum.
Designation: 802.10-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security
(SILS) Currently Contains Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
Status: Superseded
**Contains: IEEE Std 802.10b-1992, Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993
Abstract: A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)
is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of
confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of
data origin authentication and access control may also be provided.
Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, security, LAN MAN, security association,
interoperable, secure data exchange, Metropolitan area networks, Local area
networks
Designation: 802.10-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To refine the Security Assoc. Identifier (SAID) field of the
current Standard to support Multicast Key Center (MKC) identification.
Neither the SDE PDU format, nor the elements of procedure are changed by
this refinement. Additionally, this revision will incorporate supplements
802.10e, 802.10f, 802.10g, and 802.10h.
Project Purpose: To allow independent Multicast Key Centers to assign unique
SAID's. The current Standard only permits a global MKC, or necessitates
out-of-band coordination among all MKC's to prevent re-use of the same SAID
- both alternatives create an intractable implementation problem.
Abstract: " IEEE 802.10 provides specifications for an interoperable data link layer security protocoland associated security
services. The Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is supported by anapplication layer Key Management Protocol (KMP) that
establishes security associations for SDEand other security protocols. A security label option is specified that enables rule-
based accesscontrol to be implemented using the SDE protocol. A method to allow interoperability with type-en-coded Medium Access
Control (MAC) clients is also provided, as well as a set of managed objectclasses to be used in the management of the SDE
sublayer and its protocol exchanges. "
Key Words: "decipherment,encipherment,local area networks,security,metropolitan
area networks,secure data exchange,security,security association"
Designation: 802.10a-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS): The Model
(Clause 1)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: The SILs model describes the architectural framework that 802.10
is using to provide security in IEEE 802 LANs and MANs and delineates the
scope of each of the other two standards and relationships between them.
The two protocol standards described in the Model are Secure Data Exchange
(SDE) and Key Management (KMP). The model also describes how SDE and KMP
work in end stations and bridges, as well as how they are used to protect
management traffic.
Project Purpose: The Model addresses issues that apply to all of SILs. It
enables implementers and users of SILS to understand how the SILS protocols
operate together and how each protoc9ol individually operates in an OSI
environment, as well as an IEEE 802 environment. The Model also describes
implementations of SILS protocols in end stations, as well as transparent
implementations in IEEE 802 bridges.
Abstract: " An architectural description of the functions and location of SILS components is provid-ed. The SILS components and
their relationships to applications, communications protocols, sys-tem management, and security management are described. "
Key Words: Interoperable LAN
Designation: 802.10b-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security
(SILS) - Part B: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 11, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993
Abstract: A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)
is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of
confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of
data origin authentication and access control may also be provided.
Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data exchange
Designation: 802.10c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to
Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)—Key Management (Clause 3)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jan 21, 1998
Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and
interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate.
IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data
Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary
to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to
be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such
as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is
based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security
Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Key Management Standard specifies a Layer 7
protocol that will provide secure automated management of the cryptographic
keys to be used by the Secure Data Exchange at Layer 2 or by Security
Management at Layer 7. The standard will draw on work already done for Key
Management by other standards groups. The ANSI X9.E9 group has written a
Key Management standard for use by the Banking Community. ECMA TC32/TG9 has
proposed a framework for secure applications, and the Secure Data Network
System (SDNS) project has developed a key management standard for use with
public key algorithms. The 802.10 Key Management standard will consider
each of these standards to determine if the standard or some form of the
standard is appropriate for use with LANs. The appendices to the SILS Key
Management standard will provide explanatory information for the standard.
The Rationale for Security Services Appendix will explain why the services
that Key Management provides are appropriate for the management of
cryptographic keys on LANs and how those services address the threats posed
to the security of automated key distribution on LANs. The Examples of
Algorithms Appendix will give an example of the use of Key Management
withparticular algorithms. The Philosophy of Key Management Appendix will
provide guidelines on the manual aspects of key management such as the
secure distribution of Initialization Keys.
Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify
the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by
encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and
physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed
objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally
and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products
in an open systems interconnection architecture.
Abstract: A cryptographic key management model and a key management OSI Basic ReferenceModel Application Layer protocol are
specified.
Key Words: "association control service element - ACSE -,asymmetric
cryptographic algorithm,center-based key distribution,certificate-based key
distribution,cryptographic keying material,key management model,key
management protocol - KMP -,manual key distribution,symmetric cryptographic
algorithm"
Designation: 802.10d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Interoperable LAN Security (SILS) Part D - Security
Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth G Alonge, Phone:703-750-4000 X122, Email:alonge_ken@geologics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and
interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate.
IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data
Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary
to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to
be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such
as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is
based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security
Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Security Management Standard will specify a
Layer 7 set of services, and if necessary a protocol, that will provide
secure management of the objects associated with the Secure Data Exchange
protocol, the Key Management protocol, and the Security Management protocol.
The standard will use any work in progress on Security Management. If, at
any time, a Security Management standard is developed by ISO, that standard
will be closely evaluated for use on LANs and comments will be submitted to
change the ISO standard rather than continuing the definition of security
management within 802.10. The approaches to be evaluated by 802.10 for
security management are the use of ISO, CMIP, Common Management Information
Protocol (DIS 9596/2), and the use of IEEE 802.1, Systems Management. The
use of the Secure Data Exchange to provide confidentiality and integrity for
CMIP or 802.1 will be explored. Also, 802.10 will investigate the
definition of a separate protocol that does not depend on the security
services of the Secure Data Exchange, but provides all the security services
required for secure management at Layer 7. The goals of the 802.10 Security
Management definition are to assure first that 802.10 objects can be managed
securely and second that the security management protocol could be used by
other protocols to manage their objects securely.
Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify
the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by
encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and
physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed
objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally
and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products
in an open systems interconnection architecture. Modern LANs provide users
connectivity to network resources. Distributed applications and shared
resources allow users easy access to the network data. The intended result
is that data is readily available to all users. However, as use of LAN
resources increases in commercial and military environments, the data
security threat increases. Manufacturing design data, financial analysis
data, and health data cannot be protected from modification, disclosure, or
unauthorized access without LAN security. The communciation required
between these systems cannot be achieved without interoperability of the
security mechanisms protecting these systems. To assure secure
interoperability, the SILS Security Management standard must consider the
issues of cryptography and of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility. The cryptography
issue is to define Security Management to be as independent of any
particular algorithm as possible. The issue of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility
is that the security mechanisms of Security Management should not require
changes to the existing IEEE 802 LAN standards. This should not become an
issue as Security Management could be defined either as a Layer 7 set of
service or as a Layer 7 protocol or could use the existing 802.1 System
Management protocol, so it would not affect the existing 802 protocol.
Designation: 802.10e-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 802.10b: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) Sublayer
Management (Subclause 2.8)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 1994
Abstract: A method to allow Ethernet V2.0 Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be protected with the Secure
Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is provided.
Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data
exchange, security association
Designation: 802.10f-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-IEEE Standards: Recommended
Practice for SDE on Ethernet V2.0 in IEEE 802 LANs (Annex 2H)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: A set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) sublayer and its protocol
exchanges is specified.
Key Words: managed objects, secure data exchange, information
Designation: 802.10g-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.10 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Security Label (Annexes 2I, 2J, and 2K)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: A security label option that can be used to implement rule-based access controls for the protection of IEEE 802 local area
networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) is defined. Information carried by security labels can be used to control
access, specify protective measures, and identify handling restrictions required by a communications security policy. This
standard specifies the syntax for the label and basic processing rules. Other information, such as label semantics and additional
processing requirements unique to a security policy, can be specified via registration.
Key Words: access control, local area network, metropolitan area network,
security-data exchange, security labels
Designation: 802.10h-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Annex 2L)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This document will provide the PICS Proforma for the Secure Data
Exchange Protocol.
Project Purpose: This document defines the minimum conformance requirements for
the Secure Data Exchange Protocol. The Supplement will be used by vendors
to test for conformance.
Abstract: The secure data exchange (SDE) protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma is provided. The SDE PICS
proforma defines the information to be supplied by protocol implementors claiming conformance with IEEE Std 802.10, Clause 2,
Secure Data Exchange (SDE).
Key Words: proforma, protocol implementation, conformance statement, secure
data exchange, security association, security protocol, security services
Designation: P802.11y
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and Information
Exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific
requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer (PHY) specifications: 3650-3700 MHz Operation in USA Amendment
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the application of 802.11
based systems to the 3650-3700 MHz band in the USA.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to standardise the mechanisms
required to allow shared 802.11 operation with other users in the 3650-3700
MHz band in the USA. Likely required mechanisms include: • Specification
of new regulatory classes (extending 802.11j) • Sensing of other
transmitters (extending 802.11a) • Transmit Power Control (extending
802.11h) • Dynamic Frequency Selection (extending 802.11h)
Designation: P802.11mb
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment: Accumulated maintenance
changes
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This amendment incorporates changes accumulated due to responses
to interpretation requests, development of other amendments, and development
of minor changes to functionality.
Project Purpose: This amendment collects the latest information learned from
use of the base standard and the development of other amendments,
disseminating it in a compact and organized format.
Designation: P802.11n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific
requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Enhancements for Higher
Throughput
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define an amendment that shall
define standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers
(PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of
operation can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs,
with a maximum throughput of at least 100Mbps, as measured at the MAC
data service access point (SAP).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to improve the 802.11 wireless
local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly
higher throughput for current applications and to enable new applications
and market segments.
Designation: 802.11-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications
Status: Superseded
**802.11, 2003 Edition
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1999
Project Scope: To rectify a number of errors in the current standard and to
accommodate input from the JTC1 review to result in a single JTC1/IEEE
standard.
Project Purpose: To correct errorsfound in reviewing interpretation requests to
the current standard and from JTC1 review.
Abstract: "802-11-1999.pdf, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium AccessControl (MAC) and Physical Layer(PHY) Specifications"
Key Words: "The scope of this standard is to develop a medium access control
(MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifica-tionfor wireless connectivity for
fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area."
Designation: 802.11-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer (PHY) specifications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: To develop a Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer
(PHY) specification for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable and moving
stations within a local area.
Project Purpose: To provide wireless connectivity to automatic machinery,
equipment or stations that require rapid deployment, which may be portable,
or hand-held or which may be mounted on moving vehicles within a local area.
To offer a standard for use by regulatory bodies to standardize access to
one or more radio frequency bands for the purpose of local area
communication.
Abstract: The medium access control and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks are specified in this standard,
part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is
designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard
contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400-2500 MHz band, and one baseband infrared unit.
One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other employs the direct sequence spread spectrum
technique.
Key Words: infrared, LAN, local area network, wireless, radio frequency, ad hoc
network
Designation: P802.11.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of 802.11 Wireless Performance
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide a set of performance
metrics, measurement methodologies, and test conditions to enable measuring
and predicting the performance of 802.11 WLAN devices and networks at the
component and application level.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to enable testing, comparison,
and deployment planning of 802.11 WLAN devices based on a common and
accepted set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies and test
conditions.
Designation: 802.11-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to revise 802.11-1999, 2003 edition
(incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001,
and 802.11d-2001) by incorporating amendments approved up to six months
after this PAR’s approval date and adding minor new functionality to address
technical corrections and responses to interpretation requests.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate accumulated
maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) into 802.11-1999,
2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999
corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001).
Designation: 802.11a-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifications: High Speed Physical
Layer in the 5 GHz band
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a Higher Speed PHY for use in fixed, moving or
portable Wireless Local Area Networks. The PHY will be used in conjunction
with the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC). The 802.11 MAC will be
reviewed to assure its capability to operate at the speeds targeted.
Project Purpose: To create a higher speed wireless access technology suitable
for data, voice and image information services.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.11a-1999 [ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1:2000(E)] (Supplement to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition) Part 11:
Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: High-speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band"
Key Words: "5 GHz, high speed, local area network (LAN), orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing (OFDM), radio frequency, unlicensed national
information infrastructure (U-NII), wireless"
Designation: 802.11b-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks -
Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer (PHY)
Extension in the 2.4 GHz band
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: The project will evaluate the possibility orf taking advantage
of the provisions for rate expansion that are in place on the current
standard PHYs. The 802.11 MAC defines a mechanism for operation of
stastions supporting different data rates in the same area. The current
802.11 standard already defines the basic rages of 1Mbit/s and 2 Mbit/s for
both Frequency Hopping *FH) and Direct Sequence (DS) PHYs. The two rates
are supported by having same header for both rates with length and rate
information passed in the header at the lowest ("basic") rate; then the body
of the packet is transmitted at the rate chosen and with the corresponding
modulation method. The header structure of the two PHYs already supports
passing rate information up to 4.5 Mbit/s (in 0.5 Mbit/s increments) for FH
and up to 25.5 Mbit/s (in 0.1 Mbit/s increments) for DS. The proposed PAR
targets further developing the provisions for enhanced data rate capability
of 802.11 networks. The 802.11 MAC incorporates already the interpretation
of this information and the computation of expected packet duration even if
the specific station does not support the rate at which the packet was sent.
The 802.11 MAC is compatible and will accommodate the higher PHY rates.
Project Purpose: To extend the performance and the range of applications of the
802.11 compatible networks in the 2.4 GHz band by increasing the data rate
achieveable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial for
improved access to fixed network LAN and internetwork infrastructure
(including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as
well as creation of high performance ad-hoc networks. The purpose of
802.11a is also for higher data rates, however, that project is for
operation in the 5 GHz band, whereas this project is for operation in the
2.4 GHz band.
Abstract: Changes and additions are provided for IEEE Std 802.11b-1999 to support the higherrate Physical Layer for operation in
the 2.4 GHz band.
Key Words: "LAN, Local Area Network, Wireless, Radio Frequency"
Designation: 802.11b-Cor 1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Corrigenda to IEEE 802.11b-1999, Information Technology -
Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and
Metropolitan Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed
Physical Layer (PHY) Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to correct deficiencies in the MIB
definition of 802.11b.
Project Purpose: As the MIB is currently defined in 802.11b, it is not possible
to compile an interoperable MIB. This project will correct the deficiencies
in the MIB.
Designation: 802.11c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access
control (MAC) bridges - Supplement for support by IEEE 802.11
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into 802.1D, 1998 Edition. Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer
Service by specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE
802.11 MACs. This supplement to IS 10038 (802.1D) will be developed by the
802.11 Working Group in cooperation with the 802.1 Working Group.
Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.11 specific information to the IS
10038 (802.1D) standard.
Designation: 802.11d-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area
networks-- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 3: Specification
for operation in additional regulatory domains
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: This supplement will define the physical layer requirements
(channelization, hopping patterns, new values for current MIB attributes,
and other requirements to extend the operation of 802.11 WLANs to new
regulatory domains (countries).
Project Purpose: The current 802.11 standard defines operation in only a few
regulatory domains (countries). This supplement will add the requirements
and definitions necessary to allow 802.11 WLAN equipment to operate in
markets not served by the current standard.
Abstract: " This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 ¤ for Wireless Local AreaNetworks providing specifications
for conformant operation beyond the original six regulatorydomains of that standard. These extensions provide a mechanism for an
IEEE Std 802.11 accesspoint to deliver the required radio transmitter parameters to an IEEE Std 802.11 mobile station,which
allows that station to configure its radio to operate within the applicable regulations of ageographic or political subdivision.
This mechanism is applicable to all IEEE Std 802.11 PHYtypes. A secondary benefit of the mechanism described in this amendment is
the ability for anIEEE Std 802.11 moble station to roam between regulatory domains. "
Key Words: "international roaming, local area network (LAN), mobility, radio,
roam, roaming, wireless, wireless network"
Designation: 802.11e-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Medium Access Method
(MAC) Quality of Service Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 2006
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and
manage Quality of Service, and provide classes of service. Consider
efficiency enhancements in the areas of the Distributed Coordination
Function (DCF) and Point Coordination Function (PCF).
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN
applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in
the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These enhancements, in
combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities from 802.11a and
802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and expand the
application space for 802.11. Example applications include transport of
voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video conferencing,
and media stream distribution.
Abstract: This amendment defines the medium access control (MAC) procedures to support local area network (LAN) applications with
quality of service (QoS) requirements. The procedures include the transport of voice, audio, and video over IEEE 802.11 wireless
LANs (WLANs).
Designation: 802.11e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications
and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area
networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Medium Access Method
(MAC) Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and
manage Quality of Service, provide classes of service, and enhanced security
and authentication mechanisms. Consider efficiency enhancements in the
areas of the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) and Point Coordination
Function (PCF).
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN
applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in
security, and in the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These
enhancements, in combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities
from 802.11a and 802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and
expand the application space for 802.11. Example applications include
transport of voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video
conferencing, media stream distribution, enhaced security applications, and
mobile and nomadic access applications.
Designation: 802.11F-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for Multi-Vendor Access Point
Interoperability Via an Inter-Access Point Protocol Across Distribution
Systems Supporting IEEE 802.11 Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for an Inter-Access Point
Protocol (IAPP) which provides the necessary capabilities to achieve multi-
vendor Access Point interoperability across a Distribution System supporting
IEEE P802.11 Wireless LAN Links. This IAPP will be developed for the
following environment(s): (1) A Distribution System consisting of IEEE 802
LAN components supporting an IETF IP environment. (2) Others as deemed
appropriate. This Recommended Practice Document shall support the IEEE
P802.11 standard revision(s).
Project Purpose: IEEE P802.11 specifies the MAC and PHY layers of a Wireless
LAN system and includes the basic architecture of such systems, including
the concepts of Access Points and Distribution Systems. Implementation of
these concepts where purposely not defined by P802.11 because there are many
ways to create a Wireless LAN system. Additionally many of the possible
implementation approaches involve concepts from higher network layers.
While this leaves great flexibility in Distributions System and Access Point
functional design, the associated cost is that physical Access Point devices
from different vendors are unlikely to inter-operate across a Distribution
System due to the different approaches taken to Distribution System design.
As P802.11 based systems have grown in popularity, this limitation has
become an impediment to WLAN market growth. At the same time it has become
clear that there are a small number of Distribution System environments that
comprise the bulk of the commercial WLAN system installations. This project
proposes to specify the necessary information that needs to be exchanged
between Access Points to support the P802.11 DS functions. The information
exchanges required will be specified for, one or more distribution Systems;
in a manner sufficient to enable the implementation of Distribution Systems
containing Access Points from different vendors which adhere to the
recommended practices.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.11F-2003, IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for Multi-Vendor Access Point Interoperability via an Inter-
Access Point Protocol Across Distribution Systems Supporting IEEE 802.11 Operation"
Key Words: "IAPP,Inter-Access Point Protocol,Internet Protocol,IP,IEEE
802.11,IEEE Std802.11-1999,ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999"
Designation: 802.11g-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Further Higher Data Rate Extension
in the 2.4 GHz Band
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: To develop a higher speed(s) PHY extension to 802.11b.
Project Purpose: To develop a new PHY extension to enhance the performance and
the possible applications of the 802.11b compatible networks by increasing
the data rate achievable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial
for improved access to fixed network LAN and inter-network infrastructure
(including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as
well as creation of higher performance ad hoc networks.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.11g-2003 [Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition (Reaff 2003) as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999,
802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001], Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band"
Key Words: "LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless"
Designation: 802.11h-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Networks -
Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Spectrum and Transmit Power
Management Extensions in the 5 GHz Band in Europe
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) standard and
802.11a High Speed Physical Layer (PHY) in the 5GHz Band supplement to the
standard; to add indoor and outdoor channel selection for 5GHz license
exempt bands in Europe; and to enhance channel energy measurement and
reporting mechanisms to improve spectrum and transmit power management (per
CEPT and subsequent EU committee or body ruling incorporating CEPT
Recommendation ERC 99/23).
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY with network
management and control extensions for spectrum and transmit power management
in 5GHz license exempt bands, enabling regulatory acceptance of 802.11 5GHz
products. Provide improvements in channel energy measurement and reporting,
channel coverage in many regulatory domains, and provide Dynamic Channel
Selection and Transmit Power Control mechanisms.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802.11h-2003 Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 5:
Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe
Key Words: "dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network
(LAN),transmit power control (TPC)"
Designation: 802.11i-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for information technology-Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-
Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 6: Medium Access Control
(MAC) Security Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 14, 2005
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to enhance
security and authentication mechanisms.
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to provide improvements in
security.
Abstract: Local and Metropolitan Area NetworksSpecific requirementsPart 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer specificationsAmendment 6: Medium Access Control (MAC) Security Enhancements
Key Words: "AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures,
data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE
802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust
security network"
Designation: 802.11j-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications--Amendment 7:4.9 GHz-5 GHz Operation in
Japan
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to enhance the 802.11 standard and
amendments, to add channel selection for 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz in Japan to
additionally conform to the Japanese rules for radio operation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to obtain Japanese
regulatory approval by enhancing the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY to
additionally operate in newly available Japanese 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz bands.
Designation: P802.11k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific
requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Radio Resource Measurement of
Wireless LANs
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: This project will define Radio Resource Measurement enhancements
to provide interfaces to higher layers for radio and network
measurements.
Project Purpose: The original standard has a basic set of radio resource
measurements for internal use only. These measurements and others are
required to provide services; such as roaming, coexistence, and others;
to external entities. It is necessary to provide these measurements and
other information in order to manage these services from an external
source.
Designation: 802.11k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and
Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Radio Resource
Measurement of Wireless LANs
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will define Radio Resource Measurement enhancements
to provide interfaces to higher layers for radio and network measurements.
Project Purpose: The original standard has a basic set of radio resource
measurements for internal use only. These measurements and others are
required to provide services; such as roaming, coexistence, and others; to
external entities. It is necessary to provide these measurements and other
information in order to manage these services from an external source.
Designation: 802.11ma
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment x : Technical corrections
and clarifications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to maintenance changes
(editorial and technical corrections) to 802.11-1999, 2003 edition
(incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001,
and 802.11d-2001).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate accumulated
maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) into 802.11-1999,
2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999
corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001).
Designation: 802.11n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and
Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Enhancements
for Higher Throughput
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define an amendment that shall
define standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY)
and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of operation
can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum
throughput of at least 100Mbps, as measured at the MAC data service access
point (SAP).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to improve the 802.11 wireless
local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher
throughput for current applications and to enable new applications and
market segments.
Designation: P802.11p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology – Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan area networks – specific
requirements – Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Wireless Access in
Vehicular Environments
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to create an amendment of
IEEE 802.11 to support communication between vehicles and the roadside and
between vehicles while operating at speeds up to a minimum of 200 km/h for
communication ranges up to 1000 meters. The amendment will support
communications in the 5 GHz bands; specifically 5.850-5.925 GHz band within
North America with the aim to enhance the mobility and safety of all forms
of surface transportation, including rail and marine. Amendments to the PHY
and MAC will be limited to those required to support communications under
these operating environments within the 5 GHz bands.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to amend the existing
IEEE 802.11 standard to make it suitable for interoperable communications to
and between vehicles. The primary reasons for this amendment include the
unique transport environments, and the very short latencies required (some
applications must complete multiple data exchanges within 4 to 50ms).
Designation: 802.11p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology –
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and
Metropolitan networks – specific requirements – Part II: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Wireless
Access in Vehicular Environments
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to create an amendment of
IEEE 802.11 to support communication between vehicles and the roadside and
between vehicles while operating at speeds up to a minimum of 200 km/h for
communication ranges up to 1000 meters. The amendment will support
communications in the 5 GHz bands; specifically 5.850-5.925 GHz band within
North America with the aim to enhance the mobility and safety of all forms
of surface transportation, including rail and marine. Amendments to the PHY
and MAC will be limited to those required to support communications under
these operating environments within the 5 GHz bands.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to amend the existing
IEEE 802.11 standard to make it suitable for interoperable communications to
and between vehicles. The primary reasons for this amendment include the
unique transport environments, and the very short latencies required (some
applications must complete multiple data exchanges within 4 to 50ms).
Designation: P802.11r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific
requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Fast BSS-Transition
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project are enhancements to the 802.11 Medium
Access Control (MAC) layer to minimize or eliminate the amount of time data
connectivity between the Station (STA) and the Distribution System (DS) is
absent during a Basic Service Set (BSS) transition, limited to the state
necessary for the operation of the MAC. This Project Authorization Request
(PAR) will apply only to the STA<->Access Point (AP) state within
the same Extended Service Set (ESS), and will not apply to the Independent
Basic Service Set (IBSS) case. Security must not be decreased as a result of
the enhancement. Timing criteria and timing conditions will be defined by
the Task Group. (See also section 7.4)
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to improve BSS transitions
within 802.11 ESSs and to support real time constraints imposed by
applications such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP).
Designation: 802.11r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [for] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and
metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN
Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Fast
BSS-Transition
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project are enhancements to the 802.11 Medium
Access Control (MAC) layer to minimize or eliminate the amount of time data
connectivity between the Station (STA) and the Distribution System (DS) is
absent during a Basic Service Set (BSS) transition, limited to the state
necessary for the operation of the MAC. This Project Authorization Request
(PAR) will apply only to the STA<->Access Point (AP) state within
the same Extended Service Set (ESS), and will not apply to the Independent
Basic Service Set (IBSS) case. Security must not be decreased as a result of
the enhancement. Timing criteria and timing conditions will be defined by
the Task Group. (See also section 19)
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to improve BSS transitions
within 802.11 ESSs and to support real time constraints imposed by
applications such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP).
Designation: P802.11s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment: ESS Mesh Networking
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended
Service Set (ESS) Mesh with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System
(WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both
broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop
topologies.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four-
address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs)
for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does
not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to
provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self-
configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both
broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four-
address frame format or an extension.
Designation: 802.11s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11
ESS Mesh Networking
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended
Service Set (ESS) Mesh* with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System
(WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both
broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop
topologies.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four-
address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs)
for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does
not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to
provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self-
configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both
broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four-
address frame format or an extension.
Designation: P802.11u
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology –
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems –Local and
Metropolitan networks –specific requirements –Part II: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11
Interworking with External Networks
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This document amends the IEEE 802.11 MAC and PHY to support
interworking with external networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide amendments to the
IEEE 802.11 PHY/MAC layers which enable interworking with other networks.
This includes both enhanced protocol exchanges across the air interface and
provision of primitives to support required interactions with higher layers
for interworking.
Designation: P802.11v
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology –
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and
Metropolitan networks – specific requirements – Part II: Wireless LAN
Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE
802.11 Wireless Network Management
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This amendment provides Wireless Network Management enhancements
to the 802.11 MAC, and PHY, to extend prior work in radio measurement to
effect a complete and coherent upper layer interface for managing 802.11
devices in wireless networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide amendments to the
IEEE 802.11 PHY/MAC layers that enables management of attached stations in a
centralized or in a distributed fashion (e.g. monitoring, configuring, and
updating) through a layer 2 machanism. While the 802.11k Task Group is
defining messages to retrieve information from the station, the ability to
configure the station is not in its scope. The proposed Task Group will also
create an Access Port Management Information Base (AP MIB).
Designation: P802.11w
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [FOR] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and Information Exchange between systems-Local and
Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Protected
Management Frames
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: The proposed project seeks to create enhancements to the IEEE
802.11 Medium Access Control layer to provide, as appropriate, mechanisms
that enable data integrity, data origin authenticity, replay protection, and
data confidentiality for selected IEEE 802.11 management frames including
but not limited to: action management frames, deauthentication and
disassociation frames.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve the security of some or all IEEE
802.11 management frames by defining enhancements such as data integrity,
data origin authenticity, replay protection, and data confidentiality.
Designation: 802.12-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Std 802.12-1990, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan
Networks: Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater
Specification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1996
Abstract: The media access control characteristics for the Demand Priority access method are specified. The layer management,
physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are
aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s
operation over 100 = balanced cable (twisted-pair) category 3 through 5, 150 = shielded balanced cable, and fibre optic media are
included.
Key Words: balanced cable, data processing, LAN, MAN, twisted pair, star
topology, models, repeater, 100 Mb/s operation, media access control, local
area network, fibre optic, demand-priority access method, Network
interconnection, Mode of data transmission
Designation: 802.12a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and
Repeater Specifications: Supplement for Operation at Greater than 100 Mb/s
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Specify physical layers for operation at speeds higher than 100
Mbps. Define MAC and RMAC parameter values for such operation. define an
optional burst mode capability which allows an end node to send multiple
packets per grant up to a defined time limit. Define any needed network
management extensions for higher speed and burst mode operation. The speed
will not exceed 4 Gb/s.
Project Purpose: To provide a higher speed backbone for 100 Mbps and slower
networks and to provide a higher speed LAN to support end node performance
increases.
Designation: 802.12b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information technology—Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems—Local and Metropolitan area networks—LAN/MAN - Type
specific requirements—Supplement to Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method,
Physical Layer and Repeater Specification: Two-Pair Balanced Cable Physical
Medium Dependent (2-TP PMD), Medium Dependent Interface (MDI), and Link
Specifications for 100 Mb/s Operation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: To define a PMD, MDI, and link specifications for 100 Mb/s
operation over 2-p[airs of a category 5 cable.
Project Purpose: To provide a 2-pair category 5 physical layer supporting the
Demand Priority MAC and Media Independent Interface (MDI).
Designation: 802.12c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Supplement to Information Technology—Local and metropolitan area
networks—Specific requirements—Part 12: Demad-priority access method,
physical layer and repeater specifications: Full-Duplex Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Mar 25, 1998
Project Scope: To enhance the Demand Priority MAC to provide full duplex
operation when connecting two nodes (the term nodes includes
bridges/switches). Define an optional burst mode capability which allows an
end node to send multiple packets per grant up to a defined time limit.
This will include definition of configuration field bits in the training
packet to indicate availability of full duplex mode and burst mode and
definition of related network management objects. Full duplex mode will be
compatible with the existing and future simplex physical layers.
Project Purpose: To support full duplex data transmission between switches,
between an end node and a switch, and between a pair of end nodes. Full
duplex data transmission provides for more efficient operation, especially
in cases where the data exchange is symmetrical. Also, to support burst
mode which improves efficiency for half duplex operation.
Abstract: Optional MAC capabilities are defined to allow direct link connection between two endnodes with provision for both half-
duplex and full-duplex operation; burst-mode packet transmis-sion from an end node to a repeater where the end node may send one
or more packets each timeit is granted permission to transmit; and implementation of the MAC Control sublayer to allow
theexchange of control requests between peer MAC entities across the network when in ISO/IEC8802-3 compatibility mode. Full
interoperability is maintained with existing ISO/IEC 8802-12products.
Key Words: "burst mode,demand-priority access method,direct connect,flow
control,full duplex,local area networks,MAC Control,management,media access
control,repeater"
Designation: 802.12d-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan area networks—Demand Priority Access Method,
Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Redundant Links
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE Std 802.12-1995. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: Provide a supplement to the 802.12 standard that defines the
implementation and use of redundant repeater uplinks for fault recovery.
This will include definition of network management objects related to
controlling redundant links, topoloty rules for redundant links, and standby
operation mode including the procedure for transition from standby to active
link operation. The provision of a redundant uplink will be optional.
Implementation and use of redundant links for end nodes may also be defined.
This work will be applicable independent of data rate.
Project Purpose: To enhance usability of 802.12 Demand Priority LANs in
situations that require high reliability.
Abstract: Revisions to the IEEE 802.12 Demand Priority Access Method allowing optional implementation of redundant links to
facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path are
specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined.
Key Words: demand priority access method, fault tolerance, network
interconnection, media access control, local area network, LAN, MAN,
redundant link, repeater
Designation: 802.12e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 1D Telecommunications and information exchange between
systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges -
Supplement for support by IEEE 802.12
Status: Superseded
**Formerly P802.1q.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer
Service by Specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE
802.12 MACs. This supplement to 802.1D will be developed by the 802.12 WG
in cooperation with the 802.1 WG. Therefore, the project has an 802.12
number.
Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the
802.1D standard.
Designation: 802.14
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Broadband Cable Access
Method and Physical Layer Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:rrussell@knology.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To provide for digital communication services over a branching
bus system constructed from fiber and/or coaxial cable, as used in the cable
TV distribution networks. The traffic types will be constant bit rate(CBR),
variable bit rate(VBR); connection-oriented(CO) and connectionless(CL) data.
Sources both in the headend and within the network will be provided for;
transmission may be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, and many-to-many.
By specifying a MAC and PHY(s), the standard will be architecturally
consistent with 802 compatibles LANs. Compatibility with emerging
technologies such as video compression and ATM will also be maintained
insofar as consistent with efficiency and good economics. Coexistence with
existing analog video transmission and with forthcoming digitally-encoded
television signals will be maintained. It is expected that the standard will
allow for flexibility in the assignment of frequencies for transmission to
and from the headend. Both symmetric and asymmetric data flows will by
provided for, with data rates consistent with the capabilities of the media;
distances to approximately 160 kilometers round trip will be accommodate.
Project Purpose: The standard will provide a protocol to support expanded
communication services over existing and evolving cable TV distribution
networks. The need for such a standard, as evidenced by the 5 criteria, is
discussed in the appended material.
Designation: 802.14a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for a High Capacity PHYsical Layer for IEEE 802.14 Upstream
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert B Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:chairman@walkingdog.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: TransportConsider all known High Capacity Physical candidates
for possible adaptation to IEEE 802.14 upstream transport. Develop a single
HC PHY via following criteria. Technical feasibility, improved channel
availability under actual operating conditions, expansion of operational
envelope under which channel availability goals are met, price/performance
trade analysis, ease of implementation, potential for enhancement of service
provider's revenue generation and lower operating costs, minimal impact upon
existing 802.14 standard.
Project Purpose: Perform analyses and write technical reports in support of HC
PHY. Develop draft for HC PHY characterized by providing a higher degree of
flexibility in the choices available for modulation and coding. The HC PHY
should provide HFC system designers with an enhanced toolbox which can be
used to cope optimally with upstream channel characteristics, reduce
transmission overhead, and thus maximize throughput in upstream direction.
The HC PHY should provide the following enhancements. provide modulation
and coding options for maximization of delivered capacity, achieve higher
robustness against narrowband interference and burst noise, maximization of
channel utilization, minimize latency.
Designation: 802.15.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - telecommunications and
information exchange Systems between systems - Local and metropolitan area
networks-Specific requirements - Part 15.1a: Wireless Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications for Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPAN)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2005
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to incorporating the
changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth specification 1.1) and Bluetooth
Specification 1.2 into 802-15-1-2002. The scope of the original project was:
To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity with fixed,
portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space
(POS). A goal of the WPAN Group will be to achieve a level of
interoperability which could allow the transfer of data between a WPAN
device and an 802.11 device. A Personal Operating Space (POS) is the space
about a person or object that typically extends up to 10 meters in all
directions and envelops the person whether stationary or in motion. The
proposed WPAN Standard will be developed to ensure coexistence with all
802.11 Networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate editorial
changes, the errata from 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth spec 1.1), the functional
changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth1.1) and Bluetooth specification 1.2
into 802-15-1-2002. Specifically these include: Format (new volume
structure, cleaner formatting); Fixes (Errata from the SIG and IEEE applied,
Language cleanup (nomenclature + IEEE)); Features (Architectural Overview,
Faster Connections, Adaptive Frequency Hopping for improved coexistence,
Extended SCO, Scatternet / Scattermode / Absence Masks, Anonymity Mode,
L2CAP Flow & Error Control, LMP Improvements / HCI Improvements); Full
Backward Compatibility with 802-15-1-2002 ( Bluetooth Specificaton 1.1)
Abstract: Methods for communicating devices in a Personal Area Network
Key Words: WPAN, Personal Area Network, Bluetooth, ISM, Communications protocol
Designation: 802.15.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal
Area Networks (WPANs)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Frank Heile, Phone:408-984-2805 X.2219
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Apr 15, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002
Project Scope: To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity
with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal
Operating Space (POS).
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low power
consumption wireless connectivity to support interoperability among devices
within or entering the POS. This includes devices that are carried, worn,
or located near the body. The proposed project will address Quality of
Service to support a variety of traffic classes.
Abstract: "The lower transport layers [(Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP), LinkManager Protocol (LMP), baseband,
and radio] of the BluetoothTM wireless technology are defined.Bluetooth is an industry specification for short-range radio
frequency (RF)-based connectivity forportable personal devices. The IEEE 802.15.1 Task Group has reviewed and provided a
standardadaptation of the Bluetooth specifications (version 1.1) medium access control (MAC) (L2CAP, LMP,and baseband) and
physical layer (PHY) (radio). Also specified is a clause on service access points(SAPs), which includes a logical link control
(LLC)-MAC interface for the ISO/IEC 8802-2 LLC. Anormative annex is included that provides a Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS)proforma, and an informative high-level behavioral ITU-T Z.100 specification and descriptionlanguage (SDL) model
for an integrated Bluetooth MAC sublayer are also specified."
Key Words: "ad hoc network, Bluetooth, Bluetooth wireless technology, circuit
switching, FH-CDMA, frequency-hopping code division multiple access, mobile,
mobility, nomadic, packet switching, piconet, radio, radio frequency,
scatternet, short-range"
Designation: 802.15.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology -
Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.2: Coexistence
of Wireless Personal Area Networks with Other Wireless Devices Operating in
Unlicensed Frequency Bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 28, 2003
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003
Project Scope: To develop a Recommended Practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless
Personal Area network that coexists with other selected wireless devices
operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other
IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless
devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended
practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15
devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands.
Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15
devices with other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands.
The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN
devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed
frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include
IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of
wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.15.2-2003, Local and metropolitan area networksPart 15.2: Coexistence of Wireless Personal Area Networks
with Other Wireless Devices Operating in Unlicensed Frequency Bands"
Key Words: "coexistence, collaborative, collocated, interference, mechanisms,
non-collaborative,WLAN, WPAN"
Designation: 802.15.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Recommended
Practice for Wireless Personal Area Networks Operating in Unlicensed
Frequency Bands
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a recommended practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless
Personal Area Network that coexists with other selected wireless devices
operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other
IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless
devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended
practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15
devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands.
Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15
devices with other wireless devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands.
The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN
devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed
frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include
IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of
wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands.
Designation: 802.15.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless
Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2003
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for high
data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices
within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). A goal of the WPAN-HR
(High Rate) Task Group will be to achieve a level of interoperability or
coexistence with other 802.15 Task Groups. It is also the intent of this
project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in
conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups such as 802.15.2.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low cost, low power
consumption (comparable to the goals of 802.15.1) and high data rate
wireless connectivity among devices within or entering the Personal
Operating Space (POS). The data rate will be high enough, 20 Mbps or more,
to satisfy a set of consumer multimedia industry needs for WPAN
communications. The project will also address the Quality of Service
capabilities required to support multimedia data types.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003, Local and metropolitan area networksPart 15.3: Wireless MAC and PHY Specifications for High Rate
WPANs"
Key Words: "ad hoc network,mobility,PAN,Personal Area Network,radio
frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra-wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal
Frequency Division Multiplexing"
Designation: 802.15.3a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part
15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: From: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for
a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. To: This project
will define an alternative PHY clause, in the frequency range of up to
24GHz, for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3.
Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low
complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3
(comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough,
110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer
multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address
the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant
co-located systems and also coexistence (18b).
Key Words: "PAN,Personal Area Network,radio frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra-
wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing"
Designation: 802.15.3a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part
15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a higher
data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3.
Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low
complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3
(comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough,
110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer
multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address
the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant co-
located systems and also coexistence (18b).
Designation: 802.15.3b-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Specific Requirements – Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPAN): Amendment to MAC Sublayer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This amendment contains changes to the IEEE Std 802.15.3
required to improve implementation and interoperability. This will include
minor optimizations while preserving backward compatibility. In addition,
this amendment will correct errors, clarify ambiguities, and add editorial
clarifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to improve the ability of
IEEE Std 802.15.3 to support emerging wireless multimedia applications;
e.g., multimedia streaming, time synchronization, low latency data transfer,
and peripheral connectivity.
Abstract: This amendment provides corrections and optimizations to IEEE Std. 802.15.3-2003. The management service access points
(SAPs) have been completely updated to create a consistent, logical interface. As a consequence, most of the message sequence
charts (MSCs) in the medium access control (MAC) functional specification have been updated as well. Channel time usage is more
efficient with the addition of multiple contention periods, releasing channel time, implied acknowledgment, and multicast groups.
Key Words: channel time reuse, handover, implied acknowledgment, multicast,
wireless personal area network, WPAN
Designation: P802.15.3c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Millimeter-wave based Alternative Physical Layer Extension
for IEEE Standard 802.15.3-2003 titled “Part 15: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Personal
Area Networks (WPANs)"
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This project will define a 25 to 100 GHz (millimeter wave)
alternative PHY clause for higher data rate amendment to Standard 802.15.3-
2003. This frequency range allows for the USA and Japanese unlicensed
allocations and expected unlicensed allocations in other countries. Data
rates will be at least 1 Gbps under normal operating conditions with a
typical range no less than 10 meters.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize an alternative PHY that can
achieve higher data rate transmission, higher spectral re-use via optional
directional antennas, and superior coexistence than existing 802.15.3
wireless systems. Multiple data rates will be offered. Data rates of at
least 1 Gbps (see item 21), will satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer
multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications.
Designation: 802.15.4-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to produce specific enhancements
and corrections to IEEE Std 802.15.4, all of which will be backwards
compatible with IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. These enhancements and corrections
include resolving ambiguities, reducing unnecessary complexity, increasing
flexibility in security key usage, considerations for newly available
frequency allocations, and others. IEEE Std 802.15.4 defines the
physical layer (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) sublayer
specifications for low-data-rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable,
and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption
requirements typically operating in the personal operating space (POS) of 10
m. It is foreseen that, depending on the application, a longer range at a
lower data rate may be an acceptable tradeoff. It is the intent of this
revision to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices
in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as IEEE 802.15.2 and IEEE
802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to extend the market
applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4 and to remove ambiguities in the
standard. Implementations of the 2003 edition of this standard have revealed
potential areas of improvements. Additional frequency bands are being made
available in various countries that are attractive for this application
space.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-
data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network
(WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes
improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003.
Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN,
personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless
personal area network, WPAN
Designation: P802.15.4d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Alternative Physical Layer Extension to
support the Japanese 950MHz Band
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Project will define an amendment to the existing standard
802.15.4-2006. The proposed amendment shall be limited to defining a new
PHY and such changes to the MAC as are necessary to support a new frequency
allocation (950 MHz) in Japan. The amendment shall completely follow the new
technical conditions described in Japanese ministerial ordinance. The
amendment shall coexist with passive tag systems in the band.
Project Purpose: It was always the intention for 802.15.4 to include support
for an unlicensed sub 1GHz band in Japan, but none was available. The
Japanese regulatory authority has now defined an unlicensed 950MHz band for
RFID systems and hence this sub 1GHz band can also be used for IEEE802.15.4
in Japan for the first time. Interference in 950 MHz is lower than that in
2.4 GHz. Transmission distance in 950 MHz is also longer than that in 2.4
GHz. Due to improved range and reliability, this makes it appropriate for
many applications for which 2.4GHz is not appropriate. The amendment to
802.15.4 will standardize a new PHY and necessary changes to the existing
MAC to support Japanese 950 MHz.
Designation: 802.15.4-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless
Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: May 12, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low
data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with
no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically
operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It
is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower
data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this
project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in
conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2.and 802.11/ETSI-
BRAN/MMAC 5GSG.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low
cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity
among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of
250kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but
scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20kbps or below)
for wireless communications.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003, IEEE Standard for Information technology Telecommunications and information exchange between
systems Local and metropolitan area networks Specific requirements Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer "
Key Words: "ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility,
personal area network (PAN), radio frequency (RF), short range, wireless,
wireless personal area network (WPAN)"
Designation: 802.15.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for STANDARD FOR Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low
data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with
no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically
operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It
is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower
data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of
this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless
devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2 and
802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low
cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity
among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum
of 200kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but
scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (10kbps or below)
for wireless communications. The project may also address the location
tracking capabilities required to support uses of smart tags and badges.
Designation: 802.15.4a-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements – Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (LR-WPANs): Amendment to add alternate PHY
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a data
communication standard with precision ranging, extended range, enhanced
robustness and mobility amendment to standard 802.15.4 (18a).
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide an international standard for an
ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption alternate
PHY for 802.15.4 (comparable to the goals for 802.15.4-2003). To satisfy an
evolutionary set of industrial and consumer requirements for WPAN
communications (18a), the precision ranging capability will be accurate to
one meter or better, and the communication range, robustness and mobility
improved over 802.15.4-2003. The project will address the requirements to
support coexisting (18b) networks of sensors, controllers, logistic and
peripheral devices in multiple compliant co-located systems.
Designation: P802.15.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Recommended practices for mesh topology
capability in Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: The scope is to provide a recommended practice to provide the
architectural framework enabling WPAN devices to promote interoperable,
stable, and scaleable wireless mesh topologies and, if needed, to provide
the amendment text to the current WPAN standards that is required to
implement this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This project facilitates wireless mesh topologies optimized
for IEEE 802.15 WPANs. Mesh Topologies provide: -Extension of network
coverage without increasing the transmit power or the receiver sensitivity
-Enhanced reliability via route redundancy -Easier network configuration -
Better device battery life
Designation: 802.16-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2004
**Supersedes 802.16-2001. This is standard 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005
Project Scope: This revised standard specifies the air interface, including the
medium access control layer and multiple physical layer specifications, of
fixed broadband wireless access systems supporting multiple services. It
consolidates IEEE Standards 802.16, 802.16a, and 802.16c, retaining all
modes and major features without adding modes. Content is added or revised
to improve performance, ease deployment, or replace incorrect, ambiguous, or
incomplete material, including system profiles.
Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of
innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless
access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing
alternatives to wireline broadband access, ecnourages consistent worldwide
spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband
wireless access systems.
Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface of fixed broadband wirelss access (BWA) systems supporting multimedia services.
The medium access control layer (MAC) supports a primarily point-to-multipoing architecture, with an optional mesh topology. The
MAC is structured to support multiple physical layer (PHY) specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment.
For operational frequencies from 10--66 GHz, the PHY is based on single-carrier modulation. For frequencies below 11 GHz, where
propagation without a direct line of sight must be accomodated, three alternatives are provided, using OFDM, OFDMA, and single-
carrier modulation. This standard revises and consolidates IEEE Std 802.16-2001, IEEE Std 802.16a-2003, and IEEE Std 802.16c-
2002.
Key Words: fixed broadband wirelss access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards
Designation: P802.16m
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems -
Amendment: Advanced Air Interface
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard amends the IEEE 802.16 WirelessMAN-OFDMA
specification to provide an advanced air interface for operation in licensed
bands. It meets the cellular layer requirements of IMT-Advanced next
generation mobile networks. This amendment provides continuing support for
legacy WirelessMAN-OFDMA equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance
improvements necessary to support future advanced services and applications,
such as those described by the ITU in Report ITU-R M.2072.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Designation: P802.16-2004/Cor 2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Corrigendum
2
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std
802.16. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that
standard. It does not contain material that introduces enhancements or new
features.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is only to correct errors,
inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Std 802.16-2004 as amended by IEEE
Std 802.16e-2005, IEEE Std 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005 and IEEE Std 802.16f-2005.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Designation: 802.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed Designation to P802.16.1
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Designation: P802.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium
access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and
mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing
multiple services. The MAC is structured to support multiple PHY
specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment.
Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of
innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless
access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing
alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide
spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband
wireless access systems.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: 802.16-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 24, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface of fixed (stationary) point-to-multipoint broadband wirelessaccess systems
providing multiple services. The medium access control layer is capable of supporting multiplephysical layer specifications
optimized for the frequency bands of application. The standard includes aparticular physical layer specification applicable to
systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Designation: 802.16.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to 802.16
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
oeprating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Designation: 802.16.1b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems including License-Exempt Frequencies
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to P802.16b
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and
physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified
for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the
scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands
(thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area
Network [WirelessHUMANTM] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and
medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed
broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to-
multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services
with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands
designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and
may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address
strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project
will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE
802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original
project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques
to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies
for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and
802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and
accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access
spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that
includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and
small and medium enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Recommended Practice for
Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This project revises IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001. In particular, it
specifies extensions and modifications addressing two distinct topics. The
first is coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems
in the frequency range 10-66 GHz. The second is coexistence among fixed
broadband wireless access systems operating in licensed bands within the
frequency range 2-11 GHz. Updates to the existing content will also be
considered.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Revision is to provide additional
coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment
groups, and system integrators. The specifications will facilitate the
deployment and operation of fixed broadband wireless access systems while
minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination.
Designation: 802.16.2-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -
Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16.2-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Jul 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended Practice for
the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access
(BWA)systems operating from 10-66 GHz (with a focus on 23.5-43.5 GHz)in
order to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or
service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency
and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First,it will recommend
limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through
parameters including radiated power,spectral masks and antenna patterns.
Second,it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise
floor degradation performance, for interference received from other BWA
systems. Third,it will provide coordination parameters,including separation
distances,and power flux density limits,to enable successful deployment of
BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes interference
between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the same frequency
band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in different frequency
bands (including different systems deployed by a single license-holder in
sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The scope does not cover
coexistence issues due to intrasystem frequency re-use within the operator
's licensed band,and it does not consider the impact of interference created
by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
coexistence guidelines to license holders,service providers,deployment
groups,and system integrators.The equipment parameters contained within this
practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry
associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice will
include: · Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that
system performance objectives will be met. · Minimal need for case-by-case
interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve
interference issues. · Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic
environment for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future
systems compliant to IEEE 802.16 interoperability standards. · Improved
spectrum utilization. · Cost-effective system deployment.
Abstract: " This IEEE recommended practice provides guidelines for minimizing interference in fixedbroadband wireless access (BWA)
systems operating in the frequency range 10 to 66 GHz, withparticular focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. It analyzes
coexistence scenarios and providesguidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. "
Key Words: "coexistence, fixed broadband wireless access (BWA), interference,
local multipoint distribution service (LMDS), millimeter wave, multipoint,
point-to-multipoint, radio, wireless metropolitan area network (WirelessMAN)
standard"
Designation: 802.16.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN
Specific Requirements - Coexistence of Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended practice for
the design and coordinated deployment of broadband wireless access (BWA)
systems to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or
service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency
and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First, it will recommend
limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through
parameters including radiated power, spectral masks and antenna patterns.
Second, it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise
floor degradation and blocking performance, for intereference received from
other BWA systems as well as from other terrestrial and satellite systems.
Third, it will provide coordination parameters, including band plans,
separation distances, and power flux density limits, to enable successful
deployment of BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes
interference between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the
same frequency band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in
different frequency bands (including different systems, deployed by a single
license-holder in sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The
scope does not cover coexistence issues due to intra-system frequency re-use
wihin the operator's licensed band, and it does not consider the impact of
interference created by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment
groups, and system integrators. The equipment parameters contained wihtin
this practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry
associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice
will include: Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that
system performance objectives will be met; Minimal need for case-by-case
interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve
interference issues; Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic environment
for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future systems
compliant to the 802.16 interoperability standard; Optimization of coverage
and spectrum utilization; Cost-effective system deployment.
Designation: 802.16.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -
Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband
Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop extensions and modifications to IEEE
802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first topic is the
coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the
frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. Two
types of point-to-point systems will be considered: those used by fixed BWA
operators and those used as individually assigned links, commonly licensed
on a "first-come, first-served" basis. The second topic is coexistence among
fixed BWA systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2-
11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the existing standard will also be
considered.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide additional
coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment
groups, and system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point
systems (primarily from 23.5 - 43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed
fixed BWA systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The equipment
parameter values contained within this amended practice will benefit license
holders, equipment and component vendors, and industry associations by
facilitating the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while
minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. A further purpose is to
encourage voluntary procedures that facilitate a simpler licensing process
for systems operating below 11 GHz, particularly in the 2.5 GHz MMDS/ITFS
bands in the USA.
Designation: 802.16.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -
Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband
Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: This project specifies extensions and modifications to IEEE
Standard 802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first is
coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the
frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. The
second topic is coexistence among fixed BWA systems operating in licensed
bands within the frequency range 2-11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the
existing standard will also be considered.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide coexistence
guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and
system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point systems
(primarily from 23.5-43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed fixed BWA
systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The specifications will
facilitate the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while
minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination.
Designation: 802.16.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN
Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems in Licensed Bands from 2 to 11 GHz
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to P802.16a
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g. those supporting data
rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data,
video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed
bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating
between 2 and 11 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access
products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing
wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate
coexistence studies, encourage worldwide allocation, and accelerate the
commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of
frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences,
Small Office/Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters, and Small and Medium
Enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16 Edition
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 802.16-2001/Conformance01-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 1: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for 10-66 GHz
WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2003
**Should be changed to 802.16/Conformance01. Had originally been
P1802.16.1.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 24, 2003
Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T
X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber
stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified
in IEEE Std 802.16.
Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within
the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16.
It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the
protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented
and what limitations might prevent interworking. It allows a customer of the
product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product
meets the customer's requirements.
Abstract: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-
T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC air interface
specified in IEEE 802.16.
Key Words: "broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband
wireless access networks, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS),
metropolitan area network, microwaves, millimeter waves, point-to-
multipoint, wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16-2004/Cor 1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Corrigendum to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan
Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2006
**Will be published with 802.16e-2005 as one document (802.16e-2005 and
802.16-2004/Cor1-2005).
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006
Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE
Standard 802.16-2004. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities
in that standard. It does not contain new material.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors,
inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Standard 802.16-2004.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test
Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air
Interface
Status: Changed Designation
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test
Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T
Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations
and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air
interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16.
Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests
and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified
in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications
(per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and
interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE
802.16.
Abstract: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC 9646-1:1994 and 9646-2:1995 and
ITU-T X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC
(10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16.
Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area
network, microwaves, millimeter waves, WirelessMAN™ standards"
Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-200x
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test Suite
Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air
Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test
Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T
Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations
and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air
interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16.
Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests
and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified
in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications
(per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and
interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE
802.16.
Designation: 802.16/Conformance03-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 3: Radio
Conformance Tests (RCT) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC™ Air Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 2004
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2004
Project Scope: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Test (RCT)
specification for base stations and subscriber stations based upon the
WirelessMAN-SC (TM) (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Standard
802.16.
Project Purpose: These radio conformance test specifications form the basis of
conformance and interoperability testing at the radio interface.
Abstract: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Tests (RCT) specification for base stations and subscriber stations based
upon the WirelessMAN-SC™ (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16.
Key Words: "compliance, fixed broadband wireless access network, microwaves,
millimeter waves, radio conformance test, WirelessMAN™ standards, wireless
metropolitan area network"
Designation: 802.16/Conformance04-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE 802.16 - Part 4: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for Frequencies below
11 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2007
Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T
X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber
stations based upon the air interface specified in IEEE P802.16-REVd for
frequencies below 11 GHz.
Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within
the air interface specified for frequencies below 11 GHz in IEEE P802.16-
REVd. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to
implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have
been implemented. It allows a user of the product to evaluate its
conformance and to determine whether the product meets the user's
requirements.
Abstract: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 and ITU-T
X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based on the air interface specified in IEEE Std
802.16 for frequencies below 11 GHz.
Key Words: broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband
wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, microwaves, point-to-
multipoint, wireless access systems WAS), WirelessMAN® standards
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Designation: 802.16a-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems - Medium Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer
Specifications for 2-11 GHz
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: May 27, 2003
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and medium access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint (and, in license-exempt bands, optional mesh topology) broadband
wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or
greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice
services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated
for public network access and license-exempt bands. It applies to systems
operating between 2 and 11 GHz, where such services are permitted. This
Amendment expands the scope of the IEEE Standard 802.16 by extending it to
bands between 2-11 GHz, whereas the scope of the original project was
limited to 10-66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless
alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence
studies, provide mechanisms for coexistence with other license-exempt band
systems such as 802.11 and 802.15, encourage consistent worldwide
allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless
access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a
market that includes residences, Small Office-Home Office (SOHO),
telecommuters and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME).
Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-2001 by enhancing the medium access controllayer and providing additional physical
layer specifications in support of broadband wireless accessat frequencies from 211 GHz. The resulting standard specifies the
air interface of fixed (stationary)broadband wireless access systems providing multiple services. The medium access control
layeris capable of supporting multiple physical layer specifications optimized for the frequency bands ofapplication. The
standard includes particular physical layer specifications applicable to systemsoperating between 2 and 66 GHz. It supports
point-to-multipoint and optional mesh topologies.
Key Words: "broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Standard Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media Access Control
Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for 2-11 GHz
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data
rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data,
video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed
bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating
between 2 and 11 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless
alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence
studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the
commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of
frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences,
Small Office-Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters and Small and Medium
Enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to
Standard Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media
Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for License-
Exempt Frequencies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and
physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified
for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the
scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands
(thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area
Network [WirelessHUMAN™] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and
medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed
broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to-
multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services
with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands
designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and
may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address
strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project
will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE
802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original
project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques
to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies
for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and
802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and
accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access
spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that
includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and
small and medium enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16c-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1:
Detailed System Profiles for 10-66 GHz
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: s Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std
802.16-2001, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features
and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and
inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 will also be corrected. The
scope is limited to 10-66 GHz
Project Purpose: To aid the deployment of interoperable systems by defining and
naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test
compliance, and by correcting errors and inconsistencies.
Abstract: " This amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16-2001, which con-cerns system profiles that list sets of
features and functions to be used in typical implementationcases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 are also
corrected. The scope is limitedto 1066 GHz. "
Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area
network, millimeter waves, microwaves, WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area
networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems - Detailed System Profiles for 2-11 GHz
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16,
which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to
be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE
Std 802.16 will also be corrected. The scope is limited to 2-11 GHz.
Project Purpose: This standard aids the deployment of interoperable systems by
defining and naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test
compliance. It also corrects errors and inconsistencies.
Designation: 802.16e-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment
for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for Combined Fixed and Mobile
Operation in Licensed Bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2006
**Will be published with 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005 as one document (802.16e-2005
and 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005).
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to
support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby specifies
a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access. Functions
to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors are
specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for fixed/mobile
use below 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16-2004 subscriber capabilities shall not be
compromised. In addition to mobility enhancements, this document contains
substantive corrections to IEEE 802.16-2004 regarding fixed operation.
Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless
access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless
media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area
networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and
mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets.
Abstract: This document updates and expands IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to allow for mobile subscriber stations.
Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, mobile broadband wireless access network, WirelessMAN standards
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: 802.16e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless
Access Systems - Amendment for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for
Combined Fixed and Mobile Operation in Licensed Bands
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16/802.16a
to support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby
specifies a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access.
Functions to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors
are specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for mobility
between 2 and 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16a subscriber capabilities shall not be
compromised (See Item #18).
Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless
access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless
media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area
networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and
mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets.
Designation: 802.16f-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1:
Management Information Base
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2006
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to
define a management information base(MIB) for the MAC and PHY and associated
management procedures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of
managed objects to enable standards-based management of IEEE 802.16 device.
Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-2004 by defining a management information base (MIB) for the MAC and PHY and
associated management procedures.
Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, management information base
(MIB), metropolitan area network(MAN), microwave, millimeter wave,
WirelessMAN® standards
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: P802.16g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment
3: Management Plane Procedures and Services
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to the MAC and PHY
management entities of IEEE Standard 802.16-2004, as amended by P802.16e, to
create standardized procedures and interfaces for the management of
conformant 802.16 devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide conformant 802.16
equipment with procedures and services to enable interoperable and efficient
management of network resources, mobility, and spectrum, and to
standardize management plane behavior in 802.16 fixed and mobile devices.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: P802.16h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems - Improved Coexistence Mechanisms for License-Exempt Operation.
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This amendment specifies improved mechanisms, as policies and
medium access control enhancements, to enable coexistence among license-
exempt systems based on IEEE Standard 802.16 and to facilitate the
coexistence of such systems with primary users.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides measures to increase the efficiency
and robustness of license-exempt operation.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Designation: P802.16i
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems -
Mobile Management Information Base
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document provides mobility enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16
MIB for the MAC, PHY and associated management procedures. The project will
use protocol-neutral methodologies for network management to develop
resource models and related solution sets for the management of devices in a
multi-vendor 802.16 mobile network.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of
managed objects to enable the standards-based management of 802.16 devices.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: P802.16j
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless
Access Systems - Multihop Relay Specification
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This document specifies OFDMA physical layer and medium access
control layer enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16 for licensed bands to enable
the operation of relay stations. Subscriber station specifications are not
changed.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to enhance coverage,
throughput and system capacity of 802.16 networks by specifying 802.16
multihop relay capabilities and functionalities of interoperable relay
stations and base stations.
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: 802.16k-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control
(MAC) Bridges - Amendment 2: Bridging of IEEE 802.16
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D to
support Bridging of the IEEE 802.16 MAC. This involves: (a) Adding one
subclause to Clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping
between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.16 MAC service; (b) minor
changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the
additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma
in Annex A.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard
in recognition of the 802.16 Media Access Control (MAC).
IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Designation: 802.17-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 2004
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 2005
Project Scope: Define a Resilient Packet Ring Access Protocol for use in Local,
Metropolitan, and Wide Area Networks, along with appropriate Physical
Layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to
multiple gigabits per second.
Project Purpose: The standard will define a very high-speed network protocol
that is optimized for packet transmission in resilient ring topologies.
Current standards are either optimized for TDM transport, or optimized for
mesh topologies. There is no high-speed (greater than 1 billion bits per
second) networking standard in existence, which is optimized for packet
transmission in ring topologies.
Abstract: This standard defines the medium access control characteristics, physical layer interface methods and layer management
parameters for the resilient packet ring (RPR) access method for ring topologies. A set of protocols for detecting and
initializing the shared ring configuration, recovering from failures, and regulating fair access to the shared medium are also
described. Specifications are provided for interface to a number of physical layers, supporting data rates up to 10 Gb/s.
System considerations and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided in this standard.
Key Words: fairness, layer management, metropolitan area network (MAN), medium
access control, physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet
ring (RPR), ring topology, topology detection
Designation: P802.17c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: 2 – Protected Inter-Ring
Connection
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The proposed changes add new capabilities to the MAC layer to
enable operation of dual-redundant RPR stations that interconnect 2 RPR
rings.
Project Purpose: The amendment extends the property of fast (50 ms) restoration
time, associated with an individual RPR ring to dual-interconnected rings.
Further, the standard specifies methods for controlling which traffic is
sent across each of the two interconnections.
Designation: 802.17a-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Bridging of IEEE Std 802.17
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2004
**Amends IEEE Std 802.1D-2004
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D:2004 to
support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to
clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the
Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes
elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional
MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex
A.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard
recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC).
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 defines support of the internal sublayer service by the 802.17 MAC
Key Words: bridging, IEEE 802.1D, IEEE 802.17, internal sublayer service, media
access control bridges, resilient packet ring (RPR)
Designation: 802.17a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common
Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: Amend 802.1D:1998 to support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This
involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service
interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC
service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate
support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and
the PICS Proforma in Annex A.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard
recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC).
Designation: 802.17b-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: This standard defines a resilient packet ring access protocol
for use in local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, along with
appropriate physical layer specifications for transfer of data packets
at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second.
Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast
transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers)
attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The
amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can
achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on
Resilient Packet Rings.
Designation: 802.17b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific
requirements - Resilient Packet Ring Access Method & Physical Layer
Specifications – Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project amends 802.17-2004 adding one or more new clauses
defining optional extensions to support increased spatial reuse on the
media. 802.17-2004 allows spatial reuse for ring local unicast
transmissions, this amendment adds support for spatial reuse of other frame
transmissions (e.g. remote bridging as seen in 802.1 D/Q). Changes to
existing clauses of 802.17-2004 are permitted if required to support the new
clauses.
Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast
transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers)
attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The
amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can
achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on
Resilient Packet Rings.
Designation: P802.19
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology – Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan networks –
Specific requirements – Part 19: Methods for assessing coexistence of
wireless networks
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Stephen Shellhammer, Phone:858-658-1874, Email:shellhammer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes methods for assessing
coexistence of wireless networks. The document defines recommended
coexistence metrics and methods of computing these coexistence metrics. The
focus of the document is on IEEE 802 wireless networks, though the methods
developed here may be applicable in other standards development
organizations and development communities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend methods to
evaluate the coexistence of wireless networks.
Designation: P802.20
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Standard Air
Interface for Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Supporting Vehicular
Mobility - Physical and Media Access Control Layer Specification
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Arnold M Greenspan, Phone:561-638-7328, Email:amgrrg@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: Specification of physical and medium access control layers of an
air interface for interoperable mobile broadband wireless access systems,
operating in licensed bands below 3.5 GHz, optimized for IP-data transport,
with peak data rates per user in excess of 1 Mbps. It supports various
vehicular mobility classes up to 250 Km/h in a MAN environment and targets
spectral efficiencies, sustained user data rates and numbers of active users
that are all significantly higher than achieved by existing mobile systems.
(See also Item 18)
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to enable worldwide deployment
of cost effective, spectrum efficient, ubiquitous, always-on and
interoperable multi-vendor mobile broadband wireless access networks. It
will provide an efficient packet based air interface optimized for IP. The
standard will address end user markets that include access to Internet,
intranet, and enterprise applications by mobile users as well as access to
infotainment services.
Designation: P802.21
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Media Independent Handover Services
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ajay Rajkumar, Phone:973-386-6249, Email:ajayrajkumar@lucent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines extensible 802 media access independent
mechanisms that enable the optimization of handover between heterogeneous
802 systems and may facilitate handover between 802 systems and cellular
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve the user experience of mobile
devices by facilitating handover between 802 networks whether or not they
are of different media types, including both wired and wireless, where
handover is not otherwise defined and to make it possible for mobile devices
to perform seamless handover where the network environment supports it.
These mechanisms may also be useable for handovers between 802 networks and
non 802 networks.
Designation: P802.22
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems – Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific
requirements - Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and procedures for
operation in the TV Bands
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium
access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of fixed point-to-
multipoint wireless regional area networks operating in the VHF/UHF TV
broadcast bands between 54 MHz and 862 MHz.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to enable deployment of
interoperable 802 multivendor wireless regional area network products, to
facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access and extending the deployability of such systems
into diverse geographic areas, including sparsely populated rural areas,
while preventing harmful interference to incumbent licensed services in the
TV broadcast bands.
Designation: P802.22.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Standard to enhance harmful interference protection for low power
licensed devices operating in TV Broadcast Bands
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies methods to provide enhanced protection
to protected devices such as those used in the production and
transmission of broadcast programs (e.g. devices licensed as secondary under
Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) in the USA and equivalent
devices in other regulatory domains) from harmful interference caused by
licensed-exempt devices (such as, e.g. IEEE 802.22) that also are intended
to operate in the TV Broadcast Bands.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard and efficient method for
license-exempt devices to provide enhanced protection to low-powered
licensed devices that are entitled to protection from harmful interference,
and that share the same spectrum. This standard may be applicable in global
regulatory environments.
Designation: P802.22.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems – Wireless Regional Area Networks
(WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22.2: Recommended Practice for the
Installation and Deployment of IEEE 802.22 Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document recommends best engineering practices for the
installation and deployment of IEEE 802.22 systems to help assure that such
systems are correctly installed and deployed.
Project Purpose: This document provides detailed technical guidance to
installers, deployers, and operators of IEEE 802.22 compliant systems to
help assure that such systems are correctly installed and deployed.
Designation: 802a-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture - Amendment 1: Ethertypes for Prototype and Vendor-Specific
Protocol Development
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2003
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: Provision of a small number of Ethernet type values for
prototype and experimental use. Provision of a mechanism for vendor
assignment of protocol identifiers for use with proprietary protocols.
Project Purpose: The existing Ethernet Type number space is a finite resource.
In order to develop protocols that will use an Ethernet Type value as a
protocol identifier, it is necessary for vendors to apply for type values
from this limited number space, both for development purposes and for
assignment to the final protocol. This can lead to wastage of the number
space for no useful purpose. This amendment to IEEE Standard 802 will allow
prototype and experimental protocols to be developed without consuming type
values, and will also provide a means whereby protocol developers can assign
permanent protocol identifier values without consuming type values.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802a -2003(Amendment to IEEE Std 802 ® -2001),IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview
and Architecture Amendment 1: Ethertypes for Protoype and Vendor-Specific Protocol Development"
Key Words: Ethertype protocol development, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN
architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs),
protocol identifier, protocol type
Designation: 802b-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture - Amendment 2: Registration of Object Identifiers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this amendment is to define an Object Identifier
hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers
used in 802 standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to establish a consistent
practice within IEEE 802 for the development and allocation of object
identifiers. Consistency of Object Identifier allocation will facilitate
implementation and operation of IEEE 802 compliant equipment.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the
family of IEEE 802 standards. This amendment to IEEE Std 802-2001 specifies an Object Identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802
for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers used in IEEE 802 standards.
Key Words: Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs),
LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Object Identifiers
Designation: 803-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and
Related Facilities - Principles and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 1984
Abstract: This recommended practice provides unique identification principles and definitions that, when used with related
recommended practices concerning component function identifiers, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a
basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric
power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. The standard
is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is
to present a common language that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another
organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of the concept is that
the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: power plants, unique , Power system identification, Nuclear power
generation
Designation: 803.1-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and
Related Facilities—Component Function Identifiers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 803A-1983.
Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: This recommended practice provides component function identifiers that, when used with related recommended practices
concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a
basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric
power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. This
recommended practice is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the
purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or
component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant
feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the
hardware itself.
Key Words: unique, identification, EIIS, power plants, Component function
identifier
Designation: 803A-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Unique Identification in Power Plants
and Related Facilities - Component Function Identifiers
Status: Superseded
**revised at 803.1
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1984 (Ref. Std.: 803.1)
Key Words: 803A
Designation: 803A
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Superseded
**see 803.1
Designation: 804-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Implementation of Unique Identification
System in Power Plants and Related Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1984
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended
practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions,
provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects
(electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard
is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is
to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that
of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this
concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: EIIS, unique, identification, power plant, Power system
identification, Power generation, Nuclear power generation
Designation: 804A
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986
Designation: 805-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Nuclear Power
Plants and Related Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1984
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related
recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and
implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear
power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system
function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not
intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a
series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a
common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another
organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that
the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: power plants, Power system identification, Nuclear power generation
Designation: 806-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Fossil-Fueled
Power Plants and Related Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Designation: P807
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Hydroelectric
Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a unique identification
system for hydro facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit,
system, and component identifiers as a minimum.
Project Purpose: At present there is no standard practice for hydro facility
identification. This recommended practice can be used as a unique
identification system to delineate failure reporting, maintenance
management, and design. The unique identification system is structured to
allow expansion of the identifiers in a standard format to the level of
detail that may be required.
Designation: 807
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984
Designation: 810-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Integrally Forged
Shaft Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994
Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions of integrally forged
shaft couplings and to the shaft runout tolerances. Shafts and couplings
included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical
connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric installations.
This standard does not include data on fabricated shafts, shaft stresses,
and bolt tensioning. Industry experience suggests that the torque capacity
of shafts having diameters greater than 72 inches is usually better provided
by fabricated rather than forged shafts.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended
practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions,
provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects
(electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard
is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is
to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that
of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this
concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: hydraulic turbine, generator, forged shaft , shaft couplings, shaft
runout, runout tolerances, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: 811
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 812
Title: Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 812-1984
History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987
Designation: 812-1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sponsor was formerly the Communications Society.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985
Designation: 813-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Two-Degree-of-
Freedom Dynamically Tuned Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 1989
**Errata sheet (of page 16) is available.
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979, BD APP: Aug 17, 1988, ANSI APP: May 04, 1989
Abstract: A format guide for the preparation of a two-degree-of-freedom dynamically tuned gyro (DTG) specification is given that
provides a common ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. A compilation of recommended procedures for
testing a DTG is also given. The requirements and test procedures are defined in terms unique to the DTG. They cover applications
of the gyro as an angular motion sensor in navigation and control systems. They apply to two modes of use: (1) as a strap-down
sensor in operating environments typical of aircraft and missile applications, and (2) as a sensor in gimballed platform
applications in which the dynamic angular inputs to which the gyro is subjected are benign relative to the accuracy required. In
the case of the strap-down DTG, the characteristics of the external capture loops are considered to the extent necessary to
define the gyro performance.
Key Words: two degree , degree of freedom, tuned gyros, Testing, Gyroscopes
Designation: 814
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 816-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Smoke Generation of Solid Materials Ued
for Insulations and Coverings of Electric Wire and Cable
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984
Designation: 817-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Flame-Retardant Coatings Applied to
Insulated Cables in Cable Trays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of flame-retardant coated cables
in a vertical cable tray are covered. This standard applies to single and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing
coated and uncoated cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flame ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test
facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered.
Key Words: cable flame testing, cable tray, flame test facility, flame testing,
flame retardant, cable coating, insulated cable
Designation: 818
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Format/Overcrnt Prtect Device TC Curves
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1980
Designation: 820-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics
associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog
voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes
only those business and residential lines in the North American public
switched network where no special performance requirements are involved.
This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance,
independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and
circuit provisioning methods.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe quantitatively the
performance characteristics of telephone loops and indicate current
acceptable performance criteria.
Abstract: Common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or
equipment, and circuit provisioning methods are provided in this standard.
Key Words: performance characteristics, performance classifications, telephone
loop
Designation: 820-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984
Abstract: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber
signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and
residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This
standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or
equipment, and circuit provisioning methods.
Key Words: telephone loop, loop performance, signaling
Designation: 821
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: RecPrac for Content of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for Class lE
Equipment used in NPGS
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Stephen E Grier, Phone:937-331-4507, Email:stevegrier@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 822
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recording Strctrd Narrtvs in PGS
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A.J McElroy
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980
Designation: 823-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methodologies for Specifying Voicegrade Channel
Transmission Parameters and Evaluating Connection Transmission Performance
for Speech Telephony
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides network planners with the methodology and models for specifying the transmission performance of
voicegrade communications channels, calculating the transmission performance of voicegrade connections made up of one channel, or
of two or more voicegrade channels connected in tandem, calculating the resulting speech transmission performance, and
determining the grade of service of a complete voice connection, including the terminals (telephone sets), and evaluating the
relative transmission performance of alternative speech connections.
Designation: 824-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitor Banks in Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005
**Supersedes 824-1994.
Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: The scope is a standard for series capacitor banks that are
connected in series with the utility transmission system. The banks include
capacitors and all the accessory equipment necessary to form a complete
equipment. The scope is the same as the existing standard, however it is
requested that the word "bank" be included in the title to clarify that the
standard includes all of the associated equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to include additional
approaches for capacitor unit fusing and references to new IEEE and IEC
standards for related equipment. An additional purpose is to increase the
precision and clarity of the wording to make it more consistent with actual
industry practice.
Abstract: This standard represents a significant update to IEEE 824-1994. Series capacitor bank component and bank duty cycle
ratings, equipment insulation levels, protective functions, component testing, instruction books, nameplates, and safety are
covered in this standard.
Key Words: bypass gap, capacitor bank, capacitor segment, discharge reactor,
metal-oxide varistor, protective level, reactive compensation, series
capacitor, series compensation, SSR, trigger circuit, triggered gap,
varistor
Designation: 824-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 824-1985. Superseded by 824-2004.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994
Abstract: Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that
form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety rating,
and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide
for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps.
Key Words: bypass gap, series capacitor, trigger circuit, capacitors, Self-
triggered gap, Force-triggered gap
Designation: 824-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984
Designation: 825
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 827
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 828-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2005
Technical Contact: John Scott, Phone:925-423-7655, Email:scott7@llnl.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005
Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a
Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan (also referred to as “the
Plan”). This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software;
e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social
losses. It also applies to noncritical software and to software already
developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form,
class, or type of software.
Project Purpose: The SCM Plan documents what SCM activities are to be done, how
they are to be done, who is responsible for doing specific activities, when
they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SCM
activities over any portion of a software product’s life cycle. This
standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge
(SWEBOK) project Stoneman release on the topic of configuration management
and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0™.
Abstract: The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan are established via this standard. This
standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software (e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial
or social losses). It also applies to noncritical software and to software already developed. The application of this standard is
not restricted to any form, class, or type of software.
Key Words: configuration control, configuration control board, configuration
identification, configuration item, configuration review, configuration
status accounting, release management, software configuration management,
software configuration management plan
Designation: 828-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard establishes a required format and set of minimum
contents for Software Configuration Management plans. It identifies
requirements for configuration identification, configuration control,
configuration status accounting and reporting, and configuration audits and
reviews. It applies to entire life cycle of critical software. It also
applies to non critical software and to software already developed. The
application of the standard is not restricted to any form, class or type of
software. In addition, it will establish a correlation between the content
of software configuration management plans as defined in 828 and the content
of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology -
Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which
will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and
trace content between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Abstract: " The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP) areestablished, and the specific
activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a softwareproductÕs life cycle are defined. "
Key Words: "configuration control board, configuration items,software
configuration management,software configuration management activities"
Designation: 828-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 25, 1991
Abstract: This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a software configuration management plan and defines the
specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software products life cycle.
Key Words: control board, activities, Configuration items, Configuration
control board
Designation: 828-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984
Key Words: software, configuration, management, plans
Designation: 829-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The standard covers the development and use of software test
documentaiton. It defines the format, contents and use of such
documentation. (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents
which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the
execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose,
outline and contest of each basic document. The standard does not call for
specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or
tools, and does not specirfy the documentation of their use. (1997) In
addition a correlation between the content of software test documentation as
defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE
12207.1, will be added as an annex which will correlate the assumptions
relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. The current capability of 829 may be used
to meet requirements in the following clauses of ISO 9001: 4.10, Inspection
and testing; and 4.12, Inspection and testing status.
Abstract: A set of basic software test documents is described. This standard speciÞes the form andcontent of individual test
documents. It does not specify the required set of test documents.
Key Words: "test case specificaiton,test design specification,test incident
report,test item transmittal report,test log,test plan,test procedure
specification,test summary report"
Designation: P829
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software and System Test Documentation
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard applies to all software-based systems. It applies
to systems and software being developed, acquired, operated, maintained,
and/or reused (e.g., legacy, modified, Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS),
Government-Off-The-Shelf (GOTS), or Non-Developmental Items (NDI)). When
conducting the test process, it is important to examine the software in its
interactions with the other parts of the system. This standard identifies
the system considerations that test processes and tasks address in
determining system and software correctness and other attributes (e.g.,
completeness, accuracy, consistency, testability), and the applicable
resultant test documentation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: - Establish a common
framework for test processes, activities, and tasks in support of all
software life cycle processes, including acquisition, supply, development,
operation, and maintenance processes. - Define the test tasks, required
inputs, and required outputs. - Identify the recommended minimum test
tasks corresponding to integrity levels for a four-level integrity scheme.
- Define the use and contents of the Master Test Plan and the Level Test
Plan(s) (e.g., for component, integration, system, acceptance test). -
Define the use and contents of related test documentation (Test Design, Test
Case, Test Procedure, Anomaly Report, Test Log, Level Test Report, Final
Test Report).
Designation: 829-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 03, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: A set of basic test documents that are associated with the dynamic aspects of software testing (that is, the execution of
procedures and code) is described. The purpose, outline, and content of each basic document are defined. Although the documents
described in the standard focus on dynamic testing, several of them may be applicable to other testing activities. Documentation
on electronic media as well as paper is covered. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches,
techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. It also does not imply or impose specific
methodologies for documentation control, configuration management, or quality assurance.
Key Words: documentation, Software testing
Designation: 829
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Test Documentation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents
which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the
execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose,
outline and content of each basic document. The standard does not call for
specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or
tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. (Scope addition
- 1997) In addition a correlation between the content of software test
documentation as defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data will be added an annex which will
correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and
trace content between subject. (Scope change - 1998) Change format
compliance from normative to informative status. ]
Project Purpose: To make it easier to use with related standards by bringing it
into compatibility with the international standard for software life cycle
processes IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Also, bring it into full consistency with the
related IEEE Std 1008 and Std 1012. To harmonize the documentation content
with state of the art testing methodologies and tools.
Designation: 830-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: The general area of requirements for software systems as
specified by either potential customers/users or designers/producers and
constituting the substance of an agreement between them. To establish a
correlation between the content of software requirements specifications as
defined in 830 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE
12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions
relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject
documentation
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207.
Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are de-scribed and several sample SRS
outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed atspecifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be
applied to assist in the selec-tion of in-house and commercial software products. Guidelines for compliance with IEEE/EIA12207.1-
1997 are also provided.
Key Words: "contract,customer,prototyping,software requirements
specification,supplier,system requirements specifications"
Designation: 830
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Requirments Specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edward R Byrne, Phone:410-778-2768, Email:flatland@compuserve.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This standard describes the content and qualities of a good
software requirements specification (SRS), incuding the functionality,
external interfaces, performance, other attributes and design constraints.
It presents several sample SRS outlines. It will be turned from a
Recommended Practice (should) to a full Standard (shall).
Project Purpose: This project has three goals: (1) Upgrade the current
Recommended Practice to a full Standard; (2) Ensure consistency with
IEEE/EIA Std 12207. This is currently incorporated as Annex B (1998
supplement to IEEE 830); the intent is to move appropriate portions of this
annex into the body of the Standard; (3) Ensure that the Standard can be
used for real time programming.
Designation: 830-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 830-1984.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS
outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be
applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products.
Key Words: contract, customer, prototyping, supplier, System requirements
specifications
Designation: 830-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Requirements Specifications
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 30, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1984
Key Words: software, requirements, specifications
Designation: 831
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 832
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Partial Disch/Instru Xfrmrs(Corona)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anthony J Jonnatti, Phone:727-785-2788, Email:premo2@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 (Ref. Std.: C57.13.4)
Designation: 833-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in Nuclear
Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This document presents recommended practices for providing the
electric systems and equipment in nuclear power plants with protection from
water hazards.
Project Purpose: This document recommends methods and design features that, if
implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to class 1E and non-class
systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray
from decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example,
water running along cables and raceways). It is not the purpose of this
recommended practice to classify water-hazard protection features as nuclear
safety related or non-nuclear safety related. This determination is
application specific and is made by the user utilizing the specific nuclear
generating station design basis and guidance from other standards.
Abstract: Guidance regarding protection of electrical equipment from sources of water directed onto or around electrical equipment
are provided.
Key Words: jet impingement, line break, spray, water, water hazards
Designation: 833-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in
Nuclear Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989
Abstract: This document recommends methods and design features that, if implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to Class-
1E and non-Class 1E systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray from decontamination activities)
and indirect sources of water (for example, water running along cables and raceways). The document does not classify water-
hazard protection features as nuclear-safety-related or non-nuclear-safety-related. Protection of equipment by choice of
location, equipment design, and sealing and shielding are considered. The following are covered: design and construction features
for electric equipment rooms; protection of electric equipment located in open areas subject to water hazards; electric equipment
enclosures; electric equipment installation practices; sealing methods; and maintenance, surveillance, and testing activities.
Key Words: electric equipment, water hazards, generating stations, Water,
Seals, Nuclear power generation protection, Electrical equipment enclosure
Designation: 835-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
**Revision and redesignation of S-135-1 and S-135-2 and IPCEA Publication P-
46-426.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables
rated through 500 kV are provided.
Key Words: ampacity, cable, dielectric, extruded, laminar, power, black book
Designation: 835 Disk-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Table (Electronic)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables
rated through 500 kV are provided.
Designation: 836-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear
Accelerometers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 07, 2001
**Supersedes 836-1991 (R1997).
Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Generate errata and/or revisions to the existing Std. 836-1991.
Project Purpose: To incorporate changes, corrections and additions found since
publication of the original document.
Abstract: " This recommended practice provides a guide to the conduct and analysis of precisioncentrifuge tests of linear
accelerometers, covering each phase of the tests, beginning with theplanning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data
analysis are addressed. The intent isto provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the various
factorsaffecting the accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in thedata collection process.
Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typicallinear accelerometer, each with the complexity needed to
accommodate the various identifiedcharacteristics and error sources in each. An iterative matrix equation solution is presented
forderiving the various model equation coefficients for the accelerometer under test from thecentrifuge test data."
Key Words: "accelerometer, accelerometer test, centrifuge, linear
accelerometer"
Designation: P836
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear
Accelerometers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: Change g units in text of Std. 836-2001 to metric units to
conform to IEEE requirements, with informative footnotes giving the
equivalent g unit values, since g units are commonly used in the aerospace
industry. Also make other changes and additions as deemed necessary.
Previous scope: Generate errata and/or revisions to the existing Std. 836-
1991.
Project Purpose: Std 836-2001 was approved by the IEEE Standards Board for only
two years without the possibility of reaffirmation, because of the use of g
units in the text. This project will revise Std. 836-2001 to conform to IEEE
requirements, and also make other changes and additions as deemed necessary.
Previous purpose: To incorporate changes, corrections and additions found
since publication of the original document.
Designation: 836-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear
Accelerometers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 836-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: A guide to the conduct and analysis of precision centrifuge tests of linear accelerometers is provided, covering each
phase of the tests beginning with the planning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data analysis are addressed. The
intent is to provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the various factors affecting accuracy
of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in the data collection process. Model equations are
discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typical linear accelerometer, each with the complexity needed to accommodate the
various identified characteristics and error sources in each. A new iterative matrix equation solution for deriving from the
centrifuge test data the various model equation coefficeints for the accelerometer under test is presented.
Key Words: centrifuge, accelerometer test, Linear accelerometer
Designation: 837-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 09, 2003
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to make appropriate changes in the
areas of corrosion test, pass/fail criteria based on the resistance
measurements and electromagnetic force test.
Project Purpose: Users of the standards have experienced several difficulties
in corrosion using nitric acid. Also, pass/fail criteria is found to be
confusing the not practical in many situations. This revision would address
these difficulties and appropriate changes will be made.
Abstract: " Direction and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substationgrounding are provided in this standard.
This standard particularly addresses the connection usedwithin the grid system,the connection used to join ground leads to the
grid system,and the connec-tion used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. "
Key Words: "conductor,conductor combination,connection,connection thermal
capacity,controlconductor,current loop cycle,equalizer,grid system,permanent
connection"
Designation: P837a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding - Amendment: Standard For Qualifying Permanent Connections Used
in Substation Grounding - Amendment
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to add specific Electromagnetic
Force (EMF) testing circteria for grounding connectors that are used for
connecting the ground grid to equipment and strucutres.
Project Purpose: Currently there are not specific EMF testing criteria for
grounding connectors that are used for connection to equipment and
strucutres. There are many methods of connecting ground risers to
structures and equipment. These methods and associated connectors need to
be qualified with a test plan that best simulates the field conditions
including the rigors of EMF that would result during asymmetrical fault
conditions.
Designation: 837
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Electrical Power
Substation Grounding
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 837-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 837-1984. Superseded by 837-2002.
Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 03, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989
Abstract: Directions and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided. Particular
attention is given to the connectors used within the grid system, connectors used to join ground leads to the grid system, and
connectors used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. The purpose is to give assurance to the user that
connectors meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation
provided, that the proper connectors are selected for the application and that they are installed correctly. Parameters for
testing grounding connections on aluminum, copper, steel, copper-clad steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel, and stainless-
clad steel are addressed. Performance criteria are established, test procedures are provided, and mechanical, current--
temperature cycling, freeze--thaw, corrosion, and fault-current tests are specified.
Key Words: permanent connection, substation grounding, Power distribution
testing, Connectors
Designation: 837-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connectors Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986
Designation: 838
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Performing Overload Heat Runs
Status: Superseded
**now C57.119
Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980 (Ref. Std.: C57.119)
Designation: 839-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Guide on Procedures for Testing Single-Phase and Polyphase
Induction Motors for Use in Hermetic Compressors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Lloyd B Wilson, Phone:256-734-1260, Email:lloyd.b.wilson@motes.wci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1986
Designation: 840
Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology
Title: Discrete Passive Components Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. W Balde, Phone:(908) 788-5190, Email:balde@idconsulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980
Designation: 841-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally
Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and
Including 370 kW (500 hp)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 11, 2001
**Supersedes 841-1994.
Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Update IEEE 841-1994 based upon industry and manufacturer's
experience since 1994. Maintain current scope of standard in include low
and medium voltage TEFC motors with random - and form-wound coils in frame
sizes 143T and larger.
Project Purpose: The revised standard will provide a specification that deals
with mechanical and electrical design, electrical insulation systems,
corrosion protection and electrical and mechanical testing for severe duty
TEFC squirrel-cage, polyphase induction motors for petroleum and chemical
industry applications. These applications require attention to the severely
corrosive atmosphere and to the need for safe, quiet, reliable, energy-
efficient motors.
Abstract: " This standard applies to high-efficiency totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontaland vertical, single-speed,
squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW(500 hp), in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum,
chemical, and other severe duty ap-plications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this
standardare motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof mo-tors. "
Key Words: "NEMA frame motors, polyphase induction motors, severe duty motors,
squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC) motors"
Designation: P841
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry— Premium Efficiency Severe
Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors—Up to
and Including 370 kW (500 hp)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard applies to premium efficiency totally enclosed
fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage
polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp) and 4000
volts nominal , in National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty
applications (commonly referred to as premium efficiency severe duty
motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve
bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof
motors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a specification that
deals with mechanical and electrical performance, electrical insulation
systems, corrosion protection, and electrical and mechanical testing for
severe duty TEFC squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and
including 370 kW (500 hp), for petroleum and chemical industry and other
industrial applications . Many of the specified materials and components in
this standard stem from experience with severely corrosive atmospheres and
the necessity for quiet, reliable, premium -efficiency motors.
Designation: 841-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally
Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and
Including 500 hp
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 841-1986. Superseded by 841-2001.
Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 1994
Abstract: This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction
motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty
applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Exluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve
bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors.
Key Words: NEMA frame motors, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally
enclosed fan, TEFC, Totally enclosed fan-cooled , Polyphase induction motors
Designation: 841-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Chemical Industry Severe Duty Squirrel-
Cage Induction Motors-600 V and Below
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Designation: 844-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin
Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2000
**Supersedes 844-1991.
Technical Contact: Carlos Leal, Phone:(512) 396-5801
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update the standard as it
relates to present codes and industry practices. In addition, this project
will devellp guidelines with respect to the installation, testing, operation
and maintenance of the conductors and terminations for all heating methods
described in IEEE 844.
Project Purpose: In accordance with IEEE requirements the 844 Recommended
Practice is up for review. The publication in its present form does not
address specific design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance
guidelines with respect to conductors and terminations. Where applicable to
IEEE 844, new industry practices will be reviewed and adopted.
Abstract: " Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation, andmaintenance of impedance,
induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation andcontrol and monitoring are addressed. General considerations
for heating systems are discussed,covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving
andstorage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed foreach of the above types of
systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These rec-ommended practices are intended to apply to the use of
these heating systems in general industry."
Key Words: "heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process
heating, skin-effect heating, thermal insulation"
Designation: 844-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin
Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 844-1985. Superseded by 844-2000.
Technical Contact: C. James Erickson, Phone:302-737-5547, Email:cjerickson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance of impedance,
induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are addressed. General considerations
for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving
and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed for each of the above types of
systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These recommended practices are intended to apply to the use of
these heating systems in general industry.
Key Words: heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process
heating, thermal insulation, Skin-effect testing
Designation: 844-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin
Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Designation: 845-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Human-System Performance in Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for evaluting human-system
performance related to systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power
generating stations. It summarizes specific evaluation techniques and
presents rationale for their applications within the integrated systems
approach to plant design, operations, and maintenance described in IEEE Std
1023.
Project Purpose: The reasons for modifying IEEE Std 845 are: •Coordinate it
with IEEE Std 1023 so that they better complement each other and reduce
areas of redundancy. •Make its guidance more consistent with the integrated
systems approach described in IEEE Std 1023. •Improve the consideration of
all related factors, such as procedures, training, human-human interactions,
etc., in the evaluation of human-system performance.
Abstract: " Guidance for evaluating human-system performance related to systems, equipment, andfacilities in nuclear power
generating stations is provided. Specific evaluation techniques andrationale for their application within the integrated systems
approach to plant design, operations,and maintenance described in IEEE Std 1023-1988 are summarized. "
Key Words: "design,human-system performance,integrated
systems,maintenance,nuclear power generating stations,and operation"
Designation: 845-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide to Evaluation Man-Machine Performance in Nuclear Power
Generating Station Control Rooms and Other Peripheries
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988
Abstract: This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station
control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the
available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear
industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where
further related information can be obtained.
Key Words: man machine, control rooms, peripheries, generating stations,
Nuclear power generation, Human factors
Designation: 846
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 847
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Digital Television
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, with a slight
revision of the title in that the word "digital" has been moved to just
prior to the word "television", for consistency with the proposed standard
on analog television. The terms will include some terms in general use at
the present time as well as terms that are expected to come into use by
broadcasters and others involved in the production, distribution, and
display of broadcast-quality digital television, including high definition
television (HDTV).
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a general reference
for engineers and other technical personnel involved in the evolving new
field of digital television, including digital high definition television.
Designation: 847-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Digital Terms Relating to Television
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982
Designation: 848-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating
of Fire-Protected Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Aug 05, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This standard provides a detailed test procedure for determining
the ampacity or derating factor in the following installation
configurations: 1) Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops.
2) Conduits covered with a protective material. 3) Tray covered with a
protective material. 4) Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-
retardant material. 5) Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure
for use in establishing the ampacity or ampacity derating factor for cables
installed in fire protected conduits, trays, or free-air drops, cable
penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems.
Abstract: A detailed test procedure is provided for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following cable installation
configurations: block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops; conduits covered with a protective material; tray covered
with a protective material; cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material; and free-air drops enclosed with a
protective material.
Key Words: ampacity derating factor, cable penetration fire stops, electrical
separation wrap systems, fire-protected cable systems, fire protected
conduits
Designation: P848
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating Factor
for Fire-Protected Cable Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ajit K Gwal, Phone:202-694-7123, Email:ajitg@dnfsb.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a test procedure for determining the
ampacity derating factor in the following cable installation
configurations:<br> — Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration
fire stops<br> — Conduits covered with a protective material
<br> — Tray covered with a protective material <br> —
Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material<br>
— Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material <br> The
standard is applicable to cables installed and sized to IEEE Std 835-1994
for conduits and free-air drops, and NEMA WC51-1991/ICEA P-54-440 for cable
tray. IEEE Std 835-1994 does provide ampacities for cables in a tray with a
fixed spacing and may be used for cable penetration fire stop configurations
only. <br> This standard does not endorse the use of or
provide application guidance for the installation of cable penetration fire
stops and fire-protective materials. Cable designs are available that can
withstand and remain functional during direct exposure to a fire. The user
should refer to IEEE Std 634-2004 for the qualification requirements of
cable penetration fire stops.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure
for use in establishing the ampacity derating factor for cables installed in
fire-protected conduits, trays, free-air drops, cable penetration fire
stops, or electrical separation wrap systems.
Designation: 849
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Handler-Tester Interface Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ron Leckie, Phone:408-437-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: handler, tester, interface, signals
Designation: 850
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 851
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Application of Flame Retardant Coatings and Tapes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Resauli, Phone:630-469-3428
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: To cover state of the art technology on flame
retardant coatings, and tapes used by industry to control cable fires. To
include characteristics of suitable coatings and tapes plus selection and
application information including effect on ampacity and degree of fire
protection available.
Project Purpose: No guidance currently exists regarding the proper application
of flame retardant and arc resistant blankets, coatings and tapes to
electrical cable systems. Without identification of the key parameters
which should be addressed, users risk personal injury and economic loss from
cable fires and faults.
Designation: 852
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 853
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan H Cookson, Phone:(412) 256-2160
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: Scope includes endurance measurement of circular cross-section
enameled wire under center-grounded alternating voltage, 50 Hz or higher, in
circulating air at room temperature.
Project Purpose: To specify a method of measuring voltage endurance of enameled
round wire, and to indicate the manner of analysis and interpretation of the
data.
Designation: 853-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 14, 1984
Designation: 854-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Radix-Independent Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1987
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 1987
Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform floating-point arithmetic is defined. This standard
specifies constraints on parameters defining values of basic and extended floating-point numbers; add, subtract, multiply,
divide, square root, remainder, and compare operations; conversions between integers and floating-point numbers; conversions
between different floating-point precisions; conversion between basic precision floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and
floating-point exceptions and their handling, including nonnumbers. It is intended that an implementation of a floating-point
system conforming to this standard can be realized entirely in software, entirely in hardware, or in any combination of software
and hardware. Retrofitting issues are not considered.
Key Words: radix, independent, Floating-point arithmetic
Designation: 855
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:JDM@CS.WVU.EDU
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: Define modifications to IEEE Std 855-1990 to remove Appendix I
"PL/M Language Binding" and appropriate other references to the PL/M
language.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 855-1990 has been approved by JTC1 as a Draft
International Standard (DIS); DIS balloting comments have identified as
problematic the detailed non-normative reference in Appendix I to the
proprietary PL/M language. There is no compelling reason to retain Appendix
I, and it would be undesirable to have divergent IEEE And ISO/IEC standards.
Designation: 855-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating Systems Interfaces (MOSI)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:JDM@CS.WVU.EDU
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980, BD APP: Mar 21, 1985
Key Words: operating, suystem, interface, mosi, tu
Designation: 855-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:JDM@CS.WVU.EDU
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 06, 1990
Abstract: This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station
control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the
available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear
industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where
further related information can be obtained.
Key Words: interface, microprocessor, operating system, MOSI, Operating
environment
Designation: 856
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 857-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for High-Voltage Direct-
Current Thyristor Valves
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 857-1990.
Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: Test procedures for thyristor valves used in the transmission of
high voltage DC power.
Project Purpose: Revise the existing recommended practice to provide
information and recommendations that are current with anticipated
technological advances.
Abstract: Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) power
transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of
auxiliary equipment associated with the values.
Key Words: HVDC thyristor valves, HVDC power transmission systems, multiple-
valve unit, MVU, thyristor levels
Designation: 857-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for HVDC Thyristor Valves
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: This standard contains information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage, direct-
current (HVDC) power transmission systems. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of
auxiliary equipment associated with the valves.
Key Words: Thyristor-levels, Multiple-valve unit (MVU), HVDC thyristor valves,
HVDC power transmission system
Designation: 858-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Designation: 858-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 858-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Terms in the field of power operations are defined.
Key Words: terminology, Power operations
Designation: 859-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outage Occurrences and
Outage States of Electrical Transmission Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Replaced Std. 346
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Abstract: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and analyzing outage occurrences of transmission
facilities. Use of systematic, precise definitions, which is essential for meaningful exchange of data, is promoted. The outage
definitions and indices are intended for use in system planning models, operations and maintenance planning, and system design.
The definitions and indices may not be sufficiently detailed to cover the information required for equipment design.
Key Words: outage occurrences, outage states, electrical transmission, Power
transmission reliability
Designation: 896
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard For Futurebus+® - Logical and Physical Layers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard which will add new features
to Futurebus. A new bus management protocol/Control and Status Register
Interface will be developed. A new method of handling interrupts will be
developed. A new high speed protocol will be developed to replace packet
mode. A new protocol for the efficient transfer of ATM cells and other
packet switched formats will be added. New mechanical form factors will be
added. The standard wil be a stand alone document containing all the
information necessary to develop Futurebus systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to increase the performance
and decrease the cost of systems based on Futurebus. Currently specified
form factors and protocol are limiting market acceptance.
Designation: 896.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specifications for Multiprocessor
Architectures: Futurebus
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988
Designation: 896.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+® — Logical Protocol Specification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sold as ISO/IEC 10857 with 896.1a.
Technical Contact: Paul L Borrill, Phone:(415) 336-9187or9053, Email:paul.borrill@eng.sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1992
Abstract: This standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and cost
scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification
is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with
compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by
either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are
provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations.
Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: 1)
a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement
for all Futurebus+ systems), and 2) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers
and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal
of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology available at the time modules are designed,
while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the
extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific
application architectures. It is intended that this standard be used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile.
An IEEE Recommended Practices document, P896.3, is under development for specific Futurebus + applications.
Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus+, logical protocol, multiprocessor
systems
Designation: 896.1a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Errata, Correction and Clarification of IEEE 896.1-1991,
Futurebus+® Logical Layer
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.ENET.dec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Designation: 896.2-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specification for Multiprocessor
Architectures: Futurebus+®
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1992
Abstract: Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be
developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of
single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the
logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node
management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that
may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.1-1991; P896.3, Futurebus+ Recommended
Practices; P1212x, Control and Status Register Architectures; IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, Electrical Characteristics of Backplane
Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits; and IEEE Std 1301. x, Metric Equipment Practices for Microcomputers
Key Words: Futurebus+, Physical layer, Node management, Multiprocessor systems,
Live insertion, Bus architecture, Application environment profiles
Designation: 896.2a-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+® — Physical Layer and Profile
Specification: Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE Std 896.2-1991.
Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.ENET.dec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994
Abstract: This supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.2a-1991. Futurebus+ standards provide
systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a
wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus
multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds
on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications
for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other
specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.3-1993; IEEE Std 1212-1991;
IEEE Std 1194.1-1991; and the IEEE 1301 series of standards.
Key Words: application , environment profiles, bus architecture, futurebus,
live insertion, mulitprocessor, node management, physical layer
Designation: 896.3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Futurebus+®
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Michael Humphrey, Phone:602-951-8866
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Oct 13, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994
Abstract: The system layer issues associated with bus-based computer systems are described. It is intended to be a tool for
Futurebus+ board and system designers. As such, the intent of this recommended practice is to characterize a variety of systems
topics as they relate to Futurebus+. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-
architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. The specifications that may be
required in conjunction with this recommended practice are: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE
Std 896.5-1993, IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, IEEE Std 1156.1-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1212.1-1993, IEEE
Std 1301.1-1991, and IEEE P1394/D6.8, March 1994.
Key Words: backplane bus, bus architecture, futurebus+, Shared memory systems,
Multiprocessor systems
Designation: 896.3a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Recommended Practices for the Electrical Environment Within Backplane
Tranceiver Logic (BTL) Futurebus+® Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: To define reommended practices that ensure an electrical system
environment that conforms to the Futurebus+ family of profiles utilizing
Backplance Transceiver Logic (IEEE 1194.1). To include, but not limited to,
profiles A, B, F, T, and Mil 12-SU.
Project Purpose: To address system level issues relating to the implementation
of electrical parameters defined with the Futurebus+ family of
specifications including: Termination Power Systems, Crosstalk, Ground
Bounce and DC Power Distribution. In addition, specific test methods and
procedures will be defined to assist the integrator in achieving overall
system conformance.
Designation: 896.4-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+®
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: A suite of abstract test cases for verifying the conformance of products based on the Futurebus+ family of standards and a
means of selecting the exact set of test cases necessary for testing any given product are provided. The test suite is abstract
in that it was not created with a specific test environment in mind. It can be effectively used in conjunction with logic
simulators during product development as well as with physical testers after prototype or production units are available. This
standard is intended for use by Futurebus+ product suppliers and users and by independent test labs. Consistent use of this
standard should promote comparability and, therefore, mutual recognition of test results produced by different testers.
Key Words: AEP, block copy, interactive BICS, Implementation under test (IUT),
BIXIT proforma, BICS proforma, Application environment profile
Designation: 896.4a-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+® -
Errata, Corrections and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**This product contains 3 discs. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.4-1993.
Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: Correction and clarification of errors and ambiguities in the
hardcopy publication of IEEE Std 896.4-1993 and its accompanying diskettes.
This effort will be limited to the scope of IEEE Std 896.4-1993, covering
test requirements for clauses 3 through 9 of the ISO/IEC 10857:1994 and
clauses 3 and 4 of IEEE Std 896.2-1991 and its errata supplement IEEE Std
896.2a-1993.
Project Purpose: Members of the development community have asked for
clarification and have identified errors in the published standard and its
accompanying diskettes. The purpose of this project is to ensure
consistency of implementations.
Abstract: Errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.4-1993, as well as a new diskette version of the conformance test
suite to replace the original test suite distributed with the 1993 publication of the standard, are provided. IEEE Std 896.4-
1993 defines a suite of tests that govern the testing of the requirements of Futurebus+® as defined originally in IEEE Std 896.1-
1991 and IEEE Std 896.2-1991. This supplement also updates IEEE Std 896.4-1993 so that the requirements of ISO/IEC 10857: 1994
[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition] and IEEE Std 896.2a-1994 are tested.
Key Words: appplication environment profile, AEP, BICS proforma, BIXIT
proforma, block copy, implementation under test, IUT, interactive BICS
Designation: 896.5-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+®, Profile M (Military)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC 14536.
Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:Lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be
developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of
single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the
logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim
conformance.Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.1-1991, IEEE Std 896.2-
1991, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1194-1,
1991, IEEE P1394, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and IEEE Std 1301.1-1991.
Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management,
Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+, Fault
logging, Error logging, Bus architecture
Designation: 896.5a-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+®, Profile M (Military): Errata,
Corrections, and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC 14536. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.5-1993.
Technical Contact: Jeffrey G Lear, Phone:317/322-2811, Email:Learj@po2.nawc-ad-indy.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: The supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.5-1993. Futurebus+* standards provide
system developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides
a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus
multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds
on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim
conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std
896.2a-1994, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE
P1394, the IEEE 1301 series of standards, and ISO/IEC 13213 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1212, 1994 Edition].
Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management,
Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+*,
Fault logging, Error logging, Bus architecture
Designation: 896.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Futurebus+® Telecommunications Systems, Profile T
(Telecommunications)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Widlicka, Phone:614-860-2382, Email:r.widlicka@att.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: Modules, subsystems and systems that comply with the Telecom
Profile are intended for use by telecommunications applications as well as
applications with similiar needs. Telecommunications systems are
characterized by their high availability, maintainability and fault
tolerance. Such systems must operate continuously, have a long lifetime,
and be easily upgradable. The Telecom Profile is to be consistent with
world wide telecommunications standards such as International Telephone and
Telegraph Consutative Committee (CCITT), European Telecommunications
Standards Institute (ETSI), and Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS).
Project Purpose: There are currently no existing open computer backplane buses
targeted specifically for telecommunications applications. The existence of
a quality standard in this area will reduce the time and cost of systems
creation and configuration. This will facilitate significant reductions in
time to market for new products and services utilizing computer technology.
Because of these features, this profile will be a significant benefit to
users and providers of telecommunications equipment and services and to
their customers.
Designation: 896.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for an Interconnect Between Futurebus+® Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 896.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: PAR WITHDRAWN 3/17/94- Standard for Small Computer Expandibility Module
for Futurebus+ Systems, Profile D (Desktop)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Kyle M Black, Phone:916-785-4552
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 896.9-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Fault Tolerant Extensions to the Futurebus+®
Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: This standard is one in a family of Futurebus+TM standards. The Futurebus+ standards provide a set of tools with which to
implement a bus architecture with performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus
multiprocessor systems. This standard provides fault tolerant extensions to Futurebus+ standards. As such, this standard provides
the logical layer requirements for the transmission of data in a fault tolerant environment. When used in conjunction with other
IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing
spectrum are available.
Key Words: bus architecture, computers, data transmission, fault tolerance,
Futurebus+, Multiprocessor systems
Designation: 896.10-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Futurebus+® Spaceborne Systems - Profile S
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1997
Project Scope: Profile S of the IEEE 896.X series will address the subset of
896.1 to be adopted as well as electrical, mechanical packaging,
environmental, and other considerations Current backplane protocol standards
do not address the unique requirements associated with spaceborne processing
systems. This standard will establish and specify the requirements (bus,
mechanical and electrical) to support implementation of spaceborne
Futurebus+ based processing systems.required for spaceflight. This profile
will leverage heavily the work ongoing in the 896.5 Military Profile, the
896.9 Fault Tolerance Working Group, and the 896.8 Desktop Profile.
Project Purpose: Current backplane protocol standards do not address the unique
requirements associated with spaceborne processing systems. This standard
will establish and specify the requirements (bus, mechanical and electrical)
to support implementation of spaceborne Futurebus+ based processing systems.
Abstract: In the Futurebus+® series of standards, tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed are provided.
This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single-
and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to the ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 (ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,
1994 Edition) Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer Specification, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for a spaceborne
profile. It is to this profile that products will claim conformance. Other specifications may be required in conjunction with
this standard.
Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, spaceborne computers, spaceborne
modules, spaceborne systems
Designation: 896.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for IEEE 1355 Links on Futurebus+® Backplane Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Colin Whitby-Strevens, Phone:408-974-6239, Email:colinws@apple.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Project Scope: This standard will define the allocation of I/O pins on the FB+
E connector for links conforming to the standard currently under development
within IEEE P1355 (Heterogeneous InterConnect), and, by reference to P1355,
the electrical and logical properties of the links, thus defining a 'P1355
enhanced slot'. This standard will also define the pins to be used on the
FB+ connector for P1355 links for interfacing to routing boards, thus
defining a 'routing board slot'. The standard will define the connectivity
of P1355 enhanced slots and routing boards slots (where provided). With
this exception, the architecture of P1355 links on the back panel and the
architecture of P1355 links on routing boards will be left open.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide point-to-point
bandwidth for interworking FB+ cards from different originators by using
P1355 lins in addition to the bandwidth available from the standard FB+
interface. Up to 16 data links per P1355 enhanced slot are envisaged,
supporting a bidirectional bandwidth between each card and the backplane in
excess of 1 Gbytes/sec. Up to 60 links are envisaged for the routing board
slot, supporting a bandwidth in excess of 3 Gigabytes/sec. A major goal of
the standard is to leave open the richest possible range of link topologies
of P1355 routing board architectures and link backplane architectures (and
in particular not preventing fixed topologies or active backplane
topologies), whilst satisfying the constraints which will allow the
interworking of application boards. The standard will not affect the use of
standard FB+ interfaces, except for routing boards slots.
Designation: 896.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Fault Tolerance Classification of Computer-Based Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard J Sergo, Phone:215-830-1900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: 1. Establish the baseline definition, criteria and metrics for
fault tolerance and system integrity for computer-based systems. 2.
Establish a standard methodology for enhancing and extending the established
baseline definitions, criteria and metrics for computer-based systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform
classification structure for the application, specification, evaluation and
selection of fault tolerant computer-based systems.
Designation: 900
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 902-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Technical Contact: Michael J Foley, Phone:303-797-7125, Email:m.foley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Oct 30, 1998
Project Scope: The document will cover the maintenance, operation and safety of
low and medium voltage electric power systems serving industrial and
commercial facilities.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for the numerous personnel responsible
for operating industrial and commercial electric power facilities.
Abstract: Guidelines for the numerous personnel who are responsible for safely operating andmaintaining industrial and commercial
electric power facilities are provided. This guide providesplant engineers with a reference source for the fundamentals of safe
and reliable maintenanceand operation of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems.
Key Words: "electrical hazards, electrical maintenance, operation protective
devices, record keeping, fire protection, grounding, infrared"
Designation: 902
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Guide for Maintencance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Yellow Book
Technical Contact: Erling C Hesla, Phone:425-347-1927, Email:e.hesla@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1981
Designation: P902
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide plant engineers with a
reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenance and
operations of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems.
These fundamentals, which are independent of size or complexity, include:
system design, reliability, documentation, inspection/testing methods,
auditing performance, safety procedures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide guidelines for
personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of industrial and
commercial power systems. The first edition of the guide references U.S.
based practices. The WG and the Safety, Operations and Maintenance
Subcommittee have committed to expand the practices in its' first revision
so that it may have international applicability.
Designation: 903
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Title: Energy Monitoring & Control Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:Fragola@prodigy.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Designation: 905
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Rail Transit Intra System EML
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 915
Title: Electrical and Electronic Diagrams
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of Y14.15-1966
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 (Ref. Std.: Y14.15)
Designation: 917
Title: Graphic Symbols for Use on Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 925
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 926
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: PV Energy Performance Ratings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Designation: 927
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: PV Energy Performance Calculations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Designation: 928
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial
Photovoltaic Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended criteria for performance criteria applies to
all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (The scope is similar to the
existing IEEE 928 recommended practice.)
Project Purpose: To bring the criteria up to date and in line with changes that
have occurred over the past 15 years in the national and international
industry
Designation: 928-1986
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1981, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Project Scope: This standard for performance criteria applies to all
terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (flat plate and concentrators)
regardless of size or application. Its principal purpose is to present an
overall framework into which all other terrestrial solar photovoltaic power
system performance ancillary standards can be developed.
Abstract: General performance criteria for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are established, and an overall framework for all
detailed terrestrial photovoltaic power system performance standards is provided. Criteria for subsystem performance and standard
test methods to be used for performance measurements are recommended. System installation, operation, and maintenance are
covered. Since thermal conditioning elements may be part of the system design, some consideration is given to the thermal
subsystem. The criteria apply to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems.
Key Words: array, terrestrial, Photovoltaic power systems
Designation: 929-1988
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Residential and
Intermediate Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**This recommended practice was superseded by 929-2000.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations and requirements that ensure operation of the terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) system that is compatible with
the electric utility are provided. Factors relating to personnel safety, equipment protection, and power quality are addressed.
The standard applies to utility-interconnected residential and interm ediate-size PV power systems capable of two-way energy flow
with the utility. It addresses the interface between the PV system and the utility, and provides technical recommendations for
the characteristics of the interface. Power quality, equipment protection, and safety of personnel are covered.
Key Words: PV, photovoltaic systems, photovoltaie, Power system protection,
Photovoltaic power systems, Occupational health and safety
Designation: 929-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV)
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**This recommended practice supersedes 929-1988 (R1991).
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the interface, functions,
and requirements necessary in the interconnection of a PV power system with
an electric utility. It also describes the acceptable and safe practices
for accomplishing those functions and meeting the requirements.
Project Purpose: Provide recommendations and requirements that apply to the
interconnection of a Photovoltaic system with an electric utility.
Abstract: " This recommended practice contains guidance regarding equipment and functionsnecessary to ensure compatible operation of
photovoltaic (PV) systems that are connected in par-allel with the electric utility. This includes factors relating to personnel
safety, equipment protection,power quality, and utility system operation. This recommended practice also contains
informationregarding islanding of PV systems when the utility is not connected to control voltage andfrequency, as well as
techniques to avoid islanding of distributed resources. "
Key Words: "islanding,nonislanding inverter,photovoltaic,utility connection"
Designation: 930-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation
Breakdown Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Gian Carlo Montanari, Phone:+390512093481, Email:giancarlo.montanari@mail.ing.unibo.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2005
Project Scope: To prepare a guide describing statistical methods to analyze
breakdown test data (at constant or increasing voltage) for purposes
including characterization of an insulation system, comparison with other
systems and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or
voltages. The statistical methods included in the guide are based on
Weibull, lognormal and Gumbel distributions.
Project Purpose: To provide statistical tools for the processing of life or
breakdown voltage tests.
Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to breakdown and breakdown voltage data obtained
from electrical testing of solid insulating materials for purposes including charaxterization of the system, comparison with
another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of brekadown at given times or voltages.
Key Words: breakdown voltage and time, GUmbel, Lognormal distributions,
statistical methods, Weibull
Designation: 930-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Voltage
Endurance Data
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: A description is given, with examples of statistical methods for analyzing the data, for time-to-failure from constant-
stress voltage endurance tests or breakdown voltage from progressive-stress tests on specimens or systems of electrical
insulation. Methods to compare test data are also given. The methods are principally applied to data from tests on solid
insulation, but they may also apply to the analysis of data from tests on gas, liquid, and composite systems. The statistical
methods discussed do not take into consideration the physical mechanism of voltage aging. They assume that the only aging stress
is alternating voltage of constant frequency. The methods may not apply if there is more than one aging stress. Methods to
ascertain the short-time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are not included, and the mathematical
techniques may not directly apply to the estimation of equipment life.
Key Words: statistical analysis, electrical , insulation, voltage, endurance
data
Designation: 931
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: X-ray Lithgrphy Sys Full-Field Exposure
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Designation: 933-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: Scope and purpose: This document provides guidelines for the
definition of a reliability engineering program plan for the analysis and
evaluation of systems found in nuclear power generating stations. It
provides information as to the nature of the various reliability engineering
disciplines or tasks available and provides a basis for the selection of
those tasks or program elements which may be applicable to meet reliability
or maintainability goals or objectives. This document will present
guideslines for the development or program plans during various phases of
the nuclear power generating station life cycle.
Abstract: " Guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear power generating stationsare developed. Reliability
programs during the operating phase of such stations are emphasized;however, the general approach applies to all phases of the
nuclear power generating station lifecycle (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning). "
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 934-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Replacement Parts for Class 1E Equipment
in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987
Abstract: Basic requirements for the selection and utilization of replacement parts for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power
generating stations, in both the construction and operation phases, are set forth. Selection, categories, and replacement of
parts are covered. The requirements are intended to ensure that replacement parts selected and utilized for Class 1E equipment in
nuclear power generating stations will not degrade the safety of the stations. They apply to parts which could result in the
failure of the Class 1E equipment to perform its intended function or in degradation of the plant safety systems or the Class 1E
equipment.
Key Words: replacement parts, class 1E, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 935-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to Be Used in Live
Line Working
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989
Abstract: Terminology for tools and equipment used in live line working is given to permit identification of the tools and equipment
and to standardize their names. Detailed definitions are not given for all the terms used in live line working, only the
necessary details, without indications of their components and their methods of use are provided. The following are covered:
insulating sticks; universal to ol fittings; insulating covers and similar assemblies; bypassing equipment; small individual hand
tools; personal equipment; equipment for positioning a worker; handling and anchoring equipment; measuring and testing equipment
and hydraulic and miscellaneous equipment.
Key Words: live line, tools, equipment, terminology, Power transmission
maintenance, Power distribution maintenance, Power cables, Electric shock
Designation: 935
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to be Used in Live-Line
Working
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Orville J Plum, Phone:408-282-7120, Email:OJP2@PGE.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This Guide applies to terminology for tools and equipment used
in live line working.
Project Purpose: To standardize the terms in IEEE/ESMOL documents for tools and
equipment used in live line working without indicating their components or
method of use.
Designation: 936-1987
Title: IEEE Guide for Self-Commutated Converters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986
Designation: 937-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid
Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides design considerations and
procedures for stoirage,location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and
maintenance of lead-acid batteries for photovoltaic power systems. Safety
precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. While
this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers may
provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery
users to properly store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in
residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic systems. (The
revision will update the document's installation procedures to reflect
changes in supporting documents and its maintenance procedures to refect
field experience.)
Designation: 937-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid
Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides design considerations and
procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and
maintaining of lead-acid storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems.
Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included.
While this document gives general recommended practices, battery
manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and
maintenance.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery
users to property store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in
residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic systems.
Abstract: " Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid
storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems areprovided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also
included. Even thoughgeneral recommended practices are covered, battery manufacturers may provide specific instruc-tions for
battery installation and maintenance. "
Key Words: "battery installation, battery maintenance, photovoltaic power
system, sizing lead-acid battery"
Designation: 937-1987
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid
Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 937-2000.
History: PAR APP: Dec 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987
Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid
storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation
considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or
application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system
with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel.
Key Words: lead acid, batteries, PV systems, Power generation maintenance,
Photovoltaic power systems
Designation: 942
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Digital Semiconductor/Program Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Key Words: digital, semiconductor, program, language
Designation: 943-1986
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Aging Mechanisms and Diagnostic Procedures in Evaluating
Electrical Insulation Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Mar 11, 1982, BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: Background information necessary for proper construction of aging mechanisms and selection of diagnostic procedures when
designing tests for functional evaluation of insulation systems for electrical equipment is presented. Aging mechanisms of
insulation systems and methods for ascertaining correlation of aging during testing and aging during actual service are
described. Diagnostic techniques for use in functional tests are also listed. The intent is primarily to aid committees in
standardizing tests within the scope of their responsibilities.
Key Words: mechanisms, diagnotic procedures, insulation systems, Insulation
testing, Insulation life
Designation: 944
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible
Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Radhakrishna V Rebbapragada, Phone:510-874-2220, Email:rvr6@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to define the application
and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply
(UPS) system used for service in power generating stations. It is to cover
application requirements, such as load information and service conditions,
performance requirements and design, routine testing requirements for
inverters with or without rectifier/charger, and transfer switches only.
This scope continues to be current and pertinent.
Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the work
on the document in 1985. It is proposed to make revisions to the
recommended practice to reflect new developments and options in UPS
equipment.
Designation: 944
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible
Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Sam P Martinovich, Phone:(212) 839-2950
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Abstract: The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service
in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and
testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy
storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment
qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed.
Designation: 944-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of
Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1986
Abstract: The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service
in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and
testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy
storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment
qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed.
Key Words: UPS, Uninterruptible power systems, Power generation testing
Designation: 945-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preferred Metric Units for Use in
Electrical and Electronics Science and Technology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1983
Abstract: Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units
and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The
recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism,
light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor
does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice.
Key Words: metric, metric units, electronics science, Measurement units
Designation: 946-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems
for Generating Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for the design of
the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating
stations. The components of the dc auxiliary power system addressed by this
recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery
chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity
and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections,
instrumentation, control, and protection is also provided. The ac power
supply to the battery chargers; the loads served by the dc systems, except
as they influence the dc system design; and dedicated engine starting
(cranking) battery systems are beyond the scope of this recommended
practice.
Project Purpose: This standard is widely recognized as being a very useful
standard and it needst o be revised in order to continue its functional life
as an active standard. State-of-the-art information will be incorporated.
Abstract: Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating stations is
provided by this recommended practice. The components of the dc auxiliary power system addressed by this recommended practice
include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity and
types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided.
Key Words: battery, battery charger, cross-tie, dc, duty cycle, generating
station, ground detection, instrumentation, nuclear, short circuit
Designation: 946-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems
for Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 946-1985.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 1988, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Abstract: Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is
provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and
distribution equipment are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings,
interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided.
Key Words: dc auxiliary power systems, Nuclear generating stations, Fossil-
fueled generating stations
Designation: 946-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Safety-Related DC Auxiliary
Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bob G Treece, Phone:312-269-2150
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1985
Designation: 948
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Measurement of Color Noise in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982
Project Scope: Determine the physical characteristics of those random
disturbances in chrominance components which are perceived as "noise" in
color portions of the decoded television signal from a video magnetic tape
recorder.
Project Purpose: Develop standard measurement methods for quantifying color
noise in a way that enables correlation of measurement data with picture
impairment arising from various elements in video magnetic recording
systems.
Designation: 949-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Media-Independent Information Transfer
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 21, 1985
Key Words: media, independent, information, transfer
Designation: 951-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 951-1988.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Project Scope: This guide presents various approaches of good practice which
will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed
steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures. This guide covers
construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor
stringing operation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document design
and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection
of structures and the installation of insulators and hardware.
Abstract: Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed
steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation,
and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations
for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware.
This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of
transmission structures.
Key Words: guyed structures, helicopters, lattice structures, metal
transmission structures, tubular steel structures
Designation: 951-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1989
Abstract: Good practices that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and
tubular steel structures are presented. Design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of
structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware are covered. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source
for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures.
Key Words: Power transmission lines
Designation: 952-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Interferometric Fiber Optic Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Abstract: " Specification and test requirements for a single-axis interferometric fiber optic gyro (IFOG)for use as a sensor in
attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, andangular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard
specification format guide for the prepa-ration of a single-axis IFOG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for
testing afiber optic gyro, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. "
Key Words: "fiber gyro,fiber optic gyro,gyro,gyroscope,IFOG,inertial
instrument,inertial sensor,inerferometric fiber optic gyro,optical
gyro,Sagnac effect, Sagnac gyro"
Designation: 953
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Surge Protective Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 954
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: HiTemp Hydrocrbn Lqd
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Designation: 955
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 956
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Achieving Electromagnetic Compatibility
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gordon Allen, Phone:(416) 259-7886
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Designation: 957-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2005
Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:480-727-1507, Email:raji@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Apr 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 03, 2005
Project Scope: Simplify document, reduce ambiguities, review White Papers to
add new material, emerging industry practices, eliminate outdated material,
add non-ceramic insulators.
Project Purpose: General Revision.
Abstract: Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants)
of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided.
Key Words: cleaning, electrical insulators
Designation: 957-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 957-1987. Superseded by 957-2005.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1995
Abstract: Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants)
of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided.
Key Words: cleaning, electrical , insulators
Designation: 957-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1988
Abstract: Information on the equipment needed and the methods that can be used to clean contaminated electrical insulators are
presented. The intent is to document the state of the art for cleaning insulators (excluding nuclear contaminants) of all types.
Energized and de-energized systems are considered. The standard does not prescribe specific procedures, but rather reflects the
experience of many individuals who have safely cleaned contaminated insulators.
Key Words: insulators, cleaning, insulators, cleaning
Designation: 958-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2400 to
13,800 Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2004
Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: Original Scope: The guide is intended to cover the application
of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical
auxiliaries systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes
drives system terminilogy, drive classifications, typical applications and
their unique charasteristics and design considerations, protection,
packaging - interfaces and interactions. Revised Scope: This guide applies
to DC link type, AC adjustable-speed drives (ASDs) as illustrated in Figure
1-1 and does not address other drive systems such as cycloconverters. The
guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems for use in
electric power generation stations designed for connection to electric
service rated between 2400 volts and 13,800 volts. The guide includes ASD
terminology, theory of operation, and a discussion of the factors that can
influence equipment selection. It also defines drive system classifications
and addresses typical applications. Drive system design considerations, and
the interactions between the ASD and the supply system and the driven load
are also discussed. Finally, guidance on ASD specifications and
installation are provided.
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection
and applications for electric generating station applications. Revised
Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a fundamental
understanding of the operation, selection, and application of ASDs for use
in electric power generation plant motor-driven systems connected to
electric service rated at 2400 volts to 13,800 volts.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 958-2003, IEEE Guide for the Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2400 to 13800 V Auxiliary Systems in
Electric Power Generating Stations"
Key Words: adjustable-speed drive (ASD) systems
Designation: 958
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable Speed Drives for Electric Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Project Scope: This guide applies to dc link type, ac adjustable speed drives
for use in electric power generation plants. The guide does not address
other drives systems such as dc, wound rotor slip energy recovery systems or
cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive
systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium
voltage systems (nominally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). The guide
includes drive system terminology, drive classifications, typical
applications and their unique characteristics and design considerations,
protection, packaging, interfaces and interactions.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for
electric generating station applications.
Designation: 958
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2,400 to 13,800
Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This Guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems
designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium voltage
systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives
system terminology, drive classifications, typical applications and their
unique characteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging-
interfaces and interactions.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for
electric generating station applications.
Designation: 959-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for an I/O Expansion Bus: SBX Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988
Abstract: An I/O expansion bus for microcomputers that is independent of processor or board type is specified. Each expansion
interface supports up to 16 8-bit I/O ports directly. Enhanced addressing capability is available using slave processors or FIFO
devices. In addition, each expansion interface may optionally support a DMA channel capable of data rates up to 2 16-bit
Mwords/sec. These features are supported for both 8- and 16-bit data paths. The specification has been prepared for those users
who intend to design or evaluate products that will be compatible with the bus. For this purpose, functional, electrical, and
mechanical specification is covered in detail. The intent of the specification is to guarantee compatibility between baseboards
and expansion modules while not restricting the actual designs any more than necessary.
Key Words: i/o, extension, bus, sbx
Designation: 960-1989
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Status: Superseded
**Shipped with 1177. Not sold individually. (Revision of std 960-1986)
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1177)
Designation: 960-1986
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard for FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 960/1177-1993
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 1994
**Revision of IEEE Stds 960-1989 and 1177-1989. Individual stds are not
available separately.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system,
which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory
parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or
transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. 1177-1993 Abstract:
Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined.
Key Words: FASTBUS
Designation: 960/1177-1989
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System
Status: Superseded
**Shipped with 1177-1989. (Not sold individually)
History: BD APP: Oct 11, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990
Designation: 961-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Microcomputer Bus System: STD Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core
Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1988
Abstract: An 8-bit microcomputer bus system derived from the industry bus known as the STD bus is described. The STD bus is a
modular packaging and interconnect scheme for 8-bit microprocessor card systems. The bus size and bus organization were selected
to serve the interface between any 8-bit microprocessor and a variety of memory and I/O functions. Logical, timing, electrical,
and mechanical specifications are provided. The body of the standard provides a core specification for the device-independent
parameters. Appendixes provide device-dependent parameters for various processors. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std
1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
Key Words: eight, bit, bus, system, std bus, Multimicroprocessing,
Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 970
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Advanced Backplane Bus VERSA Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Key Words: advanced, backplane, bus, VERSA bus
Designation: P971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Installation and Removal of Power Cables Installed in Duct
Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Donald Johnsen, Phone:+1 708 280 7655, Email:djohnsen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This project will provide a guide for the installation of power
cables in duct systems. The guide will cover past and present installation
practices and review available equipment and tools. This guide will cover
pre-construction planning and cable removal techniques.
Project Purpose: There is currently no guide or standard that covers historical
as well as current practices of cable installation and removal. Newer
technologies are available now that is not available to utilities and
construction companies in an organized manner.
Designation: 971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Distribution Cable Installation Methods Duct System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 972-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Connections of Insulated Aluminum Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985
Designation: 973-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Switching System Performance in a
Telecommunications Environment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: This standard addresses 35 performance parameters for telecommunication switching systems. The parameters encompass
factors that affect system operations, administration, and maintenance, as well as customer service. They are generic and are
formulated from the point of view of the user.
Designation: 974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Audio Channels Used for Pwr Sys Telecont
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 975
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: CATV Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 976
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: TV Special Effect Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: R.C Thomas
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 977-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line
Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure
foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide
is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission
structures.
Key Words: anchor, foundation, pile
Designation: P977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line Structures
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:frank_ferracane@illinoispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: Update of the guide to include additions of modern techniques
and procedures. Conversion of guide to metric units. Original Scope: This
guide presents various approaches to good practice that could improve the
installation of transmission line structure foundations. This guide covers
only the construction aspects of the installation of the foundations.
Project Purpose: Update the guide.
Designation: 978-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Maintenance and Electrical Testing of Live-
Line Tools
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations for in-service inspection, maintenance, and electrical testing of live-line tools are provided. Both job-
site and shop or laboratory procedures are covered. Only the electrical aspects are discussed, namely, ac, dc, high-potential
test, and watts-loss procedures. All electrical values, unless otherwise stated, are 50 Hz--60 Hz rms values. Not all of the
proven practical methods and procedures are included. However, the choice of methods is based on sound engineering principles,
engineering safety considerations, decades of testing, and the field experiences of many utilities.
Key Words: Power transmission maintenance, Power distribution maintenance,
Power cables, Electric shock
Designation: 979-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 979-1984.
Technical Contact: A.J Bolger, Phone:(604) 528-2879
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Oct 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995
Abstract: Guidance is provided to substation engineers in determining the design, equipment, and practices deemed necessary for the
fire protection of substations. A list of publications that can be used to acquire more detailed information for specific
substations or substation components is presented.
Key Words: substation design, fire, Substations, Safety, Fire protection
Designation: 979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to outline the Fire Protection
practices for electric power substations 1kVAC, or greater, and at 1.5 kV
DC, or greater.
Project Purpose: This project will revise and update the existing guide for
Substation Fire Protection. In addition, new sections covering fire hazard
assessment and Pre-fire planning for substation will be added. The project
will provide guidance to Substation design engineers, and operators, on
design, fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning aspects of Substations.
Designation: P979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The 1994 guide was developed to identify substation fire
protection practices that generally have been accepted by industry. The
revision will include changes in industry practices for substation fire
protection. New Sections on fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning
will be added.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the 1994 document is to give design guidance,
fire hazard assessment, and pre-fire planning in the area of fire protection
to substation engineers. Existing fire protection standards, guides, etc.,
that may aid in the design of specific substations or substation components,
are listed in the annex. The revision will update that guidance.
Designation: 979-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: R.W Wray
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Jan 23, 1989
Abstract: Substation fire-protection practices that generally have been accepted by the electric utility industry and existing fire-
protection standards and guides that may aid in the design of components are identified. The purpose is to give design guidance
to the substation engineer in the area of fire protection. The following are covered: control and relay buildings; transformers;
separation and location of oil-filled equipment; cable installation; fire detection systems; fire extinguishing systems;
substation components; indoor substations; and fire fighting
Designation: 980-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil-spillage
regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations;
identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods
for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills; and provides
guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl
(PCB) handling and disposal considerations. It is not the intent of this
guide to interpret the applicability of the governmental regulations or the
oil-containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each
individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer
solutions, and let users make their own evaluations. This guide applies
only to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of PCB, which is
considered to be non-PCB oil. Non-PCB oils have a PCB content that has been
designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as nonhazardous
to the public, and they are not deemed to be toxic substances. While the
effectiveness of the containment methods described in this guide is
generally not affected by the PCB content of the oil, the regulations
governing cleanup and handling of oil spills containing PCB are much more
restrictive.
Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply
substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental
impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal,
state, and local regulations, necessitating increased attention in
substations to the need for secondary oil containment, and an SPCC plan.
Beyond the threat to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil
spills continue to escalate, and the adverse community response to any spill
is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the
applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills, and the
typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for
an SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements. It documents
survey-reported considerations for oil-spill containment, control, and
cleanup; the methods used; and their effectiveness. In June 1992 an IEEE
questionnaire was sent to 190 utilities in the U.S. and Canada, surveying
their experiences. Of these utilities, 59 responded. Where relevant, the
survey results are referenced in the body of this guide.
Abstract: The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the
sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are
discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided.
This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations.
Key Words: collecting pit, oil-containment methods, oil-containment system, oil
discharge, oil spill, primary oil containment, retention pit, secondary oil
containment, spill prevention control, countermeasures plan, SPCC
Designation: 980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anne-Marie Sahazizian, Phone:416-345-6657, Email:AM.Sahazizian@HydroOne.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Revision of 980-1994 for compatibility with the latest
governmental requirements, and to incorporate technological developments.
Project Purpose: To keep IEEE 980 compatible with the latest governmental
requirements, and to keep the document current with technological
developments.
Designation: P980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil spillage
regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations;
identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods
for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills and provides
guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide applies only to insulating oil
containing less than 50 ppm of PCBs, which is considered to be non-PCB oil.
This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal
considerations. It is not the intent of this guide to
interpret the applicability of governmental regulations or the oil
containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each
individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer
solutions and let users make their own evaluations.
Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply
substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental
impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal, state
and local regulations necessitating increased attention on substations to
the need for secondary oil containment and a SPCC plan. Beyond the threat
to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil spills continue to
escalate and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming
increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the
applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills and the
typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for
a SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements.
Designation: 980-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1986
Abstract: The significance of federal oil spillage regulations and their applicability to substations is discussed. The problem of
oil spills, which is latent in all substation facilities is identified, and the economic aspects of oil spill control are
discussed. The extent of the problem is quantified with respect to probability of occurrence and degree of risk. Methods and
guidelines dealing with the problem are provided. The guide only applies to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), which is considered to be non-PCB oil. No attempt is made to interpret federal regulations.
Designation: 981
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Instrument System Protocol for Use with IEEE Std 888
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eric Sacher, Phone:520-282-6831, Email:esacher@serendipsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 982.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of
Dependability
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Allen P Nikora, Phone:818-393-1104, Email:Allen.P.Nikora@jpl.nasa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies and classifies measures of the software
aspects of dependability. It is an expansion of the scope of the existing
standard; the revision includes the following aspects of dependability:
reliability, availability, and maintainability of software. The
applicability of this standard is any software system; in particular, it
applies to mission critical systems, where high reliability, availability,
and maintainability are of utmost importance. These systems include, but are
not limited to, systems for military combat, space missions, air traffic
control, network operations, stock exchanges, automatic teller machines, and
airline reservation systems.
Project Purpose: This standard provides measures that are applicable for
continual self-assessment and improvement of the software aspects of
dependability.
Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and predicting the reliability,
maintainability, and availability of any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software systems.
Key Words: availability, dependability, maintainability, and reliability
Designation: 982.1-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989
Abstract: A set of measures indicative of software reliability that can be applied to the software product as well as to the
development and support processes is provided. The measures can be applied early in the development process to indicate the
reliability of the delivered product. The aim is to provide a common set of definitions that allows a meaningful exchange of data
and evaluations to occur, and that serves as the foundation on which researchers and practitioners can build consistent methods.
The standard is designed to assist management in directing product development and support toward specific reliability goals.
Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, relaible, software
Designation: 982.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for the Use of Standard Dictionary of Measures of Software Aspects
of Dependability
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: Provide the conceptual insights, implementation considerations
and assessment suggestions for the application of IEEE Std 982.1. The scope
of this Guide will be expanded to match the expanded scope of the 982.1
Revision.
Project Purpose: IEEE STd 982.2 is 10 years old and much additional information
on the topic has been developed since that time. This project will update
the standard in order to include such information and to expand the scope of
the guide. Specifically, the following topics will be included in the
project: Update the Guide to correspond to changes made in IEEE 982.1.
Designation: 982.2-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to
Produce Reliable Software
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Sep 27, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989
Abstract: This guide provides the underlying concepts and motivation for establishing a measurement process for reliable software,
utilizing IEEE Std 982.1-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software. It contains information
necessary for application of measures to a project. It includes guidance for the following: applying product and process measures
throughout the software life cycle, providing the means for continual self-assessment and reliability improvement; optimizing the
development of reliable software, beginning at the early development stages with respect to constraints such as cost and
schedule; maximizing the reliability of software in its actual use environment during the operation and maintenance phases; and
developing the means to manage reliability in the same manner that cost and schedule are managed. The guide is intended for
design, development, evaluation (e.g., auditing or procuring agency), and maintenance personnel; software quality and software
reliability personnel; and operations and acquisition support managers. It is organized to provide input to the planning process
for reliability management.
Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, reliable, Software metrics, Software
development management
Designation: 983-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Being revised under PAR 730.2
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 20, 1986
Key Words: software, quality, assurance, planning
Designation: 984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 985
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Rail Transit Intra-System EMC
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Performance and Testing Specification of HVDC System
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Clifford C Diemond, Phone:503-222-2109
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 987-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2002
Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2002
Project Scope: This guide is based on utility field experiences, results of
Research Lab tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. the guide deals
with composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds and metal end
fittings. The core consists of resin and axially aligned glass fibers. The
weathersheds are of polymeric materials.
Project Purpose: The revision is being done in view of technical advances and
service experience in the area of composite insulators.
Abstract: " A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission anddistribution lines is provided. It is
based on utility field experience, results of research laboratorytests, and manufacturers recommendations. The guide deals with
composite insulators, whichinclude a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially-
alignedglass fibres. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials. "
Key Words: "composite insulators, non-ceramic insulators, polymer insulators"
Designation: 987-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985
Abstract: The application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is addressed. The insulators
include a core of resin and glass fibers, weathersheds made of polymeric materials, and metal end fittings. The guidelines are
based on utility field experiences, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. The standard covers
mechanical considerations and ratings, interchangeability, grading, maintenance, and environmental factors. Both post and
suspension insulators are considered.
Designation: 988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Control & Data Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: N.R Pillai
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 989
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 990-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Ada As a Program Design Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1987
Abstract: Recommendations reflecting the state of the art and alternate approaches to good practice for establishing characteristics
of program design languages (PDLs) based on the syntax and semantics of the Ada programming language are provided. Capabilities
for general methodology support, specific design support, and product and management information support, as well as the
relationship of the PDL to Ada, are covered. The use of an Ada PDL is not covered.
Key Words: ADA, program, design, language
Designation: 991-1986
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Logic Circuit Diagrams
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1986
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985
Abstract: The application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is addressed. The insulators
include a core of resin and glass fibers, weathersheds made of polymeric materials, and metal end fittings. The guidelines are
based on utility field experiences, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. The standard covers
mechanical considerations and ratings, interchangeability, grading, maintenance, and environmental factors. Both post and
suspension insulators are considered.
Key Words: diagrams, Logic functions, Logic circuits
Designation: 992
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: 993-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard to define a high order
language used to describe the capabilities, configuration and control of
test equipment. This standard is intended to apply principally to ATE
system applications using Atlas test programs but it may also apply to ATE
system applications using non-atlas test programs.
Project Purpose: The trial-use standard has been implemented by vendors.
Further development was required to widen its use in the ATE community to
generate a full-use standard. This PAR replaces the earler time-expired PAR
for this project.
Abstract: A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface
Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be
used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments.
Key Words: adaptation model, ATE, Automatic Test Equipment, ATLAS,
configuration model, device model, TEDL, Test Equipment Description Language
Designation: 993-1990
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990
Abstract: This standard defines a language useful for describing automatic test equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations,
as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA). Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can
be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments.
Key Words: Trial-use standard, Test equipment description lan, TEDL, Resource
description, Models, Formal syntax, Elements, ATLAS, ARINC
Designation: 994
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 995-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of Alternating-
Current Adjustable Speed Drives: Part I - Load Commutated Inverter
Synchronous Motor Drives
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987
Abstract: A method is proposed for determining the efficiency of large, adjustable-speed ac motor drive systems, consisting of a
load-commutated inverter and a synchronous machine, in which a dc-linked converter is connected between the line and the load.
The method is intended primarily for high-capacity systems (exceeding 1000 hp) and drive systems, which normally include
equipment such as transformers, reactors, thyristor power converters, and synchronous machines. It is recommended that existing
test standards for the system equipment be used as reference and supplemented by tests and calculations included herein to
account for operating characteristics of the adjustable-speed drive systems.
Key Words: 995.1
Designation: 995.2
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of AC Adjustable
Speed Drives Part II - Self Commutated Inverter Induction Motors Drives
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard G Hoft, Phone:314/882-3491
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986
Key Words: 995.2
Designation: 996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: A Standard for an Extended Personal Computer Backplane Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Scott Hopkinson, Phone:(714) 641-2743, Email:scott@corollary.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986
Project Scope: To derive a set of specifications for 8, 16 and 32 bit backplane
standard from IBM and other personal computer manufacturers.
Project Purpose: To codify the current 8 bit and 16 bit bus structures for
personal computers and extend the structures to 32 bits wide.
Key Words: extended, personal, computer, backplane, bus
Designation: 996.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Compact Embedded-PC Modules
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rick Lehrbaum, Phone:408/522-4823, Email:rickl@ampro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: Define a reduced form-factor implementation of the IEEE P996
draft standard.
Project Purpose: Devices designed in accordance with draft standard P996 are
too big for many embedded computer applications. This project will define a
consistent version of reduced-size P996.
Designation: 997-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Oceanic Engineering & Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Serial ASCII Instrumentation Loop (SAIL) Shipboard Data
Communication
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg
Technical Contact: J Syck, Phone:203-444-5999
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985
Designation: 998-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Direct Lightning Stroke Shielding of Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Apr 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Abstract: Design information for the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to minimize direct lightning
strokes to equipment and buswork within substations is provided. Two approaches, the classical empirical method and the
electrogeometric model, are presented in detail. A third approach involving the use of active lightning terminals is also briefly
reviewed.
Key Words: direct stroke shielding, lightning stroke protection, substations
Designation: 999-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Master/Remote Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition (SCADA) Communications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: James S Oswald, Phone:(215) 674-2000, Email:joswald@kemaconsulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1993
Abstract: The use of serial digital transmission by surpervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems having geographically
dispersed terminals is addressed. These types of systems typically utilize dedicated communication channnels, such as private
microwave channels or leased telephone lines, which are limited to data rates of less than 10 000 bits/s. Wideband local networks
used for high-speed data acquisition and control functions are excluded. This standard covers the communication channels, channel
interfaces, message format, information field usage, and communication management. A standard message protocol is defined to the
octet level, rather than to the bit level; most details at the bit level are left to the manufacturers of SCADA equipment to
define and implement.
Key Words: Serial data transmission, SCADA systems, SCADA equipment,
Communications
Designation: 1000-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Backplane Interface: STEbus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core
Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
Technical Contact: Tim Elsmore
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988
Abstract: Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the
measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies.
Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which
employs a system that counts all events above a low-energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system
with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a
system utilizing multiple counting windows.
Key Words: ste, bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 1001-1988
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: IEEE Guide for Interfacing Dispersed Storage and Generation Facilities
with Electric Utility Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989
Designation: 1002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: The taxonomy will contain a scheme to organize, classify, and
relate standards guidelines and recommended practices used in software
engineering. The taxonomy will provide recommendations reflecting current
state-of-the-art in the application of engineering principles to
classification, evolution, and evaluation of Software Engineering Standards.
Project Purpose: To make changes to harmonize the standard with existing
Software Engineering Standards and update information in appendices on how
to apply standard.
Designation: 1002-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1987
Abstract: The form and content of a software engineering standards taxonomy is described. Applicability is not restricted by
software application, size, complexity, critically, or hardware environment. The taxonomy applies to standards (from the related
disciplines of engineering management, systems engineering, computer hardware engineering, computer science, and information
science) with which a software engineer would be reasonably acquainted and is application independent. The various types of
software engineering standards, their functional and external relationships, and the role of various functions participating in
the software life cycle are described. The taxonomy can be used in planning the development or evaluation of standards for an
organization and could serve as a basis for classifying a set of standards or for organizing a standards manual.
Key Words: taxonomy, software, engineering
Designation: 1003.0-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Guide to the POSIX® Open System Environment (OSE)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: May 02, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1995
Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons
evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of
enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system
interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these
interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress.
Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally,
the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains.
Key Words: POSIX, architecture, open, LAN, networks, open system environment,
profiles, OSE, application portability, application interoperability
Designation: 1003.0 Int'l
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Technical Report—Guide to POSIX®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1003.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for IEEE Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 14, 2002
Project Scope: 1003.1-1990 and its supplements + 1003.2-1992 plus its
supplements + SUSv2 XSH5 + XCU5 + XBD5 + Portability Considerations from
1003.1/1003.2 plus additional rationale and notes from 1003.1 and 1003.2 +
amendments to 1003.1/.2 - legacy features - obsolescent features + XNS5.2 &
resolutions passed by OGTGnet concerning the included sections of XNS +
issues raised by IEEE/ISO Interps against .1/.2 and resolutions passed by
OGTGbase concerning the included sections of SUSv2 + harmonization of
options vs. feature groups + resolution of XCU text marked OF,OP,PI and UN
(on a case by case basis). See the long scope for further detailed
information.
Project Purpose: Provide a single standard addressing the needs of users of all
the documents being revised and supported by as much of the overall industry
as possible. Address problems discovered during the lifetimes of the
current documents. The current standards are approaching ten years or more
in age; and this is the promised revision, whose scope is being expanded by
including accepted practice based on the contents of the Single UNIX
Specification.
Abstract: 2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of theoriginal Base documents.
Key Words: "application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic
regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system, built-in utility, byte,
child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE),
FIFO, file access control mechanism"
Designation: P1003.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-200x defines a standard operating system
interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"),
and common utility programs to support applications portability at the
source code level. It is intended to be used by both applications
developers and system implementors. IEEE Std 1003.1-200x comprises
four major components (each in an associated volume): 1.
General terms, concepts, and interfaces common to all volumes of
IEEE Std 1003.1-200x, including utility conventions and C-
language header definitions, are included in the Base Definitions
volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 2. Definitions for system service
functions and subroutines, language-specific system services for
the C programming language, function issues, including
portability, error handling, and error recovery, are included in
the System Interfaces volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 3.
Definitions for a standard source code-level interface to command
interpretation services (a "shell") and common utility programs
for application programs are included in the Shell and Utilities
volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 4. Extended rationale that did not
fit well into the rest of the document structure, containing
historical information concerning the contents of IEEE Std
1003.1-200x and why features were included or discarded by the
standard developers, is included in the Rationale (Informative)
volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. The following areas are outside of
the scope of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x: * Graphics interfaces *
Database management system interfaces * Record I/O considerations
* Object or binary code portability * System configuration and
resource availability IEEE Std 1003.1-200x describes the external
characteristics and facilities that are of importance to applications
developers, rather than the internal construction techniques employed to
achieve these capabilities. Special emphasis is placed on those functions
and facilities that are needed in a wide variety of commercial
applications. The facilities provided in IEEE Std 1003.1-200x are
drawn from the following base documents: * IEEE Std 1003.1™,
2004 Edition (POSIX-1) (incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1™-2001,
1003.1™-2001/Cor 1-2002 and 1003.1™-2001/Cor 2-2004) *
Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 1 *
Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 2 * Open
Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 3 * Open
Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 4 * ISO/IEC
9899:1999, Programming Languages - C.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide applications
developers and system implementors a standard operating system interface
and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"), and common
utility programs to support applications portability at the source code
level.
Designation: 1003.1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: Information Technology — Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) —
Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Sold as ISO/IEC 9945-1. Revision of 1003.1-1988.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1991
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
Key Words: POSIX, System Application, Portable Operating , C Language
Designation: 1003.1-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer
Environments
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1989
Designation: 1003.1.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.1e
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 2002 Standard for Information
Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) -- Technical
Corrigendum Number 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2003
**This corrigendum was made available as ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E)
Information Technology-Portable Operating System Interfase (Posix)-
Technical Corrigendum 1
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This technical corrigendum addresses issues raised in defect
reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval
of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: a.
They are in the scope of the approved standard. b. They contain no new
APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols,
non-function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. c. They address
contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add
consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address
security-related problems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigenda is to address problems
discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These are mainly
due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base
documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. This will benefit the body
of users of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001.
Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Technical Corrigendum Number 2
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 02, 2004
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This technical corrigendum will address issues raised in defect
reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of
this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: (a). They are
in the scope of the approved standard. (b). They contain no new APIs
(functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non-
function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. (c). They address
contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency
between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related
problems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigendum is to address
problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 and IEEE Std
1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues
raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-
2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1 and will be the
second such technical corrigendum.
Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std
2003.1-1992 (October 1994 Edition)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information
Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are
presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these
standards.
Key Words: computer, computer environment, interfaces, interpretations,
portable operating, system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities
Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std
2003.1-1992 (March 1994 Edition)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994
**1003.1/2003.1/INT, March 1994 Edition
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information
Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are
presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these
standards.
Key Words: POSIX, testing, test methods
Designation: 1003.1/I-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Standard Portable Operating
System Interface for Computer Environments (IEEE Std 1003.1-1988)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1992
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE
Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 are presented. The intent is to give
the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer,
environments
Designation: 1003.1a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - [C Language]
Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:John.Meyer@UNISYS.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will provide a vehicle for moving forward some now
stable work. The proposed amendments to 1003.1 will add interfaces for
application portability, particularly in the areas of •Symbolic Links • File
tree walkin • UID and GID manipulation •Environment Manipulation •Add
interfaces and definitions previously published in 1003.2, but that more
properly belong in 1003.1 •Removal of definitions that more properly belong
in 1003.2 •Removal of support for "common usage" C language, and requiring
ISO 9899 C instead. The standard will also include any technical corrigenda
resolved during the interpretation process on 1003.1-1990, identified by
October 31, 1995.
Project Purpose: To add several well established interfaces to the 1003.1-1990
standard.
Designation: 1003.1b-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C language]
Status: Superseded
**Approval included redesignation (formerly P1003.4). Available as ISO/IEC
9945-1.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994
Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines
a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines
interfaces appropriate for realtime applications.
Key Words: POSIX, real time, extensions, LAN, API, data processing, information
interchange, open systems, realtime, computer interface, System
configuration computer , Portable application, Operating system, C
programming language, Application portability
Designation: 1003.1c-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®) - System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment 2: Threads
Extension (C Language)
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. (Formerly 1003.4a.)
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
Designation: 1003.1d-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface
(API)—Amendment 4: Additional Realtime Extensions [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**formerly 1003.4b. Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
(Ref. Std.: 1003.4b)
Project Scope: This work activity will extend the system interfaces defined by
1003.1 (as amended by 1003.1b, 1003.1c, and 1003.1i) to include the
following additional facilities required by realtime applications: an
efficient process creation mechanism, additional realtime scheduling
policies, interfaces for execution time monitoring, interfaces for
interacting with special devices, interfaces for improving I/O performance,
and timeouts for blocking functions. This standard will not change the base
standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way
as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer
conform.
Project Purpose: A strong need exists to extend the POSIX interfaces to provide
more complete realtime functions. The existing interfaces of POSIX when
including the 1003.1b and 1003.1c extensions, provide the base functions to
support the portability of applications with realtime requirements.
Examples of needed extensions are additional realtime scheduling policies
such as deadline, an interface to allow the solution of the priority
inversion problem of existing synchronization mechanisms, possible
additional synchronization mechanisms, and address the issue of portability
at the device driver interface.
Abstract: " This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to system services for spawning aprocess, timeouts for blocking services, sporadic server scheduling,
execution time clocks andtimers, and advisory information for file management. This standard is stated in terms of its Cbinding.
"
Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data
processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX,
realtime"
Designation: 1003.1e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment n:
Protection, Audit and Control Interfaces [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:Ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.1 for security related functional
requirements and system interfaces in the areas of accountability, extended
discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information
labeling, and fine-grained capabilities.
Project Purpose: Providing P1003.1 developers with the option of using
interfaces to implement portable applications with security features, and to
determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability,
discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities
(privilege) to existing P1003.1 interfaces.
Designation: 1003.1f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces
(POSIX®)—Part 1: Network-Transparent File Access
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**formerly P1003.8
Technical Contact: Jason Zions, Phone:970-204-9900, Email:jazz@softway.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1003.8)
Project Scope: The Standard will: •Extend (or modify), as necessary, the syntax
and semantics of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other relevant 1003 Standards into
a networked environment, consonant with current and future mechanisms which
provide a corresponding network service, and •Define administrative
interfaces uniquely required to support such extension (or modification).
Project Purpose: The Standard is to both extend and circumscribe IEEE Std
1003.1-1988 and other interfaces in such a way as to enable portable
applications to be written without regard to the location of files they
manipulate, whether local or remote. In addition, certain aspects of system
administration would pertain solely to managing and controlling the
mechanisms which would support network-transparent file access; interfaces
are needed to permit management and control functions to be performed
portably.
Designation: 1003.1g-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment 6:
Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 (Ref. Std.: 1003.12)
Project Scope: To define a programatic interface for network process-to-process
communication.
Project Purpose: To provide a programatic interface that allows a portable
application to communicate with another entity in a network such that the
application may be independent of the underlying protocols. Furthermore,
access to protocol-specific features will be made available in a protocol-
independent framework.
Designation: 1003.1h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) Part 1: System API Extensions - Services for Reliable,
Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language]
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to P1003.25
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for fault management. This work
will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX API
specifications. The Fault Management extensions to the POSIX specification
will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, re-configuration
for component isolation, fault recovery, error-logging, notification, and
dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which
are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the
collection and distribution of error information to analyse the errors at
the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the
application to diagnose and specify corrective actions the scope of this
effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support
functionality which are in common practice. This standard will not change
the base standard which it amends
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by
application programs. These underlying services may support detection,
logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation;
classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and
corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and
recovery.
Designation: 1003.1i-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment: Technical Corrigenda to Realtime Extension [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
Designation: 1003.1j-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface
(API)—Amendment 5: Advanced Realtime Extensions [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide 'C'
language bindings for additional realtime functions for Typed Memory,
Absolute Nanosleep, Barrier Synchronization, Reader/Writer Lock, Monotonic
Clock, and Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base
standard which it amends.
Project Purpose: To amend P1003.1 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source
portability of applications with realtime and specialized hardware control
requirements.
Abstract: " This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfac-es to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to system services for synchronization,memory management, time management, and thread management. This
standard is stated interms of its C language binding. "
Key Words: "API, application portability, C(programming language), data
processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system,
portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, system
configuration computer interface"
Designation: 1003.1k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System API Supplement - Removable Media Support
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will refine the behavior as open(), close(),
read(), and write() as they pertain to removable serial media. Adds new
API's appropriate to serial media including positioning and statusing. This
work may expand the list of errors to include those pertaining explicitly to
removable media. This work is based upon existing common practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this work is to standardize the set of API's to
position serial removable media and the current behavior of the commonly
used I/O functions.
Designation: 1003.1m
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)
Amendment x: Checkpoint/Restart Interface [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will define optional APIs for Checkpointing a
process or processes and subsequently restarting that process or processes.
The Checkpoint/Restart extensions to the Posix specifications will be
comprised of optional APIs for checkpoint setup, checkpoint create,
checkpoint restart, and checkpoint remove. These underlying services may
support corrective actions for system and application recovery for long
running process or processes. A process or set of processes can checkpoint
system memory state and execution context to a normal file. This saved
information can be used to recover to an earlier state the application
process or processes memory state and execution context. This standard will
not change the base standard which it amends in such a way as to cause
implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow protable access to underlying recovery services by application
programs. These APIs will benefit users of long running applications which
run days or weeks which would otherwise be impossible to restart in the
event of a system failure or realtime users doing data collection in a time
constrained environment.
Designation: 1003.1n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment n: Technical Corrigenda to Threads Extension [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: This work will make technical corrections to the IEEE Std
1003.1-1990, as amended by IEEE Stds. 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and
1003.1i-1995.
Project Purpose: This work will correct the interfaces to remedy clashes
detected when 1003.1c was merged and 1003.i is merged into 1003.1b-1993, as
well as some items discovered by early implementors of 1003.1b-1993 and
1003.1c-1995.
Designation: 1003.1p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)
Amendment x: Resource Limit Interfaces [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:John.Meyer@UNISYS.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Insert interfaces to control usage of the following system
resources, CPU time, Bytes of memory, number of processes, bytes for a
single file, bytes in various file types (e.g. coredump and temporary),
maximum number of CPUs, maximum total IOs, and number of open files for
application programs.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 1003.1-1990 in
the area of resource limits.
Designation: 1003.1q-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology—Portable Operating Systems
Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface
(API)—Amendment 7: Tracing [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 22, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Trace management. The APIs
are for the handling of event data to satisfy both Realtime and Fault
Tolerance software applications. The scope of this effort will be limited
by selecting only those APIs which support functions which are in common
practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow portable access to underlying trace managment, services by
application programs. These underlying services provide access to stream of
event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware,
application and/or kernel.
Abstract: " This amendment is part of thePOSIXseries of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. The purpose
of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allowportable access to underlying trace management services by application
programs. Theseunderlying services provide access to streams of event data, where the events can be gen-erated by software and/or
hardware, either from the application or the operating system. Thisstandard is stated in terms of its C language binding."
Key Words: "API, application portability, data processing, open systems,
operating system, portable application, POSIX, tracing, instrumented
operating system, instrumented application, trace control, trace analysis,
real time, serviceability"
Designation: 1003.1r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface -
Amendment xx: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Petr Janecek, Phone:+44-181-893-3694, Email:petr@janecek.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Removal of technical differences between the approved IEEE
1003.1g standard and the specification of the current industry practice as
defined in Networking Services (XNS) Issue 5; X/Open CAE Specification C523;
ISBN 1-85912-165-9
Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1g so that it is aligned with current
industry practice as reflected in the definition of the Single UNIX
published by X/Open.
Designation: 1003.1s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment s: Synchronized Clock (C Language)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide a 'C'
language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change
the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in
such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications
to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1-1996 with 'C' binding interfaces to
support source portability of applications with requirements for a
synchronized clock.
Designation: 1003.2-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. When the
User Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing
users on character-oriented display terminals.
Key Words: shell, utility, API, portability, data, processing, open systems,
operating system, portable application, POSIX, user
Designation: 1003.2.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.2c
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.2 Int-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Interpretations, December Edition, IEEE Standards
Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to
give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating
systems interface, POSIX, shell, utilities
Designation: 1003.2/INT-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to
give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating
system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities
Designation: 1003.2a-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities, User Portability Extension
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-2.
Key Words: API, application, portability, data, processing, open systems,
operating system, portable application, POSIX, shell, utilities, user
Designation: 1003.2b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**revision of 1003.2
Technical Contact: Donald Cragun, Phone:650-786-5310, Email:don.cragun@eng.sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Project Scope: Amend IEEE 1003.2-1992, as supplemented by IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992
to produce a common standard with ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993. Resolve some
international comments on ISO/IEC DIS 9945-2 and 9945-2/DAM 1 (P1003.2 and
P1003.2a). Resolve issues resulting from requests for interpretations of
the original IEEE 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents. Improve the clarity,
accuracy and precision of the language in the original 1003.2 and 1003.2a
documents correcting deficiencies found in implementing systgems, test
suites, or applications bvased on the doecuments. Incorporate interfaces
associated with new facilities produced by the P1003.1a project, such as
symbolic links. Assume responsibility for definition fo file interchange
and archiving formats from P1003.1. This would involve movement of the
current section 10 in IEEE Std 1003.1-1996 and the proposed new format from
P1003.1a to the clause in P1003.2 that describes the "par" utility.
Project Purpose: The process for resolving comments at the international level
and the inevitable interpretation difficulties that surface only after a
standard is approved and being implemented require thatn an amendment be
scheduled to accommodate them. The majority of the work is anticipated to
be corrective and clarifying in nature, avoiding widespread adoption of new
facilities proposed to the P1003.2 working group at this time.
Designation: 1003.2c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities—Amendment n: Protection and Control
Utilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.6.2.
Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:Ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.2 for security related utilities
in the areas of extended discretionary access control, mandatory access
control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities.
Project Purpose: Providing P1003.2 developers with the option of using
utilities to implement portable shell applications with security features,
and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability,
discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities
(privilege) to existing P1003.2 utilities.
Designation: 1003.2d-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities—Amendment 1: Batch
Environment
Status: Superseded
**Formerly 1003.15a. Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995
Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It is a
supplement to IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, which defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility
programs for complex data manipulation. This supplement defines the user interface to a distributed batch queuing environment and
includes application environments.
Key Words: batch, batch extensions, distributed batch, queuing
Designation: 1003.2e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Removable Serial Media
Support
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Insert the definition of the mt utility into POSIX.2. This
utility includes functionality to control and position serial media and to
determine the status of the device.
Project Purpose: urpose of this work is to extend the POSIX.2 document by
standardizing the mt utility.
Designation: 1003.3-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX®
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC Std 13210:1994.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: This standard defines the general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. This
standard is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and
users of POSIX test methods.
Key Words: measuring, test, methods, assertion, base assertion, assertion test,
extended assertion, test method, test result code, POSIX Conformance Test
Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document,
Conditional feature
Designation: 1003.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX—System Interfaces
Status: Changed Designation
**changed to P2003.1
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1003.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX®—Shell and Utilities Interfaces
Status: Changed Designation
**Redesignated 2003.2.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1003.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1003.1b
Designation: 1003.4a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1003.1c
Designation: 1003.4b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1003.1d
Designation: 1003.5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Ada Language
Interfaces—PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Superseded by 1003.5, 1999 Edition.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 07, 1993
Project Scope: To provide an ISO Ada language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE
Std. 1003.1-1990).
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions to the application program interface
(API). This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ISO 8652:1987 (Ada) and
ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX). Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process
environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services
for Ada, and system databases are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada
compilation system. The emphasis in POSIX is on application programs, so the interfaces in this document are not sufficient to
implement an Ada compilation system or a POSIX shell, nor is this standard meant to be sufficient for realtime applications.
Key Words: Ada, API, operating system, portable application, POSIX, POSIX
language bindings, Open systems, Computer language bindings, Application
portability
Designation: 1003.5-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Ada Language
Interfaces—PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Superseded
**This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998
Designation: 1003.5 Int-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Std 1003.5-1992/INT, October 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language
Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this
document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces,
interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX
Designation: 1003.5/INT-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992 March 1994
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language
Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this
document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces,
interpretations , portable operating system interface, POSIX
Designation: 1003.5a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces --
Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.5
Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james. lonjers@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1003.5b-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Ada Language
Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface
(API)—Amendment 1: Realtime Extensions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly 1003.20. Includes IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Superseded by 1003.5,
1999 Edition.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997
Project Scope: To provide an Ada binding to the realtime POSIX standards.
Project Purpose: To provide capabilities so that a realtime application
program, written in the Ada programming language can employ POSIX realtime
extensions, and can operate identically on all conforming POSIX/Ada/Realtime
environments.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface
(API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652: 1987 (Ada)
and ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993, IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995, and IEEE Std
1003.1I-1995. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and
output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, system databases, synchronization,
memory management, execution scheduling, clocks and timers, and message passing are covered. It also specifies behavior to
support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system.
Key Words: realtime extensions, ADA, API, application portability, computer
language bindings, open systems, operating systems, portable application,
POSIX, POSIX language bindings, realtime, thread
Designation: 1003.5c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - POSIX Ada Language Interfaces
- Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 14519:2001(E) This standard
supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. This may have been a
record for 1003.5c-1998.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: This document is part of the POSIX series of standards for
applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada
language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual
descriptions of the applications program interface (API). This standard
supports application portability at the source code level through the
binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std
1003.1-1990 (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Draft Std 1003.1g. This standard
covers the Detailed Network Interface (DNI) for the X/Open Transport
Interface (XTI) and BSD sockets.
Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an Ada language binding for
POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will
provide such a standard.
Designation: 1003.5d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces -
Binding for Protocol Independent Interfaces - Sockets
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james. lonjers@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: This document will develop an ADA language binding to the
sockets portion of the POSIX.1g-199x standard.
Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an ADA language for POSIX.1g,
although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide
such a standard for sockets.
Designation: 1003.5f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Ada
Language)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: An Ada language binding application program interface
specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed
systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to
distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess
communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service
include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast,
multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error
management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time
distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the
interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous
and asynchronour interactionsk and the use of timeouts.
Project Purpose: Real-Time distributed systems require predictable performance
and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards.
The WG will develop an interface to meet these, and related, needs.
Designation: 1003.5g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Ada Language Interrfaces - Part 1: Application Program
Interface (API) - Amendment g: Realtime Extension
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide Ada interfaces to support embedded realtime application
programs. The interface will include interfaces defined in existing C
Amendment PARs. Additional interfaces shall address program loading,
semaphores as event notification, and succeed/fail services. 1003.5g will
also identify new options for the existing 1003.5b interfaces and new
interfaces added by this amendment.
Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime application programs with
advanced features currently not defined in 1003.5b. The defined
functionality will address security, performance, fault tolerance, and size
constrains to allow the embedded realtime application to achieve
deterministic results.
Designation: 1003.5h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System
Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment h: Synchronized Clock
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide an Ada
language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change
the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in
such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications
to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.5b-1996 with Ada binding interfaces to
support source portability of applications with requirements for a
synchronized clock.
Designation: 1003.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Security Interface Standards for POSIX®
Status: Changed Designation
**Redesignated 1003.1e and 1003.2c.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: POSIX, security, interface, networks, LAN
Designation: 1003.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.1
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.7.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.4
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.7.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.2
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.7.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.3
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.1f
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.9-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard for InformationTechnology - POSIX® FORTRAN 77 Language
Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1993
Project Scope: To provide an ISO FORTAN language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990
(IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990), using the common subset between FORTRAN 77 and
Fortran 90, plus the use of longer (Fortran 90) identifier names.
Abstract: This standard provides a standardized interface for accessing the system services of ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-
1990, also know as POSIX.1), and support routines to access constructs not directly accessible with FORTRAN 77. This standard
supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ANSI X3.9-1978 and POSIX.1, and a standardized
definition of language-specific services. The goal is to provide standardized interfaces to the POSIX.1 system services via a
FORTRAN 77 language interface. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and
directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, the FORTRAN 77 language library, and system
databases are covered.
Key Words: interfaces, POSIX, System interfaces, FORTRAN 77, Application
portability, interoperability
Designation: 1003.10-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology POSIX®-Based Supercomputing
Application Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996
Abstract: This standard is related to the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It
specifies the set of standards and the requirements needed for portability of supercomputing applications, users, and system
administrators.
Key Words: AEP, application portability, batch, portable application, profile,
queue, resource, supercomputer, supercomputing, user portability
Designation: 1003.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Operating Systems
Title: POSIX based Transaction Processing Applications Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Elliot Brebner, Phone:612/473-1772
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1003.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.1g
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.13-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application
Environment Profile (AEP) - POSIX Realtime and Embedded Application Support
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 10, 2004
**Supersedes 1003.13-1999.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for
embedded and realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least
three separate profile definitions are expected: a large one for full-
function realtime systems, a small one for embedded control systems, and one
or more profiles of intermediate size. It will also update the existing
profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example,
the minimal realtime system profile PSE51 may be simplified, and PSE53 made
slightly larger. Interpretation requests regarding 1003.13-1998 received up
to the time of the first 1003.13 revision ballot will be considered as input
to this work. The Ada bindings to POSIX (the IEEE 1003.5-series standards)
plus P1003.26 (should it be approved before the first 1003.13 Revision
ballot), will also be profiled. Note: The above scope is identical to the
original 1003.13 scope, except that the original "an intermediate realtime
system definitions" becomes "and one or more intermediate realtime system
definitions", and the word "embedded" is added. In fact, 1003.13-1998 has
four profiles, and is being cited for embedded applications in addition to
the traditional realtime applications. The scope of P1003.13a and P1003.13b
have also been included above, edited to reflect the revision of 1003.1, and
P1003.26 has been added. The 1003.5-series standards are already profiled
in 1003.13-1998, and are now explicitly mentioned. Scope from Previous PARs
- Original 1003.13-1998 scope (PAR approved 9 December 1997): "The project
will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime applications
utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected:
one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems,
and an intermediate realtime systems definition."; Scope of Proposed Project
[P1003.13a, January 1994]: "This work will extend the POSIX P1003.13
interfaces to include the interfaces of P1003.4d (formerly P1003.4b) and
"P1003.4d" (nickname, real name to be supplied when assigned)."; Scope of
Proposed Project [P1003.13b, 19 July 2000]: "This work will amend the four
1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a,
1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles. It will also
update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience;
for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified.
Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft
will be considered as input to this work."
Project Purpose: With approval of P1003.1 (the 1003.1 Revision) expected in
2001, the basis upon which the existing (1003.13-1998) and planned
(P1003.13a, P1003.13b) profiles depended has changed, and all old and new
APIs being profiled are to be found in what will likely become IEEE Std
1003.1-2001. There is substantial embedded/realtime-kernel industry
experience with various non-standard variants of all the proposed profiles
and their underlying interfaces. Multiple RTOS and RT/Embedded Linux
vendors are now claiming compliance (if not conformance) to various 1003.13-
1998 profiles. The purpose of 1003.13, and now of the 1003.13 Revision, is
to unify this area. Note: The above purpose is semantically identical to
the original purpose, except that the original list of IEEE 1003-series
standards to be profiled has been replaced by their sole successor, 1003.1-
2001, and the 1003.5-series standards (Ada bindings to POSIX) and P1003.26
(Device Control) have been added. These changes also have the effect of
including the purpose of both P1003.13a and P1003.13b.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.13-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyStandardized Application Environment Profile (AEP)POSIX®
Realtime and Embedded Application Support"
Key Words: "AEP, application portability, data processing environment,
embedded, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX
profiles, realtime, realtime application environments"
Designation: 1003.13-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application
Environment Profile - POSIX® Realtime Application Support
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.13-2003.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for
realtime application utilizing the POSIX interfaces. At least three
separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one
for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime system
definition.
Project Purpose: With the completion of balloting of P1003.4 system interfaces
for realtime and other applications, it is critical to define a coherent
grouping of the options to allow realtime users to specify target sets for
acquisition.
Designation: 1003.13a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application
Environment Profile - POSIX® Embedded Realtime Application Support
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide additional POSIX profiles that address the embedded
realtime Ada application environment. The new profiles will address
functionality, options defined in POSIX 5b and 5q, implementation defined
features, and undefined behavior.
Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime Ada application programs with
smaller subsets of POSIX features. The new profiles will define a set of
functions and options so the operating system and application programs can
meet timing and sizing requirements.
Designation: 1003.13b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Standardized Application Environment
Profile-POSIX Realtime Application Support (AEP)-Amendment of Extended
Profiles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways.
Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q
services into the profiles.] It will also update the profiles to reflect
lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime
system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to
the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this
work.
Project Purpose: The 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q standards were not
approved at the time 1003.13 was in progress. However, 1003.1d and 1003.1j
are now approved, and 1003.1a and 1003.1q are expected to be approved in the
very near future. Therefore, it is time to fold their services into the
1003.13 profiles. In addition, recent implementation experience has
indicated ways in which the original four profiles can be streamlined.
Designation: 1003.14
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology —POSIX® Standardized Profile - POSIX
Multiprocessor Application Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The standard will define an Application Environment Profile for
multiprocessor application environments. The profile will be based on the
relevant P1003.x standards required for applications within POSIX
environments on multiprocessor computer systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to (a) develop an IEEE
standard AEP for multiprocessor application environments, (b) cooperate with
other P1003 working groups to include required extensions to support
applications portability across multiprocessors, and (c) submit additional
PARs when needed to cover extensions to POSIX for multiprocessor
applications environments.
Designation: 1003.15
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX®) - Batch Environment Amendments
Status: Changed Designation
**Formerly P1003.17. Changed Designation to 1003.2d.
Project Scope: This standard will define utilities, library routines, system
administration interfaces, and application level protocol to provide a
network queuing and batch system in a POSIX environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to extend POSIX to provide a
network queuing and batch system. These extensions include the following:
1. Utilities for the submission and management of the requests. 2. System
administration interface for the creation, management, and authorization of
the network queuing and batch processing system. 3. Library routines for
application access to utilities and the queue and request database. 4.
Application level protocol. 5. Portability of applications, user and system
administrators.
Designation: 1003.15a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.2d
Status: Changed Designation
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1003.17
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces
(POSIX)—Part 1: Directory Services Application Programming Interface
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1224.2.
History: PAR APP: Dec 14, 1990
Project Scope: 1. The standard will define an application programming interface
to a directory service, including but not necessarily limited to X.500
functionality. The standard will provide language-independent specification
and C-Language binding. 2. The standard will specify related name space(s),
with naming rules and schema, that are supported by POSIX systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a standard interface
supporting the development of applications that use directory services. The
interface will support access to X.500 services and perhaps other directory
services.
Designation: 1003.18
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Standardized Profile—POSIX
Interactive Systems Application Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Designation: 1003.20
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.5b
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.21
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®) Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Language
Independent)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: A language-independent application program interface
specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed
systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to
distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess
communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service
include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast,
multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error
management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time
distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the
interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous
and asynchronous interactions, and the use of timeouts.
Project Purpose: Real-time distributed Systems require predictable performance
and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards.
The working group will develop an interface to meet these, and related
needs.
Designation: 1003.22
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Guide to the POSIX® Open Systems Environment—A Security Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:Ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: A framework structuring security within Distributed Systems
based upon ECMA-Security in Open Systems - A Security Framework, TR/46.
Project Purpose: To provide a focus for the definition and placement of
security services around which implementations and API standards activities
may coordinate. To specify the types of APIs required to support the
security services defined in the framework. To identify existing
implementations and their relative maturity as potential base specifications
for API standards and to identify those areas with no existing, or immature,
industry practice which require development effort. To provide a tool to
help integrators of secure systems to understand and structure security
services within a distributed system. To provide a supplement to the
definition of security currently included within P1003.0. It is expected
that this guide will eventually be incorporated within, or referenced by,
later issues of P1003.0.
Designation: 1003.23-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing User Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: To describe a process for developing user Open Environment (OSE)
profiles, as opposed to standardized profiles. The guide shall include a
framework for documenting user requirements, related information technology
services, a transition plan, conformance testing and consideration planning
considerations, and examples of user organization OSE profiles.
Project Purpose: To provide process guidelines for user organizations to
develop and use OSE profiles which support their operational requirements.
Benefits include: Provide a starting point for developing user OSE profile;
assist development of transition plans; encourage effective use of standards
and standardized profiles.
Abstract: " This guide presents an overview of User Organization Open System Environment(OSE) Profiles and their application. It is
intended to assist users, planners, and implementers indeveloping User Organization OSE Profiles that address the operational
requirements of theorganization; related information technology services; and the standards, standards options, andinterim
solutions that will meet those requirements. The guide also includes conformance testingand transition planning considerations as
well as examples of user organization OSE profiles."
Key Words: "application portability,application interoperability,open system
environment,User Organization OSE Profile"
Designation: 1003.24
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology – Portable Operating System
Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (C Language)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Myers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: A C-language binding application program interface for
interprocess is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it
will be applicable to local interprocess communication. The functional
areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint
management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled
message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management,
connection management, and a lightweight directory services interface.
Project Purpose: Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance
and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards.
The WG will develop an interface to meet the unique needs of communications
in real-time systems.
Designation: 1003.25
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Event Logging [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This work is undertaken to provide a portable API for the
purpose of event logging. This interface is to provide for the registration
of events to be logged, logging of an event, event notification and event
extraction from the current system log or an archived system log. This work
may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to
fault rcovery. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only
those APIs which support functionality in common practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide an interface for
event logging that can better support the development of reliable systems.
The underlying event logging service is to support detection and logging of
error conditions for fault diagnosis.
Designation: 1003.25
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems
[C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Revised PAR for P1003.1h - now a stand-alone document.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Fault Management. This work
will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX
specifications. The Fault Management extension to the POSIX specifications
will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, reconfiguration
for component isolation, fault recovery, error logging, notification, and
dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which
are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the
collection and distribution of error information to analyze the errors at
the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the
application to diagnose and specify corrective actions. The scope of this
effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support
functionality which are in common practice. Change: This standard will
not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing
amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming
applications to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by
application programs. These underlying services may support detection,
logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation;
classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and
corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and
recovery.
Designation: 1003.26-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface
(API) [C Language]
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2004
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This work will define an application program interface to device
drivers. The interface will be modeled on the traditional ioctl() function,
but will have enhancements designed to address issues such as "type safety"
and reentrancy.
Project Purpose: Realtime systems often contain numerous special devices, many
of which are accessed through device drivers. The purpose of this project
is to define an interface to these device drivers. This will benefit both
users and writers of device drivers by providing a uniform model of
communication between application software and device drivers.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.26-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)Part 26:
Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]"
Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data
processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system,
portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, device drivers"
Designation: 1004-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Planar Transmission Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1988
Designation: 1005-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Floating Gate
Semiconductor Arrays
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991
Abstract: An introduction to the physics unique to this type of memory and an overview of typical array architectures are presented.
The variations on the basic floating gate nonvolatile cell structure that have been used in commercially available devices are
described. The various reliability considerations involved in these devices are explored. Retention and endurance failures and
the interaction between endurance, retention, and standard semiconductor failure mechanisms in determining the device failure
rate are covered. How to specify and perform engineering verification of retention of data stored in the arrays is described.
Effects that limit the endurance of the arrays are discussed. The specification and engineering verification of endurance are
described. The more common features incorporated into the arrays and methods for testing these complex products efficiently are
addressed. The effects that various forms of ionizing radiation may have on floating gate arrays and approaches to test for these
effects are covered. The use of floating gate cells in nonmemory applications is briefly considered.
Key Words: array, Nonvolatile memory, Floating gate
Designation: 1005-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Floating
Gate Memory Arrays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999
Project Scope: Modify the present FGA standard to include floating gate "flash"
EEPROM's that use Fowler-Nordheim tunneling and/or hot electron injection
programming techniques. Hot electron injection EPROM's are included for
completeness.
Project Purpose: Flash EEPROM technology is not currently included in the
standard, but is a rapidly growing technology in terms of use. This
amendment defines terms used in this technology, explains its operation and
limitation. It is intended to assist users in selecting, specifying, using
and testing Floating Gate Memory Arrays.
Abstract: " This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate mem-ory arrays, specifically, UV
erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E 2 PROMs, and block rewritable""flash"" EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered
with focus on retention, endurance,and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their
hardnessto ionizing radiation. "
Key Words: "disturb,endurance,E2EPROM,EEPROM,EPROM,floating gate
memories,nonvolatile memory,radiation
hardness,reliability,retention,testing"
Designation: 1006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1007
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: Standard for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
Characteristics of Digital Telecommunications Circuits and Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bernard E Worne, Phone:919-460-4546, Email:worneb@ttc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: The preparation of a standard providing the specifications for
measuring the performance of digital systems and equipment operating at all
levels of the digital hierarchy between DSO (64 kbit/s) and STS3 (155.520
Mbit/s).
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is to establish the functional and
performance requirements for equipment to measure the characteristics of
digital telecommunications systems including all digital equipment and
transmission media between the two.
Designation: 1007-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
Characteristics of Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) Telecommunications Circuits
and Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1992
Abstract: " Test equipment requirements and methods for testing the transmission characteristics of PCMtelecommunications equipment,
circuits, and systems are set forth. The requirements are intended forcertification, installation, pre-service, out-of-service
operational, and in-service operational tests of the PCMtransmission facilities. The PCM equipment that may be tested includes
primary multiplex equipmentcontaining analog-digital conversion devices, digital multiplex equipment, digital links, and digital
sections.This standard is limited to testing at the analog interfaces of the primary multiplex equipment and the
digitalinterfaces at DS1, DS1C, DS2, and DS3 levels of the North American digital hierarchy. Synchronousmultiplex equipment and
equipment offering other than 64 kb/s coded voiceband channels are not coveredin this standard, nor is signaling parameter
measurement. "
Key Words: "analog-digital devices,digital multiplex equipment,digital
links,digital sections,multiplex equipment,PCM telecommunications
equipment,transmission characteristics"
Designation: 1008-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Abstract: An integrated approach to systematic and documented unit testing is defined. It uses unit design and unit implementation
information, in addition to unit requirements, to determine the completeness of the testing. The testing process described
composed of a hierarchy of phases, activities, and tasks and defines a minimum set of tasks for each activity. The standard can
be applied to the unit testing of any digital computer software or firmware and to the testing of both newly developed and
modified units. The software engineering concepts and testing assumption on which this standard approach is based and guidance
and resource information to assist with the implementation and usage of the standard unit testing approach are provided in
appendixes.
Key Words: unit, Software testing
Designation: 1009
Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society
Title: Perf Eval Spch Recognizers/Guidelines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Janet Baker, Phone:(617) 965-5200
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983
Designation: 1010-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006
Technical Contact: John Yale, Phone:509-661-4051, Email:john.yale@chelanpud.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006
Project Scope: This guide describes the control and monitoring requirements for
equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage
hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote
control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, and
requirements for centralized and off-site control. Where specific values are
given for control parameters, they should be considered as typical. This
document does not address civil and structural details of hydroelectric
power plants unless required for the understanding of certain control and
monitoring functions. Also excluded is a detailed discussion of protective
relaying systems, high-voltage switchyards, and navigational and flood
control facilities associated with a hydroelectric plant. Hydroelectric
applications of variable frequency operation and high-voltage generation are
not covered in this guide due to the specialized nature of these
applications.
Project Purpose: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing
engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry
practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system
configurations, and control modes. Implementation of the concepts described
in this guide is covered in companion IEEE guides for control of
hydroelectric power plants listed in Clause 2.
Abstract: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents
prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control
modes. It describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-
storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for
plant equipment, and requirements for centralized and off-site control.
Key Words: automation, control systems, hydroelectric, unit controls
Designation: 1010-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Superseded
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Donald R McCabe, Phone:303-741-7476
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988
Abstract: The control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage
hydroelectric plants are described. Typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant
equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control, and trends in control systems are included. The various categories
that affect the levels of control for a plant, namely, location, mode, and supervision, are described. Block diagrams and
descriptions of the control and monitoring requirements for major plant systems and equipment are given. Control sequencing of
generating and pumped storage units, centralized control, and off-site control are covered. The information is directed toward
practicing engineers in the field of power plant design who have a basic knowledge of hydroelectric facilities.
Key Words: plants, Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: 1011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P1012
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for System and Software Verification and Validation
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:Roger.Fujii@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the verification and validation processes
that are applied to system, software, and hardware development throughout
the system life cycle including acquisition, supply, development,
operations, maintenance, and retirement. This standard applies to system,
software, and hardware being acquired, developed, maintained, or reused.
Software includes firmware, microcode, and documentation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to: o Establish a common
framework of V&V processes, activities, and tasks in support of all system,
software, and hardware life cycle processes o Define the V&V tasks,
required inputs, and required outputs in each life cycle process o
Identify the minimum V&V tasks corresponding to a four-level system/software
integrity scheme o Define the content of the System and Software
Verification and Validation Plan
Designation: 1012-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Verification and Validation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:Roger.Fujii@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project does not change from the
original scope of the standard. Software V&V is an technical discipline of
the systems engineering process. IEEE Std 1012-1986 was a product standard
defining the contents of the Software V&V Plan. IEEE Std 1012-1998 was a
process standard defining the verification and validation processes in terms
of specific activities and tasks. This proposed project will retain the
standard as a process standard and will revise and update the definition of
the activities and tasks to be consistent with industry usage. The updates
are contained to selected sections and the project is scheduled to complete
its work in a year with balloting in early 2004.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct duplication detected during its
usage over the past 5 years, make all references consistent with revised
standards (IEEE and ISO), and incorporate user changes detected during
operational use of the standard.
Abstract: Software verification and validation (V&V) processes determine whether the development products of a given activity
conform to the requirements of that activity and whether the software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Software V&V
life cycle process requirements are specified for different software integrity levels. The scope of V&V processes encompasses
software-based systems, computer software, hardware, and interfaces. This standard applies to software being developed,
maintained, or reused [legacy, commercial off-the shelf (COTS), non-developmental items]. The term software also includes
firmware, microcode, and documentation. Software V&V processes include analysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment, and
testing of software products.
Key Words: I V & V, software integrity level, software life cycle, V & V,
validation, verification
Designation: 1012-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Expand the scope of the standard to include the use of software
integrity levels as applied to software V&V, minimum V&V activities and
tasks associated with each integrity level, V&V of reusable software,
definition of independent V&V and V&V metrics.
Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document, incorporate
essons learned during field experience of users, and clarify definition of
V&V processes.
Abstract: " Software verification and validation (V&V) processes, which determine whether develop-ment products of a given activity
conform to the requirements of that activity, and whether the soft-ware satisfies its intended use and user needs, are described.
This determination may includeanalysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment, and testing of software products and process-
es. V&V processes assess the software in the context of the system, including the operational en-vironment, hardware, interfacing
software, operators, and users . "
Key Words: "software integrity,software life cycle processes,verification and
validation"
Designation: 1012-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987
Abstract: Uniform and minimum requirements for the format and content of software verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their
required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are provided for both critical and noncritical software. For
critical software, specific minimum verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be
included in SVVPs are defined. Optional V&V tasks to be used to tailor SVVPs as appropriate for the particular V&V effort are
suggested. An overview of V&V is given, and life-cycle V&V, software V&V reporting, and V&V administrative procedures are
covered.
Key Words: validation, Software verification
Designation: 1012a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation - Content Map to
IEEE 12207.1
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software V&V
plans as defined in 1012 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE
12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions
relating to content of the two documents and trace contenct between submect
documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Abstract: " The relationship between the two sets of requirements on plans for verification and vali-dation of software, found in
IEEE Std 1012-1998 and IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997, is explained so thatusers may produce documents that comply with both standards. "
Key Words: "life cycle data plans, qualification test, verification and
validation"
Designation: 1013-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a method for sizing both
vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries in "stand-alone" photovoltaic
(PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and
consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of
this document. "Sizing batteries for hybrid and grid-connected PV systems is
beyond the scope of this document." Recomended practices for the remainder
of the electrical systems associated with "stand-alone" PV installations are
also beyond the scope of this document. Sizing examples are given for
various system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery
costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery
size, PV array size, and weather are beyond the scope of this document.
(Note: Words in quotes are proposed changes to the original scope.)
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers
in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial
"stand-alone" PV systems. The document is primarily being revised to
make it specific to only stand-alone PV systems. Additional minor changes
reflecting field experience in battery performance are also planned.
Designation: 1013-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a method for sizing both
vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with photovoltaic (PV)
systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and
considerations of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope
of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical
systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this
document. Sizing examples are given for various representative system
applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include
consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size,
and weather, are beyond the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system signers in
sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV
systems.
Abstract: " A method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrialphotovoltaic (PV) systems is
described. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, andconsideration of battery types other than lead-acid are
beyond the scope of this document. Recom-mended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV
installations are alsobeyond the scope of this document. "
Key Words: "photovoltaic power systems,sizing lead-acid battery"
Designation: 1013-1990
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1013-2000.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1983, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Methods for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are
described. The purpose of this document is to assist system designers in sizing batteries for residential, commercial, and
industrial PV systems. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures and
consideration of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the
remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document.
Key Words: Battery sizing, lead, acid, batteries, photovoltaics, Acid-Lead
Batteries, Bond Determination, Battery reserve, Photovoltaic power systems,
Lead-acid batteries
Designation: 1014-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1988
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987
Abstract: A high-performance backplane bus for use in microcomputer systems that employ single or multiple microprocessors is
specified. It is based on the VMEbus specification, released by the VME Manufacturers' Group in August of 1982. The bus includes
four subbuses: data transfer bus, priority interrupt bus, arbitration bus, and utility bus. The data transfer bus supports 8-,
16-, and 32-bit transfers over a non-multiplexed 32-bit data and address highway. The transfer protocols are asynchronous and
fully handshaken. The priority interrupt bus provides real-time interrupt services to the system. The allocation of bus
mastership is performed by the arbitration bus, which allows to implement round robin and prioritized arbitration algorithms. The
utility bus provides the system with power-up and power-down synchronization. The mechanical specifications of boards,
backplanes, subracks, and enclosures are based on IEC 297 specification, also know as the Euroboard form factor.
Key Words: versatile, backplane, bus, VME, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer
interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 1014
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for 32/64-bit Versatile Backplane Bus VMEbus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 1014.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a Futurebus+®/VME64 Bridge
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: The logical protocol layer for bridging between a Futurebus+ system and a VME64 system in a tightly coupled fashion is
defined. Transferring of both data and events is specified. The physical layer is not defined in this standard. Implementors are
free to define and use the Bridge in the manner that best fits the application for optimum performance, functionality, and cost
trade-offs. The Bridge provides for software transparency such that, at the application level, software is not aware of accesses
that reach across a Bridge into the modules of another bus.
Key Words: Bus Bridge, Futurebus+, VMEbus, VME64
Designation: 1015-2006/Cor 1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: To implement technical omission/errors to 1015-2006.
Project Purpose: To insert table 1 in annex 7a and to fix technical errors.
Designation: 1015-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides information for selecting the
proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended
practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker,
ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance
requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications,
e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information
for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system and
for protecting specific components. Guidelines are given for coordinating
combinations of line-side and loadside devices. Acceptance testing and
maintenance guidelines are provided so that reliable operation can be
verified and maintained. This recommended practice does not cover the
selection and application of circuit breakers such as marine circuit
breakers and definite purpose circuit breakers.
Project Purpose: Std 1015 provides information for selecting the proper circuit
breaker for a particular application. This project is intended to update
information provided based on updates of codes and standards and on product
revisions. It will also add information included in the project scope in
item 6.
Abstract: Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice
helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and
maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In
addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting
specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices.
Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case,
insulatedcase circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage
power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection
device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection,
power circuit breaker, rating, testing
Designation: 1015-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used
in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Blue Book
Technical Contact: Keith R Cooper, Phone:724-733-2395, Email:cmbengrg@nb.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Feb 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997
Project Scope: To develop a publication that represents standard practice in
the US for applying low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers uses
for industrial and commercial power systems. This guide does not cover
circuit breakers such as ground fault interrupters, marine, definite
putpose, supplementary and DC circuit breakers.
Project Purpose: To assist engineers in the proper application and selection of
low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers used in industrial and
commercial power systems. This guide will help the application engineer
specify the circuit breaker type, ratings, trip functions, accessories,
acceptance testing and maintenance, applying circuit breakers at different
locations, and protecting specific components.
Abstract: Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice
helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and
maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In
addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting
specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices.
Key Words: circuit breaker, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case,
insulated-case circuit breaker, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage
protection, low-voltage protective device, molded case, molded-case circuit
breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing
Designation: 1016-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 04, 1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 23, 1998
Project Scope: This is a Recommended Practice for describing software designs.
It produces the necessary information content and recommended organization
for a Software Design Description. A software design description is a
representation of a software system that is used as medium for communicating
software design information. The practice may be applied to commercial,
scientific or military software which runs on any digital computer.
Applicability is not restricted by the size of the the software. This
practice is not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration
management, or quality assurance. It is assumed that the quality of design
information and changes to the design description will be managed by other
project activities. Finally, this document does not support and is not
limited to any particular description techniques. It may be applied to
proper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or
other means of description. In addition it will also establish a
correlation between the content of software design descriptions as defined
in 1016 and the content of such documents as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide
for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data
by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content
of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207.
Abstract: " The necessary information content and recommendations for an organization for SoftwareDesign Descriptions (SDDs) are
described. An SDD is a representation of a software system that is used asa medium for communicating software design information.
This recommended practice is applicable topaper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of
description. "
Key Words: "software design,software design description,software life cycle
process"
Designation: P1016
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Systems Design-Software Design
Descriptions
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: 1. Raise Std 1016 from a Recommended Practice to a full
Standard; 2. Harmonize with chapter 3 of the Software Engineering Body of
Knowledge (SWEBOK); 3. Eliminate any conflicts with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0-
1996; 4. Harmonize with IEEE Std 1320.1-1998 (IDEF0) and IEEE Std 1320.2-
1998 (IDEF1X); 5. Address Component-Based Design
Project Purpose: The standard is intended for those in technical and managerial
positions who prepare and use Software Design Descriptions. It will guide a
designer in the selection, organization, and presentation of design
information. It will help standards developers ensure that a design
description is complete, concise, and well organized. The revision is
intended to upgrade the recommended practice to a full standard, harmonize
the standard with current versions of IEEE standards as well as the Software
Engineering Body of Knowledge. The intent is also to address open issues
with the existing standard.
Designation: 1016-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1987
Abstract: The necessary information content and recommended organization for a software design description are specified. A software
design description is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design
information. The recommendations, which may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any digital
computer, are not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance, or to any
particular descriptive technique. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software.
Key Words: software, design, descriptions, Software development
Designation: 1016.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide to Software Design Descriptions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: The application of design methods and design documentation recommended in IEEE Std 1016-1987 is described. Several common
design methods are used to illustrate the application of IEEE Std 1016-1987, thus making the concepts of that standard more
concrete. The information in this guide may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any computer.
Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software.
Key Words: Software design process, Design view, Design method, Design entity
Designation: 1016.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide to Software Design Descriptions
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1016.1
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: LAN, software, design, descriptions, networks
Designation: 1017-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump
Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005
Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for
acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure
applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase).
Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible
pump cable technology.
Abstract: Procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable
systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase) and is intended
only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test
results.
Key Words: conductors, cable ampacity, cable testing, field testing,
submersible pump cable
Designation: 1017-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump
Cable
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985
Key Words: pump, submersible, cable, field, test
Designation: 1017-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump
Cable
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable
systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this
special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
Key Words: conductors, Cable ampacity
Designation: 1018-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three-
conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three-
phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The three major cables
by components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM)
insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor.
Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible
pump cable technology.
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable
are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene– propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, ethylene–propylene diene
monomer (EPDM) jacket or lead sheath, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and
conductor temperatures not exceeding 140 ºC (284 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of 204 ºC (400 ºF) for EPDM jacket or lead sheath
cable. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and
cable ampacity are covered.
Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly, cable construction, cable testing, field
testing, submersible pump cable
Designation: 1018-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump
Cable-Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985
Key Words: submersiblle, pump, cable, ethylene, rubber
Designation: 1018-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1985.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (EST)
cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is
rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors,
insulation, barrier(optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are
covered.
Key Words: dc hi-pot test methods, Test voltages, Test equipment
Designation: 1019-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three-
conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase
ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components
are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and
galvanized armor.
Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible
pump cable technology.
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable
are presented. The cable is round or flat, with polypropylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor. These cables are for
voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 96 ºC (205 ºF) for nitrile or a
maximum of –10 ºC (14 ºF). Conductors, insulation, assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and
cable ampacity are covered.
Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly cable construction, cable testing, field
testing, submersible pump cable, testing
Designation: 1019-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1985
Key Words: submersible, pump, cable, polypropolyne, insulation
Designation: 1019-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1985.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP)
cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The
recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205
degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by
the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered.
Key Words: testing, Cable construction, Ampacity ratings
Designation: 1020-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Small Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 1988
Technical Contact: Edward T Voelker, Phone:781-401-2455, Email:edward_voelker@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: May 17, 1989
Abstract: Descriptive material intended to assist in the planning for design, development, and operation of small hydroelectric
power plant control systems is presented. The controlled electrical and mechanical systems and equipment as well as the control
systems are covered. The aim, which is basically tutorial, is to provide a working knowledge of the terminology used in this
field and an understanding of the principles of operation of hydroelectric generating units. The control requirements are
addressed from an electrical standpoint. For completeness, salient civil features of small hydroelectric projects, are mentioned
and equipment protection and operation are discussed.
Key Words: Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: P1020
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:Doug.Seely@stantec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring
requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric
power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to address significant
technology changes impacting small hydro plant control issues that have
occurred since this guide was originally prepared and to harmonize
guidelines contained in this document with two subsequent companion
documents,IEEE P1010(D7,June 2002) and IEEE 1249-1996.
Designation: 1021-1988
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interconnection of Small Wind
Energy Conversion Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Guidelines and operating procedures necessary to connect and operate a small wind energy conversion system (SWECS) user,
owner, or installer with interface in parallel with an electric utility system are provided for the user, owner, or installer of
the SWECS. The interface between the wind system and the utility and the factors relating to equipment protection, power quality,
and the safety of operating personnel and the general public are addressed. Installation approval procedures are covered.
Key Words: wind, energy, conversion, interconnedtion, utility
Designation: 1022
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Acousto-Optic Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Dr. David L Hecht, Phone:415-494-4218
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983
Key Words: acousto, optic, acoustic, devices
Designation: 1023-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors
Engineering to Systems, Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power
Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Hamilton Fish, Phone:315-685-9106, Email:EMCInc@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: This project upgrades the existing guide to a recommended
practice for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant
human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power
generating stations and other nuclear facilities. This document provides
recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the
significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in
nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: This project revised the existing document to: Reflect current
industry practices; Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE
standards; Add technical guidance or references; and, Amend document type in
accordance with IEEE guidelines. This document provides guidance to
management and engineering personnel for the development of integrated
programs for applying human factors engineering to the design, operation,
and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear
facilities.
Abstract: This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (FE) to systems and equipment that
have significant human interfaces in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities.
Key Words: control room design, ergonomics, human engineering, human error,
human factors, nuclear power, nuclear facilities, task analysis,
validation, verification
Designation: 1023-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems,
Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 09, 1989
Abstract: Guidance is provided to management and engineers who wish to develop an integrated program for the application of human
factors engineering (HFE) in the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations. The standard covers the
program organization and applicability, the plant design aspects to consider, the HFE methodologies that may be used, and a
typical program plan for the application of HFE. It is applicable to new facilities or modifications to existing facilities.
Key Words: Nuclear power generation, Human factors
Designation: 1024
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (suspension
type)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The specification covers the requirements for dead-end
suspension composite insulators used on overhead distribution lines
operating at nominal voltages up to and including 69kV. The dead-end
insulator horizontally supports the line conductor. The suspension
insulator vertically supports the line conductor. Both are subjected to
tensile and torsional loads. The specification deals with composite
insulators havine a core with metal end fittings and a housing and sheds.
The core has resin impregnated glass fibers. The housing and sheds consist
of elastomers. The metal end fittings are aluminum, steel, or iron.
Project Purpose: This revision is being done in view of the technical advances
and service experience in the area of non-ceramic distribution suspension
insulators.
Designation: 1024-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Distribution Composite
Insulators (Suspension Type)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 26, 1989
Key Words: insulators, polymeric, distribution
Designation: 1025-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Concrete Pole Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1993
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Good practice that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed concrete pole structures for
overhead transmission lines is presented. Construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing
operation are covered. Some aspects of construction related to other materials use in concrete pole structures are covered, but
the treatment is not complete. The guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership,
design, and construction of transmission structures
Key Words: installation, poles, assembly and erection, concrete pole
structures, transmission structures
Designation: 1026-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of
Compatibility of Materials With Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and
Jackets
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996
Project Scope: To establish a guide for the evaluation of accessories,
components or materials and their effectgs on the semi-conducting system of
a cable.
Project Purpose: To provide guidance in the form of evaluation procedures for
normally known materials such as tapes, sealing compounds, cleaners, etc.
Abstract: A test method is provided to qualify various essentially non-volatile, highly viscous fluids or solid materials at 90
degree C, for use with high-voltage cable shields and jackets. A suggested alternative test method for more fluid and more
volatile materials is also provided.
Key Words: compatibility, semiconducting, cable jacket, cable shield, heat
shrinkable, tubing, high voltage jacket, high voltage shield, hot
resistivity, resistivity measure, immersion testing, polymeric insulation,
thermoplastic cable, polyethylene cable, TPE, volume resistance, resistance
, conductive jacket, cross-linked , polyethylene (XLPE) cable, extruded
insulation shield
Designation: 1027-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measurement of the Magnetic Field in the
Vicinity of a Telephone Receiver
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 1027-1984.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: The methodology for measuring the magnetic field strength in the vicinity of a telephone receiver is described.
Key Words: magnetic field, telephone receiver
Designation: 1027-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: Draft Trial-Use Standard Method for Measuring the Magnetic Field
Intensity Around a Telephone Receiver
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1983, BD APP: Dec 08, 1983
Abstract: A practical method for determining the magnetic-field characteristics of a telephone receiver by means of objective
measurements in a test connection is described. The method was developed in response to a need to specify the magnetic field at
selected locations around a telephone receiver, required for satisfactory coupling of hearing aids. However, the method is
sufficiently general to allow complete mapping of the magnetic field. It is also useful for other applications where knowledge of
the magnetic field intensity is required.
Key Words: magnetic, field, telephone, receiver, intensity
Designation: 1028-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2003
Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements for the methods to be
used during the evaluation of software products of the software development
life-cycle. The review process ensures that: 1) Progress according to plan
is assessed, based on an evaluation of product development status. 2)
Recommendations are provided for changing project direction or to identify
the need for alternative planning. 3) Recommendations are provided for
maintaining global control of the project through adequate allocation of
resources. 4) Evidence of compliance of products and processes to
standards, guidelines, specifications, and procedures is provided. 5)
Evidence is provided that specific software elements conform to its
specifications. 6) Evidence is provided that development (or maintenance)
of the software elements is being done according to plans, standards, and
guidelines applicable for the project. 7) Evidence is provided that changes
to the software elements are properly implemented, and affect only those
systems areas identified by the change specification. 8) Results of reviews
are communicated to developers, managers, and responsible personnel in order
to provide a history and provide information for work. The revision of 1028
will specify for the software review processes: the scope, the goals, the
measures for determining how well the process goals were achieved, any roles
unique to the process, the products to which the process is applied, the
conditions(s) that must be satisfied before the process can begin, the
standard steps to be followed in performing the process, the condition(s)
that must be satisfied before the process is considered complete, the
minimum set of results resulting from process completion, the measurement
procedure, the associated metrics, and the measurement data to be collected,
and the evidence needed to determine at a later date that the process was
followed.
Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems.
To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to
have disciplined methods for evaluating of software products as they pass
along the software development life-cycle.
Designation: P1028
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Reviews
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the
document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable
requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes
the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented results
of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the review
Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to
be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to discourage or
prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements,
and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within
this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c)
Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not
establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by
other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard
provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to
the reviews of software development products throughout the software life
cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard
applies and any intended deviations from this standard. It is intended
that this standard be used with other software engineering standards that
determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the
necessity for reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012,
1 but can also be used with IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995,
and other standards. Use with other standards is described in Annex A. A
useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other
standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012 were used to carry out the verification
and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed
until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are
encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028 would be “called” to carry out the
review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has
been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be returned to for disposition of the
results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012.
In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product
are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When
the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller”
for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item
lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the
responsibility of the “caller.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews
applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and
maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other
standards or local management define the context within which a review is
performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews
can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system
engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and
software), verification and validation, configuration management, and
quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the
goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their
defined procedures, scope, and objectives.
Designation: 1028-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard Software Reviews and Audits
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 29, 1989
Abstract: Definitions and uniform procedures for review and audit applicable to both critical and noncritical software are provided.
The processes include management review, technical review, software inspection, walkthrough, and audit. The processes defined are
applicable throughout the software life cycle.
Key Words: reviews, audits, Software quality, Software development management
Designation: 1029
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Digital Automatic Test Program Generator (DATPG) Output Format
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Michael Z Lowenstein, Phone:970-858-1399, Email:mzl@harmonicslimited.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984
Key Words: DATPG, output, format
Designation: 1029.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Waveform and Vector Exchange (WAVES)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 22, 1992
Abstract: This specification is an application of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). This standard covers the dataset
structure, header file, WAVES files, external files, execution model, and waveform semantics, and defines three standard packages
to support WAVES datasets.
Key Words: VHDL, WAVES standard packages, WAVES datasets
Designation: 1029.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard For VHDL Waveform and Vector Exchange (Waves) to Support
Design and Test Verification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of the project will be to bring WAVES into alignment
with the VHDL 1076-1993 standard. The additional task of improving the
WAVES language interface between WAVES and VHDL will be addressed.
Project Purpose: Waves is an application of VHDL, alignment to the VHDL-1993
standard is necessary. Current users of WAVES have identified defiiciencies
in the WAVES VHDL /INTERFACE, the project intends to address and correct
them.
Abstract: " This standard is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the development of electronicsystems. Because it is
both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the veriÞcation and testing ofhardware designs; the communication of
hardware design and test veriÞcation data; and the maintenance,modiÞcation, and procurement of hardware systems. This standard
provides the syntactic and semanticframework for the unambiguous expression and aggregation of digital test data and timing
information nec-essary to completely describe a test or set of tests for a digital system. WAVES digital test data (stimulus
andexpected responses) is described at the logic level. Voltage and current values are not described by WAVESand are beyond the
scope of this standard. "
Key Words: "CAD, design automation, design verification, digital design, test
vector, VHDL"
Designation: 1029.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Program Generation Information
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: 1029.3
Title: Standard for the Representation of Unit Under Test (UUT) Design Data for
Test Generation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 1030-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems:
Part 1 - Steady State Performance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 1984, BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987
Key Words: 1030.1
Designation: 1030.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part
1 - Steady-State Performance
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project for IEEE Std 1030-1987.
Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state
performance requirements of high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) systems. It
concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing
12-puolse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way)
connections. Excluded are multi-terminal HVDC transmission systems. Both
converters are assumed to use thyristor valves as the main semiconductor
valves and to have power flow capability in both directions. No
considerations is given to diode valves.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise and bring up
to date the previous ANSI/IEEE standard 1030 - 1987. The proposed document
is a guide for the Specification of HVDC systems and as such remains a
valuable reference for those involved in the specification of HVDC system
projects, both new and upgrades or extensions of existing installations.
Designation: 1030.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part II-
Faults & Switching
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: This guide will describe the aspects of HVDC system performance
under transient conditions during faults and switching and which are
considered important for specification of HVDC system performance.
Project Purpose: To provide guidance to those who prepare specifications for
HVDC systems.
Designation: 1030.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Specification of HVDC Performance: Part III Dynamic
Performance
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Project Scope: This is the third and concluding part of a Guide series on
specifying the performance of HVDC systems - DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE. The other
parts of this series are STEADY-STATE and FAULTS AND SWITCHING.
Project Purpose: To provide guidance in specifying the performance requirements
for HVDC systems. This technology is relatively new and will benefit from
clarification and organization of the important specification aspects of
dynamic performance of these important electric power transport systems.
Designation: 1031-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var
Compensators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2000
**This guide supersedes 1031-1991.
Technical Contact: Michael H Baker, Phone:+44 1785 257111, Email:michael.baker@tde.alstom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 31, 1994, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission staticvar compensator. The document is
intended to serve as a base specification with an informativeannex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses
to meet a particular application.
Key Words: "filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system,
TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR"
Designation: P1031
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var
Compensators
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional
requirements for static Var compensators in transmission substations, but
not those primarily associated with DC converter stations, nor with the
correction of disturbing load or phase unbalance. The scope will include
harmonics and loss analysis.<br> The scope of the document has
not changed.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to:<br> 1. Update in
accordance with present practices<br> 2. Expand information
needed to prepare a specification<br> 3. To provide an
informative annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to
meet a particular application.<br> The purpose has changed since
the last published document (please see Item #21, below).
Designation: 1031-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for a Detailed Functional Specification and Application of
Static VAR Compensators
Status: Superseded
**This guide was superseded by 1031-2000.
Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power
capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and
assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered.
Key Words: static, VAR, compensators, procurement, substations, SVC
Designation: 1032
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide to Establish Criteria for Work Clearances
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Project Scope: To document criteria for use in establishing safe working
clearances for all operating voltages. With increased use of compacted
lines, and with decreasing tower clearances at EHV, it is essential that the
safe work clearances be established.
Key Words: work, clearances, criteria
Designation: 1033-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Application of IEEE Std 828 to Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93.
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 24, 1985
Key Words: nuclear, generation, stations, IEEE 828
Designation: 1034
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Fire&Smoke Test Proc/Elec Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984
Key Words: fire, smoke, cables, test
Designation: 1035-1989
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Test Procedure for Utility-Interconnected
Static Power Converters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1989
Abstract: A test procedure that applies to single- and three-phase units rated from 1 kW to 500 kW and may also be applied in
principle to larger units is given. The objective is the measurement of electrical parameters at the ac terminals of the power
converter. The procedure may serve as a basis for factory or acceptance testing. It focuses on equipment that lends itself to
mass production and is readily interconnected to an electric utility, rather than on equipment subject to site-specific design
and testing. Test results may be used in evaluating or comparing different types of static power converters. Only equipment with
the primary function of delivering electric energy to circuits interconnected with the electric utility is covered by this
procedure.
Key Words: utility, test, code, power, conditioning
Designation: 1036-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 1993
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993
Abstract: Guidelines for the application protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power
capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and
assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered.
Key Words: Voltage control, Shunt power capacitor, Power factor correction
Designation: 1036
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings
of equipment used in 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 vac
and above.
Project Purpose: Use of existing standard has indicated some areas of the text
where supplemental information would be valuable to the reader. Closer
harmonization with other existing standards which cover similar topics and
consideration of fuseless and internally fused capacitor technology is also
needed.
Designation: P1036
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this document is as follows:<br> This
guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400
Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Included are guidelines for the
application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable
utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to
be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer.
The guide covers applications that range from simple unit utilization to
complex bank situations.
Project Purpose: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of
equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors
are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power
capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors.
Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank
situations are covered.
Designation: 1037-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard Terms and Definitions for Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW)
Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Abstract: Terms and their definitions for surface acoustic wave devices are provided. The terms and definitions are given in the
following categories: wave-ralated terms, transducer-related terms, and device-related terms.
Key Words: definitions, SAW, transducers, WAVES, Surface acoustic wave
Designation: 1040
Title: Graphic Symbols for Fiber Optics Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984
Key Words: symbols, graphic, fiber, optics, devices
Designation: 1041
Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to C62.23
Designation: 1042-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988
Abstract: The application of configuration management (CM) disciplines to the management of software engineering projects is
described. For those planning software configuration management (SCM) activities, this guide provides insight into the various
factors that must be considered. For users implementing SCM disciplines, suggestions and detailed examples of plans are provided.
An interpretation is given of how ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, can be used
for planning the management of different kinds of computer program development and maintenance activities.
Key Words: configuration, Software safety, Software maintenance, Software
development management
Designation: 1043-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society/Voltage Endurance
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound
Bars and Coils
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 1043-1989.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered.
Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, voltage
endurance testing
Designation: 1043-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society/Voltage Endurance
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound
Bars and Coils
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Designation: 1044-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994
Abstract: A uniform approach to the classification of anomalies found in software and its documentation is provided. The processing
of anomalies discovered during any software life cycle phase are described, and comprehensive lists of software anomaly
classifications and related data items that are helpful to identify and track anomalies are provided. This standard is not
intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. It does identify some classification
measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly.
Key Words: software, anomalies, faults, failure, Supporting data item,
Classification process, Category, Anomaly
Designation: P1044
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Card, Phone:321-779-8203, Email:eicjss@bellsouth.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard is applicable to any software, including critical
computer software, commercial applications, system software, support
software, testware, and firmware during any phase of a system’s life
cycle. This standard defines the minimum requirements for classifying
anomalies, as well as providing additional classifications for
projects requiring greater detail. The mandatory classifications are
the minimum requirements necessary to establish a standard terminology for
anomalies within or between projects and organizations. To accomplish the
classification task, this standard documents the following subjects:
a) Definitions of terms not provided in IEEE Std 610.12-1990 b)
A basic process (sequence of steps) for classifying and establishing
categories of anomalies relating to software products and providing related
data and information c) A standard set of categories and
classifications, either mandatory or optional d) A list of
supporting data items This standard identifies those essential
(mandatory) categories needed to establish a common definition. The
categories provide a common terminology and concepts to communicate among
projects, software development environments, and personnel. It is assumed
that all applicable classifications within a mandatory category shall
be used for compliance to this standard. This standard also provides
categories for additional detail that are not necessarily essential to all
projects. These additional categories are identified as optional. This
standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements
for using the classification scheme. This standard identifies
some classification measures and does not attempt to define all
the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. The
classifications are layered with greater detail in each subsequent
layer. For instance, in table 1b the Project phase category has two levels
of classifications, and in table 3c the Type category has three levels
of classifications. Each project using this classification
scheme may choose the level of classification appropriate to that
project. Only the first level of classifications is mandatory
for each mandatory category. The classifications in this
standard are not exhaustive. Some projects will have requirements that are
unique. It is assumed that in those situations the project members will
create project-specific categories and/or classifications in
addition to the classifications stated in this standard. Anomaly
reports generated using the classifications stated in this standard
facilitate the generation of statistics, trend analysis, process control,
and causal analysis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to update the standard to
include current topics such as Orthogonal Defect Classification, Defect
Causal Analysis, and the Capability maturity Model - Integrated. The
project will also evaluate the need for changes to the corresponding
guidebook IEEE 1044.1, 1995. There was no purpose included in the published
standard.
Designation: 1044.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide to Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: This guide provides supporting information to assist users applying the IEEE Std 1044-1993, IEEE Standard Classification
for Software Anomalies to decide whether to conform completely or just extract ideas from that standard. This guide will enable
users of IEEE Std 1044-1993 to implement and customize IEEE Std 1044-1993 for their organization in an effective and efficient
manner.
Key Words: anomaly, category, classification, software, supporting data item,
anomalies
Designation: 1045-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Productivity Metrics
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993
Abstract: A consistent way to measure the elements that go into computing software productivity is defined. Software productivity
metrics terminology are given to ensure an understanding of measurement data for both source code and document production.
Although this standard prescribes measurements to characterize the software process, it does not establish software productivity
norms, nor does it recommend productivity measurements as a method to evaluate software projects or software developers. This
standard does not measure the quality of software. This standard does not claim to improve productivity, only to measure it. The
goal of this standard is for a better understanding of the software process, which may lend insight to improving it.
Key Words: attribute, primitive, source, staff-hour, statement, Source
statement, Productivity ratio
Designation: P1045
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Productivity Measurement
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Peter C Baxter, Phone:540-372-4500, Email:pbaxter@distributive.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: Scope from the original IEEE 1045 PAR: This standard provides
definitions for software productivity metrics and gives directions for
selecting and applying them. For the new/proposed standard, the scope is:
This project will follow the scope of the existing standard, particularly
the definitions and techniques for determining software productivity. As in
the current standard, this project will provide adopters with a standard
method for quantifying the productivity of software organizations, including
the use of productivity for (new) software development, software reuse, and
software maintenance. The scope of this project does not require a specific
software measurement process (though one is referenced) or a particlar
software life-cycle model. This project will adopt the measurement
terminology and measurement information model of ISO/IEC 15939, using this
terminology to describe software productivity measures. Finally, this
project will provide an informative annex that demonstrates the use of the
ISO/IEC 15939 measurement process, activities and tasks for determining
software productivity.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the terminology,
definitions, process details and application guidance (of software
productivity metrics) such that it is consistent with ISO/IEC Standard for
Lifecycle process (ISO/IEC 12207), ISO/IEC Software Measurement Process
(ISO/IEC 15939). Further, this project will ensure that this standard
addresses the measurement approach shared by SEI Capability Maturity Model
Integrated (CMMI) and Practical Software and Systemes Measurement Guidebook.
Specifically, the updates (to this standard) will include use of ISO/IEC
measurement terminology, measurement process model and measurement
information model.
Designation: 1046-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Distributed Digital Control and Monitoring
for Power Plants
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: D. J Damsker, Phone:(212) 753-0034
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Alternate approaches to applying a digital control system, for both new construction and existing plant modernization
projects, are described, and their advantages and disadvantages are compared. Criteria to be used to judge the suitability of
commercially available systems for use in the power generation industry are provided. Terminology is defined, and the objectives
of distributed control and monitoring systems are described. The following system application issues are addressed: integrated
versus segregated systems functional and geographic distribution, hierarchical architecture and automation, control and
protection functions, input/output systems, environmental considerations, and documentation. The data communications structure
and the functions that support it are considered. Data acquisition and monitoring (the man/machine interfaces) are discussed.
Reliability, availability, and fault tolerance of distributed control and monitoring systems are addressed.
Key Words: generation, stations, monitoring, Power plant, Distributed
monitoring, Distributed control, Digital
Designation: 1047
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: MeasResistanceSemi-Conducting Jackets
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984
Key Words: resistance, semiconducting, jackets, measure
Designation: 1048-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003
**Supersedes 1048-1990.
Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: Revise guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for
persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of-
the-art information on protective grounding practices.
Project Purpose: The guide does not have the sizing of grounds or the treatment
of vehicles adjacent to utility power lines.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1048-2003, IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines"
Key Words: "de-energized overhead line maintenace, protective ground set
sizing, protective grounding, protective grounding practices, safety,
testing and maintenance protective grounds"
Designation: P1048
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Clayton C King, Phone:573-682-83821, Email:centralia@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from IEEE 1048-2003 and is as
follows: This document provides guidelines for grounding methods to
protect workers and the public from voltages that might develop in a jobsite
during de-energized maintenance of overhead transmission and distribution
lines.
Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance for protective
grounding in jobsites during de-energized maintenance of power lines. The
primary purpose of protective grounding is to limit the voltage differences
between any two accessible points at the worksite to an acceptable value.
As an IEEE guide, the purpose of this document is to suggest approaches for
protective grounding. This guide does not have mandatory requirements.
Following the suggestions in this guide helps to mitigate risks, and users
should take all reasonable steps necessary to minimize risks during de-
energized maintenance of power lines.
Designation: 1048-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1048-2003.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Apr 17, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1990
Project Scope: To prepare guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for
persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of-
the-art information on protective ground practices.
Abstract: Guidelines are provided for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized overhead transmission
and distribution line maintenance. This guide compiles state-of-the-art information on protective grounding practices employed by
power utilities in North America.
Key Words: Transmission lines, Protective grounding, Power lines, Grounding
practices, Distribution lines
Designation: 1049
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Safety Classifications to
Instrumentation, Control and Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1984
Key Words: safety, classiification, instrument, control
Designation: 1050-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2005
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2005
Project Scope: This revision will update the existing standard to incorporate
the latest design technology as well as reformat the document for increased
user-friendliness.
Project Purpose: Advances in control systems technology have raised new
technical issues as well as requiring older technical issues to be
clarified. Enhancing the document in a manner which mimics how designers of
control systems perform their design will greatly increae the value of the
Guide.
Abstract: Instrumentation and control (I&C) equipment grounding methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel
and equipment, and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations are identified.
Key Words: control, generating stations, grounding, I&C, instrumentation
Designation: 1050-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1050-1989.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Apr 04, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Abstract: Information about grounding methods for generating station instrumentation and control (I & C) equipment is provided. The
identification of I & C equipment methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment is
included, as well as suitable noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations. Both ideal thoretical methods
and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented.
Key Words: control equipment, generating stations, grounding, instrumentation
Designation: 1050-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**ANSI approval extended to 3/97.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1989
Abstract: Guidance for the design of grounding systems for instrumentation and control equipment specific to large central
generating stations is provided. The goal is to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment and
suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references. Requirements for the grounding of systems associated with the
interconnection of the station to adjacent substations are considered, since these are a large source of electrical noise. Both
ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Applications relating to
advanced energy storage and conversion technologies (photovoltaics, fuel cells, etc.) are not considered.
Key Words: grounding, control, instrument, equipment, generating
Designation: 1051-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Parameters to Characterize Digital Loop
Performance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 1/4/93.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988
Key Words: parameters, characterize, digital, loop, performance
Designation: 1057-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Abstract: Terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders are provided.
Key Words: waveform recorders, error sources, digitizing oscillo Scopes, Test
methods, Terminology, Performance
Designation: P1057
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: We are revising and updating Std. 1057. The revision will
incorporate work from the following: comments already received and those to
be received from a widespread solicitation of people using the standard,
appropriate material developed by the committee in writing a draft 1057
User's Guide, making 1057 consistent with ongoing work on the ADC standard
1241 and the Pulse terms and methods standard.
Project Purpose: The existing standard is due to expire soon. The field of
waveform recorders is still a thriving one, and a standard is needed to
define and measure performance. There have been many technology advances in
the past five years in terms of recorder performance and test methods. Thus
the existing standard should be updated. The standard is meant to be of use
to both manufacturers and users of digitizing waveform recorders to provide
standardized, well-defined terms and test methods for evaluating the
equipment.
Designation: 1057-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988
Key Words: digital, waveform, recorders
Designation: 1058-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998
**Revision project for IEEE Std 1058.1-1987. Will be bound together in 1
volume with 1058a supplement (app 9/16/98)
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
(Ref. Std.: 1058.1)
Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of software management
plans. A software management plan is the controlling document for managing
a software project; it provides the technical and managerial activities
necessary to satisfy the requirements for the software project.
Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme to prepare and present a software
project management plan. Revision to reflect experience of the past 5 years
of use.
Abstract: " The format and contents of software project management plans, applicable to any type or size ofsoftware project, are
described. The elements that should appear in all software project management plansare identified. "
Key Words: "management plans,software project management plans"
Designation: 1058.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Superseded
**Being revised as 1058.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1988
Abstract: The format and content of software project management plans are prescribed. By software project plan is meant the
controlling document that defines the technical and managerial processes necessary to satisfy the project requirements. The
requirements are applicable to all types of software projects and to software products of any size, complexity, or criticality at
any point in the life cycle. All forms of product delivery media, including firmware, embedded systems code, programmable logic
arrays, and software-in-silicon are included.
Key Words: project, plans, Software development management
Designation: 1058.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: software, project, management, plans
Designation: 1058a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998
**1058a will be published as part of 1058-1998. This supplement and the
base std. will be bound together in one volume.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software
project management plans as defined in 1058 and the content of such plans as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1059-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Verification and Validation Plans
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Std 1012 Implement guide.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Guidance in preparing Software Verification and Validation Plans (SVVPs) that comply with IEEE Std 1012-1986 are provided.
IEEE Std 1012-1986 specifies the required content for an SVVP. This guide recommends approaches to Verification and Validation (V
& V) planning. This guide does not present requirements beyond those stated in IEEE Std 1012-1986.
Key Words: software, verification, validation, V & V tasks, Master schedule,
Life cycle phases, Baseline change assessment
Designation: 1060
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
pw
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1061-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: Methodology for establishing quality requirements and
identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating software quality
metrics.
Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document; incorporate
lessons learned since publication from workshops, teaching classes based on
the document, and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with
related international standards.
Abstract: " A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, ana-lyzing, and validating the
process and product software quality metrics is defined. The methodologyspans the entire software life cycle. "
Key Words: "direct metric,metrics framework,quality factor,quality
subfactor,software quality metric"
Designation: 1061-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993
Abstract: A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process
and product of software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Although this standard
includes examples of metrics, this standard does not prescribe specific metrics.
Key Words: methodology, Subfactor, Software quality metric, Metrics framework,
Factor, Direct metric
Designation: 1062-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition
process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the
size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully
developed software.
Key Words: software, certification, Supplier, Software acquisition process,
Software acquisition life cycle, Modified-off-the-shelf software, Acquirer
Designation: 1062-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or moresteps in a software acquisition
process is described. This recommended practice can be applied tosoftware that runs on any computer system regardless of the
size, complexity, or criticality of thesoftware, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully
developed soft-ware. "
Key Words: "acquirer,modified-off-the-shelf software,software acquisition life
cycle,software acquisition process, supplier"
Designation: 1062a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This supl will be incorporated into the base std.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software
acquisition plans as defined in 1062 and the content of such plans as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1063-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001
**Supersedes 1063-1987 (R1993).
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum requirements for the structure,
information content, and format of user documentation, to include both paper
and electronic documentation used in the work environment by users of
systems containing software. The standard is limited to the software
documentation product and will not include the processes of developing or
managing software user documentation. The standard includes printed user
manuals, online help, and user reference documentation. It does not apply
to specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal
training programs.
Project Purpose: A timely revision of Std 1063 will update the existing
standard, which addresses paper documentation only, to provide requirements
for the structure, information content and format of electronic
documentation as well. The revised standard will address the interests of
software acquirers, producers, and users in standards for consistent,
complete, accurate, and usable documentation.
Abstract: " Minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user docu-mentation, including both printed
and electronic documents used in the work environment by usersof systems containing software, are provided in this standard. "
Key Words: "online help,software user documentation,user manual"
Designation: 1063-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1063-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 1989
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the structure and information content of user documentation are provided. They apply primarily to
technical substance rather than to style. Editorial and stylistic considerations are addressed only when they impact structure
and content. Only traditional documentation, either printed on paper or stored in some other medium in the format of a printed
document and used in a manner analogous to the way a printed document is used, is addressed.
Key Words: documentation, user
Designation: 1064-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Guide for Multifactor Stress Functional Testing of Electrical
Insulation Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 12, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1991
Abstract: A guide for developing test procedures for the functional testing of insulation systems used in long-life electrical
equipment exposed to more than one factor of influence in service is presented. Included are descriptions of technical problems
and practical possibilities that may be helpful either for guidance or as a check list. A sequence of action is recommended, and
details of the procedures required for the specification of such tests are provided. The emphasis is on realistically modeling
service aging in functional tests and making the tests as simple and practical as possible. Mechanisms of interaction between the
factors influencing aging are reviewed.
Key Words: stress, interaction, Multifactor testing
Designation: 1065
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Digital Bus for NIM Instruments
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: digital, bus, NIM, instruments
Designation: 1066
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: NIM Modular Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: NIM, modular, bus
Designation: 1067-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and 750 kV dc
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2005
Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:480-844-1033, Email:larry.schweitzer@infrasourceinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the care, use and
maintenance of conductive clothing used during certain methods of utility
live-line working.
Project Purpose: To inform utility workers of the proper use, care and
maintenance of these garments.
Abstract: General recommendations for the in-service care, maintenance, and testing of the conductive clothing worn by workers to
perform work in high voltage fields.
Key Words: energized, conductivity, clothing, maintenance, power lines
Designation: 1067-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý 750 kV dc
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 1067-1990.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1996
Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing,
including suits, gloves, socks, and boots for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý750kV dc.
Key Words: conductive clothing, evaluation, NDE, nondestructive test
Designation: 1067-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing
(including suits, gloves, socks, and boots) for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac.
Key Words: maintenance, care, testing, conductive, suits, conductive clothing,
nondestructive test
Designation: 1068-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1990.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: General recommendations are provided for owners users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of
establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality,
more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities.
Key Words: motors, repair of horizontal motors, repair of vertical motors,
rewinding of horizontal motors, rewinding of vertical motors
Designation: P1068
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the
Petroleum, Chemical and Process Industries
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of
electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair
facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in
the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between
a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers
reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction
motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less
and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the
repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic
design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and
reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are
the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection
required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like
machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory
Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific
or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines,
submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document
that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as
well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair
services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and
Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of
this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in
higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a
means of evaluating repairs and facilities.
Designation: 1068-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard is a reference document for owners of motors that need repair as well as for owners and operators of
establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher-quality,
more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides guidelines for evaluating repairs and facilities.
Key Words: repair, rewinding, Vertical motors, Horizontal motors
Designation: 1068
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Joseph K Armintor, Phone:281-364-5303, Email:jkarmintor@ra.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers general recommendation for the
repair of electric motors, both for users and for owners of repair
facilities. It is not intended to support manufacturers instructions or
contractual agreements, and applies to NEMA fram 140 and above, with voltage
ratings 15 KV and less, verfical and horizontal. The scope statement
remains the same from the previous PAR.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide
operators and repair shops the ability to achieve higher quality, more cost
effective repairs and timely repairs. This revision will address
improvements in rewind materials, testing instrumentation, and repair
techniques.
Designation: 1068
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of Electric Motors in the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of
electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair
facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in
the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between
a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers
reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction
motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less
and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the
repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic
design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and
reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are
the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection
required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like
machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory
Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific
or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines,
submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document
that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as
well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair
services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and
Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of
this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in
higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a
means of evaluating repairs and facilities.
Designation: 1069-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precipitator and Baghouse Hopper Heating
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations on hopper heating system performance and equipment requirements necessary to provide an economical and
effective hopper heating system are presented. System characteristics are described, and heat transfer analysis is covered.
Heating module design considerations are presented. Control, monitoring, and alarm systems are discussed. Insulation,
installation, operation, and maintenance are addressed.
Key Words: flue gas, Precipitators, Hopper heating systems, Fly ash removal ,
Baghouse hoppers
Designation: 1070-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration
Structure Components
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006
Project Scope: This guide will provide the industry with a generic
specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular
restoration structure components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the industry with a
generic specification that can be used by companies for acquisition of
transmission modular restoration structure components. This particular
design would then be compatible with the modular restoration structures
presently in use within the utility industry and allow the highly successful
plan of transmission mutual aid to be greatly enhanced. The testing
prescribed in this standard provides a high level of confidence between
manufacturers and/or suppliers and is intended to promote competitive
acquisition practices within the industry. This guide is not intended to
be an application guide for complete assembled emergency restoration
structures. However, the application and capabilities of emergency
restoration structures that utilize the components described in this guide
have been well documented by Goodreid and Magwood [B6],1 Rutty, et al.
[B11], Aristizabal and Cortez [B2], Lopez Tagle, et al. [B8], Pohlman, et
al. [B9] and [B10], Agrawal and Erickson [B1], and Schweiner, et al. [B11].
Abstract: A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by
electric utilities is provided.
Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy
plates, transmission mutual aid
Designation: 1070-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular
Restoration Structure Components
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988
Abstract: A generic specification, including design and testing, is provided for transmission modular restoration structure
components being widely used today by many electric utilities, both publicly and privately owned. It can be used by electric
utilities for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components, to ensure that the particular design is
compatible with structures presently in use within the industry. This would enhance transmission mutual aid. Testing is
prescribed to provide a high confidence level between manufacturers and/or suppliers and to promote competitive acquisition
practices within the industry.
Key Words: restoration, transmission, modular, structure, components
Designation: 1070-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular
Restoration Structure Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1988. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1996
Project Scope: Provide the industry with a generic specification, including
design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure
components being widely used today by many electric utilities.
Project Purpose: To make available to the industry a general specification that
can be used for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure
components. These components would be compatible with those presently in
use in the industry enhancing the transmission mutual aid to a great degree.
Abstract: A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by
electric utilities is provided.
Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy
plates, transmission mutual, mutual aid
Designation: 1071
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Telecommunications Dictionary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William B Wilkens, Phone:603-267-6524
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1072
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IN-Vivo Bioassay Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: in-vivo, bioassay
Designation: 1073-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Overview and Framework
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 1996
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: May 13, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: An overall definition of the IEEE 1073 family of standards is provided, describing the interconnection and interoperation
of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a manner suitable for the clinical environment.
Key Words: acute care, bedside environment, computerized healthcare
information, healthcare information systems, medical devices, medical device
system, MDS, patient care information systems, patient data management
system, virtual medical device, VMD
Designation: 1073.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Overview and Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of the MDDL standards is to define 1073-specific
information format and representation methods. This document defines the
overall framework of the MDDL standards, as well as information formats and
representation methods used in common across the P1073 family of standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the MDDL standards is to define the semantics
and syntax of information interchanged between application entities in a
1073-based system. This document provides application developers with
information sufficient to use the overall set of MDDL specifications to
model their applications.
Designation: 1073.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Common Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the common set of
definitions used among a variety of Virtual Medical Device object classes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a common
"library" of definitions in order to facilitate common language usage,
particularly the "nomenclature" and the general "terminology" and to reduce
the overhead of defining and evolving specialized medical device classes.
Designation: 1073.1.1.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Part 10101: Nomenclature
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2005
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for
communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary
emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs
information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented
information model that is for medical device communications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and
concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This
document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical
device data communication applications.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care(POC) medical device communication (MCD),
this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the
standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient
vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph
(ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized unit of
measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of
the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area.
Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication,
nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service
model terminology
Designation: 1073.1.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Nomenclature
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To define a nomenclature for object oriented data communications
for medical device communications. This project defines terms, attributes,
and objects for medical devices.
Project Purpose: To define the unique terms and concepts required for medical
device data communications. This document will serve as the data dictionary
for present and future uses of medical device data communications. This
document references and augments a European pre-standard.
Designation: 1073.1.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Generalized
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that
model a medical device generalization, or "Virtual Medical Device", which is
used as a basis for future refinement of more specialized medical device
classes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a set of
object-oriented definitions that serve as a basis for common communications
among a variety of medical devices, as well as a "toolkit" for defining
additional medical device specializations.
Designation: 1073.1.2.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Part 10201: Domain information model
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2005
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented
information model that may be used to structure information and identify
services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is
primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of
patient vital signs information.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object-
oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication
with specific medical devices.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC),
this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged
information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract
syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service
models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services.
Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided.
Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical
device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC,
object-oriented, patient, remote control
Designation: 1073.1.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Specialized
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that
are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes.
Designation: 1073.1.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Infusion device
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
patient-connected infusion devices or "pumps". It specializes definitions
provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format
standards, application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between patient-connected infusion devices and
other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations- Infusion Device
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Infusion Devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Infusion Devices.
Designation: 1073.1.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Vital signs monitor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
patient vital signs monitors. It specializes definitions provided by other
IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application
profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between patient vital signs monitors and other
medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-
play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Vital Signs Monitor
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the virtual Device abstraction. This standard
defines the virtual Medical Device abstraction for Vital Signs Monitors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Vital Signs Monitors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Ventilator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
medical ventilators. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE
1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between patient ventilators and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Ventilator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This
standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Ventilators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
dedfinition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Ventilators.
Designation: 1073.1.3.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Pulse oximeter
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
pulse oximeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between pulse oximeters and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Pulse Oximeter
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This
standard defines the Virtual Medical abstraction for pulse oximeters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major device classes in a way that maximizes the utility of
the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. The project will define the base object for pulse oximeters. The
development of base objects allows for standard applications to be developed
for healthcare.
Designation: 1073.1.3.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Defibrillator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
defibrillators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Defibrillator
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Defibtillators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for defibrillators. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturersand hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.6
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - ECG monitoring
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other
IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application
profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.6
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - ECG
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other
IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application
profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.6
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, ECG
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for ECG's.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical deviceclasses in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for ECG's. The users of
the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software
application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.7
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Blood pressure
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
devices that provide blood pressure information. It specializes definitions
provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format
standards, application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between devices that provide blood pressure
information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.7
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Blood Pressure
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for blood pressure.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for blood pressure. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.8
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Temperature
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
devices that provide patient temperature information. It specializes
definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data
format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between devices that provide patient temperature
information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.8
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Temperature
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for temperature.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for temperature. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.9
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Airway meter
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.9
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Airway flowmeter
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.9
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Airway Flowmeter
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Airway Flowmeters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Airway Flowmeters.
The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.10
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Cardiac output
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
devices that measure cardiac output. It specializes definitions provided by
other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards,
application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between devices that measure cardiac output and
other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.10
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Cardiac Output
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that
are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This
standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Cardiac Output.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Cardiac Output. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.11
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Airway gas analyzer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.11
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Capnometer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.11
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Capnometer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Capnometers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Capnometers. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.12
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Hemodynamic calculator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
hemodynamic calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE
1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between hemodynamic calculators and other
medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-
play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.12
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Hemodynamic Calculator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of defintiions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Hemodynamic Calculators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Hemodynamic
Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers
and hospital software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.13
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Pulmonary calculator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
pulmonary calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE
1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between pulmonary calculators and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.13
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Pulmonary Calculator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Pulmonary Calculators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Pulmonary
Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers
and hospital software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.14
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Respirator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
respirators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between respirators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.14
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Respirator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Respirators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Respirators. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.15
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Weighing scale
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
weighing scales. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between weighing scales and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.15
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Scale
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Scales.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Scales. The users of
the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software
application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Kernel Data Format
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the format of medical device data
language (MDDL) protocol data units (PDU's).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify mappings between
MDDL and the medical device application profile (MDAP) standards.
Designation: 1073.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Application Profiles,
Framework and Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1073.2.0
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Application Profiles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project is limited to service and protocol definitions that
are identified in IEEE 1073.2, "Framework and Overview" and are used by
related medical device application profile standards, e.g. P1073.2n.
Project Purpose: The definitions augment and in some cases optimize related
industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly
with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data
communication.
Designation: 1073.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Applications Profile -
Connection Mode
Status: Changed Designation
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1073.2.1.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-care
medical device communication - Part 20101: Application profiles - Base
Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will define the base message syntax and data
encoding for medical device application profiles. The definitions will
augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO
Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance
improvements for real-time medical data communication. It is limited to
upper-layer (i.e., ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services
and protocols used for medical device communication. As a base standards,
it neither defines application-specific content of messages nor specific
application profiles.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide the basis for translating
abstract message definitions, defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards,
into an encoded data stream that can be communicated between systems. It
also provides a common ("base") set of definitions that are used by
application profiles to accomplish plug-and-play interoperability between
medical devices and with patient care information systems.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is upper-layer (i.e. ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols
for information exchange under ISO/IEEE 11073 Standards for Medical Device Communications (MDC). This standard is the Base
Standard of the IEEE 1073.2, Medical Device Application Profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through CEN and ISO.
Key Words: abstract syntex, alarm, alert, communication, control, information
model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services
Designation: 1073.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Application Profile-Basic
Capabilities
Status: Changed Designation
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This document specifies the base standards, and any restrictions
imposed on those standards, to be used in the Applcation, Presentation, and
Session layers in connection-oriented medical device communications. The
information contained in this document corresponds to an International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) application (A-type) international
standardized profile (ISP).
Project Purpose: This document specifies the Application Protocol Data Units
(APDU) and the use of application, presentation, and session layer service
elements and protocols for use between P1073 medical dedvice applications
entities over a connection-oriented transport service. This document adds
the following capabilities to those described in 1073.2.1: Set Attribute,
create object, delete object.
Designation: 1073.2.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Polling Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard
builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE
P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data
formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It does
not define application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play
interoperability for those typically simple medical devices that use
polling-type protocols, where a managing system queries the device for all
information that is communicated. The profile is much simpler than others,
enabling implementations that require less processor and memory resources
within the medical device.
Designation: 1073.2.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Baseline
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data
updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are
available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base
MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving
application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set
of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device
specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards, and thus its name
"baseline". It does not define application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play
interoperability for those medical devices that use event-driven type
protocols. The key benefit of this class of protocol is that the
communication bandwidth utilized is only that which is needed. A managing
system does not need to unnecessarily "poll" the device for information when
it may not be available, thus resulting in more efficient implementations.
This profile also defines a more robust service model providing for more
complete support of the data model and services defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x
standards.
Designation: 1073.2.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Asynchronous mode
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data
updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are
available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base
MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving
application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-
1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical
device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables
devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed
and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define
application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical
device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic
capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange
information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards.
Designation: 1073.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications Transport File - Common
Subset
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1073.3.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Transport
Profile—Connection Mode
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1073.3.1)
Designation: 1073.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile -
Comnection Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a transport profile for
medical device communications, especially in acute care settings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment
and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994
version of this standard.
Designation: 1073.3.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile -
Connection Mode
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1995
Abstract: A local area network (LAN) for the interconnection of computers and medical devices is defined by the specifications and
guidelines set forth in this standard. The functions, features, and protocols of the intra-room communications subnet of a
bedside communications network known as the Medical Information Bus (MIB) are defined. This communications subnet is the
functional equivalent for the MIB of the Transport, Network, Data Link, and Physical layers of the Organization for International
Standards (ISO) Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI). This standard defines the services and protocols for the
MIB Transport, Network, and Data Link layers.
Key Words: BCC, Data Link layer, DCC, frame, flow control, HDLC, high-level
data link, MIB, Network layer, subnetwork, transport layer, Physical layer,
high-level data link control , device communications control, bedside
medical device, bedside communications control, Medical Information Bus
Designation: 1073.3.1a-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1/Amd. 1, Standard for Medical Device
Communications—Transport Profile—Connection Mode—Amendment 1: Corrections
and Clarifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1073.3.1a)
Designation: 1073.3.1a-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile -
Connection Mode Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and
implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was
issued.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues
with IEEE 1073.3.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation.
Abstract: This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standardfor Medical Device Communications--
Transport Profile--Connection Mode.
Key Words: "bedside communications controller (BCC), bedside medical device,
Data Link layer,device communications controller (DCC), flow control, frame,
high-level data link control (HDLC),Medical Information Bus (MIB),"
Designation: 1073.3.2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile, IrDA
Based
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2000
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device
communications.
Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and
protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for
IEEE 1073 applications.
Abstract: A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical devicecommunications in legacy devices is
established. Communications services and protocols consis-tent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined.
These communication servicesand protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected bedside medical devices.
Key Words: "bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical
device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP"
Designation: 1073.3.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-2, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Transport
Profile—IrDA Based—Cable Connected
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 (Ref. Std.: 1073.3.2)
Designation: 1073.3.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA
Based - Cable Connected - Amendment 1: Medical-Device Specific Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: Define and specify a medical-device specific connector for
applications that use the IEEE 1073.3.2 standard.
Project Purpose: Certain users and manufacturers require communication cables
that provide a unique connector specifically defined for use in medical
applications, such that there is no risk of making an inappropriate
connection. High reliability and ruggedness are also key requirements for
these use cases. This project will define a standard option for such
connectors.
Designation: 1073.3.3-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-Care
Medical Device Communication - Part 30303: Transport profile - Infrared
Wireless
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport
profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as
a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent
with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that
support IrDA-infrared communication.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection-
oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA
specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will
extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and
portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and
other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot'
connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The
proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity
Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification,
which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point-
of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP)
running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared.
Abstract: This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable fo medical device
communications that use short-range infrared wireless. Thi standard defines communications services and protocols consistent
with specifications of the Infrared Data Association, and are optimized for "point-of-care" applications at or near the patient.
Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data
Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device
communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time
Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless
Designation: 1073.3.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA-
based - Infrared Wireless
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Paul Schluter, Phone:414-362-3610, Email:paul.schluter@med.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport
profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as
a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent
with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that
support IrDA-infrared communication.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection-
oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA
specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will
extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and
portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and
other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot'
connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The
proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity
Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification,
which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point-
of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP)
running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared.
Designation: 1073.4.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-4-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Physical
Layer Interface—Cable Connected
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1073.4.1)
Designation: 1073.4.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Physical Layer Interface -
Cable Connected
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define physical layer
requirements for medical device communications, especially in acute care
settings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment
and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994
version of this standard.
Designation: 1073.4.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer
Interface - Cable Connected
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995
Abstract: A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the 1073 family of standards is defined.
This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from
the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information
between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified.
Key Words: BCC, DCC, device communication, ESD, HDLC, Manchester biphase ,
Physical layer, special function signals, high-speed frame encoding, high-
level data link control , electromagnetic noise, cable-connected medical
device, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Manchester
biphase encoding, Electrostatic discharge , Data Link layer
Designation: 1073.4.1a-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer
Interface - Cable Connected - Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Oct 20, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and
implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was
issued
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues
with IEEE 1073.4.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation.
Designation: 1073.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Internetworking
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This document specifies the standards for internetworking
between a 1073 Bedside Communication Controller and other networks.
Examples include bridges, routers, relays, and gateways.
Project Purpose: This standard will allow data exchange between Bedside 1073
networks and other information systems.
Designation: P1073.6.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application gateway - HL7 (ver 2.x), Observation reporting
interface (ORI)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:MelvinR@AMS-Consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE
1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may
interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical
device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that
there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those
which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and
within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes.
The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE
1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be
expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML
formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical
device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will
specify multiple 2.x versions of HL7 as necessary, along with usage
constraints and guidelines for each. HL7 version 3 usage is out of scope
for this project.
Project Purpose: This project increases the interoperability of HL7 based
systems that exchange medical device data acquired at the point-of-care. As
a result, system integration costs may be significantly reduced and the
usage of automatically acquired data increased, potentially resulting in
increased patient safety, increased quality of health care, and reduced
health care costs.
Designation: 1073.6.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application gateway - HL7, Observation reporting interface
(ORI)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE
1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may
interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical
device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that
there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those
which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and
within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes.
The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE
1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be
expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML
formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical
device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will
specify multiple versions of HL7 as necessary, including version 2.x and
version 3, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each.
Project Purpose: Though most point-of-care medical devices, especially patient-
connected acute care instruments, provide information that can be
communicated to an external system and ultimately used by many different
clinical applications, such as charting or electronic patient records, there
is no standard protocol for formatting and exchanging this information, and
thus interoperability requires protocol converters and data translators.
The IEEE 1073 standards provide a common means of communicating point-of-
care medical device information without requiring additional tools to achive
interoperability. This works especially well for device to device
communication that requires real-time plug-and-play data exchange. Many
clinical applications, though, use HL7 protocols for data exchange, and
often only need a small portion of the data set that can be automatically
captured from medical devices. Again, though, there is little
standardization in how HL7 may be used to convey information sourced from
medical devices, and specifically there is no single means for converting
IEEE 1073-based data into HL7-based information streams. Standardizing an
observation reporting interface between these two environments will reduce
the cost and complexity of deploying systems that automatically capture
point-of-care medical device data into HL7-based clinical applications, and
thus will allow this capability to be more generally used in clinical
environments, ultimately resulting in increased patient safety and quality
of care.
Designation: 1074-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2006
Technical Contact: Keith R Middleton, Phone:509-375-2686, Email:keith.middleton@pnl.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a process for creating a software project
life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at the process
architect for a given software project. It is the function of the process
architect to develop the SPLCP. This methodology begins with the
selection of an appropriate software project life cycle model (SPLCM)for use
on the specific project. It continues through the definition of the software
project life cycle (SPLC),using the selected SPLCM, the activities provided
in Annex A, and the portion of the software life cycle that is relevant to
the project. The methodology concludes with the augmentation of the software
life cycle with organizational process assets (OPAs) to create the SPLCP.
The activities that are provided in Annex A cover the entire life cycle of a
software system, from concept exploration through the eventual retirement of
the software system. This standard does not address nonsoftware activities,
such as contracting, purchasing, or hardware development. It also does not
mandate the use of a specific SPLCM, nor does it provide a selection of, or
a tutorial on, SPLCMs. This standard presumes that the process architect is
already familiar with a variety of SPLCMs, with the criteria for choosing
among them and with the criteria for determining the attributes and
constraints of the desired end system and the development environment that
affects this selection. Finally, this standard does not prescribe how to
perform the software activities in Annex A.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the process by which an SPLCP is
developed. It is useful to any organization that is responsible for managing
and performing software projects. It can be used where software is the total
system or where software is part of a larger system.
Abstract: This standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at
the process architect for a given software project.
Key Words: software project life cycle, software project life cycle model,
software project life cycle process
Designation: 1074-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This standard provides the set of Activities that constitute the
Processes for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-
alone or part of a system. (Non-software activities, such as hardware
development and purchasing, are outside the scope of this standard). This
standard also provides associated Input and Output information. The
proposed revision will differ from the original as follows: (1) The word
process will be downplayed, or order to better focus attention on the
Activities. Collections of Activities will now be called Activity Groups.
(2) All Planning Activities will now be collected into a single Activity
Group called Project Planning Activities. (3) The Verification and
Validation Process will be replaced by a new Activity Group entitled
"Evaluation Activities", which will include specific V&V Activities such as
reviews, audits, testing.
Project Purpose: To better enable software organizations to develop and/or
maintain software on time and within budget. It is envisioned that the
primary user of the revised standard will be the Process Architect for a
software project. This is the individual whose function is to select a
Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) for the project, create the project
Software Life Cycle (SLC), and ensure that this SLC is properly followed
throughout the lifetime of the project. The revised standard will benefit
the Process Architect by clearly defining his or her role, and the steps
necessary to fulfill that role.
Abstract: " A process for creating a software life cycle process is provided. Although this standardis directed primarily at the
process architect, it is useful to any organization that is responsible formanaging and performing software projects. "
Key Words: "software life cycle,software life cycle model, software life cycle
process"
Designation: 1074-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1074-1991.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: The set of Activities that constitute the Processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software,
whether stand-alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software Activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are
outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated Input and Output Information.
Key Words: activities, mapping, processes, software life cycle , life cycle
model, life cycle process
Designation: 1074-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: The set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software,
whether standalone or part of a system, is set forth. The management and support processes that continue throughout the entire
life cycle, as well as all aspects of the software life cycle from concept exploration through retirement, are covered.
Associated input and output information is also provided. Utilization of the processes and their component activities maximizes
the benefits to the user when the use of this standard is initiated early in the software life cycle. This standard requires
definition of a user's software life cycle and shows its mapping into typical software life cycles; it is not intended to define
or imply a software life cycle of its own.
Key Words: software, life, cycle, process
Designation: 1074
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Napier, Phone:253-265-6024, Email:j.napier@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing
Life Cycle Processes. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the
scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance with the revision effort).
The standard provides a process for creating a software life cycle process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the existing
1074-1997 standard to be consistent with other IEEE standards, improve
standard usability and incorporate industry best practices for software life
cycle development that have evolved since the original standard was
published.
Designation: 1074.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Selected topics covered in IEEE Std 1074-1995, IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes, are addressed
in this guide. The guide provides assistance with Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) selection, Activity mapping, and management of
a software Life Cycle (SLC).
Key Words: software life cycle, processes, cycle model, activities, mapping,
developing software
Designation: 1075
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1076-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 17, 2002
**Supersedes 1076-1993.
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002
Project Scope: Develop a standard computer language and environment for use in
the design and description of electronic systems from the abstract to
logical gate modeling levels.
Project Purpose: To provide a syntax, vocabulary and semantics for describing
electronic systems. The data is required to support the design, production
and maintenance of electronic systems throughout their life cycle.
Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the
creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development,
verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance,
modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the
advanced users of the language. "
Key Words: "computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design,
VHDL"
Designation: P1076
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This project will revise and enhance the VHDL LRM by including a
standard C language interface specification; specifications from previously
separate, but related standards 1164, 1076.2 and 1076.3; and general
language enhancements in the areas of design and verification of electronic
systems.
Project Purpose: The VHDL language was defined for use in the design and
documentation of electronics systems. It is being revised to incorporate
capabilities that will improve the language's usefulness for its intended
purpose as well as extend it to address design verification methodologies
that have developed in industry. These new design and verification
capabilities are required to ensure VHDL remains relevant and valuable for
use in electronic systems design and verification. Incorporation of
previously separate, but related standards, will simplify the maintenance of
the specifications.
Designation: 1076-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: Add mutual exclusion semantics to the shared variable feature in
VHDL.
Project Purpose: To address a language feature area that received a significant
share of negative ballots and positive ballots with comments on the
implementation during the successful VHDL 1076-1993 balloting. The working
group was formed to attempt to reach concensus on a better implementation of
the language feature.
Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the
creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development,
verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance,
modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the
advanced users of the language. "
Key Words: "IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition.pdf"
Designation: 1076-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2002.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994
Abstract: This standard defines the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all
phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, VHDL supports the
development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the
maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the
language and the advanced users of the language.
Key Words: token ring, access method, data transmission, token ring networks,
unshielded twisted pair cable, VHDL, Hardware design, Electronic systems,
Computer languages
Designation: 1076-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1989
Abstract: IEEE standard VHDL language reference manual - IEEE Std 1076-1987
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 1076.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 1999
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the
description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it
provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL
1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description
and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over
time and over amplitude.
Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and
simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language.
Abstract: " This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language forthe description and the simulation of
analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, alsoinformally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076-1993 (VHDL)
and extends it with addi-tions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. "
Key Words: IEEE Std 1076.1-1999
Designation: P1076.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard defines the 1076.1 language, a hardware
description language for the description and simulation of analog, digital,
and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS,
is built on the IEEE Std 1076-2002 (VHDL) language, and extends it to
provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal
modes.
Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and
simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language.
The revision corrects editorial errors and clarifies aspects of the
language definition in the 1076.1-1999 standard, and updates the 1076.1-
1999 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2002 specification.
Designation: 1076.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: Original scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily
designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems.
As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling.
VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the
description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous
behavior over time and over amplitude. The revision will correct
editorial errors and clarify aspects of the language definition in the
original document, and will update the document to reflect changes in the
VHDL 1076 specification.
Project Purpose: Original purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal
description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL
1076 language. The document is to be revised to track changes in
the language that it extends.
Designation: 1076.1.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions---Packages for
Multiple Energy Domain Support
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2005
Technical Contact: H. Alan Mantooth, Phone:479-575-4838, Email:mantooth@uark.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 16, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages,
compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1™-1999,along with recommendations for
conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models
of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition
of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple
energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are
intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain
systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this
standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and
applications.
Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 allow users to build
simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to
multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models
are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain
and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 provides a
mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any
standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a
subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of
natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written
in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors.
Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1TM-1999, along with
recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and
subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple
energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.).
Key Words: interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability,
multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability,
standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS
Designation: 1076.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This standard includes a 3.5" DOS diskette. Being revised by P1076.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1997
Project Scope: Development of a set of standard math packages for VHDL.
Examples are trigometric, hyperbolic, random number generators, etc.
Project Purpose: Many modeling activities need computation of standard
mathematical functions. IEEE Standard 1076 does not have defined as a part
of the language any standard set of mathematical routines. This will
correct this problem by defining a Standard mathematical set of Packages to
be used with the language.
Abstract: The MATH_REAL package declaration, the MATH_COMPLEX package declaration, and the semantics of the standard mathematical
definition and conventional meaning of the functions that are part of this standard are provided. Ways for users to implement
this standard are given in an informative annex. Samples of the MATH_REAL and MATH_COMPLEX package bodies are provided in an
informative annex on diskette as guidelines for implementors to verify their implementation of this standard. Implementors may
choose to implement the package bodies in the most efficient manner available to them.
Key Words: IEEE, math_complex, math_real, vhdl, vhdl model interoperability
Designation: 1076.3-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 1997
**Being revised by P1076.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Definition of a set of standard packages based on IEEE Std 1076
to describe hardware that can be synthesized using commercially available
synthesis programs.
Project Purpose: Only some parts of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language
(VHDL) are able to be synthesized currently. There are also no current
standards describing how to create these needed portable descriptions in
VHDL that can be synthesized. This standard will define a set of packages
to allow this portability of synthesizable descriptions.
Abstract: " The current interpretation of common logic values and the association of numeric valuesto specific VHDL array types is
described. This standard provides semantic for the VHDL synthesisdomain, and enables formal verification and simulation
acceleration in the VHDL based design. Thestandard interpretations are provided for values of standard logic types defined by
IEEE Std 1164-1993, and of the BIT and BOOLEAN types defined in IEEE Std 1076-1993. The numeric typesSIGNED and UNSIGNED and
their associated operators define integer and natural number arith-metic for arrays of common logic values. TwoÕs complement and
binary encoding techniques areused. The numeric semantic is conveyed by two VHDL packages. This standard also contains
anyallowable modifications. "
Key Words: interpretations, metalogical values, numeric VHDL vector types,
signed, synthesis, unsigned
Designation: 1076.4-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit)
Modeling Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001
**Supersedes 1076.4-1995.
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: To provide a standard method of modeling ASICs in VHDL. This
method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent
simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are
based on ASICs.
Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level
designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial
tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those
designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of
specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes
healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This
standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL which is a standard hardware
description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic
design.
Abstract: " The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification isdefined in this standard. This modeling
specification defines a methodology which promotes thedevelopment of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC
(Application-Specific Integrat-ed Circuit) components in VHDL. "
Key Words: "ASIC,computer,computer languages,constraints,delay
calculation,HDL,modeling,SDF,timing,Verilog,VHDL,"
Designation: 1076.4-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VITAL Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC)
Modeling Specification
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076.4-2000.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: To provide a standard method for modeling ASICs in VHDL. This
method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent
simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are
based on ASICs.
Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level
designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial
tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those
designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of
specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes
healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This
standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL, which is a standard hardware
description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic
design.
Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined. It creates a methodology that
promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit)
components in VHDL.
Key Words: ASIC, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL,
modeling, SDF, timing, verilog, VHDL
Designation: P1076.4-2000/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit)
Modeling Specification---Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Code
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Ajayharsh Varikat, Phone:+91-9810404071, Email:ajay@cadence.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct minor technical errors identified
in the last revision of the standard.
Project Purpose: Some implementers of the standard have identified minor
technical errors and have addressed them in their implementations. Without
corrections to the standard, conforming implementations may exhibit
differing behavior.
Designation: 1076.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Language Utility Library
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gabe Moretti, Phone:941-497-9880, Email:gabe@eda.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: Development of a set of utility packages written in the IEEE
1076 standard to aid in the development of models and to aid portability of
models across vendors.
Project Purpose: Vhdl is a broad harware description language that is
technology independent. Consequently, in order to obtain transportability
of models across segments of the industry, utility libraries reflecting
current design practices must be developed. This project will develop this
general utitility library.
Designation: 1076.6-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 2004
**Supersedes 1076.6-1999.
Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004
Project Scope: The standard describes a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL
RTL synthesis. It defines the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable
for RTL synthesis and defines the semantics of that subset for the synthesis
domain. The intent of this revision is to include a maximum subset of VHDL
that can be used to describe synthesizable RTL logic. This includes
considering new features introduced by IEEE Std 1076-1993, IEEE Std 1076-
2002, new semantics based on algorithmic styles rather than template-driven,
and a set of synthesis attributes that can be used to annotate an RTL
description.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a syntax and
semantics that can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to
achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools
use the IEEE 1076 standard. The original standard defined a syntax and
semantics that was common amongst all synthesis tools at the time that it
was created. The new standard expands the original purpose by including a
maximal subset of VHDL that can be synthesized.
Abstract: This document specifies a standard for use of very high-speed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL)
to model synthesizable register-transfer level digital logic. A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register-transfer level
synthesis is defined. The subset of the VHDL language, which is synthesizable, is described, and nonsynthesizable VHDL
constructs are identified that should be ignored or flagged as errors.
Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer
level (RTL), very highspeed integrated circuit hardware description
language (VHDL)
Designation: 1076.6-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076.6-2004.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL
synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) which
is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset
for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current
existing standards IEEE 1076, 1164 and 1076.3.
Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by
all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a
similar manner to which simulation tools use the current IEEE 1076 standard.
This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs
whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis
implementation by making their designs compliant with this developed
standard.
Abstract: " A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register transfer level (RTL) synthesis is de-fined. The subset of IEEE 1076
(VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis is defined, along with thesemantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. "
Key Words: "pragma,register transfer level (RTL),synthesis,VHDL"
Designation: 1076a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Supplement to the VHDL Standard Language Reference Manual for Shared
Variables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1076b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual -- Simulation Run-Time
Application Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing VHDL
1076-2002 standard by adding a simulation run-time application interface
(VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). The existing standard will be
unchanged. The VHPI is in addition to the existing standard.
Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation
tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and
additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. By reducing the costs of
supporting all VHDL simulators, it reduces the barrier of entry for
symbiotic tools and increases VHDL users' design and verification
productivity.
Designation: 1076c-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual - Amendment 1: Procedural
Language Application Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE
1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application
interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI).
Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation
tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and
additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools.
Designation: 1076/INT-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations: IEEE Std 1076-1987, IEEE Standard VHDL
Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 21, 1992
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: John Willis
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: A series of analyses of various problems regarding the interpretation of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL)
was carried out by VHDL experts on the VHDL Analy sis and Standardization Group, the working group that developed the original
IEEE Std 1076-1987. The results of these deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the VHDL community
reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: interpretations, LRM, VHDL, VHSIC, Hardware, language
Designation: 1077
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Design Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Key Words: design, management
Designation: 1078
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Info Model Descrpt'n Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steven J Piatz
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Key Words: language, information, model, description
Designation: 1079
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Circuit and Physical Design Description Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 3/10/88 StB meeting
Designation: 1081
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Appli of 730 to NPGS
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John R Matras, Phone:402-331-9131, Email:j_r_matras@RAYTHEON.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Key Words: nuclear, generation, 730
Designation: 1082-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Abstract: A structured framework for the incorporation of human/system interactions into probabi-listic risk assessments is
provided.
Key Words: reliability, analysis, human, action
Designation: 1083
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Production and Application of Light
Title: Recommended Practice for Illuminating Industrial Operation Control
Centers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kao Chen, Phone:619-451-9854, Email:chenkao@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Designation: 1083-2
Title: Digital recorders for measurements in high-voltage impulse tests - Part
2 Evaluation of software used for the determination of the parameters of
impulse waveforms
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**TPAR approved 10 December 1996
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Designation: 1084-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Being revised as 610.1 - expect to complete in 1992.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 (Ref. Std.: 610.1)
Key Words: mathematics, computing, terminology
Designation: 1086
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Renumbered as 610.11.
Status: Changed Designation
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Key Words: computer, terminology, theory, application
Designation: 1087
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Renumbered as 610.10.
Status: Changed Designation
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Key Words: computer, hardware, terminology
Designation: 1088
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Renumbered as 610.9.
Status: Changed Designation
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Key Words: computing, terminology, environment
Designation: 1089
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1092
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Error Rates Digital TV Lumin'ce Sign'l
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Key Words: error, rates, digital, TV, luminescence
Designation: 1094-1991
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Design and Operation of
Windfarm Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Jan 02, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Design information and procedures for the interconnection of multiple wind turbines (a windfarm generating station) with
an electrical utility are presented. Issues relating to the interface with the utility and the electrical system between the
utility and the individual wind turbines (intraplant electrical systems) are addressed. Recommended practices for monitoring
systems, protection systems, and safe operation for personnel and equipment are provided. Protection of the windfarm-utility
interface or the utility system, and the control or protection functions of individual wind turbines are not covered. The aim is
to facilitate sound and economic engineering design and safe operations of a windfarm generating station.
Key Words: windfarm, interface, station, interconnection, operational,
procedure, protection, windturbine, systems protection, Wind-turbine
generators, Systems monitoring, Operational procedure, Intraplant electrical
system
Designation: 1095-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors
for Hydroelectric Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1990
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990
Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this Guide, apply
to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA
and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines
having vertical shafts. All references made in this Guide to "generators"
apply equally to "generator/motors".
Abstract: This standard describes installation procedures for synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above,
to be coupled to hydraulic turbines having vertical shafts.
Key Words: Turbogenerators, Synchronous motors
Designation: 1095
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Hydraulic-Turbine Driven
Generators/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David J Parker, Phone:941-351-3927, Email:genpowerdp@ibm.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide guidance to
the practicing engineer on the installation of vertical hydraulic-turbine-
driven generators and reversible generator/motors for pumped storage
systems. This scope continues to be current and pertinent.
Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the
original work on the document in 1989. It is proposed to make revisions to
the standard to reflect new developments and options in power plant
equipment and to bring the standard into the most current format.
Designation: P1095
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors
for Hydroelectric Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply
to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and
above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having
vertical shaft.
Project Purpose: Large hydraulic turbine-driven generators are shipped as
components and completely assembled and installed at the site. The
installation, therefore, becomes a continuation of the manufacturing
process, and many of the operations involved are those that are normally
performed in the factory on smaller generators. Close tolerances must be
maintained in the fit and alignment of the various parts. The use of proper
installation procedures is essential to achieve satisfactory operation of
the unit.
Designation: 1096-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a Multiplexed High-Performance Bus Structure: VSB
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Shlomo Pri-Tal, Phone:602-438-3168
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 19, 1989
Abstract: Specifications for the subsystem bus of the IEC 821 BUS,
referred to as the VSB, are set forth. VSB is a local subsystem extension bus that allows a processor board to access additional
memory and I/O over a local bus, removing traffic from the global bus and improving the total throughput of the system. The
objectives are: to improve the performance of multiprocessor systems by allowing the design of local subsystems; to specify the
electrical characteristics required to design boards that will reliably transfer data over the VSB; to specify the mechanical
requirements to be compatible with VSB systems; to specify protocols that precisely define the interaction between the VSB and
devices interfaced to it; and to provide terminology and definitions that describe VSB protocols.
Key Words: multiplexed, high, bus, VSB, performance, Multimicroprocessing,
Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 1097
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: A standard for the Classification and Dilineation of Responsibility for
Carrier/User Protective Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985
Designation: 1099
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard for Grounding Communications and Signaling Systems, Facilities
and Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1985
Designation: 1100-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic
Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2006
Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-566-8355, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This document presents recommended design, installation, and
maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both
safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as
industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology
equipment (ITE) used in commercial and industrial applications.
Project Purpose: The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended
practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion,
stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the same problem, have
dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment electrical
performance and protection issues while maintaining a safe installation, as
specified in the National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70, 2005
Edition) [B1]1 and recognized testing laboratories’ standards. This
recommended practice is not intended to replace or to take precedence over
any codes or standards adopted by the jurisdiction where the installation
resides.
Abstract: The IEEE Emerald Book™ presents a collection of consensus best practices for thepowering and grounding of electronic
equipment used in commercial and industrial applications.The main objective is to provide consensus recommended practices in an
area where conflictinginformation and conflicting design philosophies have dominated. The recommended practicesdescribed are
intended to enhance equipment performance while maintaining a safe installation. Adescription of the nature and origin of power
disturbances is provided, followed by theory on thevarious parameters that impact power quality. Information on quantifying and
resolving power andgrounding related concerns using measurement and diagnostic instrumentation and standardizedinvestigative
procedures are included. Recommended power protection equipment and wiring andgrounding system design practices are presented.
Information on telecommunications systempower protection as well as grounding, industrial system grounding, and noise control is
included.Finally a selection of case studies are presented to support the recommended practices presentedthroughout the book.
Key Words: commercial applications, electrical power, electronic equipment,
grounding, industrialapplications, power conditioning, power disturbance,
power monitor, power quality
Designation: 1100
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Gruzs, Phone:614-841-2733, Email:tom.gruzs@liebert.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1100-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic
Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: Recommends design, installation and maintenance practices for
electrical power, grounding (including both safety and noise control) and
protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers,
and other information technology equipment used in commercial and industrial
applications.
Project Purpose: To revise and update the first edition of Standard 1100,
including the addition of information specificaloly for distributed
(networked) information technology equipment and telecommunications
equipment.
Abstract: " Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical powerand grounding (including both power-
related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive elec-tronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial
applications are presented. Themain objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflict-ing
information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the sameproblem, have dominated. Practices herein
address electronic equipment performance issueswhile maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature
of power qualityproblems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with prob-lems. Fundamental
concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting asurvey of the power distribution system are described. Site
surveys and site power analysesare considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems. "
Key Words: "commercial applications, electrical power, grounding, industrial
applications, sen-sitive equipment"
Designation: 1100-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive
Electronic Equipment
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Emerald Book
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-
related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial
applications are presented. The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflicting
information and confusion, stemming primarily from different view points of the same problem, have dominated. Practices herein
address electronic equipment performance issues while maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature
of power quality problems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with problems. Fundamental
concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting a survey of the power distribution system are described.
Site surveys and site power analysis are considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems.
Key Words: grounding, Sensitive equipment, Industrial applications, Electrical
power, Commercial applications
Designation: 1101-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microprocessors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988
Key Words: microprocessors, mechanical, core, specifications
Designation: 1101.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers
Using IEC 603-2 Connectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 28, 1998
Project Scope: To correct printing errors causing dimensional relationships to
be misunderstood.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to correct printing erros
which make IEEE 1101.1 incompatible with IEC 297-4 in certain areas of
dimensional relationships.
Abstract: " The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for
mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) andANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a
compatible range of plug-in units,printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to
ensuremechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guide-lines with attendant
advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturingcost savings, and distinct marketing advantages. "
Key Words: "compatibility, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units,
subracks"
Designation: 1101.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers
Using IEC 603-2 Connectors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 297-3 (1984), for mounting in equipment according to
IEC 297-1 (1986) and ANSI/EIA 310-C (1977), together with the basic dimensions of compatible range of plug-in units, printed
board, and backplanes are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensure mechanical function compatibility are
provided. This standard offers total system integration guidelines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and
development time and in manufacturing cost savings,and distinct marketing advantages.
Key Words: dimensions, Subracks, Plug-in units, Mechanical interchangeability
Designation: 1101.2-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Conduction-Cooled
Eurocards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1993
Abstract: Mechanical characteristics of conduction-cooled versions of Eurocard-based circuit card assemblies are described. This
specification is applicable to, but not limited to, the VMEbus standard, an internal interconnect (backplane) bus intended for
connecting processing elements to their immediate fundamental resources. The aim is to ensure mechanical interchangeability of
conduction-cooled circuit card assemblies in a format suitable for military and rugged applications and to ensure their
compatibility with commercial, double-height 16 mm, Eurocard chassis.
Key Words: dimensions, Mechanical interchangeability, Eurocard-based,
Conduction-cooled, Circuit card assemblies, Card slot requirements
Designation: 1101.3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Mechanical Standard for Conduction-Cooled and Air-Cooled 10 SU
Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: The mechanical design requirements for conduction-cooled and air-cooled modules of the 10SU by 6.375 in (161.9 mm) format
are established. The specification of dimensions and tolerances is intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of modules
within associated subracks. The basic dimension, frames, PWBs, materials, assembly, and chassis interface of single-sided and
double-sided modules are covered.
Key Words: Printed wiring board (PWB), Heatsink, Direct air impingement,
Convection, Conduction
Designation: 1101.4-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Joseph Toy, Phone:(812) 854-5933
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: The mechanical design requirements for a military module, format E form factor are established. The specificaitons of
dimensions and tolerances are intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of military modules within associated subracks.
Mechanical characteristics for military applications are also included.
Key Words: backplane, Printed wiring board (PWB), Module interface plane, 396-
pin connector, 250-pin connector
Designation: 1101.4a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Supplement to 1101.4, IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form
Factor, - Errata and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Supplement IEEE Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct various errors and
omissions such as incorrect dimensions and missing data, to wit: Refine the
extractor pawl interface dimensions and add force requirements. Change
Military standards to commercial standards wherever possible; re-dimension
wedge-clamp locations;\add requirement for perpendicularity of frame to
connector; correct mis-aligned figure (2a). Modify title to be consistent
with titles of other 1101. standards in this series.
Project Purpose: To supplement and revise IEEe Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct
mistakes and clarify ambiguities that are limiting users of this standard
from correctly implementing the design and construction of the SEM-E circuit
cards described in this document. To make this standard consistent with the
other standards in this series, i.e. 1101.5, 1101.6, 1101.8, 1101.9.
Designation: 1101.4b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Conduction Cooled Modules, Format E
Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.4-1993, to add new connector,
DESC 14933-93002, and the appropriate interface dimensions to the
specification.
Project Purpose: Several companies and programs desire to use this 372 pin
version of the connector currently specified in 1101.4, to support
requirements for added structural integrity, and the capability of adding
covers to the module. The mechanical standards working groups have decided
to add all connectors to extension documents to avoid making the main
document unweildy to use, and to make it easier to specify a particular form
factor/connector combination.
Designation: 1101.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form
Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4)
modules.
Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 MIL-
SEM-E (1101.4) module. Conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E modules are not capable
of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can
attain this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled
formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This
standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction
cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules.
Designation: 1101.5.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of
the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.5.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Exteension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of
the 372 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard.
Project Purpose: For eas-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will no
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.5.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5 detailing the application of
bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form
Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules.
Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 10SU
(1101.3) module. Connduction cooled 10SU modules are not capable of
dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can
attain far above this level of cooling with higher reliability than
conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and
temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based
on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules.
Designation: 1101.6.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.6, detailing the application of the
556 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.6 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.6 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.7-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Space Applications Module, Extended Height Format E
Form Factor
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995
Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a module
designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged,
conductively cooled environments. The requirements herein serve to specify
the mechanical design of the module.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of
dimensions and tolerances that will ensure the mechanical intermatability of
space and highly ruggedized modules within associated subracks. Modules
aspect ratios and materials/processes of current standards do not cover
needs. This lack has resulted in emergence of a defacto mechanical standard
for space modules, currently being produced by multiple companies. The
working group will define parameters to better accommodate high dynamic
mechanical stresses, limited thermal dissipation, and use of space
qualifiable materials and processes. The defacto space applications
standard defined by the Advanced Spaceborne Computer Module will be
encompassed.
Abstract: The design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively
cooled environments are established in this standard. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the
module. Dimensions and tolerances for racks, modules, printed wiring boards, backplanes, and other connector-related dimensions
that are specific to the use of 300-pin and 396-pin connectors are given. These dimensions and tolerances are designed to ensure
mechanical function and interoperability.
Key Words: module, space applications, SEM Format E extended height, Mechanical
interchangeability
Designation: 1101.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form
Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules,
including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other
dimensional details.
Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that
provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher
power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no
standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This
document will provide common interfaces for 10Su size electronic modules.
Designation: 1101.8.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.8, detailing the application of the
556 pin EIA E700 connector to the base 1101.8 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.8 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E
Form Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled Format E (1101.4)
modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other
dimensional details.
Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that
provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher
power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no
standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This
document will provide common interfaces for Format E size electronic
modules.
Designation: 1101.9.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the
396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the
372 pin DESC connector to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of
bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 428 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of
box/post connectors per DESC 14933-89065 to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.10-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Additional Mechanical Specifications for
Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.1-1998 Equipment Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 23, 1997
Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of
electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to
the 19" Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which
will ensure mechanically interchangeability of Subracks and Plug-in Units
based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4.
Abstract: A generic standard that may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to
conform to the 482.6 mm (19 in) equipment practice based on IEEE Std 1101.1-1991, IEC 297-3 (1984), and IEC 297-4 (1995).
Dimensions are provided that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units.
Key Words: dimensions, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks
Designation: 1101.11-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Rear Plug-in Units Specifications for
Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.10 Equipment Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: May 21, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999
Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of
electronics when equipment and installations are required to conform to the
19 inch Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, 1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC
297-4
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which
will ensure mechanical interchangeability of rear mounted Plug-In units
(Transition Modules) in sub racks based on IEEE 1101.1, P1101.10, IEC 297-3
and IEC 297-4.
Abstract: " Additional dimensions that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks andplug-in units based on IEEE P1101.1
(D1.0, 1997), IEEE Std 1101.10-1996, and the environmentalrequirements of IEC 61587-1 (May 1998-Draft) and IEC 61587-3 (May 1998-
Draft) are specified. "
Key Words: "backplane, compatibility, connector, inline configuration,
inspection dimension, plug-in unit, printed board, shroud, subrack"
Designation: 1102
Title: Fiber Optic Xmsn Loss Budget
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: fiiber, optic, transmission, loss, budget
Designation: 1103
Title: Meth of Optical Xmsn System Measurements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: 1103
Designation: 1104
Title: Meth of Fiber Dispersion Meas&Defs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: 1104
Designation: 1105
Title: Optical Pwr Meas in Optical Fiber
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: 1105
Designation: 1106-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2005
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design,
installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that
can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium
batteries. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries
should be replaced. (Scope unchanged from previous version.)
Project Purpose: The document should be revised to reflect the latest thinking
on maintenance of these batteries, and to resolve issues regarding the
capacity calculation method.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for installation design and for installation, maintenance, and
testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used in stationary
standby applications.
Key Words: battery tests, capacity test methods, stationary applications,
vented nickel-cadmium batteries
Designation: 1106-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design,
installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that
can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium
batteries used for continuous-float applications. It also provides guidance
for determining when these batteries should be replaced. These recommended
practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific
applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and
semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond
the scope of this document. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and
battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This document provides recommendations for installation,
periodic maintenance, testing methods and replacement criteria for nickel-
cadmium batteries. The practices and procedures described are frequently
not available in sufficient detail from the manufacturers.
Abstract: Installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the
life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float operations are provided. Guidance for
determining when these batteries should be replaced is also provided. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary
applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment,
may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, qualification, other battery
types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Key Words: flooded cell, stationary battery, vented nickel-cadmium battery,
state of charge determination, continuous-float operation
Designation: 1106-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988
Abstract: Maintenance procedures, capacity test schedules, and capacity testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and
performance of nickel-cadmium batteries designed for continuous-float applications are provided. Guidance for determining when
these batteries should be replaced is also given. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are
not considered.
Key Words: 1106
Designation: 1107-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation
Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Random-Wound Stator Coils
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: R. J Flaherty, Phone:410 820 7027
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Jul 08, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997
Abstract: A test procedure for comparing expected life, at rated temperature, of two or more sealed insulation systems is outlined.
The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using random-wound stator coils. It is the intent of this
procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions where the insulation is
exposed to conducting contaminants. It does not cover special requirements such as those for machines enclosed in gas
atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, or to submersion in liquids.
Key Words: stator coils, aging temperature, condensation chamber, environmental
conditions, exposure time, humidity exposure, insulation system, mechanical
stress, moisture exposure, motorette, prooftesting, random wound machine,
machine insulation, screening tests, sealed insulation, service life
expectancy, thermal exposure, voltage exposure, water immersion
Designation: 1108
Title: Elec Power Load Management Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: PA Bhagchandani, Phone:804-271-2877
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985
Key Words: 1108
Designation: 1109-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric
Utilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides a checklist and selected guidance, for persons not normally practicing in this specialized field,
of major technical design areas that should be considered when interconnecting user-owned and utility-owned facilities at
substations. Only medium- and high-voltage purchased-power interconnections are addressed. This guide does not discuss the
considerable implications of interactive power systems design and operation, nor does it present criteria or directions for the
design of substations.
Key Words: utility-owned facilities at substations, user-owned facilities at
substations, substations, Non-utility generation, Medium-voltage purchased-
power, Interconnections, High-voltage purchased-power
Designation: 1110-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications
in Power System Stability Analyses
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 2003
Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 2003
Project Scope: Review all 7 chapters of the existing Standard and determine
which chapters, if any, need updating or significant additions. Correct,
where applicable, existing typographical errors. Suggest, when necessary,
new figures, illustrations, or references.
Project Purpose: The modeling of synchronous machines for stability studies and
analyses is subject to continuing review and possible improvements. Both
parameter identification for dynamic analysis and accounting for generator
saturation must be included. Emphasis will be placed on discussing various
aspects of Synchronous Generator/Power System interactions.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1110-2002 IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications in Power System Stability
Analyses
Key Words: "modeling practices, saturation practices, stability data
determination and application"
Designation: 1110-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices in Stability
Analyses
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1110-2002.
Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models are categorized, along with the basic transient reactance model. Some of
the assumptions made in using various models, including the basic model, are discussed, and the fundamental equations and
concepts involved in generator/system interfacing are presented. The various attributes of power system stability are covered in
a general way, with two basic approaches being recognized. The first is categorized under large-disturbance nonlinear analysis.
The second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a
range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies,
both in the initialization process, as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed.
Saturation functions that are derived either from test data or by the methods of finite elements are developed. Different
saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle, depending upon generator terminal
conditions, are compared. The question of parameter determination is thoroughly covered. Two approaches in accounting for
generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field
parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling. Suggestions for modeling of
negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included.
Key Words: models, application, analyses, Synchronous generator stability,
Stability data determination , Saturation practices, Modeling practices
Designation: 1111
Title: Optical Switching
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Key Words: 1111
Designation: 1113
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1114
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Application of Risk Criteria to Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arnold Roby, Phone:(203) 665-3157
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985
Designation: 1115-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 2000
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Scope of original document remains unchanged. Supporting text
will be revised to reflect changes in battery technology.
Project Purpose: Newer nickel-cadmium battery technology has given rise to some
changes that affect many existing and potential users of this battery
chemistry. While the basic sizing method will remain unchanged, the
supporting text should be updated to accommodate these changes.
Abstract: The sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries used in full float operation for stationary applications is covered in this
recommended practice.
Key Words: "nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications"
Designation: P1115a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary
Applications Amendment 1: Additional Discussion on Sizing Margins
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins
that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary
applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling.
Project Purpose: Nickel-cadmium batteries are often used in stationary
applications where the ac power supply may be unreliable, resulting in an
increased frequency of charge-discharge cycling. The extent to which
available battery capacity may be affected depends on the frequency and
depth of cycling, charging regime and the specific cell design. The guidance
in this amendment assists system designers in correctly sizing batteries for
such applications.
Designation: 1115-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1115-2000.
Technical Contact: Bradford M Radimer, Phone:201 430 6702
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993
Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a nickel-cadmium battery to supply that load are described. Installation,
maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are not
included. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also not included.
Key Words: Stationary applications, Nickel-cadmium batteries
Designation: 1116
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1117
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Chopper Controlled DC Machines/Test Proc
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Designation: 1118.1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: Standard for Microcontroller System Serial Control Bus Physical Layer
Type C
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Goldschmidt, Phone:617 275-0300
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: 1119-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Guide for Fence Safety Clearances in Electric-Supply Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 10, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**W/D by Std Bd 12/10/96 - 97 Edition of NESC includes provisions that SS
the guidance offered in 1119.
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 26, 1988, ANSI APP: May 18, 1989
Abstract: A method for providing fence safety clearances for electric-supply stations is presented. The purpose is to provide design
guidance for the location of fences with respect to live parts within a station. The guide applies to electric-supply stations
with voltage between phases up to and including 765 000 V.
Key Words: Substations, Power generation protection
Designation: 1120-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Planning, Design, Installation, and Repair of
Submarine Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005
Technical Contact: Neal K Parker, Phone:425-462-3756, Email:n.k.parker@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides a list of factors to consider when planning,
designing, permitting, installing, commissioning and repairing submarine
power cable systems. While many factors are common to both power and
communication cable, this guide focuses on power cables.
Project Purpose: The existing guide is an outline of factors to be consider,
with few explanatory notes. It assumes the user is knowledgeable on the
topic of submarine cable systems. This guide is being revised so it will
have value to a broader audience, including the inexperienced engineer.
This is accomplished by expanding the breadth of topics covered and by
adding explanations.
Abstract: This guide presents a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, installing, and repairing a submarine power
cable.
Key Words: Submarine cable, underwater cable
Designation: 1120-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and
Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: This standard provides a checklist of factors to be considered in the planning, design, and installation of power and
communications cables in a submarine environment. It does not attempt to provide complete cable design criteria.
Key Words: Submarine power cable, Submarine communications cable
Designation: 1121
Title: Switching Power Supplies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Key Words: 1121
Designation: 1122-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High Voltage
Impulse Tests
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: To describe the necessary tests to be performed on digital
recorders to ensure they meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std.4
Project Purpose: To simplify the existing standard and to bring it into
alignment with the new proposals in the revision of ANSI/IEEE Std. 4
Abstract: " This standard defines the terms specifically related to the digital recorders used formonitoring high-voltage and high-
current impulse tests, specifies the necessary performancecharacteristics for such digital recorders to ensure their compliance
with the requirements for high-voltage and high-current impulse tests, and describes the tests and procedures that are
necessaryto show that these performance characteristics are within the specified limits. "
Key Words: 1122-1998_body.f5
Designation: 1122-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage
Impulse Tests
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988
Abstract: Digital recorders and digital oscilloscopes used for measurements during tests with high-impulse voltages and high-impulse
currents are considered. Terms specifically related to the digital recorders used for monitoring high-voltage and high-current
impulse tests are defined. The performance characteristics for such recorders, necessary to ensure their compliance with the
requirements for high-voltage and for high-current impulse tests, are specified. The tests and procedures that are necessary to
show that these performance characteristics are within those specified limits are indicated.
Key Words: Oscilloscopes, Measurement-system data handling, Impulse testing
Designation: 1123
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Guide for the Measurement of HVDC Ground Electrode Parameters
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Designation: 1124-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Analysis and Definition of DC Side Harmonic Performance
of HVDC Transmision Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 05, 2003
Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for
analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance
requirements.
Project Purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not
readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication
Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1124-2003, IEEE Guide for the Analysis and Definition of DC-Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmission
Systems"
Key Words: "equivalent disturbing current, filters, harmonic currents, harmonic
voltages, HVDC transmission systems, induction, inductive coordination,
interference, mitigation methods, mutual impedance, noise, telephone
circuits"
Designation: 1124
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: DC Side Harmonic/HVDC Xmsn Sys
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Key Words: 1124
Designation: 1125-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated
Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Steinar Dale, Phone:(919) 515-6000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1994
Abstract: Guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture control in gas-insulated
transmission class equipment (GIE) are provided.
Key Words: circuit breakers, gas-insulated equipment (GIE), gas-insulated
substations (GIS), moisture measurment, SF6
Designation: 1126
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: HVDC Transmission Systems Control & Protection Guide
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-241-2365, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986
Designation: 1126
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Control and Protection of HVDC Transmission Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-241-2365, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Functional performance of the control and protection of HVDC
transmission systems.
Project Purpose: To provide a guide for specification and control and
protection of HVDC transmission systems.
Designation: 1127-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power
Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Apr 29, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and
environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and
design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply
substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain
community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation
and telecommunication facilities are not considered.
Project Purpose: Approvals for new substations or even expansions of existing
facilities can be subjected to extensive review for community acceptance and
environmental compatibility. A variety of permits are often required by the
governing bodies before construction of a substation may begin. Concerns
are being voiced by governmental agencies and community groups in areas not
considered necessary heretofore in the permitting process. In some
instances, land acquired for substations years in advance of construction is
deemed impossible to build on under present expectations and requirements.
Abstract: " Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be consideredduring the planning and design
phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supplysubstations are identified, and ways to address these
concerns to obtain community acceptance andenvironmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication
facilities are notconsidered."
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 1127-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Safe and
Reliable Substations for Environmental Acceptance
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1986, BD APP: Dec 07, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991
Abstract: Significant environmental items to be considered during the design phase, the construction period, and the operation of
safe and reliable substations for environmental and community acceptance are documented.
Key Words: A-weighted sound level, commercial zoning, hazardous material,
industrial zoning, noise, residential zoning, wetlands
Designation: 1128-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio-Frequency (RF) Absorber Evaluation
in the Range of 30 MHz to 5 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jan 13, 1998
Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for RF absorbers testing in the
radiated emission frequesncy range, 30-1000 Mhz, and provide realistic and
repeatable figures of merit for the RF absorption characteristics of typical
anechoic chamber lining applied to a metallic wall.
Abstract: " Realistic and repeatable criteria, as well as recommended test methods, for characteriz-ing the absorption properties of
typical anechoic chamber linings applied to a metallic surface aredescribed. Parameters and test procedures are described for the
evaluation of RF absorbers to beused for radiated emissions and radiated susceptibility testing of electronic products, in the
ab-sorber manufacturer and/or absorber user environment, over the frequency range of 30 MHz to5 GHz."
Key Words: "anechoic chamber, radiated emissions, RF absorber, semianechoic
chamber"
Designation: 1129-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring and Instrumentation of Turbine
Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: A basic philosophy and guidelines are established for the design and implementation of monitoring systems for cylindrical-
rotor, synchronous turbine generators. Monitoring systems are used to display the status of the generator and auxiliary systems
while these systems are operating on line. The basic information needed to choose monitoring schemes best suited for each
application is provided. This standard does not specify actual equipment or instrumentation, but it does indicate some critical
areas where it is important to provide monitoring capability
Key Words: cylindrical-rotor, Synchronous turbine generators
Designation: 1130
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1131-1987
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard Cryostat End-Cap Dimensions for Germanium Semiconductor
Gamma-Ray Spectrometers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988
Designation: 1132
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: A Standard for a Versatile Serial Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ad Willemse, Phone:011-31-40-785-714
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986
Designation: 1133-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Evaluating Nonceramic Materials for High-
Voltage Outdoor Applications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989
Key Words: 1133
Designation: 1134
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1135
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Requirements for Primary Standards for the Fiber Optics Industry
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 1136
Title: Unguided Light Optical Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Designation: 1137-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation
Techniques and Application
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Project Scope: This Guide offers users assistance in controlling or modifying
the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire-line
telecommunications facilities in order to operate within acceptable levels
of steady-state or surge-induced voltage of the environmental interface
(probe wire) defined by IEEE Srd 776. The methodology, application, and
evaluation of results for mitigative techniques or devices in general are
addressed for all Specific Type A and Specific Type B coordination methods
also defined by IEEE Std 776.
Abstract: Provides guidance for controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire line
telecommunications facilities in order to operate within the acceptable levels of steady-state or surge induced voltages of the
environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Std 776-1987. Procedures for determining the source of the problem are
given. Mitigation theory and philosophy are discussed, and mitigation devices are described. The application of typical
mitigation apparatus and techniques and installation, maintenance, and inspection of mitigation apparatus are addressed. Advice
for determining the best engineering solution is offered, and general safety considerations are discussed.
Key Words: Susceptibility, Power, Noise, Mutual, Mitigation, Influence,
Inductive, Impedance, ICEP, Harmonic, Coupling, Coordination
Designation: 1138-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Groundwire (OPGW)
for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 26, 1994
Abstract: The construction, mechanical and electrical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, and test
requirements for a composite overhead ground wire with optical fibers, commonly known as OPGW are discussed.
Key Words: fiber optic cable, multimode fiber, optical cable, optical ground
wire, single-mode fiber, Stranded metallic wires, Rated breaking strength
Designation: P1138
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Fiber Optic Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric
Utility Power Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for optical overhead
groundwire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility
facilities.
Project Purpose: The standard provides performance and testing requirements
that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and
electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain
mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission.
Designation: 1139-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental
Frequency and Time Metrology-Random Instabilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 21, 1999
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Abstract: 1139body.fm
Designation: P1139
Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency
Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency
and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers methods of describing random instabilities
of importance to frequency and time metrology. Quantities covered include
frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of
frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain measures of
frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the
reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities,
especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters,
experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Basic concepts and
definitions, time prediction, confidence limits when estimating the
variance from a finite data set, and confidence limits for frequency domain
measures are covered in the annexes. The annexes also cover translation
between the frequency-domain and time-domain measures, examples on how to
calculate the time-domain measures of frequency fluctuations, and an
extensive bibliography of the relevant literature. Systematic
instabilities, such as environmental effects and aging, are discussed in
IEEE Std 1193-1994.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to update the existing standard on physical
quantities for frequency and time metrology. New measures (quantities) of
frequency stability need to be added to the document and some sections
defining quantities need to be expanded.
Designation: 1139-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency
Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency
and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Affects all documents dealing with the reporting or
specification of time and frequency measurements and instrumentation.
Project Purpose: Revision of 1139-1988.
Abstract: " Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and timemetrology is covered in this standard.
Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phaseinstabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase
fluctuations; and time-domainvariances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting
ofmeasurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recordingof experimental parameters,
experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. "
Key Words: 1139body.fm
Designation: 1139-1988
Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental
Frequency and Time Metrology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 23, 1989
Designation: 1140-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic
Fields from Video Display Terminals (VDTs) from 5 Hz to 400 kHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1994
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: Procedures for the measurement of electric and magnetic fields in close proximity to video display terminals (VDTs) in the
frequency range of 5 Hz to 400 kHz are provided. Existing international measurement technologies and practices are adapted to
achieve a consistent and harmonious VDT measurement standard for testing in a laboratory controlled environment.
Key Words: magnetic field, electric field, video display terminal (VDT)
Designation: 1140.1
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: Standard Measurement Techniques for ELF and VLF Magnetic Fields and
Electrical Fields from Desktop Computer Displays and Associated Desktop
Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles Abernathy, Phone:508/493-5641
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: To define standard techniques of measurement of magnetic and
electric field strengths from the circuits of desktop computer displays and
associated desktop devices. Measurement techniques will focus on primary
frequencies and harmonics as well as computer display horizontal frequencies
and their harmonies.
Designation: 1141
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: FORTH: A Computer Language Standard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Guy Kelley, Phone:619-268-3100
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: FORTH, language
Designation: P1142
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application and Installation of Cables
Utilizing Radial and/or Longitudinal Moisture Barriers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:jsnow@snowbuilding.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: The original scope of IEEE 1142-1995 was basically limited to
moisture protection guidelines for 5 - 35 kV power cable through the use of
metal/plastic laminates as radial barriers. A major revision is now planned
to include updated moisture protection technology along with a much broader
range of cable types and voltage ratings. Radial barriers that combine
moisture protection with shielding functions will also be included. Obsolete
technology will be deleted in the update.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide cable users
with the then current technology on use of metal/plastic laminates as
moisture barriers for medium voltage (5 - 46 kV) cable to prevent moisture
ingress and subsequent failures due to insulation degradation. While this
purpose is still retained, the expanded scope and updates will provide a
broader group of cable users with pertinent information on protecting cables
of other types and voltage ranges from moisture and other environmental
hazards along with dual electrical shielding applications.
Designation: 1142-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Testing, and Application of Moisture-
Impervious, Solid Dielectric, 5-35 kV Power Cable Using Metal-Plastic
Laminates
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1996
Abstract: The user of underground cables is provided with information on the design, testing, and application of moisture-
impervious, medium-voltage, solid dielectric power cable using metal-plastic laminates as moisture barriers. Information is also
provided on selection of jacketing materials and installation practices. Other types of moisture barriers, such as extruded metal
sheaths and bare metallic tapes with sealed seams, are beyond the scope of this guide.
Key Words: cable jackets, metal-plastic laminates, moisture-impervious cable,
on-core moisture barrier, pulling tension calculations, semiconducting
jackets, sidewall bearing pressure (SWBP) test, under-jacket moisture
barrier, water blocking, water-swellable powders, water-swellable tapes
Designation: 1143-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 1995
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995
Abstract: A concise overview of shielding options for various types of interference and recommendations on shielding practices,
including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods, are provided.
Key Words: grounding methods, interference, low voltage cables, shielding
practice, terminating methods
Designation: P1143
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This function of this guide on shielding practice for low
voltage cables is to inform and familiarize the reader with shielding
practice. Overviews of shielding practice, systems and test methods are
provided. These tests may not be standardized; however, they are included to
inform the reader and provide an overview as to what has been done to
characterize shielding. This guide provides the following: a review
of shielding techniques to control electrostatic and electromagnetic
interference for varying types of low voltage cable used for power, control
and instrumentation services, including signal and communications cable; an
overview of the functional characteristics of various types of shielding;
suggested tests or techniques for measuring shielding effectiveness;
recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating
and grounding methods.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this guide is to show how shielding can
minimize the effects of electrostatic and electromagnetic interference. A
secondary purpose is to provide recommendations on shielding practice for
various applications including suggestions on terminating and grounding
methods.
Designation: 1144-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for sizing
nickel/cadmium batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems.
Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of
battery types other than nickel/cadmium are beyond the scope of this
document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electric systems
associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers
in siziing nickel/cadmium batteries for residential, commercial, and
industrial PV systems.
Abstract: A method for sizing nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic
(PV) systems is described.
Key Words: battery sizing, nickel-cadmium batteries, terrestrial photovoltaic
(PV) systems
Designation: 1145-1990
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1145-1999.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Oct 01, 1990
Abstract: Safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and
maintaining pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Disposal and
recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems,
regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems.
Key Words: Batteries, Installation, Photovoltaic power systems, Nickel-cadmium
battery, Battery maintenance, Battery installation
Designation: 1145-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Installation and Maintenance of
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides safety precautions,
installation design considerations, and procedures for commissioning,
maintenance, and storage of pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage
batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems. Disposal and recycling
recommendations are also discussed. While this document gives general
recommended practices, battery manufacturers can provide specific
instructions for battery installation and maintenance.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist nickel-cadmium
battery users to properly store, install, and maintain nickel-cadmium
batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV)
systems.
Abstract: " Safety precautions; installation design considerations; and procedures for receiving,storing, commissioning, and
maintaining pocket- and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteriesfor photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Disposal
and recycling recommendations arealso discussed. This recommended practice applies to all PV power systems, regardless of size
orapplication, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. "
Key Words: "battery installation,battery maintenance,nickel-cadmium
battery,photovoltaic (PV) power systems"
Designation: 1146
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Grounding of Batteries & Battery Subsystems in PV Systems/Recommended
Practice
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A Levins, Phone:516-271-6200
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Designation: 1147-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006
Project Scope: This guide describes alternatives that hydroelectric power plant
owners should consider when undertaking a rehabilitation of the facilities.
It is useful in ensuring that potential improvements are not overlooked in
the owner’s process.
Project Purpose: This guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field
of hydroelectric power for the purpose of providing guidance in the
decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric
power plants.
Abstract: This guide is intended for the hydroelectric power industry to assist hydroelectric power plant owners, operators, and
designers in the economic (feasibility) and technical evaluation (electrical aspects) of existing hydroelectric installations for
rehabilitation. It addresses conventional hydropower. Portions of this guide are relevant to pumped storage but the unique
features of pumped storage are not covered. Feasibility study results may indicate redevelopment of the site. Redevelopment will
not be treated in detail in this guide. This guide covers all generating equipment up to and including the main transformer and
typical auxiliary equipment.
Key Words: cable and raceway, compressed air, control, crane, drainage,
excitation, fire protection, generator, governor, grounding heating,
hydroelectric, lighting, lubrication, machine shop,plant security,
protection, rehabilitation, telephone, transformer, turbine, UPS,
ventilating and air conditioning, water
Designation: 1147-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: This Guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plant design for the purpose of
providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. It covers
general assessment considerations, rehabilitation of waterways, and rehabilitation of equipment. An extensive bibliography is
included.
Key Words: rehabilitation, Hydroelectric power plant
Designation: 1148
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment and Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Prepare a guide that will provide information, identify
equipment and structure, and discuss various conditions under whihc cathodic
protection can be utilized to minimize corrosion. Various cathodic
protection systems will also be discussed in reference to their
applicability for power plant equipment.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for corrosion protection of power plant
equipment and structures by means of cathodic protection. Corrosion
protection is critical to the longevity of buried facilities.
Designation: 1148
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment & Structures/Recommended
Practice
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Designation: 1149
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Testability Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gordon Robinson, Phone:510-623-5139, Email:gordon_robinson@3mts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: testability, bus
Designation: 1149.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2001
**Supersedes 1149.1-1990, 1149.1a-1993, and 1149.1b-1994.
Technical Contact: Chris J Clark, Phone:603-868-7116, Email:cjclark@intellitech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Corrections, clarifications and enhancements of IEEE Std 1149.1a
and Std. 1149.1b. Combine these two standards into one document.
Project Purpose: As technology has changed, the original 1149.1 standard does
not address the new needs of the end users. The purpose of this PAR is to
address these new needs in the IEEE 1149.1 standard. The intended users are
silicon vendors, silicon designers, board and system electronic
manufacturers and test equiment manufacturers. The benefits are additional
capabilities and ease-of-use of 1149.1 for the current technology of mix-
signal devices, differential logic and programmable devices.
Abstract: " Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, andsupport of assembled
printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interfacethrough which instructions and test data are
communicated. A set of test features is defined,including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to
a minimum setof instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Also, a languageis defined that
allows rigorous description of the component-specific aspects of such testabilityfeatures. "
Key Words: "boundary scan, boundary-scan architecture, Boundary-Scan
Description Language, boundary-scan register, BSDL, circuit boards,
circuitry, integrated circuit, printed circuit boards, TAP, test, test
access port, VHDL, VHSIC Hardware Description Language"
Designation: 1149.1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1149. Superseded by 1149.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1988, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 1990
Abstract: Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled
printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are
communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond
to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards.
Key Words: testability, bus, architecture, Test ports, Printed circuit boards,
Circuitry, Circuit boards, Boundary-scan register
Designation: 1149.1a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
(1149.1)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1149.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: A test access port and boundary-scan architecture for digital integrated circuits and for the digital portions of mixed
analog/digital integrated circuits are discussed. These facilities seek to provide a solution to the problem of testing assembled
printed circuit boards and other products based on highly complex digital integrated circuits and high-density, surface-mounting
assembly techniques. The facilities also provide a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features built into the
digital integrated circuits themselves. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are
communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, so that the component is able to respond to
a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. (This publication includes
IEEE 1149.1a-1993.)
Key Words: boundary-scan, register, circuit, boards, circuitry, printed, test,
ports
Designation: 1149.1b-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan
Architecture (1149.1)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1149.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 1995
Abstract: A language to describe components that conform to IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 is described in this supplement. The language is
based on the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). General characteristics, the overall structure of a boundary-scan
description language (BSDL) description, special cases, and example packages are included.
Key Words: boundary scan architure, description language, BSDL, test access
port, VHDL, VHSIC Harware Description
Designation: 1149.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Shared Input/Output Scan Test Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project for Std 1149.
Technical Contact: Bulent Dervisoglu, Phone:415-390-2958, Email:bulent@sgi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a scan-based test
architecture for integrated circuit components that allows re-use of
functional memory elements as part of an I/O-Scan register and also allows
the use of a combinational decoder and/or the IEEE 1148.1 Tap Controller as
the access mechanism to the components test features. Test features shall
be defined to enable coding of intercomponent connections as well as the
testing of the component itself.
Project Purpose: This project addresses a need seen by many integrated circuit
component designers and manufacturers who are unable to provide dedicated
circuitry to support test features but wish to use shared logic to do so.
Use of shared I/O cells enables component designers to meet their
performance and test overhead objectives. Thus, by allowing designers to
meet their test objectives without sacrificing performance this standard
will extend the use of established scan/boundary-scan techniques for testing
components and component assemblies. Furthermore, by providing solutions to
address shortcomings of existing techniques and standards, this standard
will extend the use of common test techniques and methods.
Key Words: testability, bus, serial, digital, interface
Designation: 1149.4-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 20, 2000
Technical Contact: Adam Cron, Phone:610-530-0780, Email:a.cron@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1999
Project Scope: Interface system between mixed-signal electronic components,
assemblies, and systems, and external or built-in-test equipment to provide
those components, assemblies, and systems with testability attributes.
Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and
characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be
implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal
designs and to support mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to
reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality.
Abstract: " The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 has beenextended to provide similar
facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, togetherwith the means of control of and access to both
analog and digital test data. Sample implementationand application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for
illustration. "
Key Words: IEEE Std 1149.4-1999.pdf
Designation: 1149.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Mixed-Signal Test Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Adam Osseiran, Phone:+41-21-8031194, Email:a.osseiran@ecu.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The Project defines standardized test features to allow mixed-
signal (analog or digital) electronic components, Printed Circuit Assemblies
or electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test
equipment for interconnect test, parametric test and internal test.
Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and
characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be
implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal
designs and to support mixed-signal built-in-test structures in order to
reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality.
Designation: P1149.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Bambang Suparjo, Phone:503-685-7084, Email:bambang_suparjo@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines a mixed-signal test bus architecture that
provides the means of control and access to both analog and digital test
signals such that the testability structure for digital circuits described
in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended effectively to provide similar
facilities for mixed-signal circuits. In addition to testing of
interconnections in the conventional sense of IEEE 1149.1-2001, the mixed-
signal test bus defined by this standard also provides the means for
parametric testing and, optionally, the means to access internal test
structures. The standard does not mandate implementation details of the test
circuitry, although examples of conformant implementations are given for
illustration. Further, the standard develops extensions to Boundary-
Scan Description Language (BSDL) as a means of describing key aspects of the
implementation of this standard within a particular component. At present,
the extensions to BSDL defined by this standard specifically omit the
description of any and all analog parameters defined by the standard.
Project Purpose: Where structures defined by this standard are incorporated
into mixed-signal circuits, the testability problems posed by such circuits
are mitigated by way of improving the controllability and observability of
mixed-signal designs and supporting mixed-signal built-in test structures in
order to reduce both test development time and testing costs and to improve
test quality. In particular, these standardized test features allow mixed-
signal (analog and/or digital) electronic components, printed circuit
assemblies, and electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in
test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test, and internal test.
A further purpose of this standard is to define the descriptive elements of
BSDL and specified extensions sufficient to support the development of
automated test algorithms used for testing interconnections between devices
that adhere to this standard and, where practical, between such devices
intermixed with devices that incorporate IEEE Std 1149.1 or IEEE Std 1149.6
as well. The descriptive elements defined by this standard also largely
support the automated construction of analog tests for external components
attached to or between components that implement this standard with the
caveat that such tests may subsequently require modification to account for
undocumented analog features within the conformant components.
Designation: 1149.5-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Module Test and Maintenance Bus (MTM-Bus) Protocol
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Patrick McHugh, Phone:888-694-2641, Email:patrick.f.mchugh@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Aug 14, 1995, ANSI APP: May 07, 1996
Abstract: This Standard specifies a serial, backplane, test and maintenance bus (MTM-Bus) that can be used to integrate modules
from different design teams or vendors into testable and maintainable subsystems. Physical, link, and command layers are
specified. Standard interface protocol and commands can be used to provide the basic test and maintenance features needed for a
module as well as access to on-module assets (memory, peripherials, etc.) and IEEE Std 1149.1 boundary-scan. Standard commands
and functions support fault isolation to individual modules and test of backplane interconnect between modules.
Key Words: backplane bus, boundary scan, built in self test, maintenance, MTM
bus, subsystem, system diagnostics, system test
Designation: 1149.6-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003
Technical Contact: William Eklow, Phone:408-527-0512, Email:beklow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define an extension to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001
to standardize the boundary scan structures and methods required to ensure
simple, robust, and minimally intrusive boundary scan testing of advanced
digital networks not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially
those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both, in parallel with
IEEE Std. 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction
with IEEE Std. 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This
project will be complementary to IEEE 1149.4, specifically targeting
parallel testing of advanced digital networks while IEEE1149.4 focuses on
serial testing of more traditional analog networks. This project will also
specify any software or BSDL extensions to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 which are
required to support this new I/O test structure.
Project Purpose: Existing boundary scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001,
IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999) do not fully address some of the increasingly common,
newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled differential
interconnections on very high speed (1+ GBps) digital data paths. IEEE Std.
1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC-
coupled), single ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC-
coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals.
Differential networks are also inadequately tested by the current IEEE Std.
1149.1-2001, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between
the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an
unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells
before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this
reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board
assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 structures and
methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not
able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std.
1149.4-1999 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time varying) or
analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing
are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count)
for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test
application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits.
Finally, very high-speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures
that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. This project will define
standard, robust, and minimally intrusive test structures and methods that
provide greater detection and diagnostic capability than existing structures
and methods for these classes of digital networks. The project will address
the physical interface between components, the protocol for sending test
data between components and the boundary scan interface. The project will
also address any software and BSDL changes that are required to support this
proposed standard.
Abstract: This standard augments IEEE Std 1149.1 to improve the ability for testing differentialand/or ac-coupled interconnections
between integrated circuits on circuit boards and systems.
Key Words: "AC-coupled signaling,Boundary-Scan,circuit boards,differential
signaling,integratedcircuits,interconnect test,printed circuit boards,test"
Designation: P1149.7
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Reduced-pin and Enhanced-functionality Test Access Port and
Boundary Scan Architecture
Status: New Standard Project
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Tom Vial, Phone:+33 4 93 22 15 81, Email:t-vial@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: The standard will define a link between IEEE Std 1149.1 - 2001,
IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture interfaces in
Debug and Test Systems (DTS) and IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces in Target
Systems (TS). The link defined by this standard introduces an additional
layer between these legacy interfaces. This layer may be viewed as an
adapter that provides new functionality and features while preserving all
elements of the original IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces. The standard
will define the link behavior (including timing characteristics of signals),
protocols, and functionality of the adapters deployed within the DTS and TS.
The standard will not modify or create inconsistencies with IEEE 1149.1
(JTAG). The standard will define a superset of the IEEE 1149.1 specification
and achieve compliance with the IEEE 1149.1 standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a debug and test
interface which meets an expanding set of challenges facing debug and test
systems (many which have emerged since the inception of the original IEEE
1149.1) while preserving the hardware and software investments of the many
industries currently using IEEE 1149.1.
IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Designation: 1150-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Integrating Power Plant Computer-Aided
Engineering (CAE) Applications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995
Abstract: A data model, called the plant information network, that standardizes categories of generating plant data and data
relationships is presented. Guidelines are provided for using the model to integrate computer-aided engineering (CAE)
applications across the spectrum of plant work activities during the complete cycle of the plant from site selection through
decommissioning. Instructions are given to aid the engineering, construction, and operating groups of the utility in specifying
integrated CAE applications. The information engineering concepts that are the basis for integrated CAE development are covered.
Key Words: plant information networks, cae, applications, computer, aided, data
engineering, models, plant data, networks, Data models, Computer-aided
engineering, CAE applications
Designation: 1151
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Modula II A Modular High Level Programming Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Key Words: Modula II, modular, high level, programming, language
Designation: 1152
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Object Oriented Programming Language & Environment/Standard for
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: P Deutsch, Phone:415-859-1000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Key Words: object, oriiented, programming, language, standard
Designation: 1153
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: A Standard for a Page Description Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 1154-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Programmed Inquiry, Learning, or Teaching (PILOT)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: John Starkweather, Phone:415-476-7464
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Language and coding standards for the PILOT programming language are described. PILOT (Programmed Inquiry, Learning, Or
Teaching) is a language for the development of conversational interactive sequences often used for computer-based instruction.
The intent is to improve code portability and to minimize the development of dialects of this language, thereby improving the
sharing of courseware among teaching institutions. PILOT syntax, core statements, and the core language are defined. Variables
and language extensions are covered.
Key Words: learning, teaching, Self-evaluation testing, Programmed inquiry,
PILOT programming language, Computer-based instruction, Computer-assisted
instruction
Designation: 1155
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frederick Bode, Phone:619-297-1024, Email:fbode@vxinl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Review any reported interoperability issues from lessons learned
in implementation of IEEE 1155-1992. Review IEEE 1155-1992 and its
relationship to the American National Standard for VME64.
Project Purpose: To improve IEEE 1155-1992 product interoperability to users,
and to provide complete and clear specifications to IEEE 1155-1992 product
designers.
Designation: P1155
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Upgrade for Serial
Bus (VITA 41.3) Integration and other Enhancements
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes the electrical and mechanical
specifications of the IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI)
Standard that supports an integrated legacy parallel bus and serial bus
architecture adopted from VME International Trade Association (VITA)
Standard 41.3, and LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) Consortium. It
also addresses the definition of: (a) a c-size pluggable virtual power
module; (b) the direct coupling option of the instrument module to the IEEE-
P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI); (c) enhanced cooling structure; (d)
advanced VME Controller/Switch Fabric modules; (e) VME64 connector
compliance implementation; ((f) improved noise and ripple isolation for
system power source requirements; (g) cooling air flow measurement;(h) LXI
protocol/control line implementation; and (i) IEEE-1149 Test Bus
implementation. The specification also details: instrument module
footprints, connector mechanics and electrical I/O between the backplane and
instrument module, cooling/EMI requirements; VXI mainframe mechanical
structure, cooling and environmental requirements; and the VXI backplane
mechanical and electrical requirements.
Project Purpose: The IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI)
Standard advances the VXI standard to support interchangeable use of legacy
parallel bus and new higher speed serial bus (LXI) controlled
instrumentation modules in a common mainframe/backplane structure. This
permits implementers to continue utilizing current VXI technology, while
inserting advanced higher speed serial bus VXI instrumentation under LXI
control, as they become available, in same instrument slots. The standard
also redefines a common power source specification for the industry which is
pluggable into the mainframe, along-side of the instrument modules in a
designated slot, and may be virtually applied for either system or unit-
under-test (UUT) use. The VXI spec also defines an extended instrument
module that can be directly coupled to the RFI system, which serves the test
system implementer by eliminating cabling interconnections, enhancing signal
integrity, and providing added real estate for instrument/switching/other
circuitry. Under rigid mechanical and electrical definitions and
requirements for the instrument module, mainframe, and backplane, suppliers
of these components are assured interoperability between automated test
systems (ATS) and their respective relationship with each other.
IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Designation: 1155-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus
Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No
longer actively maintained.
**25-March-2004: Approved as a Stabilized Standard.
Technical Contact: Marlyn Miner, Phone:503-627-7977, Email:marlyn.g.miner@tek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: A technically sound modular instrument standard base on IEEE Std 1014-1987, IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus:
VMEbus, which is open to all manufacturers and is compatible with present industry standards, is defined. The VXIbus
specification details the technical requirements of VXIbus compatible components, such as mainframes, backplanes, power supplies,
and modules.
Key Words: high, speed, backplane, instrumentation, VMEbus, VXIbus, Common
modular instrument architecture
Designation: 1156
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Connectors & Mechanical Packaging for High Reliability Bus Standard for
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Key Words: connectors, mechanical, packaging, reliability, bus
Designation: 1156.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer Environmental Specifications for Computer
Modules
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions is provided. The information is intended to be used
in those cases in which a generic or detail specification for a certain module has been prepared. The intent is to achieve
uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a
rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which
modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and atmospheric
stresses.
Key Words: Performance level qualification, Environmental withstand conditions
Designation: 1156.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Computer Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: This specification is designed for use in conjunction with other
documents such as IEEE 1101.n (Mechanical Specification for Micro Connectors
and Eurocard Form Factors), IEEE 896.n (Futurebus+), IEEE 1596 (Scalable
Coherent Interface), IEEE 1014 (VME Bus), and IEEE 1296 (Multi Bus II).
This standard is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains
minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems
and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide
geberal environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above
listed computer buses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in
general. While this document was specifically created for use with IEEE
Computer Society bus standards, nothing herein is intended to restrict its
use for other applications, where applicable. A supplier and user may agree
to more or less restrictive environmental specifications than those listed
below. However, if their specifications are less restrictive than those
listed herein, neither supplier nor user may claim conformance to this
document.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard set of environmental
specifications that computer "crates" can be built to by vendors or ordered
to by customers. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to
build, buy and sell computer systems and reduce the reliability of the final
parts.
Abstract: This standard is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as the IEEE 1101 group of standards, the IEEE
896 group of standards, the IEEE 1596 group of standards, the IEEE 1014 group of standards, and ISO/IEC 10861: 1994. This
standard is one of the IEEE P1156.x series for environmental specifications. It is intended to be used as a core specification.
It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It
has been created to provide general environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer busses or
interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general.
Key Words: environmental, computer systems, atmospheric stress, computer
systems, conducted immunity, corrision, drop heights, earthquote ,
electrical stress, electromagnetic, EMI, electrostatic , ESD, environmental,
fire resistance, flammability, humidity, mechanical stress, performance
level, level qualification, shock, sinusoidal vibration, thermal shock,
thermal testing, vibration
Designation: 1156.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Power Supply Specifications for Computer Systems.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Gilbert, Phone:408-748-1555, Email:lgpwr@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: This activity will create generic power supply specifications to
support IEEE bus standards and projects.
Project Purpose: There are currently no generic power supply specifications for
use with computer bus standards which are thorough and complete. Existing
bus specifications only provide a brief incomplete set of specifications for
the power supply and often none at all. The lack of such a general standard
increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer power supplies and
reduces the reliabilitiy of the final products.
Designation: 1156.4-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Spaceborne Computer
Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will be designed for use in conjunction with
P896.10 (Spaceborne Futurebus+ Profile Specifications) for specification of
environmental withstand conditions applicable to spaceborne computer
modules/circuit boards and all of the components attached to the modules.
Project Purpose: Environmental conditions for computer modules intended for use
in space vehicles are not currently covered by existing standards. The
space vehicle environment is characterized by thermal, mechanical, and
electrical conditions not shared by office, industrial, shipboard, and
aircraft environments. This environmental standard will promote development
of cost-effective, high-reliability computer modules for space.
Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions for space electronics is provided. The intent is to
achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all spaceborne computer modules that may make up larger systems
and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial
environments to which spaceborne computer modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal,
mechanical, electrical, and radiation stresses.
Key Words: bus architecture, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules,
spaceborne systems
Designation: 1157
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Overview and Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Project Scope: This document defines the conceptual framework for
standardization of healthcare data interchange in terms of a healthcare
information model, healthcare data interchange formates, and standardized
profiles for ISO/OSI communication protocols. This document also defines a
document architecture for the Framework. The scope of the Framework is
standardization of healthcare data interchange in the open systems
environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the overall
framework and architectural model for modular development of a consistent
set of robust and flexible communications standards for the interchange of
healthcare data between heterogeneous healthcare systems.
Designation: 1157.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Information Model Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Common Healthcare Objects
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Registration
Admission/Discharge/Transfer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Date Interchange - Laboratory
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Radiology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Interchange Format Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - EDI/EDIFACT Interchange
Formats
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - ODA/ODIF/SGML Interchange
Formats
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - CMIS/CMIP Interchange Formats
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Communication Profile Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Semantics and Knowledge
Representation of the Medical Record
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Recommendation for Healthcare Data Interchange - User Needs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1158-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determination of Power Losses in High-
Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: A set of standard procedures for determining and verifying the total losses of a high-voltage direct-current (HVDC)
converter station is recommended. The procedures are applicable to all parts of the converter station and cover standby, partial
load, and full load losses and methods of calculation and measurement. All line commutated converter stations used for power
exchange in utility systems are covered. Loss determination procedures for synchronous compensators or static var compensators
are not included.
Key Words: HVDC, Power losses, HVDC converter stations
Designation: 1159-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1996
Abstract: " The monitoring of electric power quality of ac power systems, definitions of power qualityterminology, impact of poor
power quality on utility and customer equipment, and the measurement ofelectromagnetic phenomena are covered. "
Key Words: "data interpretation,electric power quality,electromagnetic
phenomena,monitoring,power quality definitions"
Designation: P1159
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Randy Collins, Phone:864-656-5920, Email:randy.collins@ces.clemson.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice encompasses the monitoring of
electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems.
It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena
occurring on power systems. The document presents definitions of nominal
conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate
within the source of supply or load equipment, or from interactions between
the source and the load. Also, this document presents recommendations for
measurement techniques, application techniques, and interpretation of
monitoring results.
Project Purpose: The use of equipment that causes and is susceptible to various
electromagnetic phenomena has heightened the interest in power quality. An
increase in operational problems has led to a variety of attempts to
describe the phenomena. Because different segments of the technical
community have used different terminologies to describe these
electromagnetic events, this Recommended Practice will provide users with a
consistent set of terms and definitions for describing these events. An
understanding of how power quality events impact the power system and end-
use equipment is required in order to make monitoring useful. Proper
measuring techniques are required to safely obtain useful accurate data.
Appropriate location of monitors, systematic studies, and interpretation of
results will enhance the value of power quality monitoring. The purpose of
this Recommended Practice is to assist users as well as equipment and
software manufacturers and vendors by describing techniques for defining,
measuring, quantifying, and interpreting electromagnetic disturbances on the
power system.
Designation: 1159.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: Recommended Practice for Power Quality Measurements in A.C. Power Supply
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles Perry, Phone:865-218-8034, Email:chperry@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Scope: "Methods for measurement and interpretation of results
for power quality parameters in a.c. power supply systems." This
recommended practice will establish the data acquisition attributes
necessary to characterize the electromagnetic phenomena listed in Table 2 of
IEEE Std.1159-1995 (R2001). This recommended will include definitions,
instrumentation categories and technical requirements that are related to
the type of disturbance to be recorded. The disturbances will be
characterized by converting suitably sampled voltage and current data set
into specific power quality categories and with specific attributes within
each category.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a single recommended
practice for acquiring and interpreting the attributes of power quality
disturbances. There are two components to this work. One objective of this
recommended is to describe the technical measurement requirements for each
type of disturbance in Std 1159-1995 (R2001) to avoid confusion and
interpretation of levels or limits specified in other IEEE standards. The
second objective is to provide methods for interpreting these measurements
into a quantifiable set of descriptors. The draft international power
quality measurement standard IEC 61000-4-30 covers some of these issues, but
is limited in scope. This project will use the IEC 61000-4-30 draft
standard as a core, and expand upon it by adding the work already done by
the P1159.1 Task Force and the P1159.2 Task Force. IEEE Std 1159-1995
(R2001) defines disturbances in 24 categories of typical characteristics of
power system electromagnetic phenomena. Each category is discussed in
several other standards in terms of emission limits, severity levels,
planning levels or immunity levels. Measurement requirements are not
currently covered by standards. Therefore, levels or limits may be
subjected to interpretation. This adds confusion in the rationale for which
standards were drafted. Furthermore, equipment which operates on the ac
power system does not respond solely to the phenomena listed in 1159-1995
(R2001). Studies have shown that attributes not commonly quantified by
measuring equipment may have a significant impact on the equipment's ability
to operate during power quality variations. This standard will provide a
set of attributes that are important to equipment connected to the ac power
system and provide recommended methods of arriving at these attributes from
the measurement devices.
Designation: 1159.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization of a Power Quality Event
Given an Adequately Sampled Set of Digital Data Points
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Morgan, Phone:704-875-2444, Email:larrymorgan1@yahoo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for converting
a suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality
categories and describe specific attributes within each category. The
standard will utilize appropriate definitions, categories and sample rates
currently being developed by other task forces under SCC22 and Standard
1159-1995.
Project Purpose: Emphasis is being placed on compatibility contracts for power
quality between that delivered by power suppliers and that needed by
equipment manufacturers. Technical digital definitions for events such as
sags (dips) and other non-harmonic events are to be developed. The
translation from sets of digital data to statistically comparable events
would be used for purposes of comparing power suppliers, comparing
susceptibility qualities of equipment, and evaluating performance against
specifications or contracts. This work extends existing and proposed
phenomena definitions to more completely characterize their effects on
typical equipment.
Designation: 1159.3-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 12, 2004
Technical Contact: John Csomay, Phone:804-771-3664, Email:J.CSOMAY@IEEE.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop a criteria for the
transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This data
includes raw, processed, simulated, proposed, specified and calculated data.
The transfer criteria will include the data as well as appropriate data
characterization parameters, such as sampling rate, resolution, calibration
status, instrument identification, and other pertinent or desired
characteristics or data. The recommended practice will provide criteria
guidelines for transferring power quality data.
Project Purpose: The power quality industry lacks an adequate open and accepted
data format standard for the transfer of power quality data between
instruments and computers. This lack of a transfer standard significantly
inhibits the analysis process of power quality assessments using multi-
vendor and multi-device data. The analysis functions of signature patterns,
history, and multiple measurement points are almost non-existent because of
the lack of the ability to transfer data from multiple sources to a common
analysis computer. Acceptance of an industry standard power quality data
transfer format will significantly add to the value of all power quality
data and open new opportunities for the resolution, planning and
understanding of power quality activities. This will serve to satisfy the
validation, trending, overlay, spectrum analysis, and other needs of client
activities.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1159.3-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data"
Key Words: "data interchange, file format, measurement, monitoring, power
quality, power quality data interchange format (PQDIF)"
Designation: 1160-1993
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Crystals for
Radiation Detectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1993
History: PAR APP: Nov 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: This standard applies to the measurement of bulk properties of high-purity germanium as they relate to fabrication and
performance of germanium detectors for gamma rays and x rays. Such germanium is monocrystalline and has a net concentration of
fewer than 1011 electrically active impurity center per cm3, usually on the order of 1010 cm-3.
Key Words: Radiation detectors, High-purity germanium (HPGe)
Designation: 1161
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Evaluating the Energy Usage of Forced-Cooling
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: 1161
Designation: 1163
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Interface for IEEE Std 1076-1987 to Computer Aided Design as
Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) Tools
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: CAD/CAM, interface, design, manufacturing, tools
Designation: 1164-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 1993
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Being revised by P1076.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 1993
Abstract: This standard is embodied in the Std_logic_1164 package declaration and the semantics of the Std_logic_1164 body. An annex
is provided to suggest ways in which one might use this package.
Key Words: standard logic, multivalue, logic system, VHDL model
interoperability
Designation: 1164
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a standard VHDL package for the purpose of revising a
VHDL model interconnect standard. PAR 1164 will be restricted solely to the
restandardization and possible enhancement of a VHDL package entitled
STD_LOGIC_1164.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means by which
VHDL models written by a variety of developers and in a variety of
environments can interoperate, and to provide a basis for other standards.
Designation: 1165
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Interrelationships Between IEEE 1076 VHDL &
EIA RS44 EDIF
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: P.H Stanford
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: VHDL, RS44, EDIF, 1076, Interrelation
Designation: 1167
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Variable Attenuator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1168
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Wavelength Measurement Set
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1169
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Fiber Profile Measurement Set
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: 1169
Designation: 1170
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1171
Title: Optical Test Instruments Chromatic Dispersion Test Set
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1172
Title: Optical Test Instruments Light Source and Power Meter
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: 1172
Designation: 1173
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard Set of Functional Components of Simulation Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Oryal Tanir, Phone:514-468-5524
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1174-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: IEEE Standard Serial Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2001
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin
DTE communications prot that follows EIA 574 and related standards.
Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific
extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will
apply to polint-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement,
stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may
also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system
environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional
requirements of the interface.
Project Purpose: Adapt IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, commands and protocols for use
with programmable instrumentation using point-to-point serial interfacing
instead of or in addition to IEEE Std 488.1. Retain a high level of
commonality of programmable interfacing with devices using IEEE Std 488.2
and IEEE Std. 488.1 as the physical layer. Utilize applicable existing
communication protocols where possible.
Abstract: " A serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin data terminal equipment (DTE) communica-tions port for programmable
instrumentation that follows ANSI/TIA/EIA-574-1990 and relatedstandards is defined in this standard. "
Key Words: 1174-2000.pdf
Designation: 1174
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Serial Interface for Programmable
Instruments
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert S Cram, Phone:503-627-1796, Email:bob.cram@tek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1175
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Trial Use Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool
Interconnections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert M Poston
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1175-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991
Abstract: Reference models for tool-to-organization interconnections, tool-to-platform interconnections, and information transfer
among tools are provided. The purpose is to establish agreements for information transfer among tools in the contexts of human
organization, a computer system platform, and a software development application. To make the transfer of semantic information
among tools easier, asemantic transfer language (STL) is also provided. Interconnections that must be considered when buying,
building, testing, or using computing system tools for specifying behavioral descriptions or requirements of system and software
products are described.
Key Words: tools, engineering, computing, system, Tool-to-platform
interconnection, Tool-to-organization interconnection, Semantic transfer
language (STL), Reference model, Information transfer
Designation: 1175.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for CASE Tool Interconnections - Classification and
Description
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003
Project Scope: Introduce and characterize the problem of interconnecting CASE
tools with their environment. Distinguish four interrelated contexts for
interconnection. Partition interconnection concerns into issues of
protocol, syntax, and semantics. Establish an integrating framework for the
other parts of the standard; descre their scope of application and their
interrelations. This is a significant expansion of Part 1 of 1175.
Project Purpose: The material collected into this standard spans many aspects
of CASE tool interconnection and serves a variety of software engineering
and administrative personnel in the software industry. This overview
describes the requirements and problems of CASE tool interconnection and
points the reader to the appropriate parts of the standard. The other parts
of the standard provide assistance in specifying the protocol, syntax, and
semantics issues to be addressed for effectively integrating CASE tools into
an organization's processes.
Abstract: This guide describes the scope of application and interrelationships for the members ofthe IEEE 1175 family of standards.
It points the reader to the appropriate member standard that ad-dresses issues involved in effectively integrating computing
system tools into a productive engineer-ing environment .
Key Words: "CASE tool integration, CASE tool interconnections, CASE tool
interfaces, CASE tool organization issues, CASE tool platform issues"
Designation: 1175.2-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for CASE Tool Interconnection - Characterization of
Interconnections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: Identify a standard set of attributes that characterize the
contexts in which a CASE tool operates. These contexts are organizations,
users, platforms, and other tools. The attributes in each context summarize
the major factors affecting interconnection of the tool with that context.
These are multi-dimensional attributes whose "values" are project-specific,
organization-specific, professional, military and/or international standards
for these attributes are identified. This is an expansion of Section 2 of
the original 1175-1995 standard.
Project Purpose: The attributes of CASE tool context are needed by software
developers and process support personnel. They are a checklist of
interconnecton concerns which must be addressed when selecting, adopting,
and using CASE tools. Analysis of a particular tool for these attributes
can identify potential discrepancies in its operational interconnections
that reduce or eliminate the value of the tool's use in an organization's
processes. By cataloguing and characterizing groups of tool implementation
factors to be addressed, this recommended practice assists its user's in
organizing and using a large number of other industry standards to
facilitate the design and realization of large, integrated, multi-vendor
software engineering environments.
Abstract: Interconnections that need to be understood and evaluated when buying, building, testing, or using Computer-Aided Software
Engineering (CASE) tools are described in this recommended practice. This recommended practice is intended to help people
interconnect tools by identifying and characterizing various contexts for tool interconnection. Each context serves to define a
group of interconnections pertinent to various functional perspectives. Each group contains interconnections that have a common
kind of endpoint in the environment. This recommended practice considers four contexts: an organizational context for a tool, the
individual user context for a tool, the platform context for a tool, and a peer context for a tool. Within a context, subsets of
interconnections are characterized by a collection of common features applicable to a given functional perspective. The purpose
of this recommended practice is to establish sets of interconnection features with which each perspective on a CASE tool’s
interconnections can be characterized.
Key Words: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, tool
communications, tool interconnections
Designation: 1175.3-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for
Specifying Software Behavior
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2004
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: Identify a common set of modeling concepts found in commercial
CASE tools for describing the oeprational behavior of software product.
Establish a uniform, integrated model and a textual syntaxc for expressing
the common properties (attributes and realtionships) of those concepts as
they have been used to model software behavior. This is a minor revision of
Part 3 of the original standard. It is still useful within its defined
scope.
Project Purpose: This minor revision of Part 3 of standard 1175 is being
included in the revised standard for backward compatibility. The new 1175.4
has a much larger domain of applicability and a more rigorous basis for
interpretation. Nevertheless, the previous meta-model is still appropriate
for interconnecting CASE tools that have modeling concepts limited to
conventional tool models of simple software behavior.
Abstract: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool InterconnectionsReference Model for Specifying Software Behavior
Key Words: "Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, Semantic Transfer
Language (STL), software behavior concept, transfer syntax"
Designation: P1175.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for
Specifying System Behavior
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Most inter-tool data transfer standards deal with protocol and
syntax of the transfer, with a shared semantic basis assumed. This standard
provides an explicitly defined meta-model (and meta-meta-model) for
specifying system and software behavior. It defines a semantic basis of
observables that allows each tool, whatever its own internal ontology, to
communicate facts about the behavior of a subject system as precisely as the
tool's meta-model allows. Conventional tool model elements are reduced into
simpler, directly observable fact statements about system behavior. This
meta-model is much expanded over the original meta-model for software
behavior in Part 3 of standard 1175.
Project Purpose: This reference model provides a comon interpretation basis by
which tools may express and communicate the observable features of
system/sofware behavior to users and to other tools. Tools incorporating
this meta-model in their import/export facilities enable engineers to
interconnect best-in-class analysis and specification tools for integrated
problem solving. Another feature of this meta-model is that it provides a
specification that is directly testable. Finally, the provision of an
explicit meta-meta-model enables tool builders to extend the reference meta-
model for particular purposes.
Designation: P1175.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Syntax for Transferring
Behavior Specifications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Describing a particular system's operational behavior in terms
of the reference meta-model in 1175.4 provides a highly structured set of
data elements to be exchanged with users or other tools. The purpose of the
transfer syntax is to specify a lossless, textual, human-readable form of
such data. Existing communication mechanisms are assumed, and standard
syntactic constructs are re-used. Two syntax forms are specified, one that
is optimized for tool transfer and for efficient text entry, and one that is
optimized for human readability and transfer.
Project Purpose: The major contribution of 1175.5 here is to provide textual
syntax forms that can be read and written by human users as well as by other
CASE tools. The syntax also allows the exchange of meta-model information
to enable tool builders to use extensions to the reference meta-model for
particular purposes.
Designation: 1176
Title: Fibre Optic Sensor Types & Classifications According to Operating Modes
& Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Michael E Griffin, Phone:612-733-6004
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988
Key Words: fiber, optic, sensor, types, classifications
Designation: 1177-1993
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Status: Superseded
**Sold together with std 960-1989.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990
(Ref. Std.: 960)
Abstract: 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. 960-1993
Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while
allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the
specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data
or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
Key Words: fastbus, routines
Designation: 1178-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for the Scheme Programming Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Christopher T Haynes, Phone:812-855-3376, Email:chaynes@indiana.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Dec 10, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 1991
Abstract: The form and meaning of programs written in the Scheme programming language, in particular, their syntax, the semantic
rules for interpreting them, and the representation of data to be input or output by them, are specified. The fundamental ideas
of the language and the notational conventions used for describing and writing programs in the language are presented. The syntax
and semantics of expressions, programs, and definitions are specified. Scheme's built-in procedures, which include all of the
language's data manipulation and input/output primitives, are described, and a formal syntax for Scheme written in extended
Backus-Naur form is provided. Formal denotational semantics for Scheme and some issues in the implementation of Scheme's
arithmetic are covered in the appendixes.
Key Words: scheme, lisp, Scheme programming language
Designation: 1179
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Waveguide Flanges
Title: Standard for Improved Waveguide Flanges
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mario A Maury, Phone:(714) 987-4715
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Designation: 1180-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for the Implementations of 8x8 Inverse
Discrete Cosine Transform
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Reddeppa N Pothuri, Phone:732-420-6277, Email:naidu@att.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 13, 1990, ANSI APP: May 31, 1991
Project Scope: A standard is described to specify the numerical characteristics
of the 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (IDCT) for use in visual
telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a
reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between
different implementations of the IDCT.
Abstract: The numerical characteristics of the 8x8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar
applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop are specified. The specifications ensure the
compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT.
Key Words: implementations, discrete, cosine, transform, inverse, HYBRID
CODING, mismatch error, IDCT accuracy, Inverse discrete cosine transf,
Discrete cosine transform (DCT
Designation: 1181-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Latchup Test Methods for CMOS and BiCMOS
Integrated- Circuit Process Characterization
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the layout and test methods required to characterize properly latchup behavior in CMOS
and BiCMOS integrated circuit processes or other processes that have similar lateral PNPN topographical layout characteristics.
The aim is to allow the characterization of an integrated circuit process architecture so that different approaches can be
scientifically compared. This allows the evaluation of the process capabilities on a "worst-case" recommended structure and test
method independent of an actual integrated circuit product topographical latchup layout practices. Test structures and test
philosophy are covered.
Key Words: latchup, test, methods, process, characterization, Integrated-
circuit testing, Bipolar--CMOS integrated circuits
Designation: 1182
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Guide to Terms and Definitions of Ferroelectric Frequency Control Based
Sensors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dr. Jeffrey S Schoenwald, Phone:805-373-4236
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Key Words: ultrasonics, ferroelectric, frequency, control, sensors
Designation: 1183
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Medical Device Software Development/Maintenance Standard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Alan Figler, Phone:206-402-2242, Email:alf1725@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 1988
Key Words: medical, decice, software, development, maintenance
Designation: 1184-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006
Project Scope: This guide discusses various battery systems so that the user
can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation,
maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in
uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS
battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the
battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the
scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers are
also beyond the scope of this document. While this document applies to all
UPS systems, it may be impractical to implement some of its guidance and
recommendations with small, self-contained systems, such as products
intended to back up individual personal computers. This guide divides the
available technologies into the following three main categories: ⎯
Vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) ⎯ Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA)
⎯ Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd) For each category, the technology and the
design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user selection.
The specific advantages for particular applications are also listed.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist those involved with battery
systems for uninterruptible power supply systems. Proper design,
installation, and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery
system for optimum operation and results.
Abstract: Various battery systems are discussed so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design,
installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems.
This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems.
Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers
are also beyond the scope of this document.
Key Words: battery system, Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd), uninterruptible power
supply, UPS, valve-regulated leadacid (VRLA), vented lead-acid batteries
(VLA)
Designation: 1184-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection and Sizing of Batteries for Uninterruptible
Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 19, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1994
Abstract: The characteristics of the various battery energy systems available are described so that users can select the system best
suited to their requirements. This guide also describes how the rectifier and the inverter components of the uninterruptible
power system (UPS) can relate to the selection of the battery system.
Key Words: flooded cell, hydrogen evolution, lead-acid battery, nickel-cadmium
battery, Planté plate, UPS, VRLA, vented cell, valve-regulated lead-acid
cell, uninterruptible power system
Designation: 1184
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This Guide discusses various battery systems so the user can
make informed decisions on selection, installation, design, installtion,
maintenance, and testing. This Guide describes how the UPS battery charging
and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery system.
Requirements of UPS are beyond the scope of this document. This guide
divides the available technologies into the following 3 main categories:
vented lead acid batteries, valve-regulated lead acid batteries, nickel-
cadmium batteries.
Project Purpose: This Guide is intended to asist users of battery systems for
uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). Proper design, installation and
maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum
results.
Designation: 1185-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 1994
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994
Abstract: Installation methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations are provided. These include cable
lubrication methods, conduit-cable pulling charts, pull rope selection criteria, pulling attachment methods, and alternative
methods to traditional cable pulling tension monitoring. This guide supplements IEEE Std 422-1986 and IEEE Std 690-1984, which
provide specific cable installation limits. This guide may also be of benefit to cable pulling crews in commercial and industrial
facilities when similar cable types and raceways are used.
Key Words: installation, generating, station, cables, cable pullback, cable
pullby, cable pulling tension limiting, , Pull rope selection criteria,
Pull rope attachment methods, Conduit-cable pulling charts, Cable
lubrication techniques
Designation: P1185
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable
installation practices in generating stations and related power production
facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation
of wire and cable in industrial, commercial, governmental, and public
facilities when similar wire or cables types and raceways are used.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating
stations and related power production facilities so that potential wire or
cable damage can be minimized during the installation process.
Designation: 1185
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: The guide provides methods to improve cable installation
practices in generating stations, and is intended to supplement and enhance
the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and
IEEE Std. 690 (under revision process).
Project Purpose: Revision to IEEE 1185 is needed to revise the metric tables to
show trade size metric conduit adapted by NEC-2000 code, and to revise
related information accordingly. Additionally, coordination of information
between IEEE 422 (a withdrawn std), and IEEE 690 needs to be performed to
minimize differing interpretations of cable installation information.
Designation: 1185
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practice for Recommeded Practices for Cable Installation at
Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope as approved in the PAR dated 10/31/04 reads: "The
guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating
stations and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation
information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE std 690 (under
revision)." The new revised scope will read "This recommended
practice provides guidance for acceptable wire and cable installation
practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document
may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in
commercial, governmental and public facilities when similar wire or cable
types and raceways are used." A revision to the scope was
necessitated by the inclusion of cable installation information from IEEE
690 and IEEE 422, and the change from a guide to a recommended practice.
Project Purpose: "The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating
stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage
can be minimized during the installation process. It is also the
purpose of this revision to consolidate wire and cable installation
information into one document."
Designation: 1186
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practices for the Evaluation of Installed Cable Systems for
Class IE Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth Hancock, Phone:609-720-2618, Email:kennethhancock2@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Project Scope: Insulated electrical cable systems for Class 1E circuits
installed in raceway, including tray, conduit and duct, in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations.
Project Purpose: This document will describe recommended practices for
evaluating in their existing configuration, i.e. without removal, the
adequacy of installed cables to perform their intended function.
Key Words: evaluation, cable, system, nuclear, power
Designation: 1187-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2002
**Supersedes 1187-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Edward L Davis, Phone:503 264 1788, Email:edward-davis@ccm.jf.intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This document provides recommended design practices and
procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation,
preasembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA)
batteries in stationary applications.
Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice
should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. The
general understanding of VRLA batteries has improved since the original
release of this document, and this will be reflected in the update.
Abstract: " This recommended practice provides guidance for the installation and installation designof valve-regulated lead acid
(VRLA) batteries. This recommended practice is intended for all float-service stationary installations. However, specific
applications, such as emergency lighting unitsand semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the
scope ofthis recommended practice. Alternate energy applications are not covered."
Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery
installation design, battery maintenance, battery terminal voltage, battery
testing, connection resistance measurements, float voltage, internal ohmic
measurements, standby power application"
Designation: 1187-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1187-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly,
assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) storage batteries are provided. Recommended safety practices are also
included. This recommended practice applies to all VRLA battery stationary installations.
Key Words: acceptance test, alarms, assembly, initial charge, installation
design criteria, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, parallel-battery
strings, protective equipment, resistance measurements, seismic protection,
thermal runaway
Designation: 1188-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2006
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test
schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and
performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary
applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should
be replaced. The maintenance and testing programs described in this
recommended practice represent “the best program” based on the
information reviewed at the time this document was developed. The user
should evaluate these practices against their operating experience,
operating conditions, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources, and
needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These
maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration
of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or
relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and
testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all
issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document.
Stationary cycling applications, such as those found in alternative energy
applications, are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
This recommended practice does not include any other component of the dc
system nor surveillance and testing of the dc system, even though the
battery is part of that system. Sizing, installation, qualification,
selection criteria, and other battery types and applications are also beyond
the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: There is significantly more data available on methods for
maintaining and testing VRLA batteries. Changes also have been made on how
VRLA batteries are manufactured and more is known concerning the failure
mechanisms of these batteries. The document should be revised to
reflect these changes.
Abstract: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize
the life and performance of valve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to
determine when batteries should be replaced
Key Words: expected service life, low voltage cells, high voltage cells, value
regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Cell
Designation: 1188-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-
regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications are covered. Guidance to determine when batteries should be
replaced is also provided.
Key Words: maintenance, testing, replacement, valve-regulated, batteries
Designation: 1189-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries
for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 1996
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jul 31, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: Methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for
any of a variety of potential stationary float applications are described.
Key Words: selecting, valve-regulated, batteries, stationary, applications,
VRLA, absorbed electrolyte, dryout, electrolysis, failure mechanisms, float
voltage, gelled electrolyte, grid corrosion , hydrogen evolution, oxygen
recombination, safety, thermal runaway
Designation: P1189
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Revision Project
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Jóse A Marrero, Phone:205-992-5527, Email:jamarrer@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type
of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery
for any of a variety of stationary float applications. Installation,
maintenance, sizing, and consideration of battery types other than valve-
regulated lead-acid batteries, are beyond the scope of this guide. Design of
the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are also beyond the
scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is
aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting
VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision. The
existing document is to be revised to reflect the latest knowledge of the
characteristics of this battery type.
Designation: 1190
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Guide for Calibration of Line Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISN)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Egan, Email:b_egan@nac.enet.dec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Key Words: calibration, line, impedance, stabilization, networks
Designation: 1192
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for a Microcomputer Database Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: M Reinhart, Phone:212-406-7026
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Key Words: database, manipulation, language, microcomputer
Designation: 1193-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard
Frequency Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2004
**Supersedes 1193-1994.
Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for
measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency
generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature,
humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and
particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of
environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended
audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology.
Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the
measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of
generators.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1193 -2003 (Revision of IEEE Std 1193-1994) IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of
Standard Frequency Generators
Key Words: "atomic clock, atomic frequency standard, environmental
sensitivities, frequency standard, oscillator, quartz crystal oscillator,
standard frequency generator"
Designation: 1193-1994
Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard
Frequency Generators
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1193-2003.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jul 25, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994
Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are
addressed.
Key Words: test, standard frequency generators, quartz crystal oscillator,
oscillator, frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, atomic
frequency standard, atomic clock
Designation: 1194-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Backplane Electrical Performance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Number changed to 1194 from 1194.0
Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Apr 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection
between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are
provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane
performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the
impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are
examined.
Key Words: Transmission lines, Medium-performance backplanes, Measurement
techniques, Low-performance backplanes, High-performance backplanes, Bus,
Backplane bus
Designation: 1194.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver
Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991
Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection
between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are
provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane
performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the
impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are
examined.
Key Words: backplane bus, BTL, digital interface, digital circuit, interface
circuit, driver, receiver, transceiver, transmission line, Digital interface
circuit, Backplane transceiver logic
Designation: 1194.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Small Computer Expandibility
Module Transceiver Logic
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 1195
Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology
Title: Std for Gaseous Corrosivity Classification of Operating or Storage Sites
for Electrical or Electronic Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Key Words: gaseous, corrosivity, classification, electrical, equipment
Designation: 1196
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 1196-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988
Abstract: A simple, high-performance (37.5 Mbyte/s) backplane bus that provides the functions required by multiprocessor systems is
defined. NuBus is a synchronous (10 MHz), multiplexed, multimaster bus that provides a fair arbitration mechanism. The logical,
electrical, and physical interface standard for circuit boards that allows them to connect to and communicate over a backplane,
as well as the backplane environment that must be provided to these boards, is described and specified. The protocol
specification covers signal determinacy, bus cycles, transactions, block transfers, attention cycles, arbitration, address space,
and utility functions. The physical specification covers timing, dc and ac specifications for signals, backplane (signal)
characteristics, voltage and mechanical specifications for triple-height modules. Compliance requirements are stated. Concepts
required for a general understanding of the NuBus specification, covering bus lines and bus operation, are included. This
document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
Key Words: simple, 32-bit, backplane, bus, nubus, Protocols,
Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses, transport
Designation: 1197
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Diagnosis & Classification of Cable, Joint,& Termination
Troubles on Extruded Dielectric Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R. W Allen, Phone:508-845-1335, Email:rallen_pdc@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988
Key Words: diagnosis, classification, extruded, dielectric, cables
Designation: 1198
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Dielectric Modes
Title: Mode Nomenclature of Dielectric Resonators & Waveguides
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jerry Fiedziuszko, Phone:415-852-6868
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1199
Title: Analog Hardware Descriptive Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joel Schoen, Phone:617/271-2230
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1200
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Quality Criteria for Software for Analysis of Gamma Spectra for
Germanium Detectors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1201.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Uniform Application Program
Interface - Graphical User Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Scott E Preece, Phone:217-384-8589, Email:preece@urbana.mcd.mot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1201.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Recommended Practice for User Interfaces—User Portability/Driveability
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lin Brown, Phone:415-336-5391, Email:lin@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1202-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Flame-Propagation Testing of Wire & Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2006
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to
a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/h) flaming ignition source for a 20-min test
duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of
singleconductor and multi-conductor cables intended for use in cable trays.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a test protocol
and performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of
cables in a vertical cable tray.
Abstract: Standardization of cable flame propagation testing is beneficial to cable manufacturers, distributors, and users.
Uniform procedures; consistent, repeatable results; and measurable test acceptance criteria are required to allow comparisons
among competing products and to allow selection of the correct product for the application.
Key Words: 20 kW, 20 min, 70 000 Btu/h, after burn, cable, char, charring,
flame propagation, test protocol, vertical cable tray, wire
Designation: 1202
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial
and Commercial Occupancies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Minor revisions to include information now available that was
not known when the standard was originally written.
Project Purpose: Update the standard to reflect current industry practices.
Designation: 1202-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in
Industrial and Commercial Occupancies
Status: Superseded
**Sponsorship of P1202 transferred from IAS/PSE to PE/IC in 2002.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable
tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a
theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements,
test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered.
Key Words: cable tray, flame test facility, cable testing, Flame testing of
cables, Cable flame testing
Designation: 1202.1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rates of Smoke and Heat of Wire &
Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1202.2
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rate of Corrosive Gases of Wire &
Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1203
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Atmospheric Monitoring System for Underground
Mining
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: H.Kenneth Sacks, Phone:412-386-6617, Email:hes3@cdc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1204-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for Planning DC Links Terminating at AC Locations Having Low
Short-Circuit Capacities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: " Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations hav-ing low short-circuit capacities
relative to the dc power infeed is provided in this guide. This guide islimited to the aspects of interactions between ac and dc
systems that result from the fact that the acsystem is ÒweakÓ compared to the power of the dc link (i.e., ac system appears as a
high impedanceat the ac/dc interface bus). This guide contains two parts"
Key Words: "ac/dc interaction,fault recovery,frequency instability,harmonic
transfer,instability,low short-circuit ratio - SCR -
,power,resonance,subsynchronous torsional interaction,temporary overvoltage
- TOV -,voltage instability"
Designation: 1205-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This document provides the guidelines for assessing, monitoring,
and mitigating aging degradation effects on class 1E equipment used in
nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to supplement existing IEEE
nuclear standards in assessing aging degradation effects. The methods
described herein can be used to identify the performance capability of Class
1E equipment beyond its qualified life. The purpose of this revision is to
incorporate feedback received from the industry to make the guide more
useful and applicable to electrical equipment in nuclear generating stations
and, as part of this effort, bring the approaches discussed in the guide
into closer conformance with the present industry philosophy.
Abstract: " Guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging degradation effects onClass 1E equipment used in nuclear
power generating stations are provided. This guide also in-cludes informative annexes on aging mechanisms, environmental
monitoring, condition monitoring,aging program essential attributes, and example assessments for five types of equipment
(includingelectric cable). "
Key Words: "activation energy, aging, aging assessment, aging effects, aging
management, aging mechanisms, Arrhenius, condition monitoring, degradation,
environmental monitoring, license renewal, radiation model, residual life,
stressor, thermal model"
Designation: 1205-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1205-2000.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1993
Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear
power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E
equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have
been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted.
For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted.
Key Words: degradation, 1E , failure, maintenance, Life management, Life cycle
assessment, Condition assessment, Class 1E equipment, Aging effects
Designation: 1205-2000/Cor 1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum
1: Thermal Aging Model Corrections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 2006
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical
errors of a minor technical nature (two in Clause 6.6.3 and one in Annex D,
Clause D.1.7) related to performing thermal aging analysis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the corrigendum is to correct three
typographical errors (identified by user feedback) related to the
performance of thermal aging analysis.
Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std 1205-2000 are addressed in this corrigendum.
Key Words: Arrhenius weighted temperature, Boltzman constant
Designation: 1206-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of
Telephone Handsets and Headsets
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 269-2002.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 23, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994
Abstract: Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of telephone handset or headset by means of using a test
connection to obtain objective measurements are provided. The obtained test results may be used as a means of evaluating or
specifying the transmission performance of a handset or headset on a standardized basis.
Key Words: telephone handset, telephone headset, transmission perform,
Transmission performance
Designation: 1207-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for
Hydroelectric Generating Units
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2004
Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This guide will be a complement to IEEE standard 125 by
providing application details and the impact of plant and system features
upon hydroelectric governing performance.
Project Purpose: There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility
industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems
for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective
governing system application for a better understanding among users.
Present standards do no adequately address this need. This standard will
provide the guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine
governing systems.
Abstract: This guide is intended to complement IEEE Std 125TM-1988, providing application details and addressing the impact of
plant and system features on hydroelectric unit governing performance. It provides guidance for the design and application of
hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the
importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the
effective governing system application for a better understanding among users.
Key Words: control, governor, governing system, hydroelectric, speed, stability
Designation: 1207
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 1209-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Abstract: The evaluation and selection of CASE tools supporting software engineering processes, including project management
processes, predevelopment processes, development processes, postdevelopment processes, and integral processes, are addressed. The
evaluation and selection processes recommended are based upon the perspective of a CASE tool user. Therefore, the evaluation and
selection criteria address only program characteristics visible to the user, such as program inputs and outputs, program
function, user interfaces, and documented external program interfaces.
Key Words: criteria, User needs, CASE tool selection, CASE tool evaluation
Designation: 1210-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling
Lubricants With Wire and Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: John M Fee, Phone:651-430-2270, Email:jfee@polywater.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project will detail test methods and
acceptable results for evaluating compatibility of cable pulling lubricants
with cable coverings. This revision will be updated to include newer cable
jackets included in ICEA/NEMA standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE Std 1210-1996.
Evaluation of pulling lubricants had been done on a non-standard basis.
Standardization helps cable users as well as manufacturers by providing
accepted evaluation methods and critrea. This revision will update to
include newer cable jacket materials in ICEA/NEMA specifications.
Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or
other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable pulling lubricants are used to lower the friction on cable
as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not
negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatibility of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is
considered.
Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility,
compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical
properties, volume resistance measurement, wire
Designation: 1210-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling
Lubricants With Wire and Cable
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: May 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to cable lubricants (compounds) and the
testing and analysis of their interaction with wire and cable. Cable
lubricants are used to lower the tension on cables when they are installed
(pulled) into conduits, ducts, or directionally bored holes. These
lubricants and/or their residues are in direct contact with the cable
exterior covering and may remain so for the life of the cable. Cable
lubricants should be compatible with the cable. They should not interfere
with the function of any component of the cable system which they contact.
Project Purpose: This document will describe standard criteria for testing the
interaction of cable pulling compounds (lubricants) with electrical cable
jacket or other cable exterior covering. These tests and criteria will be
used to determine if the compound is acceptable for use on specific cable
types.
Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or
other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable-pulling lubricants are used to lower the tension on cable as
it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not
negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatiblity of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is
considered.
Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility,
compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical
properties, volume resistence, wire
Designation: 1211
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard Definitions, Symbols and Characterization of Ferroelectric Thin
Films, Memory Cells and Device Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dr. Gene H Haertling, Phone:(803) 656-0180
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 1212-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Control and Status Register (CSR) Architecture for
Microcomputer Buses
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into ISO/IEC 13213:1994. Superseded by 1212-2001.
Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined.
Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM
specification and bus standard requirements are covered.
Key Words: CSR, architecture, bus, standard, interoperability, microprocessors,
node, registers, sets
Designation: 1212-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for
Microcomputer Buses
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Brian D Batchelder, Phone:360-212-4107, Email:batchelder@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard, a revision of ISO/IEC 13213:1994;
its scope reflects accumulated experience with the CSR architecture since it
was first promulgated as a standard in 1991. In the intervening years, two
bus standards, Scaleable Coherent Interface (SCI), IEEE Std 1596-199x, and
Serial Bus, IEEE Std 1394-1995, have been the source of most practical
implementation experience. The revised scope of the CSR architecture is
given below: a) The overall architectural framework partitions the total
available address space into equal spaces available to individual nodes. A
node's address space is in turn partitioned into regions which have
different usage models, e.g., memory space, private space for vendor uses,
configuration ROM and an I/O space (units space) where transactions may have
side effects; b) A minimal transaction set (read, write and lock requests
and their associated completion responses) required for compliant bus
standards. Bus bridges compliant with this architecture, whether in a
homogeneous or heterogeneous environment, are also expected to transport
this transaction set; c) Fundamental control and status registers (CSRs)
are defined to provide a common infrastructure for all compliant buses. In
some cases the details of the registers are entirely bus-dependent but the
function is common to all compliant buses; d) Message request and response
CSRs are specified to enable directed delivery or broadcast of messages to
multiple nodes. The message format permits organizations or vendors to
define the meaning of the data payload without the need for a centralized
registry of all possible formats; and e) Configuration ROM provides self-
descriptive data structures that permit nodes to uniformly characterize the
device services available. This is critical for buses that permit live
insertion and removal of nodes; each newly inserted node contains sufficient
information for it to be uniquely identified and for the requisite device
drivers to be loaded. Although the original CSR architecture anticipated
widespread development of bridges between heterogeneous bus standards and a
diversity of addressing modes, both fixed and variable, no such
implementations have been made. As a consequence, the most significant
changes in scope between the earlier CSR architecture and this standard are
the adoption of a single, fixed addressing model and the removal of tutorial
material pertaining to the design of bridges.
Project Purpose: The cardinal purpose of any revised standard is to correct or
resolve ambiguities or deficiencies in the prior standard that have been
revealed by applications (or attempted applications) of the earlier
standard. This standard also preserves the following objectives of the
original standard: a) Scalability. The CSR architecture is intended to be
applicable to a wide range of bus standards and furthermore to a wide range
of device capabilities implemented by particular products; b)
Extensibility. The architecture supports contemporary processor and bus
designs and, to the extent that one can anticipate the future, should be a
useful framework for similar new designs. In particular, the addressing
model is well suited to 32-bit and 64-bit processors. The CSR architecture
creates no obstacles for the designers of adapters that bridge between
common system memory and I/O buses; c) Open systems interoperability. The
configuration ROM data structures, as well as the fundamental CSRs, provide
tools which vendors may use to guarantee that their devices will work with
each other. The segregation of one unit architecture from another tends to
restrict possible adverse affects by one module, node or unit upon another;
d) Manageability. The CSR architecture permits the design of systems that
require little or no administration and are simple to support. Automatic
configuration based upon configuration ROM is a key feature; indeed, it is
essential when the applicable bus standard supports live insertion and
removal of devices; and e) Parallelism. Although not directly addressed by
this standard, the architecture contains no features that might preclude its
use in a multiprocessor configuration. The above is a smaller set of
objectives than described in ISO/IEC 13213:1994. The working group
responsible for the development of this revised standard believes that its
usefulness has been enhanced by restricting some of the unrealized goals of
the earlier work.
Abstract: " A common bus architecture (which includes functional components--modules, nodes,and units--and their address space,
transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitablefor both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard.
Bus bridges are enabled by the archi-tecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self-
administered byvendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id . "
Key Words: "address
space,architecture,bus,computer,CSR,interconnect,microprocessor,register,tra
nsaction set"
Designation: 1212.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Communicating Among Processors and Peripherals Using
Shared Memory (Direct Memory Access - DMA)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1993
Abstract: Primitive yet high-performance means are defined for passing messages across the bus between the Processor and some form
of intelligence in the I/O Unit's Function. This message-passing scheme makes minimal demands on the instruction set and hardware
required. In addition, several simple conventions are defined for the structure of the messages passed. The intent is to provide
a standard architectural framework that supports the detailed definition of application-dependent I/O Unit and Function interface
standards. The algorithms and definitions themselves are useful in the design of integrated circuits for I/O.
Key Words: Processor, Memory, I/O, Direct memory access, DMA
Designation: 1214-1992
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Multichannel Analyzer (MCA) Histogram Data Interchange
Format for Nuclear Spectroscopy
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 1993
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993
Abstract: A standard format for data interchange used to transfer pulse height data on magnetic media between laboratories is
provided. The terms used in file records are defined. The contents consist only of ASCII characters and can be transmitted over
networks and other direct links. Example programs to read data in FORTRAN, BASIC and C are provided.
Key Words: data transfer, multichannel pulse height data, histogram data
interchange, interchange, multichannel analyzer, nuclear spectroscopy
Designation: 1215-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2002
Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and
operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and
supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established
utility practices.
Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors,
rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction,
installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and
600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1215-2001, IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors"
Key Words: "connectors, power distribution, switchgear"
Designation: 1216-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 A,
Single-Phase Underground Residential Distribution (URD)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2001
Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: This Application Guide provides information on what a basic
faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for
selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 amp URD
circuits is described.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the first industry
document providing application and use guidelines for faulted circuit
indicators in the electric power industry.
Abstract: " This application guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI)is designed to do, and
describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs tosingle-phase, 200 A, underground residential distribution (URD)
circuits is described."
Key Words: "overcurrent protection, power distribution"
Designation: 1217-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Preservative Treatment of Wood Distribution and
Transmission Line Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001
Technical Contact: Robert Lash, Phone:202 720 2301, Email:bob.lash@wdc.usda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for specifying
preservative treatments for wood structures used on distribution and
transmission lines.
Project Purpose: To consolidate many treatment methods for wood into one
document.
Abstract: " This guide discusses the preservative treatment of both distribution and transmissionwood poles. The guide includes
definitions, descriptions of equipment, methods of treatment,information about preservatives, and preparation and specifications
for treatment. "
Key Words: "overhead distribution lines, overhead transmission lines,
preservative treatment, wood distribution structures, wood transmission
structures"
Designation: 1218
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line
Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:716-319-3249, Email:nbingel@osmose.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 1218
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line
Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:716-319-3249, Email:nbingel@osmose.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for inspection, repair,
and replacement of wood transmission and distribution line structures.
Project Purpose: To provide a guide to engineers that is not now covered by
similar documents.
Designation: 1219-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Maintenance
Status: Superseded
**Being revised as P14764.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To address issues and problems of software maintenance and
required actions and procedures which can help organizations meet the
growing demands of maintaining existing systems. Tools and techniques that
may be used to improve the control of software maintenance activities are
discusses. Managing the maintenance process and maintenance specific
definitions will be included in the standard. In addition it will establish
a correlation between the content of software maintenance plan as derfined
in 1219 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for
Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by
adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of
the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. 5/9/97
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207.
Abstract: The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
Key Words: "life cycle,maintenance,software,software maintenance"
Designation: 1219-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
Key Words: maintenance, software
Designation: 1220-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering
Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2005
Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:Terry.Doran@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: (First para of existing 1.1, Scope): "This standard deÞnes the
interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle
to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system
solution. This document is intended to guide the development of systems
(which include humans, computers, and software) for commercial, government,
military, and space applications. The information applies to an enterprise
within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and
establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle
sustainment." The scope of the revision is to be unchanged.
Project Purpose: (Existing 1.2, Purpose): "The purpose of this document is to
provide a standard for managing a system from initial concept through
development, operations, and disposal. The inclusion of computers and
associated software in today's products has made the need to engineer each
of those products as a total system more acute. The human, physical, and
software components should all be addressed to optimize overall system
performance." The purpose of the revision project is to harmonize the
standard with the new ISO/IEC 15288, System Life Cycle Processes.
Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system’s life cycle to transform stakeholder needs,
requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard is intended to guide the development of systems
for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to a project within an enterprise that is
responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle
sustainment.
Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design, development
, component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes, software, supplier,
synthesis, system life cycle, system engineering, technical management,
validation, verification
Designation: 1220-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering
Process
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This standard defines the tasks which are required throughout
the system's life-cycle to transform customer requirements into a system
solution. This includes the definition of technical performance measures,
the integration of engineering specialties toward the establishment of a
system architecture, and the definition of supporting life-cycle processes
which balance cost, performance, schedule and risk objectives. The standard
is intended for systems for commercial, government, military and space
applications.
Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document.
Incorporate lessons learned during the trial use period from both teaching
classes based on the document and field experience of users, and clarify
relationships with other standards within the IEEE Software Engineering
collection.
Abstract: " The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a systemÕs life cycle to trans-form customer needs,
requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition,the requirements for the systems engineering
process and its application throughout the productlife cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering
activities necessary to guideproduct development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable
toproduce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or theenvironment. "
Key Words: 1220-1998_body.fm
Designation: 1220-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems
Engineering Process
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994
Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements,
and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard applies to a performing activity within an enterprise that is
responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life-cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life-cycle
sustainment. It specifies the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the product life
cycle. The requirements of this standard are applicable to new products as well as incremental enhancements to existing products.
Key Words: enterprise, SEDS, SEMS, SEMP, system engineering plan, master
schedule, systems engineering process
Designation: 1221-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Guide for Fire Hazard Assessment of Electrical Insulating
Materials in Electrical Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: " Fire hazards from electrical distribution and utilization systems installed in industrial,residential, and public
buildings/areas are covered. A method for practical fire hazard assessmentfor electrical equipment containing insulating
materials, based on relevant fire or failure scenariosdrawn from service experience and engineering analysis, is established. The
relationship betweensmall-scale material tests and large-scale fire hazard tests is discussed. Written for the electricalengineer
responsible for the safety of electrical systems and equipment, this guide providesguidelines for design of insulation systems
and selection of insulating materials and aids in the useof codes, regulations, standards, product listings, and testing to
improve safety. "
Key Words: 1221-1993
Designation: 1222-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 30, 2004
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical
and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all-
dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on
overhead or underground electric utility facilities.
Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance
requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the
dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical
fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper.
Designation: 1222
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: P1222
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical
and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self-
supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric
power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include
cables used for underground installations.
Project Purpose: The standard is being revised to reflect many advances in both
the industry and technology and to transfer hardware requirements to
standard P1591.2.
Designation: 1223
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Guide for the Use of Digital Signal Processing in Analyzing the Records
of High Voltage Tests
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terence R McComb, Phone:(613) 993-2660, Email:terry.mccomb@nrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 1224-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Open Systems Interconnection
(OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation—Application Program Interfaces (API)
[Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: A general-purpose application program interface (API) for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of
potentially complex Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) information objects is defined in terms that are independent of any
particular programming language. The API provides tools for manipulating objects defined using Abstract Syntax Notation One
(ASN.1), shielding the application programmer from much of the complexity of ASN.1 It is designed to be used in conjunction with,
but is otherwise independent of, application-specific APIs for OSI.
Key Words: API, ASN.1, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object
management, Language independent, Application portability, Abstract syntax
notation
Designation: 1224.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X.400-Based Electronic
Messaging—Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Application program interfaces (APIs) to X.400-based electronic messaging services are defined in terms that are
independent of any particular programming language. A general-purpose API that makes the functionality of a message transfer
system (MTS) accessible to a message store (MS) or user agent (UA), or the functionality of a simple MS accessible to a UA, is
provided. An X.400 gateway API divides a message transfer agent (MTA) into two software components, a messaging system gateway
and an X.400 gateway service. This standard, and the language bindings derived from it, are intended to be used in conjunction
with IEEE Std 1224-1993, which provides a general-purpose API for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of OSI
information objects.
Key Words: X.400, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object
management, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application
portability, API
Designation: 1224.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Directory Services—Application
Programming Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly P1003.17
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: A application program interface (API) to OSI directory services is defined in terms that are independent of any particular
programming language. The interface, which supports applications portability at the source-code level, is intended to be used by
both applications developers and directory service implementors.
Key Words: Portable application, POSIX, Open systems, Directory, Application
portability, ASN.1, API
Designation: 1224.2 Int-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Std 1224.2-1993/1327.2/INT, October 1995 Edition
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services -
Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] and IEEE Std 1327.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology -
Directory Services C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are
presented in this documents. The intent is to give the directory services community resonable ways of interpreting unclear
portions of these standards.
Key Words: directory services, interpretations, X 500, X.500
Designation: 1224/1224.1/1327-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for Std 1224-1993, Std 1327.1-1993, Std
1224.1-1993
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
Abstract Data Manipulation—Application Program Interface (API); IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API);
and IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X.400-Based Electronic Messaging—Application Program Interface
(API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the 1224 community reasonable ways
of interpreting unclear portions of these standards.
Key Words: computer, computer environments, interfaces, interpretations, OM,
API, OSI, X.400
Designation: 1226-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET™ Trial-Use Standard for A Broad-Based Environment for Test
(ABBET) Overview and Architecture
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993
Abstract: The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) is defined, and mandatory requirements for
implementations of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and
requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used
throughout the set are defined.
Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layer, base document, component standard, reference
document, broad based, environment for test
Designation: 1226-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET™), Overview
and Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: ABBET will provide standards for an integrated environment,
realizing the capabilities of test related standards including, at a
minimum, active standards sponsored by the IEEE Standards Coordinating
Committee 20. The ABBET family of standards consists of a base standard and
a series (P1226.1, etc.) of componet standards and guides. This PAR is for
the base standard which represents an overview of ABBET and its
architecture. The architecture describes the elements of ABBET and their
inter-relationships. The ABBET base standard also establishes guidelines
and requirements to govern the elements of the ABBET component standards and
guides.
Project Purpose: To define a standard, broad based, environment which uses
other standards relating to design, test, and maintenance activities.
Abstract: " The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) TM is defined, andmandatory requirements for
implementation of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET andtheir interrelationships are described. Guidelines and
requirements governing the elements of theABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used
throughout theset are defined. "
Key Words: "ABBET,product test,diagnostis,software framework"
Designation: 1226.1-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET™ Trial-Use Standard for Common Ada Packages for A Broad-
Based Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993
Abstract: Ada packages that specify general purpose test support data types and services for A Broad-Based Environment for Test
(ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the specification, implementation, and use of the other IEEE ABBET component
standards. ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test
requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs.
Key Words: Ada, ABBET, CAtlas, broad based environment
Designation: 1226.2-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET™ Trial-Use Standard for Ada-Based ATLAS-Level Test Procedure
Interface for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993
Abstract: Ada packages that specify data types and services for the Ada-based ATLAS-level test procedure interface for a broad-based
environment for test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the development of Ada-based, UUT-directed, signal-
oriented test programs. IEEE ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design
data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control
programs.
Key Words: C/ATLAS, Ada, ABBET
Designation: 1226.3-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Interface for Resource Management for a Broad
Based Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Mar 26, 1998
Project Scope: To define the software interface to access Test Equipment
Configuration information. This is a component standard of IEEE Standard
1226 9ABBET).
Project Purpose: To define the interfaces to services which obtain descriptive
and control information about an automatic test system and to define the
interfaces to services that perform virtual and real resource management.
There is no current standard to provide this capability.
Abstract: " The services needed to access and manage descriptive information about resources inan automatic test system (ATS) are
covered. This information includes data about the automatictest equipment (ATE) instruments, switching, and the test subject
adapter. This standard is a com-ponent of the ABBET set of standards."
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 1226.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Instrument Drivers for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of instrument
resources in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226
(ABBET).
Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interoperability by providing standard
software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Test Instrumentation
Services. There is no current standard to provide this capability.
Designation: 1226.5
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface to Communication Buses for a Broad Based
Environment For Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface to test resource communication
buses within an ABBET system. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard
1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: To enhance the reusability and portability of test resource
control software by providing standard software interfaces to test resource
communication buses. There is no current standard to provide this
capability.
Designation: 1226.6-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET™ Guide for the Understanding of the "A Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET)™" Standard
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Apr 15, 1996
Abstract: As a part of the family of IEEE ABBET™ standards, this guide facilitates an understanding of the relationships of IEEE
ABBET 1226-1993 and its component standards, as well as the relationship of an ABBET implementation with the design, production,
support, and operational environments with which it may be used.
Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layers, base document, component standard, information
sharing, product life cycle, software reuse, systems architecture
Designation: 1226.7
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Trial Use Standard Product Description Interface for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard
interfaces to product description data required for development of test.
The product description data will include test models of the product
physical, circuit, logic, and functional design including BIT and BITE. The
test models will support design verification, manufacturing test and
diagnostics. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226
(ABBET). The development of standard interfaces to machine processable
product description information will support analysis of completed design,
manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The
standard interfaces will support application of design information across
manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis.
Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces to machine processable
product description information will support analysis of completed design,
manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The
standard interfaces will support application of design information across
manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis.
Designation: 1226.8
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Trial Use Standard Test Strategy and Requirements Interface for a Broad
Based Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard
interfaces to information used to support products in the following process
areas (1) assessment of product testability, (2) test equipment requirements
analysis, and (3) test program generation. The interfaces will include: (1)
product test requirements, (2) diagnostic performance assessment, (3) test
strategies, (4) diagnostic flow generation, (5) automatic test generation,
(6) artificial intelligence and expert system interfaces. This is a
component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces which are machine
processable is intended to support (1) the development of automated test and
diagnostics, (2) analysis of design, (3) application of design information
across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnostics, and (4) the
standard graphical display of information for test developer and user.
Designation: 1226.9
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Resource Classes for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of resource classes
in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interchangeability by providing standard
software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) test resources
services. There is no current standard to provide this capability.
Designation: 1226.10
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Tuntime Services for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET™)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface for runtime services in ABBET.
This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: To provide a standard software interface for communications
and control of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) runtime services. There is no
current standard to provide this capability.
Designation: 1226.11
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard Test Resource Information for a Broad-Based Environment for
Test (ABBET)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To define the test resource information. This is a component
standard of IEEE 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: The purpose is to defgine the test resource information that
describes test system and the interface to that information in an ABBET
environment. There is no current standard which provides this capability.
Designation: 1226.12
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Formal Representation and Exchange of Test Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will provide the methodology and formats for the
formal representation of test requirements and will define a common format
by which such representation can be exchanged.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally
represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical
requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process
evaluation, and test ptogram generation.
Designation: 1226.13
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Parametric Data Log Format
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for
parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard
supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log
parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of
analysis and historical trend reporting.
Designation: 1227-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of DC Electric-Field Strength and Ion
Related Quantities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Guidance is provided for measuring the electric-field strength, ion-current density, conductivity, monopolar space-charge
density, and net space-charge density in the vicinity of HVDC power lines, in converter substations, and in apparatus designed to
simulate the HVDC power-line environment.
Key Words: Ion Related, Measurements, DC Electric-Field, Power lines, Net
space-charge density, Monopolar space-charge density, Ion-current density,
Electric-field strength, Conductivity
Designation: 1228-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Safety Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: The minimum acceptable requirements for the content of a software safety plan are established. This standard applies to
the software safety plan used for the development, procurement, maintenance, and retirement of safety-critical software. This
standard requires that the plan be prepared within the context of the system safety program. Only the safety aspects of the
software are included. This standard does not contain special provisions required for software used in distributed systems or in
parallel processors.
Key Words: Software safety program, Software safety plan, Safety-critical
software, Safety requirements
Designation: 1228
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Planning Software in Safety Related Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Patricia Trellue, Phone:505-845-9734, Email:patrell@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Revise the existing Std 1228.
Project Purpose: Change title; Changes to existing technology that have
occurred since 1994 that affect the standard. In particular, the increasing
use of commercial off-the-shelf software in safety applications will be
considered. New development paradigms that have attained commercial and
governmental use in safety applications.
Designation: 1229
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Definitions for Electrical Heat Tracing
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989
Designation: 1230
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Measurement of Radio Noise from the Testing of High Voltage
Hardware and Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert G Olsen, Phone:509-335-4950, Email:olsen@eecs.wsu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989
Designation: 1232-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2002
**Supersedes 1232-1995, 1232.1-1997, and 1232.2-1998.
Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002
Project Scope: The standard defines formal specifications for supporting system
diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of
diagnostic information, and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic
processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis,
diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support and
diagnostic maturation.
Project Purpose: This standard provides formal models of diagnostic information
to ensure unambiguous access to and understanding of the information
supportiing system test and diagnosis. The standard unifies and expands
upon the specifications published in IEEE Std 1232-1995, IEEE Std 1232.1-
1997, and IEEE Std 1232.2-1998.
Abstract: "AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services forthe test and diagnostic
environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfacesbetween functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic
reasoner and representations of diagnosticknowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are
definedto form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between tworeasoners, and also
to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard thendefines the services to manipulate diagnostic
information and to control a diagnostic reasoner."
Key Words: "AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model,
diagnostic services, dynamic context, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system
test"
Designation: P1232
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All
Test Environments (AI-ESTATE)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE standard defines formal specifications for
supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and
processing of diagnostic information and the control of diagnostic
processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability
analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance
support, and diagnostic maturation.
Project Purpose: The AI-ESTATE standard provides formal models of diagnostic
information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the
information supporting system test and diagnosis. The standard defines
formal information models and software services specific to several
different types of diagnostic reasoners. The purpose is to provide
semantically sound definitions of diagnostic knowledge and to specify
software exchange and service interfaces that are consistent with the
state of the practice in modern test and diagnostic systems (e.g., the
use of XML and web services).
Designation: 1232-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to
Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE): Overview and Architecture
Status: Superseded
**Adopted as a full-use standard by StdsBd on16 Sept 97. Superseded by
1232-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995
Abstract: This document is the base standard for the AI-ESTATE set of standards. The overall concept of AIESTATE, which is a set of
specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment, is defined; mandatory
requirements for implementing AI-ESTATE are specified; the elements of AI-ESTATE and their interrelationships are described;
guidelines and requirements to govern the documents in the AI-ESTATE set of standards are established; and the terminology used
throughout the set is defined. The purpose of the AI-ESTATE set of standards is to standardize interfaces between functional
elements of an intelligent test environment and representations of knowledge and data for the functional elements of the
intelligent test environment.
Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial , intelligence, diagnosis, system test, unit
under test, UUT
Designation: 1232.1-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Data and Knowledge Specification
Status: Superseded
**Elevated from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 9/16/99. Superseded by 1232-2002.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the form of
the data and knowledge needed to support AI-ESTATE.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the
formal specifications of the data and knowledge necessary to perform system
test and diagnosis, and to insure the portability of data and knowledge
between AI-ESTATE compliant systems.
Abstract: Formal models for information used in system diagnosis are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this
standard includes several models that form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information
between two reasoners, and also provides a formal typing system for the services defined in the AI-ESTATE service specification.
Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial intelligence, diagnosis, enhanced diagnostic
inference model, fault tree model
Designation: 1232.2-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Service Specification
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1232-2002.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the services
needed to support AI-ESTATE.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the
formal specifications of the services, transactions, and protocols necessary
to insure the interoperability of AI-ESTATE compoiant systems.
Abstract: " Formal software interfaces to system diagnosis tools and applications are defined. Aspart of the AI-ESTATE set of
standards, this standard defines services to manipulate informationmodels as defined in IEEE Std 1232.1-1997 and to control a
diagnostic reasoner. This standard in-cludes a new information model to manipulate dynamic information obtained during the
process ofsystem diagnosis. Service bindings to ANSI C and ANSI Ada are also provided. "
Key Words: "AI-ESTATE,artificial intelligence,diagnosis,dynamic context
model,system test"
Designation: 1232a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence
Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1232-2002 (AI-ESTATE) provides formal models of
diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of
the information supporting system test and diagnosis. This document corrects
and augments several portions of these information models and amends the AI-
ESTATE exchange mechanism to include XML.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is two-fold. First, this project
will correct errors and deficiencies identified following the publication of
IEEE Std 1232-2002. Second, the target user community has been migrating
towards using XML as a practical information exchange mechanism. Therefore,
this project will incorporate XML Schema into IEEE Std 1232-2002 to improve
utilization by the target user community.
Designation: 1233-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Apr 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1997
Project Scope: This guide will be used for developing a system requirements
specification. A System is a set of interconnected elements constituted to
achieve defined objectives by performing specified functions. Development
includes the thought process involved in the collection, analysis, and
organization of the requirements. This quide addresses conditions for
incorporating coperational concepts and confiquration design requirements
into the system specifications. It will also describe the necessary content
and qualities of a good system specification and present several prototype
outlines.
Project Purpose: This document will serve as a guide for defining functional,
performance and interface requirements for a system. This guide will
recommend methods for specifying the requirements and capabilities for
systems. System specifications developed using this guide will: 1)
Facilitate a contracting agent to specify requirements for a system to
potential designers/developers. 2) Provide templates for writing/auditing
system specifications, and 3) Provide a general overview of a system which
may be required by trainers, support personnel, or other users. Once
completed, this guide will provide a foundation on which an IEEE tutorial on
Developing System Specification can be built.
Abstract: Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an
expressed need is provided. Developing a SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the
requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constaints, and design
confiquration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of
individual requirements and the set of all requirements.
Key Words: SyRS, requirement, system
Designation: 1233-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Speci-fication (SyRS), that will satisfy an
expressed need is provided. Developing an SyRS includes theidentification, organization, presentation, and modification of the
requirements. Also addressed arethe conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design
configurationrequirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qual-ities of
individual requirements and the set of all requirements. "
Key Words: "requirement,SyRS, system,system requirements specification"
Designation: 1233a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1999
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of systems
requirements specification as defined in 1233 and the content of such plans
as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: P1234
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Fault Locating Techniques on Shielded Power Cable Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This document will be a guide for cable fault locating
techniques on shielded power cable systems. This guide will be applicable
to all insulated, shielded power cable systems.
Project Purpose: Extruded dielectric cables, their joints and terminations
require special attention to cable fault locating. The arbitrary use of
high voltages and energies during AC, DC, and surge testing of service aged
cables overstresses insulation defects which will become faults after the
cables are returned to service. The guide will provide information to
identify and locate cable faults with minimum risk of further damaging the
cable system. The techniques will maintain cable integrity, reduce customer
outage time, consider customer equipment sensitivity along with personnel
and equipment safety.
Designation: 1234
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Fault Locating on Shielded Power Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Shantanu Nandi, Phone:630-576-6910, Email:s.nandi@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1235-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Properties of Identifiable Jackets for Underground
Power Cables and Ducts
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 10, 2000
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: Identification markings of underground power cables and ducts.
Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and
ducts and the visual, chemical and mechanical prop[erties of the
identification materials and/or methods, and their impact on the properties
of the overall jacket or conduit and installation practices
Project Purpose: To establish a guide for identification markings of jacketed
underground power cables and ducts.
Abstract: " Identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts are establishedin this guide. Included are
various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts, andthe visual, chemical, and mechanical properties of the
identification materials and/or methods, andtheir impact on the properties of the overall jacket or duct as well as their impact
on installationpractices. "
Key Words: "duct,identification,jacket,power cables,raised ridge,red stripe"
Designation: 1235
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Test Methods for Identifying (URD) Underground Residential
Distribution Cable Jackets and/or Conduits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: S. R Szaniszlo, Phone:(514) 640-3706, Email:steveszan@ca.inter.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: 1236
Title: Recommended Practice for Performance Measurement Criteria of Fiber Optic
Transmission Systems for Voice, Video and Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Pryma, Phone:(708) 677-2600
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1237
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Standard for Information Technology Application Porgram Interface for
Remote Procedure Call
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1238.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology, OSI Application Program
Interfaces—File Transfer, Access, and Management [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 07, 1995
Abstract: A C language Application Program Interface (API) to the OSI File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol is
defined. The functions of the API implement high-level file transfer and file management operations using the service of an FTAM
initiator and service provider that underlie the API. The API uses the services of the OSI Abstract Data Manipulation API (IEEE
Std 122-1993) to facilitate passing of data between the API and the user.
Key Words: API, application layer, application portabil, C language, file
transfer, FTAM, OM, open systems interconnection, OSI, OSI Abstract Data
Designation: 1240-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Reliability of HVDC Converter
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2001
Technical Contact: Farshad John Hormozi, Phone:818-771-6775, Email:john.hormozi@ladwp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Aug 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001
Project Scope: Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations, including stations that
are "back-to-back" for connection of AC systems, and DC transmission
terminals.
Project Purpose: The proposed Guide will give uwers reliability design
evaluation criteria, and methods for assessing the reliability of the
stations. The benefit will be assessment of the relative reliability of
alternate equipment and station designs, and the determination of the
appropriate balance of cost and reliability for a particular application.
The intended users are electric power engineers in electric utilities,
engineering services firms, design/construction contractors, independent
power developers, and equipment manufacturing companies.
Abstract: " This guide is intended to serve high-voltage direct current (HVDC) converter stationreliability by suggesting
significant objectives, design, operation, monitoring, and specificationdetails. This guide includes the CIGRÉ performance
protocol and reliability-related mathematicalconcepts."
Key Words: "availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM,
reliability"
Designation: 1241-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital
Converters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2001
Technical Contact: T Michael Souders, Phone:(301) 975-2406, Email:souders@eeel.nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Analog to Digital converters, with or without sample and hold
circuitry. 21-Sep-2000 Disapproved because the Sponsor must conduct a
recirculation ballot to address substantive changes made to the document
subsequent to balloting. The Sponsor is urged to complete coordination with
IEC and editorial staff prior to conducting the recirculation ballot. The
Sponsor shall also re-examine whether the document was written in accordance
with the title and scope of the approved PAR (particularly 'standard' versus
'guide'). Gary Engmann will be the RevCom mentor to the Sponsor.
Project Purpose: To provide standard terminology for specifying the performance
of A/D converters, and to provide test methods for measuring the
performance. The standard will be for general purpose applications and will
not focus on highly specialized applications such as video recording.
Abstract: Abstract: IEEE Std 1241-2000 identifies analog-to-digital converter (ADC) error sources and provides test methods with
which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users
of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing
specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this
standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. This standard also presents terminology
and definitions to aid the user in defining and testing ADCs.
Key Words: "ADC, A/D converter, analog-to-digital, digitizer, terminology, test
methods"
Designation: P1241
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital
Converters
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide
common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of
analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs
whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e. they are
quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be
nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a
straight line) as discussed further in clause 1.3, and the sampling is
assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test
methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non-
uniform quantization. The scope is the same as the first paragraph of the
scope from IEEE Std 1241-2000. The second and third paragraphs of the
existing scope have been moved to the "purpose".
Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test
methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The
information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users
of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing
devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the
procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by
the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors,
e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that
this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057-1994. Many of the
tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of
digitizing waveform recorders. IEEE Std 1241-2000 did not have a "purpose"
clause. This information is the same as paragraphs two and three of the
scope clause of IEEE Std 1241-2000. Note: IEEE 1057 is presently under
revision and the new edition will be referenced if approved prior to
approval of this document.
Designation: 1242-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special-
Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1999
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this project has been expanded to no only cover
power and control cables (per original PAR) but many types of special
purpose cables used in the petroleum and chemical industry. This Guide
provides the user information on cable standards, specifications,
applications, installations, testing and areas of interest on cable
pertaining to the petrochemical industry. Special purpose cables such as
Type PLTC, Tyhpe ITC Fiber Optic, voice and data, coaxial and others are
addressed. Figures showing constructgion of the most commonly used cable
types are also included.
Project Purpose: No specific guide currently exists for specifying and
selecting power, control and spcial purpose cables for use in petroleum and
chemical plants. This guide provides application guidelines for the type
installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to
electrical mechanical, physical, thermal and environmental properties of the
cable. In doing so, it addresses those areas of concern including chemical
atmospheres, contamination, corrosion, environmental effects, and fire
retardant considerations. It is intended to help eliminate premature cable
failure due to improper specifications, selection and application of cable
in this industry.
Abstract: " Information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purposecable, as typically used in
petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, is provided in this guide. Mate-rials, design, testing, and applications are addressed.
More recent developments, such as strandfilling, low-smoke, zero-halogen materials, and chemical-moisture barriers have been
included. "
Key Words: 1242-1999_body.f5
Designation: 1243-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Design Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission
Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1997
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: The effects of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding on transmission lines are discussed. The way
these transmission-line choices will improve or degrade lightning performance is also provided. An additional section discusses
several special methods that may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, a listing and description of the FLASH
program is presented.
Key Words: grounding, lightning protection, overhead electric power
transmission, shielding
Designation: P1243
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Kurt Bell, Phone:208-685-6343, Email:kbell@powereng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to review existing guide for
accuracy, new lightning data source, revise FLASH Program, incorporate new
techniques for grounding assessment, add estimating line arrester energy
discharge,add new techniques to improve lightning performance.
Project Purpose: This guide is being revised because of new lightning
assessment techniques, the need to revise the FLASH program, and present new
sources of lightning data.
Designation: 1244
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Guide for Storage System Design
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: This project will produce a clear, abstract, model exposing the
design features required for storage systems to provide transparent, secure
information access in highly distributed, heterogeneous computing
environments. The model produced will describe design alternatives and
rationales applicable within the spectrum of valid storage system
architectures. Emphasis in the model will be placed on net-attached
storage, object-oriented design, open source software, minimal licensing
alternatives, and maximum scalability.
Project Purpose: The work under this project will serve to revise the popular
IEEE Mass Storage System Reference Model version 5 of 1994, and use it as a
basis for related IEEE Recommended Practices and Standards. Information is
being generated at rates in step with the rapidly improving technologies of
processors, and while storage media and hardware are improving rapidly as
well, storage system software and architecture lag dangerously behind. At
the same time demands for access to information in highly distributed and
heterogeneous environments are growing. Traditional approaches are not
sufficient to meet these needs, and revolutionary or rapid evolutionary
changes are needed in storage system design and software. This Model will
guide implementers toward interoperability in meeting such demands by
suggesting best use of current and emerging technologies. This Model will
inspire commercial designs of storage systems and system components from a
broad spectrum of implementers, resulting in a high level of
interoperability throughout the world.
Designation: 1244.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Object Identifier for Storage Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: 1244.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: To specify the architecture of a distributed, platform-
independent, system to manage removable media, including both disk and tape,
using robotic and manual methods. The general scheme for managing media,
the expected components of the software system, and the data model to be
supported by the software system for manageing this media are described by
this standard. Details of components of the Media Management System are
specified by companion standards.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard architecture for media management and
enabling components. This architecture and companion components are part of
a comprehensive revision of the Mass Storage Systems Reference Model
(MSSRM), needed to achieve scalability and meaningful implementability.
Abstract: " The architecture of a distributed, platform-independent system that manages removablemedia, including both disk and
tape, using robotic and manual methods are specified. The generalschema for managing media, the components of the software
system, and the supporting data mod-el used by the software system for managing this media are described by this standard.
Details ofmajor components of the system are specified by companion standards. "
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library,
content neutral, data model, device manager, distributed, drive manager,
fully scalable, heterogeneous environment, information access,
interoperability, language neutral, library management"
Designation: 1244.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Physical Volume Library for Storage Systems (SSS.PVL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Designation: 1244.2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security,
Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Specify the protocol used to identify, authenticate and
establish an initial connection between the software components of the IEEE
Media Management System. Details of components of the Media Management
System are specified by companion standards.
Project Purpose: The Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization
protocol enables the IEEE Media Management System to be a secure,
distributed system. The protocol allows for future revision of other
protocols within the system, and interoperability of an MMS with multiple
versions of the different components of the system.
Abstract: " The syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS clientor MMS module and the MM are
described. Since this protocol is only used in the context of theMMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough
understanding of its architecture asdescribed in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. "
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, authentication, automated
tape library, X.509 security, session, session initiation, SHA-1, software,
SSL, storage, storage management,"
Designation: 1244.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Physical Volume Repository for Storage Systems (SSS.PVR)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Designation: 1244.3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management
Protocol (MMP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2001
Project Scope: Specify the Media Management Protocol which is used by client
and administrative applications in the Media Management System to allocate,
de-allocate, mount and dismount, volumes and to adminster the system. The
MMP includes levels of privilige so that, for example, a client application
cannot perform administrative funcetions, or an operator console program
cannot perform higher-level management functions.
Project Purpose: The Media Management Protocol is the interface to the MMS for
application and administrative client programs.
Abstract: " All relevant behavior and states of the Media Management System (MMS) and theMedia Manager (MM) from the time the MMS
application successfully establishes a session withthe MM, until the session is severed is described. This standard specifies the
behavior of the MMitself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of theMM, including but
not limited to booting the MM and the un-commanded exit of a MMS client. "
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library,
content neutral, data model device managaer, drive manager, library manager,
media management, media neutral, storage management, system architecture"
Designation: 1244.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (SSS.MVR)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Designation: 1244.4-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management
Protocol (DMP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: Specify the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) used between two
software components of the Media Management System (MMS): the central
management core and a program that manages a drive which is used to access
removable media.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System component which defines the drive management application-
layer protocol in terms of a language.
Abstract: Version 1.0 of the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) is specified.
Key Words: "data model, drvie manager, information access, language neutral,
media neutral, storage management, system architecture"
Designation: 1244.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Storage System Management Interfaces and Managed Object
Definitions (SSS.MGT)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1244.5-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management
Protocol (LMP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface
between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and
a program that manages an automated library or a vault.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Managment System component which defines the library management application-
layer protocol in terms of a language.
Abstract: The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM) of an
IEEE Media Management System (MMS) are specified.This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP).
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, data
model, drive manager, language neutral, library management, library manager,
media management, system architecture"
Designation: 1244.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standards for Information Technology for Virtual Storage Services
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Baird, Phone:408/447-2407, Email:bbaird@nsa.hp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1244.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Interchange
Protocol (MMIP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP), defining
a protocol to allow interchange of information between autonomous Media
managers.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System component which defines the media management interchange
application-layer protocol in terms of a language.
Designation: 1244.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Control
Interface Protocol (MMCIP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP),
defining a protocol which permits interfacing the data management component
of the MMS with existing library management systems.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System component which defines the media manager control
interface application-layer protocol in terms of a language.
Designation: 1244.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) C Language Procedural
Interface Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Specify the C Language Procedural Interface, defines a set of
standard programming interfaces which facilitate construction of components
of the MMS, particularly client, administrative, and operational
applications, library managers, and drive managers. Although the definition
will be for the C programming language, the interface will be developed with
a view of implementation in languages such as C++ or Java.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System which is constructed using a defined set of programming
interfaces.
Designation: 1244.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) User Mount Commands
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To specify a set of standard commands allowing users to mount,
unmount, acquire, and release media. These commands are specified as a part
of a command line interface for systems that offer such interfaces, such as
the UNIX shell or NT command line interface. Commands may be embedded in
scripts to produce more complex or custom functions, or to allow an
application program that is not written for MMS to be adaped for use with
MMS.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System which is constructed using a defined set user commands
which permit extensibility and interoperability.
Designation: 1244.10
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Managment System (MMS) Standard Administrative and
Operational Commands
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To specify a set of MMS Standard Administrative and Operational
Commands for the Media Management System. The standard defines a command-
line, minimally interactive interface for basic interaction with the MMS;
these commands could be used to construct interactive interfaces using
scripting-based systems such as web CGI scripting or tcl/tk.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System which is constructed using a defined set of standard
administrative and operational commands which permit extensibility and
interoperability.
Designation: 1244.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (MOVER)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To provide the definition, architecture, and software interfaces
of a server called a "Mover", which transfers data between two endpoints
within a distributed storage system.
Project Purpose: To provide standard storage system data Mover architecture and
software interfaces for use by the IEEE Media Management System (although
MOVER is not an MMS component) and other storage systems. To enable
industry to reference and use a standard storage system data mover.
Designation: 1245
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Permanent, Non-grounding, Power Connection Systems Used in
Substations.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: 1246-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in
Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2003
**Supersedes 1246-1997.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and
installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This
guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems.
Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and
safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary
protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in
permanent and mobile substations.
Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protectivegrounding systems, including the connection
points, as used in permanent and mobile substations,are covered in this guide.
Key Words: grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary
grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating
Designation: P1246
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and
installation of temporary protective grounding (TPG) systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide
does not address series-capacitor compensated systems.
Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and
safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary
protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in
permanent and mobile substations.
Designation: 1246-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in
Substations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1246-2002.
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations are covered.
Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary
grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating
Designation: 1247-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated
Above 1000 Volts
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006
**NOTE: IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) is currently under development.
Requirements specified by this document will become effective when it is
approved as a standard.
Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard applies to switching devices, interrupters, and
interrupter switches (as defined in IEEE Std C37.100-1992) for alternating
current, rated above 1000 volts and used indoors, outdoors, or in enclosures
for which a switching rating is to be assigned.While this standard covers
the basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and
in enclosures, other standards such as IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std
C37.20.3-1987, IEEE Std C37.20.4-1996, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and IEEE
PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) also contain requirements for switches used in
enclosures. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated
connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995 [B7]. This standard also
does not apply to circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard
for switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches. This broad
definition of a switch, encompasses devices that meet the strict definition
of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992, and also encompass
devices that utilize insulating media other than air. Technical errors have
been identified in some of the testing code. The intent of this revision is
to produce a technically correct standard, but not to change any of the
approach philosophy.
Abstract: The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does
not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors.
Key Words: enclosed switch, indoor switch, interrupter switch, outdoor switch,
switching ability, switching current, switching rating
Designation: 1247-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated
Above 1,000 Volts
Status: Superseded
**Project was known as C37.39.
History: BD APP: Jul 22, 1998
Abstract: " The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosuresare covered. This standard does
not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors. "
Key Words: "enclosed switch,indoor switch,interrupter switch,outdoor
switch,switching ability,switching current,switching rating"
Designation: 1248-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for the Commissioning of Electrical Systems in Hydroelectric
Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Abstract: " Inspection proceedures and tests for use following the completion of the installation ofcomponents and systems through
to commercial operation are provided. This guide is directed tothe plant owners, designers, and contractors involved in the
commissioning of electrical systems ofhydroelectric plants. "
Key Words: "commissioning, hydroelectric power plant"
Designation: 1249-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Computer-Based Control for Hydroelectric Power Plant
Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 1997
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: The application, design concepts, and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant
automation is addressed. Functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, hardware considerations, and
operator training are discussed. Recommendations for system testing and acceptance are provided, and case studies of actual
computer-based control applications are presented.
Key Words: computer-based automation, closed-loop control, data acquisition,
hydroelectric, power plant, network bus configurations, system architecture,
system performance, alarm processing, automatic generation control,
automatic voltage control
Designation: P1249
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant
Automation
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:Doug.Seely@stantec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the guide was to provide guidance to the
practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plants by describing
the application, design concepts and implementation of computer-based
control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation. It also addresses
functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements,
tradeoffs, hardware considerations and includes typical application
examples.
Project Purpose: The guide has not been revised since completion of the
original work on the document in 1996. It is proposed to make revisions to
the guide to reflect the advances in technology and to provide actual
computer implementation in hydroelectric power plants. The guide will be
amended with the latest case studies, software functions, HMI and
communications solutions.
Designation: 1250-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Service to Equipment Sensitive to Momentary Voltage
Disturbances
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Abstract: Computers, computer-like products, and equipment using solid-state power conversion have created entirely new areas of
power quality considerations. There is an increasing awareness that much of this new user equipment is not designed to withstand
the surges, faults, and reclosing duty present on typical distribution systems. Momentary voltage disturbances occuring in ac
power distribution and utilization systems, their potential effects on this new, sensitive, user equipment, and guidance toward
mitigation of these effects are described. Harmonic distortion limits are also discussed.
Key Words: surge protection, power conditioners, momentary voltage
disturbances, harmonic distortion, faults, disturbance analyzers, Surges,
Sensitive equipment, Noise
Designation: P1250
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Identifying and Improving Voltage Quality in Power Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This guide will assist readers in identifying and improving
voltage quality in power systems, and will reference publications in this
area.<br> More specifically, this Guide includes:<br>
1. Voltage quality levels from benchmarking studies <br> 2.
Factors that affect power system performance <br> 3. Mitigation
measures that improve power system performance <br> 4. References
to current relevant in-depth IEEE standards and other documents<br>
This Guide only addresses subjects in depth where no other power quality
reference does so. It is a "gateway" document for power quality which points
the way to other documents in this field.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose in writing this Guide is to assist power
delivery system designers and operators in delivering power with voltage
quality that is compatible with electrical end-use equipment. Another
purpose is to point utility system customers toward power quality solutions
that may exist in the power utilization system and equipment.
Designation: 1251
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Collection of Data on Personal Injuries in Generating Stations
and Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Greg P Rahman, Phone:415-768-4493, Email:grahman@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 1252
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a Frame-based Knowledge Representation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Glenn O Veach, Phone:412/642-6900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1254
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 1254
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mack A. Martin, Phone:(404) 683-0070, Email:mamjr@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the understanding of moisture migration
in soil during thermal property measurements. Provide guidelines for the
measurement and use of soil thermal stability data.
Project Purpose: To provide cable engineers with guidelines for measurement and
application of thermal stability data
Designation: 1255-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of
Synchronous Motors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2000
Technical Contact: Thomas A Lipo, Phone:608/262-0287, Email:lipo@engr.wisc.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001
Project Scope: To assist in providing a uniform method for calculating and
measuuring torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous
motors. Synchronous motors as discussed in this guide specifically refer to
salient-pole type motors with wound main field circuits with either a
continuous or interrupted amortisseur cage/ In modern installations, direct
current is applied to the main field by means of slip rings from a static
exciter or by a rotating brushless excitation system to establish
synchronous operation.
Project Purpose: Define electromagnetic torque pulsations which occur during
starting of synchronous motors; Recommends a standard equivalent circuit
that can be used to analytically describe the behavior of the synchronous
motor during starting; provide the definitions and information necessary to
properly determine the circuit parameters in the equivalent circuit; supply
equations derived from the circuit which can be used to calculate the
magnitude of the torque pulsation which would occur during starting; present
a uniform technique for the on-line measurement of torque pulsations during
starting based on equations derived from the equivalent circuit.
Abstract: " A uniform method for calculating and measuring torque pulsations that occur during start-ing of synchronous motors is
provided. Synchronous motors, as discussed in this guide, applies toall types of excited synchronous motors, including laminated
or solid, salient or nonsalient ma-chines, as well as nonexcited synchronous-reluctance motors."
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 1255
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous
Motors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen B Kuznetsov, Phone:724-657-2072, Email:stephen@powersuper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 1256
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for an Open Basic Input/Output System (OBIOS) Software
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L Castelli, Phone:011-39-2-26162329
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 1258
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Trial Use Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Silicone -
Immersed Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed
transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the
transformer was originally manyfactured. This guide also addresses the
following: 1.) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone-filled
transformer. 2.) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis. 3.)
Recommended actions based on the interpretation of results. 4.) A
bibliography of related literature.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the
transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data
obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed
instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone filled
units;\however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus
only on dissolved gas analysis.
Designation: 1260-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide on the Prediction, Measurement, and Analysis of AM Broadcast
Reradiation by Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1996
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Feb 14, 1996, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: A set of procedures to be followed to cope with reradiation of AM broadcast signals from power lines and other large
metallic structures is provided. Reradiation may be described as electromagnetic waves radiated from a structure that has
parasitically picked up a signal from the environment. A simplified prediction technique called a survey is described to
determine which structures could possibly cause a problem. Guidelines for measurements and data analysis are included.
Key Words: AM broadcast, interference prediction, measurement, power lines,
reradiation
Designation: 1262-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate terrestrial flat-plate
photovoltaic non-concentrating modules intended for power generation applications are established.
Key Words: amorphous silicon devices, bypass diode thermal test, crystalline
devices, damp heat test, dry hipot test, dynamic load test, electrical
isolation test, electrical performance test, ground-continuity test, hail-
impact test, hot-spot endurance test, humidity-freeze cycle test, mechanical
loading test, outdoor exposure test, photovoltaic (PV) module, power
generation, qualification test report, static load test, surface-cut
susceptibility test, thermal-cycle test, twist test, ultraviolet
conditioning test, visual inspection, wet hipot test, wet insulation-
resistance test
Designation: 1264-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Methods and designs to mitigate interruptions and equipment damage resulting from animal intrusions into electric power
supply substations thereby improving reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss are addressed.
Key Words: barrier, flashover, mitigation, phase-to-phase, Phase-to-phase
fault, Phase-to-ground fault
Designation: 1264
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Updating to incorporate industry changes and improvements, since
the guide was originally issued.
Project Purpose: To identify methods for deterring animals from entering, and
if inside, damaging substation facilities.
Designation: 1265
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Redesignated C57.12.35
Technical Contact: Ron D Jordan, Phone:619 654 8240
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for
overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers.
Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout,
print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the
existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that
bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identificaiton data.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and
uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers when specified
by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a
result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility
material and information management systems.
Designation: 1266
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Trial-Use Guide for Evaluation and Development of Substation Life
Extension Programs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary Klein, Phone:(816) 822-3068, Email:GKLEIN@BURNSMCD.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Investigate the methods and techniques of a systematic approach
to life extension of substation facilities.
Project Purpose: Develop a guide which will provide prudent technical and
economical criteria for development and implementation of substation life
extension programs.
Designation: 1267-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation
Projects
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-670-0399, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Abstract: " The technical requirements to engineer, design, specify, fabricate, manufacture, furnish,install, test, commission, and
provide as-built documents for air-insulated substations are covered.This guide investigates the methods, practices, and
requirements of both users and suppliers in or-der to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of
specifications for turn-key substation projects. "
Designation: 1268-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2005
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items
pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment. The guide
recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular
devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide
a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide
covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport,
setup, and installation guidelines for the safe use of mobile substation
equipment. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify
specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas.
Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV is provided in this guide.
Key Words: grounding, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile
substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch
voltage, transferred voltage
Designation: 1268-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Safe Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 230 kV is provided.
Key Words: grounding, installation, lighting, lightning stroke protection,
mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection,
touch voltage, transferred voltage
Designation: 1275-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core
Requirements and Practices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 23, 1994
Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the
time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Open Firmware provides the following: a mechanism for loading and
executing programs (such as operating systems) from disks, tapes, network interfaces, and other devices; an ISA-independent
method for identifying devices "plugged in" to expansion buses and for providing firmware and diagnostics drivers for these
devices; an extensible and programmable command language based on the Forth programming language; methods for managing user-
configurable options stored in nonvolatile memory; a "call back" interface allowing other programs to make use of Open Firmware
services; and debugging tools for hardware, firmware, firmware drivers, and system software.
Key Words: ROM, Plug-in device, Initialization, Forth, Firmware, FCode, Debug,
Configuration, Boot
Designation: 1275.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware:
Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) Supplement for IEEE 1754
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the
time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the
hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging
facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be
supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the instruction set architecture (ISA) defined by IEEE Std 1754-
1994: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture.
Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization,
plug-in device, ROM
Designation: 1275.2-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus
Supplement for IEEE 1496 (SBus)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the
time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilites include testing and initializing the
hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging
facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be
supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by IEEE Std 1496-1993, IEEE Standard
for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus.
Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization,
plug-in device, ROM
Designation: 1275.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware—IEEE P1014
(VME) Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This document will specify the application of IEEE 1275-1994
Boot Firmware to systems conforming to the 32-bit IEEE standard named IEEE
1014-1987 VME Bus, including VME-specific requirements and practices for
address formats, interrupts, probing and related properties and methods.
Extensions to the 32-bit IEEE standard, introduced in the newer VME64 bus
standard ANSI/VITA-1 1995, which specifies a maximum address space of 64
bits, are outside the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std
1275-1994 must be supplemented by system specific requirements to form a
complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus
architecture defined by ANSI/IEEE 1014-1987, VME Standard.
Designation: 1275.4-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus
Supplement for IEEE 896 (Futurebus+®)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996
Abstract: Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on
and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and
initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing
interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE
Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a
particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by the IEEE
Futurebus+® standards: ISO/IEC 10857: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], Information technology-Microprocessor systems-
Futurebus +®-Logical protocol specifications; and IEEE Std 896.2-1991: IEEE Standard for Futurebus +®-Physical Layer and Profile
Specification.
Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, forth, initialization,
plug in device, ROM
Designation: 1275.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, Supplement
for 680X0 ISA
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: This document will specify the application of Std 1275 Boot
Firmware to the 680x0 Instruction Set Architecture, including 680x0-specific
requirements and practices for debugging, client program interface, and data
formats.
Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by Std 1275.0
must be augmented by system-specific requirements to form a complete
specification for the firmware for a particular system. This proposed
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the 680x0
Intruction Set Architecture.
Designation: 1275.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, 64 Bit
Extensions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@Sun.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: This document will specify user and device interface extensions
suitable for use by bindings to 64 bit processors and bindings to 64 bit
buses.
Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE-1275-
1994 do not include user interface and device interface definitions for
native 64 bit-wide device and memory access. 64 bit bindings and
implementations need a standardized set of interfaces (including allocating
a fixed set of FCode numbers) for dealings with native 64 bit access. This
proposed standard establishes such additional requirements.
Designation: 1275a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994, IEEE Standard For Boot (Initialization
Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices - Errata,
Clarifications and Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@Sun.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This supplement will correct errors in and specify
clarifications to IEEE 1275-1994. The project will not include extensions
or recommended practice to IEEE 1275-1994.
Project Purpose: IEEE 1275-1994 has several errors and inconsistencies as
published. This project will publish corrections to those errors and clear
up the inconsistencies and publish clarifications to items in the standard
that are not well understood by the community or are considered vague and
open to differing interpretation by the community.
Designation: 1276-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of High-Temperature Insulation Materials
in Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 1998
**Upgraded from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 30 March 2000.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006
Project Scope: Prepare a trial use guide for General Requirements for Liquid-
Immersed Power Transformers utilizing High Temperature Solid Insulating
Materials.
Project Purpose: To define consensus of existing practices developed from the
use of high temperature insulating materials in as yet unstandardized
liquid-filled power transformers.
Abstract: " Technical information is provided related to liquid-immersed power transformersinsulated with high-temperature
materials. Guidelines for applying existing qualified high-temperature materials to certain insulation systems, recommendations
for loading high-temperature liquid-immersed power transformers, and technical information on insulation-systemtemperature
ratings and test procedures for qualifying new high-temperature materials areincluded. "
Key Words: "high-temperature insulation material,hyprid insulation
system,liquid-immersed power transformer,loading guide"
Designation: 1277-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil-Immersed
Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 2000
**March 2002: Upgraded from Trial Use.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000
Abstract: " The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type aircore smoothing reactors for high-
voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Testcode is defined and appropriate technical background information is
presented or identified. "
Key Words: "construction, dry-type air core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating,
smoothing reactors, testcode application"
Designation: P1277
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil-
Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition and specification
of the requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing
reactors for HVDC (high voltage direct current) power transmission. This
standard only applies to smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not
apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for
variable speed drives, etc.
Project Purpose: The purpose is the same as the original document, which was to
define requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing
reactors for HVDC application. Although requirements are usually
construction independent, test code is not and the standard reflects this
characteristic. This revision is required to upgrade test code, design
considerations and application information based on feedback from
manufacturers and "end users"; dry-type or oil-immersed specific when
required. Test code methodology will be modified to reflect current
technology.
Designation: 1278-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Protocols for Distributed
Interactive Simulation Applications--Entity Information and Interaction
Status: Superseded
**Revision was redesignated 1278.1.
Technical Contact: Frank R Hill, Phone:404-464-4511, Email:fhill@sdslink.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1993
Abstract: Data messages, called protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged between simulation applications are defined. These
PDUs provide information concerning simulated entity states and the types of entity interactions that take place in a distributed
interactive simulation (DIS). The messages defined are for interactions that are primarily within visual range. Future versions
of this standard will contain additional PDUs required to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently
supported.
Key Words: articulated, parts, attached, parts, dead, reckoning, entity,
coordinate, Euler, angles, field, guise, PDUs, right-hand, rule, simulation,
application, simulation, entity
Designation: 1278.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application
Protocols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision a redesignation of IEEE Std 1278-1993.
Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are
defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity
Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, and Radio Communications.
Key Words: data messages, protocol data units, PDU, DIS, simulation network
Designation: P1278.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ralph J Weber, Phone:256-885-7133, Email:rweber@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS
applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of
the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of
standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This
particular standard addresses the application protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as PDUs, which
are exchanged on a network between simulation applications. The messages
defined are for interactions that take place within specified domains called
protocol families. Current protocol families include Entity
Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management,
Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Simulation
Management, Synthetic Environment, Entity Management, Minefield, Live Entity
Information/Interaction and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard
will contain additional PDUs and protocol families to exchange information
about interactions and functions not currently supported.
Designation: 1278.1a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation Application
Protocols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: J. Joseph Brann, Phone:407-658-8323, Email:Joebrann@AOL.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard addresses DIS application protocols to support:
Newtonian Collisions, IFF/ATC/NAVAIDS, Underwater Acoustics, Entity
Management, Environment, Intercom Communications, Simulation Management with
Reliability, and Non Real Time.
Project Purpose: The current DIS application protocols do not support the
functions and interactions as detailed in section 6. In this supplement the
current standard will be extended to define protocols for the above areas
which are critical to the overall growth of DIS.
Abstract: " Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a networkbetween simulation applications are
defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place withinspecified domains called protocol families, which include Entity
Information/Interaction, Warfare,Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications,Entity
Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability,Live Entity Information/Interaction, and
Non-Real Time. "
Key Words: "data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data
units (PDUs), Simulation network"
Designation: 1278.2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Communication
Services and Profiles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Christina L Bouwens, Phone:407-243-3742, Email:Christina.Bouwens@saic.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996
Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS
applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of
the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the
set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment.
This particular standard addresses the communications services to be used to
support distributed interactive simulation appplications. This standard
defines the requirements for the communication services to be used to
support DIS applications. This standard also provides two communication
profiles which adhere to the service requirements.
Project Purpose: Communication requirements for interactive simulations are not
currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group
will also define and recommend an overall action plan to clarify and improve
industry understanding for distributed interactive communication
requirements.
Abstract: Communication services to support information exchange between simulation applications participating in the Distributed
Interactive Simulation (DIS) environment are defined. These communication services describe a connectionless information
transfer that supports real-time, as well as non-real-time, exchange. Several communication profiles specifying communication
services are provided.
Key Words: communication , DIS, simulation network, protocol data units, PDU,
multicast
Designation: 1278.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation -
Exercise Management and Feedback
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: William V Tucker, Phone:256-461-3120, Email:william.v.tucker@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 30, 1997
Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for
Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard in the
proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute
the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an
interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard
addresses the exercise control and feedback stations connected into DIS
networks.
Project Purpose: Exercise management and feedback stations are not currently
covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will
define the functions that must be implemented in Exercise Management and
Feedback Stations. These functions will allow the exercise manager to
control exercise participants and to provide feedback of exercise results to
participants; both groups distributed geographically.
Abstract: Guidelines are established for exercise management and feedback in Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) exercises.
Guidance is provided to sponsors, providers, and supporters of DIS compliant systems and exercises as well as to developers of
DIS exercise management and feedback stations. The activities of the organizations involved in a DIS exercise and the top-level
processes used to accomplish those activities are addressed. The functional requirements of the exercise management and feedback
process are also addressed. This standard is one of a series of standards developed for DIS to assure interoperability between
dissimilar simulations for currently installed and future simulations developed by different organizations.
Key Words: automated simulation, computer-generated force (CGF), dead-reckoning
algorithms, simulation management, simulator networking, validation,
verification, warfare simulation, wargames
Designation: 1278.4-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation -
Verification, Validation and Accreditation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Dec2002: Upgraded from trial-use to full-use.
Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This document has been developed to assist the DIS technician to
plan and conduct the Validation and Verification process. This document
presents the data flow and connectivity of all proposed Validation and
Verification process model steps and provides rationale and justification of
each step.
Project Purpose: The DIS Validation and Verification process morrors the
difficulties of designing, assembling, and testing a collection of models
and simulations. Because a variety of applications ca be supported by the
use of DIS, the Validation and Verification process must be clearly and
completely defined in terms that will ensure a solid understanding by its
various users and designers.
Abstract: " Guidelines are established for the verification, validation, and accreditation (VV&A) ofdistributed interactive
simulation (DIS) exercises. ""How-to"" procedures for planning and conducting DISexercise VV&A are provided. Intended for use
in conjunction with IEEE Std 1278.3-1996, thisrecommended practice presents data flow and connectivity for all proposed
verification and validationactivities and provides rationale and justification for each step. VV&A guidance is provided to
exerciseusers/sponsors and developers. "
Key Words: accreditation; certification; Distributed Interactive Simulation;
simulation; validation; verification; warfare simulation; wargames
Designation: 1278.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation: Fidelity Description
Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Greg Passmore
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Provide a taxonomy of fidelity characteristics with a consistent
and uniform language to describe fidelity at 6 levels: resource, fidelity
domain, capability, implementation, characteristic, and descriptor.
Project Purpose: Created to address the problem of how to measure, compare, and
test for fidelity of interconnected simulations, both individually and
collectively.
Designation: 1279
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- CD-ROM Architectural Profile
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mike Rubenfeld, Phone:301/975-3064
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 1280
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Data Access Language for Full-Text
Information Systems: Structured Full-Text Query Language (SFQL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Neil R Shapiro, Phone:518/393-1526, Email:n.shapiro@earth.execpc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1281
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms
Title: Stand ard for Information Technology -- Use of ISO 9660: 1988 System Use
Fields
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 1282
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Interchange of ISO 9945-1:1990
Filesystems via the ISO 9660:1988 File Structure
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1991
Designation: 1283-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on
Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360-619-6374, Email:jlreding@bpa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: Prepare an IEEE guide describing the effects of high temperature
operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will
no only identify what constitutes elevated temperature operation and its
effects on the above overhead line components, but will also suggest some
mitigation techniques for consideration.
Project Purpose: Provide guidance to utilities when investigating the impacts
of elevated temperature operation on their transmission facilities. Such
guidance can assist in avoiding or mitigating described adverse thermal
effects.
Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide general recommendations for consideration when designing new overhead transmission
lines that will be operated at high temperatures. It may also evaluate existing transmission lines for operation at higher
temperatures. Although this guide is intended for overhead transmission lines, most of the discussion will also be applicable to
distribution lines.
Key Words: conductors, conductor hardware, connectors, creep, high-temperature
operation
Designation: 1283
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operations on
Coonductors, Connectors and Accesssories
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360-619-6374, Email:jlreding@bpa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 1284-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral
Interface for Personal Computers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 24, 2000
**Supersedes 1284-1994.
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this revision effort is the same as the original
scope for Std1284-1994 with the potential addition of an informational annex
to document the register model of common PC implementation of IEEE Std 1284-
1994.
Project Purpose: Std 1284-1994 has over 4 years of implementation experience
and is currently found on virtually all new PCs and printers. This
implementation experience has raised several issues including 1) conflicting
text and timing diagrams, 2) unclear text, 3) errors in component values, 4)
lack of clear signalling methods for certain boundary conditions. The
purpose of this revision effort is to incorporate this learning into the
next revision of IEEE STd 1284.
Abstract: " A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communi-cations between hosts and
printers or other peripherals is defined. A functional subset of thesignaling method may be implemented on personal computers
(PCs) or equivalent parallel porthardware with new software. New electrical interfaces, cabling, and interface hardware
thatprovides improved performance while retaining backward compatibility with this subset is detailed . "
Key Words: "bidirectional parallel communications, computers, interfaces, PCs,
personal computers, printers"
Designation: 1284-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral
Interface for Personal Computers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1284-2000.
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 30, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers
or other peripherals is defined. A format for a peripheral identification string and a method of returning this string to the
host outside of the bidirectional data stream is also specified.
Key Words: bidirectional parallel, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal
computers, printers
Designation: 1284.1-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Transport Independent
Printer/System Interface (TIP/SI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Jul 29, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for the control of
printers. This protocol will be independent of the underlying datastream or
page description language used to create the printed page. This protocol
will be usable by all classes of printers. This project is limited to
management and control of printers and will not include management or
control of printing systems or subsystems.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
controlling printers. Each vendor builds some control into the underlying
page description language or datastream. Without an independent, openly
defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically
determine the type of printer being addressed. This protocol will provide a
minimun implementation subset which will allow automatic identification and
configuration of printers and vendor extensibility to provide for growth and
product differentiation.
Abstract: A protocol and methodology for software developers, computer vendors, and printer manufacturers to facilitate the orderly
exchange of information between printers and host computers are defined in this standard. A minimum set of functions that permit
meaningful data exchange is provided. Thus a foundation is established upon which compatible applications, computers, and
printers can be developed, without compromising an individual organization's desire for design innovation.
Key Words: computers, printer communications, printers, printer command sets
Designation: 1284.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Test, Measurement and Conformance to IEEE Std 1284
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mike Moldovan, Phone:818-865-6600, Email:mmoldovan@g3nova.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop all necessary and sufficient test,
measurement, and certification procedures for timing, electrical, and
mechanical characteristics defined in IEEE Std 1284. This standard will not
alter, change or redefine the timing, electrical or mechanical
characteristics of IEEE Std 1284.
Project Purpose: While IEEE Std 1284 specifies all the required mechanical,
electrical and timing characteristics necessary to be in compliance, it does
not provide all the necessary procedures and methods to test and certify
compliance. In order for manufacturers and independent test houses to be
able to state compliance with the standard, a set of consistent and
sufficient test procedures are needed.
Designation: 1284.3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Interface and Protocol Extensions to IEEE Std 1284
Compliant Peripherals and Host Adapters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This standard, IEEE 1284.3, defines system extensions consistent
with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284. These functions
include: Multi-port expansion architectures Multiplexor Daisy Chain
Application and Device Driver Programming Interface architecture that can be
supported across various operating systems. Data link layer services for
supporting IEEE Std 1284 parallel ports.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1284 (hereafter referred to as Std 1284) specifies
all the required mechanical, electrical, and timing characteristics for a
high-speed, bi-directional parallel port for printers and other peripherals.
While these parameters define the physical environment and protocol
requirements for an operational Std 1284 port, there is a need to
standardize a number of extensions and operating system interfaces to help
facilitate operation across various system platforms and operating
environments.
Abstract: " System extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std1284-2000 are covered. Multiport
expansion architectures, daisy chains, an application and devicedriver programming interface architecture, and data link layer
services are explored."
Key Words: "dasiy chain, data link layer services, device driver programmnig
interface architecture, IEEE 1284, multiport expansion architecture, port
sharing"
Designation: 1284.4-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Data Delivery and Logical Channels for IEEE Std 1284
Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: The packet protocol described by this standard allows a device
to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control
information with another device across a single point-to-point link. the
protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basic
transportlevel flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed
information exchanges are independent and blocking of one has no effect on
any other. The protocol shall operate over IEEE 1284-1994 interfaces and
may operate over other point-to-point interfaces.
Project Purpose: Define and describe an updated PC parallel interface by adding
multiple modews of operation which provide for higher speed, bi-directional
communication between devices. The IEEE 1284-1994 stgandard does not
provide anything beyond a physical protocol. The 1284.4 standard specifies
a point-to-point protocol with one or more layers above the physical
interface and below the application. These layers take on the functions and
characteristics of the transport and session layers of the OSI model.
Abstract: " A device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control informationwith another device across a
single point-to-point link allowed by the packet protocol is describedin this standard. The protocol is not a device control
language. The protocol provides basictransport-level flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information
exchanges areindependent, and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over inter-faces such as
described in IEEE Std 1284-2000. "
Key Words: update:1960
Designation: 1285-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Storage Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a scalable interface for use with memory-
mapped storage units and other devices. The term "storage unit" can
encompass rotating, non-rotating, volatile and non-volatile storage. Issues
of concurrency, latency, bandwidth, extensibility, and negotiation will be
addressed. The interface is intended for use with either a single storage
unit or with many coordinated storage units.
Project Purpose: This standard provides an efficient physical-layer independent
interface architecture for storage units that attach directly to memory
access buses. In this interface model, storage units have an attachment to
main memory, rather than an attachment to an I/O channel. This simplifies
the storage unit design and supports scheduling of data transfers spanning
large numbers of units.
Abstract: This document specifies a scalable interface between mass-storage devices and controlling hard-ware/software. The
interface has been optimized for low-latency interconnects, assuming that the proces-sor/controller and the storage device can
often be co-located on the same printed-circuit board. The interface can also be used with longer-distance bus-like
interconnects, including (but not limited to) IEEE Std 1394-1995 Serial Bus and IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface.
Key Words: storage interface, mass-storage, controller
Designation: 1285
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Scalable Storage Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1286-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices
Used in Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to C37.20.6 at 9/16/97 St.Bd. meeting. Superseded by
C37.20.6-1997
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of
these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers
for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications.
Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by
standards.
Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in medium-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV
through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout
circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered.
Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing (G&T) devices,
locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector
switch, test port
Designation: 1288
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Function
Point Determination from Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: W. W. Geoff Cozens, Phone:+44-1932-560-474, Email:g.cozens@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1289-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the
Design of Computer-Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides system design considerations, identifies
information display and control techniques for use with computer-based
displays, and provides human factors engineering for use of these techniques
in specific applications in nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The intent of this standard is to provide human factors
engineering principles as guidance to management and engineers who must
develop or select computer-based displays either in replacement,
modification, or design of instrumentation and control systems. A process
for determining display needs, which is related to those of IEEE Std 1023,
and descriptions of a wide variety of display formats are provided.
Abstract: " System design considerations, information display and control techniques for use withcomputer-based displays, and human
factors engineering guidance for the use of these tech-niques in nuclear power generating stations are provided."
Key Words: "displays,human factors engineering,nuclear power generating
stations"
Designation: 1290-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection,
Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 1996
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations are discussed. Guidelines to evaluate the
adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for
protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation are presented.
Key Words: generating stations, motor application, motor control, motor
protection, motors, motor testing, nuclear power generating stations, valve
operation, valve operators, valves
Designation: 1291-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1993
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 01, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Project Scope: Provide a guide for the measurement of partial discharges on all
types of power system switchgear rated 1000 volts and above. The guide will
include specific methods of test circuit/specimen calibration to ensure
accurate,repeatable measurements may be made for the wide range of apparatus
size, insulation types and apparatus capacitance.
Abstract: This guide defines methods of measuring partial discharges that may occur in energized power switchgear apparatus in
flaws, voids, and interfaces of non-self restoring insulation that may then result in dielectric failure of the switchgear.
Guidance on instrumentation and calibration technique is also given.
Key Words: corona, switchgear, Partial discharge, Dielectric tests, Calibration
Designation: 1293-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**P1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Designation: P1293-1998/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Technical corrections to several equations describing modeling
and data analysis. Specifically, P. 207, Equation (K.51) (residual
rms) should have a superscript 2 (square) P. 216, Equation (L.5)
for K2, should have (EC1* + EC2*) instead of (EC1* - EC2*) P.
218, Table L.1, entry for C2 should have -K3 instead of +K3
Project Purpose: Clarification of data modeling and analysis.
Designation: 1294
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: See 1390.2
Status: Changed Designation
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1295-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X Window System—Modular Toolkit
Environment (MTE)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1295.1
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Graphical user interface (GUI) applications and user interfaces to open systems are covered. This standard defines the
application interface to a group of "widgets" built upon the X Window System X Toolkit Intrinsics.
Key Words: API, application portability, data processing, graphical user
interface, open systems, operating system, portable application, X Window
System
Designation: 1295.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- X Window System -- Open Toolkit
Environment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David A Bealby, Phone:415/336-5585, Email:david.bealby@Sun.Com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1296
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Military Form Factor Annex for IEEE 1296-1987
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 27, 1991
Designation: 1296-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: MULTIBUS II
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC 10861.
Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988
Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high-
performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple-microprocessor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit
multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-
of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O,
message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry is provided for messages. The message-passing
design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32
to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical
specifications are covered. This document also contains IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for
Microcomputers.
Key Words: high, performance, 32, bit, bus
Designation: 1296.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for 20 MHz and Live Insertion Extensions to Multibus II
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack L Blevins, Phone:217-586-4047, Email:71562.427@compuserve.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1297
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Reuse Process
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rebecca L Joos, Email:joos@cig.mot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1298-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Software Quality Management System Part 1: Requirements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Adopted from Standards Australia - Std AS 3563.1-1991.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992
Abstract: Requirements for a software developer's quality management system are established. Each of the elements of a quality
management system to be designed, developed, and maintained by the developer are identified, with the objective of ensuring that
the software will meet the requirements of a contract, purchase order, or other agreement (collectively referred to as a
"contract").
Key Words: software development, software quality management
Designation: 1299-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated,
Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Also known as Std C62.22.1.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Designation: P1299
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated,
Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John P DuPont, Phone:262-691-8303, Email:jdupont@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: This project will review and correct minor errors that were
pointed out in the balloting process. This project will review new and more
detailed lightning protection information of cable systems. That data will
be discussed and studied. The technical information of the guide will be
updated to properly reflect that new information.
Project Purpose: The original purpose of this document was to provide
information as to how to best protect a medium voltage underground cable
system from over voltages. The next revision will update that information to
provide new information on over voltage protection.
Designation: 1300-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Cable Connections for Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: The coordination of design, material supply, installation, and test procedures required for the connection of a gas-
insulated substation (GIS) is described. Preferred dimensions for mechanical and electrical interchangeability for voltage
classes of 69kV and above are established.
Key Words: cable connection, gas insulated, substation, GIS
Designation: P1300
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Cable Connections for Gas Insulated Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Milan Uzelac, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:muzelac@gwelec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a
gas insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and
high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase
arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV and above. The guide applies to
both fluid filled and dry type cable terminations with insulating barrier
separating SF6 gas in GIS housing from the termination fluid. It also
determines the arrangement for dielectric tests of the termination with
simulated GIS enclosure. Responsibilities in grounding connections,
installation and field tests are also defined.
Project Purpose: Connection of a GIS to cables typically requires the
coordination of design, material, installation and test procedures of
several parties. This guide provides detailed directions for such
coordination. The guide establishes limits of supply between cable
termination and switchgear manufacturers and assures interchangeability of
the terminations and GIS enclosures.
Designation: 1301-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Coordination Document
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1992
Abstract: The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and
common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard
may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order.
This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homogeneous,
metric, modular, three-dimensional grid as specified in IEC 917. The intent is to provide a single metric equipment practice for
worldwide use.
Key Words: "The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components,
including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-
dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm
is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of
electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a
metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the
mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homo"
Designation: 1301.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Convection-Cooled with 2 mm Connectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1992
Abstract: Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE
Std 1301-1991 and with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general arrangement, dimensions, and environment
requirements are covered. This standard may be used with other P1.301.x connector implementations in the same subrack.
Key Words: "Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed
boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1301-1991 and
with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general
arrangement, dimensions, and environmental requi"
Designation: 1301.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for the Implementation of a Metric Equipment
Practice (IEEE Std 1301-1991)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector-
related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields
of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric
equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed
boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm.
Key Words: backplane, cabinet, interchangeability, metric, rack, subrack,
Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions
Designation: 1301.3-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Convection-Cooled with 2.5 mm Connectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Elwood T Parsons, Phone:717-545-6796, Email:etparsons@tycoelectronics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1993
Project Scope: To generate a detailed standard in accordance with IEE 1301 for
a 2.5mm Connector which meets IEC 48D (sec) 189
Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector-
related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields
of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric
equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed
boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm.
Key Words: backplane, cabinets, interchangeability, metric microcomputer,
Subrack, Rack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component
dimensions, Metric, Connector
Designation: 1301.4-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Coordination Document for Mezzanine Cards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Joseph P Trainor, Phone:508-875-5042, Email:j.trainor@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: This standard establishes the metric modular order and coordination dimensions for mezzanine cards for use on host
modules.
Key Words: front panel, host module, metric, mezzanine, module
Designation: 1302-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive
Gaskets in the Frequency Range DC to 18GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1998
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: May 20, 1998
Abstract: " Information to assist users of gaskets in evaluating gasket measurement techniques todetermine which reveal the
properties critical to the intended application, to highlight limitationsand sources of error of the competing measurement
techniques, and to provide a basis for com-paring the techniques is provided. Emphasis is placed on those measurement techniques
thathave been adopted through incorporation into standards, both commercial and military, or thathave been used extensively. "
Key Words: "aperture transmission, electromagnetic interference (EMI) gaskets,
electromagnetic shielding, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber,
stirred mode, transfer impedance"
Designation: P1302
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterisation of Conductive Gaskets in
the frequency range of DC to 18 GHz
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Johan Catrysse, Phone:+32-59-569034, Email:johan.catrysse@khbo.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to provide manufacturers of
gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the
characterization of gaskets. It will guide the user in the selection of
the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of shielding
provided in the intended application.
Project Purpose: In the current version of Std. 1302, the following items are
not covered: - frequency range over 1 GHz, where only small samples are
available (and hence not applicable for MIL STD 285 versions - test methods
for small gaskets under near field conditions for INTRA-SYSTEM shielding -
correlations between DC tests, Transfer Impedance and shielding methods
Some methods in the actual text are only mentioned, but not discussed in
depth. This revision proposes to provide additional guidance on the
strengths and weaknesses of each of the methods recommended, and provide an
in-depth documentation for each method. Thus the proposed revision will
specifically: - identify possible measuring methods for small samples of
gaskets (including over 1 GHz) - correlation between different methods for
characterization of gaskets, such as DC resistance, transfer impedance and
different shielding measurement methods - identify possible measuring
methods for near field characterization of gaskets, for use in intra-system
applications (typically on PCB boards)
Designation: 1303-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 1994
Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994
Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs) before they are placed in-service,
for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are
identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC.
Key Words: Mvar, SVC, var, Static var compensator
Designation: P1303
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Christopher Horwill, Phone:+44 1785 274456, Email:chris.horwill@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of
static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general
guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified
performance of SVC systems. This guide does not - Cover factory and
simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests
have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of
responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually
defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the
practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be
performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the
buyer or user.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a
field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements
of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a
specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program
should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system
- Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system -
Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of
the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many
ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not
the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion
of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design
(transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may
not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in
the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the
categories listed above.
Designation: 1304
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for Current Measuring Systems Which Use Optical Techniques for
Power Systems Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harold Kirkham, Phone:818-354-9699, Email:harold.kirkham@jpl.nasa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Project Scope: To describe devices, to specify performance characteristics and
requirements, to describe tests and calibration techniques.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current measuring systems which use
optical techniques to cover the above scope. These systems are not
presently covered by any other standard.
Designation: 1305
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Artificial Neural
Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss artificial neural
networks including hardware, software and algorithms related to artificial
neural networks.
Project Purpose: The subject of artificial neural networks is treated in a wide
variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At
the present time, there is no widely accedpted guide or standard for the use
of technical terms relating to artificial neural networks. It is the
purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of terms
recommended for use and to outline algorithm specifications.
Designation: 1306
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Guide for the Evaluation of the Speed and Accuracy of Implementations of
Feed-Forward Artificial Neural Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alf Jones, Phone:(407) 367-3182, Email:alf@cse.fau.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations which implement
supervised learning through minimization of an error function based on the
sum of the squares of residual errors.
Project Purpose: Since 1986, a large number of implementations of the feed-
forward back-error propagation neural network algorithm have been described
with widely varying claims of speed and accuracy. At present, buyers and
users of software and/or hardware for the purpose of executing such
algorithms have no common set of bench-marks to facilitate the verification
of vendor claims. The working group proposes to assemble guidelines and
sources for test data.
Designation: 1307-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Fall Protection for Utility Work
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2004
**Supersedes 1307-1996.
Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and
recommendations for a fall protection progra, for substation, general
structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna
Television-CATV), and transmission and distribution structures.
Project Purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further
develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all
protection programs within the utility industry.
Designation: 1307-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Trial Use Guide for Fall Protection for the Utility Industry
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1307-2004.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996
Abstract: General recommendations for fall protection and worker protection are provided. Sufficient details of the methods,
equipment, and training requirements necessary to provide safe and adequate procedures for personnel working at elevated
worksites are presented.
Key Words: carabiner, engineered system, fall arrester, fall arrest system,
fall prevention system, fall protection program, total fall distance, work
positioning system, worker certification
Designation: 1308-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for
Magnetic Flux Density and Electric Field Strength Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995
Abstract: Specifications that should be provided to characterize instrumentation used to measure the steady state rms value of
magnetic and electric fields with sinusoidal frequency content in the range 10 Hz to 3 kHz in residential and occupational
settings as well as in transportation systems are identified. The instrumentation, recommended calibration methods, and sources
of measurement uncertainty are also described.
Key Words: calibration, measurements, quasi-static fields, specifications,
measurement uncertainty, magnetic flux density, electric field strength
meters
Designation: 1309-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and
Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Technical Contact: John G Kraemer, Phone:319-295-4681, Email:jgkraeme@rockwellcollins.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: Revision of Std 1309 to include new field probes and sensors
that fall within the original scope of Std 1309 and provide minor
clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to
interpret or understand. Original Scope: The scope of this standard includes
the calibration of electromagnetic field sensors [1] and probes [2],
excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz.
[1] ANSI/IEEE std. - 1988 Dictionary of Electronical and Electronics Terms,
4th ed. p. 877 (def. 5) [2] IEC Multilingual dictionary of electricity,
IEEE & Hiley, 1983, P. 303 (def. 2)
Project Purpose: Standard is being revised to include current technologies and
to provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found
difficult to interpret or understand. Original Purpose: The manufacturers of
electromagnetic field sensors and probes currently calibrate them in
accordance with the company standards rather than consensus standards. The
result is that calibrations are not consistent. A standard calibration
method would produce more uniform results. The calibration shall be
readily traceable to NIST.
Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic (EM) field sensors and probes are provided. Data recording and
reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified.
Designation: 1309-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and
Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes are provided. Data recording and
reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified.
Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, probe
antenna
Designation: P1309a
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment 1 to IEEE Standard Method for the Calibration of
Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Field Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9
kHz to 40GHz: Probe characteristics, use and measurement uncertainty: Probe
Use
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Nigel J Carter, Phone:44-125-239-2500, Email:njcarter@qinetiq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This project will produce an amendment defining characteristics,
use, and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and
field probes, beyond the details about calibration setups and uncertainties
already contained in IEEE Std 1309. Specific instructions will be provided
for proper calibration of probes for different fields of use.
Project Purpose: This project will deal with probe use, characteristics and
related measurement uncertainties. Areas to be described in the amendment
include but may not be limited to: anisotropy effects, temperature effects,
probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity
(near-field) effects, response in multifrequency fields, partial- vs. full-
immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by
amplifiers.
Designation: 1310-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator
Bars and Coils for Large Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Chaman L Kaul, Phone:804-273-2332, Email:chaman_kaul@dom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jul 03, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: Test methods for Thermal Cycle-Tests of full size coils and bars
used in generators used for cyclic duty.
Project Purpose: Combustion turbine and hydraulic turbine generators used for
peaking duty are subjected to cyclic operations. This cyclic operation
accelerates the aging process of Stator Winding insulation. This document
will describe procedures for accelerated aging tests to compare and evaluate
insulating systmes used in such machines. Benefits
manufacturers/utilities/testing facilities.
Abstract: A test method to determine the relative ablility of high-voltage, form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating
machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described.
Key Words: delamination, form wound stator bars, form wound stator coils,
similiar design bar, slot section, virgin bar, virgin coil, thermal cycle
testing, similiar design coil
Designation: 1312
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Standard for Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current
Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will provide preferred voltage ratings above 230
kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in the development and
design of alternating-current electrical systems and equipment.
Designation: 1312-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current
Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 28, 2007. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Reaffirmation and redesignation of ANSI C92.2-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Perferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment are provided, along with
definitions of various types of system voltages.
Key Words: alternating current electrical systems, system voltage, voltage
ratings
Designation: 1313-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Technical Council
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for Power Systems - Insulation Coordination
Status: Superseded
**was revised as 1313.1
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Designation: 1313.1-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles and
Rules
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 1313-1993.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Jul 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. It
specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for
equipment phase-to-earth and phase-to-insulation systems. It also
identifies a list of standard insulation levels. This standard recommends
that the selected insulation level should be based on the voltage stress to
which the equipment is being exposed. Insulation coordination studies
usually identify overvoltages in per unit of the crest nominal or maximum
system voltage to ground. Although the principles of this standard also
apply to transmission line insultation systems, the insulation levels may be
different from those identified as standard insulation levels.
Project Purpose: Theexisting insulation coordination standard became obsolete
and utility industry needs an updated standard. This standard updates the
old standard by introducing new concepts which were developed in the last
decade.
Abstract: The procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulation systems
is specified. A list of standard insulation levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed, is also
identified. This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV.
Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse,
BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground
fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground,
insulation configuration, phase to phase, protective margin, protective
ratio, standard withstand voltages, voltage stress
Designation: 1313.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 29, 2000
Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three-
phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. IEEE Std
1313.1-1996 (Part 1) specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand
voltages [basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching
impulse insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-ground and phase-phase
insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels.
Although he principles of this standard also apply to transmission line
insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those
identified as standard insulation levels. This guide (Part 2) is an
application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in
the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation
methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected
equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is
intended for air-insulated ac systems; caution should be exercised in the
case of gas-insulated systems (GIS).
Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station
equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the
terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The
probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures
(MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of
design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design
based on reliability.
Abstract: The calculation method for selection of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulationwithstand votlages for equipment is
presented. This guide gives methods for insulation coordinationof different air-insulated systems like transmission lines and
substations. The methods of analysisare illustrated by practical examples.
Key Words: "atmospheric correction factor,backflash,basic lightning impulse
level - BIL -,basic switching impulse insulation level - BSL -
,clearances,crest value,ground fault factor,insulation
coordination,insulation design,overvoltage,phase-to-ground insulation
configuration,phase-to-phase insulation configuration,protective
margin,protective radio,shielding failures,standard withstand
voltages,voltage stress"
Designation: 1314
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Test Method for Measuring Astigmatic Length of Semiconductor
Lasers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1315
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Test Method for Generating Far-Field Spacial Mode Distributors
of Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1316
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Test Method for Generating the Characteristic Optical Output
Power as a Function of Input Drive Current for Semiconductor Lasers, and
Related Parameter Extraction Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1317
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Method for Measuring Feedback Noise in Semiconductor Lasers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1318-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Wrought Steel Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage
Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 068:1991
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CELENEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 1319-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Cast Aluminum Alloy Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage
Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 052:1990 & Amendment A1:1990
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 1320
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard IDEF Interface Definition Language (IDL) - User Guide and
Glossary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel R Sudnick, Phone:908/949-8032, Email:sudnick@att.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Project Scope: This project will address the standardization of key words and
phrases specified in the Users Manuals of both IDEFo and IDEF1x.
Standardization of key terms and phrases will serve as the basis for common
IDEF (ICAM Definition Language) model data exchange among different software
tool applications.
Project Purpose: This project will define the formalism required to provide
neutral data exchange between different IDEF sofware tools. The IDL is
being developed and applied by the IDEF Users Group Modeling Tools and
Exhange Formation Working Group and jointly by the National Center for
Manufacturing Science Project Group on IDEF repositiories. Key interet and
funding support has been provided by General Motors Corporation.
Designation: 1320.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics
for IDEF0
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semantics of
IDEFO language and usage conventions. The IDEFO language deals with
constructs, semantics and syntax of the language. It is used to produce a
function model which is a structured representation of the functions of a
system or environment, and the information and objects which interrelate
those functions.
Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAÂ program, and commercial development of
similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEFO in the 1980s. This
standard will facilitate model interchange and improve the consistency of
all IDEFO models.
Abstract: " IDEF0 function modeling is designed to represent the decisions, actions, and activitiesof an existing or prospective
organization or system. IDEF0 graphics and accom-panying textsare presented in an organized and systematic way to gain
understanding, support analysis,provide logic for potential changes, specify requirements, and support system-level design
andintegration activities. IDEF0 may be used to model a wide variety of systems, composed ofpeople, machines, materials,
computers, and information of all varieties and structured by therelationships among them, both automated and nonautomated. For
new systems, IDEF0 may beused first to define requirements and to specify functions to be carried out by the future system.As the
basis of this architecture, IDEF0 may then be used to design an implementation thatmeets these requirements and performs these
functions. For existing systems, IDEF0 can beused to analyze the functions that the system performs and to record the means by
which theseare done."
Key Words: "enterprise,functional modeling language,IDEF0,language,modeling
language"
Designation: 1320.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standards User's Manual for the Integrated Computer Aided Manufacturing
(ICAM) Function Modeling Method - IDEF0
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Howard A McQueary, Phone:206-234-2167
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1320.2-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics
for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semanticws of
IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data
modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's
standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language
suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models
providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among
the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models
providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic
relationships among them, and the business rules.
Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of
similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A
US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined
the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will
enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and
ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1320.1-1998, IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject)"
Key Words: "conceptual schema,data model,IDEF1X,IDEF1X97,identity
style,information model,key style,object model"
Designation: 1320.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - User Guide for IDEF1X97
(IDEFobject)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard user guide for IDEF1X97.
IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling
language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for
data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for
object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a
structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and
the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a
structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic
relationships among them, and the business rules.
Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of
similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A
US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined
the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will
enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and
ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial.
Designation: 1320.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language, Syntax and Semantics for
IDEFIX 97 (IDEF object) - Extensions and Example
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The scope includes additional olanguage features deferred from
the first release of the standard, and additional informative material on
the use of the language.
Project Purpose: Produce supplemental information regarding the definition and
use of IEEE Standard 1320.2. Additional formally defined language features,
deferred from the first release of the standard will enhance its power,
giving language users even more powerful analysis and design capabilities.
Designation: 1321-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Wrought Aluminum Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage
Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 064:1989
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 1322-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Welded Composite Enclosures of Cast and Wrought Aluminum
Alloys for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50
069:1991
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 1323
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Reuse of Software Process
Artifacts - Source Sode Reuse
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nenad Marovac, Phone:619-594-4345, Email:nenad@sdsu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: 1324
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Number changed to 260.3
Status: Changed Designation
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1325-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Reporting Field Failure Data for Power
Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: A format is presented that provides a concise and meaningful method for recording pertinent information on power circuit
breaker field failures. It is recommended that this format be utilized in record keeping and directing corrective action to
improve field reliability of power circuit breakers.
Key Words: power circuit breakers
Designation: 1326-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation
- Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: Test methods for measuring conformance to IEEE Std 1224-1993, which defines a general purpose OSI Abstract Data
Manipulation (OM) Application Programming Interface (API) in terms that are independent of any particular programming language,
are provided.
Key Words: API, OSI, Test methods, Language independent, Abstract data
manipulation
Designation: 1326.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging Application Program
Interfaces (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: The test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent],
are defined.
Key Words: X.400, Test methods, Open systems interconnection, OSI, Language
independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API
Designation: 1326.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Directory Services—Application Program Interface (API)
[Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Test methods for IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, language-independent specification of the applications interface to directory
services are defined.
Key Words: Portable application, OSI, Directory, Application portability, API
Designation: 1327-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C
Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: A C programming language binding for the general-purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Program Interface
(API) in IEEE Std 1224-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test
method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The API defined in this standard contains
two major parts: an interface for accessing the services defined in the programming language independent specification, and an
interface for language-specific services.
Key Words: API, ASN.1, C language, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open
systems, Object management, Language binding, Application program interface,
Application portability, Abstract syntax notation
Designation: 1327.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X.400 Based Electronic
Messaging C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interfaces
(API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--
Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] is defined. This standard is intended for use by application
developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level.
Key Words: X.400, Language binding, C language, Application program interface,
API
Designation: 1327.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Directory Services C Language
Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: A C programming language binding for the Application Program Interface (API) to directory services in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993
is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to
support application portability at the source-code level. The interface is designed for operational, rather than for management,
interactions with a directory such as knowledge management or schema management. Security features are not generally visible in
the interface in order to permit flexibility in security policies.
Key Words: Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language,
Application portability, API
Designation: 1328-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation
C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: Test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API),
are defined.
Key Words: C language, Test methods, Language binding
Designation: 1328.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language
Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: This standard defines test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327.1-1993, which is a C language
binding for IEEE STD 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program
Interface (API) [Language Independent].
Key Words: Test methods, Language binding, C language, Application program
interface, API
Designation: 1328.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Directory Services C Language Interfaces—Binding for
Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Test methods for the C language binding defined in IEEE Std 1327.2-1993 for the applications interface to directory
services defined in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 are specified.
Key Words: Test methods, Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C
language, Application portability, API
Designation: 1329-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree
Telephone Sets
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2000
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and
voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephone
sets.
Project Purpose: Practical methods for makin laboratory measurements of the
transmission and voice switching characteristics of hands-free telephone
sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis.
Abstract: " Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switchingcharacteristics of analog and digital
handsfree telephones (HFTs) are provided. Due to the variouscharacteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate,
not all of the test proceduresin this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to atypical
HFTsshould be determined on an individual basis. "
Key Words: "Analog handsfree telephone, digital handsfree telephone,
electroacoustic transmission characteristics, handsfree telephone, voice
switching characteristics, voice transmission characteristics"
Designation: 1329
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Hands-Free
Telephone Sets
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: P1329
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree
Telephone Sets
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement
of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital
handsfree telephones (HFTs). Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and
the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in
this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures
to atypical HFTs should be determined on an individual
basis.<br><br> Although not specifically within the scope
of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide
variety of other communication equipment, including cordless, wireless,
mobile and IP network communications devices. Performance requirements are
not part of this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical and
repeatable methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission
and voice switching characteristics of HFTs so that their performance may be
evaluated on a standardized basis.
Designation: 1331
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays
Status: Changed Designation
**This PAR has changed designation to PC37.92
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that
will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements
to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range.
Project Purpose: Devices that develop low energy analog signals are not
currently covered by standards. The working group will also define classes
of devices that provide low energy analog signals.
Designation: 1332-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of
Electronic Systems and Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will develop for electronic products and systems a
standard set of reliability-program objectives which can be used to express
reliability requirements when a customer is contracting with a producer for
electronic products.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a standard set of
objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle
activities needed in order to design, manufacture and utilize reliable
products and systems. These objectives provide a flexible structuring of
the relationship between customers selected specific reliability tasks for
producers to perform without regard to an integrated set of objectives the
tasks were to achieve.
Abstract: " Guidance for providing products that satisfy the customer is given. This standard guidessuppliers in planning a program
that suits their design philosophy, the product concept, and the resourcesat their disposal, so that every activity adds value.
This standard encourages suppliers and customers tocooperatively integrate their reliability processes. Requirements are written
to properly establish thecontractual or obligatory relationship between the supplier and customer in a product program. "
Key Words: "electronics, electronic equipment, electronic systems, MIL-STD 785,
reliability, reliability program, reliability program standard"
Designation: 1332
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of
Electronic Systems and Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: Reliability requirements and tasks for the development and
production of military and commerical systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: Existing military standards do not encompass reliability
programs for the development and production of commercial electronics
equipment. Therefore, there is a need for a national standard which
outlines general reliability requirements and specific reliability
accounting, engineering, and management tasks required for the development
and production of reliable electronic systems and equipment.
Designation: 1333-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Cable Using the Guided Boring Method
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995
Abstract: The method and equipment involved in proper and economical installation of insulated conductors and/or conduits using the
guided boring method are covered. The method addresses installations of insulated cable, cable preinstalled in conduit (CIC), and
conduit alone.
Key Words: boring, cable, cable preinstalled , conduit, guided boring,
insulated cable, CIC, cable preinstalled in conduit
Designation: 1341
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Recomended Practices for Multimedia Extensions to Bus Architectures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1342
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standards Developers' Guide for Bus Architecture Modeling
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1343
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Testing the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems in the
Field
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: The scope is to develop an omnibus Guide to covedr all field
test methods for shielded power cable systems. It is proposed that the IEEE
400 designation be given to the general document that introduces all
presently available test methods. Present IEEE 400 would be re-numbered as
400.1 with others to be similarly numbered (such as 400.2 for Very Low
Frequency Testing, etc.).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to cover all presently used field
test methods into one document that introduces each procedure. Brief
statements of the advantages and disadvantages of each method will allow the
reader to obtain an overview of the tests. Uniform procedures and
guidelines for the evaluation of each method will enable users to compare
results of one or more tests with field performance. Test methods that are
sufficiently developed to have a complete Guide will become a portion of the
400 designation - such as the case with dc testing (now IEEE 400) that would
become 400.1. Other methods that are sufficiently advanced so that a
companion Guide can be developed will become a portion of the total package
as they are approved. Very Low Frequency Testing (0.1 Hz) could become
IEEE 400.2, Resonant 400.3, etc.
Designation: 1344-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: The synchronizing input and the data output for phasor measurements made by substation computer systems is discussed.
Processes involved in computing phasors from sampled data, data-to-phasor conversions, and formats for timing imputs and phasor
data output from a Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) are also addressed.
Key Words: anti-aliasing, digital computer based measurement, GPS, Global
Positioning System, Nyquist rate, phase lock, phasor, satellites,
synchronism, synchronized phasor, time input
Designation: 1346-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Evaluating Electric Power System
Compatibility With Electronic Process Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: May 05, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: The group will develop a recommended practice for evaluating
technical and economic compatibility. The scope of the compatibility is
industrial and commercial electronic process equipment, facility electrical
network, and electric utility feed to the facility.
Project Purpose: Develop a standardized methodology for evaluating
compatibility that provides a common basis of comparison for equipment
manufacturers, utilities, consultants, etc.
Abstract: " A standard methodology for the technical and financial analysis of voltage sag compati-bility between process equipment
and electric power systems is recommended. The methodologypresented is intended to be used as a planning tool to quantify the
voltage sag environment andprocess sensitivity. It shows how technical and financial alternatives can be evaluated. Perfor-mance
limits for utility systems, power distribution systems, or electronic process equipment are notincluded. "
Key Words: "power quality,power quality monitoring,sensitive equipment,voltage
loss,voltage sags"
Designation: 1347
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Guide for the Understanding of the Artificial Intelligence and Expert
System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James E Cottrell, Phone:301-460-5445
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1348-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Adoption of Computer-Aided Software
Engineering (CASE) Tools
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: Difficulties that may be encountered, and how they can be avoided, by organizations intending to adopt CASE tools are
addressed. An overview of the adoption process, including analysis of the organization's needs and readiness for automation, use
of a pilot project, and definition of activities necessary to interate the new technology into the organization's standard
software engineering proctice, is provided.
Key Words: CASE, CASE adoption, pilot project, technology transfer, tool,
software
Designation: 1349-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2
Hazardous (Classified) Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2002
Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:PaddenEng@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 20, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: AC Electric Motors in sizes from fractional horsepower up will
be considered; primary emphasis will be on the use of general purpose
enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and
arcing/sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints.
Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain generalized caution notes
but do not include definitive recommendations for application of general
purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. This guide will document
industry experience and established practices for the application of general
purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas.
Abstract: "This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application ofmotors in Class I,
Division 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-phase ac synchronous
and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, arecovered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of
general-purpose enclosures and precautions againstexcessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints.
Results of motor surfacetemperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in
theguide. Guidance is included for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations.Existing codes
and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division2 areas. Industry experience
and established practices are documented for the application of general-purposemotors in Class I, Division 2 locations and
guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide isnot a specification and is not intended for use as a
specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2locations."
Key Words: "autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, classified
locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor,
motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, rotor,
rotor sparking, rotor temperature"
Designation: P1349
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and
Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:PaddenEng@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction
electric motors in fractional ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are
covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or
nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2
and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. Precautions
against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and
enclosure joints are also covered. This document also provides guidance for
maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 and
Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide does not
cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in
locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in
NFPA 70-2005 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a
specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for
purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and
less, and over 1000 V.
Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open
or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2
and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide
documents industry experience and established practices and provides
guidance for applying motors in these locations.
Designation: 1350
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Protection of Distribution Transformers with Emphasis on
Secondary (Low-Voltage) Side Surges
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1351-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—ACSE and Presentation Layer
Services—Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995
Abstract: A language-independent Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element of the OSI application
layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer are defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable
implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications.
Key Words: ACSE, API, application layer, application portability, language
independent, open systems, open system interconnection, OSI, presentation
layer
Designation: 1353-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—ASCE and Presentation Layer
Services—Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Binding]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 1995
Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1351-1994, a language-independent standard defining an Application Program Interface
(API) to the ACSE application service element from the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the
presentation layer is defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI
service elements and non-OSI applications.
Key Words: ASCE, API, application layer, application portability, C binding,
language binding, open systems interconnection, OSI, presentation layer
Designation: 1355
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Heterogeneous Interconnect (HIC), (Low Cost, Low Latency,
Scaleable, Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: 1: To correct known errors, particularly in the initialization
and disconnection/reconnection sequence of the DS (Data/Strobe encoding)
logical layer of the standard. 2: To correct minor inconsistencies,
particularly where drawings are inconsistent with accompanying text. 3: To
permit the use of modern LVDS circuits (IEEE 1596.3-19996, ANSI/TIA/EIA-644-
1995) as well as the PECL (Pseudo Emitter Coupled Logic) circuits for the
DS-DE (Data/Strobe Differential Electrical transmission) signal layer of the
standard. 4: Apart from the corrections and the addition of LVDS, to make
no further additions to the standard.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 1355 standard was originally developed for
heterogeneous, high-performance, scalable, modular parallel systems to be
constructed with low implementation cost. These characteristics, together
with the opportunity that IEEE 1355 gives to build networks with redundant
interconnections, led to the standard's use where fault-tolerance is
required. Such applications may include satellites in space, IP switches and
routers, experimental data acquisition, industrial robotics, networks in the
home, and automotive networks. The current standard comes very close to
meeting the requirements for fault-tolerance of these applications, but the
error in the initialization sequence means that practical implementations
must deviate from the standard. The needs of these applications for low
power has also resulted in the use of LVDS components, which are almost (but
not quite) compatible with the standard. The changes proposed to the
standard will bring the standard into line with the requirements of these
new applications, and offer a consistent basis for their implementation.
Designation: 1355-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low-
Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Project Scope: Physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and
logical protocols for point to point serial scaleable interconnect,
operating at speeds of 10-200 Mbit/sec and at 1 Gbit/sec in copper and optic
technologies (as developed in Open Microprocessor systems
Initiative/heterogeneous InterConnect Project (OMI/HIC).
Project Purpose: To enable high-performance, scaleable, modular, parallel
systems to be constructed with low system integration cost; to support
communications system fabric; to provide a transparent implementation of a
range of high level protocols (communications, e.g. Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM), message passing, shared memory transactions e.g. SCI,
Futurebus+, etc.; to support links between heterogeneous systems.
Abstract: Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is
discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point
serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described.
Key Words: flow control, encoding schemes, OMI, HIC, packet routing,
parallelism, point to point, serial scalable, scalable, protocols, routing
fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip,
transaction layer, wormhole routing, heterogeneous, low latency
Designation: 1355-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low-
Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ISO/IEC version of IEEE Std 1355.
Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 1355)
Abstract: " Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems withlow system integration cost is
discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables,electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point
serial scalable interconnect, operatingat speeds of 10200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. "
Key Words: "flow control,encoding schemes,OMI/HIC,packet
routing,parallelism,point-to-point serial scalable
interconnect,protocols,routing fabric,serial links,serialization,silicon
integration,switch chip,transaction layer,wormhole routing"
Designation: 1355.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Protocols for IEEE Std 1355 on Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1355.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for SpaceWire - Links, Nodes, Routers and Networks Optizimized
for Space Craft
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Josep Rosello-Guasch, Phone:31-71-565-4058, Email:jrosello@estec.esa.nl
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: SpaceWire is based on two existing commercial standards, IEEE
1355-1995 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 which have been combined and adapted for use
on-board spacecraft. As with IEEE 1355-1995 and most other communications
protocols, SpaceWire can be described and defined at a number of different
levels: - The Physical Level, defining cables, connectors and cable
assemblies; - The Signal Level, defining electrical characteristics, coding,
signal timing and EMC specifications; - The Character Level, defining how
data and control characters are encoded; - The Exchange Level, defining the
way in which a SpaceWire link operates including link initialisation, normal
operation, error detection and error recovery; - The Packet Level, defining
the way in which data is encapsulated in packets for transfer across a
SpaceWire network; - The Network Level, defining the structure and operation
of a SpaceWire networ
Project Purpose: The overall purpose of the SpaceWire standard is to provide a
unified high-speed data-handling infrastructure for spacecraft, connecting
together sensors, processing elements, mass-memory units, downlink telemetry
sub-systems and Electronic Ground Support Equipment (EGSE). Particular
aspects of this purpose are: · to facilitate the construction of high-
performance on-board data-handling systems, · to help reduce system
integration costs, · to promote compatibility between data-handling
equipment and sub-systems, · to encourage re-use of data-handling
equipment across several different missions.
Designation: 1356
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Profile for a Multiprotocol Plug-in Modules Supporting
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: Develop a physical layer module definition and packaging
standard utilizing the P1357 Logical Layer specification and IEEE 1301.
Project Purpose: To define the standards required to realize a multiprotocol
communications platform.
Designation: 1357
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Logical Interconnection of Multi-protocol Plug-in Modules
Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: Develop and define a logical layer for information transfer
among a variety of functional components within a multi-protocol
environment. Internal architecture will be capable of supporting protocols
such as ATM, HIC, Fiber Channel, Scalable Coherent, Interface (SCI), and
Futurebus + Cache Coherent transaction set.
Project Purpose: Define a standard method for transferring multiprotocol data
and events between and among a variety of plug-in modules within a
multiprotocol platform. It is an express goal that the platform support the
quality of service requirements of P1341 Multimedia and P896.7 Profile C.
Designation: 1358
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Signal Processing Applications -
Processor Graph Method Software Design Methodology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen Seidman, Phone:205-844-6305
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1359
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Maintenance and Related Practices for Class 1E Equipment Used
in Nuclear Powe Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Carl Weary, Phone:214-812-7138, Email:cweary1@tuelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1361-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid
Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology,
battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to
evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on
lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to
help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system
parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters
related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of
appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the
battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on
how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone
PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not
include PV hybrid systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid
battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that
affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will
aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test
plan for evaluating the selected battery.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1361-2003, IEEE Std IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test, and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in
Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems"
Key Words: "lead-acid battery test procedure, lead-acid battery tutorial,
photovoltaic (PV) battery characteristics, PV battery selection, PV systems,
PV battery test procedure"
Designation: 1361
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for the Selection, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries for
Stand Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: This guide is a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, and
how battery operating characteristics and PV systems performance are
interrelated. The guide provides the PV system designer with information on
applicable lead-acid battery type designs. Electrical, physical, mechanical
and environmental characteristics are discussed. PV system parameters and
operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics
and expected system performance. Parameters to optimize the system are
suggested to help in the selection of a battery selection and system
parameters is provided, included discussion on how to interpret test
results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is
the only charging source. This guide does not include hybrid systems.
Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance to the PV system designer in
understanding lead acid battery performance characteristics in relation to
operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery
performance. This document will aid in battery selection and evaluation
based on the system requirements and provide a test plan for evaluating the
selected battery and its performance using a predetermined set of PV system
parameters. Guidance is also provided as to how these test results may be
interpreted.
Designation: 1362-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of
Operation Document
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of concept of operation
document.
Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme for preparing and presenting a
concept of operations document. A concept of operations (CONOPS) document
describes the mission of the system and its operational and support
environments. The CONOPS describes the functions and characteristics of the
computer system within the overall system. The CONOPS represent a consensus
among development, support and user organizations on the operational concept
of the system being developed. The CONOPS provides the basis for the system
requirements document.
Abstract: " The format and contents of a concept of operations (ConOps) document are described. AConOps is a user-oriented document
that describes system characteristics for a proposed system from theusersÕ viewpoint. The ConOps document is used to communicate
overall quantitative and qualitativesystem characteristics to the user, buyer, developer, and other organizational elements (for
example,training, facilities, staffing, and maintenance). It is used to describe the user organization(s), mission(s),
andorganizational objectives from an integrated systems point of view. "
Key Words: "buyer,characteristics,concept of operation,concepts of operations
document,ConOps,developer,operational requirements,scenario,software-
intensive system,software system,system,user,user requirements,viewpoint"
Designation: 1362a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of
Operations Document: Content Map for IEEE 12207.1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of concept of
operations documents as defined in 1362 and the content of such plans as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1363-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2000
Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques,
including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-
key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on
those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters,
public keys and private keys.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key techniques
offer fundamentaltechnology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However,
there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of
common public-key techniques covereing key agreement, public-key encryption,
digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as
discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. The
purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of
techniques from which applications may select.
Abstract: " This standard specifies common public-key cryptographic techniques, includingmathematical primitives for secret value
(key) derivation, public-key encryption, and digitalsignatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also
specifies relatedcryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys. The purpose of this standard is to providea reference
for specifications on a variety of techniques from which applications may select. "
Key Words: "digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key
cryptography"
Designation: P1363
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Specifications for Public Key Cryptography
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document will provide the specifications of common public-
key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret
value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and
identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also
includes specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and
private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not
restricted.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography
offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However,
there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a wide range of
common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption,
digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as
discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not
the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key
techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key
sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a
variety of techniques from which applications may select. This document
merges the basic techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363-2000 with the
additional techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363a-2004.
Designation: P1363.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Specification for Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Based on
Hard Problems over Lattices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques
based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those considered in
IEEE 1363 and IEEE P1363a, including mathematical primitives for secret
value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, identification and digital
signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives.
Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private
keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography
offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. The IEEE 1363
Standard and P1363a project have produced a comprehensive reference defining
a range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key
encryption and digital signatures from several families, namely the discrete
logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. IEEE
P1363.1 will specify cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over
lattices. These techniques may offer tradeoffs in operating
characteristics when compared with the methods already specified in IEEE
1363-2000 and draft P1363a. It is also intended that P1363.1 provide a
second-generation framework for the description of cryptographic techniques,
as compared to the initial framework provided in 1363-2000 and draft P1363a.
It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of
public-key techniques or security requirements (including key sizes) for
this or any family. Rather, the purpose is to provide: (1) a reference for
specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select,
(2) the relevant number-theoretic background, and (3) extensive discussion
of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider
can choose appropriate security requirements for itself.
Designation: P1363.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic
Techniques
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for
performing password-based authentication and key exchange, supplemental to
the techniques considered in IEEE P1363 and IEEE P1363a. Specifications of
primitives, schemes, and protocols designed to safely utilize passwords and
other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions.
Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted.
Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic
transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized
secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common
cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade
secret keys, yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize
and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely
used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so-random and relatively
small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used
as cryptographic keys. P1363.2 will specify public-key cryptographic
techniques specifically designed to securely perform password-based
authentication and key exchange. These techniques provide a way to
authenticate people and distribute high-quality cryptographic keys for
people, while preventing off-line brute-force attacks associated with
passwords. A resulting high quality key may be more confidently used in
combination with other cryptographic methods, such as symmetric encryption
methods and public-key encryption, identification, and digital signature
methods. P1363.2 will provide a reference for a variety of such password-
based techniques within a suitable framework. It is not the purpose of this
project to mandate any particular set of password-based techniques or
security requirements (including key sizes). Rather, the purpose is to
provide: (1) a reference for specification of a variety of techniques from
which applications may select, (2) the appropriate theoretic background, and
(3) extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so
that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements.
Designation: P1363.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Identity-Based Cryptographic Techniques using Pairings
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document specifies identity-based cryptographic schemes
based on the bilinear mappings over elliptic curves known as pairings.
Specific techniques include algorithms to compute the pairings, and
specification of recommended elliptic curves and curve parameters over which
the pairings are defined. Class of computer and communications systems is
not restricted.
Project Purpose: The proliferation of electronic communication and the internet
brings with it the need for privacy and data protection. Public Key
Cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many
alternative public-key techniques have been proposed, each with its own
benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 have produced a
comprehensive reference defining a range of common public-key techniques
covering key agreement, public-key encryption and digital signatures from
several families, namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and
elliptic curve families. IEEE P1363.3 will specify Identity-Based
Cryptographic techniques based on Pairings. These offer advantages over
classic public key techniques specified in IEEE 1363. Examples are the lack
of a requirement to exchange or look up public keys of a recipient and the
simplified use of short-lived keys. The Class of computer and
communications systems is not restricted.
Designation: 1363a-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography - Amendment 1:
Additional Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2004
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques
supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363-2000, including
mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key
encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic
schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic
parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and
communications systems is not restricted.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography
offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However,
there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of
common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption,
digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as
discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not
the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key
techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key
sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a
variety of techniques from which applications may select. When the IEEE
P1363a project began, work was in progress in the IEEE P1363 project on
specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional
techniques remained to be specified, which could eventually be added to the
IEEE P1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques required
further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques
in IEEE Std 1363-2000 were relatively more established. To facilitate the
completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum
for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE P1363 working group sought to
have separate projects for the two efforts, which would result in separate,
companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's
intention that the standards will be merged during future revisions.
Abstract: This standard specifies additional public-key cryptographic techniques beyond those in IEEE Std 1363-2000. It is
intended to be merged with IEEE Std 1363-2000 during future revisions.
Key Words: digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key
cryptography
Designation: 1363a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography: Additional
Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques
supplemental to those considered in IEEE P1363, including mathematical
primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital
signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those
primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys
and private keys.
Project Purpose: It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any
particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-
key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a
reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which
applicatons may select. Worl is in progress in the IEEE 1363 project on
specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional
techniques remain to be specified, which could eventually be added to the
IEEE 1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques require
further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques
in IEEE 1363 are relatively more established. To facilitate the completion
of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for
discussing additional techniques, the IEEE 1363 working group seeks to have
separate projects for the 2 efforts, which would result in separate,
companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's
intention that the standards would be merged during future revisions.
Designation: 1364-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 07, 2006
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006
Project Scope: Verilog is a hardware description language (HDL) that was
standardized as IEEE Std 1364™-1995 and first revised as IEEE Std 1364-2001.
This revision corrects and clarifies features ambiguously described in the
1995 and 2001 editions. It also resolves incompatibilities and
inconsistencies of IEEE 1364-2001 with IEEE Std 1800™-2005. The intent of
this standard is to serve as a complete specification of the Verilog HDL.
This standard contains the following: — The formal syntax and semantics
of all Verilog HDL constructs — The formal syntax and semantics of
standard delay format (SDF) constructs — Simulation system tasks and
functions, such as text output display commands — Compiler directives,
such as text substitution macros and simulation time scaling — The
programming language interface (PLI) binding mechanism — The formal
syntax and semantics of the Verilog procedural interface (VPI) —
Informative usage examples — Informative delay model for SDF — The VPI
header file
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document, IEEE Std 1364-2001, was
to provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description
Language. The reason for the document's revision is to incorporate
corrections that have been identified by the working group since 1364-1995
and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE.
Abstract: The Verilog hardware description language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended
for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both macine-readable and human-readable, it supports
the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the
maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools
supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems,
hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI,
programming language interface, Verilog, Verilog HDL, Verilog P
Designation: 1364-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard Verilog Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1364-1995.
Technical Contact: Maqsoodul Mannan, Phone:408-432-1001, Email:mannan@dsmtech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was
standardized as IEEE 1364-1995. It is currently used by integrated circuit
designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate and RTL levels. The
proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to include new constructs which
improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and
at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design
technology.
Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware
Description Language.
Abstract: " The Verilog ® Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined in this standard. VerilogHDL is a formal notation intended
for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Be-cause it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports
the development, verification,synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and
themaintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standardare the implementors of tools
supporting the language and advanced users of the language. "
Key Words: "computer,computer languages,digital systems,electronic
systems,hardware,hard-ware description languages,hardware
design,HDL,PLI,programming language interface,VerilogHDL,Verilog PLI,Verilog
®"
Designation: 1364-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard Hardware Description Language Based on the Verilog®
Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1364-2001.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: The Verilog® Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all
phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the
development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the
maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools
supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, electronic systems, digital systems,
hardware design, hardware description language, HDL, programming language,
language interface, PLI, verilog HDL, verilog PLI
Designation: 1364
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael T McNamara, Phone:650-934-6888, Email:mac@verisity.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was
standardized as IEEE-1364-1995, and revised as 1364-2001. It is currently
used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch,
gate, RTL and system levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364
to clarify features ambiguously described in the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001
revisions, as well as to extend the language by adding new constructs which
improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and
at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design and
verification technology.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a standard that
complements IEEE 1076-IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual from the
register transfer level downward, by providing an industry standard based on
the Verilog Hardware Description Language, as well as incorporating
enhancements that have been developed by the industry since the 1364-1995
and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE.
Designation: 1364.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 2002
**IEC dual logo adoption IEC/IEEE 62142:2005
Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL
synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL)
which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that
subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the
current existing standard IEEE 1364.
Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by
all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a
similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364
standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined
designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular
synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this
developed standard.
Abstract: Standard syntax and semantics for Verilog ® HDL-based RTL synthesis are described inthis standard.
Key Words: "hardware description language,HDL,RTL,synthesis,Verilog ®"
Designation: 1365
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems
for Floating Offshore Production Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1366-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004
**Supersedes 1366-1998.
Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and
factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful
today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are
intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and
defined regions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present
a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the
development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors
which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among
utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the
reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external
comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for
transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions
already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for
distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities
would have the data available to calculate all the indices.
Abstract: Distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculations are defined in this guide. The indices are
intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions
Key Words: circuits, distribution reliability indices, distribution systems,
electric power, reliability indices
Designation: 1366-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices
Status: Superseded
**Mar-01: Upgraded from Trial-Use. Superseded by 1366-2003.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1998
Project Scope: To identify a set of terms and definitions which can be used to
calculate power distribution reliability indices and factors.
Project Purpose: To present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to
foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability
indices and factors.
Abstract: " Useful distribution reliability indices, and factors that affect their calculation, are identi-fied. This guide includes
indices that are useful today as well as ones that may be useful in thefuture. The indices are intended to apply to distribution
systems, substations, circuits, and definedregions. "
Key Words: "circuits,distribution reliability indices,distribution
systems,electric power,reliability indices"
Designation: 1367
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1368-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Aeolian Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: Current practices related to field measurements of aeolian
vibration of Overhead conductors.
Project Purpose: The measurement of Aeolian vibration of overhead conductors is
currently being carried out by a variety of devices and methods. The only
IEEE document on the subject,a committee report, was written in 1966 and is
considered to be in need of review. We will produce a guide which should
allow the average utility engineer to improve their understanding of this
important evaluation procedure.
Designation: 1368
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dale A Douglass, Phone:518-346-8086, Email:da.douglass@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1369
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for a Utility Industry Crytographic Protocol
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1371
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Distributed Coherent Memory
Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thanos Mentzelopoulos, Phone:214 964 2641, Email:thanos@onramp.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1372
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [Language
Independent]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly P1003.1
Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:John.Meyer@UNISYS.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1373
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Field Test Methods and Procedures for Grid-
Connected Photovoltaic Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1374-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power System Safety
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Apr 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This guideline will address the design, equipment applicability
and hardware installation of electrically safe stand-alone and grid
connected photovoltaic (PV) power design.
Project Purpose: Photovoltaic power system designers and installers have a wide
range of utility-grade, industrial, commercial, and special purpose cables,
over-current devices, disconnects, power conditionners, modules, and other
optional equipment to choose from in the design and installation of
electrically safe systems. The selection and application of the available
equipment is not generally covered in existing standards. This guide will
suggest good engineering safety practices for PV system design, equipment
selection, and hardware installation.
Abstract: " The design, equipment applicability, and hardware installation of electrically safe, stand-alone, and grid-connected PV
power systems operating at less than 50 kW output are addressed.Storage batteries and other generating equipment are discussed
brießy. "
Key Words: "ampacity, cable types, PV system"
Designation: 1375-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: Develop guidance for protection of stationary battery systems up
to the first battery disconnecting switch or device.
Project Purpose: Philosophy of battery protection as well as dc interruptions
or ratings of fuses and circuit breakers are not addressed by current
standards. The sub-committee will assist industry by providing guidance in
these areas.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1375-1998, IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems"
Designation: 1375-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Protection of Stationary Battery Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Harold E Epstein, Phone:978-777-9494, Email:IENENG@AOL.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Abstract: " Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes ofthis guide, stationary battery
systems include the battery and dc components to and including theÞrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals.
This guide does not set requirements;rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of
stationarybattery system protection available. "
Key Words: "circuit breaker,current limiting,equipment
grounding,fuse,grounding,lead-acid batteries,nickel-cadmium
batteries,overvoltage protection,short-circuit current,stationary
battery,system grounding,temperature compensation,undervoltage protection"
Designation: 1376
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard Protocol for Electric Utility Intercontrol Center Data
Communications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terrence L Saxton, Phone:612-473-3250, Email:tsaxton@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: Define a data communications protocol for the exchange of data
between electric utility control centers. This protocol will operate over a
full 7-layer ISO Open Systems Interconnnect (OSI)-compliant protocol stack
to exchange real-time and historical power system monitoring and control
data, scheduling data, energy accounting data, and operator messages.
Specifically, this protocol will operate over the Manufacturing Messaging
Specification (MMS) Application Service element (ASE) and Association
Control Service element (ASCE) in layer 7.
Project Purpose: Multiple, non-standard protocols exist today for exhanging
data between control centers, ranging from EMS vendor proprietary protocols
to unique protocols defined by groups of utilities for sharing data. A
single standard protocol would facilitate both interoperability of different
vendor's systems and even greater opportunities for sharing data between
utilities. The working group will develop a service description, protocol
specification, and PICS for a new standard protocol. An Application Profile
requiring connection-oriented transport service and an interchange format
and representation profile (i.e., an A-Profile and F-Profile, respectively,
corresponding to the ISO taxonomy) will also be developed.
Designation: 1377
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Industry End Device Tables - Revision 1
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: To develop compatible additions to IEEE 1377-1997 such that the
existing standard will satisfy new needs of end device technologies and
satisfy needs of existing technologies previously unable to comply with the
original standard; IEEE 1377-1997.
Project Purpose: Increase compatibility with ANSI C12 work. Support new
functionality. Correct technical and editorial errors.
Designation: P1377
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol
Application Layer Standard (End Device Data Tables)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard shall provide the application layer data format
for the utility data to be passed between an End Device and a computer. The
data format shall be based upon the data description provided by the Utility
Industry including the Water, Gas, and the Electric Utilities. Also, this
standard shall include the read/write command structure for interfacing this
application layer to a lower communication layer of various communications
technologies such as optical port, telephone, and wide area network. It
does not define device design criteria nor specify the lower layers of
communication protocol used to transport the End Device Table data. This
IEEE P1377 standard is congruent with MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19 standards.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define data structures for transporting
Utility End Device data to and from End Devices in a uniform and structured
manner such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices can operate in a
“plug and play” and multi-source environment.
Designation: 1377-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer
communications protocol and the functional data structures which it
transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility
distribution and customer applications.
Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which
inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an opern
system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as
well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality.
Abstract: " Functionally related utility application data elements, grouped into a single data structurefor transport are described.
Data may be utilized peer-to-peer or upstream to readers or billing sys-tems by being carried by one lower layered protocol to
another stack of lower layered protocol. Thedata structure does not change from end device to the user of the data. "
Key Words: "decade of tables,end device,function-limiting control (FLC)
table,time-of-use (TOU) table"
Designation: 1377/C12.19-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer
communications protocol and the functional data structures which it
transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility
distribution and customer applications.
Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which
inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an open
system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as
well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality.
Designation: 1378-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Commissioning High-Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC)
Converter Stations and Associated Transmission Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jul 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: General guidelines for commissioning high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) convert stations and associated transmission
systems are provided. These quidelines apply to HVDC systems utilizing 6-pulse or 12-pulse thyristor-valve converter units
operated as a two-terminal HVDC transmission system or an HVDC back-to-back system.
Key Words: high-voltage direct current , HVDC, HVDC transmission systems, off-
site tests, on-site tests, precommissioning, commissioning
Designation: 1379-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Remote
Terminal Units and Intelligent Electronic Devices in a Substation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2001
**Supersedes 1379-1997.
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: This project will make the Trial Use document a full Recommended
Practice. The present standard was published in March 1998 as a Trial Use
Recommended Practice. However, the protocols listed in the document were
actually selected by the Task Force in 1995. It has already shown to be a
valuable standard and is being widely used in the industry.
Project Purpose: The protocols listed in the existing Trial Use Recommended
Practice IEEE 1379 have proven to be very useful and should be retained as
an industry recommended practice. The intent is to re-validate the existing
document and delete the words "Trial Use".
Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of remote terminalunits (RTUs) and intelligent
electronic devices (IEDs) in an electric utility substation is provided. Amechanism for adding data elements and message
structures to this recommended practice isdescribed.
Key Words: "IED,master station,RTU,slave,supervisory control and data
acquisition (SCADA)systems"
Designation: 1379-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Intelligent
Electronic Devices and Remote Terminal Units in a Substation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1379-2000.
Technical Contact: Kenneth Jackson, Phone:716 385 2281 (H)
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: A common documented protocol and defined data objects to permit
uniform interface among intelligent electronic devices and remote terminal
units in a substation.
Project Purpose: No common communications protocol has been widely adopted for
interchanging data among Remote Terminal units (RTUs) and other intelligent
electronic devices (IED) in substations. To create the Recommended
Practice, the Task Force will examine in detail many existing protocols and
profiles, with the goal of adopting (as is) or selecting 1 or more from
elements of several others, in order to best meet the evaluation criteria.
The evaluation criteria will be determined by consensus among participating
utility engineers (users), RTU vendors, IED vendors, and consultants in the
field of substations. The recommended practice will also include a basic set
of data objects for the application layer of the adopted protocol. A method
to allow adding future data objects will be defined and included. The
recommended practice will be designated "trial use" because it is intended
as a near-term solution which will be incorporated in a larger standards-
making effort for utility enterprise-wide communication.
Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of Intelligent ElectronicDevices (IEDs) and Remote
Terminal Units (RTUs) in an electric utility substation is provided. A mechanismfor adding data elements and message structures
to this recommended practice is described.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 1380
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of
Digitally Modulated Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1381
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Power of Digitally Modulated
Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1382
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Transmission System Performance of
Digitally Modulated Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1385
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Radio Disturbances in the Range
of 800 MHz to 40 GHz Capable of Interfacing with PCS (Personl Communication
Service) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dheena Moongilan, Phone:732-834-1806, Email:moongilan@lucent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1386-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a Common Mezzanine Card Family: CMC
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Provide the parent document for a family of mezzanine cards to
be used on single slot VME boards, Multibus boards and desktop computers and
other computer applications. Also provide the common mechanical definition
and common referenced environmental specification for this family of
mezzanine cards. These mezzanine cards will be used to provide modular
front panel I/O, rear connector I/O and/or general function expansion for
host computers.
Project Purpose: Several of the popular RISC and CISC microprocessors are using
the same logial and electrical layer for their high speed local bus. These
same RISC and CISC processors are being incorporated onto single slot VME
boards, Multibus boards, desktop computers and other types of computer
system. There is a large market need for modular I/O and modular local
function expansion via low profile mezzanine cards. This proposed standard
will be the parent document for a series of mezzanine cards, plus will
define the base line mechanics for these mezzanine cards that can be used on
VME, Multibus, desktop computers and other computer based applications with
a similar need. The mechanical definition will be based on IEEE 1301.4 and
the other hard metric mechanical standards. A suggested set of
environmental standards will be referenced for the environmental layer.
Abstract: " The mechanics of a common mezzanine card (CMC) family are defined in this standard.Mezzanine cards, designed to this
standard, can be used interchangeably on VME, VME64 andVME64x boards, CompactPCI ¤ boards, Multibus ¤ I and II boards, desktop
computers, portablecomputers, servers, and other similar types of applications. Mezzanine cards can provide modularfront panel
I/O, backplane I/O or general function expansion or a combination for host computers.Single, wide mezzanine cards are 75 mm wide
by 150 mm deep by 8.2 mm high. "
Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front
panel I/O, host computer, I/O, local bus, metric, mezzanine, module, modular
I/O, Multibus, PCI, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus"
Designation: 1386.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for PCI Mezzanine Cards:
PMC
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Define a family of high speed low profile modular mezzanine
cards for VMEbus, Futurebus+(R) desktop computers, and other computer
systems with the logical and electrical layers based on PCI Special Interest
Group's PCI Specification, Rev 2. The proposed Common Mezzanine Card (CMC)
Family standard will be referenced for the mechanical layer. The
environmental layer will be specified by the working group.
Project Purpose: PCI (peripheral component interface) is a newly defined high
speed local bus being used by several CISC and RISC microprocessors. PCI
specification defines a 4.2 inch by 12.3 inch board that plugs into a
motherboard in a perpendicular fashion. These perpendicular boards are not
usable in many computer applications because they use too much vertical
space. This proposed standard will define the mechanics of a low profile
modular horizontal mezzanine card family that uses the logical and
electrical layers of the PCI specification for the local bus. I/O can be
via the front panel and/or through the connector to the host computer for
rear panel I/O. The proposed CMC family mechanics will be used for the
mechanical layer.
Abstract: " This standard, in conjunction with IEEE Std 1386-2001, IEEE Standard for a CommonMezzanine Card (CMC) Family, defines
the physical and environmental layers of a PCI mezzaninecard (PMC) family to be usable on (but not limited to) single slot VME,
VME64 and VME64x boards,CompactPCI boards, Multibus I and Multibus II boards, desktop computers, portable computers,servers, and
similar types of applications. The electrical and logical layers are based on the PCIspecification from the PCI Special Interest
Group. The PCI mezzanine cards allow for a variety ofoptional function expansions for the host system. I/O functionality from the
PMC may be eitherthrough the mezzanine front panel, or via the backplane by routing the I/O signals through themezzanine
connector to the host. "
Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front
panel I/O, metric, host computer, I/O, local bus, mezzanine, module, modular
I/O, PCI, Multibus I, Multibus II, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus"
Designation: 1386.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for SBus Mezzanine Cards: SMC
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1387.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 1: Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.7
Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Provide a common set of systems administration interfaces and
managed object class definitions consistent with other P1003 standards. The
interfaces provide access to administrative functionality. The managed
object classes provide a foundation for the definition and implementation of
such functionality, especially in a heterogeneous, distributed environment.
The systems administration functionality addressed may inlcude (but is not
limited to) backup and restore, accounting, filesystem managment, and device
management.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide systems
administration interfaces and supporting managed object definitions to
address the following objectives: administrator portability, applications
portability and distributed administration.
Key Words: interface, administration, computer, operating, environment
Designation: 1387.2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 2: Software Administration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1003.7.2. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996
Project Scope: Provide utility program interfaces, service interfaces, managed
object definitions, and a standard software packaging layout. Interfaces
allow administrators to maintain software products. The managed-object
classes provide a common base for the definition and implementation of
software administration applications, especially in a distributed
environment. The base document for the work is a specification from HP,
with reference material drawn from DEC, USL, SNI, ICL, IBM, and SCO.
Project Purpose: Software Administration is concerned with the maintenance of
software on distributed systems. This maintenance includes, but is not
limited to, the creation of distribution media, the loading and installation
of software, subsequent verification and listing of installed siftware and
possible eventual removal of that software from systems.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX ® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that
software and information.
Key Words: data processing, open systems, operating system, packaging, portable
application, POSIX, software, system , administration, utilities
Designation: 1387.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 3: User and Group Account
Administration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1003.7.3.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: User administration includes, but is not limited to, tasks such
as the creation and maintenance of user accounts and groups in both single
systems and heterogeneous destributed environments. P1003.7 is committed in
this standard to provide the distributed management for a system conformant
with IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2.
Project Purpose: Although P1003.1 describes a user database, a group database,
and the concept of a user's home directory, utilities to manage these
entities are not described by any current POSIX standard. This standard
will address the management of these entities as described in IEEE P1003.1
and P1003.2 as well as the management of optional extensions such as an
account password.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1387.3-1996 System Administration Interface/User and GroupAdministration for Computer Operating System
Environments, is part of the POSIX®series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose ofthis
standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, for the administration of theUser and Group Account entities described
in the ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std1003.1-1996) and ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (IEEE Std 1003.2-1992) standards."
Key Words: "open systems,operating systems,portable
application,POSIX,user,group,system administration"
Designation: 1387.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 4: Print Administration
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.7.1
Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Provide utility interfaces, service interfaces and managed
object definitions for printing services, usage and management. It includes
(but is not limited to) interfaces and managed objects for both computer
users and system administrators. Base documents for the work will be the
MIT Palladium printing system, the USL "lp" printer interfaces, and the BSD
"lpr" printer interfaces.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of
utility programs, service interfaces and managed object definitions that
ensure the ability to print and to manage printing systems.
Designation: 1388
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly C57.132
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1388
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David S Lyon, Phone:414/524-4414
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1388-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when
supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable
medium.
Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated
certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best
interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and
format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a
supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms
used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard
format will make the development of test report data generating and data
analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely
available.
Abstract: A basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribu-tion transformers as defined in
the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series is provided. The specific setof test data to be reported and the format in which it is to be
reported is detailed along with an ex-tended set of data as an option for the user.
Key Words: "distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data"
Designation: 1388
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jerry W Smith, Phone:601-934-0739, Email:jwsmith@power-eng-svc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when
supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable
medium.
Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated
certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best
interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and
format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a
supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms
used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard
format will make the development of test report data generating and data
analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely
available.
Designation: 1389
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for the Management of Test and Maintenance Information
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter Lord, Phone:513-445-4735, Email:Peter.Lord@daytonOH.NCR.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1390
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture
operated over the telephone network. The utility telemetry architecture is
capable of supporting many different applications. Telemetry calls may be
initiated from either the utility/service provider or the telemetry
interface unit on the end user's premises. The utility telemetry
architecture is supported by multiple access technologies and incorporates
off-hook and on-hook data communications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a generic
architecture under which the telecommunications interfaces and functionality
of the Utility Telemetry Service will be defined. This architecture will
provide to utilities a facility that is readily available, has short set-up
times, and allows for automatic meter reading using the capabilities of the
switched telephone network. This architecture can be used for a multitude
of different transport applications. Revisions will provide consistency
with recent technical developments.
Designation: 1390-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched
Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The architecture
described is a basic transport architecture capable of supporting many different applications. The text is described in terms of
a utility meter reading application, but any enhanced service provider (ESP) communication can be transported. Telemetry calls
may be initiated by either the utility/service provider (outbound) or the telemetry interface unit (TIU)/CPE (inbound) on the end
user's premise.
Key Words: automatic meter, meter reading, telemetry, energy management,
enhanced service, service provider, meter reading, telephone network,
utility communication
Designation: P1390.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for
Switched Telephone Network
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for
data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface
Unit.
Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry
are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office
switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard
will support this feature.
Designation: 1390.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for
Switched Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for
data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface
Unit.
Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry
are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office
switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard
will support this feature.
Designation: 1390.2-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service - Telemetry Interface Unit
(TIU) to Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jul 02, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: Define a standard for the communications interface between the
telephone network and the device at the customer premise. The device at the
customer premise is identified as a Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) and may
provide an interface between the network and devices at the customer premise
such as utility meters, alarm devices, control switches and other devices to
be determined.
Project Purpose: No standard currently exists which provides a definition of
On-and Off-Hook methods of using the telephone network for telemetry
services of this nature.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1390.2-1999, IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading Via TelephoneNetwork to Telemetry Interface Unit"
Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service
provider, meter reading, telemetry interface unit, telephone network,
utility communication"
Designation: 1390.3-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading via Telephone - Network to
Utility Controller
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: Produce a standard interface between the utility controller and
the switched telephone network.
Project Purpose: This document will provide a standardized device interface to
promote a multivendor environment.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1390.3-1999, IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading Via TelephoneNetwork to Utility Controller"
Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service
provider, meter reading, telemetry, telephone network, utility
communication"
Designation: 1391
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Software Interfaces for Knowledge-Based System
Interoperability in Sensor-Based Processing Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Glenn Wright, Phone:908-291-7600, Email:glenn@gmal.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1392
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Virtual
Reality
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard Blade, Phone:719/471-4476, Email:r.blade@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss virtual reality
including hardware, software and algorithms related to virtual reality.
Project Purpose: The subject of virtual reality is treated in a wide variety of
textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present
time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of terms
relating to virtual reality. It is the purpose of this project to provide a
comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of
future publications in this field.
Designation: 1393-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Spaceborne Fiber Optic Data Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Fred J Orlando, Phone:407/951-3983, Email:f.orlando@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Feb 04, 1999, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999
Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a fibre
optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and media. The application
target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospcae
sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources and communications
resources onboard aerospace platforms. The standard is for subsystem
interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of a highly
reliable and fault tolerant fiber optic network, that is compatible with
harsh thermal, mechanical, and radiation environments of aerospace
applications requiring small size and low power dissipation. Current
standards do not cover data rate needs above 200 Mbps. This standard will
specify a node-to-node operating data range of 200 Mbps through 1 Gbps. The
standard will define physical and logical protocol, and sub-network
management functions which allow mixing high-speed synchronous ans
asynchronous distributed access for deterministic communications.
Abstract: " The design requirements for a fiber-optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and me-dia is established. The
application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aero-space sensors, processing resources, bulk storage
resources, and communications resourcesonboard aerospace platforms. This standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to
intra-backplane connection. "
Key Words: "data link layer, fiber optic, fiber-optic bus, fiber-optic network,
intranet, management layer, network, physical layer, space, space
environment"
Designation: 1394-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 30, 1996
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1996
Abstract: Abstract: A high-speed serial bus that interates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses, as well as
such nonbus interconnects as the IEEE Std 1596-1992, Scalable Coherent Interface, is specified. It is intended to provide a low-
cost interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. This standard
follows the IEEE Std 1212-1991 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture.
Key Words: firewire, fire wire, computers, high speed, serial bus,
interconnect, parallel buses, parallel bus
Designation: P1394
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:PJohansson@ACM.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This Revision will Incorporate 1394a-2000 and 1394b-2000 into
base standard. The 1394 High Speed Serial bus will be revised to keep with
current technology and developments in the High Speed Serial Bus
marketplace.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to merge the existing extensions to create one
comprehensive document includeing potential developments from the large 1394
user community.
Designation: 1394.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:PJohansson@ACM.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already
defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus
beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two
nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other
by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize
the model, definition and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges,
which are devices that may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable
buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std
1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, and is based upon those documents as
well as upon IEEE Std 1212-2001, Control and Status Registers (CSR)
Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE---The set of IEEE 1394 standards
specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure
interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are
functional descriptions. An implementation may employ any design whose
behavior is compliant with the pertinent standards.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended
by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, is a cost-effective desktop
interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics.
However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g.,
an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a
house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol
specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes
to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger
consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products.
Designation: 1394.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:PJohansson@ACM.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already
defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus
beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two
nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other
by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize a
model for, the definition of and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus
bridges which may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses.
This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000,
and is based upon those documents as well as upon draft standard IEEE P1212,
Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses.
NOTE-The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and
operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming
implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. Conforming
implementations may employ any design that does not violate
interoperability.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by
IEEE Std 1394a-2000, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both
computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High
Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry
high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the
incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the
existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge
requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for
High Performance Serial Bus products.
Designation: 1394.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE
Standard Serial Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Renumbered to 2100
Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: 1394.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data
Transport Protocol (PPDT)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2004
Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a
peer-to-peer data transport protocol between Serial Bus devices that
implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities
specified include, but are not limited to device and service discovery,
self-configurable (plug and play) binding of software device drivers to PPDT
devices and service connection management.
Project Purpose: This standard creates a layer of protocol services based upon
SBP-2 suited to a peer-to-peer environment which includes printers,
facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some
combination of these capabilities) when a computer is present but it is also
intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with
each other in the absence of a host computer.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1394.3-2003, IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data Transport Protocol (PPDT)"
Key Words: "computers,CSR architecture,connect,peer-to-peer,SBP-2,transport
protocol"
Designation: 1394.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Peer to Peer Data Transfer
Protocol
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a
peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that
implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities
specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and
service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to
locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible
to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft
Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are
identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to
discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device
drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to
insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT
device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni-
or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices.
The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application
requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the
original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants
knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became
relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport
of data between devices.
Project Purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for
the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices.
For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one
device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is
not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their
associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both.
This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but
that provides building blocks more suited to a peer-to-peer environment.
Because SBP-2 is already widely implemented in operating systems, this
standard leverages that effort in order to enhance the value of Serial Bus
to devices in a wider range of operational circumstances. These include
printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present
some combination of these functions) when a computer is present, but, it is
also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate
with each other in the absence of a computer.
Designation: 1394a-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (Amendment)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to provide a
supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 that defines or clarifies features and
mechanisms that facilitate management of Serial Bus resources, at
reconfiguration or during normal operation, and that defines alternate
cables and connectors that may be needed for specialized applications. The
following are included in this supplement: a) Cables and connectors for a
4-pin variant (from the 6-pin already standardized); b) Standardization of
the PHY/link interface, previously published as informative annex to IEEE
Std 1394-1995; c) Performance enhancements to the PHY layer that are
interoperable with the existing standard, e.g., a method to shorten the
arbitration delay when the last observed Serial Bus activity is an
acknowledge packet; d) A redefintion of the isochronous data pakcet,
transaction code A16, to permit its use in either the asynchronous or
isochronous periods; e) More stringent requirements on the power to be
supplied by a cable power source and a clarification of electrical isolation
requirements; and f) Significant corrigenda and clarifications to the
existing standard that do not clearly fall within any of the topics
described above. The preceding are arranged in no particular order.
Project Purpose: Experience with Serial Bus has revealed some areas in which
additional features or improvements may result in better performance or
usability. This supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 reflects their
consideration by a variety of users and their refinement into generally
useful facilities or features.
Abstract: " Amended information for a high-speed Serial Bus that integrates well with most IEEE stan-dard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel
buses is specified. This amendment is intended to extend the usefulnessof a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals,
as described in IEEE Std 1394-1995. Thisamendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 follows the ISO/IEC 13213:1994 Command and Status
Register(CSR) Architecture. "
Key Words: "bus, computers, high-speed Serial Bus, interconnect"
Designation: 1394b-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)]
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2002
Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This project will amend the existing 1394-1995 and 1394a-2000
standards to include: a) cables and connectors for gigabit signaling and
long distance (up to 100 meters); b) detection of physical loops in the bus
topology and their subsequent resolution by selective disabling of PHY
port(s); c) circuit design that permits the transmission either data/strobe
encoded signals or 8B10B encoded signals; d) extension of the PHY/link
interface for higher data rates over either an 8-bit parallel or bit-serial
bus; f) protocols to encode bus arbitration signals as symbols; f) a method
to encapsulate lower speed transmissions within packets transmitted at the
buses maximum operating speed; g) protocols for signal speed negotiation
between peer devices at the time the connection is detected; h) port
initialization protocols suitable for use over AC coupled connections; and
i) various informative annexes that describe testing and compliance
procedures for gigabit connections.
Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling a feasible and
attractive extension to the original Serial Bus standard. In particular, the
needs of mass storage and home network backbones require higher speeds and
longer distances than are specified by IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE
Std 1394a-2000.
Abstract: Supplemental information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with mostIEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit
parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulnessof a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This
standard follows the IEEE Std1212 TM -2001 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture.
Key Words: "bus, Computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect"
Designation: 1394b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The project scope is to write a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995
(and the 1394A supplement when that is completed) that defines a new set of
higher speed transfers; in particular 8x, 16x and 32x the 1394-1995 base
rate of 98.304 Mbit/sec; and allow the distance between nodes to be
increased from 4.5 M to 50-100M. These new modes shall be electrically
backwards compatible with the 1394-1995 protocols, but may require a new
connector to support higher speeds. When operating over longer distances,
the new modes may require alternate media (e.g., optical fiber) and the new
media may require alternative physical connectors.
Project Purpose: The computer industry would like to guarantee a long life for
1394-based products, and there will be requirements for higher speed devices
with full backwards compatibility in the near future. Speeds of 800, 1600,
ad 3200 Mbit/sec were viewed as adequate for the next ten years. There is
also a desire to use 1394 as a home LAN protocol which will necessitate the
increase in distance between nodes.
Designation: 1394c-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus - Amendment 3
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE
1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and
IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide
greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer
is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next
higher protocol layer.
Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over
unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE
1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to
be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead
of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices
to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends.
Designation: 1394c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Amendment to enhance the
physical layer for higher data rates over CAT5 or better rated UTP cable
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE
1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and
IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide
greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer
is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next
higher protocol layer.
Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over
unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE
1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to
be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead
of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices
to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends.
Designation: 1395
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: PAR withdrawn - work being incorporated into P1396.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1396
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Communication Bus (TELECOM Bus): Reference Models
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary A Nelson, Phone:708 304 0000, Email:gnelson@zynrgy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Project Scope: To provide a guide to the configurations and uses targeted for
the TELECOM Bus family of standards.
Project Purpose: To provide a firm background and overview to the environments
for which TELECOM Bus systems are envisioned.
Key Words: communication, bus, hybrid, switching, applications
Designation: 1397
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard Reference and Topology Model for Automatic Metering and Related
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Stephens, Phone:803/638-3601 x4241
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994
Designation: 1398
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer
End-Device Using a Radio Frequency (RF) Networks Medium
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1399
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer
End-Device Using a Power Line Carrier (PL) Nerwork Medium
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1402-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic
Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This Guide identifies and discusses security issues related to
human intervention during the construction, operation, (except for natural
disasters) and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also
documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions.
Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized
personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These
intrusions may result in loss, damage, and mis-operation of equipment and
facilities. This Guide will present various methods of and techniques
presently being used to mitigate human intrusions as identified in an
industry survey.
Abstract: Security issues related to human intrusion upon electric power supply substations areidentified and discussed. Various
methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate humanintrusions are also presented in this guide.
Key Words: IEEE Std 1402-2000.pdf
Designation: P1402
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roland E Youngberg, Phone:563-333-8139, Email:reyoungberg@midamerican.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses security issues related to
human intervention during the construction, operation (except for natural
disasters), and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also
documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions.
Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized
personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These
intrusions may result in loss, damage, and misoperations of equipment and
facilities and may create potential safety and environmental liabilities.
This guide presents various methods and techniques presently being used to
mitigate human intrusions, as identified in an industry survey. In 1994, an
IEEE Substation Security Guide Survey was sent to utilities internationally:
the responses from this survey are presented in Clause 7 of this Guide.
Refer to IEEE Std 1264-1993 R2004 for methods being used to counteract
nonhuman intrusions.
Designation: 1403
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations vs. Air Insulated Substations
Comparisons
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel Charbonnet, Phone:617-424-3145
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1403
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) 4kV and Higher vs Air
Insulated Substations (AIS) Comparisons
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-670-0399, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The project deals with the selection of the equipment technology
(GIS or AIS) to employ in a substation. This project will develop a
checklist of technical and economic factors for considering in decision
making on the type of substation to install.
Project Purpose: There is presently no independent standard for selection of
GIS (or AIS) substation. Frequently, the first cost of major equipment is
considered in initial concept design. This guide will provide factors to
consider when developing the conceptual design of a substation that could
lead to use GIS as a vaiable alternative to AIS.
Designation: 1404-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Guide for Microwave Communications System Development: Design,
Procurement, Construction, Maintenance and Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Apr 13, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: A guideline which addresses all elements of the requirements for
microwave system design, procurement, construction, maintenance and
subsequent operations.
Project Purpose: To provide prospective users of microwave systems a generic
guide that addresses, step by step, the development of and continued
operations of any microwave system.
Abstract: " The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, mainte-nance, and operation of a microwave
system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications havebeen included in this guide; however, users should select only
those steps that apply to their par-ticular system(s) and their procurement policies. "
Key Words: "communications infrastructure,digital microwave,loop
system,microwave spurs,ring system,star system,teleconferencing,terrestrial
microwave system"
Designation: 1405
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1406-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of Gas-In-Fluid Analysis for Electric Power Cable
Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Apr 30, 1998
Project Scope: Guidelines for gas-in-fluids analysis for diagnostic purposes on
cable system condition, and as an operation and maintenance tool to
determine when corrective action may be reqyuired.
Project Purpose: Cable system operators are finding it increasingly important
to determine potential problems that may be due to overstressed, overheated,
mechanically-damaged, or improperly operated cables. Directly monitoring
the cable itself is not possible without de-energizing the system and
removing a sample for laboratory evaluation Periodic gas-in-fluid analysis
can allow the utility to reliably determine cable condition and undertake
proper corrective action.
Abstract: " The application of the analysis of gases dissolved in the fluids of fluid-filled cable systems isdiscussed with respect
to the procedures for sampling, obtaining the dissolved gas data, and analyzing theresults. "
Key Words: "aging,cable diagnostics,fluid-filled cable,gas analysis,remaining
life,transmission cable"
Designation: 1407-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage Extruded
Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 07, 1999
**21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Oct 14, 1998
Abstract: " Accelerated aging tests on extruded medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks areaddressed. Information on the
equipment, cable samples, test conditions, and measurements toperform the aging tests is provided. Techniques on how to analyze
the test data are also inlcuded.The implementation of this guide will allow a better description of the test data obtained by
differentlaboratories. "
Key Words: "accelerated cable life test (ACLT), accelerated aging test,cross-
linked polyethylene (XLPE),ethylene propylene rubber (EPR),medium-voltage
cable,tank structure,temperature measurement and profile,test
conditions,water-filled tanks"
Designation: P1407
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (1kV-35 KV)
Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the original document included the identification
of critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on
medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks to facilitate a comparison of
data obtained from different labs. Each test parameter is to be revisited
with a recommended/commonly used practice provided to narrow the focus of
available test parameters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to provide broad
background information on the critical test parameters for performing
accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks.
Revisons are necessary to distinguish between cable materials and cable
design testing and to narrow the focus of available options for the critical
test parameters.
Designation: P1409
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality
Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ambra Sannino, Phone:+46317723832, Email:ambra.sannino@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide which introduces and defines
the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices
and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility
power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of
mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide will include
definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical
environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies,
bibliography, and engineering tradeoffs. The proposed document will address
power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which
defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which
provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines and performance expectations for the
application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution
systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems.
It will be a resource to utilities as they enter into the competitive
marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as
options to solving power quality problems.
Designation: 1410-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power
Overhead Distribution Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 2004
**Supersedes 1410-1997.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-
caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to
existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection
of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below.
Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for
reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-2004, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines"
Key Words: "distribution networks, IEEE guide, IEEE standards, lightning
protection, overhead power distribution lines, power overhead lines, power
system lightning protection, power system protection, protection performance
improvement"
Designation: P1410
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead
Distribution Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-
caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to
existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection
of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below.
Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1997.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for
reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines.
Designation: 1410-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead
Distribution Lines
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1410-2004.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Identify factors which contribute to lightning-caused faults on
overhead distribution lines. Suggest improvements to existing and new
constructions.
Project Purpose: Present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers
on overhead distribution lines.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-1997, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines"
Key Words: This scope will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused
faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing
and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of
distribution-line insulation for system volta
Designation: 1413-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: IEEE Standard Methodology for Reliability Predictions and Assessment for
Electronic Systems Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 1999
**Reference: Mil-HDBK-217.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999
Project Scope: A standardized medium for developing reliability predictions of
electronic systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions
for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physics-of-
failure approach which (1) has models based on science/engineering first
principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating
stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature,
temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable
to each root cause of failure mechanism.
Abstract: " The framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equip-ment, including hardware and
software predictions at all levels, is covered. "
Key Words: Mil-HDBK-217
Designation: P1413
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Standard Methodology for Reliability Prediction and Assessment for
Electronic Systems and Equipment
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: [original] This standard covers the framework for the
reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment,
including hardware and software predictions at all levels. [Revised] This
standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for
electronic systems and equipment at all levels.
Project Purpose: [Original] To provide an approach for developing reliability
predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the
physical-of-failure approach which (1) has models based on science /
engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures
and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state
temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as
applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. There are underlying
assumptions associated with all reliability predictions. These assumptions
and level and depth of information used in the prediction process determine
the level of risk in using a reliability prediction. This standard
identifies required attributes for an understandable, credible reliability
prediction. A prediction made according to IEEE Standard 1413 includes
sufficient information including inputs, assumptions, uncertainties and
outputs, that the risks associated with using the prediction are understood.
Designation: 1413.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Using Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE
1413
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: Processes and methodologies for conducting reliability
predictions for electronic systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: To assist in the selection and use of reliability prediction
methodologies satisfying IEEE 1413.
Abstract: A framework for reliability prediction procedures for electronic equipment at all levels isprovided in this guide .
Key Words: "baseline,classic reliability,constant failure
rate,estimation,failure,goal,item,operat-ing environment,reliability
prediction,requirement,system life cycle"
Designation: 1414
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Common Requirements of IEEE Power Switchgear Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1415-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure
Analysis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis
guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction machinery rated up to 15
kV. The guide addresses the following machine systems: — Stator (winding
and wore) — Rotor (winding and core) — Vibration and noise —
Bearings and shafts — Structure, frame — Ventilation — Accessories
Project Purpose: This document is intended for the following purposes: — To
provide guidance concerning the appropriateness of various maintenance tests
and interpreting the results of those tests with respect to failure analysis
and to routine predictive maintenance activities — To provide a
methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular machine
failure may be determined — To encourage the establishment of routine
and uniform data collection so valuable facts of the failure are not
destroyed — To facilitate cooperative efforts by users and manufacturers
during failure analysis
Abstract: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction
machinery rated up to 15 kV. It addresses the following machine systems: Stator (Winding and Core) Rotor (Winding and Core)
Vibration and Noise Bearings and Shafts Structure, Frame Ventilation Accessories. This guide is intended for use by personnel
at the facility or corporate office responsible for the operation and maintenance of large induction machines. It is a guide to
aid the thought processes and procedures necessary to determine root causes for failures.
Key Words: failure analysis, induction machinery, induction motor, maintenance
tests, maintenance testing, root cause analysis
Designation: 1415
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Document to provide maintenance testing and failure analysis for
formwound, squirrel cage, induction machines rated up to 15 kV. The Guide
shall address the following systems: stator (winding and core), rotor
(winding and core), vibration and noise, bearings and shaft, structure,
ventilation, accessories.
Project Purpose: Analysis of induction machine failures are not covered by the
available standards. The document will provide guidance into performing
failure analysis. As part of the failure analysis, certain maintenance
tests are suggested. The working group will provide guidance into the
appropriateness of the maintenance tests and into the interpreting of the
test results. The guidance concerning maintenance testing will be, in
general, appropriate to normal maintenance testing (predictive maintenance
testing).
Designation: 1416-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Interface of New Gas-Insulated
Equipment in Existing Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Jean-Marie Delcoustal, Phone:+33-4-7268-3439, Email:jean-marie.delcoustal@tde.aistom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the project is the interfaces between existing Gas
Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment and gas insulated equipment that is
added at a later date, and may be of a different design. The project
includes the interfaces at Gas Insulated Transmission Line (GITL) equipment,
and Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment.
Project Purpose: Interface practice is not currently covered by a consensus
document. This document will recommend practices, for both users and
suppliers, for identification of, and solution to, interface problems.
Abstract: Recommendations for the connection of a gas-insulated substation to another gas-insu-lated substation of a different make
are given.
Key Words: "gas-insulated substation - GIS -,gas-insulated transmission line -
GIL -,interface"
Designation: 1417-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI EC13-1992 - Cardiac Monitors, Heart Rate Meters, and Alarms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance
requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) heart rate and waveform monitors
that are intended for use under the operating conditions specified in this
standard.
Designation: 1418
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI PAC49-1993 - Pacemaker Emergency Intervention System
Status: Adoption in Progress
Project Scope: This standard covers labeling and performance requirements for a
pacemaker emergency intervention system (EIS). The EIS is intended for use
in hospitals and clinic emergency rooms to permit conversion of conforming
implanted bradycardia cardiac pacemakers to a standard high output mode when
the pacemaker is perceived by the examiner to be operating in a nonstandard
way or in a wy not understood by the examiner.
Designation: 1419
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI DF39-1993 - Automatic External Defibrillators and Remote-
Control Defibrillators
Status: Adoption in Progress
Project Scope: This standard covers minimum labeling, performance, and safety
requirements for automatic or semi-automatic (advisory) external
defibrillators (AED), remote control defibrillators (RCD), and self-adhesive
combination electrodes.
Designation: 1420.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model
for Reuse Library Interoperability: Basic Interoperability Data Model (BIDM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly known as P1420.2. Dev in coop with the Reuse Library
Interoperability Group (RIG).
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002
Abstract: The minimal set of information about assets that reuse libraries should be able to exchange to support interoperability is
provided.
Key Words: reuse library, software, interoperability, BIDM, software reuse
Designation: 1420.1a-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Software Reuse-
Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Asset Certification Framework
[Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group
(RIG)]
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly known as 1420.1.
Technical Contact: Ed Comer, Phone:407-984-3370, Email:erc@sps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Definition of guidelines for the consistent structure, labeling,
and description of asset evaluation and certification techniques for
software.
Abstract: A consistent structure for describing a reuse library's asset certification policy in terms of an Asset Certification
Framework is defined, along with a standard interoperability data model for interchange of asset certification information.
Key Words: certification, data model, interoperability, quality factors, reuse
libraries, software
Designation: 1420.1b-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data model
for Reuse Library Interoperability: Intellectual Property Rights Framework
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Scott Wells, Phone:423-974-5803
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Draft a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) so that
reusable software components may be labeled with information regarding the
legal restrictions commonly asserted in the US, such as copyright, patents,
licensing and export restrictions. The committee will not deal with
international issues, enforcing the legal restrictions, or advocating
changes in property rights law. The committee will consider mechanisms for
asserting and enforcing legal restrictions for the purpose of describing
such mechanisms, but will not develop such mechanisms).
Project Purpose: There is a lack of standards for exchanging intellectual
property rights information regarding reusable software components. This
inhibits interoperability and causes uncertainty about liability risks.
This project will provide a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) for
labeling intellectual property rights and licensing restrictions that
addresses the concerns of academic, commercial and government ruuse
libraries.
Abstract: This extension to the Basic Interoperability Data Model (IEEE Std 1420.1-1995)incorporates intellectual property rights
issues into software asset descriptions for reuse library in-teroperability.
Key Words: "data model,intellectual property rights,interoperability,reuse
libraries,rights management,software"
Designation: 1420.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for
Reuse Library Interoperability: Bindings to HTML and SGML
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Timothy Niesen, Phone:508 858 1138, Email:tmn@swl.msd.ray.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: To draft a standard specifying the binding of the BIDM (1420.1)
and its supplements, such as the Asset Certification Framework extension
(P1420.1a), to the interchange formats associated with the WWW, SGML, and
HTML. The committee does not plan to consider bindings to other interchange
formats or protocols and does not plan to consider other data models.
Project Purpose: The BIDM standard (1420.1) does not currently explain how the
BIDM model would be realized in terms of existing interchange protocols.
This effort will provide bindings of the BIDM (1420.1) to the HTML and SGML
languages that would be utilized by reuse libraries to achieve
interoperability using the BIDM.
Designation: 1420.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for
Reuse Library Interoperability: Model Extensions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kay Hohn, Phone:304-284-9006, Email:hohnk@source.asset.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The committee will draft a proposed standard meta-model that
would not replace the BIDM (1420.1), but rather explain how the BIDM and its
extensions, like ACF (1420.1a) and intellectual property labeling (proposed
1420.1b) can be derived from it.
Project Purpose: The existing meta-model does not cover all the modeling
features needed for libraries to extend the model for purposes of specific
communities. The proposed standard will define explicitly the meta-model
implied by the BIDM, provide a style sheet for graphical representations of
BIDM, and provide guidance on how compatible extensions to the BIDM can be
made.
Designation: 1420.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Reuse Processes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Project renumbered to 1517 - 12/97
Technical Contact: Carma L McClure, Phone:312-337-1147, Email:73733.2037@CompuServ.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: The project would develop an additional part of IEEE/EIA 12207
to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to
traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop an additional
part of the IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they
would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided
by 12207. The primary purpose would be to facilitate communication between
acquirer and supplier, particularly regarding questions on the scope of the
contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the
benefits of reuse efforts.
Designation: 1421
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Performance of
Implementations of Training-Related Algorithms for Multilayer Perceptron
Artificial Neural Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert W Green, Phone:(508) 9998260, Email:r.green@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations of training-related
algorithms for multilayer perceptron artificial neural networks.
Project Purpose: A large number of implementations of training procedures for
multilayer perceptrons artificial neural networks have been described with
widely varying claims of performance. At present, buyers and users have no
common set of guidelines for evaluation of vendor claims. The working group
proposes to fulfill this need by assembling a set of such guidelines.
Designation: 1422
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for
Evolutionary Computation Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: V. Rao Vemuri, Phone:(510) 424-4051, Email:r.vemuri@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss evolutionary systems
including hardware, software, and algorithms related to evolutionary
systems: genetic and evolutionary algorithms, artificial life and associated
topics.
Project Purpose: The subject of evolutionary systems is treated in a wide
variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At
the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use
of technical terms relating to evolutionary systems. It is the purpose of
this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be
used by the authors of future publications i the field.
Designation: 1423
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Fuzzy
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss fuzzy systems including
hardware, software, and algorithms related to fuzzy systems.
Project Purpose: The subject of fuzzy systems is treated in a wide variety of
textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present
time, there is no widely or accepted guide or standard for the use of
technical terms relating to fuzzy systems. It is the purpose of this
project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used
by the authors of future publications in this field.
Designation: 1424
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition, Specification and Analysis of
Systems Using Artificial Networks, Fuzzy Systems, Evolutionary Systems
and/or Virtual Reality
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project applies to, and provides the basis for, the
definition, specification, performance analysis and application of systems
using artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or
virtual reality. Systems covered by this standard typically combine a suite
of tools to implement an intelligent system.
Project Purpose: Many successful applications of intelligent systems combine
artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or
virtual reality. Guidelines and cautions for the effective combination of
these tools into an application are needed to guide the development and
evaluation of intelligent systems. It is the purpose of this project to
provide a broad outline of such guidelines for the definition,
specification, performance analysis and application of computationally
intelligent systems. It is anticipated that this project will provide the
framework for relating a number of specific standards currently under
development or planned.
Designation: 1425-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Remaining Life of Impregnated Paper
Insulated Transmission Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 2002
Technical Contact: S. Michael Foty, Phone:416-345-6460, Email:michael.medeiros@HydroOne.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: To prepare a guide for the evaluation of the remaining life of
impregnated paper insulated transmission cable systems.
Project Purpose: Many cable ciircuits are now approaching the end of their
theoretical life. There are currently no guidelines for evaluating the
remaining life of cables. The guide will provide technical background,
brief discussions and advice, with frequent reference to the literature, to
those needing to evaluate the remaining life of impregnated paper insulateed
transmission cables.
Abstract: " This guide provides technical information regarding factors that can affect the life of animpregnated paper-insulated
transmission cable system, and it reviews available methods to evaluate theremaining life of such systems and preventive
maintenance to extend their service life."
Key Words: "extra high voltage (EHV) cable, high-pressure fluid-filled (HPFF)
cable, hight-pressure gas-filled (HPGF) cable, impregnated paper-insulated
transmission cable systems, self-contained liquid-filled (SCLF) cable,
thermal-mechanical bending"
Designation: 1426-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI EC11-1991 - Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Gideon Kantor, Phone:301 946 1043, Email:g.kantor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance
requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) systems with direct working
devices which are intended for use, under the operating conditions specified
in this standard, in the analysis of rhythm and of detailed morphology of
complex cardiac complexes.
Designation: 1427-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Recommended Electrical Clearances and Insulation Levels
in Air Insulated Electrical Power Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007
Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-270-7585, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007
Project Scope: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV,
provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and
insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses
insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the
selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as
they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances
in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and
substation voltage uprating applications. This guide addresses insulation
coordination procedures, including the choice of insulation levels and
arrester specification, in limited detail and only as relevant to clearance
requirements. Detailed and expanded coverage of insulation coordination
procedures is provided in other ANSI and IEEE guides and standards (see
Clause 2). This guide focuses on open-air bus assemblies and
configurations and excludes apparatus clearances (i.e., bushing clearances
for transformers, and breakers). Detailed coverage of apparatus clearances
is provided in other applicable guides and standards.
Project Purpose: Proper electrical clearances are necessary for the design,
construction, and operation of electric supply substations. This document
develops guidelines for the application of recommended electrical clearances
and insulation levels in air-insulated substations. The recommended
clearances incorporate both design/operating clearances and safety
clearances.
Abstract: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety
clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures;
provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to
substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus
arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications.
Key Words: basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL), basic switching
impulse insulation level (BSL), clearances, insulation coordination,
insulation levels, substation
Designation: 1428-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Fiber Optic Cables in Electric
Power Generating Stations and in Industrial Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2005
Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: Fiber Optic Cable intended to operate in electrical power
generating stations and in other industrial facilities.
Project Purpose: The selection and installation of fiber optic cable for use in
electric power generating stations or other industrial facilities, is not
currently addressed wsithin IEEE documents. This guide will provide
assistance in these areas by identifying limitations, precautions, cable
construction considerations, and installation criteria, unique to or
associated with fiber optic cables.
Abstract: This guide is intended for cables designed for use in power generating stations and industrial facilities, in both the
outside plant environment and indoor applications - the latter with adequate consideration for requirements of the National
Electrical Code® (NEC®.)
Key Words: cable construction, electric power generating stations, fiber-optic
cables, index of refraction, local area network connections, multimode
fibers, numerical aperture, optical cable designs, optical performance,
reflectometer, singlemode fibers, telecommunication
Designation: 1429
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Cleanrooms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Brian A Rener, Phone:847-328-3555, Email:rener@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical
systems in facilities with Cleanrooms.
Project Purpose: Cleanroom electrical systems are not currently covered by
standards or recommended practices. This document will provide recommended
analysis and design practices for electrical systems in facilities that
support Cleanrooms.
Designation: 1430-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology Software Reuse-Concept of
Operations for Interoperating Reuse Libraries [Developed in cooperation with
the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the system-level concepts which
form the context for a network of interoperating reuse libraries, including
the identification of properties required of standards, policies and
technology required for the context. It does not address the structure or
organization of governing bodies, and identification of particular standards
or detailed policies.
Project Purpose: Providing a foundation for identifying the standards,
policies, and infrastructure necessary to support large numbers of
interoperating reuse libraries. This will provide guidance in the selection
or creation of appropriate standards.
Abstract: This document describes the concepts necessary and appropriate for Networks of Interoperating Reuse Libraries (NIRLs). The
purpose is to provide a context for standardization efforts toward the goal of supporting and enhancing interoperability.
Key Words: reuse libraries, software, interoperability, networks
Designation: 1431-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis
Vibratory Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:Randall.Curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis
vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems,
angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems
are defined. A stadard specification format guide for the preparation of a
single-axis CVG is provided. A complilation of recommended procedures for
testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also
provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical
principles of operation.
Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of
Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) specification and test procedures. The CVG is
a device which measures inertial angular rate through the Coriolis force
produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. This gyro
type encompasses low cost Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) devices on
silicon or quartz chips and also inertial navigation grade vibrating shell
gyros.
Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude
control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification
format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG,
derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided.
Key Words: Keywords: Coriolis vibratory gyro, force-rebalance mode, gyro,
gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro-
electro-mechanical system, open loop mode, ratiometric output, whole angle
mode
Designation: P1431-2004/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis
Vibratory Gyros - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:Randall.Curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Correction of labeling errors on several figures.
Project Purpose: Establish consistent use of symbols and terminology.
Designation: 1431
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis
Vibratory Gyros
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This standard defines the requirements and test procedures for
Coriolis Vibratory Gyros (CVG's). The CVG is a device which measures
inertial angular rate through the coriolis force produced from a vibrating
mass in a non-inertial reference frame. A characteristic attribute of all
such gyros is the presence of a sustained mechanical oscillation providing
the linear momentum required to produce Coriolis force. Each gyro consists
of a resonator, a drive mechanism, and a pickoff. the resonator can be a
fork, cylinder, plate, beam, string, ring, sphere, etc., any structure which
has characteristic eigermodes of vibration. These vibratory modes may be
sustained in a solid, liquid or gas. CVG drive and pickoff mechanisms can
employ peizoelectric, piezoresistive, capacitive or other means.
Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of
Coriolis vibratory gyro specifications and test procedures. An IEEE
standard covering Coriolis vibratory gyros is not currently available. Such
a standard is expected to be important since CVG's will be the smallest,
lowest cost, and most widely applied of the commercial gyro technologies.
Designation: 1432
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Specification of Motion Tracking Systems
Used in Virtual Reality Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herschell Murry, Phone:(802) 655-3159, Email:h_murry@Polhemus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will address the definition, specification and
documentation of motion tracker systems used in virtual reality systems.
Project Purpose: The virtual reality community has requested a set of
guidelines to help in the interpretation of system capabilities. Guidelines
for the definition, specification and analysis of motion tracking systems
will be outlined.
Designation: 1433
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality
Title: A Standard Glossary of Power Quality Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Philip P Barker, Phone:518-374-4699, Email:pbarker@nycap.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: To develop a common set of definitions describing the various
types of power quality disturbances and phenomena which occur.
Project Purpose: To develop common definitions to the varied interpretations of
power quality phenomena as proposed by several IEEE working groups
including: P1159, P1250, P1100, P519A, C62.
Designation: 1434-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide to the Measurement of Partial Discharges in Rotating
Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2000
Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Apr 26, 2000, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Abstract: " A review of the nature of partial discharge in machine windings, how it can be measuredunder both off-line and on-line
conditions, how it can be measured for individual form-wound coilsor bars, and the significance and limitations of the measured
values are covered. "
Key Words: "electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, partial
discharge, rotating machine windings"
Designation: 1435
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Synchronous Optical Network
(SONET) Technology to Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Communucations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Bruce C Abernethy, Phone:214-373-7873, Email:babernethy@bwrcorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The application of SONET communications standards network
architectural options, capabilities, network management and associated
equipment features to ITS voice, data and video communications network
requirements.
Project Purpose: The use of SONET technology in ITS communication networks is
not covered by recommended practices. In fulfilling this need, the working
group will define the recommended methods and associated, published
standards by which SONET technology can be reliably applied to ITS
communications requirements and assuring interoperability between network
elements. The project will improve and clarify the understanding of this
important technology with the objective of eliminating improper network
configurations, errors in interface specifications and data load and network
sizing errors.
Designation: 1436
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Ground Based Transportation Collision Avoidance Radar
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Martin Grace, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:mgrace@anritsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this project is a standard for the transmission,
reception, and processing of collision avoidance radar signals. The
standard will include conformance and performance requirements; methods for
measuring system parameters and performance; and a SAE compatible interface
with the vehicular ITS system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a standard that will
set forth the performance requirements for collision avoidance radars and
promote compatibility among manufacturer's radar systems. The project will
also provide specific methods of measuring collision avoidance parameters
and performance to increase the comparability among systems and to ensure
accurate testing.
Designation: 1437
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard For the Integration of Plant Condition Monitoring Elements in
Hydroelectric Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Roehl, Phone:503-808-4334, Email:alan.k.roehl@usace.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities.
The items monitored may include generators, motors, excitation systems,
governors, turbines, pumps, water passage, transformers, switchgear,
auxiliary equipment and environment.
Project Purpose: The standard will define the information organization,
hardware, and communications requirements for compatibility of individual
monitoring elements. Use of the standard will allow users to connect
individual monitoring elements in an integrated condition monitoring system
with minimal effort.
Designation: 1438
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide For the Application of Plant Condition Monitoring For
Hydroelectric Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities.
The items monitored may include generator/motor, turbine/pump, excitation
system, governor, transformers, switchgear, water passage, auxiliary
equipment and environment.
Project Purpose: Condition monitoring of hydroelectric facilities is not
currently covered by standards. The document will guide owners, operators,
manufacturers and consultants on the issues involved in justifying,
spedifying, installing and using integrated condition monitoring systems for
the various components of hydroelectric facilities.
Designation: 1439
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Guide for the Specification of Software Interfaces for Artificial Nueral
Networks (ANN) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop guidelines for specification of
software interfaces for artificial neural network systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this proposed project is to develop guidelines
for software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. This has
been requested by government agendies interested in image compression and
restoration of ANN codes images using pulse-coupled neural networks (PCNN),
and other ANN.
Designation: 1440
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Guide For Definition and Specification of Fuzzy Systems in Applications
and Their Interfaces With Other Elements of Computational Intelligence (CI)
of the System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Guidelines for the definition and specification of fuzzy systems
for applications will be developed. These will include syggestions for
interfacing fuzzy systems with other computational intelligence elements of
the system; neural networks, evolutionary systems and virtual reality.
Project Purpose: Many new products use fuzzy systems and other types of
computational intelligence. Guidelines for the definition and specification
of such systems will help in the evaluation of their performance and in
accurately marketing products. Such guidelines have been requested by
industry and government users and producers, particularly those interested
in interfaces with neural networks evolutionary systems and virtual reality.
Designation: 1441-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Inspection of Overhead Transmission Line Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:frank_ferracane@illinoispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005
Project Scope: This guide covers the inspection procedures and practices for
right-of-way issues, foundations, structures, and wire installation for
overhead lines.
Project Purpose: The objective of this guide is to provide a convenient tool to
facilitate thorough and consistent administrative and quality control
techniques for the transmission line owner. The guidelines and procedures
presented in this document are intended to not only document the standards
expected of the construction inspectors, but also to help ensure that the
project is constructed in compliance with the drawings and specifications.
The owner’s specification is the inspector’s primary source of direction
when specific guidance is required. In the absence of specific owner’s
directions, this guide may be used.
Abstract: Various approaches to good inspection practices for the construction of overhead transmission lines are covered in this
guide. Inspection responsibilities and reporting, as well as inspection of various overhead transmission line components, are
discussed. The guide is intended to be used as a reference for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of
overhead transmission lines.
Key Words: construction, inspection, transmission lines
Designation: 1442
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Field Testing and Monitoring of In-Service Non-Ceramic
Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Cartwright, Phone:(561) 845-4857
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Characterization of service environments, data collection,
measurements and analysis of in-service non-ceramic insulators.
Project Purpose: Provide technical assistance to organizations interested in
monitoring and collecting data from in-service non-ceramic insulators.
Define aging, factors that influence aging, methods of monitoring, analysis
of data, consequences of aging on insulator performance and recommended
practices. Promote collection of comparable data from diverse environments.
Promote collection of in-service data that can be compared with laboratory
collected data.
Designation: 1443
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: Standard for Microwave Network Parameters
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: The project will develop definitions of network parameters,
including scattering, impedance, and related parameters. The standard will
define these parameters, possibly in more than one form to accommodate
current usage. It will also compare and contrast the parameters in their
various forms, interrelate them, and state conditions of proper use. The
project will focus on the parameters of microwave (transmission-line or
waveguide based) circuit theory but will harmonize the results with low-
frequency circuit theory. Definitions of characteristic impedance will be
considered.
Project Purpose: Current definitions of network parameters, particularly
scattering parameters, vary greatly, especially when the reference impedence
is complex. Many computer-aided design tools use a definitio that differs
significantly from that used by measurement instruments; the implications
can be dramatic. In both cases, the reults may be incompatible with basic
mathematical formulas familiar to engineers. The current IEEE definitions
(The New IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, Fifth
Ed.) are inconsistent with other international standards.
Designation: 1445-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will define the test program set data embodied in
a number of ASCII files for stimulus, response, and diagnostics of digital
systems for use on digital Automatic Test Systems.
Project Purpose: This standard will develop a definition of digital test
information for digital test systems to cover UUT Model, stimulus/response,
fault dictionary, probe data, and other forms of data. Any existing defacto
standards will be given precedence.
Abstract: The information content and the data formats for the interchange of digital test programdata between digital automated
test program generators (DATPGs) and automatic test equipment(ATE) for board-level printed circuit assemblies are deÞned. This
information can be broadlygrouped into data that deÞnes the following
Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automated test program
generator (DATPG), digital test interchange format (DTIF), Fault Dictionary
data"
Designation: 1446
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Ada-Based Test Program Development (AdaTPD)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Combine and update IEEE Trial Use Std 1226.1-1993 and 1226.2-
1993 into one new full use standard. This wil incorporate revisions of the
reference standards (ANSI/ISO/IEC 8652:1995 for Ada and IEEE Std 716-1995
for C/ATLAS) and feedback from trial use experience.
Project Purpose: To support development of Ada-based test programs that are
independent of any specific test system. The goal of this standard is to
reduce life cycle costs by reducing test program set development and
maintenance time, and supporting test program reusability and
transportability.
Designation: 1448
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Status: Superseded
**See 12207.0-1996
Designation: 1448.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life
Cycle Data
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to 12207.1
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide an integrated set of data
descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life
cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs
of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs
of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which
IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life
cycle data.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between
IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the
industrial environment; and provide an integrated content view of data
produced by life cycle processes.
Designation: 1448.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Implementation Considerations
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to 12207.2
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse,
software process management indicators categories for problem reporting,
guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring
and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of
compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier
interaction.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE
standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the
industrial environment by providing more options as to its use; improve the
implementation of ISO 12207.
Designation: 1448a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to 12207.0
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The base document (ISO/IEC 12207) establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a standalone software product, and software service and during the
supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain
the in sum country foreword including compliance methodology, software life
cycle process objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts
of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite
of standards consisting of 3 parts: 1) 1448 which will include ISO 12207,
Software life processes plus the supplement 1448a, which provides the in sum
country foreward which includes the IEEE compliance methodology (supported
by software life cycle process objectives and software life cycle data
objectives), key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. 2) 1448.1,
Life Cycle Data, which will provide an integrated set of data content
descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life
cycle processes of ISO 12207 along with guidance on which existing IEEE
standards which provide additional detail. 3) 1448.2, Implementation
Considerations, which provide clarifications to 12207 to allow flexibility
with prevalent business practices. It will also provide guidance on
development strategies and build planning, software reuse, joint management
reviews, management indicators, and system architecture.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will
add: 1) Enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. 2)
Provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207. 3) Provide additions to
meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process
standards.
Designation: 1449
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for Engineering Considerations Related to Lightning
Protection: Device Placement, Grounding, Bonding and Physical System
Geometry
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Lawrence Danello, Phone:850-224-4451, Email:omnicom@polaris.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will address engineering practices and procedures
for the location of protectors, grounding and bonding practices and site
geometry considerations. This standard will not include the physics of
atmospheric lightning.
Project Purpose: This standard shall provide an organized and prioritized set
of practices and procedures to assist design engineers, procurement
specialists and end users in developing systems, selecting devices and
installing lightning protection systems based on a standard reference that
has proven research and engineered testing to support each recommendation.
The systems designed using this Practice and Procedure can be predictably
modeled.
Designation: 1450-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector
Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 27, 1999
Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This project is to define a standard language that a)
facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from
computer Aided-Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment
(ATE) environments; b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information
sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test
(DUT); c) supports the large bulk test information generated from structured
test and integral test techniques for very large scale and ultra large scale
integrated circuit designs in a format optimized for transportation and
application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; d) supports
device testing for integrated circuit, very large scale and ultra large
scale integrated circuit test environments, but not restrictged from
application to other digital test environments.
Project Purpose: This standard will serve as a catalyst for the development of
a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design
aspects of IC device generation.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment.
A test description language is defined that
Key Words: "automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST),
computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize,device under test (DUT), digital
test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors, signal,
structural vectors, timed event, wavefor"
Designation: P1450
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vectors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This is a revision to 1450, to incorporate a series of
clarifications that have been developed as questions about the original
standard arose. The clarifications to be added are present under
http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/1450/dot0/1450_clarifications.pdf. There
are no changes to the original scope, which is: This project is to define
a standard language that: a) Facilitates the transfer of large volumes
of digital test information from Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE)
environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b)
Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define
the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c)
Supports the large volume of test information generated from structured
test such as scan/Automatic Test Pattern Generation (ATPG), integral test
techniques such as Built-In Self Test (BIST), and functional test
specification for Integrated Circuit designs and their Assemblies, in a
format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test
Equipment (ATE) environments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to add clarifications defined
during the initial lifecycle of this standard. There are no changes to the
original purpose of this project, which is: Existing CAE tools have
unique and differing software output interfaces which are not portable
into the unique and proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. Third party
support environments have not kept pace with the test requirements of
VLSIC device and test data generated from structured test (such as ATPG)
or integral test techniques such as BIST. Definition of a standard to
support representation of this data in an efficient optimal format is
beneficial to three parties: the CAE vendors who must create this data,
the IC vendors who must support and manipulate this data, and the ATE
vendors who must accept this data. With a common standard between CAE
and IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this
test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate
access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both
ATE vendors and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard
will finally serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard
third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device
generation.
Designation: 1450.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL)
(IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Design Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL to support usage as semiconductor
simulation stimulus; including: 1) mapping signal names to equivalent design
references, 2) interface between Scan and BIST, and the logic simulation, 3)
data types to represent unresolved states in a pattern, 4) parallel or
asynchronous pattern execution on different design blocks, and 5)
expression-based conditional execution of pattern constructs. Define
structures in STIL to support the definition of test patterns for sub-blocks
of a design (i.e., embedded cores) such that these tests can be incorporated
into a complete higher-level device test. Define structures in STIL to
relate fail information from device testing environments back to original
stimulus and design data elements.
Project Purpose: Enhance the STIL language definition to support the usage of
STIL in the design environment. This includes extending the execution
concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used as
an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design
information needed to port simulation data to device test environments. In
addition, define extensions to support the definition of sub element tests,
and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete device
test. This effort is to be done in conjunction with IEEE P1500 which is
defining standards for the definition and integration of embedded cores.
Finally, define the constructs necessary to correlate test failure
information back to the design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis
operations to be performed based on failure information in STIL format.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment.
Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language
in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable
patterns.
Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback,
lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tilling, pragma,
signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol
Designation: 1450.2-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL)
(IEEE Std 1450-1999) for DC Level Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2003
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a
device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies
are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply
limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal
references are: VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, VClampHi.
Define structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified
either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. Define
structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples
of commonly used alternate levels are: VIHH, VIPP, VILL. Define structures
in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within
a period, much the same as timed format events.
Project Purpose: This effort will define constructs in STIL to specify the DC
conditions necessary to execute the digital vectors on Automated Test
Equipment (ATE). This will complement the IEEE Std. 1450-1999 definition
which defines structures for specification of timing and format information,
but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be
applied.
Abstract: This standard extends IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STIL) to support the definition of DC levels.STIL language constructs are
defined to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vec-tors on automated test equipment (ATE). STIL language
extensions include structures for
Key Words: "automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device power
supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination, dynamic
load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power sequence,
slew rate, voltage clamp"
Designation: 1450.3-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Tester Target Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for the specification of resource
mapping of ATE hardware architectures. An example of resource mapping is
the assignment of tester resources to waveform characters that are used in
STIL-vectors. Define structures in STIL for including ATE specific
instructions in-line with the STIL data. Define structures in STIL that
allow for 'incremental processing' whereby, a set of STIL files may be
targeted to mutliple ATE systems by allowing separately identified ATE data
to co-exist. Define structures in STIL for defining tester rules checks to
ensure that the set of generated STIL files conform to the selected
resources on one or more ATE systems. Define structures in STIL for the
specification of the resources required for the execution of a set of STIL
files on a given ATE system.
Project Purpose: Transferring "tester independent" test program/pattern data as
represented in STIL to a specific ATE system is a desired capability. It is
required to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL
program/patterns are mapped onto a specific tester's resources. Due to the
various different use models for the creation and consumpton of test data,
it is necessary to enable certain operations (such as rules checking) very
early in the process. Likewise it is desirable to allow other operations
(such as resource allocation) to be done very late in the process. The STIL
language extensions are to enable the user/creator a standard way of
specifying and controlling the application of test program/pattern data to
specific ATE systems to the extent necessary for each use model scenario.
Designation: P1450.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dave Dowding, Phone:970-635-6928, Email:dave_dowding@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of
execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such
that test flows are specified in a structured manner to facilitate automated
modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying
a common interface between the flow environment and test program components.
Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression
processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a
test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of
the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall
be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-
Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program
components is to be developed by a separate working group (P1450.5).
Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test
component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support
of sub-flows and binning.
Project Purpose: STIL is the standard for the interchange of digital test data
from the test generation environment (where a great deal of design
information is used to generate device tests) to the test and manufacturing
environment. The STIL standard initially addressed the essential digital
test description information (i.e.. signals, timing, vectors and parameter
specifications). Other aspects needed for testing devices were to follow in
extension activities such as this standard to address test flow extensions
to STIL. This extension will provide the constructs to describe the test
program flow and sequencing data needed to compose a test program to run on
an Automatic Test Equipment platform.
Designation: 1450.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Stnadard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of
execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that
test flows are specificed in a structured manner to facilitate automated
modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a
common interface between the flow environment and test program components.
Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression
processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test
program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the
interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be
developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-Test
interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program
components is to be developed by a separate workign group (P1450.5). Define
structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component
modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub-
flows and binning.
Project Purpose: Provide additional STIL syntax to describe a test flow in
terms sufficient to define a test program flow capable of running on an ATE
system.
Designation: 1450.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Test Method Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Define the set of test methods common enough across the
semiconductor industry to be standardized and define the parameters for each
of the test methods. Define the structures in STIL for specification of the
test method and the parameters to the test method. Examples of test method
parameters are: debug options, characterization options, test algorithm
options, throughput optimizing options, and data logging options. Define in
device terms the operation that is to be performed by each test method.
Note1 - It may be necessary to describe a sequence of operations that are to
be done by the test method and to completely explain the expected algorithm.
Note2 - This definiton of test methods is to be part of the STIL
documentation. Provide examples of how user defined test methods can be
created using the defined STIL structures.
Project Purpose: Whereas the test flow extensions to STIL (P1450.4) define the
structure for creating the test flow, this standard is to define a set of
test methods that are to fit within the STIL framework to address the most
commonly needed test functions for digital integrated circuits.
Designation: 1450.6-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector
Data---Core Test Language (CTL)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2006
Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 17, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: Unless the logic inside embedded cores can be merged with the
surrounding user-defined logic (UDL), the SoC test requires reuse of test
data and test structures specific to individual cores (designs) when
integrated into larger systems. This standard defines language constructs
sufficient to represent the context of a core and of the integration of that
core into a system, to facilitate reuse of test data previously developed
for that core. The SoC test also requires that the core be embedded in the
SoC to allow for efficient testing of the logic external to the core. To
that effect, this standard defines constructs that represent the test
structures internal to the core for reuse in the creation of the tests for
the logic outside the core. This provides constructs that will allow for
the wrapping operation of an unwrapped core and the necessary wrapper
specific information for a wrapped core. In particular, CTL shall support
IEEE Std 1500-2005 for the information needs for wrapped and unwrapped
cores. Semantic rules will be defined for the language to facilitate
interoperability between the different entities (the core provider, the
system integrator, and the automation tools) involved in the creation of an
SoC. This standard is limited to SoC testing with multiple and/or
hierarchical cores through digital interfaces.All constructs defined in the
CTL shall be consistent with IEEE Std 1450-1999 and extensions (STIL) to
support the complete description of the test for cores integrated into SoC
environments. Although the preferred syntax for the bulk of the test data is
STIL, this language provides constructs for linking other test data
representations to incorporate legacy cores. The constructs in the language
shall support a vast variety of cores and different test methodologies with
particular support for the IEEE 1500 standard for embedded core testing.
These constructs shall facilitate the transportation of test information
from the core provider to the system integrator and support test automation
by providing a consistent and uniform definition of the constructs such that
the information provided by a core provider is understood in the same way by
the system integrator and the tools developed by EDA.
Project Purpose: To develop a language which will provide a sufficient
description of a core to support reuse of test data developed for that core
after integration into SoC environments, and to enable the creation of test
patterns for the logic in the SoC external to the core.
Abstract: The Core Test Language (CTL) is a language created for a System-on-Chip flow (or SoC flow), where a design created by one
group is reused as a sub-design of a design created by another group. In an SoC flow, the smaller design embedded in the larger
design is commonly called a core and the larger design is commonly called the SoC. The core is a design provided by a core
provider, and the task of incorporating the sub-design into the SoC is called Core System Integration.
Key Words: Core Test Language (CTL), Standard Test Interface Language (STIL),
System-on-Chip (SoC), wrapped core, unwrapped core
Designation: P1450.6.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Describing On-Chip Scan Compression
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Bruce D. Cory, Phone:408-486-2783, Email:BCory@nvidia.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed
from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to
diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step
independent of on-chip scan compression logic used.
Project Purpose: To provide a sufficient description of on-chip scan
compression structures, operation, and connectivity such that EDA tools may
interoperate for pattern generation and diagnosis.
Designation: P1450.6.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Memory Modeling in Core Test Language (CTL)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: System on Chip (SoC) test requires reuse of test data and test
structures developed for individual cores (designs) when integrated into
larger integrated circuits. This activity defines language constructs
sufficient to represent the context of a memory-core and of the
integration of that memory-core into an SoC, to facilitate development
and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for memories. This activity also
defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the
memory-core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside
the memory-core. Semantic rules are defined for the language to
facilitate interoperability between different entities (the memory-core
provider, the system integrator, and the automation tool developer)
involved in the creation of an SoC. The capabilities are an extension of
IEEE 1450.6-2005. As a result of this extension, CTL's limitations of
handling memories are addressed.
Project Purpose: To develop an extension to the CTL language that provides a
sufficient description of a memory-core to support the development and
reuse of test and repair mechanisms for that memory after integration
into SoC environment and enable creation of test patterns for the logic
on the SoC external to the memory.
Designation: 1451.0-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Common Functions, Communication Protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data
Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This project develops a set of common functionality for the
family of IEEE P1451 smart transducer interface standards. This
functionality is independent of the physical communications media. It
includes the basic functions required to control and manage smart
transducers, common communications protocols, and media-independent
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats. It defines a set of
implementation-independent application programming interfaces (API). This
project does not specify signal conditioning and conversion, physical media,
or how the TEDS data are used in applications.
Project Purpose: There are several standards in the IEEE P1451 family that all
share certain characteristics, but there exists no common set of functions,
communications protocols, and TEDS formats that facilitate interoperability
among these standards. This standard provides that commonality and
simplifies the creation of future standards for different physical layers
that are interoperable in the family.
Designation: 1451.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Network Capable Application Processor Information Model
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2000
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: This project will establish a standard interface for connecting
network capable processors to control networks through the development of a
common control network information or object model for smart sensors and
actuators. The object model includes transducer block, function block,
plysical block, and network block and their underlying structures. This
project will not define individual device algorithms or specifics of what is
implemented using the model.
Project Purpose: Many control network implementations are currently available,
each with its own strength and weakness for a specific application class. A
common network-independent application model mapping to any sinsor/actuator
protocol will reduce effort for interfacing smart sensors and actuators to
control netowsrks. It will establish interoperability between
sensors/actuators and networks, thus enabling plug and play capability. A
standard object model will simplify the support of multiple sensor/actuator
control network protocols.
Abstract: " This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connectingprocessors to communication
networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containingblocks, services, and components specifies interactions with sensors
and actuators and forms thebasis for implementing application code executing in the processor. "
Key Words: "actuators, communication network, object model, sensors"
Designation: P1451.1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators –
Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) Information Model
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jay Warrior, Phone:650-485-2086, Email:jay_warrior@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: The project stays within the scope of the original standard,
IEEE 1451.1-1999, namely to create a network neutral, common object model
for the components of a networked smart transducer together with the
interfaces to these components. The project updates the standard, as a
consequence of technology and implementation experience, in the following
areas: 1) Removes functionality unused in most current implementations. 2)
Revises the transducer block abstract class (section 9.5) interface
specifications to be compatible with the Application Program Interface(API)s
in the IEEE 1451.0 standard. 3) Introduces the concept of interfaces to
support multiple inheritances and use the concept to simplify the component,
service, and data class hierarchy. 4) Revises the conformance requirements
to enable simpler, minimally conformant systems. 5) Provide in an advisory
addendum a reference mapping of 1451.1 to java, including an on-the wire
protocol specification compatible with internet technologies.
Project Purpose: Since its introduction, IEEE 1451.1 has provided a basis for
implementations of a light-weight, network neutral application model
targeted at reducing the effort in interfacing smart sensors and actuators
to a network. The purpose of this project is to reflect changes in
underlying networking technologies, focusing on the recognized gap between
embedded systems and the enterprise. In addition, the project will seek to
simplify the specification by omitting unused functionality as reflected in
implementation experience and industry needs; and to interface with the IEEE
1451.0 standard, which was developed subsequent to the original IEEE Std
1451.1-1999.
Designation: 1451.2-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard digital interface for
connecting transducers (defined here as sensors and actuators) to
microprocessors. It will define a transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS)
and its data formats. It will define an electrical interface, read and
write logic functions to access the TEDS and transducers. This interface
will be usable by a wide variety of sensors and actuators. This project
will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS
data are used in application.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent digital
communication interface standard between transducers and microprocessors.
Each vendor builds its own interface. Without an independent, openly
defined interface, transducer interfacing and integration are time consuming
and all vendors' duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. This
interface will provide a minimum implementation subset which will allow
self-identification and configuration of sensors and actuators and vendor
extensibility to provide growth and product differentiation.
Abstract: " A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is deÞned. A TEDS andits data formats are described.
An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access theTEDS and a wide variety of transducers are deÞned. This
standard does not specify signal condi-tioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications. "
Key Words: "communication protocol,digital interface,microprocessor,NCAP,sensor
interface,smart actuator,smart sensor,smart sensor interface,smart
transducer,smart transducer interface,STIM,TEDS,1451"
Designation: P1451.2
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James Joseph Wiczer, Phone:847-353-8200, Email:jwiczer@sensorsynergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of the revision is to include alternate physical
layers to utilize existing, widely available, low-cost data transfer methods
in order to reduce complexity and cost. The TEDS will be assessed for
inclusion of new features, including additional control functions to improve
communications between STIM (Smart Transducer Interface Module) and NCAP
(Network Capable Application Processor) and the creation of a stand-alone
mode in which supported NCAP network protocols would be specified. This
project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the
TEDS data are used in application.
Project Purpose: There is currently a great need for open standards to provide
economically viable digital communication interfaces between transducers and
microprocessors. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997
more widely usable to a larger set of cost sensitive applications. Without a
cost effective, easy-to-implement, independent, openly defined transducer
interface standard, the development of remote sensing applications for
safety, security, industrial automation, and other remote monitoring/ remote
control applications will continue to be hindered.
Designation: 1451.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Connection Schemes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stan P Woods, Phone:650-485-5067, Email:stan_woods@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The project will define connection schemes for use with the
existing IEEE 1451.2 standard. The intent is to specify connection schemes
between Smart Transducer Interface Modules (STIMs) and Network Capabile
Application Processors (NCAPS0. The solutions will be compatible with the
current electrical interface specified in IEEE 1451.2. The project will
examine use models for the standard, appropriate physical environments,
cable lengths and connector types to determine the solution.
Project Purpose: This project enhances the existing IEEE 1451.2 specification
by adding connection schemes between STIMs and NCAPs. Standardizing the
physical connections between STIMs and NCAPs simplifies the connectivity
issue and will greatly benefit the adopters of IEEE 1451.2
Designation: 1451.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Digital Communication and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
for Distributed Multidrop Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2004
Technical Contact: Larry A Malchodi, Phone:206-655-5695, Email:larry.a.malchodi@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard thqt defines a digital
interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers. It will
leverage off the IEEE P1451.1 and IEEE P1451.2 standards. The standard will
define the TEDS format, the electrical interface, channel identification
protocols, hot swap protocols, time synchronization protocols, and the read
and write logic functions used to access the TEDS and transducer data. The
standard will nto specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an
application uses the TEDS data.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent standard for
interfacing multiple physically separated transducers that allos time
synchronization of data. Without such a standard, custom transducer
interface solutions are required which are time-consuming and costly. The
standard will provide a minimum implementation that allows multidrop, hot
swapping, self-identification and configuration of transducers that may not
be located in the same enclosure, but are confined to a relatively small
space.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1451.3, IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and ActuatorsDigital Communication and
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats for Distributed Multidrop Systems"
Key Words: "1451, communication protocol, digital interface, event sensor,
microprocessor, NCAP, plug and play, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart
sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer interface, TBIM, TEDS"
Designation: 1451.4-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and
Actuators—Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data
Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 06, 2004
Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: May 14, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004
Project Scope: This project will establish a standard that allows analog
transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object.
The standard will define the protocol and interface. It will also define
the format of the transducer TEDS. The transducer TEDS will be based on the
IEEE 1451.2 TEDS. The standard will not specify the transducer design,
signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS.
Project Purpose: A standard is needed that allows analog transducers to
communicate digital information for the purposes of self-identification and
configuration. Due to the lack of a standard, some transducer manufacturers
have introduced various solutions but have seen limited acceptance. An
independent and openly defined standard will reduce risk for potential
users, transducer and system manufacturers, and system integrators. This
will accelerate the emergence and acceptance of this technology.
Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an
IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the Transducer TEDS. The Transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2™ TEDS. The
standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS.
Key Words: Keywords: appended TEDS, basic TEDS, device configuration file,
family code, IEEE 1451.4 interface, IEEE 1451.4 transducer, mixed-mode
Interface (MMI), mixed-mode transducer (MMXDCR), network capable application
processor (NCAP), plug-and-play, smart transducer, TEDS, template, template
ID, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), template description language,
transparent protocol, template description language, tbom schema, transducer
block
Designation: P1451.4-2004/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators—
Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet
(TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows
analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451
object. It also defines the format of the transducer TEDS (Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet). The transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2 ™
TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal
conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS.
Project Purpose: An independent and openly defined standard for MMI (mixed-mode
interface) and TEDS serves the following purposes: — Provide
interoperability, which enables plug-and-play capability — Simplify the
implementation of mixed-mode smart transducer systems — Accelerate the
emergence and acceptance of the MMI and TEDS.
Designation: 1451.5-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS)
Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Steven C Chen, Phone:301-670-6779x509, Email:schens@3eti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This project will establish a standard for wireless
communication methods and data format for transducers (sensors and
actuators). The standard will define a TEDS based on the IEEE 1451 concept,
and protocols to access TEDS and transducer data. It will adopt necessary
wireless interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically
differentiated, existing wireless technology solutions. It will not specify
transducer design, signal conditioning, wireless system physical design or
use, or use of TEDS.
Project Purpose: Many companies are developing various wireless communication
interfaces and protocols for sensors. An openly defined wireless transducer
communication standard, that can accommodate various existing wireless
technologies, will reduce risk for users, transducer manufacturers, and
system integrators. It will enhance the acceptance of the wireless
technology for transducers connectivity.
Designation: P1451.6
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - A
High-speed CANopen-based Transducer Network Interface for Intrinsically Safe
and Non-intrinsically Safe Applications.
Status: New Standard Project
**CANopen permission obtained for use of CiA DS 404
Technical Contact: Cyrilla Jane Menon, Phone:+1 248 676 9291, Email:menon@can-cia.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This project establishes a CANopen-based network for multi-
channel transducer modules. The standard defines the mapping of IEEE 1451
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) to the CANopen dictionary entries as
well as communication messages, process data, configuration parameter, and
diagnosis information. It adopts the CANopen device profile for measuring
devices and closed-loop controllers. This project defines an intrinsically
safe (IS) CAN physical layer.
Project Purpose: There are many implementations of CANopen network interfaces
based on the CiA DS 404 device profile. In order to make use of the IEEE
1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) concept and to achieve data
compatibility from a single-sensor to a high-performance closed-loop
controller, it is necessary to harmonize the TEDS parameters. The proposed
project allows development of lean gateways and cascaded transducer networks
based on a combined specification of IEEE 1451 and CANopen.
Designation: P1451.7
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication
Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard defines communication methods and data formats for
transducers (sensors and actuators) communicating with RFID tags that follow
the ISO/IEC 24753 standard. The standard also defines Transducer Electronic
Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards and
protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary
interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically
differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify transducer
design or signal conditioning.
Project Purpose: There is currently no openly defined independent interface
standard between transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own
interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to
RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts
are economically unproductive. The purpose of this standard is to provide
interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and
reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides
means for device and equipment interoperability.
Designation: 1453-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage
Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005
Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a recommended practice
for measuring voltage fluctuations on AC power systems including a
measurement protocol. Recommend limits for the voltage fluctuations using
the recommended protocol.
Project Purpose: The only requested revision is in the title to change voltage
flicker to voltage fluctuations to more accurately reflect and coordinate
with other standard definitions of the phenomena.
Abstract: Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting
equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker. This recommended
practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomenon and recommends acceptable levels for 120 V, 60 Hz and 230 V,
50 Hz AC electric power systems. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of individual products
manufactured for use on these systems.
Key Words: flicker, illumination, lamp flicker, voltage flicker, voltage
fluctuations
Designation: 1453
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Flicker on AC
Power Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage flicker on
AC power systems including a recommended measurement protocol. Recommend
limits for voltage flicker using the measurement protocol.
Project Purpose: The IEEE does not have a standard for measuring or limiting
voltage flicker on AC power systems. Two recommended practices, IEEE 519-
1992 and IEEE 144-1993 suggest similar limits for flicker. No standard
measurement protocol exists within IEEE. Further, the suggested limits and
measurements are very subjective. Better methods are needed to measure and
specify voltage quality with regard to flicker.
Designation: 1454
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for the Selection and Installation of Fiber Optic
Cable in Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Urban, Suburban, and Rural
Environments as Well as Transportation Operations Centers and Associated
Campuses
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert Barrett, Phone:818-393-2702, Email:r.barrett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: Guidelines for the selection, installation approach, splicing,
connectorization of fiber optic cable, and test for urban, suburban, and
rural communications requirements as well as operations centers and campuses
are to be included.
Project Purpose: Fiber optic cable is being deployed on a national basis to
meet multimedia communications requirements for Intelligent Transportation
systems. There is no known recommended practice that may be utilized to
assure that cable is being selected, installed, interconnected and tested to
assure performance, communications link reliability and interforce
compatibility. Differences in installation requirements for outdoor and
indoor are to be included with recommended guidelines. Aerial direct busy
and in-conduit installation guidelines will be included. Pre-shipment, pre-
installation and post installation test guidelines in conjunction with
EIA/TIA 455 test standards options will be included. The Guidelines will
provide jurisdictions and agencies which are planning to install fiber as a
means for defining requirements.
Designation: 1455-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Message Sets for Vehicle/Roadside Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000
Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard for exchanging DSRC information, providing for bi-
directional message transmission and device control, in a manner which is
compatible with but independent of the ASTM efforts to specify DSRC Layers 1
and 2. This will entail specifying the transponder resources, the
transponder resource manager, the application message sets, and the sighals
and services such as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Mgmt User's Group, the
ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to
synthesize existing messaging requirements into a single, open industry
standard which supports non-interfereing and interoperable DSRC
implementations by the various user agencies.
Project Purpose: The ETTM field is rapidly emerging with multiple technologies
and incompatible products. In addition, the emergence of the ASTM standard
for Layers 1 and 2 has created the potential for significant interference
between RF compatible systems. The lack of standard message sets, lower
layer protocols, and transponder resource definitions threatens to postpone
the deployment of this critical technology to the marketplace. The effort
behind this PAR will consolidate and publish a standard to support
Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. The open nature of the developed
interface will ensure that it is extensible to other DSRC areas, e.g. CVO
credential information exchange, pre-clearance screening, fleet management
and private messaging.
Abstract: " Those characteristics of a dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) system thatare independent of the Physical and
Data Link Layers (ISO model Layers 1 and 2) are specified.The required and optional features of the roadside equipment (RSE) and
the onboard equipment(OBE) are specified. In addition, the Applications Layer (ISO model Layer 7) services and protocols,the RSE
resource manager, the corresponding OBE command interpreter, and the application-spe-cific messages are all specified. Standard
supports and guidelines are provided for implementingsecure DSRC systems. "
Key Words: "access control,application layer,automatic vehicle
identification,AVI,beacon,Commercial Vehicle Operations,CVO,data
authentication,data privacy,data security,dedicated short-range
communications,DSRC,electronic toll collection,ETC,Layer 7,Mailbox,reader,r"
Designation: 1456
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IRPA/INIRC 1990 - International Radiation Protection Association,
International Non-Ionizing Radiation Committee Interim Guidelines on limits
of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. Health Physics 58
(1): 113-122
Status: Adoption in Progress
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1995
Project Scope: These guidelines present a set of exposure limits for 50/60 Hz
in terms of electric or magnetic fields, both for the general public and
occupational personnel as a function of exposure time from a few minutes up
to 24 hours. In addition, there are recommended protective measures
including education, warning signs, compliance programs and special measures
against hazardous RFI (e.g. pacemakers).
Project Purpose: The document presents recommended exposure limits and other
protective measures to prevent potential bodily harm that may result from
human exposures to electric or magnetic fields at 50 or 60 Hz. The
guidelines do not apply to deliberate exposure or patients undergoing
medical kiagnosis or treatment.
Designation: 1457
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Glossary of Electric Machinery Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: E.P Smith, Phone:518-393-3132
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: To create a glossary of terms used in electric machinery. The
terms defined in this glossary will eventually be included in the IEEE
dictionary.
Project Purpose: There are many terms used in electric machinery, but they do
not exist in the IEEE dictionary. This glossary being prepared under the
proposed standard will define these terms so that they may be included in
the future edition of the IEEE dictionary. Precise definitions of these
terms will benefit all workers in the field of electric machinery.
Designation: 1458-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Selection, Field Testing, and Life
Expectancy of Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Industrial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2005
Technical Contact: Gary Donner, Phone:310-522-6251, Email:gldonner@shellopus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005
Project Scope: To provide the user with a recommended procedure that is safe
and easily understood, for the selection, application, and determination of
the remaining life in molded case circuit breakers.
Project Purpose: Project is necessary because there is widespread
misunderstanding on this subject. Because of these misunderstandings, users
are unintentionally installing and applying molded case circuit breakers in
situations that are potentially dangerous. The proposed recommended
practice will provide suggested recommended practices to safely apply and
test molded case circuit breakers.
Abstract: A recommended procedure for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molder case circuit
breaker is provided.
Key Words: available fault values, circuit breaker testing, molded case circuit
breakers, molded case circuit breakers basics, molded case circuit breakers
life, safety
Designation: 1459-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power
Quantities under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced
Conditions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 21, 2000
**12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of
electric power quantities under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, or
unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used
in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the
new definitions.
Project Purpose: This standard is meant to provide organizations with criteria
for designing and using metering instrumentation.
Abstract: " This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantitiesunder sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal,
balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematicalexpressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions,
and explains the features of the new definitions. "
Key Words: "active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor,
reactive power, total harmonic distortion"
Designation: P1459
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities
under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Alexander E Emanuel, Phone:508-831-5239, Email:aemanuel@ece.wpi.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify
the flow of electrical energy in single-phase and three-phase circuits under
sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions.
Project Purpose: This document provides organizations with criteria for
designing and using metering instrumentation.
Designation: 1460-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of Quasi-Static Magnetic and Electric
Fields
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: This project describes measurement goals associated with
characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields, e.g. power
frequency and other extremely low frequency fields, and available methods
for accomplishing them. The guide should be used in conjunction with IEEE
Std 1308-1994 (IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications
for Magnetic Flux Density Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz), which defines
terminology and describes instrumentation, calibration methods, and sources
of measurement uncertainty.
Project Purpose: The guide compliments IEEE Std 1308-1994 which offers no
guidance on performing field measurements. It is intended that the guide
fill part of the information gap. The intended users are individuals and
groups interested in developing protocols for characterizing quasi-static
magnetic and electric fields in different measurement environments.
Abstract: A listing of possible measurement goals related to characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields and possible
methods for their accomplishment is provided.
Key Words: measurement protocols, power frequency, power frequency harmonic
fields, quasi-static magnetic fields, quasi-static electric fields
Designation: 1461
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Power Electronics Module Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dennis M Darcy, Phone:(617) 661-0540, Email:Dmdarcy@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop the guidelines for the standardization
of the power electronics modules as well as passive support circuitry, so
that power modules can be interfaced more readily. The guideline will
specify the way of interconnecting circuit components including power
modules, busbars, control circuitry, and passive components. The results
will enable modular architectures for redundant, scaleable and low-cost
systems by using standard building block elements.
Project Purpose: Power electronics circuits are being packaged within modules
at higher power densities with control electronics integration to a greater
degree. Presently, power electronics modules are designed without
compatibility between different manufacturers' products. The installation
of a power electronics system becomes more and more difficult and costly.
This porject is to establish the guidelines for power module manufacturers
and the user community so that power module interfaces can be made readily
and the unnecessary re-engineering cost can be avoided.
Designation: 1462-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information Technology - Guideline
for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 (Ref. Std.: 14402)
Project Scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a
Computer Aided Software Engineering 9CASE) tool for a software development
or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and
selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including:
project management processes, development processes, and integral processes.
Project Purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that
intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes.
CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of
their CASE tools.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1462-1998 (Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 14102:1995), Information technologyGuidelines for the
evaluation and selection of CASE tools"
Key Words: "CASE tools,computer-aided software engineering,computer
applications,computersoftware,software engineering"
Designation: 1463
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Title: Standard for Global Positioning System Receiver Test Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stewart P Teasley, Phone:(714) 221-3433, Email:stewart.teasley@nb.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project is intended to develop a GPS TEst Standards
document containing a group of performance tests applicable to several user
classes of commercial GPS receivers. The document is limited to GPS
performance tests and is not intended in any way to define the entire
requirement set for any user class. Velocity tests as well as environmental
and other requirments beyond GPS performance are not included. The user
classes selected for inclusion in the standard are marine, land and
handheld, while some of the tests appropriate for such applications as
aviation, military, and survey are excluded.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce and publish a GPS
Test Standards Document jointly with the Institute of Navigation. The
standard was originally developed to respond to a stated need for common
test procedures and data analysis techniques that could be applied to all
GPS receivers. The standard defines the methodology required to test and
measure these performance parameters and to present the data in a common
format. It is anticipated that the standad will be adopted on a voluntary
basis by receiver manufacturers and thus lead to uniform methods of
specifying GPS performance.
Designation: 1464
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Insulated Gate Bipolar
Transistor (IGBT) Circuit Simulator Model Validation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen R Hefner, Phone:(301) 975-2071, Email:hefner@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for
validation of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) models that are used
in circuit simulators. The models are to be validated as to the IGBT
external terminal behavior only.
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for
comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the IGBT models that are used
in various circuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the
performance of circuit simulator models is preventing the effective
utilization of circuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit
simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating IGBT
models.
Designation: 1465-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 12119:1994(E)
- Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and
Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 (Ref. Std.: 12119)
Project Scope: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for
contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to
be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in
specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines
that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability.
Project Purpose: The intended users of ISO/IEC 12119 are Suppliers of software
packages; certification bodies which may wish to establish a third-party
certification scheme; testing laboratories which will have to follow the
instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or mark of
conformity; accreditation bodies for accrediting certification bodies and
testing laboratories; auditors of testing laboratories; buyers software
packages; users who may profit from better products.
Abstract: Quality requirements for software packages and instructions on how to test a softwarepackage against these requirements
are established. The requirements apply to software packagesas they are offered and delivered, not to the production process
(including activities and intermediate products, such as specifications).
Key Words: quality requirements,software,software engineering,software
package,testing
Designation: 1466
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for the Safe Use of Electromagtnetic Energy
Sources, Equipment and Systems Operating Between 3 kHz and 300 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Preparation of a guidance document for development of RF safety
programs. This standard would provide useful guidance to those implementing
ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (IEEE C95.1-1991).
Project Purpose: Presently, there exists no recommended approaches for
developing safety programs by organizations wishing to implement the use of
ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992. Users would include industrial companies, federal,
state and local government agencies. These organizations do not have any
documentation of recommended ways for developing and implementing safety
programs that are directed to the issue of radio frequency fields. This
document would fill this gap in practical guidance.
Designation: 1467
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Guide for Reliability Growth Management and Assessment of Systems with
Nonhomogeneous Poisson Failure and Failure-Mode Processes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for managing and assessing
the reliability of complex systems (i.e. systems which have failure and
failure-mode processes that can reasonably be modeled as non-homogeneous
Poisson processes). The guidance will address the planning aspects of
reliability ghrowth programs and assessment methodology for measuring
reliability growth.
Project Purpose: To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189 entitled Reliability
Growth Management, with a non-government guide. This guide will contain
current acquisition philosophy and terminology, as well as updated
information and methodologies for planning and assessing reliability growth
of complex developmental systems.
Designation: 1468
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test
Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard for customer-specified
reliability testing requirements utilizing performance-based methods.
Performance-based reliability requirements to not specify a statistical test
design or underlying modeling assumptions which are considered to be "how
to" and thus should be developed by the producers. Performance-based
reliability test requirements have 4 elements: quantitative reliability
requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions,
and failure definitions. This project is limited to providing procedures
for a performance-based approach to specifying reliability testing
requirements and specifying the information required from the producer's
test design to enable the customer to evaluate it. This project will not
include specifying "how to" methodology. This standard will be supplemented
by two concurrently-proposed standards development projects, P1469-Guide for
Producers to Develop Statisical Test Designs for Customer-Specified
Reliability Test Requirements, and P1470-Guide for Customer Evaluation of
Production-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance-based
methods which address reliability testing without imposing a statistical
test design on the producer, but specify the information required from the
producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate the producer's
proposal. It would be beneficial to both the commercial and military
reliability communities to develop such a standard.
Designation: 1469
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer-
Specified Reliability Test Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for producers developing
statistical test designs for customer-specified performance-based
reliability testing requirements. With performance-based reliability test
requirements, customers do not specify a statistical test design or
underlying modeling assumptions, but instead specify the following 4
elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties
(statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project
will provide the models and associated statistical procedures needed by
producers to develop statistical test designs. This guide will complement
the standards development projects Standard for Customer-Specified
Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not
Specified) and Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed
Statistical Reliability Test Designs.
Project Purpose: To provide producers with the models and associated
statistical procedures for developing statistical test designs from
requirements developed with the Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-
Based Reliability Test Requirmeents (Statistical Test Design Not Specified).
It would be beneficial to the reliability community to develop such a guide.
Designation: 1470
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical
Reliability Test Designs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for customers evaluating a
producer's statistical reliability test design. This guide will complement
the standard development projects P1468-Standard for Customer-Specified
Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not
Specified) and P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs
for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements. This guide will
provide the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to
evaluate statistical reliability test designs.
Project Purpose: To provide customers with the statistical procedures and
assessment methodology needed to evaluate the producer's statistical
reliability test design.
Designation: 1471-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Architectural Description for Software-
Intensive Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000
Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression and
communication of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and
cost gains through standardization of elements and practices for
architectural description. Despite significant efforts to improve
engineering practices and technologies, software-intensive systems continue
to present formidable risks and difficulties in their design, construction,
deployment and evolution. Recent attempts to address these difficulties
have focused on the earliest period of design decision-making and
evaluation, increasingly referred to as the "architectural level" of system
development. The phrases "architectural level" and "architecture" are
widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use reflects acceptance of an
architectural metaphor in the analysis and development of software-intensive
systems. A key premise of this metaphor is that important decisions may be
made early in system development in a manner similar to the early decision-
making found in the civil architecture profession. Many innovations are
resulting from this attention to the architectural level, among them
architectural description languages and associated tools and environments,
architectural frameworks, models and patterns, and techniques for
architectural analysis, evaluation and architecture-based reuse. While
these efforts differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient
commonality exists to warrant the development of a recommended practice to
codify their common elements. These innovations are occurring, and
maturing, rapidly within many research and application communities, and they
reflect differing interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is
a general consensus on the importance of the "architectural level of systems
development," and that that level consists of early decision-making about
overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development strategies.
However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on a precise
definition of a system's "architecture," how it should be described, what
uses such descriptions may serve, or where and when it should be defined.
The boundaries and relationships between architectural trends and practices
and other practices, and between architectural technology and other
technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such situations, progress
often depends on mediating influences. Potential adopters of architectural
practices and technology need a frame of reference within which to address
implementation and adoption decisions. Technology developers need a frame
of reference within which to communicate the motivating concepts of their
technology, and to accumulate and appreciate feedback from early adoption.
To these ends, this standard is intended to reflect generally accepted
trends in practices for architectural description and to provide a technical
framework for further evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a
conceptual framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future
developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This
standard codifies those elements on which there is consensus; specifically
the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for models within views,
and the relation of architecture to system context.
Project Purpose: An architectural description is used to communicate between
client and developer to aid clarification of requirements and their impact
on system design. The architectural description is developed in an
evolutionary process from the expression of a system concept as a high level
abstraction to one of a more detailed and tangible expression that is widely
accepted as being an expression of design. An architectural description is
used capture style and protocol standards that can be used to facilitate
certain common attributes that promote system-to-system consistency.
Abstract: " This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sus-tainment of architectures of
software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures interms of architectural descriptions . A conceptual
framework for architectural description is estab-lished. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide
the rationale for keyconcepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage. "
Key Words: "architectural description,architecture,software-intensive
system,stakeholder con-cerns,system stakeholder,view,viewpoint"
Designation: 1471.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for application of Architectural Description IEEE 1471
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will provide guidance for the implementation and
application of the conventions that will be described in the IEEE Std 1471.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide instruction for knowing, when
Architecture is complete, find owners (stakeholders) the Architecture,
defining who (audiences) are for the Architecture, selecting of an architect
including knowledge and skills, and describing the technical and management
duties of the individual.
Designation: 1472
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio-frequency
Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During Explosive
Operations
Status: Superseded
**Changed designation to C95.4
Technical Contact: George A Koban, Phone:540-653-4296, Email:kobanGA@nswc.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction
and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar
transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an
explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical
formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances
from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 Mhz to 300 GHz, including
VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar
navigation beacons, and portable communication devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for
the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by
radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting
antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5Mhz to 300 GHz.
Designation: 1473-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Trains
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for Inter-car and Intra-car
serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It
sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can
simultaneously handle monitoring and controls traffic from multiple systems.
While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of
carrying vital messages. The standard will be structured with respect to
the OSI seven layer model.
Project Purpose: To permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers
performing different onboard functions to share a common communications
facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration,
reliabiity and maintability will be improved. TCRP project G-4 has
estimated an expected value of $56.2 million/year savings.
Abstract: " Communications protocols to be used for intercar and intracar serial data communica-tions between subsystems aboard
passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum accept-able parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle
monitoring and control traffic frommultiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable
of carryingvital messages. "
Key Words: "communications networks,communications protocol,commuter rail
transit,light rail transit,rail transit,train bus,vehicle bus"
Designation: P1473
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Passenger Trains
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: No scope change is proposed. Original Scope: This standard
defines the protocol for intercar and intracar serial data communications
between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum
acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle
monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems. While the network
itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital
messages. This standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven-
layer model.
Project Purpose: The existing standard defines a Type-L and Type-T network.
For the Type-L network, there have been enhancements in functionality and
field experience over the last five years that indicate a need to update the
standard. No change in the purpose is proposed. Original purpose: A
standard protocol will permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers
performing different on-board functions to share a common communications
facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration,
reliability, and maintainability will be improved.
Designation: 1474
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Standard for Communications Based Train Control
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: David B Rutherford, Phone:716/292-1440, Email:daver@rsepc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Standards for communications based train control (CBTC)
individual functional requirements and information flow requirements among
functions, independent of implementation architecture. Standards for CBTC
functional implementation and information data formats to the extent that
viable CBTC implementation architectures are not compromised.
Project Purpose: Wide cross section of representatives of rail transit
operating authorities. Suppliers and consultants have agreed by ballot that
significant interest exists in standardizing all aspects of CBTC to extent
practicable. Sponsoring committee estimates cost impact of CBTC
standardization at $195 mil/yr.
Designation: 1474.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Performance
and Functional Requirements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: Original Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance
and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance,
availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC System.---
Revision: There is no change to the words of the scope. The revisions allow
for driverless train operation, including automatic people movers.
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: There are currently no independent
standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be
satisfied by CBTC systems. This standard will enhance performance,
availability, operations, and train protection, and will facilitate new CBTC
applications. ---Revision: There is no change to the purpose.
Abstract: Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control (CBTC) system are established in this
standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic train control system utilizing high-resolution train location determination,
independent of track circuits; continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and train-borne and
wayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well as optional automatic train
operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addition to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also
defines headway criteria, system safety criteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system. This standard is applicable
to the full range of transit applications including automated people movers.
Key Words: automation, communications, signaling, train control
Designation: 1474.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Communication Based Train Control Performance
Requirements and Functional Requirements
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional
requirements for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train
protection using a communications based train control (CBTC) system.
Project Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the
performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by communications
based train control (CBTC) systems. A standard will enhance performance,
availability, operations and t4rain protection as well as facilitate new
CBTC applications.
Abstract: " Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control(CBTC) system are established in this
standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic traincontrol system utilizing high-resolution train location determination,
independent of track circuits;continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and trainborne
andwayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well asoptional automatic train
operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addi-tion to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also
defines headway criteria, system safetycriteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system. "
Key Words: "communications, signaling, train control"
Designation: 1474.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications Based
Train Control (CBTC) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2003
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: This standard establishes user interface requirements in
communications-based train control (CBTC) systems.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that
take advantage of the characteristics of communications-based train control
(CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1474.2-2003, IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Systems"
Key Words: "automatic train control (ATC),automatic train operation
(ATO),automatic train protec-tion (ATP),automatic train supervision
(ATS),communications-based train control (CBTC),graphi-cal user interface
(GUI)"
Designation: P1474.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System Design and Functional
Allocations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design
and functional allocation for CBTC systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a
preferred CBTC system design/system architecture to achieve the CBTC
performance and functional requirements of IEEE Std. 1474.1-2004, and to
allocate functions to the major CBTC subsystems.
Designation: 1475-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion,
Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit
Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This project will develop standards for the interface
functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master
constrol. The standards will encompass performance parameters,
communication methods and the means for measurement and verification of
performance. Third party systems performing functions traditionally carried
out in one of the above systems will also be covered.
Project Purpose: There presently are numerous functional protocols for
interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake,
spin-slide control, etc. This has led to a lack of standardization,
compatibility and interchangeability with attendant higher first cost and
recurrent integration problems. Standards used by car-builders and system
suppliers are expected to lower costs, reduce vehicle introduction problems,
improve reliability and facilitate upgrades. Standards will ensure
prioritization of safety functionality as well. Cost savings/year could
approach 15MM when implemented.
Abstract: " The interfaces between and among functional systems on rail rapid transit vehicles isprescribed. The systems themselves
are treated as ""black boxes;"" requirements for the input sig-nals and the output response are given. For each category of
interface, three types are listed in in-creasing technical sophistication. "
Key Words: "friction brake,interfacaes,master control, propulson,rail
vehicles,rapid transit"
Designation: 1476-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Train Auxiliary Power Systems Interfaces
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1996, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard prescribes the electrical interface between the
components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical
interface with other train-borne systems. As such this standard treats the
auxiliary power system components (static inverters and converters, low
voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems and battery chargers) as
black boxes and address only their interface requirements. It does not
provide standards or recommendations for the following: 1) Rotating
machinery, such as motor alternator sets 2) Motive power systems or
auxiliary power systems required for locomotives 3) Mechanical mounting or
vibration isolation of equipment 4) Car-body wiring, branch circuits,
circuit breakers and protection devices to interconnect the auxiliary power
components with other car-borne equipment.
Project Purpose: Standardize the electrical input and output requirements of
the auxiliary power system components. This will be conducive to the
development of standardized designs rather than custom designs of car-borne
equipment utilizing the suypply voltages of the auxiliary power systems. It
will also aid in more clearly defining the electrical interface
requirementsd between the major component parts comprising the auxiliary
power systems, thus promoting their standardized design. The combined
effect should increase the number of potential suppliers and correspondingly
result in reduced railcar costs.
Abstract: " The electrical interfaces among the components comprising the auxiliary power systemsand their electrical interface with
other train-borne systems are described. As such, this standardtreats the auxiliary power system components (e.g., static
inverters and converters, low-voltage dcpower supplies, back-up battery systems, and battery chargers) as black boxes and
addresses onlytheir interface requirements. "
Key Words: "auxiliary power systems, battery charger, intermediate-voltage
power supply, low-voltage power supply batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries,
rail-transit vehicles, static inverters and converters"
Designation: 1477-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: Develop standards for external and internal audio/visual
communication of regulatory passenger information, destination/trip
information, safety and emergency announcements, also
advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles.
Project Purpose: Improve availability of products with specific features and
known reliability at lower cost. Estimated cost saving $50,000/car for a 30
year life cycle.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1477-1998, IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles"
Key Words: "passenger information system,rail transit vehicle,trains"
Designation: 1478-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car
Electronic Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2001
Technical Contact: Charles P Elms, Phone:703-968-7883, Email:cpelms@leaelliott.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 26, 2001, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2001
Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under
which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or
survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have
environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither
covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature,
humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and
vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as
under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for
contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to
be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in
specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines
that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability.
Abstract: Baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shallboth operate and/or survive are
specified in this standard.
Key Words: atmospheric pressure,authority having jurisdiction,corrosive
elements,equipmentunder test,humidity,temperature,water,vibration.
Designation: P1478
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic
Equipment
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lowell Goudge, Email:lowell.goudge@sympatico.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under
which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or
survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have
environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither
covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature,
humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and
vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as
under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for
contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to
be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in
specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines
that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability.
Designation: 1479
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of Photovoltaic Module Energy
Production
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a method for determining
the energy production of terrestrial photovoltaic power generation modules
for different operating conditions. The document defines module
characterization procedures, reference days, and performance models used to
calculate energy production.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
method for evaluating photovoltaic module performance in terms of energy
production for different environmental and operating conditions.
Designation: 1480
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Application Layer (Open System Interchange Layer 7)
Language Minimal Services and Parameters for the End-to-End Transport of
Table Information in an Automatic Meter Reading Environment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@energycooperative.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define the minimal services and parameters
required of any application layer language used for the end-to-end transport
of table information in an automatic meter reading environment, if that
language is to be compliant with all other relevant standards issued by IEEE
SCC31. These communication services and parameters apply only to the
application layer and are independent of system topology.
Project Purpose: Current technologies are based on vendor proprietary languages
and data formats which inhibit the development of an open system and the use
of devices which are interchangeable and interoperable. In fulfilling the
need of an open system, select services and parameters for application layer
languages can be used efficiently by simple as well as complex devices in
the transport of standard data formats. Application layer languages which
comply with this standard will be capable of evolving new functionality.
Designation: 1481-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Delay and Power Calculation
System
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2000
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000
Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers
to consistently calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design
Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express
delay and power information only once per technology while enabling
sufficient EDA application accuracy.
Abstract: " Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistentlyacross a broad set of electric design
automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard.Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and
power information once pergiven technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendorscan meet
their application performance and capacity needs. "
Key Words: "chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit
design, power calculation"
Designation: P1481
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Open Library Architecture (OLA)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002
Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design with
support for modeling logical behavior and signal integrity. SUMMARY OF
CHANGES - This project updates and extends the original content of IEEE
1481-1999 to include additional industry requirements for IC technology
representation. The extensions address the areas of logical behavior and
signal integrity. P1481-1999 SCOPE - Delay and power calculation for
integrated circuit design.
Project Purpose: To improve the IEEE 1481-1999 standard system for integrated
circuit designers to more accurately and more completely analyze
semiconductor designs across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications
and for integrated circuit vendors to express logical behavior, signal
integrity, delay and power information only once per technology while
enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. SUMMARY OF CHANGES - To
extend the standard system (IEEE 1481-1999) so integrated circuit designers
can more accurately and completely analyze semiconductor designs across
Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications. P1481-1999 PURPOSE - To
provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers to consistently
calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design Automation (EDA)
applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express delay and power
information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA
application accuracy.
Designation: P1482
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard is for systems which monitor, collect and process
and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and
consists. This standard is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions
and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method(s) and is independent
of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This
standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems
which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options
are described. It is applicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles,
categorized by type.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying
monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul
of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine
which information to monitor, what to capture, how often to sample and how
long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area
for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify,
purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems.
They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic
information from multiple subsystem suppliers.
Designation: 1482
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:LSBTEC@AOL.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop standards for wsystems which monitor,
collect, process and present operating status and fault information for
transit vehicles and consists. This project is limited to monitoring and
diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method
(s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other
vehicle systems. This standard will identify functions, parameters,
signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic
features or self-correcting options will be described. The result will be
aplicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying
monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul
of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine
which information to monitor, how often to sample and how long to preserve
the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project.
Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and
build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. All users will benefit
from a simplified process for integrating diagnostic information from
multiple subsystem suppliers.
Designation: 1482.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1999
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: This standard covers on-board deviceds/systems with crashworthy
memory which record data to support accidental incident analysis for rail
transit vehciles. this standard is limited to event recorder functions and
interrfaces, exclues the data transmission methods and is independent of the
hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. this standard
identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which
shall be captured. Diagnostic features or self-test options are described
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard defining
event recorders for rail transit vehicles. Each order of new vehicles or
overhaul of old rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all
parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how
long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area
for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify,
purchase, design and build rail transit vehicles and their subsystems. They
will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic
information from multiple subsystem suppliers.
Abstract: " On-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support acci-dent/incident analysis for rail
transit vehicles, are covered. The requirements of this standard arelimited to event recorder functions and interfaces. Data
transmission methods are excluded. Theinformation in this standard is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for
other ve-hicle systems. "
Key Words: "crashworthiness,input signal,rail transit vehicle event
recorder,rail vehicles,rapid transit,self-test"
Designation: 1483-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for the Verification of Vital Functions in Processor-based
Systems Used in Rail Transit Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000
Project Scope: This document provides a set of standard verficiation tasks for
processor-based equipment used in safety critical applications on rail and
transit systems. The scope of the standard shall encompass and be limited
to processes which verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation
of safety critical functions which are required to be fail-safe. It does
not address quality assurance or validation processes which also affect the
level of overall system safety achieved.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this safety verification process standard is to
provide a well-defined and well-structured set of analysis methods and
documentation which: fulfills the primary purpose of the verification
process, is flexible enough to accomodate all viable design methods, and
satisfies the safety requirements of the end user. This standard (1)
defines a necessary and sufficient set of analyses at the conceptual,
functional, and implementation levels which comprehensively identify and
verify all functions required to be implemented as fail-safe (2) defines
responsibilities for equipment suppliers and end users.
Abstract: A set of standard verification tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety-criticalapplications on rail and
transit systems is covered. This standard also covers processes that verifythe level of safety achieved in the implementation of
safety-critical functions that are required to befail-safe. Quality assurance or validation processes that affect the overall
level of system safety arenot covered.
Key Words: "rail, safety, safety critical, software, transit, verification,
vital"
Designation: 1484
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology for Education - Personal Learning
System (PLS) - Learner Model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a Learner
Model which will characterize a learner (student or knowledge worker) and
his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as
knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal
information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in
multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest
conceivable sub-element. This standard will allow different views of the
Learner Model and will substantially address issues of privacy and security.
Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or
school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on
a national standard, whihc they can utilize throughout their education and
work life.
Designation: 1484.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems
Architecture (LTSA)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003
Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for
information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems
that describes the high-level system design and the components of these
systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as
learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based
training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This
Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral,
implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a
framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes
interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system
interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at
least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning
technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of
configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology
systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive.
Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is
to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems,
their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more
than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for
designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems
over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an
architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared
components of different systems at the right level of generality, an
architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and
subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract,
high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The
architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the
specific implementation details necessary to create learning technology
system components.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1484.1-2003, IEEE Standard for Learning TechnologyLearning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA)"
Key Words: "encoding,high-level
architecture,implementation,interaction,learner,Learning Sys-tems Technology
Architecture (LTSA),system component,system notation"
Designation: 1484.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Education and Training Systems -
Architecture and Reference Model
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify a Reference Model/Architecture for
component-based Computer-Aided Instruction (CAI) systems, specifically
including the needs of Intelligent Learning Environment (ILE) and
Intelligent Tutoring System software applications. The standard shall (1)
define a framework within which to describe CAI system architecture(s), (2)
define a vocabulary, including a graphical notation, for describing the
architectures of component-based CAI systems, (3) define formats, protocols
and methods for information exchange among CAI system components, (4) define
required and optional external (programming) interfaces for CAI system
components, (5) define requirements, norms and conventions for CAI system
component behavior, and (6) specify external services and facilities that
CAI system components should use to establish and support information
exchange. In addition, this project expects to develop documentation and
configuration guidelines for CAI system components.
Project Purpose: Initial work on defining standards for Learner Models (P1484)
indicates that a common architecture for CAI systems should be developed in
parallel. It is clear that Learner Models are expected to function as
components of larger CAI systems. A companion architecture specification is
required that defines how other CAI system components should interact with a
Learner Model. From a broader perspective, standards for CAI system
architecture are needed to stimulate industry development of reusable CAI
software components. At present, CAI system development is hindered by high
production costs that are partly due to a widespread inability to reuse
parts of existing systems (including commercial software packages,
educational or otherwise). Component software engineering (the technique of
building complex software applications from off-the-shelf modules having
standard interfaces) promises to significantly reduce CAI system production
costs by leveraging the power of component reuse. If this approach is to
succeed over the long term, a viable CAI component marketplace must be
encouraged. As has been amply demonstrated by the personal computer
industry, the existence of architecture standards can provide the
cornerstone for such a marketplace. The architecture standards to be
developed in this effort should do for the CAI system industry what the
Object Management Group's Common Object Request Broker Architecture is doing
for the distributed object computing industry. It should establish
guidelines (required and recommended) for implementation of CAI system
components, and define system services that are to be available to all
components. Developers of systems that comply with this architecture can
expect to reap several benefits: (1) compliant CAI applications should be
easier to maintain and upgrade than today's individually hand-crafted
applications; (2) CAI application developers should be able to build new
applications reusing parts of their previously-developed compliant
applications, thus reducing their development costs; (3) compliant
applications should be able to take advantage of distributed object
computing; (4) compliant applications should be able to interoperate with
commercial software products if those products provide external interfaces;
(5) CAI application developers should be able to sell their general-purpose
system components in a component marketplace.
Designation: 1484.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems
Architecture (LTSA)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for
information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems
that describes the high-level system design and the components of these
systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as
learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based
training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, metadata,
etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally
neutral, implementation neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1)
Provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2)
Promotes interoperability and portability by identifying critical system
interfaces, and (3) Incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at
least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning
technology systems. The standard will facilitate the development of
configuration guidelines for general learning technology systems and will
identify the objectives of human activities and computer processes and their
involved categories of knowledge. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor
exclusive.
Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is
to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems,
their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more
than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blue print for
designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems
over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an
architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the
shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an
architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and
subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., critical
interoperability interfaces and services are identified.
Designation: 1484.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Learner Model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a
'Learner Model' which will characterize a learner and his or her
knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills,
abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This
standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of
granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub-
element. The standard will allow different views of the Learner Model.
Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or
school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on
a national standard, which they can utilize throughout their education and
work life.
Designation: 1484.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Glossary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will list and define the terms used in the other
standards being developed by the IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology
Standards Committee. The first version of this document will not be a
comprehensive glossary for the field of Learning Technology, but it is
intended that later versions will be. To the extent possible, additional
related terms will be included to round out or support the other terms.
Project Purpose: To enable the editors of IEEE Computer Society Learning
Technology Standards Comm. working groups to use defined and consistent
terminology in drafting their standards. To enable users of LTSC standards
to understand the meaning of terms used in these documents. To enable
others in the field of Learning Technology to understand and use standard
terminology.
Designation: 1484.4-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Trial Use Recommended Practice for Digital Rights Expression Languages
(DRELs) Suitable for eLearning Technologies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Magda Mourad, Phone:+1-914-433-7240, Email:magdam@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This project should produce a recommended practice identifying
Digital Rights (DR) requirements for eLearning technologies. These
requirements should be aligned with the most widely known standards-based
specifications for DREL that are being adopted or developed by
international, regional, national and private organizations and consortia.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to facilitate the creation,
management and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology that
implements digital rights expression languages. The recommended practice
should determine what, if any, extensions are needed so that these DREL can
meet the identified requirements.
Designation: 1484.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Theis standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Task
Model' which will characterize all static aspects of a given project,
including task description, member prerequisites, member roles, schedule,
resources, learning objectives, deliverables, and assessment.
Project Purpose: To enable employers to provide guidance to students regarding
requirements for future employment. To enable students to structure their
learning based on employer requirements. To enable students/workers to
search, evaluate, and apply for desirable projects or jobs. To enable
employers to search, evaluate, recruit, select, and orient desirable
students/workers. To facilitate and reduce the cost of matching students
with intern assignments. To enable teachers to structure tasks in the same
format as intern assignments.
Designation: 1484.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Session
Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify a specification language and
environment for managing sessions in learning technology systems, e.g.,
computer-aided instruction, intelligent learning environments, intelligent
tutoring systems. The standard will (1) define the specification language,
(2) define the control transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (3) define
the data transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (4) define an encoding
method for storing and transferring session management "programs".
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common mechanism
for exchanging and developing information among the users, proctors, and
developers of courseware for individualized instruction.
Designation: 1484.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Tool/Agent
Communication
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Randy Saunders, Phone:4437783861, Email:r.saunders@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to educational systems consisting of one
or more user tools and one or more instructional agents. The standard is
intended to address ways that currently-existing tools can be made to comply
with the standard as well as ways that newly-developed tools can be
developed to take advantage of the standard.
Project Purpose: To establish a protocol to govern interaction between software
tools and instructional agents.
Designation: 1484.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Ontology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify a task ontology for computer-based
intelligent learning support systems such as Intelligent Tutoring Systems
(ITS) and Intelligent/Interactive Learning Environment (ILE).
Project Purpose: This is a companion standard to the Dictionary project and
also gains mutual benefits among other projects such as Reference
Model/Architecture, Standard for Communication between tools and
instructional agents, session management, and Advanced Technology Learning
Systems Authoring Tools projects.
Designation: 1484.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Localisation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:ERIK.DUVAL@CS.KULEUVEN.AC.BE
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will deal with localisation issues for learning
technologies. This includes facilitating human language translations (for
instance of learning documents or learning object metadata vocabularies), as
well as more technical issues (for instance character sets and encodings).
Explcitly within scope are locale API issues and technical issues that
facilitate support for multicultural communities (for instance descriptions
of icon representations or user interface metaphorsso that these can be
adapted to local needs.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to support the global applicability and
understanding of learning technology, so that its appropriate uptake is
promoted. The final end users, i.e. the learners, will benefit from this
work, as they will be confronted with less inappropriately biased materials.
This is especially relevant in the culturally extremely sensitive area of
education.
Designation: 1484.10
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Computer Based Training (CBT) -
Interchange Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Willaim A McDonald, Phone:206-662-8485, Email:William.A.McDonald@fsbti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Define the major media data components of CBT courseware (such
as audio, video, animations, and graphics) b) Reference existing industry
standard data file formats for these components. These data standards would
be incorporated by reference (via standards profiles); c) Define or
recommend text-based interchange format for conveying logic, flow, and
resources, e.g., a programming language; d) Define semantics, range of
implementation-defined variations, interchange syntax, and interchange
encoding.
Project Purpose: Currently, much computer-based training (CBT) courseware
produced is not easily portable from one authoring system to anotyher. The
primary reason for this is that the content (Audio, Graphics, Video,
Composition, and Logic) are often in a format proprietary to the CBT
authoring tools used to create the CBT. The purpose of this standard is, a)
To enable developers of courseware to assure customers that the content of
their courseware is available in a format which can be interchanged with
other current and future authoring tools; b) To enable purchasers of custom
developed courseware to specify that courseware content shall be
interchangeable; c) To enable developers of courseware to acquire authoring
tools that will enable courseware content to be interchangeable; d) To
enable developers of authoring tools to develop tools that will enable
customers to develop courseware that will have content that is
interchangeable; e) To enable the creation of courseware delivery systems
that are independent of the content. This standard will facilitate the easy
interchange and reuse of CBT courseware between CBT authoring tools.
Designation: 1484.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Computer
Managed Instruction (CMI)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jackie Hyde, Phone:206-662-8484, Email:jack.hyde@fsbti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard may cover describing what is in a course; some
aspects of organizing and sequencing individual lessons in a single course;
launching or starting assignable units with course management software (CMI
software); communicating information between software managing a group of
lessons and the lessons themselves; some aspects of describing objectives in
a course and relating them to lessons and groups of lessons.; reporting
student performance information, and relating performance to objectives.
The standard will not cover curriculum design, contents of individual
lessons, behavior of a lesson or structure of a lesson, analysis of student
performance data.
Project Purpose: Today Computer Based Training (CBT) is being written by a
diverse number of parties using very diverse tools or authoring systems.
Many of the CBT lessons being developed can complement and work well with
other lessons developed in different locations with different tools by
different people. There is a need to allow these c9omplementary lessons to
be brought together and used in a single course. However, this cannot be
done without defining a standard set of CMI functions and a matching set of
CBT functions. Additionally, there are reasons for courses to be moved from
one environment to another - need to save money by purchasing a single CMI
system instead of one for each course to be administered; low cost of
administering a single CMI system instead of many. Finally, there is a need
to analyze student performance data accumulated in a lesson. The purpose of
this standard is to allow different lessons to wlrk with different CMI
systems; allow courses to move from one CMI system to another with minimal
effort; allow modification/expansion of a course by any instructor with his
preferred DMI tools; enable easier analysis of student data from different
lessons.
Designation: 1484.11.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology--Data Model for Content to
Learning Management System Communication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2005
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange
of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related
content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning
management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication
between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning
environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form
specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in the
"Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability,"
version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). To
balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make
technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard
selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are
commonly implemented; renames some data elements taken from the CMI
specification to clarify their intended meaning; modifies the data types of
data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data
types and internationalization requirements; removes some organizational
structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are
specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable; and
introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to
correct known technical defects in data elements taken from that
specification.
Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for
content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed
Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad
applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this
standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct
defects in this data model for the data exchanged between learning-related
content and a runtime service used to support learning management.
Abstract: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of data elements and their values between a content object
and a runtime service (RTS). It is based on a current industry practice called “computer managed instruction” (CMI). The work on
which this Standard is based was developed to support a client/server environment in which a learning technology system,
generically called a learning management system (LMS), delivers digital content, called content objects, to learners. The data
model supports learner data and preferences, interactions, objectives, content-object entry, exit, and status information, time
parameters, and scores.
Key Words: computer managed instruction (CMI), content object, data model,
interoperability, learning content, learning management system (LMS),
runtime service (RTS)
Designation: 1484.11.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content to Learning
Management System Communication
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a
current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This
CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part
of the standard is Part 1: Data Model for Content to Learning Management
System Communication. This Part covers the development of a common data
model for content to Learning Management System communication to support
multiple communication bindings to the data model.
Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in
commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is
widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad
applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of
this part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct
defects in existing specifications for a common data model for the data
exchanged between learning-related content and a learning management system.
Designation: 1484.11.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript Application
Programming Interface for Content to Runtime Services Communication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2004
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This Standard describes an ECMAScript application-programming
interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication. This Standard
is based on an API defined in the "CMI Guidelines For Interoperability,"
version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). It
defines common API services in the ECMAScript language that enable the
communication of information between learning-related content and a runtime
service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not
address the data structures that may be transmitted, data security, or
communication between an RTS and related management systems.
Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the ECMAScript API
for content-to-runtime-services communication defined in the AICC "CMI
Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to
systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to
build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this
ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and
a runtime service used to support learning management.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1484.11.2-2003, IEEE Standard for Learning TechnologyECMAScript Application Programming Interface for Content to
Runtime Services Communication"
Key Words: "application programming interface,API,computer managed
instruction,contentobject,ECMAScript,ECMAScript API,learning
content,learning management system,LMS,runt-ime service,RTS."
Designation: 1484.11.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime
Services Communication
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a
current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This
CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part
of the standard is Part 2: ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services
Communication. This Part covers the development of the ECMAScript API for
Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part is harmonized with the
existing AICC CMI specification and the ADL SCORM (Sharable Content Object
Reference Model) specification. This API enables the communication of
information between content and Learning Management System (LMS) via common
API services using the ECMAScript language.
Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in
commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is
widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad
applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of
this Part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct
defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data
between learning-related content and a learning management system.
Designation: 1484.11.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology Extensible Markup Language (XML)
Schema Binding for Data Model for Content Object Communication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)
Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema binding of the data model defined
in IEEE Std 1484.11.1TM-2004.1 An implementation that conforms to this
Standard shall conform to IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of IEEE
Std 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C
XML Schema definition language to specify the encoding of these datamodel
instances (see XML Schema Parts 1 and 2), which allows for interoperability
and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems.
Abstract: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the data model
defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. The purpose of this Standard is to allow for the creation of IEEE Standard 1484.11.1-2004
data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding, which allows for
interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems.
Key Words: content object, Content Object Communication Data Model, Extensible
Markup Language (XML), IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004, W3C XML Schema definition
language, XML, XML binding, XML data instance, XML Schema definition
Designation: P1484.11.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Reference Model for Resource
Aggregation for Learning, Education and Training
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This Standard defines a reference model that includes a
nomenclature and a conceptual model for digital aggregates of resources for
learning, education, and training applications. This Standard facilitates
interoperability by enabling the interpretation of externalized
representations of resource aggregates and their properties. Particular
internal compositions and behaviors of resources are not specified nor are
any particular means or methods for processing resource aggregates.
Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregates used in learning, education,
and training applications are represented in a variety of formats and are
defined in a variety of specifications. Examining the commonalities and
differences among different representations of resource aggregates reveals
that these formats and specifications sometimes lack a documented
nomenclature and underlying conceptual model. Without a common nomenclature
and conceptual model to inform the interpretation of these formats and
specifications, it is difficult to create applications that can
interoperate. This Standard facilitates interoperability by providing a
nomenclature and conceptual model that can be used to represent a variety of
resource aggregation formats and specifications. Interoperability may be
achieved by facilitating the creation of crosswalks among the various
aggregation formats and specifications and by enabling the development and
evolution of standards and specifications.
Designation: 1484.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Learning
Objects Metadata
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of Learning
Object Metadata, defined as the attributes required to fully/adequately
describe a Learning Object. The Learning Object Metadata standards will
focus on the minimal set of attributes needed to allow these Learnign
Objects to be managed, located, and evaluated. The standrd will suppport
security, privacy, commerce, and evaluation, but only to the extent that
metadata fields will be provided for specifying descriptive tokens related
to these areas, the standard will not concern itself with how these features
are implemented.
Project Purpose: To enable learners or instructors to search, evaluate,
acquire, and utilize Learning Objects; to enable the sharing and exchange of
Learning Objects across any technology supported learning systems; to enable
the development of learning objects in units that can be combined and
decomposed in meaningful ways; to enable computer agents to automatically
and dynamically compose personalized lessons for an individual learner; to
compliment the direct work on standards that are focused on enabling
multiple Learning Objects to work together within an open distributed
learning environment; to enable, where desired, the documentation and
recognition of the completion of existing or new learning and performance
objectives associated with Learning Objects; to enable a strong and growing
economy for Learning Objects that supports and sustains all forms of
distribution; non-profit, not-for-profit and for profit; to enable
education, training and learning organizations, both government, public and
private, to express educational content and performance standards in a
standardized format that is independent of the content itself; to provide
researchers with standrds that support the collection and sharing of
comparable data concerning the applicability and effectiveness of Learning
Objects; to define a standard that is simple yet extensible to multiple
domains and jurisdictions so as to be most easily and broadly adopted and
applied; to support necessary security and authentication for the
distribution and use of Learning Objects.
Designation: 1484.12.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 06, 2002
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Standard is a multi-part standard that specifies Learning
Object Metadata. This Part specifies a conceptual data schema that defines
the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this
Standard, a learning object is defined as any entity--digital or non-
digital-- that may be used for learning, education or training. For this
Standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant
characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such
characteristics may be grouped in general, life cycle, meta-metadata,
educational, technical, educational, rights, relation, annotation, and
classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this
part permits linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata
instances that describe them. This conceptual data schema specifies the
data elements which compose a metadata instance for a learning object.
This Part is intended to be referenced by other standards that define the
implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance
for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage,
locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This Part of this Standard
does not define how a learning technology system represents or uses a
metadata instance for a learning object.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this multi-part Standard is to facilitate
search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance
by learners or instructors or automated software processes. This multi-part
Standard also facilitates the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by
enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into
account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning
objects and their metadata are reused. By specifying a common conceptual
data schema, this Part of this Standard ensures that bindings of Learning
Object Metadata have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a
result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. This
Part of this Standard specifies a base schema, which may be extended as
practice develops. e.g., facilitating automatic, adaptive scheduling of
learning objects by software agents.
Abstract: A conceptual data schema that defines the structure of metadata for a learning object isspecified in this standard.
Key Words: "category,datatype,extended data element,LangString,learning
object,learning objectmetadata (LOM),smallest permitted maximum,value space"
Designation: 1484.12.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Object Metadata
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard specifies a conceptual data schema that defines
the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this
standard, a learning object is defined as any entity, digital or non-
digital, that may be used for learning, education or training. For this
standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant
characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such
characteristics can be regrouped in general, educational, technical and
classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this
standard will allow for linguistic diversity of both learning objects and
the metadata instances that describe them. The conceptual data schema
defined in this standard specifies the data elements of which a metadata
instance for a learning object is composed. This standard will be
referenced by other standards that will define the implementation
descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning
object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate,
evaluate or exchange learning objects. This standard does not define how a
learning technology system will represent or use a metadata instance for a
learning object.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate search,
evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by
learners or instructors. The purpose is also to facilitate the sharing and
exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and
inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual
contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata will be exploited.
By specifying a common conceptual data schema, bindings of Learning Object
Metadata will have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result,
transformations between bindings will be straightforward. The intent of
this standard is to specify a base schema, which can be used to build on as
practice develops, for instance in order to facilitate automatic, adaptive
scheduling of learning objects by software agents.
Designation: 1484.12.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 11404 binding for Learning Object Metadata data
model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard specifies an ISO/IEC 11404:1996 (Language
Independent Datatypes) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An
implementation that conforms to 1484.12.2 must conform to 1484.12.1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide precise data model
semantics, as permitted by the 11404 notation. The 11404 notation may be
useful for bindings to programming languages and other systems.
Designation: 1484.12.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition
Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 2005
Project Scope: ORIGINAL Scope: This Standard specifies an eXtensible Markup
Language (XML) binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model
defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. An
implementation that conforms with this Standard shall conform to IEEE
1484.12.1–2002. ============================================== REVISED
Scope: This Standard defines World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible
Markup Language (XML) structure and constraints on the contents of XML 1.1
documents that can be used to represent learning object metadata (LOM)
instances as defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002, Standard for Learning Object
Metadata. This Standard defines the structure and constraints of the XML 1.1
documents in W3C XML Schema definition language. An implementation that
conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1–2002.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of
interoperable LOM instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema
definition language as the encoding. This allows for interoperability and
the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems.
Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language
binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata.
The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange
of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and
semantics of the XML encodings.
Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object
metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML
Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD
Designation: 1484.12.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for XML binding for Learning Object Metadata data model
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard specifies an XML binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1
data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.3 must conform to
1484.12.1.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the XML binding to
enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that
implement the 1484.12.1 data model.
Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language
binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata.
The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange
of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and
semantics of the XML encodings.
Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object
metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML
Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD
Designation: P1484.12.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) binding for Learning
Object Metadata data model
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies a W3C RDF (Resource Description
Framework) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that
conforms to 1484.12.4 must conform to 1484.12.1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the RDF binding to
enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that
implement the 1484.12.1 data model.
Designation: 1484.13
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Student
Identifier
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax, semantics, encoding,
registration, resolution, and authentication of unique student identifiers.
A student identifier is a name, e.g., a login name, that is associated with
a student. These identifiers will be simple enough for students (even as
young as grade school) to memorize, and for non-technical organizations
(such as schools) to issue. No other standard system of unique identifiers
meets these requirements.
Project Purpose: To enable students to use identifiers for sign-on and record
keeping. Many students have special needs. To enab le students to easily
obtain and remember their student identifiers. To enable students to
maintain appropriate control over records stored in multiple places and
under the control of multiple organizations. To enable parents, teachers,
schools and other organizations to easily issue unique sudent identifiers to
their students or members. To enable students to manage their own records,
use a records management service, or allow the multiple sources of those
records to manage them. To enable recordkeeping organizations to follow
common methods. To enable schools and vendors to offer learning services
through distributed managmenet systems and distributed student databases.
To enable learning systems to gain quick access to student preferences and
profiles, such as learning style, physical capabilities, cognitive
capabilities, cultural dependencies.
Designation: 1484.14
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Semantics
and Exchange Bindings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define a semantic framework so that semantic
elements defined in one conforming standard can be directly integrated into
another conforming standard. Possible examples of semantic elements are
data elements, abstract data types, and organizational categories. Common
semantic elements will be determined by referencing the requirements of
other LTSC working groups. The standard will also define related, common
conventions for syntax and protocol bindings needed for information
exchange.
Project Purpose: Enable semantic integration across Learnign Technology
standards and encouragere-use of common semantic elements. Enable a common
approach to syntax and protocol bindings across multiple Learning Technology
standards. Enable interoperability between applications by defining common
conventions for the syntax and protocol bindings used to exchange
information. Enable the practical adoption of XML as a data exchange format
by defining common encoding conventions. Enable a migration path between
legacy and emerging data exchange formats on the basis of a common
semantics.
Designation: 1484.14.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Data Extension Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:Bruce_E_peoples@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide describes extension techniques that are commonly used
when standardizing data models and their bindings in learning technology and
related IT applications. In this context, "extension" refers to capabilities
beyond those described in a standard. These techniques are general across
many application areas.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide guidance for
developers of standards and specifications of data models and their bindings
regarding commonly used techniques that support competing technical and
business interests among users, vendors, and industry. These techniques
include interoperability issues that arise when user, vendor, institution,
industry, etc., extensions are incorporated into data models and their
bindings. The interoperability issues focus on the successful interaction
among two or more implementations of a standard and the automation, to the
level desired, of these interactions. Examples include several levels of
interoperability: Scenario #1: An implementation interoperates only among
strictly conforming implementations. Example: The implementation might only
include the features of a standard, but no extensions or proprietary
features are used. Scenario #2: An implementation interoperates with other
implementations from the same vendor, user, or institution. Scenario #3:
An implementation interoperates with a wide variety of user-specific,
vendor-specific, institution-specific, and/or industry-specific extensions.
It is expected that this Guide will be used in connection with the
consensus-building process itself for emerging standards and specifications.
The use of extensions and their later standardization is a common migration
path for new technologies merging into the mainstream.
Designation: 1484.14.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based XML Binding Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:Bruce_E_peoples@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for XML coding bindings for data
models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a defined
set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards
and specifications to support rule-based XML bindings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for
differing types of XML bindings where rule-based XML binding approaches are
possible. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by
multiple standards and specifications.
Designation: 1484.14.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based Dotted Name-Value Pair (DNVP)
Binding Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:Bruce_E_peoples@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for dotted name-value pair
bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications
based on a determined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be
incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based dotted
name-value pair bindings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for
commonly used bindings. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can
be adopted by many standards and specifications. [Note: The following
summary is provided for the reader who might not be familiar with this kind
of notation.] A name-value pair is common information coding technique, for
example: [Name] [Value] priority: high. A dotted name may be used to
represent more complex naming and information structures, such as: [Name]
[Value] preferences.mail.priority: high
Designation: 1484.15
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology – Learning Technology – Data
Interchange Protocols
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Siegel, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:siegel@farance.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will provide a common lightweight protocol for
exchanging data among clients, servers, and peers. The standard addresses
data exchange at a finer granularity than HTTP and is intended to perform
better in a wide range of network infrastructures, qualities of service,
distributed systems, nomadic semantics that can easily be implemented in
networking applications and can easily be bound to APIs
Project Purpose: A good number of protocols exist for exchanging data, such as
FTP, HTTP, CORBA. However, these protocols don't perform well (e.g. HTTP is
not good for fine grain data), they don't have enough semantics (e.g. FTP
cannot get/put address attributes, properties, or metadata), or they are
difficult to interface to (e.g. CORBA cannot be conveniently accessed in
Perl or Tcl). A lightweight protocol that was easily implementable and
addressed the needs of learning technology would have wide acceptance and
integration within many applications because protocols are one of the key
elements to portable, interoperable distributed (distance) learning systems.
Designation: 1484.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology – Learning Technology – HTTP
Bindings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve Griffin, Phone:919-623-4572, Email:sgriffin@eduprise.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will provide common bindings to http for learning
technology services. The standard will specify common URL suffixes (e.g.
"cgi-bin" paths), http commands, and/or http Post body contents that will
correspond to common learning technology services available through web
servers. The standard will include the semantic description, syntax and
encodings (in the case of post body contents), and interface definition to
these services, and extension mechanisms to support future growth.
Project Purpose: Web browsers and servers are commonly available, thus, the
desire the leverage existing infrastructure. A common standard would allow
the developers of learning content, management systems, learner profile
systems, metadata systems, and supporting services to access services via a
common web-based interface.
Designation: 1484.17
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Content
Packaging
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Neal Nored, Phone:404-238-5466, Email:nnored@blackboard.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will describe the packaging of learning content.
Learning content, typically, is a collection of components that are copied,
transmitted, purchased, executed, and used as a single unit. Units may be
combined to make larger units. This standard will describe the format,
coding, encoding, environment, attributes, and interactions of this content.
This standard will not describe protable content, but will describe a
portable method for packaging content.
Project Purpose: The nature of web-based learning, internet delivery,
intellectual proterty rights, and electronic commerce motivate the need for
a single unit of transmission for these learning systems. A single unit
would allow, for example, a simple click of a URL in a browser to activate
learning content. This packaging format would allow the compilation of not
only media components (text, graphics, audio, video), but would support the
common packaging of metadata, attributes, and supporting materials - all
within a single transmission unit. Higher quality would be possible because
the user or system is no longer responsible for piecing the components
together - the common packaging format would eliminate mistakes and would
increase interoperability.
Designation: 1484.18
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology – Learning Technology – Platform And
Media Profiles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frank Farance, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:frank@farance.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard profile will identify existing standards and
specifications of learning technology platforms and their content. Several
standards profiles will be developed for several operating scenarios, such
as "browser platform", "workstation platform", "web media types". The
standard profile will not specify the technical details, but limitations and
enhancements to these standards and specifications. It is expected that
these profiles will be updated and amended often enough to track current
technology.
Project Purpose: Many systems require compatibility for common suite of
features such as browsers, operating systems, and content. A standard
profile would specify functionality (e.g. Java 1.1, JPEF, GIF-89, C95...)
rather than implementations (e.g. Netscape 4.0, Windows 95, Adobe PDF plug-
in). A specification based on functionality allows consumers and vendors a
wider range of implementations that are conforming. Since many standards
and specifications may be implied by compatibility, a standard profile would
allow consumers and vendors to point to a single document that references
the collection of features.
Designation: 1484.20
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Competency
Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:Claude@Ostyn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard shall specify the mandatory and optional data
elements that constitute a Competency Definition as used in a Learning
Management System, or referenced in a Competency Profile. The proposed
approach is to use a general definition that can be semantically "tightened"
or "loosened" in the data itself, while conserving the same data model
regardless of how strictly a particular organization or institution requires
the data to be formulated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a universally
acceptable Competency Definition model to allow the creation, exchange and
reuse of Competency Definition in applications such as Learning Management
Systems, Competency or Skill Gap Analysis, Learner and other Competency
profiles, etc. The standard is needed because there are currently many
definitions of the terms "Learning Objective", "Competency" and "Skill", and
very little agreement between how those definitions can be used to define
reusable data models. This standard also addresses the following needs: a.
Enable industry or domain organizations to clearly define and register
competencies. b. Allow curriculum developers, trainers and managers to use a
common data model to build various competency models, hierarchies and maps
c. Enable providers of courses or learning objects to specify prerequisites
by referencing existing competency definitions. d. Enable employers to
search for and select predefined competencies rather than defining them
themselves. e. Enable learners to easily search and find those competencies
required by employers, schools, courses, or learning objects. f. Enable
developers and managers of training, as well as managers of educational
records, to develop databases of persistent, long lived Competency
Definitions and certification records that can be created, exchanged among
systems, and maintained. g. Enable competency definition users to deal with
obsolete or superseded competency definitions in a predictable manner. h.
Enable competency record keepers or users to identify the source of the
Competency Definition, validation information, and other meta information
useful to locate an objective in a repository or collection. i. Enable users
of the Learning Objects Metadata Standard developed by a parallel group to
integrate competency definition references in Learning Object Metadata.
Designation: P1484.20.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Reusable Competency
Definitions
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:Claude@Ostyn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing,
and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online
and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally
the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any
particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that
deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to
common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information
about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a
competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but
can be used to capture information about any of these. (The scope has not
changed.)
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard
based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for
Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This
standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to
the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard.(The purpose has
not changed.)
Designation: 1484.20.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Standard for Reusable Competency
Definitions
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:Claude@Ostyn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing,
and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online
and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally
the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any
particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that
deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to
common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information
about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a
competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but
can be used to capture information about any of these.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard
based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for
Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This
standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to
the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard.
Designation: 1485
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Micro-Electronic MOSFET
Circuit Simulator Model Validation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Britt Brooks, Phone:214-480-3991, Email:brittb@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for
validation of micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used for curcuit
simulators. The procedures are to validate the models as to their external
terminal behavior only.
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for
comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the micro-electronic MOSFET
models that are used in various curcuit simulators. The inability to
determine and specify the performance of curcuit simulator models is
preventing the effective utilization of curcuit simulation tools. This
project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a
comprehensive way of validating micro-electronic MOSFET models.
Designation: 1486
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard for Measurement of Television Video Signals in the 525 Line
Interlaced Format Which Have Been Compressed
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop measuring techniques to quantify the
quality of television video images in the 525 line interlaced format when
these images have been digitized and compressed and then decompressed.
Multiple measurement methods may be required and these may include
subjective as well as objective methods. Measurement methods may cover one
compression and decompression process, or multiple sequential compression
and decompression processes, using the same or different compression
algorithms.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a tool for
broadcasters and manufacturers of television equipment and related
industries to be able to determine the image quality of television video
signals which have been digitally compressed. This standard will be used to
assist design, selection, maintenance and operation of compression
equipment.
Designation: 1487
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Engineering of Systems: Concepts and Principles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard will define the generally accepted concepts,
principles and performance-based requirements common to all application
environments. It shall cover the full system life cycle: development,
manufacture, verification/test, deployment, distribution, operations,
support, training, and disposal.
Project Purpose: To provide a common framework for systems engineering across
all industry segments, to facilitate establishment of a common systems
engineering language, incorporates lessons learned from other industries,
common process reduces training requirements and builds expertise, reduced
amount of documentation required, access to cutting edge technology in
systems engineering products and services, rfocuses systems engineering
initiatives along a common guideline, and reduces need for unique program
directives for systems engineering.
Designation: 1488-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard for a template for message sets for intelligent
transportation systems (ITS). The template will provide an overall syntax
and structure for ITS message sets.
Project Purpose: The global interest in interoperability of communication
systems in the transportation infrastructure, e.g. vehicles, management
centers, and roadside systems has prompted the ITS user community to seek a
standard template for message sets. The users of the standard will be the
developers of message sets for intelligent transportation systems. The
benefit will be the interoperability of systems developed using these
message sets.
Abstract: " The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the
development of message sets for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS)
message sets, includingcommon terms (e.g., object identifier), as well as attributes necessary to document ITS datamessages, is
addressed in this standard. "
Key Words: "attribute,data concept,data
element,<QUOTE>dataelement,<QUOTE> data
frames,<QUOTE>dataframe,<QUOTE> intelligent transportation
systems,message,message set,meta-attribute,template,transportation"
Designation: 1489
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: Adopt ISO 14817 as the revise standard supplemented with message
set attributes and data registry functional operating procedures consistent
with US practices. Withdraw IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial-Use
Standard 1488-2000.] Scope of P1489 PAR Approved 19 September 1996 (IEEE
Std 1489-1999). [Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to
the publication of a standard for data dictionaries for intelligent
transportation systems. Specific issues relative to the development of ITS
data dictionaries will be identified and addressed. These issues may
include, but are not limited to, ownership, registration, maintenance,
coordination among developers of ITS data dictionaries, resolution of
conflicts, and identification of common terms (e.g., time, date, and
location). The standard will provide a format for ITS data dictionaries. The
format is anticipated to include, but not be limited to, identifying
attributes, definitional attributes, relational attributes, and
administrative attributes. See Explanation of revision project in Item 16.
Project Purpose: Incorporate experience gained from the use of and testing the
implementation of ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of
standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Adopt ISO
TC204 developed standard that includes basic provisions from IEEE Standard
1489-1999 and IEEE Trial Use Standard 1488-2000. Develop US specific
provisions for supplementing the ISO standard that reflects US usage and
requirements.
Designation: 1489
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: Revise the requirements for the registration of data concepts,
messages, and data frames for use in the ITS domain based on experience
gained from practical experience using the ITS Data Registry functional
operating procedures. The standard serves as the foundation standard for
all ITS functional area data dictionaries. Revise the standard so that it
contains the description of data concepts, in formal terms, to promote a
high degree of "unambiguous data interchange" among ITS components. Provide
for extending the standard for global use through the development of
relationships among data concepts used in the ITS domain.
Project Purpose: Experience gained while using and testing the implementation
of the ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS
applications will be used to make the change. Descriptions of all data
concepts will be examined to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and
inconsistencies identified during the development and harmonization of data
concepts and use during ITS field operational tests. The intended users are
system integrators and public agency officials developing ITS applications
for information interchange under the Federal Highway Administration
Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21).
Designation: 1489-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: Develop a standard for functional area data dictionaries for
intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues will be addressed
including documenting and coordinating data elements, ownership and
identifying attributes for unambiguous data transfer.
Project Purpose: Use of digital communications among intelligent transportation
systems, e.g., vehicles, management centers (traffic, transit and emergency)
and roadside equipment, has led to development of functional area data
dictionaries for communications and unambiguous data reuse between the
functional areas. The users of this standard will be the developers of the
functional area data dictionaries.
Abstract: " The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the
development of data dictionaries for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) data dictionaries, includingcommon terms (e.g., time, date, location), as well as meta-attributes necessary to document
ITSdata concepts is addressed in this standard. "
Key Words: "attribute,classificatin scheme,data dictionary,data element,data
element concept,functional-area data dictionary,entity,entity type,generic
property domain,information interchange,intelligent transportation
systems,ISO/IEC 11179,meta-attribute,metadata st"
Designation: 1490-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard - A Guide to the Project Management
Body of Knowledge
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2004
**Supersedes 1490-1998.
Technical Contact: Susan K Land, Phone:256-876-7004, Email:susan.land@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe
that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE
Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices
described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there
is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted
does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be
applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always
responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This
document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession
for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively
young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is
done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote:
Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management
Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management
Institute, Inc.
Project Purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to
provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000
added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in
the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools,
techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted.
Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been
added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt
the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1490-2003, IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge"
Key Words: "body of knowledge, project, project management"
Designation: 1490-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide - Adoption of PMI Standard, A Guide to the Project Management
Body of Knowledge
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1490-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This document identifies and describes that subset of the
Project Management Body of Knowledge which is generally accepted. Generally
accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to
most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about
their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the
knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all
projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining
what is appropriate for any given project.
Abstract: " The subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge that is generally accepted isidentified and described in this
guide. ÒGenerally acceptedÓ means that the knowledge and practic-es described are applicable to most projects most of the time,
and that there is widespread consen-sus about their value and usefulness. It does not mean that the knowledge and practices
should beapplied uniformly to all projects without considering whether they are appropriate. "
Key Words: "body of knowledge,project,project management"
Designation: 1491-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in
Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005
Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed
by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the
relative value of such observations. Also discussed are the active
supervisory and diagnostic tasks that this equipment may perform. While
this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it
does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired
parameters to be monitored.
Project Purpose: The recent competitive realignments of Utility and
telecommunication companies has created a need for unmanned surveillance of
stationary battery systems. This guide will propose levels of battery
surveillance and methods for achieving useful information for maintenance
and replacement purposes. Since communications will play an issue with
remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide
additional insight.
Abstract: : Maintaining a fully operational battery system. This guide presents and discusses measurable parameters of lead-acid
and nickel-cadmium batteries as used in stationary battery systems and the utilization of such observations.
Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery
applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring
equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery
types, battery voltage, communications interfaces, connection resistance,
cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, ripple current, safety,
software, specific gravity
Designation: P1491
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in
Stationary Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed
by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the
relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a
listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for
establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored.
Project Purpose: Today’s mission-critical environment has created a need for
unmanned surveillance systems for stationary batteries. This guide will
propose parameters for battery surveillance to achieve useful information
for maintenance and replacement purposes. Because communications will play
an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements
will provide additional insight.
Designation: 1492
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High
Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Changed Designation
**See C37.083
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Develop a guide to be used when conducting capacitive current
switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters,
test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits.
Project Purpose: This is a project that was previously authorized. All records
seem to have been lost. This will be an aid to both the user, manufacturer
and testing laboratory in conducting capacitive current switching tests.
Designation: 1493-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables
and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This document serves two primary purposes. The first is to
outline many of the issues associated with using a solvent as an electric
cable cleaner. The second is to provide a variety of tests that can be used
for evaluating the performance of solvents intended for cleaning electric
cables or cable accessories used by electric utilities.
Tests for assessing the compatibility of a cleaning solvent with various
cable and cable accessory components and tests for assessing cleaning
effectiveness are included within this guide. While there are a vast number
of materials used in cable systems, this document covers only the basic
cable and cable accessory components with a focus on electric power cables.
The guide may be applied to materials outside the scope of this document at
the user’s discretion. The compatibility tests include
suggested or target acceptance criteria to help assure that the solvent does
not harm the component it is intended to clean. Since this document is a
guide, these values are not requirements. They are only provided as
guidelines and are based either on industry standard requirements for
materials or on the best judgment and experience of the working group
members who prepared the document. The cleaning effectiveness tests are
comparative tests with no specific performance requirements.
Throughout this document, the terms solvent and cleaner are both used to
describe the chemical intended for use as a cable cleaner.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard
for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories.
This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the
critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use
to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories.
Designation: 1493
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables
and Accessories
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This projet will develop a protocol for the evaluation of
solvents used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol
will encompass the evaluation categories, test methods and acceptance
criteria for evaluation of chemicals used to clean electrical cables and
accessories.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard
for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories.
This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the
critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use
to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories.
Designation: 1494
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Guide for National Profiles and Locales
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nobuo Saito, Phone:81-466-47-5111, Email:ns@sfc.keio.ac.jp
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define what should be included in National
Profiles & Locales and how international users of the 945 series of
standards can develop National profiles for application deployment in their
location. The guide will include topics on how they are developed, how they
interface with ISO 9945-1&2, how they are registered within the
international community. This work is based on the initial work in this
area as represented by WG15 document number 461.
Project Purpose: To produce a guide to developing National Profiles and
National Locales within the PASC process for use with IEEE/ISO 9945-1 and
9945-2. This work has been assigned to JTC1 NP 22.14776 at the
international level. This guide will assist international users of the
standard to develop their National profiles consistent with the style and
intentions of the base standard.
Designation: 1495
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Harmonic Limits for Single-Phase Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Current Distortion Limits for Single-Phase Utilization Equipment
Rated Under 600 V and up to 40 A.
Project Purpose: To establish equipment harmonic limits, much like IEC 1000-3-
2, which deals with both three-phase and single-phase limits for devices
under 16 A and with 230 V nominal rating. Existing Std 519 contains site
limits on harmonics, and is primarily three-phase.
Designation: 1496-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994
Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32- or 64-bit width is described in this standard. The SBus is designed for systems
requiring a small number of expansion ports. SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard.
SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the Sbus Card are 83.8 mm
by 146.7 mm, making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits. The
SBus cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to
provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel. The form factor is useful in
Futurebus+, VMEbus, desktop computers, and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data rates up to 168
Mbytes/s, depending on the implementation options selected.
Key Words: Standard for Boot Firmware, high, reliability, I/O bus, SBus Card
Designation: 1497-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design
Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2001
**IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document
Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: SDF (Standard Delay Format) is an existing OVI standard for the
representation and interpretation of timing data for use at any stage of the
electronic design process. The ASCII data in the SDF file is represented in
a tool and language independent way and includes path delays, timing
constraint values, interconnect delays and high level technology parameters.
Project Purpose: SDF has come to be accepted as a standard by many companies
both in the EDA industry and among their customers, but minor differences
have gradually arisen, primarily due to the rapid adoption and evolution.
IEEE standardization brings with it an opportunity to reduce and eventually
eliminate non-standard implementations and usages of SDF, enhance and
improve it based on new input, and also to broaden usage around the world.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1497-2001, IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process"
Key Words: "computer,computer languages,delay,delay backannotation,digital
systems,electron-ic systems,hardware,hardware design,SDF,timing,timing
analysis,timing backannotation,timingverification"
Designation: 1498-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: EIA/IEEE Interim Standard for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Software Development: Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued
for Trial Use)
Status: Superseded
**Std available as joint EIA/IEEE J-STD-016-1995. Redesignation per MOU
dated 11/30/95.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a
supplier are to achieve in the development of a software system where the
term "software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new
development, modification, reuse, reengineering, and other activities
resulting in software products.
Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems.
To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to
have a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and
acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the
acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the
requirements for the software. the purpose of this standard is to harmonize
commercial and government requirements for software life-cycle processes and
IEEE and ISO software life-cycle processes. This is anticipated to be done
in several phases. This project is phase 1. The proposed standard will
complement IEEE 1074, which defines the architecture of the software life-
ccle processes.
Key Words: EIA, acquirer, supplier, life cycle
Designation: 1499-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Interface for Hardware Description Models of Electronic
Components
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 16, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999
Project Scope: Development of a standard simulation and related tool interface
for component models written in VHDL, Verilog, C and other description
languages.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard method for interfacing and managing
complex electronic models to design automation tools. This method is aimed
at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent tool interfaces
suitable for large designs such as systems on a chip.
Abstract: The standard interface for hardware description models of electronic components is de-fined. The primary audiences of
this standard are model developers and implementors of softwaresupporting this interface.
Key Words: "execution, intellectual property, model integration, model manger,
Open Model Interface (OMI), simulator/model interoperability"
Designation: 1500-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2005
Technical Contact: Yervant Zorian, Phone:510-360-8035, Email:zorian@viragelogic.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard design-for-testability
method for Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores, i.e., reusable
megacells. This method will be independent of the underlying functionality
of the Integrated Circuit or its individual embedded cores. The method will
create the necessary testability requirements for detection and diagnosis of
such Integrated Circuits, while allowing for ease of interoperability of
cores originated from distinct sources. This method will be usable for all
classes of digital cores including hierarchial ones.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for testability of
Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores from multiple sources.
Typically, each core provider builds some testability hooks into the
underlying core. Without an independent, openly defined design-for-
testability method, core integrators cannot automatically determine the
testability features of the individual cores and integrate them with the
testability of the next level circuit description. The design-for-
testability method will provide a solution that will allow automatic
identification and configuration of testability features in Integrated
Circuits containing embedded cores.
Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism constitutes a
hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core
integrators.
Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse
Designation: 1501
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Life Management of Electrical Equipment in Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This application guide will provide recommendations for managing
the operating life of electrical equipment used in power generating
stations. Programs and activities are identified that may optimize
operating life of selected electrical equipment while minimizing the impact
on power station availability, and maintaining a reliable and safe
generating station.
Project Purpose: Life management of electrical equipment and systems is not
currently covered in any detail by standards. The working group will
particularly emphasize an approach of Condition Based Maintenance which
affords the most significant advantages to costs, reliability and
availability.
Designation: 1502-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Recommended Practice for Radar Cross Section Test Procedures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly known as P360
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: This standard will write a standard practices guide for the
measurement of radar cross section. This guide will discuss RCS measurement
practices as they relate to indoor and outdoor measurement in an established
range. It will not discuss measurement of foliage, natural events, etc. It
will also not discuss near field measurement and other specialty
measurements.
Project Purpose: This standard will be used by government, industrial and
academic organizations that measure radar cross sections of targets.
Designation: 1503
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifiers
Greater Than 100 kw
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anthony Siebert, Phone:414 785 3540, Email:tsiebert@amsuper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This project covers all AC to DC converters with ratings greater
than 100 kw unless the converter is part of another equipment (such as a
drive) for which another IEEE standard exists. APplications for such
converters exist in the following industries: electrochemical, marine,
electric furnace, battery charging.
Project Purpose: Incorporate new device and systems technology along with the
material from the standards listed. Start harmonizing with IEC standards.
Designation: 1504
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter
Title: Guide for the Specification and Application of Active Harmonic Filters
Greater Than 10 kw
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This project covers all active filters with ratings greater than
10 kw regardless of the application.
Project Purpose: To facilitate communication between developers, manufacturers
and users. To enable consultants to write clear specifications. To help
engineers to a better understanding of the theory and application of Active
Filters.
Designation: 1505-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors, Joint Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 16, 2007
Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:DDroste@DRS-TEM.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Aug 07, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this document is the development of a common
receiver/fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available
commercial standards integrated under a common “open” architecture. This
mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial
interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing,
monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact
densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A joint technical forum
has been operational since 1997 under the auspices of the IEEE Std 1505 RFI
Working Group and a recently formed industry/government Common Test
Interface (CTI) Working Group. Readers of this document are encouraged to
comment on details unclear, contradictory, or undefined to the IEEE 1505 RFI
Working Group or the IEEE Standards Association for review and change. These
organizations can be contacted at the locations described in the preface of
this document. As IEEE Std 1505 evolves, additional revisions may be
required and reballoted by the IEEE Standards Association. The RFI
Working Group serves to encourage vendors to produce same product class
types that are intermatable and interchangeable by adhering to performance
specifications of this standard. The document has been developed in
accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Standards Assocation Policies and Procedures per the IEEE-SA Standards Board
Bylaws [B23],1 the IEEE-SA Standards Board Operations Manual [B24], the
IEEE-SA Standards Companion [B25], and the IEEE Standards Style Manual
[B26]. Additional guidance and reference was utilized from The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B15] and SI 10™ American National
Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern
Metric System [B35].
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability
of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from
various manufacturers under an “open architecture.” To develop within this
framework, a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical
specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial
technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extends life-
cycle availability. Technical requirements identified by government and
industry include maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application.
Abstract: This standard provides a mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical
quick disconnect interconnect system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog,
RF, power, etc.). These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between
stimulus/measurement assets and a related unit under test (UUT), although any application involving high density contacts
requiring a quick disconnect interface could benefit. The Receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with
multiple Fixtures. which serve as the “buffer” between the UUT and ATE. Fixtures translate standard I/O signal routing offered
at the Receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable
connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test
technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability
of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an “open
architecture”; and b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical
specifications that supports available, accepted, low- cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary
designs, and extend life- cycle availability.
Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass-
interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification
SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Designation: 1505
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors
Title: Standard for Receiver/Fixture Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Development of a common Receiver/Fixture Interface Specification
that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common
open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to
serve government/commercial interests for applications serving test, system
integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements,
that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical
operation. A technical forum has been established from the govt. sponsored
CIWG effort under the auspices of the RFI Alliance to promote an open
Receiver/Fixture Interface (RFI) Standard.
Designation: P1505.1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors, Joint Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for High-
Density, Single-Tier Electronics Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:DDroste@DRS-TEM.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of a pin map
utilizing the IEEE 1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI). The pin map
defined within this standard shall apply to military and Aerospace Automatic
Test Equipment (ATE) testing applications.
Project Purpose: Standardizing on a common I/O will enable the interoperability
of P1505 compliant interface fixtures (also known as interface test
adapters, interface devices, or interconnection devices) on multiple ATE
systems utilizing the IEEE 1505 Receiver Fixture Interface.
SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Designation: 1506
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Test Coverage Metric - Condition
Independence for Control and Logic
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John J Chilenski
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: A coverage metric, with a linear degree of effort, to be used
during the definition, design, and execution of test cases, and analysis of
test results. It is applicable to all types of software. It will apply to
both the flow of control in the software and the evaluation of computing
results which contribute the software decision making.
Project Purpose: It provides an objective measurement criteria for evaluating
the completeness of a software test set by users, developers, regulators,
and testers. it provides a consistent definition for this class of test
metric. It provides insight for organizational software process
improvement.
Designation: 1508
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Solder-Sweated Split Tinned Copper Connectors 5kV-35kV
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Philip Cox, Phone:901-528-4094, Email:pcox@mlgw.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This standard specifies the requirements for solder-sweated
split-tinned copper connectors commonly used for splicing the conductor
portion of paper insulated lead covered medium voltage (5-35 kV) cables,
although these connectors may be suitable for splicing other types of
electrical conductors. The conductor configuration may be solid, round
compact stranded, and compact sector stranded. This standard includes the
requirements for conductor sizes from #8 American Wire Gauge (AWG) to 3000
circular mils (kcmil).
Project Purpose: After the Edison Electrical Institute no longer published
standard specifications, the responsibilities of the EEI standards were
transferred to the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. The NEMA
Chairman believed that the specification for this type of connector would be
better handled in the Accessories (SC10) Subcommittee of the ICC. He then
contacted Robert Gear, the Chairman of ICC-SC10. Mr. Gear accepted the EEI
TD160 and TD161 for revision and publication by the IEEE. This Standard is
intended for use by manufacturers, sellers, buyers, and users of solder
sweated split tinned connectors. It will provide standardized sizing,
quality assurance, manufacturing processes, and shipping requirements.
Designation: 1509
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Guide to the Use of Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: The project will develop a TEDL Users Guide to complement the
recently approved IEEE Std 993 TEDL. The guide will concentrate on
implementation issues and provide step-by-step instructions for creating
test equipment descriptions.
Project Purpose: To assist potential users of TEDL to create test equipment
descriptions and to explain the benefits of TEDL using examples of current
test equipment systems.
Designation: 1510
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd)
Design Automation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve Grout, Phone:919-481-6844, Email:sgrout@cadence.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd)
standard is an EDA representation of an EE product or portion of an EE
product implemented as an integrated circuit (IC) chip, including the
hierarchical information for logical and physical design. CHDStd will
include the interface to cell, macro, and chip-core library information;
physical chip internal design, manufacturing properties and design aids; and
interface to packaging (physical chip and higher level chip integration
packaging such as MCM and PCA/PCB. CHDStd will be interoperable with
current EDA chip design and implementation standards.
Project Purpose: Provide an interoperable comprehensive electronic design
automation (EDA) stanbdard for information supporting design, synthesis,
verification, and integration with manufacturing for integrated-circuit
based electrical and electronic (EE) products. Complex ICs require greater
design productivity and a more reliable, integrated, and interoperable EDA
standard than provided by today's EDA standards. This method is aimed at
providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent IC product information
suitable for large complex chip designs such as structured custom
microprocessors.
Designation: 1511-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Power Cable, Joint, and
Termination Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004
Project Scope: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on
cable, joints and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV.
Users shoudl review the definitions, and technical papers that are listed in
the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure
analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important
part of understanding trends and planning for improvements in system
reliability.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide an umbrella document
for a series of guides that will cover specific methods that may be used in
the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. A separate guide
will be proposed to cover the failure analysis of cable, joints and
terminations. The additional guides would have the same document number
with a decimal extension similar to the C37 and C57 series of standards.
Abstract: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints, and terminations used in power systems rated
5kV through 46kV. Users should review the definitions and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the
Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part
of understanding trands and planning for improvements in system reliability.
Designation: P1511.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on
Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure classifications
and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. This guide
discusses the importance of failure analysis on cables and reviews the
different types of failures historically found in cables over the years.
With the aging workforce in the utility industry, it is important to
pass along the collective knowledge to the next generation regarding cable
failure mechanism as it is imperative to improving system reliability.
Project Purpose: 1.2 This guide deals with failure analysis of shielded power
cable failures. Together with IEEE 1511-2004, the guide provides an
introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, discusses use and
potential value of failure analysis. The guide covers commonly used
methods employed in failure analysis and their application to shielded
cables in underground power cable systems. The guide is based on the
application of flow charting methods to the analysis of a failure. The
guide documents known failure mechanisms and provides a format for the
documentation of new failure mechanisms. This guide is the second in
a series of guides for analysis of cable system failures. IEEE 1511-
2004 addressed the generic aspects, while each subsequent document
addresses failure analysis of a specific component of the underground
cable system. The following guides are planned for the series: *
IEEE 1511-2004: Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power
cable, joint, and termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through
46 kV * P1511.1 (This document) Guide for investigating and
analyzing shielded power cable failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46
kV. * P1511.2 (Future document) Guide for investigating and
analyzing joint failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. *
P1511.3 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing
termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.4
(Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing separable
insulated connector failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV.
Designation: 1512-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is the Base Standard for a family of related
standards that address the intercommunication needs of emergency management
centers and other types of centers engaged in transportation incident
management. Incident in this standard includes information concerning any
transportation-related event that is received by the emergency management
system, including planned roadway closures and special events, whether or
not the incident actually affects traffic flow and whether or not a response
is required. This standard specifies common incident management message sets
to allow vital data exchange for information and coordination. It provides a
common mechanism for this data exchange within the defined National ITS
Architecture, with latitude for local agencies to determine what level of
cooperation, and hence message exchanges, best meets their requirements.
This standard is independent of communication protocols used in any local
implementation. It also assumes that the mechanics of communication, such as
addressing, are handled by communication management, which is not addressed
in this standard. Other companion standards, herein referred to as companion
volumes, will provide specific content and usage guidance for other types of
centers that could participate in a local incident management system.
Companion volumes dealing with the unique needs of transportation
management, public safety, and hazardous materials centers have been
developed as well. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and
data elements (DEs) for the basic underlying communication involved in real-
time interagency transportation-related incident management. Together, the
Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512
Family of Standards.” Clause 6 and Clause 7 present the specified
messages, data frames and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats.
A complete set of listing in ASN.1 and an XML schema are presented in the
annexes.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of
messages used in incident management between emergency management centers
and other types of centers, e.g., transportation management centers (TMCs).
A minimum set of messages to be accommodated by compliant systems is
dictated. Within the framework, there is ample flexibility, in that many
messages are in fact composed of lists of optional DEs, so those lists
have the function of “vocabularies” of DEs. That is, the actual DEs
specified in a local implementation can be selected from those lists. In
addition, within some DEs, where there is a list of possible data values
(e.g., possible center types and possible causes for evacuation), there are
provisions for local implementers to add their own values. This provision
provides for both a standardized lexicon for describing events as well as a
local derivative list to be used. Because the dispatching systems of each
resources that it wishes to exchange data about, this standard provides a
flexible set of descriptive elements that can be implemented to provide
differing levels of local, regional, and national interoperation. It remains
the responsibility of participating local agencies to determine what level
of interoperation is suitable for their own needs. In a local
implementation, conformance with this standard may require extant
interagency agreements to exchange particular messages using particular DEs
selected from this standard. Those messages have been structured so that
centers using different legacy systems, and centers with different data
needs, can still use a set of common messages to exchange information with
other centers. Furthermore, this standard shall be implemented in
conjunction with related ITS standards that provide other required
portions of the entire architecture. The related ITS standards include
detailed message formatting with specific center and domain field of use,
center-to-center exchange protocols, and messaging processes, including
message delivery, security, and gateway functions. This standard acts as a
“wrapper,” incorporating such domain-specific knowledge in its own messages
to allow exchange of information in each companion volume for each type
of center.
Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in
transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with
the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One ("ASN.1" or
"ASN") syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of
documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying
incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related
data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the "1512 Family of Standards." The goal of
that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation
related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters
caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a
report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and
whether or not a response is required.
Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided
dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods,
data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response,
emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous
materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management,
incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation
systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic
incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic
management center (TMC), transportation system management
Designation: 1512-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management
message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such
that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed
responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident
management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This
project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and
the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management
communications.
Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets
required for Incident Management generated and transmitted between the
emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident
Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized
communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight
management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management
centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit
Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the
various subsystems and increase effective response time.
Abstract: "47:30+00:00""> The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997,
USACopyright © 2000 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.All rights reserved. Published 7July 2000.
Printed in the United States of America. Print"
Key Words: "Abstract Syntax Notation One, emergency management centers, HAZMAT,
incidents. message sets, National Intelligent Transportation Systems
Architecture, public safety, traffic"
Designation: 1512
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Message Sets for Use by Emergency
Management Centers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003
Project Scope: This standard will be the base standard for Traffic Incident
Management Message Sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch
centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce
the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message
sets for use by emergency management centers. Project will incorporate
changes to message sets referred to yet defined in other standards.
Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets
required for Traffic Incident Management generated and transmitted between
emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and Traffic Incident
Management providers. The result will be consistant standardized
communications among Traffic Incident Management centers, fleet and freight
management centers, planning subsystem, etc.
Designation: 1512.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2006
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Oct 31, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006,
referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies
messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating information about
traffic and infrastructure management in support of real-time interagency
transportation-related incident management. The Base Standard specifies
messages, data frames, and data elements to describe an incident and form
the message infrastructure for communication involved in real-time
interagency transportationrelated incident management. Refer to the Base
Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base
Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard
and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of
Standards.”
Project Purpose: This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.
The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base
Standard and will not be repeated here. The purpose of this standard is to
take the real-world, available-information situation confronting the
incident commander and the several involved agencies, and then support the
exchange of that information among agencies, to make further information
available to the incident commander and involved agencies, to best support
them in managing the event. That calls for messages to communicate whatever
information is available, often quite partial, among the several involved
agencies, to accomplish four decision-support functions, corresponding to
the five kinds of information exchange listed earlier in this clause:
⎯ Function 1: To disseminate information about current and future
traffic flows in the transportation grid, including in particular impacts
of an incident and particular route information, to assist in the real-
time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or
event. ⎯ Function 2: To support the management of traffic to assist
in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related
incident or event, including establishing reverse links and the use of
priority/preemption technologies. ⎯ Function 3: To support the
management of TMC assets and other assets, as necessary to manage
traffic, to assist in the real-time interagency management of a
transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 4: To
support the cleanup, repair, and replacement of damaged infrastructure,
treating that operation as part of another incident, or as a separate
incident.
Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in
transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with
the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One ("ASN.1" or
"ASN") syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of
documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying
incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related
data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the "1512 Family of Standards." The goal of
that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportationrelated
events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by
humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be
received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or
not a response is required.
Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided
dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods,
data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response,
emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous
materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management,
incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation
systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic
incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic
management center (TMC), transportation system management
Designation: 1512.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This standard will be limited to the development of a
comprehensive set of messsages specific to Traffic Management. This work
will be a functional partition of the Incident Management Base Standard
(P1512) and will be developed as a separate project with a separate time
schedule.
Project Purpose: This standard will produce a standard set of all the message
sets required for Incident Management that is unique to Traffic Management
communications. These message sets will be generated and transmitted
between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and
Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized
communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight
management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management
centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit
Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the
various subsystems and increase effective response times.
Abstract: " The exchange of vital traffic management data and data to support traffic managementdecisions, between the Traffic
Management Center and other agencies involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets,
is addressed in this stan-dard. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, specialevents
and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such eventthat impacts transportation systems, or that
causes a report to be received by an emergency man-agement system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation
system, and whether ornot a response is required. Message sets specified are consistent with the National
IntelligentTransportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One(ASN.1) syntax. This standard
comprises one companion volume of the family of incident manage-ment standards centered around a base standard"
Key Words: "911,ASN.1,ATMS,CAD,center-to-center,commercial vehicles,data
exchange,EMC,emergency services,emergency
response,EMS,Hazmat,incidents,incident response,incidentmanagement,incident
management system,"
Designation: 1512.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Public Safety Traffic Incident Management Message Sets
for Use By Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2004
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading
to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management
specifically covering information transfer concerning Public Safety,
comprised of Law Enforcement, Fire and Rescue, Emergency Medical Services,
and other related functions and services.
Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of
messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help
providers of services to interact more effectively.
Abstract: Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related
events, through common incident management message sets. Message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent
Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard
comprises one companion standard of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard, IEEE Std 1512®-
2000. Other members of that family include two other companion standards, IEEE Std 1512.1-2003 and IEEE Std 1512.3-2002,
specifying incident management message sets for transportation management-related data exchange and hazardous material- and
cargo-related data exchange. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the IEEE 1512® Family of Standards.
The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of
transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events,
and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems, or
that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation
system, and whether or not a response is required.
Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, center-to-center, commercial vehicles,
dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services,
EMS, fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incident command, incident
management, incident management system, incident response, incidents,
intelligent transportation systems (ITS), law enforcement, message sets,
police, public safety, TMC, traffic incident management, traffic incidents,
traffic management, transportation management system
Designation: 1512.3-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets
for Use by Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2006
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006,
referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies
messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating general and cargo
information to other responders in support of real-time interagency
transportation-related incident management. It addresses the unique
disciplines associated with communications dealing with the control and
confinement of hazardous materials during and after an incident. The Base
Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for the basic
underlying communication involved in real-time interagency transportation-
related incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of
the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such
as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be
referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 5 and Clause 6
of this standard present the specified messages, data frames, and data
elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of
messages concerning cargo and content of vehicles and content of buildings
involved in transportation-related events, to support the management of
those events. The clearest examples of the need for these messages are in
cases where the cargo and/or content include hazardous material or hazardous
waste. However, these messages are also often needed where the cargo and/or
content is nonhazardous, as described in 1.1. This standard is part of
the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards
as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated
here.In more detail, the purpose of this standard is to support the
communication necessary to take the realworld, available-information
situation confronting the incident manager, and use off-site databases to
make further information available to that manager, to best support this
individual in managing the event. That calls for messages that support
communications of whatever information is available, often quite partial, to
off-site databases and resources, and (often) then among off-site databases
and resources, to accomplish the following two decision-support functions:
a) To retrieve further information about what the cargo and/or contents are,
based on what are often quite partial cues available on site. That
information is available in off-site databases managed by shippers,
carriers, and fleet and freight management centers. b) To retrieve
information about the characteristics of the cargo and/or contents that is
important for incident management, such as toxicity, flammability, danger
of explosion, size of a potential toxic plume, environmental damage,
recommended set-back distances, and evacuation areas.
Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events,
through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent
Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One ("ASN.1" or "ASN") syntax. This
standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard: IEEE Std
1512-2006. Other members of that family included management-related data exchange and hazardous-material and public safety data
exchange. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the "IEEE 1512 Family of Standards." The goal of that
family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related
events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused
by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to
be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or
not a response is required.
Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, Center-to-Center, Commerical Vehicles,
Dangerous Goods, Data Exchange, EMC, Emergency Response, Emergency Services,
EMS, Fire, Hazardous Materials, Hazmat, Incidents, Incident Response,
Incident Management, Incident Command, Incident Management System,
Intelligent Transportation Systems, Law Enforcement, Message Sets, Police,
Public Safety, Traffic Incidents, Traffic Incident Management, Traffic
Management, TMC, Transportation System Management
Designation: 1512.3-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets
for Use by Emergency Management Centers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading
to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management
specifically covering information transfer concerning Hazardous Materials.
Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of
messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help
providers of services to interact more effectively.
Abstract: " This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about hazardous material and othercargo and contents of vehicles and
buildings involved in transportation-related events, throughcommon incident management message sets. That data exchange is
specifically to supportreal-time interagency transportation-related incident management. Message sets specified areconsistent
with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are describedusing Abstract Syntax Notation One (""ASN.1"")
syntax. This standard comprises one companionvolume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base
standard:IEEE Std 1512-2000, IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Useby Emergency Management Centers.
Other members of that family that are forthcoming includetwo other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets
for transportationmanagement and public safety. Collectively, this family of standards shall be referred to as the""IEEE 1512
Family of Standards."" The goal of these standards is to support efficient communicationfor the real-time, interagency management
of transportation-related events. Those events includeincidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special
events, and disasterscaused by humans or natural events. These events include any such event that impactstransportation systems,
or that causes a report to be received by an emergency managementsystem, whether or not the event actually affects a
transportation system, and whether or not aresponse is required."
Key Words: "911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, cargo, center-to-center, commercial
vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency
services, EMS, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, hazmat, HM, IM,
incident management, incident response, incidents"
Designation: P1512.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use in
Entities External to Centers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will address Traffic Incident Management Message
Sets which will be exchanged by and between mobile data terminals in
response vehicles including mobile command posts and to their respective
response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will
be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be
limited to common message sets for use by emergency management including
transportation, fire/rescue, enforcement, HazMat, etc.
Project Purpose: Produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic
Incident Management exchanged between traffic incident responders. This
standard will also address Traffic Incident Management Message sets that are
exchanged between responders and other field assets in response vehicles, to
centers, such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce
the needed response(s).
Designation: 1512a
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Emergency Management Data Dictionary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze, and consolidate data elements used
in the 1512 family of documents, which cover message sets for highway
incident management. This project will consolidate all such data elements
into a format that is compliant with IEEE Standard 1489, and that is
suitable for submission to the ITS Data Registry.
Project Purpose: Emergency Management, alone among the subsystems in the
National Architectures, lacks a data dictionary. In order to maintain
consistency with the other ITS data dictionaires, IEEE Standard 1489, and
the IEEE-Managed Data Registry process, a data dictionary is required. The
Incidernt Management Working Group will prepare the data dictionary as a
normal associated activity with preparing the rest of teh 1512 family of
standards.
Designation: 1512b
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Amendment for Data Elements Found In Standard for Common
Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers,
IEEE 1512-2000
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data
elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those
in the original 1512 Standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in
other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language
syntax; and published in another ITS Standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the
prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with
definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will
provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has
occurred. In addition to the scope of work identified above, additional
revisions and additions to IEEE 1512-2000 will be made to harmonize data
concepts throughout the 1512 Family of Standards due to completion the
companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a).
Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1
definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by
1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once
existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS
harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and
new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current
practices of ITS. This amendment also provides commentary and/or new ASN.1
definitions to implement data elements used in common by the companion
volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3 and P1512a). Guidance relative to the
manner in which each volume within the Family of Standards (1512-2000,
P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a) will also be included as necessary to
facilitate future implementation. After the References and Definitions in
Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides
revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and
changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of
lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four
on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs
for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of
intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management
include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency
management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include
the exchange of information about incidents between different centers
responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information
Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem,
Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set
will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a
common set of message will help providers of services to interact more
effectively.
Designation: 1512b
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Amendment for Implementing Foreign Data Elements Found In
Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency
Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data
elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those
in the original IEEE 1512 standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found
in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1
language syntax; and published in another ITS standard. The 1512b effort
utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data
exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed
1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional
change has occurred.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1
definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by
1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once
existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS
harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and
new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current
practices of ITS. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and
Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised
definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed.
Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives.
Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the
United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an
Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent
transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all
message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management
subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange
of information about incidents between different centers responding to the
incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers,
other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management
and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the
duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of
message will help providers of services to interact more effectively.
Designation: 1513-2001
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Concentrator Photovoltaic
(PV) Receiver Sections and Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes recommended procedures and
specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate
concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules intended for
power generation applications.
Project Purpose: The qualification tests provided in this document should
assist in evaluating concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and
modules design performance, reliability, safety, and susceptability to known
failure mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on testing for potential degradation
of receiver section and module performance resulting from environmental
weathering, mechanical loading, or corrosion. The procedures given in this
rec. practice provide a common approach for conducting module qualification
tests. While acceptable results from these tests should provide reasonable
assurance that the modules produced by the same processes as those that pass
these tests will perform reliably in field after installation, this
recommended practice does not address design, safety, or performance of PV
systems.
Abstract: " The minimum tests and inspections required to evaluate photovoltaic concentrating mod-ules, and a common approach (e.g.,
between producer and purchaser) in conducting qualificationtests are provided. "
Key Words: "concentrators, modules, photovoltaic (PV), qualification tests,
receivers, recommended practices"
Designation: 1515-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronics Power Subsystems: Parameter
Definitions, Test Conditions, and Test Methods
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2000
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000
Project Scope: Electronic power subsystems is an integral part of any
electronic system. They perform the task of power processing, management,
and distribution. To develop an IEEE Rec. Practice for electronic power
subsystems. It includes parameter definitions, parameter test conditions,
and parameter test methods. It is intended for dc, single-phase, or three-
phase ac electronic subsystems with power level up to 20 KW, voltage level
up to 600 V, and frequency tupto 400 Hz.
Project Purpose: Lack of any standards in electronic subsystems engineering
often leads to confusion. Different manufacturers and subsystem developers
use similar terms to indicate different things. A standard in this regard
will allow manufacturers as well as users to use the same set of
terminology. This will in turn allow industry as well as Department of
Defense system developers to acquire cost and time effective electronic
power subsystems and products with great interchangeability.
Abstract: " This recommended practice defines many common parameters for ac-dc and dc-dc elec-tronic power distribution components
and subsystems. This enables electronic system engineers,manufacturers, and researchers to speak with a common language and hence
facilitates effectiveand efficient communications. Furthermore, implementation of a common specification languagewill allow the
power electronics industry as well as the user communities, including government sys-tem developers, to acquire cost- and time-
effective electronic power subsystems with significantlyenhanced interchangeability. "
Key Words: "electronic power distribution, power supply, specification,
specification language"
Designation: 1516-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level ARchitecture (HLA)
- Framework and Rules
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000
Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2001
Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level
Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines
the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and
federations (sets of federates working together must uphold.
Project Purpose: There are many different classes of simulations. Each class
has changing application characteristics and each needs to be flexibly
supported in order to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes
and in order to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability
approaches. The High Level Architecture (HLA) is an integrated architecture
which has been developed to provide that common architecture. The related
standards need to be considered as a set of products - since changes in one
is very likely to have impact on the others.
Abstract: " The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It
defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline theresponsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a
consistent implementation.Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the
functionalneeds for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances willallow for new and
different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the frameworkof the HLA. The standards contained in this
architecture are interrelated and need to be consideredas a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the
others. As such, the HLA isan integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation."
Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation
execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture,
instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object
model template, rules runtime infrastructu"
Designation: P1516
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)
— Framework and Rules
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level
Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines
the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and
federations (sets of federates working together) must uphold.
Project Purpose: This document describes the general principles defining the
HLA and delineates the set of rules that apply to HLA federations and
federates. Each rule is then described, and the rationale for its inclusion
is provided. Many different classes of simulations exist. Each class has
changing application characteristics and needs to be flexibly supported to
allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and to limit the need to
maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The HLA is an integrated
architecture, which has been developed to provide that common architecture.
The related standards need to be considered as a set of products because
changes in one are likely to have an impact on the others.
Designation: 1516.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)
Federate Interface Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001
Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the
underlying software services that support inter-federate communication in a
distributed simulation domain.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architecture for distributed, computer-based modeling and
simulation. To facilitate inter-federate communications, HLA federates
interact with a runtime infrastructure (analogous to a special-purpose
distributed operating system) using a standard application program
interface. This specification dedfines the standard services and interfaces
to be used by the federates in order to support efficient information
exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. A
federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to
support an objective.
Abstract: " The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecturefor distributed modeling and
simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides acommon framework for the interconnection of interacting
simulations. This document, the secondin a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and interfaces
to theHLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achievea coordinated exchange
of information when they participate in a distributed federation. Thestandards contained in this architecture are interrelated
and need to be considered as a productset, when changes are made. They each have value independently."
Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management,
federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, high
level architecture (HLA), instance attribute, instance attribute ownership,
interaction class, object class,"
Designation: P1516.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture
(HLA)—Federate Interface Specification
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the
underlying software services that support interfederate communication in a
distributed simulation domain.
Project Purpose: The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation. To
facilitate interfederate communications, HLA federates interact with an
underlying software infrastructure. This specification defines the standard
services and interfaces to be used by the federates to support efficient
information exchange when participating in a distributed federation
execution. (A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are
brought together to support an objective.)
Designation: 1516.2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)
- HLA Object Model Template (OMT) Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001
Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording the
information in HLA object models, to include objects, attributes,
interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g.
vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architec ture for modeling and simulation. The HLA
requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be
described by an object model which identifies the data exchanged at runtime
in order to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines that
information.
Abstract: " The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Object Model Template (OMT) specification definesthe format and syntax (but not
content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of thereal world, and no one simulation can solve all of the
functional needs for the modeling andsimulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and
differentmodeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standardscontained in this
architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as achange in one is likely to have an impact on the
others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approachthat has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation."
Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management,
federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model,
framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute
ownership, interaction class, joined federate"
Designation: P1516.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture
(HLA)—Object Model Template (OMT) Specification
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording
information in High Level Architecture (HLA) object models, to include
objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the
specific data (e.g., vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object
models.
Project Purpose: The HLA has been developed to provide a common architecture
for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of
federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or
interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model that identifies
the data exchanged at runtime to achieve federation objectives. This
standard defines the documentation of the object model.
Designation: 1516.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation
Development and Execution Process (FEDEP)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2003
Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This document defines the processes and procedures that should
be followed by users of the High Level Architecture (HLA) to develop and
execute federations. It is not intended to replace low-level management and
systems engineering practices native to HLA user organizations, but is
rather intended as a higher-level framework into which such practices can be
integrated and tailored for specific uses.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. An HLA
federation is a named set of software applications (federates) that interact
via the services of the HLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI) in accordance with
a common object model in order to achieve some objective (or set of
objectives). The purpose of this document is to provide the HLA user
community with a recommended practice for how HLA federations are developed
and executed.
Abstract: " The processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Archi-tecture (HLA) to develop and
execute federations are defined in this recommended practice. Thisrecommended practice is not intended to replace low-level
management and systems engineeringpractices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework
intowhich such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. "
Key Words: "federate,federation,Federation Development and Execution Process
(FEDEP),HighLevel Architecture (HLA),Object Model (OM),runtime
infrastructure (RTI)"
Designation: P1516.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Verification, Validation, and Accreditation of a Federation, an Overlay
to the High Level Architecture Federation Development and Execution Process
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures
that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and
Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level
Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP).
This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies,
procedures, and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique
aspects of the VV&A of federations. It provides a higher-level framework
into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses.
The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A
practitioners; however, it does not describe the individual techniques that
might be employed to execute the VV&A processes for federations. This
VV&A overlay focuses upon the VV&A processes that apply to federations and
not the VV&A processes associated with individual simulations (federates),
but does consider using the information produced by those processes.
Users, developers, and VV&A personnel working with simulations and
simulation compositions not based upon the HLA and the FEDEP can also
benefit from the guidance in this document since the activities that this
overlay describes can be tailored to support any type of distributed
simulation application.
Project Purpose: The VV&A overlay has been designed to apply across a wide
range of functional applications. The purpose of this overlay is to provide
a more detailed view of the VV&A processes implied by the FEDEP. Currently,
these processes represent the best practices available to the VV&A
community. The VV&A overlay is a tailorable process and is offered as
guidance to all participants in FEDEP activities. This overlay
identifies and describes the recommended VV&A processes that should be
followed to assure the acceptability and utility of federations for
particular intended uses. The overlay also identifies and describes the
information feeding and resulting from those processes as well as the
relationships between the FEDEP and the VV&A processes and their respective
information products. In addition, this overlay defines those terms uniquely
needed to characterize the FEDEP VV&A overlay. This overlay takes special
care to use and build upon existing standards, standard terms and their
definitions whenever possible.
Designation: 1517-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
- Reuse Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly known as 1420.4
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000
Project Scope: The project would develop material referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 to
describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional
software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. The document
will define processes and specify requirements for the processes, but will
not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes
will be broader than that of 12207.0 because reuse activities transcend the
life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes would be
suitable on an organization wide basis.
Project Purpose: Most software reuse processes are not distinct from the normal
life cycle byt instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes.
Some acquirers are requiring software reuse because it has the potential to
achieve faster time to market, improved quality and cost avoidance. These
considerations argue for a process standard that explains how software reuse
processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. The purpose of the
proposed effort is to develop referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software
reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle
process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose of the
document would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier
(who may be either internal or external to the organization), oparticularly
regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who
bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. The document
would be useful within organizations to describe how reuse processes related
to traditional life cycle processes, activities, and tasks.
Abstract: " A common framework for extending the software life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA Std12207.0-1996 to include the systematic
practice of software reuse is provided. This standard spec-ifies the processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each
phase of the software life cycleto enable a software product to be constructed from reusable assets. It also specifies the
process-es, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and managementof assets supplied. "
Key Words: "asset,domain engineering,process,software life cycle,software
reuse"
Designation: 1520
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard Programming Interfaces for Networks: Service/signalling control
and switch control and programming interfaces
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This project is part of an effort aiming to establish an open
architecture in network control and the interface between network control
and management functions. In this approach, a three-tiered model is
adopted, with a separation of control intelligence, the upper tier, from the
control mechanism which is the middle tier. The middle tier resides on top
of the hardware and/or the low level software support. This project shall
establish a "programming interface" between the upper tier and the middle
tier, and a "supporting interface" between the middle tier and the lower
tier. The programming interface specifies in industry standard Interface
Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed
access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including
but not restricted to signalling services entities. The supporting
interface specifies, in the form of a set of messages, the interfaces that a
swtiching unit must implement, in order to provide minimal standard services
supporting the higher level software. The types of switching units to be
considered in this standard shall include ATM switches, IP routers [27] and
circuit switches currently running the SS7 signalling systems. The standard
lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23]
functionality through apropriate interfaces.
Project Purpose: With the rapid advance in the technological frontiers of
computing and communications, there is an opportunity to reconcile the
perspectives of these communities in new, more open network architectures
based on distributed systems principles. These architectures can support
alternative signalling protocols, rapid creation of programmed
communications services, enhanced QoS control, and the joint allocation of
computing and communications resources. E,powered with modern distributed
programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high quality
audio/video and multi-point diversity, can be created, re-configured and
customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand
and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and
switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible
signalling service creation. By using the object linking and binding
mechanisms provided by distributed object programming environment 1) we can
encapsulate different types of signalling protocols, so that they may be
accessed from the same generic interface. This will benefit network service
developers and application vendors who can realize communication services
not specified in standard signalling protocols, and conduct service quality
negotiations with network elements. The exposed interfaces will also
benefit switch vendors through enhanced external control and management of
switching hardware with minimum software development effort.
Designation: 1520.2
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for ATM Networks:
Serivce/Signaling Control and Switch Control and Programming Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This project shall establish a programming interface that
specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set
of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching
functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted
to signalling services entities. This standard is targeted towards ATM
switches and lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service)
[10-11, 20-23] functionality through appropriate interfaces.
Project Purpose: Empowered with modern distributed programming tools, future
telecommunication services involving high-quality audio/video and multi-
point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in
response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The
interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware
states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service
creation. The interfaces will permit enhanced external control and
management of switching hardware.
Designation: 1520.3
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for Internet Protocol
Network Elements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This project will define programming interfaces for Internet
Protocol (IP) routers, switches and other network elements (NEs). These NEs
perform various IP processing functions such as forwarding, routing,
switching, address translation and filtering. The programming interfaces
will be defined at virtual network device level and network generic services
level. The programming interface specifies in Interface Definition Language
[1-9], a set of interfaces for distributed access to switching
functionalities by services control entities.
Project Purpose: This standard will permit views of network and
routing/switching hardware states to be exposed, enabling independent and
flexible services creation by many providers writing to this standard
Application Programming Interface. Providing standard interfaces permits
generic views of network states that can be exposed for independent and
flexible service creation.
Designation: 1521-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Measurements of Video Jitter and Wander
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004
Technical Contact: Aidan P Moore, Phone:416-490-7779x277, Email:aidan.moore@siliconoptix.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: To allow the creation of instrumentation technology for
consistent measurements of video related time-interval errors.
Project Purpose: To create instrumentation technology that will allow
measurement of the components of time-interval error.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1521-2003, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Measurement of Video Jitter and Wander"
Key Words: "drift rate, frequency offset, jitter, timing interval error (TIE),
wander"
Designation: 1522-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Testability and Diagnosability
Characteristics and Metrics
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines technology independent testability and
diagnosability characteristics and metrics, particularly those based on
relevant standard information models including standard AI-ESTATE (IEEE
1232.1 and P1232.3) information models.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide consistent, unambiguous definitions
of testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics. This will
provide a common basis for system testability and diagnosability assessment.
Abstract: This standard was developed to provide standard, unambiguous definitions of testability diagnosability metrics and
characteristics. It builds on fundamental definitions derived from elements in formal information models related to test and
diagnosis defined in IEEE 1232-2002.
Key Words: aggregation fundamentals, cost-related fundamentals, diagnosability,
diagnos
Designation: 1523-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Maintenance, and Evaluation of Room
Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicone Rubber Coatings for Outdoor Ceramic
Insulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2003
Technical Contact: Ravi S Gorur, Phone:480-965-4894, Email:ravi.gorur@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: Guide to help utilities in application of RTV silicone rubber
coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Guide covers details of these
aspects. Guide to help testing personnel inevaluation of RTV silicone
rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators.
Project Purpose: Lack of knowledge and information on the benefits and
limitations of RTV coatings in the industry was responsible for undertaking
this project. This project will help address many utility concerns about
RTV silicone rubber coatings.
Abstract: " Various important aspects that are needed for satisfactory long-term performance ofHigh-Voltage Insulator Coatings
(HVIC) are presented in this guide. Various possible applicationscenarios, maintenance issues on coated insulators, factors
affecting long-term performance, thequestion of aging, laboratory accelerated tests, and functional outdoor evaluation are
described."
Key Words: "aging, evaluation, hydrophobicity, HVIC"
Designation: 1524
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
**This project has been superceded by PC57.145.
Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To develop a guide that sets the boundaries for a thermal
duplicate, as specified in Table 17 of C57.12.00, and provides a set of
calculations to permit the thermal performance to be determined.
Project Purpose: C57.12.00-1993 does not clearly define when a temperature test
is required. A temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a
"Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The
requirements for meeting the thermally duplicate provisions are not
specified.
Designation: 1525
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Substation Integrated Protection, Control, and Data
Acquisition Communications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:HOLSTEINDK@ADELPHIA.NET
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Define standard communication requirements, specify message
delivery time between intelligent electronic devices, and specify Abstract
Syntax Notation (ASN) .1 data structures of information to be exchanged for
substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition.
Project Purpose: Utilities will use this standard as part of a specification to
develop new substation automation capability, or to modify existing
substation automation capability. Vendors will use this standard to build
open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for
substation automation.
Designation: 1526-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone
Photovoltaic Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2004
Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: The test methods and procedures included in this document cover
stand-alone photovoltaic systems. Procedures provided are for conducting
performance testing of individual components and complete systems. The
methodology includes testing the system outdoors in prevailing conditions
and indoors under simulated conditions.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides test methods and procedures
for determining stand-alone photovoltaic system performance and conducting
design verification. Test procedures provided in this document are intended
to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and
laboratories in conducting these performance tests.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1526-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems"
Key Words: "design verification, performance testing, stand-alone photovoltaic
(PV) systems"
Designation: 1527-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Flexible Buswork Located in
Seismically Active Areas
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006
Technical Contact: Jean-Bernard Dastous, Phone:450-652-8341, Email:dastous.jean-bernard@ireq.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the engineering and design
of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power
substations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to give guidance to the
substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the
engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers with the
current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high voltage
connections and conductors.
Abstract: The engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations is described.
This recommended practice gives guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the
engineering and design of connections, and provides engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high-
voltage connections and conductors.
Key Words: bus, conductor, conductor slack, connections, earthquakes,
electrical equipment, flexible bus, flexible buswork, interconnected
equipment, interconnection, seismic, substations
Designation: 1528-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless
Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003
Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-
average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of
users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar
operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300
MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the
spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in
the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these
devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly
occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation and spacing relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an
anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to
be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with
standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques,
and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid
and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these
are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1528-2003 specifies protocols and test procedures for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR induced
inside a simplified model of the head of users of certain handheld radio transceivers. These transceivers are intended to be used
for personal wireless communications services, operate in the 300 MHz–3 GHz frequency range, and are intended to be operated
while held against the ear. The results obtained by following the protocols specified in this recommended practice represent a
conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR induced in the head of a significant majority of persons, subject to
measurement and other uncertainties that are defined in this standard. The results are representative of those expected during
conditions of normal use of a handheld wireless device. It is not the intent of this recommended practice to provide a result
representative of the absolute maximum SAR value possible under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation, and spacing relative to the head. The measurement of SAR induced in the external tissues of the head, e.g., the
external ear (pinna), is not addressed in this standard. The following items are described in detail: measurement concepts,
measurement techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, simulated-tissue (phantom) models, including homogeneous anatomical
models of the human head and simple phantoms for validation of the SAR measurement system, and the limitations of these systems
when used for measuring the spatial-peak mass-averaged SAR. Procedures for calibrating electric field (E-field) probes used for
SAR measurements and assessing the SAR measurement and system uncertainties are provided in the annexes. This recommended
practice is intended primarily for use by engineers and other specialists who are familiar with electromagnetic (EM) theory and
measurement techniques. This standard does not recommend specific SAR limit values since these are found in other documents. The
benefits to the users include standardized and accepted protocols, validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall
uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data.
Key Words: cellular and mobile telephones, dosimetry, handheld wireless
transceivers, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field E-field
probes, nonionizing radiation, RFmicrowave exposure assessment, RFmicrowave
hazard assessment, SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems
Designation: 1528
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications
Devices: Experimental Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-
average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of
users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices that operate in the 300
MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the
spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in
the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these
devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly
occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation and spacing relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
uniform test method that will satisfy the needs of wireless handset
manufacturers that are required to certify that their products meet specific
SAR limits. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols,
measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall
uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR
limit values are not included since these are found in other documents,
e.g., IEEE Std C95.
Designation: 1528
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications
Devices: Experimental Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts and
specify techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, models for
validation, uncertainities and limitations of systems used for measuring the
electric field strength for purposes of determining the spatial-peak
specific absorption rate (SAR) in simulated tissue models, including
anatomical models of the human body. This document will not recommend
specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1-
1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify experimental
protocols for the measurement of spatial-peak absorption rates (SAR) in the
human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers including
cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. The SARs
will be determined from electric-field strength measurements made
insimulated anatomical tissue models.
Designation: P1528.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: General Requirements for using the Finite
Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, anatomical
models for compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures,
uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique
(FDTD) when used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate
(SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless
communication devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models
and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR
limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in
other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify
numerical techniques and standardized anatomical models used for determining
the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users
for wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite
Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions
produced by wireless devices in anatomically correct models of the human
anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited
to) wireless communication device manufacturers and wireless service
providers that are required to certify that their products comply with the
applicable SAR limits, and government agencies.
Designation: P1528.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, techniques,
vehicle models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the
finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the
spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical
models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and
general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations,
operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons
exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this
practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices
manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are
required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR
limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic
restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents,
e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify
numerical techniques, anatomical models, and vehicle models used for
determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human
body when exposed to vehicle-mounted antennas used by wireless communication
devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD)
techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in
standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy.
Designation: P1528.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts,
techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of
the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining
the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human
anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices,
e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of
personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such
models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test
positions at the anatomical models. This document will not recommend
specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE
C95.1-1999.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical
techniques, and anatomical models to determine spatial peak specific
absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to personal
wireless devices. SAR will be determined by applying Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by
wireless devices. It will use standardized anatomically correct models of
the human anatomy.
Designation: 1528a-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless
Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques - Amendment 1: CAD File for
Human Head Model (SAM Phantom)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006
**4 CAD Files are provided with this Amendment.
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of IEEE Std 1528 is to specify protocols for the
measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in a simplified model of the
head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. This amendment addresses ambiguity in the language of certain sections
and provides a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original
project's human head model, which was not included with the original
standard. There are no amendments or corrigenda to the original standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to remove editorial and
typographical errors, make minor clarifications to the formatting of
equations and text, and provide a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of
the original project's human head model. A CAD file was not provided with
IEEE Std 1528 but could be downloaded from several specified Internet sites.
Abstract: Abstract: This amendment addresses certain text ambiguities in IEEE Std 1528-2003 and provides CAD data files for
the human head model that was not included with the base standard.
Key Words: dosimetry, handheld cellular and mobile telephones, measurement
uncertainty, miniature electric field (E-field) probes, specific
absorption rate (SAR), specific anthropomorphic mannequin (SAM), SAR
measurements, SAR measurement systems
Designation: P1528b
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications
Devices: Measurement Techniques. Amendment 2: Additional Procedures for SAR
Measurement at 3 – 6 GHz
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Mark Douglas, Phone:919-472-6334, Email:mark.douglas@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify protocols for the
measurement of the peak spatial average SAR in a simplified model of the
head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational
characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz
frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial
average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the
heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these
devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly
occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation, and spacing relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the frequency range
of IEEE 1528 to include the frequency range 3 – 6 GHz. This extension would
bring the total applicable frequency range of IEEE 1528 to be 300 MHz – 6
GHz. Recommendations are needed for the measurement resolution, the probe
geometry, the phantom specifications, the dielectric parameters of tissue
equivalent liquids, and other measurement parameters.
Designation: 1529
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications
Devices: Computational Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kwok Chan, Phone:301-725-1585, Email:kchan@fcc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts,
techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the
finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the
spatial-peak specific sbsorption rate (SAR) in numerical models, including
human anatomical models exposed to hand-held wireless terminals. This
document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in
other documents, e.g. C95.1-1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical
techniques to determine spatial-peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the
human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers, including
cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. SAR will be
determined by applying FDTD techniques to simulate the field conditions
produced by hand-held terminals in anatomically correct models of the human
anatomy.
Designation: 1530
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Construction of Calibration
Artifacts for Cable and Connector Shielding Test Fixtures for Frequencies
from 1Hz to 10 Ghz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide recommendations for
constructing cable and connector samples with transfer impedance
characteristics which are readily calculable with this document. The
recommended practice will also facilitate the experimental verification of
these samples using round robin measurements among interested parties.
These calibration samples (shielding artifacts) should then be used to
establish/develop test fixtures and procedures for measuring surface
transfer impedance and other electromagnetic shielding characteristics of
cables and connectors.
Project Purpose: Currently, the measurement of the electromagnetic shielding
properties of cables and connectors may be performed using a variety of test
fixtures and techniques. A shield with known electromagnetic
characteristics is needed to establish the credibility of the test fixture
and/or technique. The purpose of this project is to recommend how to
construct such a sample or shielding artifact. The project will include a
set of standard samples and procedures for designing calibration
standards/artifacts for special situations.
Designation: 1531-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2003
Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application and specification of
passive shunt harmonic fileters for use on 50 and 60 Hz power systems at 216
volts and above.
Project Purpose: No specific standard exists for harmonic filters, although
standards do exist for virtually all of the components that are used in a
filter. The objective of this document is to define the application and
specification criteria which should be considered in designing, controlling
and protecting a harmonic filter. Existing standards will be referenced,
and additional considerations will be presented as is appropriate. This
document would not address harmonic simulations and modeling. It will focus
on the equipment.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1531-2003, IEEE Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters"
Key Words: "capacitors, harmonic filters, inductors, notch filters, passive
filters, power filters, power system harmonics, reactors, switched capacitor
filters"
Designation: 1532-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 11, 2003
**Supersedes 1532-2001.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: This project will develop a revision to IEEE Std 1532 to
incorporate adaptive in system configuration algorithms. These algorithms
allow for optimized access to technologies in which the associated
configuration access times can vary greatly from device to device. In
addition, general corrections to errata within the body of the document will
be applied if any are identified by the end-user community during the
lifetime of this PAR.
Project Purpose: In order to increase the general applicability of the standard
to a broader array of implementation technologies (specifically flash memory
technology), the working group has decided to specify and standardize the
description of adaptive configuration algorithms within the context of 1532.
These changes will allow flash programmable devices that are 1532 compliant
to be more easily developed.
Abstract: " The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Ac-cess Port and Boundary-Scan
Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providingstandardized programming access and methodology for programmable
integrated circuit devices.Devices that implement this standard will first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, which isused
for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard can be pro-grammed (written), read back, erased,
and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized setof resources. Sample implementation and application details (which
are not part of this standard)are included for illustrative purposes. "
Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable
read-only mem-ory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),Flash RAM,in-
system (or in situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device"
Designation: 1532-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1532-2000. Superseded by 1532-2002.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: The project will augment the efforts of 1532 by describing a
Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extension appropriate for
describing the configuration algorithm for 1532 compliant devices.
Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary.
Project Purpose: This completes the work of 1532 by providing an software
automatable mechanism (BSDL) for accessing the configurable properties of
1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary.
Abstract: " The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 (Standard Test Access Portand Boundary-Scan Architecture) has
been adopted by this standard for providing standardizedprogramming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit
devices. Devices thatimplement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1 used for testing purposes. Adevice, or
set of devices implementing this standard may be programmed (written), read back,erased, and verified, singly or concurrently,
with a standardized set of resources. Sampleimplementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are
included forillustrative purposes. "
Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable
read-onlymemory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),flash ram,in-
system (or in-situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device"
Designation: 1532-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1532-2001.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: The proposed porject will describe a series of mandatory and
optional boundary-scan instructions and associated data registers that will
define a standard methodology for accessing and configuring programmable
devices that already support IEEE Std 1149.1.
Project Purpose: The objective of the ISC standardization effort is to enhance
user access to 1149.1-based programmable devices. Devices that adhere to
the proposed 1149.1-based ISC standard would form the foundation for the
realization of tremendous savings in software product development and
manufacturing costs related to ISC. These parts would be immediately
integratible into existing systems and tools. In addition, these new tools
could leverage easily on the existing 1149.1-based tool sets and knowledge
base rapidly incorporating the features of ISC parts.
Abstract: " The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 (Standard Test AccessPort and Boundary-Scan Architecture)
has been adopted by this standard for providing standard-ized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated
circuit devices. Devicesthat implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, which is used fortesting
purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard may be programmed (writ-ten), read back, erased, and verified,
singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources.Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of
this standard) are includedfor illustrative purposes. "
Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD), erasable programmable
read-only memory (EPROM), field programmable gate array (FPGA), flash ram,
in-system (or In-Situ) configuration (ISC), in-system programming (ISP),
programmable device"
Designation: 1534-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series
Capacitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2002
Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommendation for specifying
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations used in series with a
transmission line. The document will address issues that consider ratings
for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as
TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing,
commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Excluded from this document are
detailed TCSC modeling considerations.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for specifying
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations. This document will
provide assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and
operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC stations. Users of
this document will find that they should tailor the recommendations provided
when addressing specific project requirements.
Abstract: "Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC)installations used in series with
transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valveassemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control
characteristics, protective features,cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and maintenance
areaddressed."
Key Words: "power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous
resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves"
Designation: 1535
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial & Commercial Power Systems
Title: Guide for Commissioning Electrical Systems in Commercial, Institutional,
and Industrial Buildings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: C.A Shrive, Phone:513-241-5640, Email:c.shrive@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for use in commissioning the
electrical power systems in buildings. This guide will provide a basis for
ensuring that building electrical systems are designed, installed, tested,
and made operable in conformance with the design intent.
Project Purpose: The National Institute of building Sciences (NIBS) is
undertaking an effort to develop a set of commissioning standards to address
the total building commissioning process. They are doing this in
conjunction with professional and technical organizations such as IEEE, who
will each develop a standard for a specific system. this project will
develop the standard for electrical power systems. Its intended users are
owners of buildings, architects, and engineers. No such guide presently
exists. NIBS will be developing guides for other than electrical
commissioning processes.
Designation: 1536-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Battery Physical Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2003
Technical Contact: Stanley Kwa, Phone:646-252-3189, Email:StKwa@NYCT.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of
each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity
rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also
prescribed.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize the physical dimensional
requirement of a battery tray. Currently, there are no overall dimensional
standards for a battery tray. The same rating batteries are being produced
in different cell sizes by different manufacturers to suit customer battery
compartment requirements. This standard will provide an optimal battery
compartment allowing interchangeability of batteries supplied by various
manufacturers. Thus, it will facilitate joint multi-agency purchasing.
Abstract: The maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number ofcells and battery capacity or
performance rating are prescribed in this standard.
Key Words: "battery tray,high discharge rate,low discharge rate,medium
discharge rate,multi-cellunit"
Designation: 1538-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Maximum Winding Temperature Rise in
Liquid-Filled Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Produce a guide for developing mathematical models and test
procedures to determine the steady state maximum (hottest spot) and average
winding temperature rise over ambient for liquid immersed distribution,
power, network, and regulating transformers manufactured in accordance with
IEEE C57.12.00.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide a basis for the transformer
manufacturer and user to concur that a transformer meets the temperature
requirements in C57.12.00. Those requirements state that the maximum
winding temperature rise shall be determined by either direct measurement or
calculations. This guide will describe the requirements for a
manufacturer's test program or mathematical model to demonstrate compliance
with those requirements.
Abstract: " Provides guidance for determining the hottest-spot temperature in distribution and powertransformers built in accordance
with IEEE Std C57.12.00-2000. Describes the important criteriato be evaluated by any thermal model that can accurately predict
the hottest-spot temperature in atransformer. Provides guidance for performing temperature-rise tests with direct measurement
ofthe hottest-spot temperatures, and explains the importance of developing an accurate thermal mod-el to properly locate the
temperature sensors. "
Key Words: "distribution transformer, hottest-spot temperature, power
transformers, temperaturerise test, thermal model"
Designation: 1539
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Testing Transmission Cable Systems with Extruded Insulation,
Part 1, 69 kV through 161 kV
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Torben Aabo, Phone:518-384-1613, Email:t.aabo@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The guide is intended to help the users of transmission cable
systems assure that the components to be specified for the system are of the
highest standard and that the cable and accessories are compatible. The
guide will address routine testing of cables, sample tests on cables, type
tests on cables, type tests on systems, and electrical tests after
installation.The proposed guide will incorporate applicable information from
AEIC, IEEE and IEC specifications and guides, to make the document
applicable to users of transmission cable in the US and abroad.
Project Purpose: The use of transmission cables with extruded insulation has
been increasing and it appears that the trend will continue up through 500
kV. In order to construct a reliable cable system, the components
incorporated must be compatible and of high quality. Therefore, a guide is
proposed in order to be able to specify a cable systgem with compatible and
quality components.
Designation: 1540-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk
during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be
consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and
developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable
for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide
detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for
risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The
standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise
management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project.
Abstract: " A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can beadded to the existing set of
software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series ofstandards, or it can be used independently. "
Key Words: "acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management,
risk treatment"
Designation: 1541-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: IEEE Standard Prefixes for Binary Multiples
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003
Technical Contact: James Frysinger, Phone:843-953-7644, Email:j.frysinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes that denote multiplication of
a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The
prefixes are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a
binary multiplier is found to be appropriate.
Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc., are sometimes used to denote
powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as
decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This
proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently
adopted IEC standard on the subject.
Abstract: " Names and letter symbols for prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binarymultiplier 2 10 n , where n = 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 are defined. Although the prefixes may be used with allunits in all fields where multiplication by a binary
multiplier is found to be appropriate, their primaryuse is in the field of information technology. "
Key Words: "binary,binary
multiple,computer,exbi,gibi,kibi,mebi,pebi,prefix,tebi"
Designation: 1541
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Standard for Binary Prefixes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: We shall clarify the use of unit symbol prefixes to distinguish
between powers of 10 and powers of 2.
Project Purpose: Usage of kilobyte and megabyte varies; in different cases 1
megabyte means 10 to the 6th power bytes and 2 to the 20th power bytes.
This standard will stipulate meaning, reserving k, M, G, etc., as powers to
10 prefixes. This standard will be consistent with, and will support, the
work underway in the International Electrotechnical Commission.
Designation: 1541
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Standard for Multiples for Binary Prefixes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes and letter symbols that
denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral
powers thereof. The prefixes and symbols are for use with all units, in all
fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be
appropriate.
Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc. are sometimes used to denote
powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as
decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This
proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently
adopted IEC standard on the subject.
Designation: P1542
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Irrigation
Equipment Located Near or Under Power Lines
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The proposed Guide is based on industry practices and presents
guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation and of irrigation
equipment near or under overhead power lines as they pertain to minimum
distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to avoid nuisance
shocks. The Guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms.
Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and
power line parameters most commonly found.
Project Purpose: The Guide is intended for installers and operators of the
irrigation equipment as well as electric power utilities. General and
specific information is given for installation, maintenance and operation of
irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric
power lines.
Designation: 1543
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Message Sets Sets for Back Office Applications/Roadside
(Resource Manager) Communications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Irwin H Morse, Phone:619 679 6165, Email:imorse@sps.globalus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard for exchanging information, providing for bi-
directional message transmission and device control between Back Office
Applications and a vehicle to roadside communication (VRC) controller on the
roadside. This will entail specifying the application message sets,
application registration, and application level acknowledgement for the
interface. Work with information sources sucn as the Electronic Toll and
Traffic Management (ETTM) User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the
vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing
requirements into a single, open industry standard that supports
interoperable implementations.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide an interface between the VRC
controller and the back office equipment. The PAR will consolidate and
publish a Standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM.
Designation: P1544
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles (TCIP) for
Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability – Data Element Definitions
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements for communications
within and between Basic Operating Units, for applications other than
Communications Based Train Control (CBTC).
Project Purpose: This standard provides protocol-independent data elements for
intra-train communications, allowing development of protocol-specific
standards for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment.
Designation: 1544
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Railcar Basic
Operating Unit Interoperability
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements, content and structure
of messages, and interoperability requirements for data communications
within rail vehicles and between basic operating units within a train for
applications other than Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC).
Project Purpose: This standard provides clearly defined message structures and
content for intra-train communications, providing for interoperability
between disparate systems and equipment. Through consistent use of this
standard, functional entities on rail vehicles will be able to communicate
seamlessly with each other.
Designation: 1544
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Rail
Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will address the concepts of data dictionaries as
applied to rail transit. It will provide the interface profiles required to
allow data to be shared and information to be transferred among functional
on-board systems, rail transit departments and other operating entities.
IEEE Standard 1489 for Data Dictionaries and IEEE Standard 1488 for Message
Set Templates will provide guidelines for the data dictionary structures
used in this standard. The basic concepts related to ISO/IEC 8824, Abstract
Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) data definition language and enhanced encoding
ethods are used for describing the layout of messages exchanged between
application programs running in typically dissimilar hardware and software
environments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide seamless, platform
and protocol independent communication of data and information between and
among applications within a rail transit environment. Through consistent
use (in conformance with this standard) of these common structures and
associated conventions and schemes, data and information can be
unambiguously interchanged among the various rail transit subsystems.
Designation: 1545-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Parametric Data Log Format
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for
parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard
supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log
parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of
analysis and historical trend reporting.
Abstract: " A language and file format for describing parametric test data is defined. Data types, dataformats, and file formats are
included. "
Key Words: "data type, file structure, parametric data log, parametric test
data"
Designation: 1546-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Application
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001
Technical Contact: Mukund U Modi, Phone:732-323-7002, Email:mukund.modi@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop an aid in the understanding and use of
DTIF files.
Project Purpose: The application guide will provide information that will be an
aid to users in developing tools such as pre-processors and post-processors
of DTIF data, and other utilities.
Abstract: An aid in the understanding and use of digital test interchange format (DTIF) files isprovided in this guide. This
information will be an aid to users in developing tools such aspreprocessors and postprocessors of DTIF data and other utilities.
Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automatic test program
generator, digital test interchange format (DTIF), unit under test (UUT)"
Designation: 1547-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric
Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2003
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria and requirements for
interconnection of distributed resources (DR) with electric power systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides a uniform standard for interconnection
of distributed resources with electric power systems. It provides
requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety
considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection.
Abstract: This standard is the first in the 1547 series of interconnection standards and is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the
open consensus process for standards development. Traditionally, utility electric power systems (EPS--grid or utility grid)
were not designed to accommodate active generation and storage at the distribution level. As a result, there are major issues and
obstacles to an orderly transition to using and integrating distributed power resources with the grid. The lack of uniform
national interconnection standards and tests for interconnection operation and certification, as well as the lack of uniform
national building, electrical, and safety codes, are understood. IEEE Std 1547 and its development demonstrate a model for
ongoing success in establishing additional interconnection agreements, rules, and standards, on a national, regional, and state
level. IEEE Std 1547 has the potential to be used in federal legislation and rule making and state public utilities commission
(PUC) deliberations, and by over 3000 utilities in formulating technical requirements for interconnection agreements for
distributed generators powering the electric grid.
Key Words: certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field,
installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed
generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed
generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid
harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and
specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling
power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of
common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination
regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards
synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems
Designation: 1547.1-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning
tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection
functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE
Standard P1547.
Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources
(DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified
in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to
establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test
procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test
location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies.
Abstract: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the
interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE Std 1547™
Key Words: distributed resources, interconnection, test procedures
Designation: P1547.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Application Guide for IEEE Standard 1547, Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
**Changed designation to P1547.2
Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details
to support the understanding of IEEE 1547, Standard for Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems.
Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE 1547 by
characterizing the various forms of distributed resource technologies and
the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and
rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the
operation of the distributed resource interconnection with the electric
power system. Presented in the document are technical descriptions and
schematics, applications guidance and interconnection examples to enhance
the use of IEEE 1547.
Designation: P1547.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Application Guide for IEEE Standard 1547, Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details
to support the understanding of IEEE 1547, Standard for Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems.
Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE 1547 by
characterizing the various forms of distributed resource technologies and
the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and
rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the
operation of the distributed resource interconnection with the electric
power system. Presented in the document are technical descriptions and
schematics, applications guidance and interconnection examples to enhance
the use of IEEE 1547.
Designation: P1547.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Monitoring, Information Exchange, and Control of Distributed
Resources Interconnected with Electric Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Frank Goodman, Phone:650-855-2872, Email:fgoodman@epri.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for monitoring, information
exchange, and control for distributed resources (DR) interconnected with
electric power systems (EPS).
Project Purpose: This document facilitates the interoperability of a one or
more distributed resources interconnected with electric power systems. It
describes functionality, parameters and methodologies for monitoring,
information exchange and control for the interconnected distributed
resources with or associated with electric power systems. Distributed
resources include systems in the areas of fuel cells, photovoltaics, wind
turbines, microturbines, other distributed generators, and, distributed
energy storage systems.
Designation: P1547.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource
Island Systems with Electric Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices
for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR)
island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability
to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power
to the islanded local EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources,
interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to be used by EPS designers, operators,
system integrators, and equipment manufacturers. The document is intended
to provide an introduction, overview and address engineering concerns of DR
island systems. It is relevant to the design, operation, and integration of
DR island systems. Implementation of this guide will expand the benefits of
using DR by targeting improved electric power system reliability and build
upon the interconnection requirements of IEEE 1547.
Designation: P1547.5
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Technical Guidelines for Interconnection of Electric Power
Sources Greater than 10MVA to the Power Transmission Grid
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mallur N Satyanarayan, Phone:612-630-4415, Email:mallur.n.satyanarayan@xcelenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines regarding the technical
requirements, including design, construction, commissioning acceptance
testing and maintenance /performance requirements, for interconnecting
dispatchable electric power sources with a capacity of more than 10 MVA to a
bulk power transmission grid.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide technical
information and guidance to all parties involved in the interconnection of
dispatchable electric power sources to a transmission grid about the various
considerations needed to be evaluated for establishing acceptable parameters
such that the interconnection is technically correct.
Designation: P1547.6
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice For Interconnecting Distributed Resources With
Electric Power Systems Distribution Secondary Networks
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Joseph L Koepfinger, Phone:412-264-6148, Email:joseph_l_koepfinger@email.msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard builds upon IEEE Standard 1547 for the
interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary
network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria,
requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of
distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems
(Area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power
generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS).
Project Purpose: This standard focuses on the technical issues associated with
the interconnection of Area EPS distribution secondary networks with a Local
EPS having DR generation. The standard provides recommendations relevant to
the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance
of the interconnection. In this standard consideration is given to the
needs of the Local EPS to be able to provide enhanced service to the DR
owner loads as well as to other loads served by the network. Equally, the
standard addresses the technical concerns and issues of the Area EPS.
Further, this standard identifies communication and control recommendations
and provides guidance on considerations that will have to be addressed for
such DR interconnections.
Designation: P1549
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Microwave Filters
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard Snyder, Phone:(201) 492-1207, Email:r.snyder@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Terms and definitions regarding microwave filters, including
types of filters and filter responses.
Project Purpose: This standard will remedy the confusion in definitions
regarding microwave filters. Currently, users generally follow a different
set of definitions than do designers. The harmonized definitions should
alleviate this problem.
Designation: 1551
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for VHDL Electronic Digital System and Interface Design
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim Heaton, Phone:+44-161-427-1975, Email:jim.heaton@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This project will develop standard extensions for the IEEE 1076
VHDL Standard to cover the levels of abstraction and facilities needed for
system specification and interface design. The standard will rely on the
underlying IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard. The standard will be usable by all
classes of the electronics industry. The scope of the standard is limited
to digital design.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for system
and interface design in the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard design environment.
Each user design team builds some additions to their design environment to
raise the level of abstraction to improve the productivity and accuracy of
designers. Without an independent, openly defined standard, user design
groups cannot fully realise the benefits of these individual efforts through
reuse in subsequent projects, across project groups and across
division/company boundaries.
Designation: 1552
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Structured Architecture for Test Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Provide a standard specifying the application of automatic test
equipment subsystems and interfaces. The standard will facilitate the use
of VME Extension for Instrumentation (VXI), Versatile Modular European
(VME), PCI Extensions for Instrumentation (PXI), Receiver Fixture Interface
(RFI), Expansion Module Interface (EXI), Power Module for Instrumentation
(PMI), M-Module subsystems and other power level test system related
standards within a test system environment.
Project Purpose: Support the integration and reconfiguarion of test systems by
providing a standard reference for integration of existing standards for
test system subsystems. The standard will support system control,
instrumentation, power, switching, signal conditioning, modularity, chassis
multi-frame design and receiver interface subsystems.
Designation: 1553-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard for Voltage Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Coils and Bars
for Hydrogenerators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003
Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to voltage-endurance testing of form-wound
stator winding bars and coils having a mica-based insulation system with
thermo-setting polyester and/or epoxy resins used in hydrogenerators and
pumped storage generators operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage
between 4 000 to 22 000 V, and a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the test parameters
for the voltage-endurance test and the number of specimens to be used for
each test. It also defines the acceptance criteria and the procedures for
retesting in the event of a premature failure during the voltage-endurance
test. The details of the test procedure are described in IEEE Std 1043TM-
1996.
Abstract: The test parameters and acceptance criteria for voltage-endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large
hydrogenerators are covered in this standard.
Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils,
hydrogenerators, voltage-endurance testing
Designation: 1554-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inertial Sensor Test Equipment,
Instrumentation, Data Acquisition, and Analysis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 2005
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:Randall.Curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005
Project Scope: Recommended practices for gyroscope and accelerometer testing
are discussed, ranging from the equipment and instrumentation employed to
the way that tests are carried out and data are acquired and analyzed.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended for people who test
inertial sensors and analyze the results from such testing. The general and
specialized test equipment employed in such testing is described, and
recommendations are made on techniques for acquisition, filtering, storage,
and analysis of the test data in keeping with modern practice.
Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in
inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice.
Key Words: data acquisition, data analysis techniques, gyro and accelerometer
testing, inertial sensor testing, instrumentation, test equipment
Designation: 1555
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Standard for Maximum Levels of Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields,
0 to 3 kHz
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to PC95.6.
Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Develop levels for human exposure to electromagnetic fields from
0 to 3 kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an evaluation of
the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which are well
established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood. Field
limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal electric
fields.
Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure levels to
prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at
frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus
standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the
International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the
American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project
compliments the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1/1999) that
covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
Designation: 1556
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for 5.9 GHz Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Radio
Service Security and Privacy
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: Develop a draft standard for security and privacy for use in
Intelligent Transportation Systems applications using DSRC technology based
on the requirements defined by the ASTM 2213-02 (Rev), IEEE 1556 WG, IEEE
Draft P1609.1, .2, .3, and the MXME and MAC Extension being planned for the
revised IEEE P1609.4 standards for the upper layer DSRC applications as well
as the IEEE 802.11a, and IEEE 802 security activities. These applications
for DSRC technology are specific to the 5.9 GHz frequency band allocated for
ITS use by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and are principally
focused on vehicle (mobile)-to-roadside (fixed), roadside (fixed)-to-vehicle
(mobile) and vehicle-to-vehicle uses related to public safety, public
transit, commercial vehicle and cargo safety. These applications may
directly use or build upon security services defined in this standard which
will provide for a secure communications link and enable secure
applications.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to define the essential protective mechanisms
for DSRC applications and communications technology. The main benefit is to
offer confidentiality, integrity, and availability protection for the DSRC
communications link and offer security services which may enable DSRC
applications to offer reliable financial transactions, traveler information,
incident notification, and emergency notification and response. The
provisions of this standard may be applicable to security and privacy of
financial transactions (e.g., toll and fare collection), personal privacy,
public safety, and collision avoidance.
Designation: 1556
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Security & Privacy of Vehicle/Roadside Communication
including Smart Card Communication
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard specifying security and privacy requirements for
DSRC messaging. Uni- and bi-directional message transmission and device
control will be specified, including smart card interfaces re: layers 3
through 7. The WG will obtain information and seek participation of
representatives from relevant agencies and industries, including electronic
toll/traffic authorities and related industries, the smart card and CVO
industries, ITS companies, security standards groups, and trade bodies.
Project Purpose: To promote ITS DSRC communication based on good standard which
will further national ITS interoperability under TEA-21. To achieve this
prupose, it is necessary that a WG A) settle security/privacy issues raised
by IEEE P1455 and ASTM Layers 1 and 2 standards, and B) identify all
acceptable security methods to be used in any uni- and/or bi-directional
DSRC message transmission at specific frequencies.
Designation: 1557
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Cadmium-Zinc-Telluride (CZT) and Other Wide
Bandgap Semiconductor Radiation Detectors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Test procedures and terminology for cadmium-zinc-telluride and
othe r wide bandgap semiconductor radiation detectors for detection and
high-resolution spectrometry of gamma-rays, x-rays, and charged particles
that produce electron-hole pairs in the crystal lattice.
Project Purpose: To establish standard test procedures and terminology so that
they have the same meaning to manufacturers and users.
Designation: 1558-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: Paul E Jamieson, Phone:864-433-6451, Email:pjamieson@wabtec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for
application software documentation throughout the software development life
cycle for rail equipment and systems including assoicated test and
maintenance equipment.
Project Purpose: Many different requirements for application software
documentation are presently being specified for software used in rail
equipment and systems and for related applications. This has led to a lack
of standardization in the information provided on equipment and systems
incorporating software. This standard, when used by the authority having
jurisdiction, carbuilders and system/subsystem suppliers is intended to
specify documents which improve the understanding of software functionality,
facilitate software corrections and upgrades, improve on-time delivery,
assist the development of quality software, and lower software acquisition
and maintenance costs.
Abstract: This standard provides an outline for the software documentation that shall be developed and delivered for rail equipment
and systems.
Key Words: deliverables, outlines, rail equipment, rail systems, software
documentation
Designation: P1559
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: Standard for Inertial Systems Terminology
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The objective is to provide a source of definitions of
terminology used in the developemnt, manufacture, and test of aided and
unaided inertial systems used for navigation, guidance, orientation,
stabilization, and related applications. This is a companion document to
IEEE Std 528.
Project Purpose: There is no consistent definition of terms that have arisen in
the evolution of aided and unaided inertial navigation and related systems.
This document is intended to serve as a basic reference for producers and
users of such systems, for preparing industry standards, and for the
interpretation of published technical reports.
Designation: 1560-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Power Line
Interference Filter in the Range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006
Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:KPhipps@eprisolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop a standard method of
measurement for evaluating the electromagnetic and radio frequency
supression capability of filters in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz.
This will apply to EMI/RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase or poly
phase systems rated for 600 Volts and below 1000 Amps. The method of
measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of
standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise,
attentuation measurement, components, and or derating requirements when
supplying non-sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or
mismatched impedance enviroments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide measurements that
evaluate the performance in pratical installation, involve varying load and
source impedance. These factors are not usually considered in design and
performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and
end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and
enviroment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes.
Abstract: Uniform methods of measurements of radio-frequency power-line interference filter attenuation performance in the range
of 100 Hz to 10 GHz are set forth. Nonloaded and loaded attenuation measurements are presented with varying source impedance,
including radiofrequency current injection with linear and nonlinear load impedances. H- and S-parameter measurements are
introduced for modeling results. New methods for placing filter performance criteria on a filter label are also included.
Key Words: attenuation measurements, crest factor, dB, electromagnetic
interference power-line filters, EMI/RFI filters, insertion loss, LISN,
no-load insertion loss, nonlinear load, radio-frequency current
injection, S-parameters
Designation: 1560
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Interference
Filter Suppression Capability in the Range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:KPhipps@eprisolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Develop a standard method of measurement for establishing
Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) filter suppresion
capability in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz. Will apply to
EMI/ RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase and or 3 phase systems
rated for 600 volts and below 1000 amps. Method of measurement will
describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source
impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attenuation measurement
techniques, components, and/or derating requirements when supplying non-
sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance
environments.
Project Purpose: Practical installations involve varying load and source
impedance, not usually considered in design and performance verification
testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit
from a standard that better defines the ranges and environment, expected
effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes.
Designation: P1561
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Optimizing the Performance and Life of Lead-Acid Batteries in
Remote Hybrid Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This guide provides the rationale and guidance for operating
lead-acid batteries in remote hybrid systems considering the system's load,
and the capacities of its renewable-energy generator(s), dispatchable
generator(s), and battery(s). It also provides guidance for selecting an
appropriate lead-acid battery technology for various system operating
strategies.
Project Purpose: Using the information provided in this guide, the performance
and life of the lead-acid battery can be optimized for the particular
operational strategy selected for the remote hybrid system. The information
provided is intended for use by remote hybrid system designers, system
evaluators, owners and operators.
Designation: 1561
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Sizing Hybrid Stand-Alone Energy Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This guide provides methods and procedures for sizing the major
components of hybrid stand-alone energy systems. Such systems generally
consist of one or more renewable power-generation sources, a fossill-fueled
power generator, an energy storage subsystem and a power-conversion
subsystem. The methods include sizing each components in an integrated
system according to design criteria including low cost, maximum performance
and expected operating environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the
major components according to accepted methods to improve the performance,
cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. These
procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system
integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for
well-integrated systems.
Designation: P1562
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV)
Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array
and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) system. Systems considered
in this guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for
energy storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the
battery form being over or under charged, and may employer a power
conversion subsystem (inverter or convertor).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the
PV array and battery according to accepted mehtods to improve the
performance, cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems.
The issues of array utilization, battery charge efficiency and system losses
are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These
procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system
integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for
well-integrated systems.
Designation: 1563.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for Portable Tape Driver Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To provide a reference model for tape driver architectures that
is portable across multiple operating system environments, fully featured,
and high performance.
Project Purpose: To provide a fully realized architecture that industry can
base their implementations on that will reduce the effort required to
support a new tape device on a given platform and thereby increase the
available choice of drives on any given platform. This will benefit the
application vendor and the end customer.
Designation: 1563.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Common Tape Driver Semantics
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To define a common set of operations and semantics for access to
tape drives across multiple operating system platforms.
Project Purpose: To ease the task of porting and supporting applications that
use tape storage across multiple operating system environments. This will
enable application vendors to port to more platforms and thereby increase
the end customer's available choices.
Designation: 1563.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Common Format for Data on Tape
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To define a self-identifying format and record structure for the
storage of data and meta-data on tapes, a structure that contains the key to
understanding the format of the data stream as well the data itself. An
analogue from the networking world would be the Document Type Definition
(DTD) structure used to describe documents in XML (eXtended Markup
Language).
Project Purpose: To enable data written by one application to be accessible by
other applications without those applications having to know how each other
encodes data written to tape.
Designation: P1564
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Voltage Sag Indices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide identifies appropriate voltage sag indices and
characteristics as well as the methods for calculating them. Methods are
provided for quantifying the severity of individual events (single-event
characteristics), for quantifying the performance at a specific location
(single-site indices), and for quantifying the performance of the whole
system (system indices). Multiple methods are presented for each. The
methods are appropriate for use in transmission, distribution, and
utilization electric power systems.
Project Purpose: This document identifies and defines different characteristics
and indices. It does not recommend the use of a specific set of indices,
but instead recommends the method for calculating specific indices when such
an index is used. The large variation in customers sensitive to voltage
sags and power providers supplying them makes it impossible to prescribe a
specific set of indices. Instead this document aims at assisting in the
choice of index and ensuring reproducibility of the results after a certain
index has been chosen. The user of this document may decide to calculate
the value for just one index or for a number of different indices, depending
on the application.
Designation: 1564
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practice for the Establishment of Voltage Sag Indices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Sheehan, Phone:206 224-2231, Email:msheeh@puget.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies useful voltage sag indices
for customers, vendors and the electric utilities. The document will
identify the method of calculating such indices. The indices are intended
to be applied to distribution substations, circuits and defined regions.
Project Purpose: Sag indices are needed to indicate the different performance
levels experienced at the transmission, subtransmission, substation and
distribution circuit levels. In addition, the characteristic exposure that
a typical distribution system encounter needs to be quantified in order to
guide manufacturers in the appropriate design of ride-through alternatives
for user load equipment. The proposed standard should help utilities and
manufactures to compute the advantages/disadvantages of various connections
to the electrical system. Sag indices will be determined using the work of
IEEE 1250-1995, Std 1159-1995, Std 1346-1998, Chapter 9 of IEEE Std 493, and
recent surveys of power quality users and utility systems.
Designation: 1566-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW
and Larger
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006
Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems
rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical
and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD
system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as
required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear,
and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up
assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such
as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of
vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall
specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining
the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not
intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is
intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B.
Abstract: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used
in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited
to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor.
Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain
items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if so specified in the data
sheets; however the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the equipment thus excluded.
Key Words: adjustable speed, large drives
Designation: 1566
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Performance Standard for Adjustable Frequency Drives Rated 500 HP and
Larger
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Write a performance standard for adjustable frequency drives and
their auxiliaries from 500 HP to the largest ratings. These drives are
normally medium voltage systems. The standard will concentrate on
performance requirements and not specify particular technologies that may
become outdated during the currency of the standard. The project will have
input from both users and vendors of drives.
Project Purpose: Adjustable frequency drives of all ratings are being used in
increasing proportions in various industries. At present there are no good
industry standards for higher power adjustable frequency drives. This means
that much work is repeated by purchasers generating the specifications, and
much work is spent by vendors interpreting requirements. A standardized
document would reduce overall engineering time for both users and vendors
and reduce the level of possible confusion in interpreting requirements.
Designation: 1567
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Applying Safer Electrical Systems Design Options
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: H Landis Floyd, Phone:302-999-6390, Email:h.l.floyd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project includes electric power and control
systems applied in industrial facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to identify and document design
options that exceed generally recognized and accepted design practices, and
offer users options to enhance safety of electrical systems.
Designation: 1568-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium
Batteries for Rail Passenger Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Alexander Sinyak, Phone:215-639-1444, Email:asinyak@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for electrical
sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for application on rail passenger
vehicles used for battery back-up of low voltage dc auxiliary power systems.
It encompasses various factors that govern the electrical size of the
battery including but not limited to number of cells, rated capacity,
maximum system voltage, minimum system voltage, correction factors, and
margins. It does not describe methods for defining the dc load profile nor
address the physical sizing, installation or maintenance of the batteries.
Nor does it apply to batteries used for motive power or starting internal
combustion engines. Design of the low voltage dc system and sizing of the
low voltage power supply and battery charger(s), and consideration of
battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are also beyond the scope
of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides methods for electrical
sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for use aboard rail passenger vehicles.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1568-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Rail Passenger
Vehicles"
Key Words: "ampere hours,available capacity,constant current load,constant
power load,fully-charged capacity,nickel-cadmium battery,period,rated
capacity,resistive load,state of charge"
Designation: 1570-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: IEEE Standard for the Interface Between the Rail Subsystem and the
Highway Subsystem at a Highway Rail Intersection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002
Technical Contact: William Petit, Phone:585-349-2305, Email:bill.petit@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This standard defines the logical and physical interfaces, and
the performance attributes for the data communication interfaces between the
rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection.
Project Purpose: Coordination between the rail subsystem and the highway
subsystem is part of creating a National Intelligent Transportation System
covering multiple modes of transportation. Existing standards address analog
interfaces between these subsystems at the highway rail intersection. This
standard will extend that information to include serial digital
communication. Standardizing the interface will allow interoperability
between a wide variety of equipment and enhance safety through a set of
well-defined interface and performance attributes.
Abstract: The logical and physical interfaces and the performance attributes for the interface be-tween the rail subsystem and the
highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection are defined inthis standard.
Key Words: "highway rail grade crossing, highway rail intersection"
Designation: 1571
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application and General Specification of Active Harmonic
Filter Systems For Low and Medium Voltage Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles A Gougler, Phone:330-854-5337, Email:cgoug@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: This project will develop an application and general
specification for the type and use of active harmonic filter systems.
Active harmonic filter systems are intended for use in low voltage (up to
1000v ac) and medium voltage (up to 15 kV) applications.
Project Purpose: Presently, no standards, specifications, or guidelines exist
for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components
available to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic
filters will also increase.
Designation: 1572-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Line Post Insulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 2004
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 10, 2005
Project Scope: An application guide for non-ceramic line posts is being
drafted. The guide will include handling recommendations, interpretation of
manufacturer ratings, contamination considerations, and equivalency with
porcelain.
Project Purpose: Users of non-ceramic line posts have questions regarding the
use of the products which are not answered due to the lack of any official
standard.
Abstract: This is a guide for the application of composite post insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines. It is
based on utility field experiences, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers’ recommendations.
Key Words: composite line post insulators, core, end fittings, grading devices,
transmission and distribution lines, weathersheds
Designation: 1573-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters,
Interfaces, Elements, and Performance
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2004
Technical Contact: F Dong Tan, Phone:310-814-5250, Email:dong.tan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2004
Project Scope: The Recommended Practice applies to ac-dc and dc-dc electronic
power subsystems. The range of power subsystems includes dc, single phase,
and three-phase inputs, with elements having power levels from a fraction of
a watt to 20 kW. The voltage range is 600 V and below, at a frequency or
frequencies of dc -1 kHz. The recommended practice may be used outside the
range where applicable.
Project Purpose: There are no defined interfaces for power electronic
subsystems. The Recommended Practice is intended for designers, integrators
and manufacturers of power electronics. This document provides interface
definitions and application guidance, including parametric values for power
electronic subsystems consisting of single or multiple elements.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1573-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters, Interfaces, Elements, and
Performance"
Key Words: "adaptation, commercial or military electronic power distribution,
electronic power subsystem, integrators interaction, logistics, power
electronics, power supply, specification, specification language, system
interface"
Designation: 1574
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Human Reliability Analysis for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide recommended practices
for conducting Human Reliability Analysis to support risk-informed
applications for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices to
implement steps of the Human Reliability Analysis (formerly Human Action
Reliability Analysis) process that focus on the analysis of human
interactions identified in IEEE STD-1082 "IEEE Guide for Incorporating Human
Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." Also,
this standard will assist analysts by providing recommended approaches for
analyzing risk important human interactions and human recovery actions and
their recovery as associated with nuclear power generating station equipment
and systems. This includes the screening, characterization, quantification,
and documentation of failed human interactions and failed human recovery
actions.
Designation: 1575
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: The Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System Standard
defines a distributed power system using SELV power rails with scalable,
redundant, power delivery capabilities to more than 1000 watts per consuming
module, with a maintenance/control bus and connector system to provide the
high reliability, availability and serviceability needs required for modern
server class computer systems.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide a common system for distributed,
redundant, scalable power systems with a maintenance and control system to
meet changing power, reliability, availability, and serviceability needs of
server class systems with and interchangeable common connector system.
Today's high availability systems have changing power needs over the life of
the system and changing system demands, a common supply system available
from multiple suppliers will provide a solution for this needed growth.
Designation: 1576
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Standard for Lightning Protection System Using the Charge Transfer
System for Industrial and Commercial Installations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Donald W Zipse, Phone:610-358-1462, Email:don.zip@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: The charge transfer system ionization design parameters,
installation methods for the ionizer(s), grounding system parameters and
installation requirements, methods of installation of the connection(s) from
the grounding system to the ionizer(s) and details of the operation theory
as it applies industrial and commercial installation(s).
Project Purpose: This method of preventing lightning strikes is being installed
throughout the world at a rate of approximately 500 systems per year, yet
there are no standards that users could reference to insure the equipment
will function or is being installed correctly. There are several
manufactures of the charge transfer system, yet no unbiased industry
standards exist. Some manufacturers have "so-called" standards.
Designation: 1577
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Object-Oriented Extensions to IEEE Standard VHDL
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: To define new language features and to extend existing language
features of VHDL to allow object-oriented and generic modeling of electronic
systems. Among the approaches to be considered are: expression of abstract
data types, including encapsulated data and applicable operations;
inheritance of data and operations; polymorphism of objects; and genericity
of types.
Project Purpose: Object-oriented and generic modeling offer mechanisms for
abstraction and encapsulation of descriptions of designs and testbenches,
and thus provide significant potential for reuse. These mechanisms are
important for managing the increasing complexity of design descriptions.
The overall goal is to increase the productivity of electronic system design
engineers.
Designation: P1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill
Containment and Management
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice discusses factors relating to
electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA),
valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve
regulated nickel-cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for
drafting model codes.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist code-writing
organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some
electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary
battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction
can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization.
Designation: 1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Battery Spill Containment
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to spill containment for
vented lead acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), and vented nickel-
cadmium (Ni-Cd) stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations in
developing a full understanding of spill containment issues related to
stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and
construction can influence requirements for spill containment and
neutralization.
Designation: 1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and
Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill
containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-
acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel-
cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations.
It seeks to develop a full understanding of electrolyte spill containment
and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in
which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for
spill containment and neutralization.
Designation: 1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill
Containment and Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill
containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-
acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel-
cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations.
It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some electrolyte
spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery
systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can
influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization.
Designation: 1579
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Parallel 10 Gb/s Signaling (LiteLink)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Define a byte-wide interface to support unidirectional, supply-
voltage independent, point-to-point, 10 Gb/sec data transfers between VLSI
network chips on a motherboard, or between limited numbers of cards on the
backplane.
Project Purpose: To enable cost-effective partitioning of high-bandwidth
network processing tasks between multiple VLSI chips. The intent is not to
support long distance transmissions, where serial (as opposed to parallel)
signaling technologies are appropriate.
Designation: 1580-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and
Fixed or Floating Platforms
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2001
Technical Contact: Frank H Rocchio, Phone:609-748-0277, Email:rocchio@okonite.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design,
construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used
in Marine Shipboard applications. The recommended practice will cover
marine cable constructions and applications for the installation of cable on
Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This recommended practice is
needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the special needs of cables
used in Marine applications involving electric apparatus for lighting,
signaling, communication, power, and propulsion.
Project Purpose: The recommended practice will cover marine cable requirements
and the required properties of various cable materials. It is intended for
marine designers and cable manufacturers. Marine cable where materials and
properties are changing rapidly can be handled in a more timely basis by
covering marine cable in an individual recommended practice.
Abstract: " Requirements are given for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armorand/or jacket, and rated 300 V to
35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed andfloating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry
installation standards and the regula-tions of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). "
Key Words: "marine cable,platforms,shipboard"
Designation: P1580
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for use on Shipboard and Fixed or
Floating Platforms
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Rudy Bright, Phone:713-896-5841, Email:mrbright@amercable.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design,
construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used
in Marine Shipboard applications. This will cover constructions for the
installation of cable on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This
recommended practice is needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the
special needs of cables used in Marine applications involving electrical
apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. The
scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR.
Project Purpose: This revision of the practice will cover in greater detail the
performance requirements for Marine cable and the specific properties of
various cable materials. If possible, it will be harmonized with the
International Electrochemical Commission (IEC) Marine cable standards.
Designation: P1581
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Static Component Interconnection Test Protocol and
Architecture
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Heiko Ehrenberg, Phone:512-502-3010, Email:h.ehrenberg@goepel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for testing the
interconnection of low-cost complex memory ICs where additional pins for
testing are not available and implementing boundary scan (IEEE 1149.1) is
not feasible. This protocol will describe the implementation rules for the
SCITT test logic in ICs which is needed for testing and describes test mode
access/exit. The project is limited to the behavioral description of the
implementation and will not include the technical design for the test.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for this
new test technology. Each vendor is free in the way of implementing test
hardware functionality in their ICs. Without an independent standard,
testability is reduced and test coverage may not be complete - making the
test technology less useful for others. This Standard will provide the
specification of the protocol and implementation rules for the highest fault
coverage and diagnosis. This Standard will also provide a specification for
test mode access/exit, provide guidance to both IC vendors, implementing the
standard, and test manufacturers to support this standard. The standard
also allows for implementation in devices other than memories. In contrast
to IEEE 1149.1 standard this standard provides a static test method,
requires less pins and is lower in cost.
Designation: 1582
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Environmental Requirements for Rail Transit Automatic Train
Control Systems Wayside Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harold C Gillen, Phone:412-688-2776, Email:hcgillen@switch.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard establishes baseline environmental requirements
for rail transit automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment.
Environmental requirements include temperature, humidity, vibration and
electromagnetic interference (EMI).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide environmental
requirements that cover the conditions encountered in the application of
automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment in the rail transit
industry. It will provide consistent requirements that can be used uniformly
by the industry.
Designation: 1583
Sponsor: SASB/SCC38-Voting System Engineering
Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herb Deutsch, Phone:8153978144, Email:hdeutsch@essvote.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting
equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation
standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical
specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be
used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such
machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment:
Confidentiality, Security, Reliability, Accuracy, Usability, Accessibility.
Designation: 1583
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting
equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation
standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical
specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be
used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such
machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment: ·
Confidentiality, · Security, · Reliability, · Accuracy, · Usability, ·
Accessibility.
Designation: 1584-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility
operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the
incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or
near electrical equipment.
Project Purpose: This guide presents methods for the calculation of arc-flash
incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in three-phase ac systems to which
workers may be exposed. It covers the analysis process from field data
collection to final results, presents the equations needed to find incident
energy and the flash-protection boundary, and discusses software solution
alternatives. Applications cover an empirically derived model including
enclosed equipment and open lines for voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a
theoretically derived model applicable for any voltage. Included with the
standard are programs with embedded equations, which may be used to
determine incident energy and the arc-flash-protection boundary.1 Single-
phase ac systems and dc systems are not included in this guide.
Abstract: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash hazard distance
and the incident energy to which employees could beexposed during their work on or near electrical equipment.
Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis,
arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault
currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy,
personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-
circuit study, working distances
Designation: P1584
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: Original scope and revised scope are the same: This guide
provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in
determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which
employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical
equipment. The revision will allow an update to the models based on further
testing and analysis. It will also allow separation of the text of the
standard and the spreadsheet based calculator. Any calculator developed will
be issued as a separate item under this PAR.
Project Purpose: Purpose of original document: This guide presents methods for
the calculation of arc-flash incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in
three-phase ac systems to which workers may be exposed. It covers the
analysis process from field data collection to final results, presents
equations needed to find incident energy and the flash-protection boundary,
and discusses software solution alternatives. Applications cover an
empirically derived model including enclosed equipment and open lines for
voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a theoretically derived model applicable
for any voltage. Included with the standard are programs with embedded
equations, which may be used to determine incident energy and the arc-flash-
protection boundary. Single-phase ac systems and dc systems are not included
in this guide. The revision will allow further testing and analysis by the
working group to improve the accuracy of the models, to extend the range of
applications covered, and to determine the pressures generated from arc
flashes. Actual testing conducted will be determined by the amount of
funding contributed. The working group intends to conduct tests to: extend
the test database range of voltages and test box sizes; investigate dc arc
flashes; investigate the pressure from arc flashes; correlate used equipment
experience to the test database. Continuing analysis has shown ways to
improve the R-square of the equations in the model. With additional testing
further improvements are expected. Testing with additional box sizes can
improve understanding of 208 V and medium voltage arcs. Testing with direct
current can allow inclusion of dc equations in the model. Testing for
pressure can allow development of pressure based equations and separate
treatment of the pressure hazard. Testing with used equipment can enable
validation of the model relative to real equipment. Work conducting arc
flash studies has yielded an understanding of ways to reduce the incident
energy hazard and they can be documented in the second edition.
Designation: 1584a-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations—Amendment 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2004
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The guide provides techniques for designers and facility
operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the
incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or
near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses
5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the
spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I.
Project Purpose: The amendment will correct a number of errors in the text and
spreadsheet based calculator. This will enable users of the Guide to better
understand the Guide text and apply its calculators.
Abstract: This amendment provides additions and corrections to IEEE Std 1584-2002.
Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis,
arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault
currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy,
personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-
circuit study, working distances
Designation: 1585-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1- 35kV)
Electronic Series Devices for Compensation of Voltage Fluctuations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 08, 2002
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of
a functional specification for solid state electronic devices used mainly
for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to
medium voltage (1 kV-35 kV). This device contains in general :an inverter,
rectifier or dc to dc converter, energy storage device, injection
transformer connected in series with the load and normally open by-pass
switch. In order to interface these devices with the load additional
equipment should be provided including current and potential transformer
bypass and isolation breakers and three -phase low voltage service for
auxiliary power.
Project Purpose: The guide includes technical clauses describing the user's
requirements, including operation methods and environmental conditions. It
specifies basic requirements of solid state electronic devices used for
compensation of voltage fluctuations. Also the guide covers the required
installation and start up services.
Abstract: An approach to prepare a specification for an electronic device connected in series tocompensate voltage fluctuations is
presented. This guide intends to provide a base specification toallow users to modify specific parts of the document to meet
their practical needs.
Key Words: "energy storage, injection transformer, inverter, power electronics,
power quality, sensitive loads, series compensation, voltage control"
Designation: 1586
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Human Interactions With Operating Experience
Programs for Nuclear Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce Breslau, Phone:301-903-7343, Email:bruce.breslau@eh.doe.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project will establish methodologies for identification,
analysis, dissemination, and utilization of knowledge gained through human
interactions with complex systems and other high hazard industry operational
activities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices that
focus on human interactions with complex systems in nuclear facilities and
other high hazards industry. The document This recommended practice enables
improved sharing within the nuclear and power generating industry to improve
system and equipment performance. Proven standardized principles for lessons
learned enhance formulation of industry wide issues and sharing of effective
practices through more common approaches that enhance communication and cost
effectiveness.
Designation: 1587
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Principles of Qualitative Risk Management for Nuclear
Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project illustrates techniques to support qualitative risk
management of nuclear facilities. The techniques are usable for a wide range
of facilities and are especially applicable to facilities containing nuclear
materials and other hazards. It uses information produced in risk
applications to support continued management. It does not address techniques
for risk assessment addressed in other standards, but addresses use of such
information in site safety management.
Project Purpose: This guide provides techniques for qualitatively integrating
the results of base line risk assessments and safety documentation for
periodic examination of facilities and evaluation of event experience.
Designation: 1588-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for
Networked Measurement and Control Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 2002
Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john_eidson@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define a protocol enabling precise
synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented
with technologies such as network communication, local computing and
distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems
communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging
including but not limited to Ethernet(tm). The protocol will enable
heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision,
resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system-
wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal
network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the
protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without
requiring the administrative attention of users.
Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using
distributed system technologies such as network communication, local
computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be
enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having
local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a
standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that
the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market.
Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these
applications. For example NTP, Network Time Protocol, targets large
distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements.
The protocol proposed in this PAR specifically addresses the needs of
measurement and control systems: · Spatially localized, · Microsecond
to sub-microsecond accuracy, · Administration free, and most importantly,
· Accessible for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices.
Abstract: " A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running on separate nodes of a distributedmeasurement and control system to
a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The pro-tocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system
topology is self-configuring. "
Key Words: "clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control
systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks"
Designation: P1588
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked
Measurement and Control Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john_eidson@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise
synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented
with technologies such as network communication, local computing and
distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems
communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging
including but not limited to Ethernet™. The protocol will enable
heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision,
resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system-
wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal
network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the
protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without
requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes
mappings to UDP/IP, DeviceNet and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It
includes formal mechanisms for message extensions, higher sampling rates,
correction for asymmetry, a clock type to reduce error accumulation in large
topologies, and specifications on how to incorporate the resulting
additional data into the synchronization protocol. The standard permits
synchronization accuracies better than 1 nanosecond. The protocol has
features to address applications where redundancy and security are a
requirement. The standard defines conformance and management capability.
There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The
standard includes a section on recommended practices.
Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using
distributed system technologies such as network communication, local
computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be
enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having
local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a
standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that
the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market.
Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these
applications. For example, Network Time Protocol (NTP), targets large
distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements.
The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of
measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and
measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems,
power utility systems and certain telecommunications applications. These
requirements needs: • Spatially localized but with option for larger
systems, • Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy, • Administration
free, • Accessible for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end
devices • Provisions for management of redundancy and fault tolerance.
A number of different application areas such as industrial automation,
telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing, military systems, and
utility power generation have emerged that require the standard to be
revised.
Designation: 1589
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Standard for Conformance Tests Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Changed designation to P1547.1
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning
tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection
functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE
Standard P1547.
Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources
(DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified
in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to
establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test
procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test
location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies.
Designation: 1590-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Optical Fiber
Communication Facilities Serving, or Connected to, Electrical Supply
Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2004
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: May 03, 2004
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice presents engineering design procedures
for the electrical protection of optical fiber communication facilities
serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. Other telecommunication
alternatives, such as radio and cable with metallic members are excluded
from this document.
Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice presents safe and reliable methods
for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply
locations using optical fiber.
Abstract: The main emphasis of this recommended practice is the engineering design of optical fiber communication facilities
serving, or connected to, electrical supply locations. This document includes methods for providing telecommunication
facilities serving electrical supply locations using optical fiber cables extending across the zone of influence (ZOI).
Key Words: electrical power stations, electrical supply locations, ground
potential rise, high-volt-age environment
Designation: P1590
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Using Optical Fiber Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design procedures
for the electrical protection of communication facilities serving electric
supply locations using optical fiber systems. Services utilizing wire-line
protection systems are addressed in IEEE Std. 487. Other telecommunication
alternatives such as radio and microwave systems are excluded from this
document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents safe and reliable methods
for the protection of communication facilities serving electric supply
locations using optical fiber systems.
Designation: 1591
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Ground Wire
(OPGW)
Status: Superseded
**Project Superceded by P1591.1
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, and
electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and
acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire
(OPGW).
Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing and
procurement specifications for optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order
to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1591.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Groundwire
(OPGW)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance
criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW).
Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing,
and procurement specifications for use with optical ground wire (OPGW)
hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure
product quality, and assist usage.
Designation: P1591.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for All-Dielectric
Self-Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance
criteria for qualifying hardware for use with all-dielectric self-supporting
(ADSS) fiber optic cable.
Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for all-dielectric
self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Provision of such a standard will
simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1591.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Qualifying Hardware for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable
Systems (WRAP Cable)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers hardware for use with all-dielectric fiber
optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or
other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers mechanical, and
electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and
acceptance criteria for qualification of the hardware.
Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for helically-applied
fiber optic cable systems (WRAP) cable. Provision of such a standard will
simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1594
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable)
for Use on Overhead Utility Lines
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable
designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on
overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and
optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories.
Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover all-dielectric fiber optic
(WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other
messenger on overhead power facilities. Provision of such a standard will
simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1595
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for the Quantification of CO2 Emission Credits for Electrical
Industry Processes
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jim McConnach, Phone:705-645-5524, Email:jsmcconnach@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: The Standard is intended to cover the measurement and
quantification of CO2 reductions for emissions credits in the electricity
supply and demand industry, as brought about by technology applications,
innovations and improvements. As such it covers "cradle to grave" project
life-cycles in all aspects of the industry, ie fuel chain and processing,
energy conversion systems (generation); emission control systems (pre and
post combustion); delivery systems (transmission and distribution); and end
uses (demand side management and conservation).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish an
internationally acceptable basis for measuring, evaluating and quantifying
the eligible, real, measurable, verifiable, and unique reduction in CO2
emissions attributable to a specific technology project, for use in
emissions trading systems. The Standard will help provide an answer to the
generic question how can one country or jurisdiction to an emissions trade
be assured and satisfied that it is getting real and true value for a
purchased emissions credit from another country or jurisdiction.
Designation: 1596-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 28, 1988, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1992
Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast
point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI
supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely
coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring
modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that
implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to
the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence
protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress
despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation).
Key Words: scalable, coherent, interface, bus architecture, bus standard, cache
coherence, distributed memory, fiber optic, interconnect, IO system, link,
mesh, multiprocessor, network, packet protocol, ring, shared memory, switch,
transaction set, Seamless distributed computer, I/O system
Designation: P1596a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining
operation over distances less than 10 m. The physical layer will specify
electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards.
The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols,
cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status
registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities. This Amendment
will ballot the differences between the ISO/IEC edited version and the IEEE
version, and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any
differences between the two documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to define an interface
standard for very high performance multiprocessor systems that supports a
coherent shared-memory model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This
standard is to facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus
adaptor cards from multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with
throughputs ranging up to more than 10**12 operations per second.This
Amendment will ballot the differences between IEEE and the ISO/IEC edited
version and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any differences
between the two documents.
Designation: P1596
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining
operation over distances less than 10m. The physical layer will specify
electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards.
The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols,
cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status
registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to define an interface standard for very high
performance multiprocessor systems that supports a coherent shared-memory
model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This standard is to
facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus adaptor cards from
multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with throughputs ranging
up to more than 10^12 operations per second.
Designation: 1596.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for SCI to VME (IEEE 1596 to IEEE 1014) Bridge Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bjorn Solberg, Phone:+47-22-627000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and
it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software
support for these bridges.
Project Purpose: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and
it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software
support for these bridges.
Designation: 1596.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Recommended Practice for Cache Optimizations for Large Numbers of
Processors using the Scalable Coherent Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stein Gjessing, Phone:+47-92695558, Email:steing@simula.no
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Define protocols for reducing the latency of accessing cached
data shared by large numbers of processors. This involves combining
multiple coherent requests into one before they rech a shared memory
controller. These protocols will generate tree-like structures compatible
with the linear structures defined by IEEE-P1596. These protocols also
support efficient distribution of data (when many processors read shared
data) and purging of stale copies (when the previously-shared data is
written). The data distribution protocols will include support for
combinable operations (such as fetch-and-add).
Project Purpose: The IEEE-P1596 draft standard specifies a coherence protocol
that works with large numbers of processors. However, these protocols have
performance limitations when the number of processors actively sharing the
data becomes very large. There is a need to develop compatible extensions
to the SCI coherence protocols that reduce the data-access latencies from
order N or order log (N), where N is the number of processors.
Designation: 1596.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage Differential Signals (LVDS) for Scalable
Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Stephen Kempainen, Phone:408-721-7269, Email:stephen.kempainen@nsc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Specify a process-technology independent low voltage (less than
1V swing) to point to signal interface optimized for IEEE 1596 (SCI), using
a defferential driver connected to a terminated receiver through a constant
impedance transmission line.
Project Purpose: The IEEE-1596 (SCI) standard specifies an ECL electrical
interface. Although compatible with current circuit technologies, the power
dissipation and cost of this interface may prevent its use on low-cost
systems.
Abstract: Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI), specified in IEEE Std 1596-1992, provides computer-bus-like services but uses a
collection of fast point-to-point links instead of a physical bus in order to reach far higher speeds. The base specification
defines differential ECL signals, which provide a high transfer rate (16 bits are transferred every 2 ns), but are inconvenient
for some applications. IEEE Std 1596.3-1996, an extension to IEEE Std 1596-1992, defines a lower-voltage differential signal (as
low as 250 mV swing) that is compatible with low-voltage CMOS, BiCMOS, and GaAs circuitry. The power dissipation of the
transceivers is low, since only 2.5 mA is needed to generate this differential voltage across a 100 W termination resistance.
Signal encoding is defined that allows transfer of SCI packets over data paths that are 4-, 8-, 32-, 64-, and 128-bits wide.
Narrow data paths (4 to 8 bits) transferring data every 2 ns can provide sufficient bandwidth for many applications while
reducing the physical size and cost of the interface. The wider paths may be needed for very-high-performance systems.
Key Words: backplane, bus, cable, differential, low power, point to point,
scalable, signal
Designation: 1596.4-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for High-Bandwidth Memory Interface Based on Scalable
Coherent Interface (SCI) Signaling Technology (RamLink)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Define a high-bandwidth interface that will permit access to the
large internal bandwidth already available in dynamic memory chips. The
goal is to increase the performance and reduce the complexity of memory
systems by using a subset of SCI protocols. Hierarchical memory systems
will be considered, from multi-level caches to main-memory systems. The
interface specification will apply to individual memory chips as well as
their controllers. The interface should be applicable to commodity parts
that will fulfill the requirements of near-future (3-5 years) and subsequent
generations of computor systems.
Project Purpose: The performance of microprocessors doubles every 2-3 years.
The density of main memory components used within these systems also
doubles, but memory-access bandwidth has lagged behind. To meet their
memory-access bandwidth requirements, designers currently build complex
interleaved memory systems, which use 30-40 components. Application of SCI
concepts will break through the performance of high-end workstations as well
as the entry for low-end computers.
Abstract: A high-bandwidth interface optimized for interchanging data between a memory controller and one or more dynamic RAMs is
specified. RamLink is an applicable interface for other RAM-like devices as well.
Key Words: high bandwidth, sci, scalable coherent interface, signaling
technology, ramlink, dynamic RAM
Designation: 1596.5-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for Shared-Data Formats Optimized for Scalable Coherent
Interface (SCI) Processors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Formats for interchanging integer, bit-field, and floating point data between heterogeneous multiprocessors in a Scalable
Coherent Interface (SCI) system are specified. The defined data formats can also be used to share data among multiprocessors on
other bus standards that support the read, write, and lock transaction set defined by IEEE Std 1212-1991 CSR Architecture. The
intent is to support efficient data transfers among heterogeneous workstations within a distributed computing environment.
Key Words: data formats, data interchange, floating point, integer, shared
data, Heterogeneous multiprocessors
Designation: 1596.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for the Scalable Coherent Interface for Realtime Applications
(SCI/RT)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:Lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1996
Project Scope: Define modifications to the IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent
Interface that exchange SCI's forward progress guarantees under unknown
computing loads for predictable behavior in a priority-structured known
computing load. Define extensions to SCI that meet the fault tolerance
requirements of typical military or telecom applications. Attempt to make
these changes in such a way that a bridge may easily connect SCI and SCI/RT
subsystems.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) is a very
high performance computer bus replacement designed for multiprocessor use.
SCI guarantees forward progress under an inknown computing load, but does
not directly relate latency to task priority. Real-time applications
require certain deadlines to be met by the multiprocessor system. To
accomplish this, the application is thoroughly analyzed and its tasks are
assigned various priorities. If access to system resources (including
interconnect latency) is determined by task priority, it is possible to use
scheduling techniques such as Rate Monotonic Scheduling to determine whether
critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines. This project will modify
the SCI protocols so that scheduling techniques can be used to determine
whether critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines.
Designation: 1596.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for a High-Speed Memory Interface (SyncLink)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wilbur C Vogley, Phone:(713) 274-3894, Email:w-vogley@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: To define a protocol based on Ram link, electrical signaling,
and mechanical packaging, optimized for interconnecting DRAM (Dynamic Random
Access Memory) within a memory system.
Project Purpose: We are approaching the point where the capacity of DRAM
packages is not well matched to their applications, i.e. one needs a certain
number of chips to get the band width the system requires. That many chips
provides an unreasonably large amount of memory for low-end but improtant
high volume applications like PCs and workstations. To solve this problem
one must increase the bandwidth of the DRAM package significantly so that
the number of devices is not driven by the bandwidth need, but by system
memory requirements. SyncLink will provide cost-effective high performance
with a small number of DRAM devices by improving bandwidth per I/O pin.
Designation: 1596.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Parallet Links to the Scalable Coherent Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert W Beauchamp, Phone:508-898-7325, Email:Bob_Beauchamp@dg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define parallel links for the Scalable
Coherent Interface (Std 1596) and for Serial Express (1394.2) including the
definition of standard cables and connectors, pin assignments for the
connectors, and such signal encodings as may be found necessary or desirable
for: DC-coupled applications, AC-coupled applications, increasing distance,
increasing speed, or reducing error rates.
Project Purpose: The existing Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines
cable connectors, signal levels, and pinouts, but the specified connector
family did not achieve broad acceptance and there is no clear definition of
standard cables. Vendors need specifications that allow them to manufacture
cable systems that will work reliably.
Designation: 1596.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Physical Layer Application Programming Interface for the
Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI PHY-API)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Volker Lindenstruth, Phone:06221 54 4303, Email:lindenstruth@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define a standard C-language API for the IEEE
Std 1596 for Scalable Coherent Interface. This API will accommodate a broad
range of SCI interface implementations by allowing software to transparently
implement functionality that is not provided by the particular hardware.
The standard SCI API will support packet mode and transparent mode hardware,
specifically without unnecessary overhead in case of transparent hardware.
Automatic address mapping from the local address to an SCI address will be
supported.
Project Purpose: The Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines the protocol
for communication at the hardware level. There is no user-software
interface layer defined. Furthermore there are many different SCI
implementations possible, with different trade-offs between direct hardware
implementation and software emulation of features. A standard SCI API will
allow writing SCI application software without knowing the specifics of the
given physical SCI interface. A standard physical-level SCI API essentially
adds a software layer where needed to give an SCI hardware interface a
standard appearance to user-level software. This makes it very easy to
interchange any SCI hardware in a given system, and will improve software
portability between systems. It can also serve as the foundation for higher
level layers such as MPI, facilitating their portability as well.
Designation: 1596.10
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for SCI/LAMP Multiport Bus Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Khan Kibria, Phone:714-587-0628, Email:kkibria@iss-us.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard defines one or more protocols and the
corresponding signals for user-side interfaces to IEEE Std 1596 interface
ICs.
Project Purpose: Standard 1596-1992 defines a very high performance
interconnect that can be integrated into and dirrectly connect processors,
memories, and I/O devices. However, there will be an extended transition
period during which it is necessary to interface 1596 to existing chipsets
and buses, using a separate 1596-interface IC. Standard 1596 defines one
side of that IC, but says nothing about the other side, the user side. This
standard will define protocols and signals for the user side of these 1596
interface chips, whihc will make it possible to use the same basic design
for products that incorporate 1596 interfaces from a variety of suppliers,
and having various cost/performance characteristics.
Designation: P1597.1
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer
Modeling and Simulation
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andrew Drozd, Phone:315-337-4396, Email:andro1@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Develop a standard for validation of CEM computer modeling and
simulation codes in differing applications. The standard will provide a
basis for analytical and empirical validation of CEM codes and
configurations. Several key areas will be addressed, including: Validation
by use of canonical models. Specification of canonical modeling elements
(primitives) as a function of ensemble parameters (frequency, desired
accuracy or fidelity, physics and numerical solution method, etc.);
Validation by simulation vs. measurement. Included in the validations will
be associated model-based parameter estimation (model- vs. measurement-
driven uncertainty estimates).
Project Purpose: This standard is being proposed to guide the validation of CEM
application models. Concerns persist throughout the EM Community that there
are no well-defined methodologies that can be used to achieve code-to-code
or simulation-to-measurement validations within a consistent level of
accuracy. The proposed standard is to address these concerns and provide a
method for the validation of CEM codes and models.
Designation: P1597.2
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer
Modeling and Simulation Applications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andrew Drozd, Phone:315-337-4396, Email:andro1@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for use in CEM computer modeling
and simulation applications. This recommended practice will guide EMC
design of PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards) to large, complex systems. Areas to
be addressed include: general guidelines for development of CEM models;
development of modeling methodologies for small-to-large scale "canonical"
systems platform types or composite models; methodologies for developing and
applying collaborative, multi-disciplinary engineering modeling schemes; and
computation of uncertainty for modeling applications.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is being proposed to aid modelers
and analysts in the selection and application of appropriate M&S
methodologies, physics solution techniques to achieve accurate results and
to complement measurements and EMC design tasks. There are currently no
standards or recommended practices for CEM M&S applications. Only informal
guidelines and recommend rules of thumb have been documented in any form.
Designation: 1598
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test
requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a
system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will
define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally
represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical
requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process
evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development.
This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common
exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information
between these tools.
Designation: 1598
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test
requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a
system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will
define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally
represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical
requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process
evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development.
This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common
exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information
between these tools.
Designation: P1599
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Recommended Practice for Definition of a Commonly Acceptable Musical
Application Using the XML Language
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Goffredo Haus, Phone:390258356222, Email:haus@dsi.unimi.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop an XML application defining a standard
language for symbolic music representation. The language will be a meta-
representation of music information for describing and processing said music
infromation within a multilayered environment, for achieving integration
among structural, score, MIDI, and digital sound levels of representation.
Furthermore, the proposed standard should integrate music representation
with already defined and accepted common standards. The standard will be
accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g. score
editing, OMR systems, music performance, musical databases, and composition
and musicological applications.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
representing music information that can describe and process all the
different layers which characterize music information. For each layer of
music infomration, there is one or more accepted standards (e.g. MIDI for
performances, NIFF for notation and so on) and/or one or more proprietary
formats. None of them can be suitably applied to other layers. This
standard will make easier the integration, interchange, and translation from
one layer to another of music information across different applications and
even for different users.
Designation: 1600.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard Upper Ontology -- High-Level Concepts, Definitions and
Relationships Processable by Computer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will specify an upper ontology that will enable
computers to utilize it for applications such as data interoperability,
information search and retrieval, automated inferencing, and natural
language processing. An ontology is similar to a dictionary or glossary, but
with greater detail and structure that enables computers to process its
content. An ontology consists of a set of concepts, axioms, and
relationships that describe a domain of interest. An upper ontology is
limited to concepts that are meta, generic, abstract and philosophical, and
therefore are general enough to address (at a high level) a broad range of
domain areas. Concepts specific to given domains will not be included;
however, this standard will provide a structure and a set of general
concepts upon which domain ontologies (e.g. medical, financial, engineering,
etc.) could be constructed.
Project Purpose: A. AUTOMATED REASONING: The standard will be suitable for
automated logical inference to support knowledge-based reasoning
applications. B. INTER-OPERABILITY: The standard will provide a basis
for achieving Inter-Operability among various software and database
applications. 1) Application developers can define new data elements in
terms of a common ontology, and thereby gain some degree of interoperability
with other conformant systems. 2) Applications based on domain-specific
ontologies that are compliant with this standard will be able to
interoperate (to some degree) by virtue of the shared common terms and
definitions. 3) The SUO will play the role of a neutral interchange format
whereby owners of existing applications will be able to map existing data
elements just once to a common ontology. This provides a degree of
interoperability with other applications whose representations conform to
SUO. This entails the SUO being able to be mapped to more restricted forms
such as XML, database schema, or object oriented schema. C: APPLICATION
AREAS 1) E-commerce applications from different domains that need to
interoperate at both the data and semantic levels. 2) Educational
applications in which students learn concepts and relationships directly
from, or expressed in terms of, a common ontology. This will also enable a
standard record of learning to be kept. 3) Natural language understanding
tasks in which a knowledge-based reasoning system uses the ontology to
disambiguate among likely interpretations of natural language statements.
Designation: P1601
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for Optical A.C. Current and Voltage Sensing Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Harley Gilleland, Phone:919-676-4855, Email:hargil@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance and
interchangeability of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper
selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical,
dimensional, and mechanical characteristics of optical current and voltage
sensing systems used in the measurement of electricity and the control of
equipment associated with the generation, transmission and distribution of
alternating current.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current and voltage sensing systems
which use optical techniques to cover the above scope.
Designation: 1602
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Electronic Affidavits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joe Ravenis, Phone:858-627-4654, Email:joe.ravenis@cubic.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop the operational requirements,
protocol, and operating procedures for conducting a transaction with a
portable electronic affidavit. The operational requirements will be
independent of the underlying datastream of affidavit language and data
content. The radio frequency communication power, signal interface,
initialization, and transmission protocol will be useable by all classes of
system transceivers.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
interfacing and performing reads and writes to portable electronic
affidavits. All affidavits in existence are hard copy printed/paper based
documents. The size, shape, format, etc., of the documents are manifold.
Without an independent openly defined set of requirements, protocols,
applications and operating system the information on the documents cannot be
easily transferred. Furthermore, the data stored on the current affidavits
cannot be electronically accessed and executed. This project will provide a
fundamental implementation of an electronic affidavit which will allow
vendors to uniformly design and develop systems that will perform the
automatic authentication of the holder of an electronic affidavit and
perform digital transactions on the data contained therein.
Designation: 1603-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated
Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 20, 2004
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Roethig, Phone:408-588-5349, Email:wroethig@necelam.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: ALF shall serve as the data specification language of library
elements for design applications used to implement integrated circuits. The
range of abstraction shall include from the register-transfer level (RTL) to
the physical level. The language shall model behavior, timing, power,
signal integrity, physical abstraction and physical implementation rules of
library elements.
Project Purpose: The purpose of ALF is to provide a modeling language and
semantics for functional, physical and electrical performance description of
technology-specific libraries for cell-based and block-based design. Without
a standard, design implementation tools would use multiple proprietary and
tool-specific library descriptions. The semantics would be defined by tool
implementations only, which are subject to change and prone to mis-
interpretation. Also there would be redundancy using multiple descriptions
for similar library aspects. Therefore a standard is proposed to create a
consistent library view suitable as a reference for all design
implementation applications.
Abstract: of electrical, functional, and physical models in a formal language suitable for electronic design automation (EDA)
application tools targeted for design and analysis of an IC. This standard provides rules that describe ALF and how tool
developers, integrators, library creators, and library users should use it.
Key Words: behavioral, block, cell, derate, EDA, electrical, format,
functional, gate-level, integratedcircuit, language, layout, library,
modeling, physical, power, RTL, signal integrity, technology, timing
Designation: 1604
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Inclusion of VHDL Library Units in the VHDL Library IEEE
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: The standard will specify a process for determining which items
are permitted to reside in the predefined library named STD, defined in IEEE
Standard 1076, and the library named IEEE, referenced in associated
standards (such as 1164). This standard will also specify requirements on
the internal documentation in the source code for such items.
Project Purpose: Users expect that only IEEE-approved items reside in library
IEEE, but some vendors have placed non-standard items in their version of
this library. This standard will prevent the portability and compatibility
problems that arise when the contents of the library IEEE contain non-
standard items.
Designation: 1605
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Codes and Standards
Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Installation Requirements for
Electrical Distribution and Utilization Equipment in North America and
Europe
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Melvin Sanders, Phone:515-964-1574, Email:sanders.m.k@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This document will compare the installation practices of
electrical distribution and utilization equipment such as enclosed high
voltage switchgear, low voltage switchgear, transformers, motor control
centers, switchboard, panel boards, motor control centers etc. The
comparison will compare the requirements contained in the existing
installation practices and requirements in North American Standards such as
National Electrical Code (NEC) & Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) and European
installation practices and requirements contained in relevant IEC and EN
documents. The document will not introduce any new requirements not already
in the existing documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to utilize the collective
experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison of the
installation practices and requirements of electrical distribution and
utilization equipment included in their respective standards.
Designation: 1606
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Codes and Standards
Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Electrical Safety Standards for
Employee Workplace in North America and Europe
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William E Anderson, Phone:513-945-4303, Email:anderson.we@pg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This document will compare employee workplace safety
requirements included in existing North American & European Standards . The
comparison will address requirements contained in North American Standards (
OSHA, NFPA 70E) & European Standard EN 50110 highlighting similarities and
differences in the these standards. This document will not introduce any
new requirements not already in the existing documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to derive benefit from the
collective experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison
of the employee workplace safety requirements included in their respective
standards.
Designation: 1607
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers
Title: Recommended Practice for Electronic Inductors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This recommended practice pertains to applications, definitions,
testing information and performance characteristics such as loss evaluation,
inductance characteristics and operation limitations regarding inductors.
Project Purpose: The information provided in this document is to be ultilized
as a guide and is based upon commonly used industry practices.
Designation: P1609.0
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
- Architecture
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard describes the Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE/DSRC) architecture and services necessary for multi-
channel DSRC/WAVE devices to communicate in a mobile vehicular environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the architecture
of the DSRC/WAVE operations currently represented by the family of IEEE 1609
standards and IEEE P802.11p.
Designation: 1609.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE) - Resource Manager
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify the services and
interfaces of the WAVE RM, including protective mechanisms for security and
privacy, applicable and available to all users of DSRC and WAVE mode
operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication
Commission (FCC) for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). NOTE—This
version of the standard does not specify explicitly the details of the
security interface. Security provisions are in IEEE Std 1609.2™.1, 2
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable complete
interoperability of applications using WAVE in a manner that simplifies the
onboard vehicle systems, reducing cost and improving performance. Effective
use of the memory pages by applications can also minimize configuration
management issues over the life of a system. This standard is intended to
enable a wide range of applications to be supported by an OBU of the lowest
possible cost. The low cost is enabled by removing the need for the OBU to
interpret application messages. There is no OBU software representing
applications using RM; thus the processing, memory, and configuration
management requirements are removed from the OBU. Instead of putting such
processing requirements on the OBU, they are placed on the RSU or an
application processor remote from the RSU. The only processing
requirement is that of interpreting the specific commands and message
headers defined herein, which is application independent. The OBU merely
serves as a mobile mailbox to carry application messages and data from one
RSU to another or as a common interface point to transfer data to other
onboard systems. By allowing memory to be assigned to an application at
any time during the life of the OBU, future applications can be developed
and deployed without onboard hardware or software modification. For
applications using RM as a mobile mailbox, with no onboard use of the data
stored in memory, there are significant security advantages. By having the
OBU treat each application’s messages as a bit-stream to be saved and later
retrieved from memory, such data can be encrypted in a manner that is not
known to the OBU. There is no need for the OBU to support the encryption
schemes used by these applications, and such security schemes can be under
the total and absolute control of each of these applications.
Abstract: This standard specifies a wireless access in vehicular environments (WAVE) dedicated short-range communications (DSRC)
application, known as the WAVE resource manager (RM), designed to allow applications at remote sites to communicate with
devices known as onboard units (OBUs), which are mounted in vehicles, through devices known as roadside units (RSUs), which
are mounted on the roadside. The WAVE RM, acting like an application layer, multiplexes the communications of multiple remote
applications, each communicating with multiple OBUs. The purpose of the communication is to conduct information interchange,
needed to implement the requirements of the remote WAVE DSRC applications.
Key Words: DSRC, WAVE, resource manager
Designation: 1609.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Resource
Manager
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager standard
originally defined in IEEE 1455. The 1455 version of Resource Manager has
been adopted and significantly modified by ISO TC204/WG15. This work is
continuing and requires coordination with this IEEE committee. The new IEEE
standard will be a version of, or reference, this ISO standard rather than
an amendment or modification of 1455.
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a version of the
Resource Manager, but reduction to practice has identified numerous changes
that are required. In addition, it is now intended for use throughout the
world and this also forces significant changes to the existing standard.
These changes are underway in ISO TC204/WG15 This project will bring this
work back into IEEE in order to satisfy the North American needs.
Designation: 1609.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)- Resource
Manager
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Old Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager
standard originally defined in IEEE Standard 1455-1999. The IEEE Standard
1455 version of Resource Manager has been adopted and significantly modified
by ISO TC204 WG15. This work is continuing and requires coordination with
the IEEE Committee. The new IEEE Standard will be a version of, or
reference, this ISO standard rather than an amendment or modification of
IEEE Standard 1455-1999. New scope: The scope of this project is to specify
the services and interfaces of the WAVE Resource Manager, including
protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to
all users of the DSRC and Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (WAVE)
mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication
Commission for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the services and
interfaces, including security and privacy protection mechanisms, associated
with the DSRC Resource Manager operating at 5.9GHz band authorized by the
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and to satisfy the Intelligent
Transportation System (ITS) wireless communications requirements.
Designation: 1609.2-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 06, 2006
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats,
and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system.
The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and
application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety
messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support
the core security functions.
Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect
messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and
replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed
in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as
much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that
right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to
unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated
that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to
this standard.
Abstract: Secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system are defined. The
standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating
safety messages. It also described administrative functions necessary to support the core-security functions.
Key Words: authentication, Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC),
encryption, vehicular communications, Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE)
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Application
Layer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: To create an application layer (L7) standard to be used for 5.9
GHz DSRC. The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards will support several protocol
stacks, including one representing traditional DSRC systems, TCP/IP, and
streaming audio/video. The proposed standard will interface with the lower
layer standards being developed by ASTM.
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes an application layer
for 915 MHz DSRC, but this will not be suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems.
The existing 1455 will be used as a basis, but requires considerable
revision for this new class of DSRC.
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for 5.9GHz Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Application
Service Security and Privacy
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats,
and the processing of those secure messages, within the Dedicated Short
Range Communications/Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (DSRC/WAVE)
system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of
anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes
administrative functions necessary to support the core security function.
Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that security and privacy services be specified that can be
used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing,
alteration and replay.
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security
Services for Applications and Management Messages
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats
and the processing of secure messages within the DSRC/WAVE system; and
describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security
functions. Corrected Scope. The scope of this standard is to define
secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within
the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions
necessary to support the core security functions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define secure message
formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the
DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing
WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of
anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes
administrative functions necessary to support the core security function.
Corrected Purpose. The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect
messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration and
replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed
in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as
much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that
right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to
unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated
that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to
this standard.
Designation: 1609.3-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
- Networking Services
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 20, 2007
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at
the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among
vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based
devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode.
Project Purpose: WAVE networking services represents layers 3 and 4 of the OSI
communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing
and routing services within a WAVE system, enabling multiple stacks of upper
layers above WAVE networking services and multiple lower layers beneath WAVE
networking services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications
offering safety and convenience to their users.
Abstract: WAVE Networking Services provides services to WAVE devices and systems. It represents roughly layers 3 and 4 of the OSI
model and the IP, UDP, and TCP elements of the Internet model. The services provided include management and data services
within WAVE devices.
Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit,
RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM
Designation: 1609.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for IP Interface for Dedicated Short Range Communications
(DSRC)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol stacks, one
for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and another for
TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still being finalized.
The project will evaluate and define the interfaces between these multiple
stacks and the lower layer services of 5.9 GHz DSRC (IEEE 802.11a R/A).
Project Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are well served by
existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC, additional higher layer
communication stacks must be supported, including TCP/IP. An architecture
and general interface must be defined to support these multiple stacks and
appropriate standards written.
Designation: 1609.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) -
Networking Services
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Old Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol
stacks, one for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and
another for TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still
being finalized. The project will evalauate and define the interfaces
between thesemultiples tacks and the lower layer services of 5.9GHz DSRC
(IEEE 802.11a (R/A). New Scope: The scope of this standard is to define
services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of
wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed
roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode.
Project Purpose: Old Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are
well served by existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC,
additional higher layer communication stacks must be supported, including
TCP/IP. An architecture and general interface must be defined to support
these multiple stacks and appropriate standards written. New Purpose. The
purpose of this standard is to provide connectivity in support of in-vehicle
application offering safety alerts and convenience to users, while at the
same time offering a level of confidentiality and data security using the
5.9GHz DSRC/WAVE mode
Designation: 1609.4-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE) - Multi-Channel Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2006
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations,
WAVE mode, medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs),
including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH)
interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and
routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel
operations.
Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of
upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of PHY
parameters, and describe the multi-channel 1 operation channel routing and
switching for different scenarios.
Abstract: Multi-channel operation is an extension to the IEEE 802.11 ™ WAVE mode that describes how to support a multi-
channel system with the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs) via a control channel (CCH) and
multiple service channels (SCHs). Specifically, the multi-channel operation (channel coordination) provides mechanisms for
prioritized access, channel routing and coordination, and data transmission.
Key Words: channel coordination, multi-channel operation, OBU, RSU, user
priority, WAVE, wireless access in vehicular environments
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Data Dictionary and Message Sets for Dedicated Short Range
Communications (DSRC)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS)
definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set
of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to
changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the
expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future.
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS
definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the
Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed
and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification
to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be
required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems.
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Dedicated Short
Range Communication (DSRC) Media Access (MAC) Extension and MAC Extension
Management Entity (MXME)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 09, 2003
Project Scope: Former project scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message
Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to
the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and
respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as
well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in
the future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be
used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control
of each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This
will also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of
operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be
compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.]
Project Purpose: Former project purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard
includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the
Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions
of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers
necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification,
additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz
systems. Revised project purpose: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards support
multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer using
IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet by
packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules in
effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed
standard will provide for radio channel management.
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi-
Channel Operations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Initial PAR Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set
(DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the
new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond
to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as
the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the
future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be used
for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control of
each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This will
also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of
operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be
compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.] New Revised Scope
(2005): The standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, that
uses the IEEE 802.11p, WAVE mode, medium access control and physical layers,
including the operation of control channel and service channel interval
timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing,
management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations.
Project Purpose: Intial PAR Purpose (2001): The existing IEEE 1455 standard
includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the
Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions
of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers
necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification,
additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz
systems. Revised project purpose (2003): The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards
support multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer
using IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet
by packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules
in effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed
standard will provide for radio channel management. New Revised Purpose
(2005): To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper
layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of physical
layer parameters; and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing
and switching for different scenarios.
Designation: P1610
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 / 600 A,
Three-Phase Underground Distribution
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a Faulted
Circuit Indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for
selecting FCI's for three-phase, 200 / 600 amp underground distribution.
This application guide will complement the existing single phase application
guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document
that provides information for the application and use of FCI's on three
phase circuits in the electric power industry.
Designation: 1610
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for Three Phase
Electric Power Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a Faulted
Circuit Indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for
selecting FCI's for use on three phase circuits. This application guide
will complement the existing single phase application guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document
which provides information for the application and use of FCI's on three
phase circuits in the electric power industry.
Designation: 1611
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Characterizing Solar Tracker Controllers Used
for Solar Electric Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice specification
for characterizing the functionalities of the solar tracker controllers used
for solar electric systems, both flat plate and concentrators. This
recommended practice will be usable by solar tracker vendors as well as the
users.
Project Purpose: There is currently no industry-wide defined recommended
practice for solar tracker controllers. Each vendor designs, builds and
specifies the functionality and accuracy without uniform definition.
Therefore, it is difficult to specify the requirements for purchasing, to
compare the products from different vendors, and to verify the quality of
the products. This recommended practice will define the minimum parameters
to be specified when defining a solar tracker, and the method to measure
these parameters.
Designation: 1612
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Wireless Transport of Non-Train-Control Data between Rail
Transit Vehicle and Wayside Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jerry L. Graham, Phone:410-266-4086, Email:jgraham@arinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard will define the protocols that constitute a suite
of communication services for use in the transport of non-train-control data
between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems.
Project Purpose: A standard protocol is needed to enable wireless
communications between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems to share
common communications services while reducing development cycle time and
risk. Vehicle wiring and weight can be reduced through the elimination of
redundant transmitters and receivers, with resulting improvements in systems
integration, reliability, and maintainability. In addition, rail vehicle
operation can be more tightly integrated with overall transit system
operation through the availability, both on the vehicle and at the wayside,
of timely information regarding vehicle and off-vehicle system status.
Designation: 1613-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2003
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2003
Project Scope: Original "This project covers communications networking devices
installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto
dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not
cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as
office locations." The only change being proposed is to add the words: and
Testing to the Title.
Project Purpose: Original -To develop standard service conditions, standard
ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements
for networking devices installed in electric power substations. Revised -
add the words: and Testing to the title.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1613-2003, IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in
Electric Power Substations"
Key Words: "autodialers, bridges, communications networking device, derating,
dielectric test, environmental requirements, ESD test, Ethernet hubs, fast
transient test, firewalls, humidity, impulse test, insulation test, modems,
RF test, routers, SWC test, switches"
Designation: 1613
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This project covers communications networking devices installed
in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers,
Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such
equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office
locations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the standard service
conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and
testing requirements for communications networking devices installed in
electric power substations. The requirements will be based on four existing
standards developed by the Power System Relaying Committee(C37.90, C37.90.1,
C37.90.2, & C37.90.3). For this application, the requirements are expected
to be less severe than for relaying.
Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations - Corrigendum 1
Status: Revision of Corrigenda
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in
conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by
the Power Systems Relaying Committee.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown.
Abstract: Error identified in IEEE Std 1613-2003 are addressed in this corrigendum.
Key Words: impulse test requirement, impulse voltage tests, insulation tests
Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations---Corrigendum 1:
Removal of provisions for field impulse tests
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in
conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by
the Power Systems Relaying Committee.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown.
Designation: 1615-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Recommended Practice for Network Communication in Electric Power
Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael Thesing, Phone:770-414-6685, Email:mike.thesing@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for
communication and interoperation of devices connected on an electric power
substation network. It will not establish an underlying communications
standard. Instead, the document will prescribe a specific set of existing
conventions and definitions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide direction for
implementers who wish to produce interoperable communications equipment for
an electric power substation network. It also provides criteria for users,
system integrators, and equipment manufacturers who need to establish
baseline requirements for the transfer of operational and non-operational
data as well as configuration management.
Designation: 1616-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2005
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005
Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record,
store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This
standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export
protocols of MVEDR data elements. This standard does not prescribe which
specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be
collected, recorded and stored. It is applicable to event data recorders
for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public raodways,
whether offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or
integrated within the vehicle.
Project Purpose: Many light-duty motor vehicles, and increasing numbers of
heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These
systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle
manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function, and
propriettary in nature. The continuing implementation of MVEDR systems
provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize data output and retrieval
protocols to facilitate analysis and promote compatibility of MVEDR data.
Adoption of the standard will therefore make MVEDR data more accessible and
useful to end users.
Abstract: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined
events. This standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export protocols of MVEDR data elements. This
standard does not prescribe which specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be collected, recorded and
stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public roadways, whether
offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated within the vehicle.
Key Words: Crash data, event data recorder, motor vehicle
Designation: 1616
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop a minimum workable standard protocol
for utilization of tamper proof crashworthy memory devices/systems called
Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) on-board all types and classes
of highway and roadway vehicles except motorcycles.
Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development
there is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling on-board
Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) in the highway mode of
transportation. Each vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control
into these emerging automotive recorders. Without an independent, openly
defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically
determine the type of data to capture and share. This protocol will provide
a minimum MVEDR implementation subset which will allow uniformity and
enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide for growth and
product differentiation.
Designation: P1616a
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) - Amendment 1:
Brake and Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Electronic Fault Code Data Elements
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an amendment for brake
and transmission electronic control units that requires units to store a
full history of electronic fault codes that are time stamped using a
recognized clock synchronized with other on-board motor vehicle event data
recording devices.
Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development
there is currently no defined, independent standard for electronic fault
codes in heavy vehicles used in the highway mode of transportation. Each
vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control into brake systems
and Electronic Control Units. Without an independent, openly defined
communications protocol, applications and operating systems cannot
automatically determine the type of data to capture and share. This
communications protocol will provide uniform data elements which will allow
uniformity and enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide
for growth and product differentiation.
Designation: P1617
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Detection, Mitigation, and Control of Concentric Neutral
Corrosion in Medium Voltage Underground Cables
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: The primary focus of this guide is unjacketed, underground
distribution cable installed direct buried or in conduit. The causes of
corrosion in cable concentric neutral wire and strap and the methods
available to detect this corrosion are described. The purpose of the
concentric neutral and consequences of significant loss of the concentric
neutral are discussed. Recommendations are made for the mitigation and
control of the cable concentric neutral corrosion.
Project Purpose: This document is to provide guidance for the detection,
mitigation and control of corrosion in medium voltage cable concentric
neutral wires and straps.
Designation: 1618
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Issuing and
Management Components
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: Digital certificates establish credentials for individuals and
other entities in many kinds of network-based transactions where trust is
important. This standard (1) specifies components of systems that issue and
manage digital certificates; (2) uses international standards for such
specifications; (3) permits interoperability of components between systems
implemented in a variety of ways; and (4) applies to widely-varying security
requirements.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this standard is to provide
specifications of technology enabling essential interoperability of
certificate issuing and management components used in Public Key
Infrastructure schemes. Further purposes of this standard are to specify a
variety of security levels for these components to accommodate a range of
situations, and to enhance interoperability by couching these specifications
in terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common
Criteria framework.
Designation: P1619
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Cryptographic Protection of Data on Block-Oriented Storage
Devices
Status: Modified New Project
Project Scope: This standard specifies elements of an architecture for
cryptographic protection of data on block-oriented storage devices,
describing the methods, algorithms, and modes of data protection to be used.
Project Purpose: This standard defines specific elements of an architecture for
cryptographically protecting data stored in constant length blocks.
Specification of such a mechanism provides an additional and improved tool
for implementation of secure and interoperable protection of data residing
in storage.
IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Designation: 1619
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Shared Storage Media
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data
in sector-level storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s), and
modes of data protection to be used.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media
security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted
storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create
higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions.
Designation: P1619.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Authenticated Encryption with Length Expansion for Storage
Devices
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies requirements for cryptographic modules
that provide encryption and authentication for data contained within storage
media. Furthermore, this standard facilitates interchange between two
compliant solutions through the specification of standard encryption
algorithms. However, full interchange requires additional format
specifications (such as compression algorithms) that are beyond the scope of
this standard.
Project Purpose: This standard is especially suitable for encryption of data
stored on tape because tape easily accommodates length-expanding ciphertext.
In addition, this standard applies to hard disk drives if these support
storing extra metadata with each record. The algorithms of this standard
are suitable for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of stored data
within systems requiring a high level of assurance. By following this
standard, a vendor creates encryption devices that a consumer can
differentiate from proprietary implementations with generally lower security
and limited interoperability.
Designation: 1619.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Variable Block Storage Media
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data
in Variable Block storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s),
and modes of data protection to be used.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media
security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted
storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create
higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions.
IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Designation: P1619.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Wide-Block Encryption for Shared Storage Media
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for encryption of data
in random access storage devices, oriented towards applications which
benefit from wide encryption-block sizes of 512 bytes and above.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies an architecture for media security and
enabling components. Wide encryption blocks are well suited
to environments where the attacker has repeated access to cryptographic
communication or ciphertext, or is able to perform traffic analysis of data
access patterns. The standard is oriented towards fixed-size
encryption blocks without data expansion, but anticipates an optional data
expansion mode to resist attacks involving data tampering.
IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Designation: P1619.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Key Management Infrastructure for Cryptographic Protection
of Stored Data
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for the key management
infrastructure for cryptographic protection of stored data, describing
interfaces, methods and algorithms.
Project Purpose: This standard defines methods for the storage, management, and
distribution of cryptographic keys used for the protection of stored data.
This standard augments existing key management methodologies to address
issues specific to cryptographic protection of stored data. This includes
stored data protected by compliant implementations of other standards in the
IEEE 1619 family.
IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Designation: 1620-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic
Transistors and Materials
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 2004
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the
characterization of organic transistors and materials. The methods will be
independent of processing routes used to fabricate the transistors. The
characterization methods will be usable for all transistors comprised of
organic semiconductor materials.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing
organic transistors and materials and means of reporting performance and
other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of procedures and
measurements currently being used. However, without openly defined standard
test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic semiconductor
technology will be severely impeded. These methods will enable the creation
of a testing and reporting standard that will be used by research through
manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will
provide the necessary tools and procedures for validation.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1620-2004, IEEE Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistors and Materials"
Key Words: "field-effect transistor, organic electronic technology, organic
materials, organic transis-tors, organic semiconductor technology, polymer
field-effect transistor"
Designation: P1620
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic
Transistors and Materials
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic
electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods of
reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a method for
systematically characterizing organic transistors. These standards are
intended to maximize reproducibility of published results by providing a
framework for testing organic devices, whose unique properties cause
measurement issues not typically encountered with inorganic devices. This
standard stresses disclosure of the procedures used to measure data and
extract parameters so that data quality may be easily assessed. This
standard also sets guidelines for reporting data, so that information is
clear and consistent throughout the research community and industry.
Designation: 1620
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic and Molecular
Transistors and Materials
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the
characterization of organic and molecular transistors and materials. The
methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the
transistors. The characterization methods will be usable for all
transistors comprised of organic and molecular semiconductor materials.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing
organic and molecular transistors and materials and means of reporting
performance and other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of
procedures and measurements currently being used. However, without openly
defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic and
molecular semiconductor technology will be severely impeded. These methods
will enable the creation of a testing and reporting standard that will be
used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed.
Moreover, the standards will provide the necessary tools and procedures for
validation.
Designation: 1620.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic
Transistor-Based Ring Oscillators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the
characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The
methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic
semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard
methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and to
allow reporting of their performance and associated data.
Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of printed and organic ring
oscillators are covered. Due to the nature of printed and organic circuits, significant measurement errors can be introduced
if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common
sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for printed and
organic ring oscillators. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect
of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring printed and organic ring oscillators.
Key Words: electrical characterization, high-impedance printing, organic
transistor, printed electronics, ring oscillator
Designation: 1620.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistor
Based Ring Oscillators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the
characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The
methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic
semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard
methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and
to allow reporting of their performance and associated data.
Designation: P1620.2
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Printed and Organic Diode
Bridge Structures for RF Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paul Brazis, Phone:847-756-1561, Email:paul.brazis@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes standard methods for the
characterization of printed and organic diode bridges for RF devices. The
methods are independent of processing routes used to fabricate the
electronic devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide and suggest
procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods are
described for use as a uniform reporting standard that is intended to be
applicable for characterizing and reporting both research results and
manufacturing data, with its primary use expected to shift as printed
electronics technology matures. The standard recommends the necessary tools
and procedures for validation.
IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Designation: 1621-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Elements in Power Control of Electronic
Devices Employed in Office/Consumer Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Bruce Nordman, Phone:510-486-7089, Email:bnordman@lbl.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers the user interface for the power status
control of electronic devices that ordinary people commonly interact with in
their work and home lives, including, but not limited to, office equipment
and consumer electronics. Key elements are terms, symbols, and indicators.
This standard does not specify maximum power levels, address safety issues,
or cover internal mechanisms or interfaces for industrial devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to accomplish a similarity of
experience of power controls across all electronic devices so that users
will find them easier to use and be more likely to use power management
features that save energy.
Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in
inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice.
Key Words: electronic device, power control, power indicator, power state,
sleep state, user interface
Designation: P1622
Sponsor: SASB/SCC38-Voting System Engineering
Title: Standard for Voting Equipment Electronic Data Interchange
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Peter M Zelechoski, Phone:402-970-1242, Email:pzelechoski@essvote.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop electronic data interchange formats to
be used by components of the voting system for exchange of electronic data.
Project Purpose: The "Voting System" is composed of a number of components, the
voter registration system, the candidate filing process, the petition
system, ballot definition, voting, tabulations and reporting systems. This
standard will develop standard data interchange formats to allow the
exchange and interoperability of these various systems.
Designation: 1623-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1 kV - 35
kV) Electronic Shunt Devices for Dynamic Voltage Compensation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: This project provides guidelines for preparation of functional
specification for solid state shunt device used to compensate voltage
fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1-35kV). The
device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy
storage device, coupling transformer connected in parallel. In addition,
additional equipment should be provided to assure proper interface with the
electric network. The additional equipment includes: voltage and current
transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers and three phase low
voltage service for auxiliary power.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide information to
utilities and other users to prepare a specification when they intend to
purchase a shunt device. The Medium Voltage (1kV-35kV) Electronic Shunt
Devices For Dynamic Voltage Compensation are new devices and utility
engineers are not familiar with their requirements.
Abstract: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of a functional specification for solid-state electronic
shunt devices used mainly for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1 kV–35 kV).
This device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy storage device, and coupling transformer. The
device typically is connected in parallel with the network using a coupling transformer.
Key Words: coupling transformer, energy storage, inverter, parallel
compensation, power electronics, power quality, sensitive loads, voltage
control
Designation: P1624
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for defining the reliability
capability of organizations. This guide will be reusable by all
organizations which design, manufacture or procure electrical/electronics
components or products. Although the concepts described in this guide could
be applied to both hardware and software reliability capability, the focus
of the guide is on hardware reliability capability.
Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the criteria for
assessing the reliability capability of an organization. The reliability
capability will be defined by key processes and associated metrics. This
proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying
bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of reliability
capability. This standard can be used for self-assessment by companies or
for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply
chain.
Designation: 1624
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability Definition
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for a protocol defining the
self-definition of the reliability of organization-supply chain processes.
This protocol will be useable by all organizations which design,
manufacturer or procure electrical/electronic components or products.
Footnote: This proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation
of certifying bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of
reliability capability. It is proposed that this standard be used only for
self assessment by companies or for supplier/customer relationship
development between members of supply chain.
Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the reliability
capability of an organization. The reliability capability will be defined by
key processes and associated metrics. These will be used by organizations
from which reliable products are sought.
Designation: 1625-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004
Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems, including considerations for end-user notification. This
standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The
battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion polymer,
but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are
not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical
and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and
discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are
addressed: qualification process, manufacturing process control, energy
capacity and demand management, levels of management and control in the
battery systems, current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries,
packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments.
The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and
qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality
and reliability of those batteries. This standard, and its accompanying
annexes, provides no guarantee of protection or safety for battery users.
This standard sets forth recommendations for design analyses and certain
testing procedures. The level of assurance for protection and safety
resulting from applying this standard depends on the implementation by the
manufacturer/supplier and the actions of the end user. In the
recommendations for design analyses contained herein, this standard
contemplates reasonable intended use by the end user, but it does not
provide a complete guarantee against hazards to the end user, such as fire,
explosion, and leakage.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1625-2004, IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing"
Key Words: "battery, battery pack, cell, host device, lithium-ion (Li-ion),
lithium-ion polymer (Li-ion polymer), notebook computer, pack,"
Designation: P1625
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing
Status: Revision Project
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: David Y. Ling, Phone:650-857-5057, Email:david.ling@hp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems including considerations for end user notification. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery
technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but
future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge
controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed:
Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and
Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems;
Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging
technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments.
The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and
qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality
and reliability of those batteries.
Designation: 1625
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality
and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It
also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these
batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing
applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery
technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but
future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge
controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are
provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process
Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of
management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-
based battery chemistries and packaging technologies.
Project Purpose: To reduce the incidence of user problems, the portable
computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Designation: 1625
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004
Project Scope: ORIGINAL SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial
mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld
solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and
lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include
technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are:
battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell
level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications.
Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and
Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity
and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery
systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries and packaging
technologies. REVISED SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing
applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery
technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but
future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge
controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed:
Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and
Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems;
Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging
technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Project Purpose: ORIGINAL PURPOSE: To reduce the incidence of user problems,
the portable computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for
qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality
and reliability of those batteries. REVISED PURPOSE: To reduce the
frequency of occurrence of user problems, the portable computing and battery
industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of
rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability
of those batteries.
Designation: P1626
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for dc Overhead Contact System Insulation Requirements for
Transit Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Lou DiMichele, Phone:416-393-4402, Email:lou.dimichele@ttc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum insulation requirements for dc
overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop minimum
requirements for levels of insulation for heavy rail, light rail, and
trolley bus systems. This will control hazards and improve life cycle
costs.
Designation: P1627
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Grounding Practices for dc Electrification Overhead Contact
Systems, Including Application of Lightning Arresters, for Transit Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nick Rassias, Phone:610-650-7730, Email:nrassias@gfnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this standard covers practices for grounding
overhead contact systems used in dc electrification for rail, light rail,
and trolley bus including the proper application of lightning arresters.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no uniform practices for
grounding overhead contact systems used in DC traction electrification or
for application of lightning arresters. Such a standard will provide
increased protection to passengers, personnel, and equipment, reduce
maintenance and initial costs and improve system performance.
Designation: P1628
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance for dc Overhead Contact Systems for
Transit Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Michael N. Lewis, Phone:973-824-6216, Email:Michael.n.lewis@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides overhead contact system
maintenance practices and procedures including maintenance techniques, site
inspection and test procedures, and maintenance tolerances, for heavy rail,
light rail, and trolley bus systems.
Project Purpose: There are no known Industry-wide guidelines. Guidelines will
result in improved reliability and reduced maintenance costs of Overhead
Contact Systems for transit.
Designation: P1629
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Performance of dc Overhead Current Collectors for Transit
Vehicles
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jeffrey Sisson, Phone:617-222-5479, Email:jsisson@mbta.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable performance
requirements for overhead current collectors used for light rail vehicles,
heavy rail vehicles and trolley bus vehicles. Specific areas to be addressed
include oscillation of collectors, arcing and electrical transients, all
weather operation, the wire/collector interface, and dewirement and
entanglement hazards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop performance
requirements for overhead current collectors on transit vehicles to control
hazards, improve performance and reliability, and reduce life cycle cost.
Designation: P1630
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Supporting Structures for dc Overhead Contact Systems for
Transit Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Steve Adkins, Phone:412-394-3534, Email:steven.r.adkins@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard determines minimum structural requirements for
structural supports used for overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light
rail, and trolley bus systems, including loading, safety factors and
deflection.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing
structural requirements for supports used for overhead contact systems.
Such standards will improve design efficiency for new and existing rail
transit projects.
Designation: P1631
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of 8-VSB Digital Television
Transmission Mask Compliance for the USA
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Greg Best, Phone:816-792-2913, Email:gbconsulting@kc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document provides a standardized body of theory, techniques
and procedures for measuring the spectral characteristics of 8-VSB
transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of digital television (DTV)
in the frequency range near their assigned channels (near-band). Essential
characteristics are specified and measurement procedures are given to ensure
that all parties will obtain comparable results. The theory and
techniques presented are applicable to all 8-VSB transmitters. However, the
specification and interpretation of these measurements is primarily focused
on DTV transmitters used within the United States of America
Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide manufacturers,
installers, TV station personnel and other concerned parties with a
standardized body of information for the purpose of determining whether DTV
transmission systems are in compliance with the specifications prescribed in
the FCC rules. .
Designation: 1631
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of
Digitally Modulated Television Signals
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The proposed standard will create a new document to specify
techniques of measuring frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally
modulated television signals. The techniques will relate to the measure ment
of the frequency spectrum, in and out of channel and include definitions fo
correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques.
Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for measuring the
frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally modulated television
signals. The standard will be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure
compliance with federal regulations and accepted engineering practices.
Designation: 1632
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Power of Digitally Modulated
Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The standard specifies the techniques of power measurement for
digitally modulated television signals. The techniques relate to the
measurement of the power and address varying power levels and include
definitions to correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques.
Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for power
measurement of a digitally modulated television signals. The standard will
be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure compliance with federal
regulations and accepted engineering practices.
Designation: P1633
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society
Title: Recommended Practice on Software Reliability
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: Software Reliability (SR) models have been evaluated & ranked
for their applicability to various situations. The revision will reflect
advances in SR since 1992, including modeling & prediction for distributed &
network systems. Situation specific usage guidance will be refined &
updated. The included methodology tools will be extended over the software
life cycle.
Project Purpose: The document promotes a systems approach to SR prediction.
Although there are some distinctive characteristics of aerospace software,
the principles of reliability are generic, and the results can be beneficial
to practitioners in any industry. Many improvements have been made in SR
modeling & prediction since 1992 including SR modeling in networks.
Designation: 1634
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Data Dictionary for Use in Intelligent
Transportation Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is the result of an effort to research, compile,
and consolidate common data dictionary terms for use in intelligent
transportation systems. The standard describes the common data dictionary
terms using meta attributes defined in IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and Abstract
Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1). The standard will provide the specification for
common data elements such as person, time, date, and location to minimize or
eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies when there are more than one group
defining similar data element definitions. The common data dictionary terms
are intended to be used with the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS)
Data Registry.
Project Purpose: Experience gained from the use of and testing the
implementation of ITS Data Registry and field operational tests of standards
for ITS applications has indicated that there is a need for a single
definitive data dictionary describing the common data elements. Various
technology specific data dictionaries have been developed and often each one
has standardized on its own the data elements for common variables such as
time. This IEEE standard will attempt to replace these with a single data
element, which can be used by all of ITS data dictionaries.
Designation: P1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead-
acid b) Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium
(Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the
battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the
environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The
scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions
of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. Specifically not
included in this document are: • Ventilation for spilled
electrolyte, as a spill is considered an accident condition. Temporary
ventilation for fumes associated with spills due to handling of batteries is
addressed in IEEE Std 1578-200A, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrolyte
Spill Containment and Management • Recharging stations for motive
power or automotive batteries. These stations use different charging regimes
from stationary float applications, although the charging gases produced can
be managed in accordance with the guidelines in this document •
Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as desk-top
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting systems
• Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments •
Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations
involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected
use, and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled •
Lithium-based batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other
equipment associated with the battery system • Battery Room design
for fire or smoke events. The ventilation practices described in
this guide represent “the ventilation practices described in this
guide are recommended” based on the information available at the time this
document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against
their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery
systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing
an environment that is both safe and conducive to optimum operation of the
equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of
economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance
of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery
installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical
issues considered in this document.
Project Purpose: No change to existing purpose.
Designation: P1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems (flooded lead-acid batteries, VRLA and Ni-Cd).
For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are
described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental
issues associated with each type of technology. Ventilation for electrolyte
spills is not discussed in this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery
system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning
the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations.
Designation: P1636
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the Standard Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is an implementation
independent specification for a software interface to information systems
containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex
systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These
interfaces will support service definitions for creating application
programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of
historical diagnostic and maintenance information. The standard will use the
information models of IEEE Std 1232-2002 - Artificial Intelligence Exchange
and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) as a foundation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the IEEE P1636 Standard Software Interface for
Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is to specify a
software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of product diagnostic
and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of
organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems
throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will
facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information
systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system
software architectures for maturing system diagnostics.
Designation: P1636.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and Session Information via
the Extensible Markup Language (XML)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of
a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g.,
between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to
be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in
storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline analysis. The
test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within
the SIMICA family of standards.
Designation: 1636.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results via the Extensible Markup
Language (XML)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of
a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g.,
between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to
be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in
storage devices and databases,facilitating online and offline analysis. The
test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within
the SIMICA family of standards.
Designation: P1636.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Maintenance Action Information via the
Extensible Markup Language (XML).
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging maintenance action information
associated with the removal, repair, and replacement of system components to
maintain/support an operational system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of a test system and applications in a
maintenance environment where maintenance action information needs to be
shared. The standard will facilitate the capture and exchange of unit under
test-specific maintenance information, facilitating online and offline
analysis of the maintenance process. The maintenance action schema defines a
class of information to be used within the SIMICA family of standards..
Designation: P1637
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide to Select Terminations for Shielded Power Cables 5-46kV
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: R.D Fulcomer, Phone:718-828-0220x1432, Email:bfulcomer@plymouthrubber.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This guide will discuss the reasons why a termination is
necessery on a shielded power cable. Included is a short tutorial on
termination theory, a general discussion of design and materials and a
selection flow chart.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to guide the reader in
selecting terminations for shielded power cables 5-46kv.
Designation: P1639
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for transmission of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI)
data within Local Area Networks: Distributed MIDI - DMIDI
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Phil Kerr, Phone:+44-141-330-5740, Email:philkerr@elec.gla.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies the communication protocol for the
transmission of MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) data for
communication between MIDI capable hardware and software within a local area
network.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the low-level protocols and high-level
addressing schema for interconnecting MIDI capable devices over local area
networks. The standard seeks to extend the reach of MIDI by enabling it's
transmission over Ethernet and 802.11 networks whilst retaining backwards
compatibility with existing hardware and software.
Designation: 1640
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Wireless Messaging Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will provide specifications for interoperable
protocols and other standards to support Wireless Messaging, historically
used in the paging industry, including air protocols, end-to-end application
protocols, and exterior and interior network protocols.
Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the
world. These devices are connected by various air protocols to wireless
messaging service providers, traditionally referred to as paging services.
Wireless messaging service providers offer connectivity from the public
switched telephone network (PSTN) for numeric display messaging devices,
from dedicated text input devices for alpha text display messaging devices,
and from computers (PCs) for messaging devices with application layer
functionality. By standardizing the various protocols and specifications
for device performance, interoperability across various networks, including
the Internet, PSTN, LANs and private networks for a wide variety of
applications can be assured.
Designation: P1640.2
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for TAP (Telocator(TM) Alphanumeric Protocol) - A Wireless
Messaging Network Exterior Protocol
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for
interoperable exterior input-output network protocols to support Wireless
Messaging, historically used in the paging industry.
Project Purpose: Tens of thousands of sources for wireless messaging devices
are deployed around the world. These sources are connected by one of
several input-output protocols to the exterior of the networks of wireless
messaging service providers. Wireless messaging service providers offer
connectivity for alpha display messaging devices from text input devices
using modems over the public switched telephone network (PSTN). The
traditional modem protocol for exterior input-output from a messaging
network has been referred to as Telocator alpha protocol (TAP). By
standardizing the modem protocol specifications, interoperability across
various networks can be assured.
Designation: P1640.5
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for TNPP (Telocator(TM) Network Paging Protocol) - A Wireless
Messaging Network Interior Protocol
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for
interoperable wireless messaging network interior protocols to support
Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry.
Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the
world. These devices are connected to wireless messaging service providers.
Inside these networks various protocols are used pass messages from internal
nodes to other internal nodes, where various processing is performed, such
as format conversion, routing, storage, and filtering. In addition, other
data related to messaging is passed inside the network, such as for
accounting and provisioning. The traditional network protocol for interior
data handling has been referred to as Telocator network paging protocol
(TNPP). By standardizing these specifications, interoperability across
various networks can be assured.
Designation: 1641-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Signal and Test Definition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide the means to define and
describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common
basic signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to
form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The provision of
language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal
reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test
system. This will in turn facilitate information transfer, test reuse and
broader application of test information - accessible through commercially
available development tools.
Abstract: To provide the means to define and describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common basic signals,
mathematically under pinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals useable across all test platforms. The
provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability.
Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test
definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT
Designation: 1641.1-2006
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Std 1641, Standard for Signal and Test
Definition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: May 02, 2007
Project Scope: This guide provides application information and guidance for
users who write, develop, implement, and support test requirements, signal
definitions, and signal responses using IEEE Std 1641™-2004, known as the
signal and test definition (STD) standard.1 Examples of the definition and
use of signal models in different environments are included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to explain how to implement
signal definitions and test requirements in conformance with IEEE Std
1641-2004. It also provides background information, tutorial support, and
examples of signal definitions and test requirements for users of the STD
standard.
Abstract: Guidance in the use of the signal and test definition (STD) standard is provided. STD provides the means to define and
describe signals used in testing. This guide describes how to implement, apply, and use a set of common basic signals to form
complex signals usable across all test platforms.
Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, ATML, ATS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions,
test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT
Designation: P1641a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Signal and Test Definition - Amendment 1: Enhancement of
Measurement Capabilities and Technical Corrections
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: The means to define and describe signals used in testing has
been identified in IEEE Std 1641-2004. This amendment corrects and enhances
various definitions within the standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal
reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test
system. The purpose of the amendment is to resolve issues discovered during
use and to improve the usability of the standard.
Designation: P1642
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Public Accessible Computer Systems
from Intentional EMI
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat
levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for
different classes of computer equipment.
Project Purpose: The users will be those that build computer systems that are
to be used by the public but require a high level of security to prevent
interference. The users could also be organizations that purchase these
computer systems. This project will provide these users with required
guidance on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and testing
techniques.
Designation: P1643
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Voting Equipment and Systems from
Intentional EMI
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat
levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for
voting equipment and systems.
Project Purpose: The users will be those responsible for equipment design,
specification and system integrity of voting equipment and systems. This
project will executed in parallel with a more general effort being proposed
for the IEEE EMC Society and will provide specific guidance for voting
equipment and systems on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and
testing techniques.
Designation: P1644
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Software Nomenclature - Software Naming
Conventions for Application Software
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Yvette A Tanious, Phone:202-781-1827, Email:taniousya@navsea.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard Software Naming Convention
(SNC) as a recommended practice to be used for developing nomenclature for
software applications. The SNC is independent and will not impact the
coding or the purpose of the software itself and it will not control the
mechanism of the writing or the development of Software codes or programs.
Project Purpose: Currently, there are no defined, independent standards for
naming software applications. Software developers tend to use their own
naming methodology, which lacks uniformity, consistency, and is difficult to
interpret. The consequences are many (i.e. difficult to track and manage
software, lack of sustainability, lack of control, etc.) The purpose of SNC
is to develop a SW product naming convention for any stand alone executable
SW application. The proposed SNC would use a unique reference structure that
links the software name to its related support system, functionality, and
software release date. SNC would improve the tracking, controlling, and
managing of software releases.
Designation: P1645
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for In Service Classification of Damage to Non Ceramic Insulators
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andrew Schwalm, Phone:585-924-2127x219, Email:aschwalm@victorinsulators.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: In cooperation with IEEE Subcommittee on Engineering in Safety,
Maintenance and Operation of Lines (ESMOL), the Task Force will develop a
common vocabulary and inspection criteria for the various changes in
dielectric materials of transmission, distribution and substation non
ceramic insulators that occur with time and exposure. Electronic
presentation of the results on an appropriate web site is a target
deliverable.
Project Purpose: The aim of this project is to develop and promulgate effective
information regarding the types of deterioration and damage that occur on
Non Ceramic Insulators. This information will assist qualified personnel in
determining the relative longevity of insulators that exhibit various types
of deterioration and damage. Presently there is no universal method or
terminology available to the power industry for accurately determining the
extent of damage and deterioration on NCI insulators. The target audience
will be Power Engineers and other qualified personnel responsible for the
safe and continuous operation of, and maintenance on, high voltage power
lines. Benefits are that the Task Force will provide readily available
information (in photographic form) illustrating the common types of
deterioration and or damage found on NCIs and the potential severity of such
damage or deterioration will be described. This is particularly important as
at present there is no known method for readily determining the safety
status or possible hazard presented to workers or the public of an in-
service non ceramic insulator.
Designation: 1646-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Communication Delivery Time Performance Requirements for
Electric Power Substation Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:HOLSTEINDK@ADELPHIA.NET
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines communication delivery time of information
to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection,
control, and data acquisition systems.
Project Purpose: Uitilities will use communication performance requirements as
part of a procurement specification to develop new substation automation
systems, or to modify existing substation automation systems. Vendors will
use communication performance requirements to build open system
communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation
automation.
Abstract: A standard defining communication delivery times of information to be exchanged within and external to substation
integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems is described. Communication capabilities and system capabilities to
deliver data on time are also specified.
Key Words: automatic control, data acquisition, SCADA, supervisory control,
communication, intelligent electronic devices, IED, distributed processing,
communication message delivery performance measures
Designation: 1647-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e'
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional
verification language. The e functional verification language is an
application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of
verifying electronic designs with respect to their specifications. This
standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of the
following: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs b) the e
language interaction with standard simulation languages c) e language
libraries
Project Purpose: Electronic systems are integrated circuits (ICs), boards, or
modules combining multiple ICs together, along with optional embedded
processors and software components. Electronic systems are built to
specifications that anticipate the environment in which such systems are
expected to function and define the expected system functionality.
Functional verification measures how well a system meets its specification.
Even with moderately complex systems this question cannot be answered by
inspection. For all modern electronic systems, a sophisticated verification
process needs to accompany the design process to ensure compliance with
the specification. Many electronic design automation (EDA) tools are used to
carry out the functional verification process. The most prominent functional
verification method, used to verify virtually all system designs, is called
dynamic verification or simulation-based verification . Simulation-based
verification makes use of a functional model of the system being
designed. The functional model is simulated in the context of a mockup of
the anticipated system environment. This mock-up is called the verification
environment. There are many requirements a verification environment needs
to fulfill. — It needs to create input stimulus and feed it into the
system being verified. — It needs to collect the output from the system
being verified, as well as the state of selected internal nodes. — It
needs to check the output matches the expectations, based on the functional
requirements, the state of the system being verified, and the inputs
provided. — It needs to measure functional coverage : the extent to which
functions of the system being verified have been exercised by the
verification environment. — It needs to facilitate error identification,
isolation, and debug. For that purpose, test environments contain
combinational and temporal assertions, as well as various messaging and
logging capabilities. — The verification environment needs to be able
to mimic all possible variations and configurations the system being
verified might face in practice. — The verification environment needs to
be able to throw a wide variety of error conditions at the system being
verified, in order to test error handling and error recovery. — The
verification environment should be easily controllable, to allow steering by
the verification engineers. The verification environment is a primary
component in a simulation-based verification process. The environment
needs to drive the system being verified through enough diverse scenarios to
cover a statistically meaningful portion of the systems state space.
Coverage data collected throughout the process should provide the foundation
to an informed decision about the production readiness of the system being
designed. Sophisticated verification environments are complex software
systems, representing a significant investment. Reuse of verification
components is a primary way of minimizing this investment. Reusability is
typically an artifact of a well thought-out software architecture, but in
the case of e , the language itself facilitates reuse through aspect-
oriented programming (AOP) constructs and the semantics of generation.
The purpose of the e functional verification language is to facilitate the
creation of sophisticated verification environments. e features many
constructs that automate and support common verification environment
tasks. A standard definition of the e language should serve both practicing
verification engineers and EDA tool developers. Engineers using e to build
verification environments and reusable verification components need to
ensure the valuable intellectual property (IP) they create can be
interpreted by others. Tool developers need to agree on consistent syntax
and semantics to ensure interoperability between tools. These goals are best
facilitated by means of an open standard.
Abstract: The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of
verifying an electronic design with respect to its specification. Verification environments written in e provide a model of the
environment in which the design is expected to function, including the kinds of erroneous conditions the design needs to
withstand. A typical verification environment is capable of generating user-controlled test inputs with statistically
interesting characteristics. Such an environment can check the validity of the design responses. Functional coverage metrics are
used to control the verification effort and gauge the quality of the design. e verification environments can be used throughout
the design cycle, from a high-level architectural model to a fully realized system. This standard contains a definition of the e
language syntax and semantics, and how tool developers and verification engineers should use them.
Key Words: assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification,
functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic,
test generation
Designation: P1647
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e'
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional
verification language. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative
source for the definition of (a) syntax and semantics of e language
constructs (b) the e language interaction with standard simulation
languages (c) e language libraries This revision extends the
standard to cover novel verification-related features
Project Purpose: This standard serves the community involved with functional
verification of electronic designs using the e language. It provides an
implementation independent definition of the e language and facilitates the
development of e language based design automation tools. The revision
project extends the standard to include novel verification related features.
Designation: P1648
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing and Managing Software Development
Efforts Using Agile Methods
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:sduncan@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a process that a software
development client should adopt and use in contracting with and working with
an Agile software developer. It is intended that both the technical and
project management personnel should apply these recommendations to be aware
of and control the three aspects of software development: development status
of specific features, progress through the development cycle, and
expenditure of contract funds.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide
software acquirers with a process that is suitable for establishing and
managing an Agile-style software development. This Recommended Practice
focuses on the definition and control of feature development and does not
address aspects of software development independent of the Agile development
methodology.
Designation: P1649
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice on Information Security Risk Assessment in Power
System Operations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:408-366-8700, Email:fcleve@ix.netcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the development of Recommended
Practices, educational material, and other information related to the
assessment of information security risks in power system operations.
Project Purpose: Information security has become increasingly important in
power system operations. Although security measures have been developed in
the broader communications industry and standardization work is currently
underway for security in power system communications protocols, very little
effort has been undertaken on how to assess security risks in power system
operations, and therefore what security measures need to be implemented.
Therefore, the purpose of this Working Group will be to develop methods by
which the information security risks can be assessed by utilities. These
efforts will be closely coordinated with the on-going work on security
standards for power system communications in the IEC TC57 WG15, the on-going
work on recommended practices for security solutions in IEEE SCC36, the IEEE
PES SCC TF on Electronic Security in IEEE PES Standards, and other security
industry efforts.
Designation: 1650-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Electrical Properties of
Carbon Nanotubes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2006
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the electrical
characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The methods will be
independent of processing routes used to fabricate the CNT's.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for the electrical
characterization of CNT's and the means of reporting performance and other
data. Without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and
diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This is intended to
provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data.
These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard
that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is
developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and
procedures for validation.
Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) are
covered. Due to the nature of CNTs, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-
of-experiment is not properly addressed. The most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical
measurements commonly required for CNTs, are described. Recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect
of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring CNTs are given.
Key Words: Carbon nanotube, electrical characterization, high-impedance
measurement, nanotechnology
Designation: P1651
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Guidelines for Reducing Bird Related Outages
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:480-727-1507, Email:raji@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This guide documents proven methods and designs to reduce bird
related outages, such as contamination outages, straemer outages and
electrocution/collision/contact outages on transmission lines, in
substations, and on distribution lines, thereby improving the reliability
and minimizing the associated revenue loss
Project Purpose: Recommended procedures and techniques for reducing bird
related contamination, streamer, electrocution and collision (contact)
outages on transmission lines, in substations and on overhead distribution
lines, including all apparatuses and devices, such as insulators,
transformers, surge arresters, capacitor banks, poles etc. are provided.The
information in this guide was drawn from electric utilities, suppliers,
universities, related industries, and personal observations. Included in
this guide are methods for reducing various bird related outages that have
been shown to be effective. The information presented is of particular
benefit to utilities that are experiencing various bird related outages,
some not even aware of the problem. It is also of value to those utilities
who are in the process of erecting new lines in areas where birds are
prevalent.
Designation: P1652
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: Standard for the Application of Free Field Acoustic Reference to
Telephony Measurements
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques and rationale for
referencing acoustic telephony measurements to the free field. It applies
to ear related measurements such as receive, sidetone and overall.
Project Purpose: A common acoustic reference point is needed for comparing
electroacoustic performance of handset, headset, handsfree and other kinds
of telephone terminals. It is also needed for comparing telephone terminals
with other devices such as loudspeakers, mobile communication devices,
multimedia terminals and consumer audio equipment. The free field is the
appropriate reference point because the results relate closely to what we
hear. Therefore, the free field is a more widely applicable reference point
for telephony measurements than the traditional ERP (ear reference point).
Designation: P1653.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Traction Power Rectifier Transformers for Substation
Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Output
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tristan Kneschke, Phone:+1 215 641 8821, Email:tkneschke@ltk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers design, manufacturing, and testing unique
to application of power rectifier transformers intended to operate in dc
supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 volts dc nominal
output.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing
all requirements for traction power transformers. This standard will
provide requirements specific to traction power rectifier transformers
supplying power to dc supplied transportation equipment.
Designation: P1653.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for Uncontrolled Traction Power Rectifiers for Substation
Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Output
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: RW Benjamin Stell, Phone:781-565-5937, Email:bstell@hntb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers design, manufacturing, and testing unique
to application of uncontrolled semiconductor power rectifiers for dc
supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 volts dc nominal
output.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing
requirements for traction power rectifiers. This standard will provide
requirements specific to traction power rectifiers supplying power to dc
supplied transportation equipment.
Designation: P1653.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Standard for dc Traction Power System Field Testing and Acceptance
Criteria for System Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jay Sender, Phone:619-557-4563, Email:jsender@mtdb.sdmts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines field testing and acceptance criteria for
transportation system applications powered by a dc traction power system up
to 1500 volts nominal.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to ensure that the installed equipment will
function as intended by the plans and specifications, thereby providing
reliable service for the anticipated life of the equipment.
Designation: P1654
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide For Establishing A Safety Program For Protection Of Electrical
Workers In The Vicinity Of Wireless Communication Antennas Adjacent Or
Attached To Electrical Power Line Structures
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nestor Kolcio, Phone:614-873-6473, Email:nkolcio@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: This Guide presents information on establishing an effective
safety program to assure compliance with the applicable regulations for
radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of
wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power
line structures. The Guide also provides information on power frequency
electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors and RF
protective clothing.
Project Purpose: Electric utilities are required to meet the requirements
established by applicable regulations ( e.g. OSHA, FCC, etc.) for protection
of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas
adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. This Guide
presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure
compliance with these regulatory requirements, including information on RF
exposure limits, power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF
personal monitors, and RF protective clothing.
Designation: P1656
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and Durability Performance
of Wildlife Protective Devices on Overhead Power Distribution Systems Rated
up to 38kV
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products
installed on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and
including 38 kV. The guide provides test recommendations regarding these
products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts
and conductors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to recommend test procedures to
evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife
protective products. The guide provides the end user with test
recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the
dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature
failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will minimize the
possibility of a momentary or permanent outage to the electrical system in
the event of wildlife interaction.
Designation: 1656
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Trial-Use Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and
Durability Performance of Wildlife Guards and Deterrents Used on Overhead
Power Distribution Systems Rated up to 38 k.V.
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products used on
overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV.
The guide provides test recommendations regarding these products that are in
direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to recommend test procedures to
evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife
protective products. The guide will provide the end user with test
recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the
dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature
failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will prevent a momentary
or permanent outage to the electrical system in the event of wildlife
interaction.
Designation: P1657
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Personnel Qualifications for Installation, Maintenance, and
Operation of Stationary Batteries
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Curtis Ashton, Phone:(303) 707-5699, Email:cashton@Qwest.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This document defines the areas of recommended knowledge for
installers, maintainers and operators of stationary batteries, and related
systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system
and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide an outline of the
necessary items that must be covered by those developing training programs
for stationary battery installation, operations, and maintenance personnel.
The order in which the items in this document are covered is at the
discretion of the training developer/provider.
Designation: P1658
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods of Digital-to-Analog Converter
Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: This project will define the terminology and test methods to
clearly document standard world-wide terms used to describe and test Digital
to Analog Converters (DAC's). It will be restricted to monolithic, hybrid
and module DAC's and not cover systems encompassing DAC's.
Project Purpose: This standard is being written to clear up confusion relating
to the terms and definitions of DAC's. Test methods will be defined with
expected output and analysis of the data generated from these test methods.
Product specifications will be defined in clear terms that will be
understandable by all international users and manufacturers.
Designation: P1659
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Connectors used in Underground Cable Splices and
Terminations for Voltages of 5 to 35 kV
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will define the test procedure and requirements,
which apply to compression and mechanical connectors used in joints and
terminations for underground primary network systems using copper and
aluminum conductors. This standard applies to compression and mechanical
connectors for underground cable in primary networks for rated voltages 5 kV
- 35kV (E0 = 2.9 KV - 22kV) This guide is not applicable to connectors
for overhead conductors. 1. The conductor of the cable shall conform
to the requirements of ICEA S97-682 with cross sections of no. 6 and larger
for copper and no. 4 and larger for aluminum. 2. The maximum
continuous operating temperature is less or equal to 90°C. 3. The
maximum emergency temperature is less or equal to 130°C
Project Purpose: Currently primary cable systems operate more often to design
limits, and above. (90°C continuous conductor temperature, long emergency
duration, etc.). Since the load factor in underground systems are increasing
and redundancy is reduced, underground cable systems (including connectors)
are more heavily thermally and mechanically stressed than ever before.
There is currently no IEEE standard or guide present, which adresses these
requirements. Existing connector standards like ANSI 119.1; ANSI 119.4 and
UL 486 cover overhead line connectors and/or secondary network applications.
Designation: P1660
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Application and Management of Stationary Batteries Used in
Cycling Service
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Garth P Corey, Phone:505-844-1722, Email:gpcorey@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This guide provides information on the differences between
stationary standby and stationary cycling applications and appropriate
battery management strategies in cycling operations. While the primary
emphasis is on lead-acid batteries, information is also provided on
alternative and emerging storage technologies. The management of battery
systems in stationary standby service is covered in other IEEE documents and
is beyond the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: This guide is meant to provide assistance to users of
stationary battery systems in determining appropriate battery management
strategies that may be applied by addressing the primary similarities and
differences in battery design and operation for standby vs. cycling
applications.
Designation: P1661
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide For Test and Evaluation of Lead-acid Batteries Used in
Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This guide contains a field test procedure for lead-acid
batteries used in Photovoltaic (PV) hybrid power systems. Battery charging
parameters are discussed with respect to PV hybrid power systems. The field
test procedure is intended to verify the battery’s operating setpoints and
battery performance. Discussions on how to interpret test results are also
included. This guide is applicable to all PV hybrid power systems where
PV and an engine generator are the only charging sources. This guide does
not include stand-alone PV only systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides a field test and evaluation procedure
for lead-acid batteries used in PV hybrid power systems. It is intended to
help system owners, designers, and funding organizations select, manage, and
verify lead-acid battery performance in PV hybrid power systems.
Designation: P1662
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for the design and application of Power Electronics in Electrical
Power Systems on Ships
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering
methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power
Systems on Ships. It will describe analytical methods,preferred parameters
and performance charachteristics from a common frame of reference for
reliable integrated marine electrical power systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for
analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for
marine electrical power systems. It will analyze impact of such concepts as
Power Electronica Building Blocks or Integrated Power Systems on size, life
cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency and risk reduction of implementation
Designation: 1662
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Guide for the design and application of Power
Electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Marine Ships
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering
methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power
Systems on Marine Ships. It will describe analytical methods,preferred
parameters and performance charachteristics from a common frame of reference
for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for
analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for
marine electrical power systems. It will analyze impact of such concepts as
Power Electronica Building Blocks or Integrated Power Systems on size, life
cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency and risk reduction of implementation
Designation: P1663.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Application of Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations
1kV to 52kV
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: George Becker, Phone:860-665-6741, Email:beckegw@nu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: The guideline will describe engineering criteria including
equipment selection, arrangements, ratings, controls, and construction
considerations including installation, testing, and operations & maintenance
factors.
Project Purpose: This guideline will be developed to assist substation
engineers with the application, operations and maintenance of gas-insulated
medium voltage (1kV to 52kV) installations. The technology in the area of
Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated equipment has become competitive with Air-
Insulated equipment for switchgear applications.
Designation: P1665
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for the Rewind of Synchronous Generators, 50 and 60 Hz, rated 1
MVA and above
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William H Bartley, Phone:860-722-5483, Email:william_bartley@hsb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: The general parameters for this Guide apply to 50 or 60 hertz
synchronous generators driven by reciprocating engines, steam turbines,
combustion turbines, and hydro turbines. The guide generally applies to the
stator and rotor of generators with rated outputs of 1 MVA and above. The
guide does not address machine auxiliaries or the excitation system.
Project Purpose: This Guide will provide the generator owner with insight into
the considerations that are necessary when rewinding or refurbishing a
generator. Particular emphasis is placed on the complete rewind of each of
the components of the stator and rotor.
Designation: 1666-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation, Joint Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: IEEE Standard SystemC(R) Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC®1 as an ANSI standard C++ class
library for system and hardware design.
Project Purpose: The general purpose of this project is to provide a C++-based
standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems
that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of
this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC
class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with
reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as
a users’ guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain
useful information for end users.
Abstract: SystemC(R) is defined in this standard. SystemC(R) is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design
for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This
standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC(R) class library so that a SystemC(R) implementation can be
developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of the SystemC(R)
library, the implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library.
Key Words: C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation,
electronic design automation, electronic system level, electronic systems,
embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware
design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip,
transaction level
IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Designation: 1667-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Protocol for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient
Storage Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Ariel Sobelman, Phone:650-773-0751, Email:ariel.sobelman@m-systems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This project defines a standard protocol for secure
authentication of dynamically attached devices, such as USB flash drives.
The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security,
and does not directly address that issue.
Project Purpose: This project enables the secure functionality of devices such
as USB flash drives when connected transiently to hosts.
IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Designation: P1668
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Sag and Interruption Ride-through
Testing for End-use Electrical Equipment Less than 1,000 Volts
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Christopher J Melhorn, Phone:865-218-8013, Email:c.melhorn@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This project will undertake the development of a standard for
the response of electrical equipment to voltage sags. The standard will
describe a level of performance to be used as a criteria for acceptance of
the product. End users will be able to use the standard in their purchase
specifications to ensure the required level of performance. The project will
apply to any electrical equipment that can experience nuisance shutdowns due
to reductions in supply voltage.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard in place that effectively
specifies equipment response to voltage sags, with the exception of SEMI
F47, which is exclusively for semiconductor equipment. Customers outside the
semiconductor industry have no way to ensure equipment performance before
purchasing. This standard will provide a minimum performance criteria for
customers to specify during the purchasing process. This standard will also
recommend a technically defensible test method for determining electrical
equipment sensitivity to voltage sags, swells, and interruptions.
Designation: P1670
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Techniques for
Nanotechnologies including Measurements and Analysis to control CVD
Nanoscale Processes
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Harvey Mecham, Phone:801-863-8629, Email:mechamha@uvsc.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This document establishes a foundation standard for CVD
processes. It addresses measurement schemes or analytical techniques needed
for control of CVD nanoscale processes.
Project Purpose: There are no formal standards for CVD techniques as they apply
to nanoscale processing. Standardization will enable reproducible results.
Designation: 1671-2006
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for
Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2006
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information
between components of automatic test systems. This information includes
test data, resource data, diagnostic data, and historic data. The exchange
medium is defined using the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). This document
specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of ATML is to support test program, test asset,
and Unit Under Test (UUT) interoperability within an automatic test
environment. ATML accomplishes this through a standard medium for exchanging
UUT, test, and diagnostic information between components of the test system.
The purpose of this document is to provide an overview of ATML goals as well
as to provide guidance for usage of the ATML family of standards.
Abstract: This trial-use standard specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. ATML defines a standard exchange medium
for sharing information between components of an Automatic Test System (ATS), usng the eXtensible Markup Language (XML).
Key Words: Automatic Test Equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language
(ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), XML Schema
Designation: P1671.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test
Descriptions
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test description information
defining test performance,test conditions, diagnostic requirements, and
support equipment to locate, align, and verify the proper operation of a
Unit Under Test (UUT). This is in support of the development of Test Program
Sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of Automatic Test Systems (ATSs) (e.g.,
rehosting test requirements between ATS platforms) where UUT test
requirement definitions need to be shared. This standard will also
facilitate the preparation or documentation of test program(s). The Test
Description Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within
the ATML family of standards.
Designation: P1671.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging Instrument
Descriptions
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the static description of an
instrument. Instances of InstrumentDescription will be utilized in
conjunction with other instances of InstrumentDescription in support of the
execution of test programs in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of Automatic Test Systems (ATSs) (e.g.,
between a test executive and a resource allocator) where instrument
descriptions need to be shared. This standard will also facilitate the
description of tester configuration as well as synthetic/virtual/composite
instrumentation. The InstrumentDescription Schema becomes a class of
information that can be used within the ATML family of standards.
Designation: P1671.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic
Test Information via XML (Xtensible Markup Language): Exchanging UUT
(Unit-Under-Test) Description Information
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML (Xtensible Markup Language), for information that
uniquely describes a category or type of Unit-Under-Test (UUT). The format
will include the ability to specify multiple manufacturers for each UUT, as
there may be cases where a single UUT is supplied by a variety of
manufacturers. This information is intended to support all aspects of the
test and maintenance environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of test and maintenance support systems
by defining a common set of identification information for UUTs. The UUT
description Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within
the ATML family of standards. This standard will allow a common UUT
description to be transportable across a variety of test and maintenance
environments including, but not limited to, the automotive, semiconductor,
aerospace and military industries.
Designation: P1671.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Configuration
Information
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for identifying all of the hardware, software and
documentation that may be used to test and diagnose a Unit Under Test (UUT)
on an Automatic Test System (ATS).
Project Purpose: Test Configuration provides a framework, which enables test
program set data to be exchanged between compliant systems. The data
supports the acquisition and itemization of test assets required to be in
place prior to testing a UUT on the test system.
Designation: P1671.5
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Adapter Information
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter information by
defining the interface between the Unit Under Test (UUT) and the Test
Station, which includes the description of the test adapter (e.g., physical
and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and
identification/classification).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized
format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of non-
manual test systems, by allowing the exchange of test adapter information.
The Test Adapter Schema becomes a class of information that can be used
within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document
contains the definition of a single test adapter model. The Test Adapter
schema provides a structure for describing test adapter capabilities and
structure. This standard will allow test adapter information to
be transportable across a variety of ATE within the automotive,
semiconductor, aerospace and military industries.
Designation: P1671.6
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Station Information
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test station information by
defining the description of the test station (e.g., physical and electrical
characteristics, components, capabilities/performance, and
identification/classification).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized
format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of non-
manual test systems, by allowing exchange of test station information. The
Test Station Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within
the ATML family of standards. Each instance document contains the
definition of a single test station model. The Test Station schema provides
a structure for describing test station capabilities and structure.
This standard will allow common test station information to be transportable
across a variety of ATE within the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace and
military industries.
Designation: 1672-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee
Title: Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007
Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This document organizes and standardizes the terms and
definitions used in the field of ultrawideband (UWB) radar.
Project Purpose: The definitions presented in this standard represent a
consensus of UWB radar experts at the time of publication. Wherever
possible, the definitions have been adopted from governing bodies such as
the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) responsible for
regulating commercial use of UWB radio and radar systems. For historical
perspective, alternative definitions used before the establishment of
government standards are also given. UWB radar is a field of radar that
is finding multiple applications in the United States and internationally.
The purpose of this standard is to promote clarity and consistency in the
use of the terminology used in UWB radar applications. Changes to this
standard are anticipated, and industry professionals in this area of
practice are encouraged to communicate directly concerning issues with the
current definitions, suggested changes, and/or the addition of new
definitions.
Abstract: The terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband radar are organized and standardized in this document.
Key Words: baseband, carrier-free, GPR, Harmuth orthogonal functions, high
resolution radar, impulse radar, nonsinusoidal radar, spread spectrum,
terminology, ultrawideband radar, ultrawideband radar, video pulse
Designation: P1672-2006/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee
Title: Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions - Corrigendum 1: Change in
definition of “ultrawideband” to harmonize with IEEE Std 686 and P1672
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The definition of the term Utrawideband will be harmonized with
P686.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization between two IEEE standards. This is
an accomodation to P686 by P1672.
Designation: P1673
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Requirements for Conduit & Cable Seals for Field Connected
Wiring To Equipment in Petroleum And Chemical Industry exposed to pressures
above 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paul S. Babiarz, Phone:315-477-5110, Email:paul.babiarz@crouse-hinds.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop installation and
evaluation requirements for conduit and cable seals used in the field
connected power , control and instrumentation wiring systems to equipment in
the petroleum and chemical industry exposed to pressures above 1.5
kilopascals (0.22 psi) and at above or below ambient temperatures. This
standard does not cover seals provided by manufacturers as part of the
listed equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide consistent
requirements for installation and evaluation of seal fittings for field
installed cable and conduits systems for equipment subjected to pressures
higher than 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) containing flammable or combustible
process fluids. A failure of seals could allow the migration of flammable
process fluids and gases to unclassified areas containing ignition sources.
Designation: P1675
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Hardware
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Terrence Burns, Phone:602-371-6443, Email:terrence.burns@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard will be to provide testing and
verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily couplers
and enclosures, for Broadband over Power Line (BPL) installations, and
provide standard installation methods to ensure compliance with applicable
codes and standards. This project will not cover repeater/node hardware,
data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the
internal workings of this technology.
Project Purpose: The Broadband over Power Line (BPL) industry in the United
States is in its infancy. For this technology to become widespread,
standards must be put in place that will enable utilities to quickly develop
a BPL program without the tedious task of investigating every possible
hardware solution for safety and useability. A BPL standard will give both
the utilities and the BPL industry the ability to confidently pursue a BPL
installation. In addition, because of the nature of BPL, non-utility
personnel will be working in close proximity to areas that are commonly
considered off-limits to all personnel except for qualified linemen. This
standard will provide the boundries of what is strictly the working area for
linemen only in the utility environment, and detail construction practices
that will provide adherance to applicable codes and standards.
Designation: 1676
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Control Architecture for High Power Electronics (1 MW and
Greater) used in Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Narain G Hingorani, Phone:+1 650 941 5240, Email:nhingorani@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define and characterize control
architecture for high power electronics from power semiconductor device
levels to the power system level. This project covers the application of
power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC
Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC),
Distributed Generation, Storage applications, with a power range from
hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds
of MW.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to define hierarchical control
architecture, define various parameters/functions that need to be handled
within each level and those that need to be communicated between the layers
and their required speed levels. When the control functions of many
different power electronic systems are investigated and evaluated, a
significant degree of common functionality emerges, irrespective of the
target application. Using the concept of system levels (or layers), it is
possible to define a hierarchical control architecture for the high power
electronics based systems. In order to exploit commonality, it is
important to consider the division of the control architecture into distinct
layers in high power electronics applications. These layers include: System
control level that determines the overall mission of the system, converter
control level responsible for maintaining overall functions of the power
electronics, converter control level with the many common functions of
converters irrespective of the final applications and the device level
control including the functioning of the power electronics system and its
devices. These levels have different communication speed requirements.
Designation: P1677
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Application and User Guide for Gas-Insulated Transmission
Lines (GIL), Rated 72.5 kV and Above
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Darin Penner, Phone:+1 816 822 3884, Email:dpenner@burnsmcd.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for the planning, permitting,
design, equipment specification, installation, commissioning, operation, and
maintenance of gas insulated transmission lines. The guide will address
technical aspects only. Commercial and legal issues associated with gas
insulated transmission lines are not considered. This guide applies to AC
transmission lines rated for maximum operating voltage of 72.5 kV and
higher.
Project Purpose: There is currently no complete guide covering planning,
design, installation, and operation of gas insulated transmission lines.
The guide produced by this project will fill this void and become a useful
reference for electric power engineers considering the installation of gas
insulated lines.
Designation: P1678
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Braced Post Insulator Assemblies for Overhead Transmission
Lines 69 kV and Greater
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tom Grisham, Phone:+1 630 584 1992, Email:griscut@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This guide will cover all types of fixed base and fully
articulated braced insulator assemblies using either ceramic or non-ceramic
insulators.
Project Purpose: The purpose it to provide guidance to transmission line
designers for the proper application of all types of braced insulator
assemblies.
Designation: P1679
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Emerging Technologies Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging
Energy Storage Technologies in Stationary Applications
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective
evaluation of an emerging energy storage technology by a potential user for
any stationary application. Energy storage technologies are those that
provide a means for the reversible storage of electrical energy, i.e. the
device receives electrical energy and is able to discharge electrical energy
at a later time. The storage medium may be electrochemical (e.g. batteries),
kinetic (e.g. flywheels), electrostatic (e.g. electric double-layer
capacitors), thermal, or some other medium. Devices recharged by non-
electrical means, such as fuel cells, are beyond the scope of this document.
For the purposes of this document, “emerging” technologies are defined as
those technologies recently, or soon to be, made available for sale under
customary commercial terms, e.g., defined scope-of-supply, warranted
performance, etc. Stationary applications include both standby and cycling
operation. The document provides a common basis for the expression of
performance characteristics and the treatment of life-testing data. A
standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including
assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure
that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of
applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be
made. The document does not specify test methods, minimum requirements, or
pass/fail criteria. This recommended practice does not describe
individual energy storage technologies, nor does it provide guidance on
their suitability for a particular application. This document does not cover
sizing, installation, maintenance and testing techniques, except insofar as
they may influence the evaluation of a technology for its intended
application.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the
characterization of emerging energy storage technologies in terms of
performance, service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a
framework for developers to describe their products. The resulting
information will assist users in evaluating the possible application of
emerging energy storage technologies.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Emerging Technologies Coordinating Committee
Designation: 1679
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging
Battery Technologies in Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective
evaluation of an emerging battery technology by a potential user for any
stationary application. For the purposes of this document, emerging battery
technologies are defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made
available for sale under customary commercial terms, e.g., defined scope-of-
supply, warranted performance, etc. The document provides a common basis for
the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life-
testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also
provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this
document is to ensure that characterization information, including test
conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow
valid comparisons to be made. The document does not specify test methods,
minimum requirements, or pass/fail criteria. While this document primarily
targets the characterization of emerging battery technologies, the
recommendations are broadly applicable to other energy storage technologies.
This recommended practice does not describe individual battery technologies,
nor does it provide guidance on their suitability for a particular
application. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance
and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation
of a technology for its intended application.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the
characterization of emerging battery technologies in terms of performance,
service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a framework
for developers to describe their products. The resulting information will
assist users in evaluating the possible application of emerging battery
technologies.
Designation: 1680-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer
Products, including Laptop Personal Computers, Desktop Personal Computers,
and Personal Computer Monitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 2006
Technical Contact: Holly Elwood, Phone:+1 202 564 8854, Email:elwood.holly@epa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for
personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook
computers, and computer monitors that are marketed to institutions, and
includes key concepts and implementation procedures relating to reduction or
elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection,
design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end of
life management, corporate performance and packaging.
Project Purpose: This Standard provides a clear and consistent set of
performance criteria for the design of personal computer products that are
marketed to institutions, and provides an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic
products. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are
intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and
manufacture of personal computer products that are marketed to institutions;
the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the
product to institutions; and in associated corporate performance
characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the
criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products
demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in
the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the
environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace
improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to
set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard
is intended to serve as a baseline for further environmental standards for
additional electronic products to be developed in the future.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1680-2006 provides a set of environmental performance criteria for notebook computers, desktop computers, and
computer monitors. In addition, it defines the methods by which manufacturers may declare such products as conforming with the
Standard and by which such conformance may be verified. The Standard provides a measure of environmental leadership in product
design, manufacture, service and end-of-life management. It is intended for use by institutional purchasers to select personal
computer products, and by product manufacturers who wish to sell such products. There are three levels of conformance with this
Standard. To achieve the first level, the product shall conform to all of the 23 required environmental criteria. To achieve the
second level, the product shall conform to all of the required criteria plus at least 50% of the 28 optional criteria, and to
achieve the third level the product shall conform to all the required criteria and at least 75% of the optional criteria. It
is intended that this Standard shall be a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products and
shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Key Words: computer, computer monitor, electronic product, electronic product
design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance,
notebook computer, personal computer
Designation: P1681
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application of Active Harmonic Filter Systems for AC Low and
Medium Voltages (208V to 17.5kV)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:770-453-1459, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides application and general specification for
the use of active harmonic filter systems. Active harmonic filter systems
are intended for use in low voltages (208V and up to 1000V) and medium
voltages (up to 17.5kV).
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no standards, specification or guidelines
for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components
availabe to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic
filters will also increase.
Designation: P1682
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections, and Optical
Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jan S Pirrong, Phone:508-384-7811, Email:jpirrong@cablelan.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for
qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for
use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific
directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of
fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber
splices.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Designation: P1683
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Motor Control Centers Rated up to 1000 volts with
Requirements Intended to Reduce Injuries and Improve Reliability
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ben McClung, Phone:304-984-3877, Email:blmcclung@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides functional design and factory test
requirements for motor control centers rated up to 1000 volts AC 50/60 Hz
intended to reduce the possibility of injuries caused by shock or internal
arcing events to employees performing normal operations on the motor control
center. These requirements are also intended to allow more reliable
operation. Normal operations are considered to include: - operation of
door mounted controls - testing for absence of voltage in unit and on
bus - troubleshooting for failed components or faulted conductors in or
connected to the unit - replacement of any fuses and resetting of any
protective devices which could blow or trip due to an external failure or
overload - disconnection and removal of removable units -
reinsertion and reconnection of removable units - adjustment of
settings in the unit - replacement of indicator lamps. The
requirements of this guide are intended to supplement the existing
requirements of the applicable standards for motor control centers,
including NEMA ICS 18-2001 “Motor Control Centers” and ANSI/UL 845-2005
“Motor Control Centers” (also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE-2006 and CSA C22.2 No.
254-05). Compliance with this standard is optional, and when required,
must be specifically stated as a requirement in the purchase contract.
Project Purpose: This standard enables equipment suppliers to provide a motor
control center (MCC) designed and factory tested with a specific set of
features. These features are intended to reduce the rate of user employee
shock and arc flash injuries. They are also intended to improve reliability
i.e. increase the mean time between failures compared to equipment meeting
the base NEMA and ANSI/UL standards referenced above. This standard
enables suppliers of MCCs to offer users MCCs meeting an IEEE standard for
increased safety and reliability. Equipment specified to this standard
may be subject to less onerous operating and maintenance requirements in a
future edition of NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for
Employee Workplaces.”
Designation: P1684
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Security of Digital Computers in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This project will define requirements and provide guidance in
addressing security for digital computers and software used in safety
systems of nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: Currently there are no defined security requirements and
implementation guidance for digital computers and software used in safety
systems of nuclear power generating stations. The purpose of this standard
is to provide this guidance.
Designation: P1685
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for IP-XACT, Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating and
Re-using IP within Tool-flows
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes an XML Schema for meta-data documenting
Intellectual Property (IP) used in the development, implementation and
verification of electronic systems and an Application Programming Interface
(API) to provide tool access to the meta-data. This schema provides a
standard method to document IP that is compatible with automated integration
techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking tools into a
System Development framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized
development environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to
interpret, configure, integrate and manipulate IP blocks that comply with
the proposed IP meta-data description. The proposed standard is based on
version 1.4 IP-XACT of The SPIRIT Consortium. The standard is
independent of any specific design processes. It does not cover those
behavioral characteristics of the IP that are not relevant to integration.
Project Purpose: This standard enables the creation and exchange of IP in a
highly automated design environment
IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Designation: 1685
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating and Re-using IP within
Tool-flows, (SPIRIT).
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard describes a meta-data schema for the description
of Intellectual Property (IP) and an Application Programming Interface
(API) to provide tool access to this schema. This schema provides a
standard method to describe IP that is compatible with automated
integration techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking
tools into an IP framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development
environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret,
configure, integrate and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the proposed
IP meta-data description. The proposed project will create an IEEE
standard based on version 1.5 of the SPIRIT schema and API. The IEEE will
refine the schema and API and clarify how they are used in the context of
hardware design languages such as IEEE 1364 Verilog, IEEE 1666 SystemC, and
IEEE 1076 VHDL.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a well-defined meta-
data schema to define the characteristics of Intellectual Property (IP)
required for the automation of the configuration and integration of IP
blocks; and to define an Application Programming Interface (API) to make
this meta-data directly accessible to automation tools.
IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Designation: P1686
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED) Cyber
Security Standards
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Samuel C Sciacca, Phone:203-881-1287, Email:samuels@microsol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The standard will define the functions and features to be
provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate
critical infrastructure protection programs. The standard will address
security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware revision
and data retrieval from an IED, including the substation RTU. Encryption
for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the
substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed in
other efforts.
Project Purpose: The standard will define the functions and features to be
provided in substation intelligent electronic devices(IEDs)to accommodate
critical infrastructure protection programs. Specifically, the standard
will state what safeguards, audit mechanisms and alarm indications shall be
provided by the vendor of the IED with regards to all activities associated
with access, operation, configuration, firmware revision and data retrieval
from an IED, including the substation RTU. The standard will also allow the
user to define a security program around these features, and alert the user
if an IED does not meet this standard as to the need for other defensive
measures (technical and/or procedural) which may need to be taken. The
Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to
the substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed
in other efforts.
Designation: P1687
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Access and Control of Instrumentation Embedded within a
Semiconductor Device
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Kenneth Posse, Phone:+1 970 223 2103, Email:kepos@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard develops a methodology for access to embedded
instrumentation without defining the instruments or their features
themselves, via the IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and additional
signals that may be required. The elements of the methodology include a
description language for the characteristics of the features and for
communication with the features, and requirements for interfacing to the
features.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 1149.1 standard specifies circuits to be embedded
within a semiconductor device to support board test; namely, the Test Access
Port (TAP), TAP Controller, and a number of internal registers. In practice
the TAP and TAP Controller are being used for other functions well beyond
boundary-scan in an ad-hoc manner across the industry to access a wide
variety of embedded instruments. The purpose of the IJTAG initiative is to
provide an extension to the IEEE 1149.1 standard specifically aimed at using
the TAP to manage the configuration, operation, and collection of data from
this embedded instrumentation circuitry.
Designation: P1688
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Module Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Testing
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Fred Heather, Phone:+1 301 342 6975, Email:heatherf@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the standard is limited to EMI levels and test
methods for replaceable electronic modules (i.e. cards, electronic
subunits).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide Electromagnetic
Interference (EMI) levels and test methods for characterizing the EMI of
replaceable electronic modules.
Designation: P1689
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Trial Use Standard for Cyber Security of Serial SCADA Links and IED
Remote Access
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the general requirements to
protect serial communications between master stations and remote terminal
units from cyber attack, and remote access to maintenance ports in Remote
Terminal Units (RTUs) and other Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). This
standard defines the requirements to retrofit existing communications in
such a manner as to minimize the changes needed to existing equipment and
software. The test plan defines specific tests and evaluations that should
be performed to ensure that the cyber security mechanisms are working
properly.
Project Purpose: Utilities will use the cyber security requirements as part of
a procurement specification to retrofit existing communications to protect
against cyber attack. Vendors will use the cyber security requirements to
build open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous
serial communications and dial-up communications from cyber attack.
Designation: P1690
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Carbon Nanotubes Used as
Additives in Bulk Materials
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Krishna Kalyanasundaram, Phone:+1 847 576 9596, Email:krishnak@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides standard methods for the
characterization of carbon nanotubes used as additives in bulk materials.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to provide and suggest
procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will
enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by
research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover,
the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for
validation.
Designation: 1691-1
Title: Design automation—VHDL language reference manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1691-2
Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: P1692
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Guide for the Protection of Communication Installations from Lightning
Effects
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This document presents engineering design guidelines for the
prevention of lightning damage to communications equipment within
structures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide reliable engineering
methods and practices to minimize damages to communications equipment
located within a structure.
Designation: P1693
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation
Title: Standard for Modular Interconnect Packaging for Scalable Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Steve Mann, Phone:+1 978 663 2525x126, Email:smann@bco-inc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the electrical and mechanical
specifications of a modular interconnect packaging system design for
Automatic Test System (ATS). It specifically describes a building block
approach based upon the integration of three elements: (1) the outer
enclosure and the inner Eurocard standard mechanical chassis that forms the
mechanical structure of the building block with alignment features to mate
with other enclosures [building blocks]; (2) upgraded IEEE-1155 Standard
for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI), that adds serial bus control
to the backplane, a new pluggable virtual power source, and extends the VXI
module length to directly couple with rear connectors of the IEEE-P1505
Receiver Fixture Interface [RFI] Standard; and (3) the segmentation of the
IEEE-P1505 RFI Receiver Framework to match size of the basic building block
while also meeting the intent of the IEEE-P1505.1 Common Test Interface
(CTI) Pin Map Standard.
Project Purpose: The project establishes an integration standard for Automatic
Test Systems that will permit integrators to quickly assemble systems
under a plug&play architecture. It further defines for the VXI module
suppliers an extended interconnect capability that will support direct plug-
in of the VXI module to the RFI connector eliminating custom wire
requirements. Building block segmentation that supports direct coupled
VXI-RFI interconnectivity at the block level, permits scalability of the
test system without cable integration of the building blocks.
Designation: P1694
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard for Enterprise Strategic Decision Management
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Gary DeGregorio, Phone:847-576-4892, Email:gary.degregorio@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This project defines a standard framework for the enterprise-
level management of strategic decisions. It defines common methods and work
products for 1) decision planning, analysis, traceability and execution, 2)
collaboration within and among enterprises and 3) linkages with other
business processes.
Project Purpose: This project enables common decision management methods to be
used across all parts of an enterprise (or among enterprises), including,
but not limited to, strategy, portfolio management, technology/capability
management, systems/platform engineering and “product” development. -
The term “Product” includes product, platform, software, process, system,
solutions, services etc. What we will be standardizing as part of this
document primarily includes: 1) Common ontology 2) A common decision
management process framework that can be customized for different domains
and industries 3) A high-level information model that defines the minimum
information that is needed to be passed between decisions as well as between
different roles
Designation: P1695
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Trial-Use Guide for Assessing Voltages at Publicly and Privately
Accessible Locations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Chuck DeNardo, Phone:+1 414 221 3073, Email:chuck.denardo@we-energies.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This guide addresses the normal and abnormal voltages that exist
at publicly and privately accessible locations as a result of the delivery
and use of electrical energy (often referred to as stray voltage). It
focuses primarily on the presence of power frequency related voltages, and
discusses definitions, causes, impacts, testing techniques, mitigation
strategies, and hazard levels.
Project Purpose: There is presently no industry wide guide or standard that
describes the variety of publicly and privately accessible voltages
resulting from the delivery and use of electrical energy. This guide will
help dispel misinformation surrounding this topic and enhance public safety.
Designation: P1696
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Circuit Probes
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides test method(s) and describes transfer
(artifact) standards for characterizing electrical circuit probes and probes
systems. The systems may include waveform acquisition hardware and software
and signal/waveform analysis software. The probe will include the mechanism
by which the circuit is contacted. This method and standard will be
applicable to all individual probes having one signal conductor and one
ground conductor or two signal conductors, and having an input impedance
greater than the impedance of the circuit under test.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, industry-accepted method for
characterizing the performance of electrical circuit probes. Each vendor has
its own proprietary methods for characterization, leaving probe customers
and users without a valid means of comparing probe performance and/or
understanding the circuit-loading effect of the probe. This method or these
methods developed will provide an industry-accepted, unbiased means for
characterizing probe performance.
Designation: P1698
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit
Title: Guide for the Calculation of Braking Distances for Rail Transit Vehicles
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David Thurston, Phone:610 358 4396, Email:dthurston@systrausa.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This guide provides methods and assumptions used in calculating
the braking distances of rail transit vehicles. The methods encompass
automatic train protection and signal system operation, propulsion and brake
system operation, environmental conditions, operator interfaces, toleraces,
and failure modes.
Project Purpose: The design of automatic train protection and signal systems
for rail transit vehicles requires knowledge of braking distance. This
guide provides methods of performing braking distance calculations.
Designation: P1699
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for the Rosetta Systems Level Design Language Definition
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: W. Perry Alexander, Phone:785-864-7741, Email:perry.alexander@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard presents the Rosetta specification language and
its base collection of domains. The language definition specifies concrete
and abstract syntax, denotational semantics for language constructs, and
required libraries for AST definition and reflection. The domain definition
specifies a collection of base modeling domains required of all Rosetta
implementations. The document includes both formal definitions and
descriptive text.
Project Purpose: As electronic system complexity continues to grow, so does the
need to integrate design information from multiple, heterogeneous design
domains, each with their own vocabulary and semantics. The primary purpose
of the Rosetta Standard is to define language and semantic support for
designing such system. Specifically, this standard defines a language for
developing, composing and analyzing specification models from multiple,
concurrent domains.
Designation: P1700
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information System Security Assurance Architecture (ISSAA)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic
approach for managing the health/state of the security controls of
information systems, including the cost-effective selection, documentation,
implementation, and ongoing assessment of security controls, and for making
and maintaining system security accreditation decisions. The general schema
and description of related components are provided.
Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly
dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard
will improve confidence that a system's controls are adequate and effective
in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted.
Designation: 1700
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard Security Architecture for Certification and Accreditation of
Information Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic
approach to security certification and accreditation of information systems.
The general schema and description of related components are provided.
Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly
dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard
will improve confidence that a systemís controls are adequate and effective
in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted.
Designation: P1701
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to complement the
Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard (P1701) is congruent with MC12.18 and ANSI C12.18.
This standard details the criteria required for communications with a
Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device
could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station
system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide
the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility
metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work
is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source
environment and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: P1702
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to complement the
Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard details the criteria required for communications
between a Utility End Device and a utility host via a modem connected to the
switched telephone network. The utility host could be a laptop or portable
computer, a master station system, another utility End Device, or some other
electronic communications device. This standard does not specify the
implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem,
nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication
channel. This document shall provide details for an implementation of
the OSI 7 layer model. The protocol specified in this standard is
designed to transport data in the Utility End Device Table format provided
in IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 standards. (This standard, IEEE
P1702, is congruent with MC12.21 and ANSI C12.21) This document
specifies the differences between ANSI Std C12.18 – 1996, Protocol
Specification for ANSI Type 2 Optical Port and IEEE P1377, Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables and those features and services required to describe
a protocol specification for Telephone Modem Communications. This
standard shall provide the telephone modem lower layers communication
protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water,
Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility
Industry End Device Data Tables, IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility
Industry End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem such that a multi-
source environment and end device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: P1703
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Node
Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data
Tables
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document defines interfaces between IEEE P1377 devices and
network protocols (IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are
congruent). This standard shall provide the Local Area Network/Wide Area
Network (LAN/WAN) lower layers communication protocol for the Utility
metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work
is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables,
IEEE P1377, MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19. Specific goals identified by
this committee were: 1. Defining a Datagram that may convey IEEE P1377
or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables through any network. This is
accomplished by: • Assuming that the data source is IEEE P1377 or
MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables. • Defining the Application Layer
services (language). • Defining the interface lower layers; layers; 4
(Transport), 3 (Network), 2 (Data Link) and 1 (Physical). 2. Providing
a full stack definition for interfacing an end device to a “Network
Communication Module”. This is accomplished by: • Defining the
physical interface requirements between the end device and the “Network
Communication Module”. • Defining the interface lower layers; 4
(network), 3 (transport), 2 (data link) and 1 (physical). 3. Providing
a full stack definition for point-to-point communication to be used over
local ports such as optical ports, or modems. This is accomplished by
defining a Layer 4 (Transport Layer) and Layer 2 (Data Link Layer). 4.
Providing support for efficient one-way messaging (blurts) (IEEE P1703,
MC.22, and ANSI C12.22 standards are congruent) This is accomplished
by: • Defining a compact message format that can be easily transformed
to a standard IEEE P1703 or MC12.22 or ANSI C12.22 Datagram. • Assuring
that all needed layers defined in this Standard can support one-way
messaging 5. Providing network architecture compatible with this
protocol. (IEEE P1703, MC12.22, and ANSI C12.22 are congruent) This
is accomplished by: • Defining different type of nodes such as IEEE
P1703 Relay, IEEE P1703 Master Relay, IEEE P1703 Host, IEEE P1703
Authentication Host, IEEE P1703 Notification Host, IEEE P1703 Gateway.
• Defining the role and responsibilities of each of these IEEE P1703 Nodes.
6. Providing data structure definitions in support of this protocol.
(IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are congruent) This is
accomplished by: • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE
P1703 Nodes. • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE P1703
Relays. • Defining new procedures in support of this protocol. •
Defining a new table for enhanced security.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility End
Device Data Tables via a local Area/Wide Area network interface such that a
multi-source environment and end device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: P1704
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Communications Module
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This document defines the physical interface between IEEE P1377
end devices (such as meters or distribution automation devices) and
communication modules. The communication modules are described as being
attachable and removable to/from the end device. Included in this standard
are the physical dimensions, electrical connections, and module positioning
which involves the secure physical mounting, weather elements, and
communications propagation considerations. This standard serves as the
extension of the proposed standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006, and ANSI
C12.22-2006 in regard to the communications module description and
specification.
Project Purpose: Utility end devices such as meters are becoming utilized as
remote metering devices in Automatic Meter Reading systems. The purpose of
this standard is to describe uniform physical characteristics for the
communications devices which will be attaching/detaching to the utility end
devices.
Designation: P1705
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management
Title: Standard for Compliance Testing Standard for Utility Industry metering
communications protocol standards
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This work shall provide the Utility Metering Industry with one
document for building and testing for compliance to the following Utility
Industry Metering Communications protocols: 1. The Utility Industry Metering
Communication Protocol Application Layer Std (Proposed congruent standards,
IEEE P1377, ANSI C12.19-2006 and MC12.19-2006) 2. Optical Port
Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1701, MC12.18-
2006 and ANSI C12.18-2006) to complement The Utility Industry Metering
Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 3. Telephone Port
Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1702, MC12.21-
2006 and ANSI C12.21-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering
Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 4. Local Area Network/Wide
Area Network (LAN/WAN) Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards,
IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006 and ANSI C12.22-2006) to complement the Utility
Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to test Utility End Devices
and ancillary devices for compliance to the communications standards stated
in the scope of this document.
Designation: P1706
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications over Digital
Communication Channels
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mike Meisinger, Phone:773-852-9004, Email:mmeisinger@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document is a a guide for the application of digital
communication for protective relaying systems and schemes, including
transmitting and receiving equipment, digital channels, application
principals, performance, installation, troubleshooting, testing and
maintenance. Reflected in this guide is the knowledge and experience of
equipment manufacturers and power utility users. This guide is not
intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in
manufacturers' instruction books or any contractual agreement.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this document is to guide the power
system user in applying, installing and operating digital communication
channels for the purpose of protective relaying. The guide is prepared
not only for those considering digital communication relaying for the
first time, but as a reference for the experienced.
Designation: P1708
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Wearable Cuffless Blood Pressure Measuring Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Yuang-Ting Zhang, Phone:(852) 2609-8459, Email:ytzhang@ee.cuhk.edu.hk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: It is intended to establish a standard for the objective
evaluation of wearable cuffless blood pressure (BP) measurement devices. The
standard is independent of the form of the device or the vehicle the device
is attached to or embedded in. The standard is applicable to all types of
wearable BP measurement devices that have different modes of operation (e.g.
to measure short-term, long-term, snapshot, continuous, beat(s)-to-beat(s)
BP or BP variability). This standard is, however, limited to evaluation of
devices that does not use a cuff during measurement and does not cover
evaluation of all sphygmomanometers that are used with an occluding or
inflatable cuff for the indirect determination of BP on the upper arm or
wrist.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
wearable cuffless BP measurement devices, which have drawn growing interest
in recent years. Existing standards for evaluating sphygmomanometers are
only intended for devices that are used with an occluding cuff and
therefore, do not cover all aspects needed for the emerging wearable
devices. This standard provides guidelines for manufacturers to qualify and
validate their products, potential purchasers or users to evaluate and
select prospective products, and health care professionals to understand the
manufacturing practices on wearable BP devices.
Designation: P1711
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Trial Use Standard for a Cryptographic Protocol for Cyber Security of
Substation Serial Links
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David E Whitehead, Phone:509-332-1890, Email:david_whitehead@selgs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the cryptographic protocol for
cyber security of serial supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)
links and engineering access points that implement the requirements of IEEE
P1689.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial use standard is to provide part of a
procurement specification that can be used by utilities to ensure that cyber
security devices built by different solution providers are interoperable.
Solution providers will use cryptographic protocols to build interoperable
open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous serial
communications against cyber attack.
Designation: P1712
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) Gas Handling for High Voltage
Equipment
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Gordon Luke van der Zel, Phone:704-595-2232, Email:lvanderz@epri.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide describes significant aspects of handling SF6 gas
used in electric power equipment such as gas recovery, reclamation,
recycling in order to keep the gas permanently in a closed cycle and
avoiding any deliberate release in environment.
Project Purpose: To provide state-of-the-art technologies and procedures to
minimize SF6 gas emission to a minimum functional level for the electric
power equipment to preserve the environment. This Guide will include all
the aspects for consideration during commissioning and recommissioning,
topping up, refilling, checking the gas quality at site, sampling and
shipment for off-site gas analysis, recovering and reclaiming during
normal operation and at the end of the life of power equipment while
dismantling. This Guide also presents the state-of-the art tools and
measuring devices including the necessary personnel protective equipment.
The basis for the preparation of this Guide is CIGRE Brochure No. 276 -
Guide for preparation of Customised " Practical SF6 Handling
Instructions", August 2005 edition which was developed by the Study
Committee B3, Task Force B3.02.01.
Designation: P1713
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Electrical Shore-to-Ship Connections
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Kevin L Peterson, Phone:562-497-2999, Email:kevin.peterson@p2seng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers system components necessary for connecting
large commercial ships including the shore power supply, shore connection
boxes, cable connections, ship incoming panel and control system. The
standard also addresses safety considerations, maintenance and inspection.
Project Purpose: Providing medium voltage shore power connections to ships has
initiated many challenges to ports around the world. This standard provides
cohesive international recommended practices that are easy to follow and
provides methods for connecting container ships, bulk carriers and cruise
ships.
Designation: P1714
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Donald G Dunn, Phone:281-452-8809, Email:donald.dunn@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Recommended practice for typical UPS Systems installed in
industrial facilities including the application, specification, performance,
and testing of the UPS System. UPS systems provide uninterruptible power to
process control, standby and other critical equipment. This recommended
practice includes UPS System configurations and loads, accepted design
practices, control strategies and operating principles, redundancy,
reliability, installation, commissioning/startup verification, and
maintenance considerations. Also included in this recommended practice are
hardware associated considerations for batteries, static switch,
ferroresonant transformers, isolation transformers, panelboards, motor
control centers, and harmonic and EMI filters.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides cohesive, easy to use
guidance for both national and international UPS applications.
Designation: P1715
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Power Measurements Under Low Power Factor Conditions
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:Eddy.So@nrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: To provide background information and general recommendations
for accurate measurements of power at high voltage under low power factor
conditions; identifies suitable measurement techniques including
instrumentation to meet these recommendations; identifies on-site test
techniques including instrumentation to calibrate power loss measuring
systems and recommendations for maintaining their accuracy specifications,
including obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent guide for providing
background and general recommendations for accurate measurements of power at
high voltage under low power factor conditions. The guide identifies
suitable measurement and on-site test techniques, including instrumentation,
to meet these recommendations and calibration of power loss measuring
systems. The guide also provides recommendations for maintaining the
accuracy specifications of the power loss measuring systems, including
obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards.
Designation: P1716
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Managing Natural Disaster Impact on key electrical systems and
installations in Petroleum and Chemical Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ed Thornton, Phone:281-586-2532, Email:ED.THORNTON@USA.dupont.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document provides recommendations and guidelines for
managing natural disaster impact on key electrical facilities and systems in
petroleum and chemical facilities in order to minimize economic damage by
pre-assessment risk evaluation of electrical facilities, by
Identification of mitigation techniques and system designs to minimize
impact and by outlining procedures for faster recovery of electrical systems
after a natural disaster.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide guidelines and
recommendations to minimize the economic impact to petroleum and chemical
facilities throughout the globe due to natural disasters. The document
provides information to users on how to pre assess damage potential based
on the defined disasters; protect facilities during natural disasters, and
implement processes to be followed for a speedier recovery effort of key
electrical systems. The document begins with addressing basic human needs
after a natural disaster prior to addressing the financial considerations.
Designation: P1717
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Testing Circuit Integrity Cables Using A Hydrocarbon Pool
Fire Test Protocol
Status: New Standard Project
Project Scope: This standard provides cable and/or system requirements and
methods for performing circuit integrity tests on energized low voltage
power, control, and instrumentation cables at temperatures simulating a
hydrocarbon pool fire.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide circuit integrity
test methodology and performance requirements for cables and/or cable
systems, which may be subjected to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This protocol
may be useful when selecting cables for applications where circuit integrity
is critical to plant shutdown under hydrocarbon fire conditions. It can
also be a useful tool in the development of technology to design cables that
maintain circuit integrity during such a fire.
Designation: P1719
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Evaluating Stator Cores of AC Synchronous Electric
Machines Rated 1 MVA and Higher
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Glenn Mottershead, Phone:905-855-0242x263, Email:gmtrshd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide describes methods which may be used to evaluate the
condition of stator cores of ac electric machines including generators,
motors, and synchronous condensers. The methods outlined herein are
generally applicable to machines rated 1 MVA (1340 HP) and higher. However,
these methods may be applicable to units of lower rating. This guide
is not intended to provide detailed inspection, testing, and maintenance
procedures
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide assistance to
engineering and maintenance personnel responsible for planning, performing,
and assessing results of stator core evaluations. The results of a
successful evaluation program may be used to: 1) Identify needed
maintenance and repairs. 2) Support strategic decisions relative to core
replacement. 3) Provide guidance for developing purchase specifications.
4) Help to optimize the core life from an asset management perspective.
Designation: P1720
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Recommended Practice for Near-Field Antenna Measurements
Status: New Standard Project
Project Scope: This document describes recommended near-field test practices
for the measurement of antenna properties. It provides information on
developments in near-field measurements that have occurred since the
approval of IEEE Std 149-1979 (IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas).
This document recommends near-field measurement practices for the three
principal geometries: cylindrical, planar, and spherical, and also
recommends measurement practices for the calibration of probes used as
reference antennas in near-field measurements.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice document is to
provide practical guidance to those who are planning to do near-field
measurements. This document also specifies capabilities required of a near-
field measurement system.
Designation: 1725-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Cellular Telephones
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Jason Howard, Phone:770-338-3306, Email:Jason.Howard@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium ion and
lithium ion polymer batteries for cellular telephone applications. Also
included in the standard are: battery pack electrical and mechanical
construction, packaging technologies, and pack and cell level charge and
discharge controls and overall system considerations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of cell phone batteries. The battery and cellular
telephone industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for quality and establishes criteria for reliability of
rechargeable Li-Ion and Li-Ion polymer batteries for mobile telephone applications. Also included in the standard are battery
pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and
overall system considerations.
Key Words: ac/dc adapter, ac/dc charger, battery pack, cell, dc/dc adapter,
dc/dc charger, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), host device, Li-
Ion polymer battery, mobile telephone battery, rechargeable Li-Ion battery
Designation: 1754-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Phillip Huelson, Phone:415-967-6929, Email:huelson@netcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994
Abstract: A 32-bit microprocessor architecture, available to a wide variety of manufacturers and users, is defined. The standard
includes the definition of the instruction set, register model, data types, instruction op-codes, and coprocessor interface.
Key Words: computer, ISA, microprocessor, instruction set architecture
Designation: P1775
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Powerline Communication Equipment - Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) Requirements - Testing and Measurement Methods
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Aron Viner, Phone:+1 617 614 6729, Email:aviner@ambientcorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard will be electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) criteria, and consensus test and measurements procedure for broadband
Power Line Communication (also known as BPL) equipment and installations.
The standard will reference existing national and international standards
for BPL equipment and installations. It will not include the specific
emission limits, which are subject to national regulations.
Project Purpose: By providing test and measurement guidance as well as EMC
criteria, this proposed EMC standard will serve as a bridge between national
spectrum regulations, power utility practice and other interested party
concerns. It is also will clearly identify the basic definitions of the
applicable EMC parameters for BPL equipment and installations as well as
measurements conditions and settings.
IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Designation: P1776
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Unsealed or Sealed
Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-
insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing
two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at
rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac
electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V
and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those
for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong
chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions
for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a
proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these
tests.
Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275-
1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The
purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the
machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental
conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in
accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by
chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the
temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are
service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for
temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should
also be tested according to this test procedure.
Designation: 1776
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed and Unsealed
Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-
insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing
two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at
rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac
electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V
and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those
for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong
chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions
for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a
proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these
tests.
Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275-
1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The
purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the
machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental
conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in
accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by
chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the
temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are
service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for
temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should
also be tested according to this test procedure.
Designation: P1777
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice for Using Wireless Data Communications in Power
System Operations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:408-366-8700, Email:fcleve@ix.netcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: These Recommended Practices describe and make recommendations on
the functional, performance, security, and on-site testing issues related to
using wireless data communication technologies in different aspects of power
system operations, including within electric power substations, in
underground vaults, along transmission and distribution circuits, within
generation and distributed generation plants, for customer electrical and
metering equipment, and other electric power environments. These recommended
practices focus on the newer wireless data communication technologies such
as WiFi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, WiMax, and cellular phone systems. The different
types of communication functions include high-speed, high reliability
protective relaying, “real-time” monitoring within electric sites with high
EMI, control within electric sites, non-operational monitoring and control
(e.g. maintenance, archival data, physical plan monitoring, etc.), mobile
functions, temporary functions, and emergency functions. Appendices include
the Questionnaires utilized to collect the user requirements from power
system experts for functions or applications which potentially could use
wireless data communications. These user requirements form the basis for the
wireless issues that are discussed and the recommendations that are made.
Project Purpose: These Recommended Practices provide guidelines to utilities on
potential uses and the key issues related to using wireless technologies in
different aspects and environments of power system operations. Wireless
data communications are becoming widespread in many industries, since they
offer significant benefits over wired communications, including low cost
installations, rapid deployment, easy user access, and mobility. At the same
time, the use of wireless technologies in power system environments presents
a number of security and reliability concerns. These concerns include the
impact of noisy electrical environments on the wireless media, the
reliability of the currently available commercial wireless equipment, the
overloading of the available bandwidth (particularly during emergency
conditions), and the security of communications. Utilities are therefore
wisely skeptical and cautious about introducing wireless communications in
their substations. Nonetheless, the potential advantages and low costs of
wireless technologies cannot be ignored. Therefore, questionnaires (Use
Cases), filled out by power system experts, are used to determine what
functions or applications could potentially benefit from using wireless
technologies in power system operations. These functions/ applications are
then analyzed to determine where wireless technologies could provide viable,
secure, safe, and reliable alternatives to wired solutions, and what
additional development of wireless technologies are needed, particularly
with respect to robustness of equipment, security, and reliability.
Designation: P1778
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Esterel v7 Language Reference Manual
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Gérard Berry, Phone:+33 4 92 02 40 65, Email:Gerard.Berry@esterel-technologies.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard is a Reference Manual for the Esterel v7 Language,
which is dedicated to the specification and implementation of hardware or
software reactive systems. The standard ensures unambiguous definition of
the language syntax and semantics, and, therefore, full interoperability
between Esterel-based software compilation, circuit synthesis, static
analysis, and verification tools.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the Electronic
Design Automation, Semiconductor, Systems Design, and Software communities
with a well-defined and official IEEE definition of the Esterel v7 language.
Esterel v7 is not a minor variant of existing HDLs or software languages
that could be defined with an addendum to existing standards. Esterel v7 is
unique in its way to formally merge the kind of sequencing only found in
software languages, the kind of large-scale synchronous concurrency found in
hardware description languages, specific temporal control primitives that
drive the life and death of activities, and full support for multiclock
designs. For datapath specification, Esterel v7 supports formally defined
arbitrary precision exact arithmetic, bitvectors with conversion from and to
numbers according to predefined or user-defined numerical encodings, and
arrays of arbitrary dimensions and types. Esterel v7 is interoperable
with other standards since it can generate synthesizable HDL code (Verilog,
VHDL, etc.) as well as executable software code (C, C++, SystemC, etc.).
Designation: P1796
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Resilient backplane ring (RBR)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: Resilient backplane ring (RBR) is a backplane interconnect based
on the dual-ring resilient topology of resilient packet ring (RPR) and the
802 MAC addressing structure. RBR includes features appropriate for the low-
latency backplane environment: destination-based flow control, low-power
short-haul PHY, backplane-to-backplane links, transport of IEEE-1394
isochronous data, and support of IEEE-1596 memory-update operations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to leverage the benefits of
network-compatible resilient interconnects within low-latency backplane
environment.
Designation: 1800-2005
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for SystemVerilog: Unified Hardware Design, Specification
and Verification Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2005
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006
Project Scope: SystemVerilog is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification and
Verification language that is based on the work done by Accellera, a
consortium of Electronic Design Automation (EDA), semiconductor, and system
companies. The proposed project will create an IEEE standard that is
leveraged from Accellera SystemVerilog 3.1a. The new standard will include
design specification methods, embedded assertions language, test bench
language including coverage and assertions API, and a direct programming
interface. The proposed SystemVerilog standard enables a productivity boost
in design and validation, and covers design, simulation, validation, and
formal assertion based verification flows.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA,
Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a well-defined and
official IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification
standard language. The language is designed to co-exist and enhance those
hardware description languages presently used by designers while providing
the capabilities lacking in those languages.
Abstract: A set of extensions to the IEEE Std 1364 Verilog(R) Hardware Description Language to aid in the reaction and verification
of abstract architectural level models. Includes design specification methods, embedded assertion language, test bench language
including coverage and an assertion API, and a direct programming interface. Enables a productivity boost in design and
validation, and covers design, simulation, validation, and formal assertion based verification flows.
Key Words: Assertions, Design Automation, Design Verification, Hardware
Description Language (HDL), Verilog, Programming Language Interface (PLI),
Verilog Programming Interface (VPI), SystemVerilog
IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Designation: P1800
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for SystemVerilog: Unified Hardware Design, Specification and
Verification Language
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006
Project Scope: SystemVerilog 1800 is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification
and Verification language. Verilog 1364-2005 is a design language. Both
standards were approved by the IEEE-SASB in November 2005. This standard
creates new revisions of the Verilog 1364 and SystemVerilog 1800 IEEE
standards, which include Errata fixes and resolutions; enhancements;
Enhanced assertion language; Merge of Verilog LRM and SystemVerilog 1800 LRM
into a single LRM; Integration with AMS; and insures interoperability with
other languages such as SystemC and VHDL.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA,
Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a solid and well-defined
IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification standard
language, while resolving Errata and developing enhancements to current
SystemVerilog 1800 IEEE standard. The language is designed to co-exist, be
interoperable, possibly merge, and enhance those hardware description
languages presently used by designers.
IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Designation: P1801
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Design and Verification of Low Power Integrated Circuits
Status: New Standard Project
Project Scope: This standard establishes a format used to define the low power
design intent for electronic systems and electronic intellectual property.
The format provides the ability to specify the supply network, switches,
isolation, retention and other aspects relevant to power management of an
electronic system. The standard defines the relationship between the low
power design specification and the logic design specification captured via
other formats (e.g., standard hardware description languages).
Project Purpose: The standard provides portability of low power design
specifications that can be used with a variety of commercial products
throughout an electronic system design, analysis, verification and
implementation flow.
IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Designation: 1802.3-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: IEEE Conformance Test Methodology for IEEE Standards for Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 19, 2001
**Supersedes 1802.3-1991 and 1802.3d-1993.
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: Editorial merge of existing material.
Project Purpose: To editorially merge the front matter from 1802.3 with the
technical matter from 1802.3d (10BASE-T Conformance Test) whilst removing
obsolete material (AUI Cable Conformance Test).
Abstract: " Carrier SenseMultiple Access with Collision Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer SpecificationsPublished
by The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997, USA19 October 2001IEEE
Computer SocietySponsored by theLAN/MAN Standards CommitteeIEEE StandardsPrint"
Key Words: "AUI, compliance, conformance testing, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS"
Designation: 1802.3-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology-
CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Currently Contains
Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) Cable (Section 4)
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Supplement to IEEE Std 802-1990: Methodology and Implementation for
AUI Cable Conformance Testing. Superseded by 1802.3-2001.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
(Ref. Std.: 802.3g)
Abstract: Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are
defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3]
standard. It is comprised of two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the
second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described.
Key Words: LAN, local, networks, AUI, compliance, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS,
Conformance testing
Designation: 1802.3d-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology-
CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications—Type 10BASE-T Medium
Attachment Unit (MAU) (Section 6)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 1802.3-1991. Superseded by 1802.3-2001.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are
defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 standard, clause 14. It
comprises two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability
and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described.
Key Words: Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), Medium attachment unit (MAU), Local
area networks, Conformance testing, Compliance, Abstract test suite, 10BASE-
T
Designation: P1825
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Rechargeable Batteries for Digital Cameras and Camcorders
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jean M Baronas, Phone:408-955-5758, Email:jean.baronas@am.sony.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
quality, and reliability of rechargeable batteries used in digital camera
and camcorder applications. Also included in the standard are battery pack
electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and
cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to ensure reliable user experience
and operation of digital cameras and camcorders. The battery and camera
industries benefit from standardized criteria for design and qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Designation: 1850-2005
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 2005
Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL),
which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies
the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with
various standard electronic system design languages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined
language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is
compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including
IEEEStd 1076™ (VHDL), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1800™
(SystemVerilog®), and IEEE P1666™(SystemC), to facilitate a common
specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language
designs.
Abstract: The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is aformal notation for specification of
electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronicsystem design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®), IEEE
Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEEP1666™ (SystemC®), and IEEE P1800™ (SystemVerilog®), thereby enabling a commonspecification and
verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. PSL capturesdesign intent in a form suitable for simulation,
formal verification, formal analysis, and hybridverification tools. PSL enhances communication among architects, designers, and
verificationengineers to increase productivity throughout the design and verification process. The primary audiences for this
standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advancedusers of the language.
Key Words: ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover,
model checking,property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification
IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Designation: P1896
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Scalable Memory Interface
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: No changes requested
Project Purpose: No changes requested
Designation: 1896
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Memory Channel Standard
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a flexible, scalable,
secure data interface to transfer data to and from storage. This protocol
will be technology independent, to be supported by current communications
links, and will remove size and distance limitations on data retrieval, with
additional data redundancy and data coherency methods.
Project Purpose: This project will develop a memory transport protocol capable
of supporting data growth and data security requirements in the changing
microprocesor environment. Memory is stored data in many forms and
locations. This Memory Channel protocol shall be independent of link
technology. This protocol shall be capable of transparent, secure, access to
large, local and remote memory systems, employing coherent and redundant
storage methods.
Designation: P1900.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Terms, Definitions and Concepts for Spectrum Management, Policy
Defined Radio, Adaptive Radio and Software Defined Radio
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will provide technically precise definitions and
explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, policy
defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related
technologies. The document will go beyond simple, short definitions by
providing amplifying text that explains these technologies from different
perspectives. The document will also describe how these technologies
interrelate and can be use in a wide variety of communication service
environments to achieve new capabilities while at the same time providing
mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms and spectrum
access.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio,
software defined radio, reconfigurable radio and networks and related
technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have
multiple definitions. This document will facilitate the development of these
technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate
to each other.
IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Designation: P1900.2
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Analysis of In-Band and Adjacent Band
Interference and Coexistence between Radio Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will provide technical guidelines for analyzing
the potential for coexistence or in contrast interference between radio
systems operating in the same frequency band or between different frequency
bands.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio and
software defined radio. A primary goal of these initiatives is to improve
spectral efficiency. This standard will provide guidance for the analysis
of coexistence and interference between various radio services.
IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Designation: P1900.3
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conformance Evaluation of Software Defined
Radio (SDR) Software Modules
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andre Kruetzfeldt, Phone:+1 650 352 4754, Email:andre.kruetzfeldt@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for
analyzing Software Defined Radio (SDR) software modules to ensure compliance
with regulatory and operational requirements.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio and
software defined radio, defined in P1900.1. A primary purpose of this
initiative is to provide recommended practices that will help assure
compliance with requirements for spectrum use by using formal mathematical
concepts and methods. The methods developed in this document will provide
an initial evaluation to be used before hardware testing and will support
the evaluation being developed in P1900.2. This recommended practice will
provide guidance for validity analysis of proposed SDR terminal software
prior to programming and activation of an SDR terminal or SDR components.
IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Designation: P1900.4
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Architectural Building Blocks Enabling Network-Device Distributed
Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in Heterogeneous Wireless
Access Networks
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Soodesh Buljore, Phone:+33169352566, Email:Soodesh.Buljore@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The standard defines the building blocks comprising i) network
resource managers, ii) device resource managers and iii) the information to
be exchanged between the building blocks, for enabling coordinated network-
device distributed decision making which will aid in the optimization of
radio resource usage, including spectrum access control, in heterogeneous
wireless access networks. The standard is limited to the architectural and
functional definitions at a first stage. The corresponding protocols
definition related to the information exchange will be addressed at a later
stage.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve overall composite capacity and
quality of service of wireless systems in a multiple Radio Access
Technologies (RATs) environment, by defining an appropriate system
architecture and protocols which will facilitate the optimization of
radio resource usage, in particular, by exploiting information exchanged
between network and mobile Terminals, whether or not they support
multiple simultaneous links and dynamic spectrum access.
IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Designation: P1901
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access Control
and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: New Standard Project
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Jim Mollenkopf, Phone:301-515-7617 x212, Email:jim.mollenkopf@currenttechnologies.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The project will develop a standard for high speed (>100
Mbps at the physical layer) communication devices via alternating current
electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices.
The standard will use trannsmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This
standard will be usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices
used for the first-mile/last-mile connection (<1500m to the premise) to
broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for LANs and
other data distribution (<100m between devices). This standard will
focus on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications
channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for
coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring
that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard
will address the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of
communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive
services. This standard is limited to the physical layer and the medium
access sub-layer of the data link layer, as defined by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
Basic Reference Model. The effort will begin with an architecture
investigation, and this will form the basis for detailed scope of task
groups that will work within P1901 to develop the components of the final
standard.
Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the
power lines for high speed communications. This new high speed media is
open, and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent,
openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will
conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties.
The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset which allows the
fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide
the interoperability among the BPL devices, as well as interoperability with
other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection
via 802.1. It is also the intent of this effort to quickly progress towards
a robust standard so powerline applications may begin to impact the
marketplace. The standard will also comply with EMC limits set by national
regulators, so as to ensure successful coexsitence with wireless and
telecommunications systems.
Designation: P1902.1
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Long Wavelength Wireless Network Protocol
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: John Stevens, Phone:+1 603 418 8721, Email:john@visible-assets.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The project will develop a physical layer and data link layer
protocol standard for long wavelength (< 450Khz), low speed (300-9600
Baud), low power, medium range (50’ to 100’) industrial visibility networks.
It will fill a gap between non-network-based RF-ID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC
CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or 7) and existing high bandwidth network standards
such as IEEE 802.11 a,b,g and IEEE 802.15.4 e.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce a protocol standard
for use in applications where bandwidth is not an issue; but low cost, high
tag (client) count, long battery life and use in harsh environments (near
steel and water) are key performance criteria. Example applications include
visibility of medical devices in hospitals, patient and physician visibility
in OR’s, product visibility in retail stores, and livestock visibility. Many
cost-sensitive, power “limited” applications exist (e.g., most industrial
visibility networks) that may not require high bandwidth, yet do require
real-time, peer-to-peer networking with extended battery life. The purpose
of the proposed standard will be to provide a definition for full physical
interoperability for all components (chips, tags, routers, and handhelds)
within a long-wavelength network. Asset tracking systems provide
asset history. Tracking is based on portal or beacon readers that read a
barcode or RF-ID tag as it passes though a location (door or on conveyor). A
"Visibility Network" provides tracking data, but also provides real-time,
interactive asset status. A Visibility Network is a real-time on-demand,
local area network, so real-time sensor alerts are possible (e.g.
temperature, jog, flow), real-time asset location (e.g. asset is on the
shelf now or in use in the operating room), real-time asset status (e.g. the
box is unopened), and real-time pair-wise linking (the patient and the blood
type match) is possible. A Visibility Network may also be interactive in
that it can operate efectors (e.g. open locks; flash LED's for pick and
place; or display information on an LCD display). Thus, asset
tracking provides history (pedigree where asset has been). Visibility
Networks provide asset tracking, but also provide real-time, interactive,
local area network status of an asset (pedigree and where it is now).
IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Designation: P1953
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Data Structures – Framework and Overview
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Vicky Markstein, Phone:650-851-4588, Email:v.markstein@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a framework for
standards and protocols, incorporating existing standards where appropriate,
to support the bioinformatics sciences with common definition, storage and
exchange of information between them. The project will define efforts in the
area of nomenclature, databases, access protocols, benchmarks, and
validation suites for a variety of bioinformatics data (e.g., genomics,
proteomics, transcriptomes, gene ontology, structural ontology, biological
pathways, pharmacogenomics and more).
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a framework standard for the
development of new standards where needed, incorporating existing standards
where appropriate and providing a consistent interface for the development
of common solutions for discovery, collection, access, and use of
bioinformatics data.
Designation: P1953.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Sequence Ontology
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Suzanna Lewis, Phone:+1 510 486 7508, Email:suzi@fruitfly.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The Sequence Ontology is a well developed current working
procedure in the Bioinformatics community, this work will formalize that
methodology into a standard. The Sequence Ontology (SO) is designed for
three different, but related, purposes. The first of these is to provide a
structured controlled vocabulary for the description of features that may be
describe by their spatial location upon sequences and thus annotate these
sequences; the second is to provide a structured controlled vocabulary for
the description of genes, in terms of their sequence characteristics; the
third is to provide a structured vocabulary for the description of
chromosome and sequence variation within organism. The SO will also provide
associated tools for applying and using the vocabularies to support the
exchange genomic sequence annotation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the SO is to facilitate the exchange and
analysis of primary sequence data, whether these sequences are nucleic acids
or amino acids. The "locatable feature" node provides terms for describing
expressed or control regions on biological sequence, crucial to
understanding the transfer and encoding of genetic information. The
"sequence attribute" node of SO provides terms for describing "genes", for
example, by their cellular location, by the properties of their primary
transcripts and by the attributes of their processed transcripts. The
"sequence variation features" node of the SO provides terms for the
description of sequence variation. This enables organism databases to
capture ploidy, chromosomal rearrangements, and mutational descriptions.
Designation: P1953.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Standards for Flow Cytometry
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ryan Brinkman, Phone:+1 604 675 8132, Email:rbrinkman@bccrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard supports the common definition, storage and
exchange of flow cytometry data. Existing standards are incorporated where
appropriate.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a consistent interface for the
recording of flow cytometry data and analysis providing for the development
of common solutions for the discovery, collection, access and use of flow
cytometry data.
Designation: 1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for an Extendable High Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a Standard for an Extendable High
Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus for transportation, telecommunications, and
process control systems. This bus will define and use PCI-style protocol,
extending it to include packet messages as defined in the SCI(1596-1992) and
Serial Express (P1394.2) projects. This bus will include redundancy and
support hot swap of boards for fault tolerant, high availability operation.
This project will include the physical and electrical implementation of this
bus and define the interface to a high speed serial interconnect such as the
Serial Express bus. For telecommunication applications, an optional Time
Division Multiplexed bus using international signaling rates from the
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy will be defined.
Project Purpose: The transportation, telecommunications, and process control
industries need reliable high availability fault tolerant systems that
support harsh environments and extended temperature ranges, with packet
protocols that support serial interconnections to similar systems at speeds
form 10 megabits/second to >1gigabit/second. There is no currently no
defined standard for such systems that can take advantage of the enormous
industrial support for the PCI system by way of silicon, software, adn
tools. This standard is intended to fill that need.
Designation: 2000.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000
Terminology
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To identify terms and concepts pertinent to the resolution of
the year 2000 issue and to provide definitions of these terms and
descriptions of these concepts.
Project Purpose: To provide a common lexicon with descriptions and definitions
to the information technology industry for use in the development of year
2000 solutions.
Designation: 2000.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000
Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: To add definitions into this terminologyt standard.
Specifically, "Date Invariance Range"; and requisite definitions to support
this and revise to resolve outstanding issues.
Project Purpose: Additional definitions can improve the communications between
interested and affected parties related to addressing technology
functionality as operations span from the 20th to the 21st century.
Abstract: " This standard revises IEEE Std 2000.1-1998. It provides a detailed set of definitions. Inaddition, it addresses calendar
information that is helpful in understanding the timeline issues sur-rounding the year 2000 rollover. The definitions section
remains the core of the standard. With thisexpanded set of definitions, the standard now addresses areas that are relevant to
both engineeringand business environments. An increased degree of specificity has been added to the definition ofÒYear 2000
compliance,Ó making it more precise in its meaning and application. "
Key Words: "calendar information,date component,remediation techniques,Year
2000 compliant"
Designation: 2000.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 16509: 1999 (IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) Year 2000 Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 2000.1)
Abstract: IEEE Std 2000.1-1999 (Revision of IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) IEEE Standard for Year 2000 Terminology
Designation: 2000.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Year 2000 Test
Methods
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2000
Project Scope: Identify best practices for defining a user-specific test plan
for "Y2K" (Year 2000 rollover and related date-specific issues) validation.
A taxonomy of system elements and features which are likely to exhibit Y2K
failures. A user-customizeable template for test plans and test scenarios
for detection of defective (with respect to Y2K) system elements and
features. A user-customizeable methodology and process for determining the
testing impact of various remediation, validation, and reporting methods.
It is not intended that these practices be employable in a mechanical or
rote fashion: significant engineering judgment must be exercised by the user
of this document in applying its recommendations.
Project Purpose: To provide users of computer software, firmware, and hardware
systems with recommended practices for assessing the system elements within
their organization that may be at risk of failure due to Year 2000 rollover
or related date-specific issues.
Abstract: " This document provides users of computer hardware, firmware, software, or data systems withrecommended practices for
assessing and demonstrating the system elements within their organization thatmay be at risk of failure due to the Year 2000
problem and related date-specific issues. This recommendedpractice provides the framework for detailed planning and execution of
all steps and tasks involved in testingfor Year 2000 compliance. The resulting plan will outline the testing approach and
identify system elementsthat are at risk of failure when crossing into the Year 2000 or using data that includes dates after
2000-01-01. "
Key Words: "bridge,date,real-time clock (RTC), remediation,rollover,system
time,test,Year 2000,Y2K"
Designation: 2001-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site
Management and Web Site Life Cycle
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003
**Supersedes 2001-1999. Had been developed by C/Internet Best Practices.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering
for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium
(W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which
specifically mentioned HTML and XML)
Project Purpose: to address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the
approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well
defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may
result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. (And from
previous PAR:) This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers
in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited
domain of organizational participants) web environments on recommended
practices for web page engineering. The objective is to improve the
productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant
information, and efficient development and maintenance practices.
Abstract: " Recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extra-net environments, based on World Wide
Web Consortium (W3C ® ) and related industry guidelines,are defined in this recommended practice. This recommended practice does
not address stylisticconsiderations or human-factors considerations in web page design beyond limitations that reflectgood
engineering practice. "
Key Words: "Extranet,Internet,Intranet,Web page,Web site,Web site
engineering,Web site lifecycle,Web site management,well-engineered Web
page,World Wide Web"
Designation: 2001-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering
- Intranet/Extranet Applications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 2001-2002.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: Define recommended practices for WWW page engineering for
Intranet and Extranet environments, based on HTML (Hypertext Markup
Language) 3.2 (potentially 4.0) specifications, migration to XML (Extensible
Markup Language), and related industry guidelines.
Project Purpose: This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in
Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain
of organizational participants) web environments on recommended practices
for web page engineering. issues to be considered include copyright,
proprietary data declarations, indexing and content classification of pages,
use of epoch transparent dates, context (author, responsible organization,
currency,...), multinational sensitivities, browser tolerance, accommodation
of persons with disabilities, and bandwith efficiencies. The objective is
to improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet web operations in terms of
locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance
practices.
Abstract: This standard defines recommended practices for Web page engineering. It addressesthe needs of Webmasters and managers to
effectively develop and manage World Wide Webprojects (internally via an intranet or in relation to specific communities via an
extranet). This stan-dard discusses life cycle planning
Key Words: "accessibility,Internet best practices,Internet ease-of-use,risk
reduction,Web management,Web page engineering,World Wide Web"
Designation: 2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Internet Practices – Web Page Engineering –
Intranet/Extranet Application
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering
for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium
(W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which
specifically mentioned HTML and XML)
Project Purpose: To address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the
approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well
defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may
result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. This is
intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet and Extranet
web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. The
objective is to improve the productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in
terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and
maintenance practices.
Designation: 2001a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site
Management and Web Site Life Cycle - Amendment 1: Requirements for
International Adoption
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as
ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be
disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to
IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The scope of
change is restricted to disposing the comments received in the fast-track
ballot.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as
ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be
disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to
IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The purpose of
this amendment project is to make the necessary changes to IEEE Std 2001.
Designation: 2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Internet Security Practices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Starkey, Phone:703-494-1341, Email:starkey@digitalaccess.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Define recommended engineering security practices for
organizations that connect to the Internet. This standard will assume
organizations are implementing internal security practices such as those
defined in BSI 7799 (and others to be referenced in this standard). This
work will be based on IETF, W3C and related guidelines, as well as
experience from CERT/CC (Reg. TM of CMU) and other sources of expertise.
This standard will focus on engineering principles that have a multiyear
role, as opposed to rapidly changing technical characteristics. This
standard will not focus on management practices.
Project Purpose: To establish a foundation of engineering practices that can be
applied to maintain security of operations when connected to the Internet.
The audience for this standard is the technical manager responsible for
implementing these security practices. Many of these may also be of value
for operation in Intranet, Extranet and other network environments.
Assurance of secure operations cannot necessarily be expected as a result of
application of this work. This document will also: Reference applicable
management practice standards and guidelines (Risk Assessment...); Provide
reference(s) to resources providing "current" threat alerts and reporting
channels; Identify practices that reduce vulnerabilities resulting from
connection to external networks; Provide a basis for dialogue on trusted
interoperability with partners.
Designation: 2003-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 13210 : 1999 (IEEE Std 2003-1997), Information
technology—Requirements and guidelines for test methods, specifications and
test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX® standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 2003)
Designation: 2003-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Requirements and Guidelines
for Test Methods Specifications and Test Method Implementations for
Measuring Conformance to POSIX Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision and redesignation of 1003.3-1991
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: This standard defines broad requirements, and provides
guidelines for test method specifications and implementations for all POSIX
standards. This standard will revise, enhance, and replace the existing
1003.3-1991 standard.
Project Purpose: The revision of the existing standard has three purposes.
First, to apply the lessons learned from industry use of the existing
standard. To redefine, revise and clarify requirements for test method
specifications and implementations. Second, to provide guidelines for
satisfying those requirements. Third, to address test method issues
resulting from the creation of profile standards.
Abstract: This standard defines the requirements and guidelines for test methodspecifications and test method implementations for
measuring conformance toPOSIXstandards. Test specification standard developers for other ApplicationProgramming Interface (API)
standards are encouraged to use this standard.This document is aimed primarily at developers and users of test
methodspecifications and implementations.
Key Words: "assertion,assertion test,implementation under
test,option,conformance,document,conformance test procedure,conformance test
software,test method implementation,test method specification,test result
code"
Designation: 2003.1-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX®—Part1: System Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**formerly 1003.3.1. This document is now known as ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 12, 1993
(Ref. Std.: 14515-1:2000)
Abstract: This standard provides a definition of the requirements placed upon providers of POSIX test methods for POSIX.1 (IEEE Std
1003.1-1990; ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990). These requirements consist of a POSIX.1-ordered list of assertions defining those aspects of
POSIX.1 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is
aimed primarily at POSIX.1 test suite providers and POSIX.1 implementors. This standard specifies those aspects of POSIX.1 that
shall be verified by conformance test methods.
Key Words: assertion, Test result code, Test method, POSIX, POSIX Conformance
Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document,
Extended assertion, Conditional feature, Base assertion, Assertion test
Designation: 2003.1b-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Test Methods Specifications for
Measuring Conformance to POSIX® - Part 1: System Application Program
Interface (API) -Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000
Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects of the POSIX.1b standard
that shall be verified by conformance test methods.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard that specifies what should be
tested in POSIX.1b. This project will provide a standard for testing
conformance to POSIX.1b.
Abstract: This standard defines the test method specifications for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 (basedon the document corresponding to the
merger of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993). The test method specifications consist of assertions to be tested and
related test procedures.As an amendment to IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, this standard is structured to amend those portions ofIEEE Std
2003.1-1992 {4} (the test method specification for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) that correspondto the amended parts of IEEE Std 1003.1-
1990. This standard is aimed primarily at providers of testmethods for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 and at implementors of IEEE Std
1003.1b-1993.
Key Words: assertion, assertion test, C programming language, POSIX, POSIX
Conformance Document, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance
Test Suite, realtime, test method specification, test result code
Designation: 2003.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX® - Part II: Shell and Utilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly P1003.3.2
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997
Project Scope: This standard defines the test methods to be used to measure
conformance to IEEE 1003.2 (Shell and Utility Application Interface for
Computer Operating System Environments).
Project Purpose: To define test methods and requirements for implementation of
test suites to verify conformance of implementations to the Standard Shell
and Utility Application Interface for Computer Operating System
Environments.
Abstract: " A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of aPOSIXConformance Test Suite for thePOSIX.2 standard
(ISO/IEC9945-2:1993,IEEE/ANSIStd. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list ofassertions defining those
aspects ofPOSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associ-ated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This
standard isprimarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines toPOSIX.2 implementorsthose aspects of the standard that
will be verified by a conformance test suite."
Key Words: "conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods"
Designation: 2003.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to IEEE 1003.5-1992 (Ada)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james. lonjers@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects to the IEEE Std 1003.5-
1992 standard to be verified by a conformance test suite. The document will
be consistent with an approved IEEE standard for the development of test
methods.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard which specifies what should be
tested for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. This project will provide a standard for
testing IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. It is intended to be used to develop
conformance test suites for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992.
Designation: P2063
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for System and Software Life Cycle Processes—Requirements
Engineering
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is requirements engineering for
systems and software, encompassing the activities associated with
requirements definition, analysis, and management. The product descriptions
that form the basis of IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software
Requirements Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing
System Requirements Specifications, will be retained, with appropriate
updating to reflect current practice, in informative annexes. This standard
will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes
and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to replace two existing product
standards, IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software Requirements
Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing System
Requirements Specifications, with a new process-based standard that
elaborates the process objectives and expected outcomes for the engineering
of systems and software requirements, as specified in the life cycle
framework standards, IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes
and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes. It is expected that this
standard will be used in support of process definition under 12207 and
15288.
Designation: 2100
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE
Standard Serial Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly known as 1394.2
Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: To define a point-to-point interconnect that transports IEEE Std
1394-1995 IEEE Std for High Performance Serial Bus at higher bandwidths (in
excess of 1 Gigabit/second) over longer distances (at least 25 meters).
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE Std 1394 Serial Bus standard is a cost-
effective desktop interconnect but has bandwidth and cable-length
restrictions. Although this is sufficient for attaching multimedia devices,
a longer-distance higher-bandwidth backbone interconnect is needed to
interconnect clusters of Serial Bus devices in the home. This interconnect
can also be used to connect high-speed computer-peripherals to personal
computers. Direct support of Serial Bus Asynchronous/isochronous services
allows existing Serial Bus system software to be used.
Designation: P2200
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Baseline Operating Systems Security (TM) (BOSS TM)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: This standard identifies reasonable security requirements for
general-purpose, commercial-off-the-shelf operating systems, expressed in
terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common Criteria
framework.
Project Purpose: Many security features of information technology depend on
operating systems currently designed without consistent baseline security
requirements. This standard provides such requirements, permitting essential
security and enhanced interoperability for general-purpose, commercial-of-
the-shelf operating systems, benefiting both producers and consumers by
enabling mass-produced technology that is resilient in the face of world-
class threats.
Designation: P2407
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard for an Architecture Framework and Reference Model for
Personalized Health Informatics
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jose C Lacal, Phone:+1 954 723-6456, Email:EJL038@email.mot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard will provide an Architecture Framework and
Reference Model for Personalized Health Informatics (PHI). Included are high
level descriptions of necessary functions, services, interfaces, protocols,
and tools. This project will develop standards to facilitate a world of
consumer-mandated demand for data to be posted to the consumer’s own health-
related record.
Project Purpose: These standards will facilitate the development and usage of a
comprehensive set of Internet-based tools that place the individual (and
his/her dependents) at the center of an encompassing architecture of
services that promote and enhance health. This standard is geared towards
optimizing an individual's health, mostly outside of the scope of a
healthcare provider. This standard is not about personal health records
(that is being addressed already by many other organizations). This proposal
is to create a "family health dashboard" where all relevant information
(nutrition, environmental issues, published research, etc.) are brought
together in an easy-to-use tool to enhance a family's health.
Designation: P2600
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of
security including but not limited to authentication, authorization,
privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information
security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection,
installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems;
including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices. This standard
identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and
instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security
capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on
appropriate ways to use these security capabilities.
Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant
time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers.
However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices,
etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain many of the
same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to
many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this
time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy
devices in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices
and systems. The purpose of this document is to serve as such a standard
and its goals are: 1) To provide guidance in the secure architecture,
design, and out-of-box configuration of hardcopy devices for manufacturers;
2) To provide guidance in the secure installation, configuration, and use of
hardcopy devices for end users and their supporting organizations.
Designation: 2600
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy System and Device Security
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (including all
aspects of security including but not limited to authentication,
authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and
information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection,
installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems
including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices and the computer
systems that support these devices. This standard identifies security
exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers
and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in
their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use
these security capabilities.
Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant
time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers.
However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices,
etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain
communications, processing and storage components just as subject to
security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no
standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices or the
computer systems that support them in the secure installation, configuration
or usage of these devices and systems.
Designation: 2600
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of
security including but not limited to authentication, authorization,
privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information
security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection,
installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems;
including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices. This standard
identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and
instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security
capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on
appropriate ways to use these security capabilities.
Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant
time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers.
However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices,
etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain many of the
same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to
many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this
time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy
devices in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices
and systems. The purpose of this document is to serve as such a standard
and its goals are: 1) To provide guidance in the secure architecture,
design, and out-of-box configuration of hardcopy devices for manufacturers;
2) To provide guidance in the secure installation, configuration, and use of
hardcopy devices for end users and their supporting organizations; and, 3)
To act as the basis for Common Criteria [ISO/IEC 15408] evaluation of
hardcopy devices (see the Protection Profiles in annexes A through D).
Designation: P2600.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment A
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a
relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and
information assurance, are required. Typical information processed in this
environment is trade secret, mission-critical, or subject to legal and
regulatory considerations such as for privacy or governance. This
environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security
applications. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment
A."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment A as defined in P2600.
Designation: P2600.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment B
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level of
document security, network security, and security assurance, are required.
Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and non-proprietary information needed
to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This
environment will be known as "Operational Environment B."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment B as defined in P2600.
Designation: P2600.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment C
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed, but
access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the
environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel
business center are typical applications of this environment. This
environment will be known as "Operational Environment C."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment C as defined in P2600.
Designation: P2600.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment D
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
small, private information processing environment in which most elements of
security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network
security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse from
outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical
applications of this environment. This environment will be known as
"Operational Environment D."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment D as defined in P2600.
Designation: 5001-1999-1999
Title: IEEE-ISTO Nexus 5001™ Forum, IEEE-ISTO 5001-1999 Global Embedded
Processor Debug Interface Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1999
Designation: 8802-2-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Logical link control (with Amendments 3, 6, and 7)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
Designation: 8802-2-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994: Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
**Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.2-1989, 802.2a-1993, 802.2b-1993, 802.2d-1993,
802.2e-1993, and 802.5p-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LANs) and metropolitan area network (MANs) that deals with the
physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The functions, features,
protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of
the ISO/IEC 8802 Local Area Network Protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical
interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data
unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for
data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the
need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established
between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between
LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request
the return of data simultaneously.
Key Words: Local area networks, protocols, logical link control, LAN
Designation: 8802.2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 2: Logical
link control
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 8802-2,Amd.3-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4, Amd 3 IEEE [P802.2C]Information technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link
control AMENDMENT 3: Conformance requirements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995
**Amendment to 8802-2:1994 (Draft 802.2c)
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: Conformance requirements for ISO/IEC 8802-2: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.2, 1994] are provided.
Key Words: logical link control, protocols, local area networks, LAN
Designation: 8802-3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996: Information technology - Local and Metropolitan
Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 1996
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.3a-1988, 802.3b-1985, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987,
802.3e-1987, 802.3h-1990, 802.3i-1990, 802.3j-1993, 802.3k-1992, 802.3l-
1992, 802.3m-1995, 802.3n-1995, 802.3p-1993, 802.3q-1993, 802.3s-1995,
802.3t-1995 and 802.3v-1995.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition], specifies the
media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It
also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband
systems, and it provides a 1Mb/s baseband implementation. Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic
inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, 10BASE-T, and 10BASE-F are included. System considerations for multisegment 10Mb/s
baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO/IEC Open Systems
Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal model is defined and used.
Key Words: attachment unit interface (AUI), data processing, ethernet,
information interchange, local area networks, LAN, management, mode of data
transmission, network interconnection, models, repeater
Designation: 8802-3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1993: Information technology - Local and metropolitan
area networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision
detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications
Status: Superseded
**Contains IEEE Stds 802.3-1988, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987, 802.3b-1985,
802.3i-1990 and corrections resulting from Maintenance Ballot #1.
Publication type: International Publication
Designation: 8802-3-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier
Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: data, processing, information, interchange, local, area, networks,
mode, data, transmission, network, interconnection, models
Designation: 8802-3-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier
Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Approved by ISO/IEC/ANSI. Supersedes 8802-3 : 1989.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 802.3)
Designation: 8802-3-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier
sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and
physical layer specifications
Status: Superseded
**This publication is a revision of 802.3 (ISO apprvd 1988).
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1989
Designation: 8802-3:2000-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000 (IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition) Information
Technology—Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2000
**This version is superseded by 802.3-2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 8802-4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990: Information processing systems - Local area
networks - Part 4:Token-passing bus access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 1990
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.4-1985.
Publication type: International Publication
History: BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 802.4)
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) and metropolitan area network (MAN) standards dealing with
the physical and data link layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems
Interconnection Reference Model. The following are specified in this standard: the electrical and/or optical and physical
characteristics of the transmission medium; the electrical or optical signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the
actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the medium access control
(MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer above it; and the actions, entities, and values used to manage the MAC
sublayer and physical layer entity.
Key Words: LAN
Designation: 8802-5-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Information Technology—Telecommunications and information exchange
between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific
requirements—Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
Designation: 8802.5-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1995 : Information Technology Processing Systems -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Specifc requirements, Part 5:Token ring access
method and physical Layer Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1995
**Revision of 8802-5:1992 and incorporates TR 10738:1992.
Publication type: International Publication
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1995
(Ref. Std.: 802.5)
Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5: 1995, is part of a family of local area network (LAN)
standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its
purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token-
passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame check sequence, are defined, as are
medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state
tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and
decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and
the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and
associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium
interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light
industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in
the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the
standard.
Designation: 8802-5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1992: Information technology– Local and metropolitan area
networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.5-1989. Revision to harmonize IEEE & ISO
versions.
Publication type: International Publication
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992
Key Words: data, processing, interconnection, local, area, network, medium,
access, control
Designation: 8802-5 Amd 1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Amd.1 (ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5 and 802.5j, 1998
Edition) Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange
between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-
Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specification-Amendment
1: Dedicated token ring operation and fiber optic media
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.5j)
Designation: 8802-6-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-6:1994: Information technology- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access
method and physical layer specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1994
**Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.6-1990, 802.6d-1993 and 802.6f-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.6)
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that
deals with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems
Interconnection Reference Model. A high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional
bus subnetwork is defined. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link
Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Media Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other
IEEE 802 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions
will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service Users, but their implementation is not required for
conformance.
Designation: 8802-6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer
specifications (with Amendments 1, 2, and 3)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: International Publication
Designation: 8802-9-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-9:1996 Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 9: Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at
the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1997
**This edition contains editorial changes to IEEE Std 802.9-1994, which
occurred during ISO/IEC approval.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.9)
Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately
administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer
and the PHY Layer is specified.
Key Words: access unit (AU), data link layer, hybrid multiplexer (HMUX),
integrated services digital network, ISDN, intergrated services terminal
equipment, ISTE, layer management entity, LAN, logical link control, managed
object, management information base (MIB), MAC, medium access control, MAN,
physical medium dependent, physical signalling, private switching network,
protocol data unit (PDU), service access point, time division multiplexer
(TDM)
Designation: 8802-11-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11: 1999 [IEEE Std 802.11-1999(R2003)] Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—
Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 11: Wireless
LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.11)
Abstract: The medium access control (MAC) and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks (LANs) are specified in this
standard, part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard
is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard
contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400–2500 MHz band, and one baseband infrared unit.
One radio unit employes the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other employs the direct sequence spread
spectrum technique.
Key Words: ad hoc network, infrared, LAN, local area network, mobility, radio
frequency, wireless
Designation: 8802-11:1999/Amd 4:2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 4:2006(E) [IEEE Std 802.11g-2003] Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 11: Wireless LAN
Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications—Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4
GHz Band
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006
Abstract: Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-
1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided to support the further higher data rate extension for operation in the 2.4 GHz
band.
Key Words: LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless
Designation: 8802-11:1999/Amd 5:2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 5:2006(E) [IEEE Std 802.11h-2003] Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 11: Wireless LAN
Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications—Amendment 5: Spectrum and Transmit Power Management
Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006
Project Scope: Defines mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and
transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory
requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe. The regulations
and conformance tests are listed in Clause 2.
Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 802.11™ for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for
dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for
operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe.
Key Words: dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network (LAN),
transmit power control (TPC)
Designation: 8802-11/Amd 1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1: 2000 (E), Information
Technology—Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems—Local
and Metropolitan Area Networks—Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications—Amendment 1: High-Speed
Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.11a)
Designation: 8802-12-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: Part 12: Demand-priority access method, physical layer and repeater
specifications, ISO/IEC 8802-12: 1998, Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks —Specific requirements—
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.12)
Designation: 8802-11/Amd.6:2006(E)
Title: Information technology — Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems — Local and metropolitan area networks —
Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications AMENDMENT 6: Medium
Access Control (MAC) Security Enhancements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007
Abstract: Security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11 are defined in this amendment, which includes a definition of WEP for backward
compatibility with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. This amendment defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide
more robust data protection mechanisms than WEP affords. It introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11
and defines security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Also, it
specifies how IEEE 802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication.
Key Words: AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures,
data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE
802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection,
robust security network, RSN, security, security association, TKIP, WEP
Designation: 9945-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable
Operating System Interface (POSIX®)-- Technical Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 1 Base Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-2, 9945-3, and 9945-4
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-1-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1003.1, 1996 Edition] Information
technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)-Part 1: System
Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 1996
**Incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1-1990, 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and
1003.1i-1995.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.1)
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines
a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines
interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. When options specified in the Threads Extension are included, the standard also
defines interfaces appropriate for multithreaded applications. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding.
Key Words: API, application , portability, C language, data processing,
information, interchange, open systems, operating systems, POSIX,
programming, realtime, system configuration, computer interface, threads
Designation: 9945-1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990: Information technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C
Language]
Status: Superseded
**Also known as IEEE Std 1003.1-1990.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.1)
Designation: 9945-2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 2: System Interfaces
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-3, and 9945-4
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993: Information technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) — Part 2: Shell and Utilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1993
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 1003.2-1992 and 1003.2a-1992.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.2)
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex manipulation. When the User
Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing users
on character-oriented display terminals.
Key Words: API, data processing, open systems, operating systems, portable
application, POSIX, shell , utilities, user portability
Designation: 9945-3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003(E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 3: Shell and Utilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-4
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-4-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 4: Rationale
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-3
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 10038-1993
Title: ISO/IEC 10038-1993: Information technology-Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access
control (MAC) bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1993
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1D-1990, 802.1i-1992, and 802.5m-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which
is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the
connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy.
The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined.
Source-Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT
Bridge are specified.
Key Words: "data processing,information interchange,local area
networks,metropolitan area networks,fibre distributed data interface - FDDI
-,mode of data transmission ,network interconnection ,models,source
routing,Source-Routing Transparent - SRT - Bridge"
Designation: 10738-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC TR 10738:1993 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5b-1993 Edition] Information
technology - Local and Metropolitan area networks - Token ring access method
and physical layer specifications - Recommended practice for use of
unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP) for token ring data transmission at 4
Mbit/s
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Abstract: The recommended practice for using unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) for transmitting data at 4 Mb/s is described.
Signal characteristics, unshielded twisted pair transmission characteristics, medium interface connection, cable routing, bit
error rate, safety, and reliability are covered.
Key Words: token ring access method, token ring data transmission, token ring
networks, unshielded twisted pair cable
Designation: 10857-1994
Title: ISO/IEC 10857:1994: Information Technology — Microprocessor Systems —
Futurebus+® - Logical Protocol specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.1-1991 and 896.1a-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 896.1)
Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and
cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this
specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along
with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is
provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus
allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based)
configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible
transmission methods: a) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention
(the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and b) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol
supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance.
Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology
available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before
and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further
evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this International Standard be
used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile.
Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, logical protocol, multiprocessor
systems
Designation: 10861-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers
Title: ISO/IEC 10861:1994: Information Technology—High-performance synchronous
32-bit bus: MULTIBUS II
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Std 1296-1987.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1296)
Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high-
performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed
address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art
operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message,
and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows
a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s.
An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered.
Key Words: high performance synchronous, synchronous 32 bit bus, multibus ,
multibus II, system bus architectures
Designation: 11073-00000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication--
Framework and overview
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: P11073-00000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Framework and overview
Status: Revision Project
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open
systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between
patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems,
optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to
provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by
defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model
for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for
conformance to the set of standards.
Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows
hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play
interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare
information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the
acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the
overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host
computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards.
This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such
no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision
addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215
WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the
family of standards.
Designation: P11073-00101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication -
Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for using radio-frequency (RF)
wireless communication technologies for IEEE 11073™ point-of-care medical
devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using
shared information technology (IT) infrastructure. Use cases specific to
these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria
are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and
security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental
requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for
each of these areas. Technologies include but are not limited to IEEE
802.11™ and IEEE 802.15™. Use case environments include traditional clinical
settings, as well as personal (home- and mobile-) healthcare. The intent of
the guidance document is to be global with respect to wireless spectrum and
equipment, although working group participation and expertise have favored
detail of scenarios from the US. Importantly, this guidance document will
not be periodically updated, but instead will act as a source of information
for follow-on IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards that will supersede
it. These IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards will detail the use of
specific wireless networked technology for the purpose of transporting
medical data. Periodic updates will be performed on the IEEE 11073 standards
only.
Project Purpose: In recent years there has been rapid growth of RF technology
to support wireless communication and data transport, as evidenced by the
growing use of personal communication devices (e.g., mobile phones, WiFi
enabled laptop computers). The incorporation of RF technology into PoC
medical devices for wireless data transport has the potential to offer
significant benefits to healthcare, although there are many issues that need
to be understood and managed in order to ensure data transfer to computer
servers, healthcare professionals, terminal data collection units, or other
medical devices is accurate, efficient and reliable. Specific
recommendations are aimed at different stakeholder groups that make up the
audience for this guidance document including healthcare providers, medical
device manufacturers / vendors, wireless equipment manufacturers / vendors,
and relevant agency groups. The different functionality and operating
environment of medical devices is addressed, ranging from core hospital
equipment providing complex waveform and other physiological data to single
parameter, low data rate sensors worn in a mobile health scenario. Further,
patients, healthcare workers, medical equipment, and medical data move
across different areas of the healthcare topology and necessitate that data
track in a seamless and managed manner. Quality of Service (QoS)
requirements (e.g., priority, throughput, latency) can vary significantly
across different medical data types (e.g., alarms, real time wave forms,
chart data, asset tracking, e-prescriptions), and simultaneous transport of
different data types on a shared IT infrastructure are considered for the
design of appropriate solutions. Other issues associated with operation on
standardized "open" networks are security and privacy. Coexistence
becomes a significant issue as a growing number of medical devices from
multiple manufacturers, perhaps using multiple technologies (e.g., IEEE
802.15.1(tm) with IEEE 802.11b(tm)), start to crowd the RF spectrum and
compete for bandwidth and channel access. Other issues considered include
EMI/EMC, cost, power consumption, and technology configurability. Several
factors influence the performance of the wireless system itself, including
whether it operates on a shared IT network (e.g., WLAN, WWAN) or simply
maintains a point-to-point connection. The former example is especially
important when considering the operation of multiple medical devices from
different manufacturers, each with different QoS requirements. An
overall effort to promote plug-and-play (PnP) operability between
commercially available medical devices and wireless systems (i.e., IEEE,
ISO, ANSI, ITU-R, ITU-T), is supported in this guidance document, as well as
in follow-on IEEE 11073 profile standards. As private homes are
increasingly outfitted with wireless networks, and home- and mobile-
management of healthcare and chronic conditions becomes increasingly common,
additional issues may emerge. Recommendations provided in this
document are not prescriptive, but instead offer general guidance aimed at
the different stakeholders to facilitate design and management of wireless
medical data transport to support the necessary QoS and performance
requirements as well as co-exist in a complex environment with other
wireless traffic. Likewise, exercises and comparisons included in this
document are not intended to endorse any particular medical device, wireless
technology, or data exchange format, but to offer examples for reference and
comparison. Ultimate solutions will vary greatly depend greatly on
healthcare needs, resources, sizes, and environments.
Designation: 11073-00101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Guide for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless
technology
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.1.1.
Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: This project provides guidance on the usage of radio-frequency
(RF) wireless communication technologies for IEEE 1073 point-of-care medical
devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using
shared information technology (IT) infrastructures. Use cases specific to
these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria
are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and
security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental
requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for
each of these areas. Technologies include but not be limited to IEEE
802.11 and 802.15. Use case environments include traditional clinical
settings, as well as homecare and mobile.
Project Purpose: The development and use of RF wireless technologies is
increasing at a very rapid rate; however, there are many issues that need to
be properly understood and managed in order to ensure that the medical
device systems which use them can operate in a safe and effective manner.
This is especially the case when devices from different manufacturers and
with widely varying quality of service requirements are expected to provide
reliable and consistent services using a shared IT infrastructure (e.g., a
single 802.11b wireless LAN), such as real-time waveform delivery and alarm
notifications. Additional problems arise when different communication
systems use technologies which have difficulty co-existing, and thus result
in a degradation in the quality of service that can be provided. By
analysing the use cases that include IEEE 1073 devices using RF wireless
communications interfaces, and by providing guidelines for the management of
the performance requirements and issues that are identified, reliability and
safety can be significantly improved.
Designation: P11073-00103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Technical
Report - Overview
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport-
independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth
devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and
terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and
compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones,
personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal
telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring,
and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile
applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are
also presented.
Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth
standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the
need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments.
Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices
and enabling people to manage their own health independently.
Designation: P11073-00201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Recommended practice - Profile template
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.2.1
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document presents a set of recommended practices for
creating communication profiles that leverage new or existing technology for
application within an ISO/IEEE 11073 communicaton framework. A template is
defined that specifies the component elements that need to be contained in a
profile, as well as instructions for how it should be completed and
documented, including the definition and completion of related protocol
implementation configuration statements (PICS) needed by referenced
standards.
Project Purpose: As various organizations and system developers define
communication profiles (or "stacks") for point-of-care medical devices, they
require guidance for how ISO/IEEE 11073 component standards, as well as
other non-ISO/IEEE 11073 standards may be combined and configured to achieve
the primary design goal for the family of standards, namely real-time plug-
and-play interoperability. Though there is information about protocol
implementation conformance statements ("PICS") throughout the standards,
there is no general guidance or "template" provided for how to create a
complete profile. This document provides recommended practices for how to
create these profiles using the specified template in such a manner as to
properly use existing standards as well as to provide specifications that
may become future standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family.
Designation: P11073-10101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature
Status: Revision Project
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.1.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is nomenclature architecture for
point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC). It consists of three
parts: the body of the standard, which defines the overall architecture of
the organization and relationships among nomenclature components; normative
Annex A and Annex B, which provide specifications of semantics and syntaxes,
respectively; and informative Annex C, the bibliography. This standard is
intended for use within the context of IEEE Std 1073,1 which sets out the
relationship between this and other documents in the POC MDC series.
Project Purpose: [from published standard's PAR] The purpose of this standard
is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care
medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data
dictionary for present and future medical device data communication
applications.
Designation: P11073-10102
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Annotated ECG
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard extends the base IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature to
provide support for ECG annotation terminology. It may be used either in
conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standards (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain
information model) or independently. Major subject areas addressed by the
nomenclature include ECG beat annotations, wave component annotations,
rhythm annotations, and noise annotations.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a single, comprehensive and coherent
terminology for ECG annotation semantics, making it suitable for any medical
device data exchange that requires inclusion of ECG annotations. This
consolidates numerous other standard and non-standard terminologies that are
in current use, resulting in the harmonization of how ECG annotation
information is identified, and thus, interoperability and information
exchange at the application level.
Designation: P11073-10103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.3.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project extends the base nomenclature provided in IEEE
1073.1.1.1 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices (IDC)
(e.g., pacemakers). Its primary focus is semantics included in IDC program
configuration reports, namely between the IDC programmer and other
enterprise-based applications, not between the programmer and the actual
implanted device. The nomencalture extensions may be used in conjunction
with other IEEE 1073 standard components (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain
Information Model) or with other standards, such as HL7.
Project Purpose: This project enables and standardizes the reporting of IDC
configuration information to enterprise-based applications (e.g., clinical
orders system). Currently no such standardization exists, typically
resulting in the reports being managed as paper documents, and not
electronically.
Designation: P11073-10104
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Virtual attributes
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.4.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This project focuses on the extension of the ISO/IEEE 11073-
10101 Nomenclature related to semantics for “virtual attributes”, which is
an unpopulated partition defined in the base Nomenclature Standard. The
primary application of these semantics are for external control of medical
devices based on the provisions made within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of
standards.
Project Purpose: Though a Virtual Attribute partition was allocated in the base
nomenclature standasrd, no specific semantics were defined. This standard
extends the base Nomenclature by filling in the Virtual Attribute Partition
to support relevant applications, including those within the scope of the
IEEE P1073.1.3.x set of device specialization standards or as identified
during development of this standard, for example to harmonize with other
related standards, particularly HL7.
Designation: P11073-10201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Domain information model
Status: Revision Project
**This project was originally designated P1073.1.2.1.
Technical Contact: Kai Hassing, Phone:+49 7031 14 1064, Email:Kai.Hassing@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards,
this standard addresses the definition and structuring of information that
is communicated or referred to in communication between application
entities. This standard provides a common representation of all application
entities present in the application processes within the various devices
independent of the syntax. The definition of association control and lower
layer communication is outside the scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: [from the PAR of the currently published standard] The purpose
of this project is to provide a general object-oriented information model
that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices.
Designation: 11073-10300
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specializations - Framework and overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of the manner by
which device specializations can be defined using the generalized mechanisms
defined in IEEE 1073 and related standards for establishing plug-and-play
interoperable communications with point-of-care medical devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a general set of
heuristics for how specific device specializations can be defined using the
more general mechanisms that are defined in other 1073 and related
standards, and to provide a framework for device specialization standards.
The end result will be consistency across device specializations, and ease
of use by those using the standards.
Designation: 11073-10316
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Dialysis device
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.16.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
dialysis medical devices, including renal intensive care devices. It will
specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including
general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport
standards. The project will define data model and semantics specifically
related to dialysis devices, as well as, specifications leveraged from other
1073 device specializations, including infusion device, pulse-oximeter,
blood pressure, temperature, and weighing scale.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between dialysis devices and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. By providing standardized communication for these
devices, information from these systems will be more readily acquired and
integrated into the healthcare enterprise information infrastructure,
ultimately reducing the cost of implementing such systems and increasing the
availability of this class of data.
Designation: P11073-10400
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Common Framework
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative framework of
communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g.
cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes)
in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages
appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073
terminology, information model, application profile, and transport
standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and
behaviors in a telehealth environment restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard establishes a common
core of communications functionality shared by one or more of the personal
telehealth device specializations, including common ways of receiving
information and managing the devices, and allows vendor extensibility to
access non-standardized features.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10404
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Pulse Oximeter
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common
core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10406
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Heart Rate Monitor
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth heart rate monitor devices and
compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of
specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments
restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for
personal telehealth heart rate monitors. In this context,
heart rate monitor is being used broadly to cover heart rate monitors that
infer heart rate by monitoring a heart’s electrical activity as well as
those that infer from pulse measurements.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10407
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Blood Pressure Monitor
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and
compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of
specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments
restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for
personal telehealth blood pressure monitors.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10408
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Thermometer
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common
core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10415
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Weighing Scale
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common
core of communcation functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10417
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Glucose Meter
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common
core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-20000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Framework and overview
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This project provides a general description of the IEEE 1073
application profile standards (IEEE 1073.2.x), including the role they play
in supporting use cases where point-of-care medical devices are used to
communicate vital signs and other device information. The framework of
application profile substandards is provided, giving guidance as to how new
components can be added to the set and showing users how they may be
combined to provid general services needed for specific applications.
Profile capabilities include abstract to transfer syntax standards and
general services required to establish logical connections between systems,
OSI service and presentation layer capabilities, and services needed to
perform communication tasks. Additionally the relationship between these
standards and other IEEE 1073 groups (e.g., 1073.1.x) are presented,
detailing how they can be combined to provide a complete ISO OSI 7-layer
communications stack.
Project Purpose: Application profiles supply a key component in the IEEE 1073
set of standards, providing the generic services needed to encode and decode
information that is transferred between systems, to establish logical
associations between systems, to dynamically configure optional
capabilities, and to effect exchange of vital signs and medical device data.
By providing non-device specific application services, technology can be
reused across different device types, as well as more easily extended and
maintained. Service profiles may also be created for target applications,
using the specific technologies or the minimum set of capabilities required
to support the intended use cases. This framework and overview standard
supports those who need to either create a profile of application services
for a specific device or system interface or need to add new capabilities to
support additional use cases.
Designation: 11073-20102
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profiles - MIB elements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.2.1.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the definition of MIB ("Management
Information Base") Element objects as used in the IEEE 1073 family of
standards for point-of-care medical device communication. Prototypical MIB
Element object definitions are contained in the IEEE P1073.1.2.1 Domain
Information Model standard. References to MIB Element definitions in
specific IEEE 1073 transport standards (e.g., P1073.3.3) shall also be
included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide in one document
location the definitions for non-transport specific MIB Element objects
used in point-of-care medical device communication, as well as references to
MIB Element definitions that may be contained in specific IEEE 1073
transport or internetworking standards.
Designation: P11073-20103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Clinical context management (CCoM)
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.1.3.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is an extension to Standard IEEE 1073.2.1.1, MDAP
Base Standard. The scope is the synchronization of medical device
operational contextual information, particularly security-related, in RF
wireless contexts; patient identification; and clinical patient care
logistical, particularly Admit, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) information.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and
effective application of IEEE 802-based profiles in the context of medical
device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073 in which synchronization
of medical device, patient, and clinical logistical information is required
among heterogeneous real-time medical data processors.
Designation: P11073-20200
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Association control function
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.0.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a profile for utilizing ISO Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI) service for an Association Control Service Element
(ACSE) in point-of-care medical device communication within the framework of
the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards. This service provides for the establishment,
release and aborting of an association between a medical device agent and
another system acting as a manager. Service establishment includes dynamic
negotiation of presentation layer functions such as message encoding and
abstract syntax, as well as application layer services to be used.
Project Purpose: Association control services provide a core element of the ISO
OSI protocols and support the dynamic configuration of presentation and
application layer services. For medical device communication, all
application profile operational modes must share a common association
control service that provides the means for selecting required and optional
components. Therefore, this document is referenced by the other application
profile mode standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family.
Designation: 11073-20201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health informatics-- Point-of care medical device communication--
Application profile-- Polling mode
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: P11073-20201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Polling mode
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.1.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard
builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE
11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific
data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx set of standards.
It does not define application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical
device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic
capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange
information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards.
Designation: 11073-20202
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication--
Application profile-- Baseline
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: P11073-20202
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Baseline asynchronous mode
Status: Modified New Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data
updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are
available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base
MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving
application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-
1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical
device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables
devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed
and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define
application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-
of-care medical device communication, this standard provides a set of
generic services that support asynchronous event-driven communication
between agent and manager systems, including association control function
extensions for dynamic negotiation of profile configuration options, full
support for objects defined in the Domain Information Model (11073-10201),
and optional packages that may be layered on top of this "baseline" set of
services.
Designation: P11073-20301
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application Profile - Optional package, remote control
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.1.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard extends the capabilities of the IEEE 1073 family
standards to provide an optional service for remote control of medical
devices. It builds upon the capabilities provided by other application
profile standards, namely IEEE 1073.2.2.2 Application Profile - Baseline, to
enable the discovery, configuration, invocation, and monitoring of remote
control services. It also leverages objects defined in the IEEE 1073.1.2.1
Domain Information Model and terminology defined in the IEEE 1073.1.1.1
Nomenclature standard. Both open and closed loop applications are
supported. "Remote" includes both device-external but physicall local
control, as well as control of geographically distant devices. Specific
device control semantics (e.g., for a ventilator) are not included in this
standard.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play
interoperability for applications that require remote control of medical
devices. It supports a single, consistent service model that supports
reliable control applications, including both open and closed loop.
Designation: 11073-20302
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Optional package, symmetric
communication
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for
communicating medical devices and systems, both agents and managers, which
function both as clients and as servers of information. The standard builds
upon services defined in other 1073 Application Profile standards, such as
the Baseline Application Profile standard (IEEE P1073.2.2.2), and defines
the methods by which agent devices may both publish the data and services
that they provide, as well as discover and acquire information provided by
managers. Likewise, it defines the methods by which manager systems can not
only discover the data and services provided by an agent device, but also
publish and supply data and services that are provided by the manager
system. It is intended for use by any of the medical device specializations
defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards that can benefit from dynamically
acquiring information from the device or system to which they are connected.
Project Purpose: This standard extends the plug-and-play interoperability for
medical devices defined in other 1073 standards, such that devices which can
benefit from data and services provided by external communicating systems,
have a standardized manner in which to discover and acquire that
information. Potential applications include devices that acquire patient
information such as ID, height, weight, sex, and age, and then use this
information to customize their operation (e.g., pharmacokinetic drug dosing
models used by infusion devices, or modes used by ventilators). Another
would be devices that acquire drug dosing and pharmacy order information, or
adverse drug event database data, ensuring that the right drug is being
delivered to the right patient in accordance with the prescribed dosage. By
standardizing this type of communications interface, device developers and
system applications providers can reap the benefits afforded by greatly
enhanced interoperability, ultimately benefiting and enhancing the quality
of patient care.
Designation: P11073-20401
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication -
Application Profile - Common Networking Infrastructure
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Internet
Protocol (IP) family of protocols for use in medical device communication.
The scope is enumerating the specific mechanisms necessary for real-time
plug-and-play interoperability in the medical device environment. The
specific mechanisms cover areas such as obtaining IP addresses, service
advertisement & discovery, timely message delivery, network access control,
network availability, quality of service, time services, network management
services, security and authentication. Also included is any appropriate
Ethernet (layer 2) switching and VLAN functionality.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocol and
service profiles consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Internet Protocol
(IP) family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked
operating contexts. The ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time
plug-and-play interoperability will be extended to include a broad selection
of networking technologies.
Designation: P11073-20601
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Application
Profile - Optimized Exchange Protocol
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this project defines a common framework for making an
abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent
transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems,
provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform
communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage
requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever
possible.
Project Purpose: This document addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for converting the information profile into an
interoperable transmission format so the information can be exchanged to and
from personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes).
Designation: 11073-30200
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device
communication--Part 30200: Transport profile--Cable connected
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is
established. Communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined.
Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical
device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP
Designation: P11073-30400
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - Cabled Ethernet
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family
(IEEE 802.3) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope
is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and
calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the 11073
environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and
controlling costs.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols
consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for
common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing
this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and-
play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces.
Designation: 11073-30400
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - Inter-LAN
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated P1073.3.4.
Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project focuses on the application of primarily Internet
Protocol (IP) and Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) technologies for use in medical
device communication. While the scope is primarily Transport-to-Physical
Layer methods, significant upper-layer methods such as obtaining IP
addresses, discovering servers/services, [near]real-time message delivery,
and virtual network management will be included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a comprehensive set
of protocols and services consistent with the IEEE 1073, IEEE 802, and
Internet Protocol architectures for common use by medical devices in LAN and
embedded LAN operating contexts, including bridging with related methods
such as RF Wireless. By providing this standard, the design goal of
ISO/IEEE 11073 standards to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability
shall be signficantly enhanced when LAN technologies are being utilized.
Designation: 11073-30500
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Framework and overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.3.5.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number
1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication
- Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology). The
scope of this standard is to outline more specifically the different follow-
on transport standards associated with wireless data transport from IEEE-
1073 point-of-care (POC) medical devices using personal area (WPAN), local
area (WLAN), wide area (WWAN), and other networks. The document will outline
unique concerns and requirements relating to the use of various RF wireless
technologies operating on such networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare
enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry,
and government regulatory agencies a set of recommendations and performance
benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device data using
various personal area, local area, and wide area networks.
Designation: P11073-30503
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Local area network (wLAN)
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.3.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is a subset of project number 1073.3.5 (Health
informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication – RF Wireless
Profile – Framework and Overview. The scope of this standard is medical
device data communication profiles based on IEEE 802.11 Standards,
particularly IEEE 802.11b/g with sufficient Quality of Service and Security
attributes for mobile medical device applications across emergency,
critical, acute, and sub-acute care areas of hospitals. As a result,
multiple subsets of IEEE 802.11, particularly IEEE 802.e (QoS) and IEEE
802.11i (Security); IEEE 802.3 (“Ethernet”), and widely-used Internet
protocols, such as DHCP, TCP/ and UDP/IP; will be integrated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and
effective application of IEEE 802.11-based profiles in the context of
medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073.
Designation: P11073-30505
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Wide area (Mobile Phone)
Network (wWAN)
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.5.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number
1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication
- Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology) and a
further extension of project number 1073.3.5 (Health Informatics - Framework
and Overview Structure for Wireless Medical Data Transport using Personal
Area, Local Area, Wide Area, and other Wireless Networks). The scope of this
standard is to identify recommended protocols as well as to evaluate
expected performance for the transport of medical data between IEEE-1073
point-of-care (POC) and / or body worn sensors along wireless wide area
networks (WWAN) via gateway devices (e.g., mobile phones, PDAs) to an end
server or attending healthcare professional in a home-based or mobile health
scenario. Recommendations are made with the goal of developing common
protocols for plug-and-play compatability between medical devices and WWAN
gateway equipment. Point-of-care (POC) or body worn sensor data is
envisioned to range from non-critical physiologic parameters used for
general health maintenance to critical parameters such as real time
waveforms and alarms / alerts. The standard also attempts to characterize
general expected performance of wireless data transport between point-of-
care (POC) or body worn sensor devices and the WWAN gateway given existing
technology options, as well as over the WWAN to the end server or attending
healthcare professional. Acceptable performance may depend upon the
individual case, nature the medical data, and expected quality of service
(i.e., data throughput, latency, fidelity, privacy and security, co-
existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements,
EMI/EMC, power management).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare
enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry,
and government regulatory agencies a set of recommended technology
specifications and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of
medical device sensor data across WWAN via a mobile phone or other
appropriate gateway device.
Designation: 11802-5-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 11802-5 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1H, 1997 Edition], Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks—Technical reports and guidelines—Part 5:
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet V2.0 in Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.1H)
Abstract: Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate
interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using
MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified.
Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of
existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities
Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collection detection, data
processing, ethernet, FDDI, fibre distributed data interface, information
interchange, LAN protocols, LAN, local area networks, media access control
bridges, MAC, network interconnection, selective translation, selective
translation table
Designation: 12207.0-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1998
**This project was originally known as P1448 and includes 1448a.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during
the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
Software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain
the in sum country foreward including compliance methodology, software life
cycle prodess objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts
of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite
of standards consisting of three parts: ISO 12207, 12207.1, and 12207.2.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand,
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will
add: (1) enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. (2)
provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207, (3) provide additions to
meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process
standards.
Designation: 12207
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 12207, International Standard - Information Technology -
Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Adoption Complete
**This project was formerly known as 1448. The complete title is IEEE/EIA
12207-1996
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1998
Project Scope: ISO/IEC 12207 is an organized set processes, tasks and
activities for acquiring and supplying of software covering the life cycle
from conceptualization of ideas through retirement. It provides a common
framework for reducing the proliferation of standards, procedures, methods,
tools, and environments for developing and managing software. it also will
provide a basis for international trade for software development,
maintenance, and operation.
Project Purpose: This international standard establishes a common framework for
software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be
referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that
are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software,
a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply,
development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software
includes the software portion of firmware.
Designation: P12207
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0. ISO/IEC
JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will
permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The
scope of the document is substantively unchanged from the previous version:
"This International Standard establishes a common framework for
software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be
referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and
tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or
service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of
software products. Software includes the software portion of
firmware."
Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0-1996.
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose
of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and
adopt the result.
Designation: 12207.1-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life
Cycle Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998
**This project was formerly known as P1448.1
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during
the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
Software includes software portion of firmware. The standard will provide an
integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results
of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard
will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to
the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will
provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation
and organization of the life cycle data.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand,
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed
standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207.
Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment. Provide
an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes.
Abstract: " ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA12207.0 consists of the
clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical andElectronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic
Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project ofthe two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.1 provides guidance for
recording life cycle data resulting from the lifecycle processes of IEEE/EIA 12207.0."
Key Words: update:2376
Designation: 12207.2-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Implementation Considerations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998
**This project was formerly known as P1448.2
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during
the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
Software includes software portion of firmware. The proposed standard will
provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators,
categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture,
development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product
evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration
management and acquirer-supplier interaction.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand,
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed
standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207.
Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by
providing more options as to its use. Improve the implementation of ISO
12207.
Designation: 13210-1994
Title: ISO/IEC 13210: 1994, Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Std 1003.3-1991.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.3)
Abstract: The general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards are defined. This document is aimed
primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX
test methods.
Key Words: assertion, assertion test, base assertion, conditional feature,
extended assertion, POSIX, POSIX conformance test suite, test method, test
result code
Designation: 13213-1994
Title: ISO/IEC 13213:1994, Information technology—Microprocessor
systems—Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer
buses
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Std 1212-1991.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1212)
Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined.
Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM
specification and bus standard requirements are covered.
Key Words: CSR architecture, bus architecture, bus standard, interoperability,
microprocessors, node addressing, registers, transaction sets
Designation: 13961:2000
Title: ISO/IEC 13961:2000 (IEEE Std 1596-1992) Standard for Scalable Coherent
Interface (SCI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 14143.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information Technology - Software
Measurement - Functional Size Measurement - Part 1: Definition of Concepts
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000
Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 14143 defines the fundamental concepts of
Functional Size Measurement (FSM) and describes the general principles for
applying an FSM method. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 does not provide
detailed rules on how to 1) measure Functional Size of software using a
particular method, 2) use the results obtained from a particular method, 3)
select a particular method. The definition of FSM in this part of ISO/IEC
14143 is applicable when determining if a method for sizing software is a
Functional Size Measurement Method. It does not prevent the development of
various methods, but rather provides a basis for assessing whether a
particular method conforms to FSM. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 is intended
for use by those persons associated with the acquisition, development, use,
support, maintenance and audit of software.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the adoption is to harmonize IEEE practices for
functional size measurement with relevant international standards. The
purpose of the standad is to provide criteria for conforming functional
measurement methods.
Abstract: Implementation notes that relate to the IEEE interpretation of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 aredescribed.
Key Words: "function point,Functional Size Method,measurement,metrics"
Designation: 14252-1996
Title: ISO/IEC 14252: [IEEE Std 1003.0-1995] Guide to the POSIX® Open Systems
Environment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This is an exact duplicate of IEEE Std 1003.0-1995 and the IEEE will not
carry this publication. If you need to purchase the ISO/IEC publication,
please contact ANSI @ 212.642.4900 or ISO @ 41.22.919.0111 directly.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.0)
Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons
evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of
enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system
interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these
interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress.
Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally,
the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains.
Key Words: application portability, application interoperability, open system
environments, profiles, POSIX®
Designation: 14515-1:2000-2000
Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1: 2003(E), Information Technology--Portable
Operating System Interface (POSIX)--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance
to POSIX--Part 1: System Interfaces Amendment 1: Realtime Extension (C
Language)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 2003
**This publication is a revision of IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (ISO approved
November 2000)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 14515-2:2003
Title: Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--
Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX--Part 2:Shell and utilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 2003.2)
Designation: 14519-1999
Title: ISO/IEC 14519 : 1999 (IEEE Std 1003.5b), Information technology—POSIX®
Ada Language Interfaces—Binding for System Application Program Interface
(API)—Realtime Extensions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.5b)
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. It defines
the Ada language bindings as package specificationsand accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface
(API). Thisstandard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding be-tween ISO 8652
Designation: 14536-1995
Title: ISO/IEC 14536:1995 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.5-1995] Information technology -
Microprocessor systems - Futurebus+®, Profile M (Military)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1995
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.5-1993 and 896.5a-1994.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 896.5)
Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+® architecture. This high-
performance bus-based system architecture provides a wide range of performance and cost scalability over time for multiple
generations of single- and muliple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857:1994
[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to
these profiles that products will claim conformance.
Key Words: bus architecture, error logging, fault logging, futurebus+, live
insertion, military profiles, multiprocessor , node management, open
architecture, serial bus, software debug
Designation: 14575:2000
Title: ISO/IEC 14575:2000 (IEEE Std 1355-1995) Standard for Heterogeneous
InterConnect (HIC) (Low-Cost, Low-Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for
Parallel System Construction)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 14764-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Maintenance
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes an iterative process for managing and
executing software maintenance activities. Use of this standard is not
restricted by size, complexity, criticality, or application of the software
product. This standard uses a process model to discuss and depict each phase
of software maintenance. The criteria established apply to both the planning
of maintenance for software while under development, as well as the planning
and execution of software maintenance activities for existing software
products. Ideally, maintenance planning should begin during the stage of
planning for software development. This International Standard provides
the framework within which generic and specific software maintenance
plans may be executed, evaluated, and tailored to the maintenance scope and
magnitude of given software products. This International Standard
provides the framework, precise terminology, and processes to allow the
consistent application of technology (tools, techniques, and methods) to
software maintenance. This International Standard provides guidance for
the maintenance of software. The basis for the Maintenance Process and
its activities comes from the definitions of ISO/IEC 12207. It defines
the activities and tasks of software maintenance, and provides maintenance
planning requirements. It does not address the operation of software and
the operational functions, e.g., backup, recovery, system administration,
which are normally performed by those who operate the software. This
International Standard is written primarily for maintainers of software and
additionally for those responsible for development and quality assurance.
It may also be used by acquirers and users of systems containing software
who may provide inputs to the maintenance plan.
Project Purpose: This International Standard provides guidance on the
management of (or how to perform) the Maintenance Process. It identifies
how the Maintenance Process can be invoked during acquisition and operation.
This lnternational Standard also emphasizes the following in the Maintenance
Process: the maintainability of software products; the need for maintenance
service models; and the need for a maintenance strategy and plan.
Abstract: The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
Key Words: life cycle, maintenance, software, software maintenance
Designation: P14817
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for (Not a Draft) Transport information and control systems -
Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data
dictionaries (ISO14817:2002)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this PAR is to adopt "Transport information and
control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and
ITS/TICS data dictionaries, ISO14817:2002" as IEEE/ANSI/ISO Standard 14817-
200x.
Project Purpose: The US TAG for ISO TC204 and IEEE WG P1489/P1488 contributed
significant effort to evolve the IEEE Standard 1489-1999, "IEEE Standard for
Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems," IEEE Standard
1488-2002, "IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent
Transportation Systems," and the "IEEE ITS Data Registry Functional
Operating Procedures, 2000," into a single international standard,
ISO14817:2002. The intent is to adopt the international standard for use in
the US ITS community and as a potential replacement for the IEEE standards.
The experts in ISO TC204 agreed that a single international standard for an
ITS Data Registry would benefit the global ITS community leading to
compatible use of data concepts for developing ITS sysrtems and implementing
and operating ITS data registries. The existance of a number of different
national standards for a sector-specific data registry is not beneficial for
developers and users of ITS systems.
Designation: P15026
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for System and Software Engineering - System and Software
Assurance
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard provides life cycle processes expectations and
their associated outcomes for systems and software that must satisfy
critical requirements. It specifies activities that must be undertaken, to
ensure that systems and software are acquired, developed, and maintained in
such a way that is likely to satisfy these requirements, and to provide
assurance that the implemented system or software does in fact satisfy these
requirements throughout its life cycle. The following life cycle
processes expectations and their associated outcomes are covered by this
Standard: a) Plan assurance activities, b) Establish and maintain the
assurance case, and c) Monitor and control assurance activities and
products. No assumption is made in this Standard as to the
specific nature of the critical requirements. This Standard applies to
whatever risk dimensions are relevant to the system or software (e.g.
safety, security, prevention of financial loss). This Standard is intended
to occupy a position between domain-specific standards, such as IEC 61508
for the safety of programmable electronic systems, and ISO/IEC 15443, Parts
1-3, Famework for IT Security Assurance, and the system and software life
cycle framework standards, IEEE Std 15288, System Life Cycle Processes, and
IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes.
Project Purpose: The life cycle process standards for the system and software
life cycles do not adequately address specific process expectations and
outcomes for system and software assurance. This Standard provides a life
cycle approach to system and software assurance, consistent with, and
amplifying the the requirements of IEEE 15288, System Life Cycle Processes
and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes, and providing specific
process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance.
Designation: 15205:2000-2000
Title: ISO/IEC 15205:2000 (IEEE Std 1496-1993) Standard for a Chip Module
Interconnect Bus: SBus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1496)
Designation: 15287-2:2000-2000
Title: ISO/IEC 15287-2:2000 (IEEE Std 1003.13, 1998 Edition) Information
technology—Standardized Application Environment Profile—Part 2: Posix®
Realtime Application Support (AEP)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.13)
Designation: P15288
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005.
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This
project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the
result. The scope of the document is unchanged from the previous version:
"This International Standard establishes a common framework for
describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of
processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any
level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these
processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and
performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through
the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of
achieving customer satisfaction."
Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005.
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose
of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and
adopt the result.
Designation: 15288-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems engineering -- System life cycle processes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005
Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. Its scope is: This ...
Standard provides a common process framework covering the life cycle of man-
made systems. This life cycle spans the conception of ideas through to the
retirement of a system. It provides the processes for acquiring and
supplying systems. In addition, this framework provides for the assessment
and improvement of the life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. The IEEE Software
Engineering Standards Committee has a set of reference processes for
software engineering that is shared with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. Sharing this
material permits both organizations to write compatible standards. Adoption
of 15288 is the first step to expanding the set of reference processes to
encompass systems engineering.
Abstract: This standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set
of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure.
Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's
life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer
satisfaction. This standard is identical with ISO/IEC 15288: 2002 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex E,
explaining the relationship of this standard to other IEEE standards.
Key Words: adoption, ISO/IEC, life cycle processes, systems engineering
Designation: P15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and
software life cycle process information products (Documentation)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all
identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types,
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise,
project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary,
supporting, and organizational life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes,
and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in
identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Designation: P15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and
software life cycle process information products (Documentation)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all
identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types,
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise,
project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting,
and organizational life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes,
and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in
identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Designation: 15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and
software life cycle process information products (Documentation)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all
identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types,
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise,
project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary,
supporting, and organizational life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes,
and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in
identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Designation: 15802-2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 15802-2:1995: Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Common specifications - Part 2: LAN/MAN management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1995
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993. ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1B,
1995 Edition
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.1B)
Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC
standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that
permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the
dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of
event forwarding are defined.
Key Words: event forwarding, local area networks, management, metropolitan area
networks, LAN, MAN
Designation: 15802-3-1998
Title: [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition] Information
Technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks—Common specifications—Media access control
(MAC) bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 1998
Designation: 15802-4-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994: Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Common specifications - Part 4: System load protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 16, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1E-1990 and 802.1m-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 802.1E)
Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE
802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in
LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to mulitiple destination systems. The standard
includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed.
Key Words: local area networks, management, metropolitan area networks, system
load protocol, LAN, MAN
Designation: 15802-5-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Title: (ANSI/IEEE std 802.1G, 1998 Edition) Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchanges between
systems—Local and Metropolitan area networks—Common specifications—Part 5:
Remote Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Oct 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997
(Ref. Std.: 802.1G)
Project Scope: Specification of the requirements placed on MAC (Meduim Access
Control) Bridges which interconnect Local Area Networks using other
transmission media or services.
Project Purpose: 1-Ensure compatabilities of operation with Bridges which
connect Local Area Networks directly. 2-Specify the constraints on the
variation of the quality of the MAC Service offered to communication end
service. 3-Consider management aspects of the Bridges within the framework
by OSI Mgmt.
Key Words: MAC, Sublayer, Interconnection, geographically, LAN
Designation: 16085-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering-Life Cycle Processes-Risk
Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This project is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7.
As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of scope was modified as
follows: "This standard describes a process for the management of risk
during systems or software acquisition, supply, development, operations, and
maintenance."
Project Purpose: As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of purpose was
modified as follows: "The purpose of this standard is to provide suppliers,
acquirers, developers, and managers with a single set of process
requirements suitable for the management of a broad variety of risks. This
standard does not provide detailed risk management techniques, but instead
focuses on defining a process for risk management in which any of several
techniques may be applied."
Abstract: A process for the management of risk in the life cycle is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life
cycle processes defined by the ISO/IEC 12207 or ISO/IEC 15288 series of standards, or it can be used independently.
Key Words: integrity, risk, risk acceptance, risk analysis, risk management,
risk treatment
Designation: 16085
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk
Management
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the original standard is: This standard will
describe a process for the management of risk during software development,
operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. The
revision is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the
revision is to resolve the issues raised during the fast-track ballot of
IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this
standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk
management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA
12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques,
but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of
several techniques might be applied. the standard will address risk
management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the
viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is being revised so that
it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/ SC7.
Abstract: A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing set of
software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently.
Key Words: acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk
treatment
Designation: 16085
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering-Life Cycle Processes-Risk
Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: Additions to the previously approved scope are shown in
brackets: "The scope of the original standard is: This standard will
describe a process for the management of risk during [systems and] software
development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA
12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The revision is being performed jointly with
ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the revision is to resolve the issues raised
during the fast-track ballot of IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085)."
Project Purpose: Additions to the previously approved purpose are shown in
brackets: "The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this
standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk
management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA
12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The standard will not provide detailed risk
management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk
management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard
will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management,
rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is
being revised so that it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/
SC7."
Designation: P16326
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Project management
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Mark O Henley, Phone:254-867-2423, Email:Mark.Henley@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1058-1998 (IEEE Standard
for Software Project Management Plans) to become an international standard
by merging it with an existing ISO/IEC Technical Report 16326-1999 (Software
engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 12207 to Project
Management). The current ISO/IEC TR 16326 provides guidance to people
responsible for managing the performance of the primary software life cycle
processes of ISO/IEC 12207-1995 (IEEE/EIA 12207.0 - Information technology -
- Software life cycle processes). The process guidance provided by the
current Technical Report will be updated. From IEEE Std 1058 will come
normative provisions for the content of a software project management plan.
To incorporate both process guidance and document requirements, it is within
the scope of the project to develop a one-part standard or a multi-part
standard. Furthermore, depending on the pace of SC7 harmonization
activities, it is permitted to extend the scope of this effort to system-
level project management.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the current standard,
extend it to include project execution as well as planning, to promote it to
the status of an International Standard, and to achieve greater
harmonization with: a. Software engineering standards of JTC1/SC7, b.
The relevant standards of ISO TC176, IEEE, and PMI, c. Emerging systems
engineering standards of JTC1/SC7.
Designation: P20000.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information Technology — Service
Management — Part 1: Specification
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:Terry.Doran@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This is an IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-1. The scope of
ISO/IEC 20000-1 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 defines the requirements for
a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for
its customers.
Project Purpose: This standard provides the high level specification of
requirements for delivery of managed services. It supports managed service
acquisition, proposal, consistency, benchmarking or appraisal, and process
improvement.
Designation: P20000.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information Technology — Service
Management — Part 2: Code of Practice
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:Terry.Doran@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-2. The scope of ISO/IEC
20000-2 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 represents an industry consensus on
quality standards for IT service management processes. These service
management processes deliver the best possible service to meet a customer’s
business needs within agreed resource levels, i.e. service that is
professional, cost-effective and with risks which are understood and
managed.
Project Purpose: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 describes the best practices for
service management processes in the form of guidance and recommendations
that should be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC 20000-1, Information
Technology — Service Management — Part 1: Specification. ISO/IEC 20000-1
defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services
of an acceptable quality for its customers.
Designation: P25051
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Software engineering —- Software product Quality Requirements and
Evaluation (SQuaRE) — Requirements for quality of Commercial Off-The-
Shelf (COTS) software product and instructions for testing
Status: Revision Project
Project Scope: The Scope clause of the international standard to be adopted is
long. The portion that corresponds to an IEEE scope is as follows:
This International Standard establishes: a) Quality requirements for
COTS software products; b) Requirements for test documentation for
the testing of COTS software products, including test requirements, test
cases, and test reporting; c) Instructions for conformity evaluation
of COTS software products. NOTE The collection of documents for test
is called “test documentation”. It includes also recommendations for
safety or business critical COTS software products.
Project Purpose: The international standard being adopted has no distinct
purpose clause. The portion of its Scope clause that best matches an IEEE
purpose is as follows: The intended users of this
International Standard include: a) suppliers when: 1)
specifying requirements for a COTS software product; 2) advertising
performance claims for their product (ISO 9127); 3) assessing their
own software products against the claimed performance; 4) issuing
declarations of conformity (ISO/IEC 17050); 5) applying for
certificates or marks of conformity (ISO/IEC Guide 23); b)
certification bodies that may wish to establish a third-party certification
scheme (international, regional or national) (ISO/IEC Guide 28); c)
testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing
when testing for a certificate or a mark of conformity (ISO/IEC 17025);
d) accreditation bodies for accrediting registration or certification bodies
and testing laboratories; e) potential acquirers who may: 1)
compare the requirements for the intended work task with the information in
product descriptions of existing software products; 2) look for
certified COTS software product; 3) check if the requirements are
otherwise met; f) end users who may profit from better software
products; g) organizations: 1) establishing management and
engineering environments based on the quality requirements and methods of
this international standard; and 2) managing and improving their
quality processes and personnel; h) regulatory authorities who may
require or recommend the requirements of this International Standard for
COTS software products used in safety or business-critical applications.
Designation: 60488-1:2004-2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Higher performance protocol interface for programmable
instrumentation -- Part 1: General
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2004
History: (Ref. Std.: 488.1)
Abstract: nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation
systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a) Data exchanged among the
interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog) b) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one
contiguous bus does not exceed 15 c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20 m
d) Data rate among devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s The basic functional specifications of this standard may be used in
digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these.
Different electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit configurations, high
threshold logic, special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications.
Key Words: GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake
Designation: 60488-2:2004-2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Standard digital interface for programmable instrumentation--
Part 2: Codes, formats, protocols and common commands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004
**International Standard IEC 60488-2 First edition 2004-05 IEEE 488.2
IEC/IEEE dual logo document
History: (Ref. Std.: 488.2)
Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by
devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines
communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device-
dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and
characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is
intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument
systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus,
and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard
may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system
environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages,
this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions
contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard.
Project Purpose: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via
the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication
protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-
dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and
characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to
apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of
measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation
controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope
of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-
handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and
response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide
range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting
structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are
covered.
Designation: 61523-3:2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Delay and power calculation standards -- Part 3: Standards
Delay Format (SDF) for the electronic design process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1497)
Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and
timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine
written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing
information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementors of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to
understand the format’s contents will find it useful.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, delay, delay backannotation, digital
systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, SDF, timing, timing
analysis, timing backannotation, timing verification
Designation: 61588:2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Precision clock sychronization protocol for networked
measurement and control systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1588)
Abstract: A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running on separate nodes of a distributed measurement and control system to
a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The protocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system
topology is self-configuring.
Key Words: clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control
systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks
Designation: 61691-1-1:2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Behavioural languages-- Part 1-1: VHDL language reference
manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1076)
Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the
creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development,
verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance,
modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the
advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design,
VHDL
Designation: 61691-4:2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Behavioural languages-- Part 4: Verilog (R) hardware
description language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1364)
Abstract: The Verilog® Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended
for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports
the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the
maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools
supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems,
hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI,
programming language interface, Verilog HDL, Verilog PLI, Verilog
Designation: 61691-5:2004
Title: IEC/IEEE Behavioural languages: Part 5: VITAL ASIC (application specific
integrated circuit) modeling specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: 1076.4)
Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined in this standard. This modeling
specification defines a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC
(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL.
Key Words: ASIC, computer, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation,
HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, Verilog, VHDL
Designation: 62032
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEC/IEEE Guide for the application, specification, and testing of phase-
shifting transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: C57.135)
Abstract: Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specification and testing to standard system
transformers are described. Various types of phase-shifting transformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve
required control of power flow are covered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to
phase-shifting transformers is provided.
Designation: 62050:2005
Title: IEC/IEEE VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) synthesis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: (Ref. Std.: 1076.6)
Designation: P90003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC 90003: Software Engineering - Guidelines
for the Application of ISO 9001:2000 to Computer Software
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:sduncan@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 90003
with the addition of an informative annex to cross-reference IEEE Software &
Systems Engineering (S2ESC) standards to ISO 9001:2000 clauses and
subclauses.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide guidance to users of
IEEE standards as to how they could apply them to meet the quality
management expectations of ISO 9001:2000 clauses and subclauses in a
software development context by adopting ISO/IEC 90003 (the software
development guidance document for 9001) and adding an informative annex to
cross-reference IEEE S2ESC standards to relevant 9001 material.
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® C2-1997
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation,
or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and
communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and
communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar
systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified person. This standard consists
of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of
the 1997 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
Key Words: communication, industry safety, communication lines, electric supply
line, supply stations, utility stations, electrical safety, high voltage
safety, power station, public utility , safety work rules, underground,
electric line safety
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® 1997 Edition First Errata Sheet - dated
3 September 1996 (Includes TIA 97-1)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1996
**(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® 1997 Edition Second Errata Sheet - 28
February 1997
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Tentative Interim Amendment 97-1 to the 1997 National Electrical Safety
Code®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 27, 1996
**(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code® on CD-Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997
**One CD-Rom and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built into
an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software.
System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or
higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8
megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space.
Publication type: Electronic Product
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code® Diskette package
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997
**Three diskettes and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built
into an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software.
System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or
higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8
megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space.
Publication type: Electronic Product
Designation: C2-1992
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 1992
Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: C2-1990
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Tables from the National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989
History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989
Abstract: The tables from the 1990 edition of the National Electrical Safety Code are presented in a larger, more legible format.
Designation: C2-1990
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electric Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989
Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989
Abstract: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons form hazards arising from the installation, operation,
or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electricity supply and
communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and
equipment are included. The provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems
and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
Designation: C2
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Interps Collection 97
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: C2-1987
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Jun 23, 1986
Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and
communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and
equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar
systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
Designation: C2-1984
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1983
Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and
communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and
equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar
systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
Designation: C2-1981
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980
Designation: C2-1977
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
Designation: C2-1973
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
Designation: C2-1987
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Tables from the National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 23, 1986
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: C2-2002-2002
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electric Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001
Designation: C2-2002, NESC®-2000
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code®-Committee Draft Document 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-2007
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Project Scope: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of
persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also
includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is
applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar
systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction,
definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic
documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety.
Designation: C12.1-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard Code for Electricity Metering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1989
**Revision of ANSI C12.1-1982.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 10, 1988
Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for new types of AC watthour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices,
instrument transformers, and auxiliary devices are established. Acceptable in-service performance levels for meters and devices
used in revenue metering are stated. Information on recommended measurement standards, installation requirements, test methods,
and test schedules is included. Some of the provisions outlined in this standard apply to direct current watthour meters.
Acceptable in-service performance levels for these meters are provided.
Key Words: electricity metering, Wattmeters
Designation: C12.4-1984
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Mechanical Demand Registers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 1984
**Revision of ANSI C12.4-1978.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1984
Abstract: The voltage and frequency rating, full-scale values, scale classes, demand intervals, multiplying constants, timing
mechanism, and other general features of mechanical demand registers required for use on watthour meters are covered. Single-
pointer-form, cumulative-form, and multiple-pointer-form registers are included. Although mechanical demand registers are
designed for use as accessories in watthour meters, items relating to watthour meters are not covered.
Key Words: mechanical, demand registers, Watthour meters
Designation: C12.6-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: American National Standard for Marking and Arrangement of Terminals for
Phase-Shifting Devices Used in Metering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1987
**Revision of ANSI C12.6-1978.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1986
Abstract: Phase-shifting devices designed to provide the proper lagged voltages required for kVAR and kVA measurement are covered.
Terminal marking for universal devices, as well as devices for specific types of services, is considered. The number of terminals
and the provision of diagrams of internal connections are specified.
Key Words: marking, phase shifting, metering, Wattmeters, Watthour meters,
Phase shifters
Designation: C12.7-1993
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994
**Revision of ANSI C12.7-1987. No longer available through the IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V,
and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and
construction requirements are specified.
Key Words: conduit connection, knockout, ringless socket, socket jaw, Watthour
meter socket, Socket ceiling ring, Single-stator watthour meter, Multistator
Designation: C12.7-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets
Status: Superseded
**Available in C12 Collection -1993.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Designation: C12.8-1981
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard for Test Blocks and Cabinets for Installation
of Self-Contained A-Base Watthour Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1981
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Abstract: The dimensions and functions of test blocks and cabinets used with self-contained A-base watthour meters are covered.
Standard ratings are defined, and general requirements are addressed.
Key Words: self contained, A base, watthour meters, test blocks
Designation: C12.9-1993
Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated
Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994
**Revision of ANSI C12.9-1987. No longer available through the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watthour meters in conjunction with
instrument transformers are covered.
Key Words: current switch, meter test switch, test jack, test plug, voltage
switch, Transformer-rated meter
Designation: C12.9-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated
Meters
Status: Superseded
**Available in C12 Collection-1993 only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1993
Abstract: The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watt-hour meters in conjunction with
instrument transformers are covered. Standard ratings are specified, and general requirements are addressed.
Key Words: test switches, transformer rated, meters
Designation: C12.10-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Electromechanical Watthour Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 1988
**Revision of ANSI C12.10-1978.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987
Abstract: Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test-current values, internal wiring arrangements, pertinent
dimensions, rotor markings, register requirements, and other general specifications are covered for both detachable and bottom-
connected electromechanical watthour meters. Combination devices utilizing the essential elements of watthour meters are also
covered insofar as their application is practicable. The terminal arrangements and mounting dimensions covered by this standard
are essentially those adopted by the watthour meter industry from 1928 to 1936.
Key Words: electromechanical, watthour meters
Designation: C12.11-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Instrument Transformers for Revenue
Metering, 10 kV BIL Through 350 kV BIL (0.6 kV NSV through 69 kV NSV)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1988
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Revision of ANSI C12.11-1987.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 13, 1987
Abstract: The general requirements, metering accuracy, thermal ratings, and dimensions are established for current and inductively
coupled voltage transformers for revenue metering. Both indoor and outdoor types are covered.
Key Words: revenue metering, instrument , transformers, BIL, Voltage
transformers, Power system measurements, Energy measurement, Current
transformers
Designation: C12.13-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Electronic Time-of-Use Registers for
Electricity Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 1991
**Revision of ANSI C12.13-1985. Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 24, 1991
Abstract: Electronic time-of-use registers for use in conjunction with electricity meters are covered. The following features are
included: numbers and format of displays; voltage, frequency, and temperature ratings; demand intervals; multiplying constants;
timing systems; other general requirements; and communication requirements. Test procedures and performance requirements are
given. Specifications for the watthour meter are not covered.
Key Words: electronic, time of use, registers, electricity meters, Wattmeters,
Time measurement, Testing
Designation: C12.13-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: Time-of-Use Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters, American
National Standard
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Revision ballot in progress 1/91 - not an IEEE Std (Sue).
Designation: C12.14-1982
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: American National Standard for Magnetic Tape Pulse Recorders for
Electricity Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1982
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1981
Abstract: Minimum requirements for magnetic tape pulse recorders for electricity meters are recommended. The voltage, frequency
ratings, recording format, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications are covered. The intent is to ensure recorder
reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing.
Key Words: magnetic tape pulse, pulse recorders, electricity meters, Watthour
meters, Magnetic tape recording
Designation: C12.15-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Demand Registers for
Electromechanical Watthour Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 1990
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Designation: C12.16-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Electricity Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 19, 1991
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: George E Page, Phone:404-362-5815
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991
Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for solid-state electricity meters are established. Detachable socket, type S, and bottom-
connected, type A, as well as any other arrangement agreed upon between the manufacturer and the user are included. Class
designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test current values, service connection arrangements, pertinent dimensions, form
designations, and environmental tests are covered.
Key Words: solid state, electricity, metering, Watthour meters
Designation: C12.17-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Cartridge-Type Solid-State Pulse
Recorders for Electricity Metering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 17, 1991
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 19, 1991
Abstract: Minimum requirements for cartridge-type solid-state pulse
recorders for electricity metering are recommended. Voltage and frequency ratings, performance requirements, enclosure
requirements, and other general specifications for such recorders are covered. The intent is to assure recorder reliability to
the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing.
Key Words: cartridge, pulse recorders, electric metering, recorders, Watthour
meters, Recording
Designation: C37-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: C37 Spring 1991 Edition: Guides and Standards for Circuit Breakers,
Switchgear, Relays, Substations and Fuses
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Key Words: switchgear, relays, fuses, substations, circuit breakers
Designation: C37-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: C37: Complete 1989 Edition; Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Relays,
Substations and Fuses
Status: Superseded
**1989 Complete Edition
Designation: C37-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: C37 Series
Status: Superseded
**Consolidates C37 docs
Designation: C37.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems Used for
Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition, and Automatic Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 1994
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995
Abstract: Distributed multi-computer master stations and distributed remote terminal units (RTUs) are introduced. Submaster RTUs
used in an automated distribution system with downstream feeder RTUs is defined. Local area networks with master stations are
discussed. Intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) with respect to their interface to RTUs and master stations are defined. New
surge withstand capability (SWC) standards and their applicability to SCADA is shown. An example channel loading calculation is
provided.
Key Words: automatic control, data acquisition, SCADA, supervisory control
Designation: PC37.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard for SCADA and Automation Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The present standard does not cover SCADA applications using
microprocessor based protection and monitoring (IEDs), nor does it cover
substation automation systems. Both will be added in this revision. The
intended users are electric utility engineers specifying such systems,
vendors, and consultants.
Project Purpose: The present title of C37.1 is "Definition, Specification, and
Analysis of Systems Used for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition, and
Control". Since the standard was last updated in 1994, substantial changes
in technology have taken place. The proposal is to update the standard,
incorporating the new technology, and with a new title "Standard for SCADA
and Automation Systems." The automation systems to be covered are in
electric substations.
Designation: C37.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Definition, Specification, and Analysis of Systems Used
for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition, and Automatic Control
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John D McDonald, Phone:678-966-0363x227, Email:jmcdonald@kemaconsulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1986
Key Words: analysis, systems, supervisory, acquisition, control
Designation: C37.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers and
Contact Designations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.2-1991.
Technical Contact: Floyd W Greenway
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to the definition and application of
function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating
plants and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus.
Project Purpose: A device function number, with an appropriate prefix and
suffix where necessary, is used to identify the function of each device in
all types of switchgear. These numbers are to be used in drawings,
elementary and connection diagrams, instruction books, publications, and
specfications. In addition, the number may be placed on, or adjacent to,
each device on the assembled equipment so the device may be readily
identified. This PAR is proposed to revise C37.2-1991 to reflect current
technology and usage.
Abstract: The definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants and in
installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus are covered. The purpose of the numbers is discussed, and 94 numbers
are assigned. The use of prefixes and suffixes to provide a more specific definition of the function is considered. Device
contact designation is also covered.
Key Words: device functions, device function numbers, relay designations,
switchgear
Designation: PC37.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers and Contact
Designations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The present scope of C37.2-1996 is "This standard applies to the
definitions and application of function numbers for devices used in
electrical substations and generating plants and in installations of power
utilization and conversion apparatus." The scope will remain unchanged
Project Purpose: Old Purpose: “A device function number, with an appropriate
prefix and appended suffix, is used to identify the function(s) of each
device installed in electrical equipment. This includes manual, partial-
automatic, and automatic switchgear. These numbers are to be used in
drawings, elementary and connection diagrams, instruction books,
publications, and specifications. In addition, for automatic switchgear, the
device number may be physically placed on, or adjacent to, each device on
the assembled equipment. This will enable the device to be readily
identified. ”<br><br> New Purpose: “A device function
number, with an appropriate prefix and appended suffix, is used to identify
the function(s) of each device installed in electrical equipment. These
numbers are to be used in drawings, elementary and connection diagrams,
instruction books, publications, and specifications.”
Designation: C37.2-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.2-1987.
Technical Contact: Luther W Kurtz, Phone:503-244-9321, Email:lkurtz@powereng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: The definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants, and
in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus are covered. The purpose of the numbers is discussed, and 94
numbers are assigned. The use of prefixes and suffixes to provide a more specific definition of each function is considered.
Device contact designation is also covered.
Key Words: function, numbers, switchgear, device
Designation: C37.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Luther W Kurtz, Phone:503-244-9321, Email:lkurtz@powereng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987
Key Words: electrical, power, system, device, function
Designation: C37.04-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Abstract: " This standard covers the rating structure for all high-voltage circuit breakers, which include allvoltage ratings above
1000 V ac and comprise both indoor and outdoor types having the preferredratings as listed in ANSI C37.06-1997. Typical circuit
breakers covered by these standards havemaximum voltage ratings ranging from 4.76 kV through 800 kV, and continuous current
ratings of 600 A,1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A associated with the various maximum voltage ratings. The rating structureestablishes
the basis for all assigned ratings, including continuous current, dielectric withstand voltages,short-circuit current, transient
recovery voltage, and capacitor switching, plus associated capabilitiessuch as mechanical endurance, load current, and out-of-
phase switching. This standard does not covergenerator circuit breakers, which are covered in IEEE Std C37.013-1997. "
Key Words: "capacitance current switching,dielectric withstand,fast transient
recovery voltage,indoor,initial,interrupting time,mechanical
endurance,operating duty,outdoor,power frequency,ratings,related
capabilities,short-circuit current,shortline fault,voltage dist"
Designation: PC37.04b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Amendment to "IEEE Standard for Rating Structure for AC
High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis" to
change the description of Transient Recovery Voltage for harmonization with
IEC 60056
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: R. Kirkland Smith, Phone:607-796-3370, Email:KirklandSmith@eaton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: The Circuit Breaker rating structure is being revised to make
the voltage / time envelope that describes the Transient Recovery Voltage
(TRV) match the description used in IEC 60056. The present IEEE TRV envelope
is a combination of an initial exponential component with a 1-cosine
component at higher currents and a 1-cosine at lower currents. This will be
changed respectively to the 4 parameter or 2 parameter TRV envelope used in
IEC 60056. This change will make the TRV descriptions the same as those
used in the international standard that is applicable to the same type of
equipment.
Project Purpose: This change is being done to harmonize the IEEE standards with
the IEC standards that are applicable to the same equipment used in the same
power system environment. This change will benefit all parties concerned.
The manufacturers will benefit since one set of tests will be applicable to
both standards. The users will benefit since a consistent method of
application can be employed.
Designation: C37.04-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers
Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE C37.04-1964 and NOW includes supplement IEEE C37.04c-
1985.
History: BD APP: Apr 06, 1979, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1988
Abstract: A rating structure for AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis is established. The rating
structure applies to indoor and outdoor types of AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V. Service conditions,
construction, and nameplate markings are also considered.
Key Words: rating, structure, hvcb, symmetrical, current, Circuit breakers
Designation: C37.04-1999/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ruben D Garzon, Phone:615-459-8453, Email:garzonr@squared.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: Change the value of surge impedance for for the Initial
Transient RecoveryVoltage (subclause 5.9.2.3 ) from 450 ohms to 260 ohms.
Project Purpose: The value for the surge impedance related to ITRV on high-
voltage circuitbreakers rated above 100 kV had inadvertently been changed.
This correction willbring the document into agreement with previously
published and internationallyaccepted standards.
Designation: C37.04a-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on
a Symmetrical Current Basis: Amendment 1 Capacitance Current Switching
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 25, 2003
Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: May 12, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of PC37.04a is to incorporate IEC 62271-100
capacitance current switching treatment into the circuit breaker rating
structure. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac.
Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in C37.04-1999
to take advantage of a joint IEC/IEEE working group on this subject. This
Amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC 62271-100.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.04a-2003, IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current
BasisAmendment 1: Capacitance Current Switching"
Key Words: "capacitance current, capacitance current switching, capacitor bank
switching, restrike"
Designation: C37.04a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Capacitance Current Switching Requirements for High Voltage
Circuit Breakers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: Addendum to address Capacitance Current Switching Requirements.
Incorporating IEC 60056 treatment.
Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in the 1999
revision to take advantage of a joint IEC/IEEE working group on this
subject. This amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC
60056. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac.
Designation: C37.04b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Rating Structure Generator CBs
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**In WG (C37.013) . As of 6/17/91 - incorporated into PC37.013
Key Words: rating, structure, generator, CBs
Designation: C37.04c-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Altitude Correction Factors
Status: Superseded
**ANSI Apvd 2/82. Included in C37.013-1993 (section 6)
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993
Key Words: altitude, correction, factors, C37.04c
Designation: C37.04d-198
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: CBs for GIS Applications
Status: Superseded
Key Words: CBs, GIS, applications
Designation: C37.04e-198
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definitions for TRV Terms
Status: Superseded
**ANSI Apvd 83 (C37.100b)
Key Words: definitions, TRV, terms
Designation: C37.04f-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit
Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990
Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
(IEEE C37.04-1979).
Key Words: trip, free, clarification, sub 6.5
Designation: C37.04g-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit
Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. Superseded by C37.04-1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1988
Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
(IEEE C37.04-1979).
Key Words: Circuit breakers
Designation: C37.04h-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Terminal Connection Mechanical Loading Sub 6.2
Status: Superseded
**(supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979)
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986
Key Words: C37.04h
Designation: C37.04h-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit
Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. Revision of IEEE C37.04h-1986
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991
Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
(IEEE C37.04-1979).
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: C37.04i-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit
Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. Superseded by C37.04-1999
History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: This supplement replaces the last paragraph of 5.11.4.2 in C37.04-1979 and adds a new section, 5.11.4.3, Initial Transient
Recovery Voltage.
Key Words: Circuit breakers
Designation: PC37.06
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical
Current Basis - Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for
Voltages above 1000 Volts
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Georges F Montillet, Phone:724-483-7830, Email:georges.montillet@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor types of AC
high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts and rated on a
symmetrical current basis.
Project Purpose: Inconsistency in application of preferred ratings of high-
voltage circuit breakers may result in wrong application of interrupting
current and voltage levels. The recommendations outlined in the following
clauses are intended to provide consistent functionality for high-voltage
circuit breakers rated above 1000 V.
Designation: C37.06
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers - Preferred Ratings and
Related Required Capabilities
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Georges F Montillet, Phone:724-483-7830, Email:georges.montillet@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This standard is applicable to three-pole circuit breakers used
in three-phase systems and single-pole circuit breakers used in single-phase
systems, both indoor and outdoor AC high-voltage types, rated above 1000
volts on a symmetrical current basis. This standard does not cover circuit
breakers used at rated frequencies other than 50 Hz or 60 Hz, or generator
circuit breakers that are covered in IEEE Std. C37.013.
Project Purpose: Since the existing rating structures are being revised under
related projects PC37.04a, PC37.04b, PC37.09a, PC37.09b, PC37.011 and
PC37.012, the purpose of this work is to provide relevant values of
preferred ratings for the new rating structures. Another purpose is to
integrate C37.06, formerly sponsored by NEMA, into the IEEE-SA process of
standards dvelopment. Sponsorship is now being transferred to the IEEE
Switchgear Committee.
Designation: C37.09-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 2000
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000
Abstract: " The testing procedures for all high-voltage circuit breakers that include all voltage ratingsabove 1000 V ac and
comprise both indoor and outdoor types having the prefered ratings as listed inANSI C37.06-1997 are covered. Typical circuit
breakers covered by these standards have maximumvoltage ratings from 4.76 kV through 800 kV, and continuous current ratings of
600 A, 1200 A, 2000 A,and 3000 A associated with the various maximum voltage ratings. The test procedures verify all
assignedratings, including continuous current, dielectric withstand voltages, short-circuit current, transient recov-ery voltage,
and capacitor switching, plus associated capabilities such as mechanical endurance, loadcurrent, and out-of-phase switching.
Production test procedures are also included. This standard doesnot cover generator circuit breakers as these are covered in IEEE
Std C37.013-1993. "
Key Words: IEEE Std C37.09-1999
Designation: C37.09-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1989
Abstract: The various tests that are made on AC high-voltage circuit breakers are summarized. Accepted methods used in making the
tests are described, and the tests that will demonstrate ratings under ANSI/IEEE standards are specified. The following
categories of tests are considered: design tests, production tests, tests after delivery, field tests, and conformance tests.
Key Words: test, procedures, AC, HVCBs, Circuit-breaker testing
Designation: C37.09-1999/Cor 1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2007
Technical Contact: Georges F Montillet, Phone:724-483-7830, Email:georges.montillet@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial
errors made during the preparation of C37.09-1999, which covers test
procedures for all high-voltage circuit breakers rated over 1000 Vac .
Editorial corrections have been made separately in an errata. The scope of
C37.09-1999 is as follows: <br> "This test procedure summarizes
the various tests that are made on ac high-voltage indoor and outdoor
circuit breakers, except for generator circuit breakers, which are covered
in IEEE Std C37.013-1997. It describes accepted methods used in making the
tests and specifies the tests that will verify assigned ratings under
ANSI/IEEE standards. This procedure does not preclude the use of other
equivalent or more effective methods of demonstrating ratings.<br>
The tests are divided into the following classifications: <br> a)
Design tests (Referred to in IEC 60056-1987 and IEC 60694-1996 as Type
Tests) <br> b) Production tests (Referred to in IEC 60056-1987
and IEC 60694-1996 as Routine Tests)<br> c) Tests after
delivery<br> d) Conformance tests"
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors introduced in
C37.09-1999 between final balloting and publishing of the 1999 document.
The 1999 document was created using manual methods, prior to the
introduction of the modern electronic methods now in place in the IEEE
Standards Association. C37.09 is a fundamental document to the testing of
high-voltage circuit breakers, and therefore, the errors in the present
document must be corrected prior to any general revision effort.
Abstract: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of IEEE Std C37.09-1999
latest version, second printing 19 December 2005, which covers test procedures for all high-voltage circuit breakers rated over
1000 VAC. This text also includes corrections to the errata dated 19 December 2005, which adjusts Figure 17 on page 62 of the
main text (under 7.2). As of the printing of this corrigendum, IEEE Std C37.09-1999 includes all of the following: • IEEE
Std C37.09-1999 latest version, second printing 19 December 2005; • Errata to IEEE Std C37.09-1999 (edited 18 April 2007),
which corrects typographical and editorial errors to the standard (note that these alterations have been made to the most
current electronic version of the standard which is available online—http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore/); • IEEE Std C37.09a-
2005, amendment to IEEE Std C37.09-1999, which adds additional content to the standard; and • this corrigendum, IEEE Std
C37.09-1999/Cor 1-2007, which makes technical corrections to both the original IEEE Std C37.09-1999 and the subsequently
published errata.
Key Words: fast transient recovery voltage, indoor, initial, mechanical
endurance, operating duty, outdoor, power frequency, short-circuit current,
short-line fault, single-phase testing, test data reporting, three-phase
testing, unit test, voltage distribution synthetic test
Designation: C37.09a-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for American National Standard Test Procedure for AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Amendment 1
Capacitance Current Switching
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 16, 2005
Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of PC37.09a is to incorporate IEC 62271-100
capacitance current switching treatment into the circuit breaker test code.
This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac.
Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in C37.09-1999
to take advantage of a joint IEC/IEEE working group on this subject. This
Amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC 62271-100.
Abstract: The scope of IEEE Std C37.09a-2005 is to incorporate IEC 62271-100 capacitance current switching treatment into the
circuit breaker test code. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac.
Key Words: fast transient, indoor, initial, mechanical endurance, operating
duty, outdoor, power frequency, recovery voltage, short-circuit current,
short-line fault, single-phase testing, test data reporting, three-phase
testing, unit test, voltage distribution synthetic test
Designation: C37.09a-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991
Abstract: The required load current switching capability and life are defined, and load current switching tests are specified.
Key Words: Load-current switching tests, High-voltage circuit breakers, Circuit
breakers
Designation: C37.09a-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Distri Load Current Swtchg&Rev Test Duty Section 4.12
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.09a
Designation: C37.09a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Capacitance Current Switching Test Code for High Voltage
Circuit Breakers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: Addendum to address Capacitance Current Switching Test Code for
High voltage Circuit Breakers. Incorporating IEC 60056 treatment.
Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in the 1999
revision to take advantage of a joint IEC./IEEE working group on this
subject. This amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC
60056. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac.
Designation: PC37.09b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis -- Amendment 2: Transient Recovery Voltage
Requirements During Power Tests
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Kirk Smith, Phone:607-796-3370, Email:r.kirkland.smith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: PC37.09b amends C37.09, the test procedure, to be consistent
with amendment PC37.04b, of the rating structure C37.04, in which the
voltage / time envelopes that describes the Transient Recovery Voltage (TRV)
is being changed to match the descriptions used in IEC 62271-100, the
international standard that is applicable to the same type of equipment.
Project Purpose: This revision harmonizes the IEEE requirements for transient
recovery voltage during power tests with those in IEC 62271-100. This is
a continuation of an effort to harmonize requirements in the IEEE
standards with those of IEC that first began in the 1950s. Broadly
speaking, the functional requirements to be demonstrated in power testing
are changed only slightly, whereas the manner in which the requirements
are represented graphically is simplified considerably.
Designation: C37.09b-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Test Proc for Generator Circuit Breakers
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into PC37.013-1993 (section 6)
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993
Key Words: C37.09b
Designation: C37.09c-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999
Abstract: The required load-current switching capability and life are defined, and load-current switching tests are specified.
Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing
Designation: C37.09d
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: CBs for GIS Appl
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.09d
Designation: C37.09e-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999
Abstract: This supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979 replaces 4.6.5.3 (2).
Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing
Designation: C37.09f
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Shunt Reactor Switching
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**WG developing. As of 6/17/91 - Project incorporated into P1259
Key Words: C37.09f
Designation: C37.09g-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated
on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999
History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: This supplement to C37.09-1979 adds a paragraph at the end of 4.6.5.4, contains a new section for the initial transient
recovery voltage, and makes a change to 4.6.6, Methods of Demonstrating the Short-Circuit Current Rating of a Circuit Breaker.
Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing
Designation: C37.010-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This application guide applies to the ac indoor and outdoor
high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with the methods given in
IEEE Std. C37.04-1999, listed in IEEE Std. C37.06-1997, and tested in
accordance with IEEE Std. C37.09-1999. Circuit breakers rated and
manufactured to meet other standards should be applied in accordance with
application procedures adapted to their specific ratings or applications.
Abstract: This guide covers the application of indoor and outdoor high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V for use in
commercial, industrial, and utility installations. It deals with usage under varied service conditions, temperature conditions
affecting continuous current compensation, reduced dielectrics, reclosng derating as applicable, calculation of system short-
circuit current, compensation at different X/R ratios, detailed calculations with application curves, out-of-phase switching, and
general application.
Key Words: "ambient compensation/emergency operation, capacitor switching,
high-voltage circuit breakers, indoor drawout, line closing, load current
switching, outdoor, pollution level creepage distance, power frequency,
rated maximum voltage, short-circuit, TRV, tra"
Designation: C37.10-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostics and Failure Investigation of Power Circuit
Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Procedures to be used to perform failure investigations of power circuit breakers are recommended. Although the procedure
may be used for any circuit breaker, it is mainly focused on high-voltage ac power circuit breakers used on utility systems.
Recommendations are also made for monitoring circuit breaker functions as a means of diagnosing their suitability for service
condition.
Key Words: diagnostics, investigation, failure, power circuit, circuit breaker
Designation: C37.010-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Includes supplement IEEE C37.010d-1984. Superseded by C37.010-1999.
History: BD APP: May 29, 1975
Abstract: AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with the methods given in ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979 and listed in ANSI
C37.06-1979 are covered. Service conditions are discussed, and factors to be considered in the application of circuit breakers
are addressed. Short-circuit considerations are included.
Key Words: Circuit breakers
Designation: C37.10.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection of Monitoring for Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2001
Technical Contact: W J Bergman, Phone:403-862-1504, Email:bergman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: The Guide provides direction in the selection of monitoring and
the diagnostic parameters used for power circuit breakers. It provides
guidance on appropriate parameters for various circuit breaker technologies.
Project Purpose: To guide owners, manufacturers and third parties in selection
of key circuit breaker parameters to be monitored. This information will
help the industry reduce failures, minimize maintenance and improve future
designs with the application of appropriate monitoring.
Abstract: " Direction is provided for the selection of monitoring and for diagnostic parameters to beused with high-voltage circuit
breakers (i.e., above 100 V). Guidance on appropriate parameters tobe considered for monitoring applied to various circuit
breaker technologies is also provided."
Key Words: "failure characteristics; failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA);
failure modes, effects, and criticality analysis (FMECA); faiure rate; high-
voltage circuit breakers; monitoring; online condition monitoring; risk
assessment"
Designation: C37.010b-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard for Emergency Load Current-Carrying Capability
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.010-1979. Superseded by C37.010-1999.
Abstract: A section on emergency load current-carrying capability is added to IEEE C37.010-1979 as 4.4.4.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: C37.010c
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Generator Circuit Breakers
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into C37.013-1993 (section 6).. Superseded by C37.013-1993
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993
Designation: C37.010d-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Switching Surge Reclosing Times
Status: Superseded
**ANSI Apvd 4/83 . Incorporated into reprint of C37.010-1979.
Key Words: C37.010d
Designation: C37.010e-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: Supplement to IEEE C37.010-1979: IEEE Application Guide for AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.010-1979. Replaces section 3.2.1 -
Applications at Altitudes Above 3300 ft (1000 m). Superseded by C37.010-
1999.
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1982
Abstract: A revised version of 3.2.1, Applications at Altitudes Above 3300 ft (1000 m), of IEEE C37.010-1979, is provided.
Designation: C37.010f
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Circuit Breakers for GIS Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: C37.010g
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Shunt Reactor Switching
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**As of 6/17/91, project incorporated into P1259
Key Words: C37.010g
Designation: C37.011-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC
High-Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2006
Technical Contact: Denis Dufournet, Phone:33-4-72-68-3582, Email:denis.dufournet@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This application guide covers procedures and calculations
necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings
for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V. The capability
limits of these circuit breakers are determined to a great degree by the
TRV. This application guide is not included in other existing circuit
breaker standards. In this document, the TRV ratings are compared with
typical system TRV duties. An example TRV calculation is given in Annex A.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an application guide
on the TRV ratings given in IEEE Std C37.041 for ac high-voltage circuit
breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis. Definitions, rating
structure, test procedures, and preferred transient voltage ratings and
related required capabilities are included in IEEE Std C37.04, ANSI C37.06,
ANSI C37.06.1, and IEEE Std C37.09. IEEE Std C37.010 applies in other
respects to these circuit breakers.
Abstract: Procedures and calculations necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings for ac high-voltage
circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are covered. The capability limits of these circuit
breakers are determined to a great degree by the TRV. TRV ratings are compared with typical system TRV duties.
Key Words: Keywords: high-voltage circuit breakers, transient recovery voltage
Designation: C37.11-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Electrical Control for AC High-Voltage
Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Abstract: Standard requirements for all types of electrical control circuits for ac high-voltage breakers rated above 1000 V are
given. This standard is applicable for any type of power-operated mechanism and for both ac and dc control power. Only basic
control elements of the circuit breaker, including reclosing where required, are included in this standard. Devices or circuits
for protective relaying, special interlocking, etc., are not included.
Key Words: ac high-voltage circuit breakers, alarm circuits, auxiliary
contacts, auxiliary switch, closing, control schemes, electrical control,
grounding, heater circuits, metal-clad switchgear, metal-enclosed
switchgear, motor circuits, opening, re-closing, tripping
Designation: C37.011-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.011-1979.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994
Abstract: Procedures and calculations necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings for ac high-voltage
circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are covered. The capability limits of these circuit
interrupting devices are determined largely by the TRV. TRV ratings are compared with typical system TRV duties.
Key Words: transient recovery voltage, High-voltage circuit breakers
Designation: C37.011-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1989
Abstract: Transient recovery voltage requirements for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical
current basis are addressed. The effect of circuit parameters and the circuit breaker on the transient recovery voltage is
considered, and transient recovery voltage tests are specified. Circuit breaker rating and application, calculation of transient
recovery voltages, a short method of calculating TRV limits, and typical values of capacitance and its calculation for various
equipment are covered.
Key Words: C37.011
Designation: C37.11
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Electrical Control for AC High-Voltage
Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis or a Total Current
Basis
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 23, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 1992
Designation: C37.011a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Circuit Breakers for GIS Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: C37.012-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for IEEE Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for
AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Technical Contact: Anne Bosma, Phone:+46 240 782403, Email:anne.bosma@se.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 28, 2005
Project Scope: This project will revise the application guide for capacitance
current switching for high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with
IEEE C37.04 and listed in C37.06. It is intended to supplement C37.010.
Project Purpose: With the introduction of new requirements for capacitive
current switching stated in C37.04 and the relevant test procedure stated in
C37.09, the application guide for capacitance current switching needs to be
updated.
Abstract: Guidance for the application of ac high-voltage circuit breakers for capacitance current switching is provided. The
document addresses the general theory of capacitance current switching, the notion of restrike, reignition, NSDD and voltage
factors are explained. Application of circuit breakers for different network conditions and different capacitive loads (lines,
cables, capacitor and filter banks) is treated.
Key Words: ac high voltage circuit breakers, application, capacitance current
switching, restrike, reignition, NSDD, overvoltages
Designation: PC37.12
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Specifications of High Voltage Circuit Breakers (over 1000
volts)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: W J Bergman, Phone:403-862-1504, Email:bergman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: These specifications continue to apply to all indoor and outdoor
types of ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts. This
document is still issued as a guide for use in compiling specifications for
ac high-voltage circuit breakers. The imperative mode of the language is
illustrative of that used in specifications. It does not imply that this
document is anything other than advisory in its scope. Specifically, the new
revision will align the text with ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06-
2000, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std
C37.011-1994, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991,
and current revisions of the above documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the
specification guide to make it consistent with the new requirements in the
revised standards ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06-2000, ANSI/IEEE Std
C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.011-1994,
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991, and revisions
of the above documents being worked on concurrently. Specifically this
revision is necessary for two reasons: First, the specification requirements
for High-Voltage circuit breakers have changed since the last revision of
this document and secondly, the other standards for High-Voltage circuit
breakers, listed above, have changed requiring references in this document
to change to align with the above documents.
Designation: C37.012-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1977
Abstract: AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979, Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage
Circuit Breakers, and listed in ANSI C37.06-1979, Schedules of Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, are covered. Considerations for capacitance-current switching
applications include maximum voltage for application, frequency, capacitance current, interrupting time, transient overvoltage,
open-wire transmission lines, capacitor banks, cables, switching through transformers, unusual circuits, effect of load, effect
of reclosing, resistor thermal limitations, and the current pause method. Capacitance currents and recovery voltages under fault
conditions are also addressed.
Key Words: current, switching, high-voltage, breakers, symmetrical, Circuit
breakers
Designation: C37.012
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for A.C.
High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Anne Bosma, Phone:+46 240 782403, Email:anne.bosma@se.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project will revise the application guide for capacitance
current switching for high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with
IEEE C37.04 and listed in C37.06. It is intended to supplement C37.010.
Project Purpose: With the introduction of new requirements for capacitive
current switching stated in C37.04 and the relevant test procedure stated in
C37.09, the application guide for capacitance current switching needs to be
updated.
Abstract: Guidance for the application of ac high-voltage circuit breakers for capacitance current switching is provided. The
document addresses the general theory of capacitance current switching, the notion of restrike, reignition, NSDD and voltage
factors are explained. Application of circuit breakers for different network conditions and different capacitive loads (lines,
cables, capacitor and filter banks) is treated.
Key Words: ac high voltage circuit breakers, application, capacitance current
switching, restrike, reignition, NSDD, overvoltages
Designation: C37.12
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers - Specification
Guide
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth S Edwards, Phone:360-418-8204, Email:ksedwards@bpa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: These specifications continue to apply to all indoor and outdoor
types of ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts. This
document is still issued as a guide for use in compiling specifications for
ac high-voltage circuit breakers. The imperative mode of the language is
illustrative of that used in specifications. It does not imply that this
document is anything other than advisory in its scope. Specifically, the new
revision will align the text with ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06-
2000, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std
C37.011-1994, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991,
and current revisions of the above documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the
specification guide to make it consistent with the new requirements in the
revised standards ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06-2000, ANSI/IEEE Std
C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.011-1994,
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991, and revisions
of the above documents being worked on concurrently. Specifically this
revision is necessary for two reasons: First, the specification requirements
for High-Voltage circuit breakers have changed since the last revision of
this document and secondly, the other standards for High-Voltage circuit
breakers, listed above, have changed requiring references in this document
to change to align with the above documents.
Designation: PC37.12.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for High Voltage (>1000V) Circuit Breaker Instruction Manual
Content
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: W J Bergman, Phone:403-862-1504, Email:bergman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This guide identifies and summarizes circuit breaker
manufacturer’s information that knowledgeable users will find useful for the
receipt, installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance, and
decommissioning of high-voltage (>1000V) circuit breakers. This guide
recommends categories and an arrangement for the presentation of information
in circuit breaker instruction manuals.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide guidance for authors
and those who specify Instruction Manuals for HV circuit breakers. The
instruction manual structured format will allow knowledgeable users a means
to effectively and quickly find the information they need: - to safely
receive, install and commission, new HV circuit breakers, - to safely
operate, inspect, maintain and repair HV circuit breakers throughout their
lives, and finally, - to safely de-commission and dispose of the HV CBs at
the end of life.
Designation: C37.013-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 05, 1997
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The various asymetrical currents are all expressed with S-
factors. They shall be transformed to the development concept to make the
standard easier to apply in practice. The content will in principle not be
technically changed.
Project Purpose: The various asymetrical currents are now all expressed with S-
factors and this created difficulties in the practical application of the
standard. Furthermore, some of these factors make technically no sense. To
avoid the confusion experienced in the past, all asymetrical currents shall
be defined by using the d.c. component concept. Correction sheet will also
be built in. This simplifies the application of the standard for the users
to a great extent.
Abstract: " Ratings, performance requirements, and compliance test methods are provided for ac high-voltage generator circuit
breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis that are installed between thegenerator and the transformer terminals. Guidance for
applying generator circuit breakers is given. Pumpedstorage installations are considered a special application, and their
requirements are not completelycovered by this standard."
Key Words: "ac high-voltage generataor,application,application
guidance,generator circuit breakers,symmetrical current-rating
structure,terminals of large generators,testing procedures"
Designation: C37.13-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
Enclosures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 21, 1991
**Revision of C37.13-1981.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1983, BD APP: Oct 22, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 1991
Abstract: This standard covers enclosed low-voltage AC power circuit breakers of the stationary or draw-out type of two- or three-
pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and 254 V for
application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V; with unfused or fused circuit breakers; manually or
power operated; and with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings,
functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand
voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
Key Words: Unfused circuit breaker, Open-fuse trip device, Low-voltage ac power
circuit breaker, Fused circuit breaker
Designation: PC37.13
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: [Original (1990) Scope]: The scope of this standard includes
enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: (1) Stationary
or draw-out type of two- or three-pole construction, with one or more rated
maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and
254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages or 600 V, 480 V,
and 240 V. (2) Unfused or fused type (3) Manually operated or power
operated, with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip devices.
NOTE: In this standard the term circuit breaker shall mean enclosed low-
voltage ac power circuit breaker, either fused or unfused. The term unfused
circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker without integral fuses, and the
term fused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker incorporating
current limiting fuses as an integral part of the circuit breaker. [New
Scope of document]: The scope of this standard includes enclosed low-
voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: a) Stationary or drawout
type of two-, three-pole, or four-pole construction, with one or more rated
maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and
254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V,
and 240 V. b) Unfused or fused type c) Manually operated or power
operated, with or without electromechanical or electronic trip devices. d)
Fused drawouts consisting of current-limiting fuses in a drawout assembly
intended to be connected in series with a low-voltage ac power circuit
breaker to form a nonintegrally fused circuit breaker. NOTE In this
standard the term circuit breaker shall mean enclosed low-voltage ac power
circuit breaker, either fused or unfused. The term unfused circuit breaker
shall mean a circuit breaker without integral fuses, and the term fused
circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker incorporating current-limiting
fuses. This document applies to both integrally and nonintegrally fused
circuit breakers. For nonintegrally fused circuit breakers, reference IEEE
C37.27/D9 (July 25, 2005) for additional application information.
Project Purpose: [Original (1990) purpose]: The original C37.13-1990 does not
include a statement of purpose.
Designation: C37.013-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for AC High Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993
Abstract: Ratings, performance requirements, and compliance test methods are provided for ac high-voltage generator circuit breakers
rated on a symmetrical current basis that are installed between the generator and the transformer terminals. Guidance for
applying the circuit breakers is given. Pumped storage installations are considered a special application, and their requirements
are not completely covered by this standard.
Key Words: Testing procedures, Terminals of large generators, Symmetrical
current-rating structure, Circuit breakers, Application guidance, AC high-
voltage generator
Designation: C37.013-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Nov 09, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1990
Key Words: C37.013
Designation: C37.13-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: LV AC PCBs Used in Enclosures
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983
Key Words: C37.13
Designation: C37.13
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: [Original (1990) scope]: "The scope of this standard includes
enclose low-voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: 1) Stationary or
draw-out type of two- or three-pole construction, with one or more rated
maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and
254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V,
and 240 V; 2) Unfused or fused type; 3) Manually operated or power
operated, with or without electromechanical or electronic trip devices.
Note - In this standard the term circuit breaker shall mean enclosed low-
voltage ac power circuit breaker, either fused or unfused. The term unfused
circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker without intergal fused, and the
term fused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker incorporting current
limiting fuses as an intergal part of the unit." [New scope of document]:
No change - Scope remains the same.
Project Purpose: [Original (1990) purpose]: The original C37.13-1990 does not
include a statement of purpose. [New purpose of document]: The structure of
the standard is not changed from the original C37.13-1990 standard and thus
does not include a purpose of document statement. Purpose of this project:
The project will modify all dimensional information to provide metric
dimensions. This is necessary to gain global acceptance of this standard.
Changes will be made to coordinate with related standards (e.g. C37.20.1-
2002 - Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Switchgear, C37.50-R2000 - Switchgear Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers
Used in Enclosures - Test Procedures, and C37.51-R1995 - Switchgear Metal
Enclosed Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Assemblies -
Conformance Test Procedures). Updates associated with the extensive use of
electronic trip devices on low-voltage breakers are to be reviewed and
detailed.
Designation: C37.13.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Definite Purpose Switching Devices for Use in Metal-
Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert J Puckett, Phone:302-456-0583, Email:robert.j.puckett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide requirements for low-
voltage (600 V (ac) and below) definitepurpose switching (DPS) devices
(other than power circuit breakers) for use in metal-enclosed, lowvoltage,
power circuit breaker switchgear described in IEEE Std C37.20.1™-2002.1
These switching devices may be used in motor control or other repetitive
duty applications and have the following characteristics: a) Drawout
type, three-pole construction b) Integral current-limiting fuses for
short-circuit protection c) Power operated, with integral or separately
mounted overcurrent protective device In this standard, the term “DPS
device” denotes a definite-purpose switching device conforming to the
requirements of this standard.
Project Purpose: This standard provides guidance in evaluating switching
devices, other than low-voltage power circuit breakers conforming to IEEE
Std C37.13™, that are intended to be applied in metal-enclosed, low-voltage
power circuit breaker switchgear.
Abstract: Definite-purpose switching devices for use in metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear are covered in
this standard. The switching devices shall be fused, drawout type, three-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum ac
voltages of 600 V, 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal ac voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V. The
switching devices are power operated with integral or separately mounted overcurrent protective devices. Service conditions,
ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric)
withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application are addressed in this standard. The switching devices are
normally used in applications that require frequency of operation greater than normal operations expected of low-voltage power
circuit breakers.
Key Words: definite-purpose switching device, low-voltage ac power circuit
breaker
Designation: C37.13.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Definite Purpose Switching Devices for Use in Metal
Enclosed Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Puckett, Phone:302-456-0583, Email:robert.j.puckett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: To write a standard that would aid a user in determining the
correct process for evaluating a switching device that is intended to
utilize switching devices other than circuit breakers in low voltage (up to
1000V) switchgear.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard to guide a user in evaluating a
swtiching device that is intended to utilize switching devices other than
circuit breakers in low voltage (up to 1000V) switchgear. This standard
would define the type of replacement, outline the required interlocks,
suggest appropriate testing and establish a marking system that would
identify the devices as being replacements for specific types of circuit
breakers.
Designation: C37.013a-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis - Amendment 1: Supplement for Use with Generators
Rated 10-100 MVA
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: R W (Bill) Long, Phone:412-398-3348, Email:bill.long@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: The amendment is to address the specific requirements relative
to ac high-voltage generator circuit breakers intended for use with
generators rated between 10 MVA and 100 MVA.
Project Purpose: The 1997 edition of C37.013 failed to win approval as an ANSI
standard because, although the Scope says that it covers "...all ac high-
voltage generator circuit breakers...", the requirements for small generator
circuit breakers were not adequately addressed. It is the main purpose of
this supplement to add specific requirements for smaller generator circuit
breaker applications, focusing on generators rated in the 10 MVA to 100 MVA
range.
Designation: C37.14-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
Enclosures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2003
**Supersedes C37.14-1999.
Technical Contact: George R Nourse, Phone:330-479-4202, Email:gnourse@chempower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: Revision to incorporate both 1000V and 1200V maximum design
voltage ratings. Review and revise as necessary the requirements for peak
current design testing. Revise for metrification requirement.
Project Purpose: Revision to remain in synchronism with the requirements of
C37.16, which is being changed to have both 1000V and 1200V maximum design
voltage ratings. Review to incorporate comments received during the last
revision and for IEEE metrification requirements.
Abstract: " This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary ordraw-out type of one- or two-
pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V,325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1200 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for
applications on dc systems having nominalvoltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 850 V, 1000 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose,
high-speed, semi-high-speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with orwithout electromechanical or
electronic trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, func-tional components, temperature limitations and
classification of insulating materials, dielectric with-stand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application."
Key Words: "current-limiting, general purpose, high-speed, impulse trip device,
reverse-current trip device, semi-high-speed or rectifier circuit breaker"
Designation: C37.14-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.14-2002.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: Revision of present 1000V rating to 1200V, and clarification of
endurance test requirements. Coordination with C37.16 to provide revised
line 3 of tables II and IIA, and also line 2 of table 12.
Project Purpose: The return of a 1200V rating is to recognize the requirements
of presently installed transit systems. The endurance test requirements are
being clarified in order to eliminate confusion on the number of electrical
operations required.
Abstract: " This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary ordraw-out type of single- or two-
pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1200 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on dc
systems having nominalvoltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 1000 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed,semi-high-
speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with or withoutelectro-mechanical or electronic trip
devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functionalcomponents, temperature limitations and classification of
insulating materials, dielectric withstandvoltage requirements, test procedures, and application. "
Key Words: "current-limiting,general purpose,high-speed,impulse trip
device,reverse-current trip device,semi-high-speed or rectifier circuit
breaker"
Designation: C37.14-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
Enclosures
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1993
Abstract: This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary or draw-out type of single-or two-
pole construction; with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on
systems having nominal voltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V; 850 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed, semi-high-
speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power operated; and with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip
devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of
insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
Key Words: rectifier circuit breaker, Semi-high-speed circuit breaker, Reverse-
current trip device, Impulse trip device, General purpose, Current limiting
Designation: C37.14-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
Enclosures
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jan 09, 1979
Key Words: C37.14
Designation: C37.015-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Shunt Reactor Switching
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Guidance for the application of ac high-voltage circuit breakers for shunt reactor switching is provided. Overvoltage
generation for the three cases of directly grounded, ungrounded, and neutral reactor grounded shunt reactors is addressed in
terms of derivation and limitation methods. Circuit breaker specification for the purpose and the use of laboratory test results
to predict field performance is also covered by this guide.
Key Words: ac high voltage circuit breake, Small inductive currents, Shunt
reactor switching, Overvoltages, Application
Designation: C37.016-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers rated 15.5kV through
245kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This Standard is applicable to AC circuit switchers designed for
outdoor installation and for rated power frequencies of 50 and 60 Hz and
rated maximum voltages of 15.5 kV through 245 kV. It is only
applicable to three-pole circuit switchers for use in three-phase systems.
This Standard is also applicable to the operating devices of circuit
switchers and to their auxiliary equipment.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is being written to aid both
manufacturers and users a standard in the design and selection of this
widely used protective/switching device. It will establish the rating basis,
preferred ratings, & test procedures. This standard is being written in a
format that is compatible and acceptable to IEC standard users and is
expected to adopted by that organization in our harmonization efforts. The
document does not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: PC37.16
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations
for Low-Voltage AC (635V and below) and DC (3200V and below) Power Circuit
Breakers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nancy Gunderson, Phone:803-783-7766, Email:n.gunderson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard provides the preferred ratings for low-voltage ac
(635V and below) power circuit breakers, fused low-voltage ac (600V and
below) power circuit breakers, general purpose dc (325V and below) power
circuit breakers, and low-voltage dc (3200V and below) power circuit
breakers.
Project Purpose: This standard provides preferred ratings to establish a
uniform basis of product design and testing for low voltage ac and dc power
circuit breakers. The ratings in this standard are preferred but are not
restrictive. Manufacturers may choose to offer, and users may elect to
require, ratings which differ from those in this standard.
This revision updates the preferred ratings to reflect changes in the state
of the art. Ratings for some obsolete products have been eliminated and new
ratings added. This revision is coordinated with the changes in companion
standards C37.13, C37.14, C37.17, and C37.27.
Designation: C37.016
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers rated 15kV through 245kV
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: The proposed standard is for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers
rated 15 KV and above. These devices are designed and intended to be used
for line, transformer, reactor, and cacitor switching and protection
applications.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is being written to aid both
manufacturers and users a standard in the design and selection of this
widely used protective/switching device. It will establish the rating basis,
preferred ratings, & test procedures. This standard is being written in a
format that is compatible and acceptable to IEC standard users and is
expected to adopted by that organization in our harmonization efforts.
Designation: PC37.17
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Direct-Acting Trip Systems for Low-Voltage (up to 635 V) AC
and General Purpose Low Voltage (up to 325 V) DC Power Circuit Breakers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jeff Mizener, Phone:+1 817 652 6437, Email:jeff.mizener@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard pertains to the requirements for direct acting
current and voltage protective functions of: 1) direct-acting
overcurrent electro-mechanical trip devices 2) direct-acting
overcurrent electronic trip system 3) reverse-current trip systems
4) undervoltage trip devices that are integral with low voltage AC and
DC power circuit breakers covered by ANSI/IEEE C37.13, ANSI/IEEE C37.14, and
ANSI C37.16. Additional information, communication and/or additional
internal or external protective functions or devices are not covered by this
standard. This standard should not be interpreted to restrict the inclusion
of such functionality in the device.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to bring the standard up-to-
date and to correct several serious changes to the text which were made
during the publishing process after the final balloting in 1996. These
changes rendered the standard incomplete and inaccurate. Additionally,
since the document was transferred from NEMA to IEEE in 2002, it must be
brought into compliance with the formatting and titling requirements of
IEEE-SA standards.
Designation: C37.18-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Enclosed Field Discharge Circuit Breakers for Rotating
Electric Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 1991
Abstract: Low-voltage power circuit breakers that are intended for use in field circuits of apparatus such as generators, motors,
synchronous condensers, or exciters, and that embody contacts for establishing field discharge circuits are covered. Service
conditions, ratings, and functional components are discussed. Temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials,
insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, and test requirements are addressed. An application guide is included.
Key Words: Rotating-machine protection, Circuit-breaker testing, Circuit
breakers
Designation: C37.20
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Switchgear Assemblies - Including Metal Enclosed Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: (Ref. Std.: 27)
Designation: C37.20.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2002
**Supersedes C37.20.1-1993 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Ned Simon, Phone:828-687-3270, Email:NedHSimon@eaton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Project Scope: This project will provide a revision of the current C37.20.1
Standard. The current revision was issued in 1993 and reaffirmed in 1998.
The equipment covered by this Standard has been and continues to be a vital
element of industrial, commercial, institutional and utility electrical
distribution systems.
Project Purpose: The available and demanded level of technology makes it
necessary to revise the Standard to keep it current. Features such as 5000A
circuit breakers and communications ability are now commonplace; the
Standard needs to properly address them. Other reasons that make this work
advisable include recognizing the need to keep this Standard aligned with
its HV counterpart (C37.20.2), concerns that dc applications are not
adequately addressed in the current revision, and the need to improve the
clarity of certain technical requirements.
Abstract: "Low-voltage metal-enclosed switchgear--which contains either stationary or drawout,manually or electrically operated low-
voltage ac or dc power circuit breakers in individual groundedmetal compartments, in three-pole, two-pole, or single-pole
construction--is covered. Ratedmaximum voltage levels are 254 V, 508 V, or 635 V (ac) and 300/325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1200 V,1600
V, or 3200 V (dc). The preferred continuous current ratings of the main bus in ac designs are1600 A, 2000 A, 3000 A, 3200 A, 4000
A, or 5000 A. For dc designs, the preferred ratings are1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A, 3000 A, 4000 A, 5000 A, 6000 A, 8000 A, 10 000 A,
or 12 000 A. Theswitchgear may also contain associated control, instruments, metering, protective, and regulatingdevices as
necessary. The standard deals with service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations,and classification of insulating
materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, testprocedures, and application."
Key Words: "circuit breaker, control, cumulative loading, current transformers,
drawout, indoor, instrumentation, load current-carrying, metering, outdoor,
protection, stationary"
Designation: C37.20.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Switchgear
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.20.1-2002.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Low-votage metal-enclosed switchgear, which can contain either stationary or drawout, manually or electrically operated
low-voltage ac or dc power circuit breakers in individual grounded metal compartments, in three-pole, two-pole, or single-pole
construction is covered. Rated maximum voltage levels can be 254 V, 508 V, or 635 Vac and 300/325 Vm 800V, 1000 V, 1600V, or 3200
Vdc. The continuous current ratings of the main bus in ac designs can be 1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A, 4000 A, 6000 A, 8000 A, 10 000
A, or 12 000 A. The switchgear can also contain associated control, instruments, metering, protective, and regulating devices as
necessary. The standard deals with service conditions, rating, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating
materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
Key Words: Stationary, Qualifying terms, Protection, Outdoor, Metering, Load
current-carrying, Instrumentation, Indoor, Drawout, Current transformers,
Cumulative loading, Control, Common related terms
Designation: C37.20.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit-Breaker
Switchgear
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Designation: C37.20.1a-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Switchgear---Amendment 1: Short-Time and Short-Circuit Withstand Current
Tests---Minimum Areas for Multiple Cable Connections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2005
Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: 1.) Remove references to "dummy elements" in 6.2.4 and 6.2.5.2.
(They are non-existent in low-voltage equipment.) Replace with text similar
to that found in C37.51-1989, 4.7 and 4.8. 2.) Table 10 contains "square
centimeters" in the title, but the table units are in square inches. Correct
table to square centimeters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors in C37.20.1-
2002 with respect to dummy elements and metrification of Table 10.
Abstract: This amendment revises IEEE Std C37.20.1-2002. Use of “dummy elements,” previously allowed for short-circuit tests in
6.2.4 and 6.2.5.2, is eliminated. Errors made in converting areas in Table 10 to metric units are corrected.
Key Words: cable connections, short-time withstand
Designation: C37.20.1a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Amendment to C37.20.1 - IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed
Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to: 1. Remove references to "dummy
elements" in 6.2.4 and 6.2.5. (They are non-existent in low voltage
equipment.) Replace with text similar to that found in C37.51 - 1989, 4.7
and 4.8.; 2) Table 10 contains "square centimeters" in the title, but the
table units are in square inches. Correct Table to square centimeters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors in C37.20.1 -
2002 with respect to dummy elements and metrification of table 10.
Designation: C37.20.1b-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear
- Amendment 2: Additional Requirements for Control and Auxiliary Power
Wiring in DC Traction Power Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 20, 2007
Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This amendment addresses additional requirements of auxiliary
power wiring and control wiring within dc switchgear of traction power
substations up to 3200 volts dc nominal output.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides control and power wiring methods for
dc traction power switchgear intended to increase reliability of the
operation of the equipment, improve protection, reduce maintenance cost and
initial cost, and improve overall performance of the dc traction power
switchgear.
Abstract: This amendment addresses additional requirements of auxiliary power wiring and control wiring within dc switchgear of
traction power substations with rated maximum voltage up to 3200 volts dc. This amendment provides control and power wiring
methods for dc traction power switchgear intended to increase reliability of the operation of the equipment, improve
protection, reduce maintenance cost and initial cost, and improve overall performance of the dc traction power switchgear.
Key Words: control wiring, dc switchgear, dc traction power switchgear,
traction power substation
Designation: C37.20.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2000
Technical Contact: T W Olsen, Phone:919-365-2208, Email:ted.olsen@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Oct 01, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 2000
Abstract: " Metal-clad (MC) medium-voltage switchgear that contains drawout electrically operatedcircuit breakers is covered. MC
switchgear is compartmentalized to isolate all components such asinstrumentation, main bus, and both incoming and outgoing
connections with grounded metalbarriers. Rated maximum voltage levels for metal-clad switchgear range from 4.76 kV to 38 kV
withmain bus continuous current ratings of 1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A. MC switchgear also containsassociated control,
instruments, metering, relaying, protective, and regulating devices, asnecessary. Service conditions, ratings, temperature
limitations and classification of insulatingmaterials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures,
and applicationsare discussed. "
Key Words: "control,cumulative loading,current
transformers,drawout,indoor,instrumentation,load current-carrying,metal-clad
(MC)switchgear,"
Designation: C37.20.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.20.2-1999.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Metal-enclosed medium voltage switchgear (ME), which can contain either drawout electrically operated circuit breakers or
stationary electrically operated circuit breakers in individual three-pole grounded metal compartments, is covered. Further,
metal-clad switchgear (MC) is compartmentalized to isolate all components such as instrumentation, main bus, and both incoming
and outgoing connections with grounded metal barriers. Rated maximum voltage levels for metal-clad switchgear (MC) range from 5
kV through 38 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A. Rated maximum voltage levels for
station-type cubicle switchgear (SC) range from 15.5 kV through 72.5 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 2000 A, 3000
A, 4000 A, and 5000 A. ME switchgear also contains associated control, instruments, metering, relaying, protective, and
regulating devices as necessary. Service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating
materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application are discussed.
Key Words: Voltage transformers, Transformer accuracy, Switchgear assemblies,
Stationary, Station-type cubicle switchgear, Qualifying terms, Protection,
Outdoor, Metering, Metal-enclosed power switchgear, Metal-clad switchgear
(MC), Load current-carrying, Indoor, Drawout, Current transformers,
Cumulative loading, Cubicle switchgear, Control
Designation: C37.20.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Designation: C37.20.2
Title: C37.20.2 Supplement
Status: Superseded
Designation: C37.20.2b-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle
Switchgear: Current Transformers Accuracies
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.20.2-1999.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994
Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993.
Designation: C37.20.3-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Supersedes C37.20.3-1996.
Technical Contact: Eldridge R Byron, Phone:615-459-8475, Email:eldridge.byron@us.schneider-electric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: This standard covers metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear
assemblies containing, but not limited to, such devices as interrupter
switches; selector switches; power fuses; control, instrumentation and
metering devices; and protective equipment. It includes, but is not
specifically limited to, equipment for the control and protection of
apparatus used for distribution of electrical power. This standard is
concerned with enclosed (rather than open), indoor and outdoor switchgear
assemblies rated above 1000 V. It includes equipment that is part of primary
and secondary unit substations. It does not include gas-insulated substation
equipment nor switching devices mounted integrally within a transformer
enclosure.
Project Purpose: The current standard is being revised to bring it in line with
current technology and operating practices. The original standard was
approved in 1987 and reaffirmed in 1992. This standard includes equipments
that are part of primary and secondary unit substations. Much of this
equipment has been or is current being third party certified. This standard
is used as the base document for this activity.
Abstract: " This standard covers metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear assemblies containing, but notlimited to, such devices
as interrupter switches; selector switches; power fuses; control, instrumentationand metering devices; and protective equipment.
It includes, but is not specifically limited to, equipment forthe control and protection of apparatus used for distribution of
electrical power. "
Key Words: "metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI)switchgear,metal enclosed power
switchgear,switchgear,switchgear assembly"
Designation: C37.20.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.20.3-2001
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jan 17, 1996
Designation: C37.20.3-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Project Scope: This standard covers metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuit
breaker switchgear assemblies containing, but no limited to, such devices as
low-voltage power circuit breakers (fused or unfused); other interrupting
devices; switches, control, instrumentation, and metering; and protective
and regulating equipment. This standard is concerned with enclosed, rather
than open, indoor and outdoor switchgear assemblies. It includes types of
equipment that are part of secondary unit substations. It does not apply to
equipment covered by industrial control standards, communication
switchboards, comminication switching equipment, switchboards for use on
board ships, or dead-front distribution switchboards. In this standard,
metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuits breaker switchggear shall be
called LV switchgear. For ac LV switchgear, the voltage shall be 1000 V or
below; for dc LV switchgear, the voltage shall be 3200 V or below.
Abstract: Metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies rated above 1000V containing but not limited to such devices as
interrupter switches, selector switches, power fuses, control, instrumentation and metering, and protective equipment are
covered. The concern is with equipment for the control and protection of apparatus used for distribution of electrical power, but
the standard is not specifically limited to such equipment. Equipment that is part of primary and secondary unit substations is
included. Gas-insulated substation equipment and switching devices mounted integrally within a transformer enclosure are not
covered.
Key Words: Interrupters
Designation: C37.20.4-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Indoor AC Switches (1 kV - 38 kV) for Use in Metal-
Enclosed Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Supersedes C37.20.4-1996
Technical Contact: Eldridge R Byron, Phone:615-459-8475, Email:eldridge.byron@us.schneider-electric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: This standard covers indoor ac switches rated above 1 kV through
38 kV for use in metal-enclosed switchgear as follows: a) Stationary
or drawout b) Manual or power operation c) Fused or unfused The
term ‘‘indoor’’ is intended to indicate that the enclosure provides a degree
of protection to the switch and the enclosure may be suitable for indoor,
outdoor, or other service conditions and complies with the requirements
of switchgear assemblies as defined by IEEE C37.20.2-1999 or IEEE
C37.20.3-2001 This standard does not apply to subsurface load
interrupting switches in IEEE Std C37.71-1984, switches intended for use
in padmounted switchgear in ANSI C37.72-1987 and ANSI C37.73-1998, or to
high-voltage air switches in ANSI C37.30-1997.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the basic design and
performance requirements for indoor medium voltage switches intended for use
in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear covered in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2 and C37.20.3.
This standard is based upon design criteria stated in ANSI/IEEE C37.30,
definitions and requirements for high voltage air switches, insulators and
bus supports, ANSI C37.32 Schedules for preferred ratings, manufacturing
specifications, and applications guide for high voltage air switches, bus
supports and switch accessories and ANSI/IEEE C37.34 and C37.39 test codes
for high voltage air switches. For other switches see references C37.30,
C37.32, C37.34 and C37.39
Abstract: "Indoor ac medium-voltage switches for use in enclosures for application in power circuitsat voltages above 1 kV through
38 kV are covered. These include stationary or drawout, manual orpower operation, fused or unfused."
Key Words: "indoor ac switches, metal-enclosed switchgear"
Designation: C37.20.4-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Indoor AC Switches (1 kV-38 kV) for Use in
Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.20.4-2001
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covedrs indoor AC medium-voltage switches for use
in enclosures for application in power circuits at voltages above 1000 V
through 38kV as follows: Stationary or drawout; manual or power operation;
fused or unfused.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the basic design and
performance requirements for indoor medium voltage switches intended for use
in metal enclosed switchgear covered in C37.20.2 and C37.20.3.
Abstract: Indoor ac medium-voltage switches for use in enclosures for application in power circuits at voltages above 1 kV through
38 kV are covered. These include stationary or drawout, manual or power operation, fused or unfused.
Key Words: indoor ac switches
Designation: C37.20.6-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices
Used in Enclosures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Number formerly known as P1286.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of
these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers
for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications.
Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by
standards.
Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in meduim-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV
through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout
circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered.
Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing devices, G&T,
locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector
switch, test port
Designation: PC37.20.6
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used
in Enclosures
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers drawout type, indoor medium-voltage
grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in drawout metal-clad switchgear
rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV as described in IEEE Std C37.20.2-1999.
Three G&T device types are generally supplied for temporary circuit
maintenance procedures for insertion in place of the circuit breaker as
follows: a) Simple manual devices b) Simple electrical devices
c) Complex electrical devices There may be more complex G&T devices
that may include current and/or voltage transformers, glow-tubes, or other
accessory components and may also have the ability to interrupt short-
circuit current. These more complex devices are not addressed by this
standard. Due to their complexity, additional testing and interlocking are
required and manufacturers should be consulted for the availability and
ratings of these types of devices.
Project Purpose: Although grounding and testing devices (G&T) have been used as
accessory devices in metal-clad switchgear for decades, they were not
addressed in the standards until the IEEE C37.20.6-1997 was approved. This
is because they are specialized accessory devices, designed and tested in
accordance with applicable sections of circuit breaker standards, and based
on user-unique operational requirements. This revised standard
complements IEEE Std C37.20.2-1999, IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear,
and addresses the more popular G&T device types. This standard also
clarifies that G&T devices are not required to have the interrupting and
continuous current ratings of the circuit breakers they may temporarily
replace for the purpose of grounding and testing medium-voltage circuits.
Designation: C37.20.7-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Medium-Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for
Internal Arcing Faults
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2002
Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 14, 2002
Project Scope: This guide establishes a method by which medium-voltage metal-
enclosed switchgear, as defined by IEEE Standards C37.20.2 and C37.20.3, may
be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to an internal fault.
This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the primary insulating
medium and rated above 1000VAC. It applies to both indoor and outdoor
equipment, however special consideration must be given to the building size
and construction for indoor applications ( not addressed by this document
). The tests and assessments described in this guide are only applicable
to arcing faults occurring entirely in air within the enclosure when all
doors and covers are properly secured. This guide does not apply to arcing
faults which occur within a component of the switchgear assembly, such as
instrument transformers, sealed interrupting devices, fuses, etc.
Switchgear designs which meet the requirements of this guide will be
referred to as arc resistant metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear or arc
resistant metal-clad switchgear as applicable, or generally, as arc
resistant switchgear.
Project Purpose: This project is intended to continue the work of the original
project, P1405, with the correct document designation from C37. The
original purpose is as follows: There are presently no U.S. testing methods
for evaluating metal-enclosed switchgear under the effects of internal
arcing. There are, however, specific references to this phenomenon in the
national electric code and in OSHA safety documents. The current testing
methods come from IEC 298 appendix AA, EEMAC G14-1, and SAA 1136.1 appendix
D. These document are similar but there is no effort to unify the procedure
or evaluation results. Therefore, there is inconsistency in the testing
methods used in the U.S. This guide would consolidate the desirable aspects
of all existing documents and provide an evaluation and rating structure
that is compatible with U.S. standards. This revision to PC37.20.7 is to
add the term "Medium-Voltage" to the title and throughout the document as
the more correct term for describing the equipment concerned.
Abstract: " A procedure for testing and evaluating the performance of medium-voltage metal-enclosedswitchgear for internal arcing
faults is covered in this guide. A method of identifying the capabilities of thisequipment is given. Service conditions,
installation, and application of equipment are also discussed. "
Key Words: "accessibility, arc, internal arcing faults, bus, compartment,
metal-clad switchgear, metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear, metal-enclosed
switchgear, overpressure, protection"
Designation: PC37.20.7
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated Up to 38kV for
Internal Arcing Faults
Status: Modified Revision Project
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This guide establishes methods by which metal-enclosed
switchgear, as defined by IEEE Std C37.20.1, IEEE Std C37.20.2 and IEEE Std
C37.20.3, may be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to an
internal fault. This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the
primary insulating medium and rated up to 38kV ac. It applies to both
indoor and outdoor equipment, however special consideration must be given to
the building size and construction for indoor applications (not addressed by
this document). The tests and assessments described in this guide
are only applicable to arcing faults occurring entirely in air within the
enclosure when all doors and covers are properly secured. This guide does
not apply to arcing faults which occur within components of the switchgear
assembly, such as instrument transformers, sealed interrupting devices,
fuses, etc. Switchgear designs that meet the requirements of this
guide will be referred to as arc resistant metal-enclosed low-voltage ac
power circuit breaker switchgear, arc resistant metal-enclosed interrupter
switchgear, or arc resistant metal-clad switchgear as applicable, or
generally, as arc resistant switchgear.
Project Purpose: This project is intended to revise the existing C37.20.7 to
harmonize with IEC documents, correct inconsistencies in the procedure, and
add an application guide as an informative annex. The scope of C37.20.7 will
also be extended to cover low-voltage metal-enclosed ac power circuit
breaker switchgear.
Designation: C37.20.7
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated 1kV through 38kV for
Internal Arc Faults
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This guide establishes a method by which metal-enclosed
switchgear, as dedined by C37.20.2 and C37.20.3, may be tested for
resistance to the effects of arcing due to internal fault. This guide
applies only to equipment utilizing air as the primary insulating medium and
rated above 1000VAC. It applies to both indoor and outdoor equipment.
Scope of previous project: This guide establishes a method by which medium-
voltage metal-enclosed switchgear, as defined by IEEE Standards C37.20.2 and
C37.20.3, may be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to an
internal fault. This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the
primary insulating medium and rated above 1000VAC. It applies to both
indoor and outdoor equipment, however special consideration must be given to
the building size and construction for indoor applications ( not addressed
by this document ). The tests and assessments described in this guide
are only applicable to arcing faults occurring entirely in air within the
enclosure when all doors and covers are properly secured. This guide does
not apply to arcing faults which occur within a component of the switchgear
assembly, such as instrument transformers, sealed interrupting devices,
fuses, etc. Switchgear designs which meet the requirements of this guide
will be referred to as arc resistant metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear
or arc resistant metal-clad switchgear as applicable, or generally, as arc
resistant switchgear.
Project Purpose: This project is intended to revise the existing C37.20.7 to
harmonize with IEC documents, correct inconsistencies in the procedure, and
add an application guide as an informative index.
Designation: C37.21-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers ratings, construction, and testing of dead-
front control switchboards containing but not limited to devices such as
switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, protective
and auxiliary relays, and regulating devices and accessories.
Project Purpose: This project will modify all dimensional information to
provide metric dimensions. This is necessary to gain global acceptance of
this standard. Also, due to changes in related standards (e.g. C37.20.1 and
C37.20.2) revisions will be made to provide similar requirements between
these related standards.
Abstract: This standard covers ratings, construction, and testing of dead-front control switchboards containing but not limited to
devices such as switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, alarms, annunciators, protective and auxiliary
relays, and regulating devices and accessories. It includes, but is not specifically limited to, switchboards for the control and
protection of apparatus used for or associated with power generation, conversion, transmission, and distribution. Types of
switchboards may include control, vertical, dead-front, enclosed, dual, or duplex switchboards. Other construction types include
control desks, consoles, benchboards, dual or duplex benchboards, fixed rack, cabinet, and swing rack cabinets. It does not apply
to industrial controls, communication equipment, switchboards for use on board ships, or Class 1E switchboards for use in nuclear
generating stations.
Key Words: control switchboard, vertical switchboard, dead-front switchboard,
enclosed switchboard, dual switchboard, duplex switchboard, control desk,
console, benchboard, dual or duplex benchboard, fixed rack cabinet, or swing
rack cabinet
Designation: C37.21-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Ratings, construction, and testing of dead-front control switchboards containing, but not limited to, devices such as
switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, protective and auxiliary relays, and regulating devices and
accessories are covered. Switchboards for the control and protection of apparatus used for or associated with power generation,
conversion, transmission, and distribution are included, but the standard is not limited to these. Industrial controls,
communication equipment, switchboards for use on board ships, Class 1E switchboards for use in nuclear generating stations, and
human factors are not considered.
Key Words: Switchgear testing, Switches
Designation: C37.23-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 26, 2004
**Supersedes C37.23-1987 (R1991).
Technical Contact: Edward Peters, Phone:440-324-0311, Email:epeters@unibus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers assemblies of metal-enclosed conductors
along with associated interconnections, enclosures, and supporting
structures. When switches and disconnecting links are included, they shall
conform to this standard. This standard is concerned with performance
characteristics of enclosed, rather than open, indoor and outdoor conductor
assemblies with rated maximum operating voltages through 38 kV. While this
standard does cover 600 volt assemblies, it does not pertain to ANSI/UL 857
type busways and associated fittings, nor does it pertain to metal enclosed
bus assemblies utilizing cables as the primary conductors.
Project Purpose: The Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus was last updated in 1987.
The standard needs to be updated to harmonize with certain other standards
within the C37.2XXX series of documents.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.23-2003, IEEE Standard for Metal Enclosed Bus"
Key Words: "isolated-phase bus, metal-enclosed bus, nonsegregated-phase bus,
segregated-phase bus"
Designation: C37.23-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Metal-Enclosed Bus and Calculating Losses in Isolated-
Phase Bus
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.23-2003.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Assemblies of metal-enclosed conductors and their associated interconnections, enclosures, supporting structures,
switches, and disconnecting links are addressed. Ratings, tests, construction, miscellaneous accessories, and loss calculation
for isolated-phase buses are covered. Specifically excluded are busways or bus assemblies for distribution of electric power less
than 600 V, which consist of enclosed sectionalized prefabricated bus bars or associated structures and fittings, such as feeder
busways (indoor or outdoor), plug-in busways (indoor only), and bus assemblies utilized at voltages in excess of 38.0 kV.
Key Words: Switchgear testing, Insulation testing, Busbars
Designation: C37.23
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus and Guide for Calculating Losses in
Isolated-Phase Bus
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David F Gray, Phone:(604) 528-3034, Email:dan6040@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: C37.24-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor
Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2004
**Supersedes C37.24-1986 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Dave Gohil, Phone:573-642-6811x34, Email:DaveGohil@azz.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003
Project Scope: The general information in this Guide is intended to assist in
evaluating the effect of solar radiation on outdoor metal-enclosed
switchgear and is applicable to outdoor metal-enclosed power switchgear,
control switchboards and metal-enclosed bus. Specific data are given in
current temperature relationship and tabulation form for outdoor metal-
enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear, outdoor metal-clad
switchgear and outdoor metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear.
Project Purpose: Switchgear will perform satisfactorily and have a reasonable
life when operated within the temperature limits estab-lished in ANSI/IEEE
C37.20.1, C37.20.2, C37.20.3, C37.21 and C37.23. These standards specify
the temperature rise limits above a standard (maximum) ambient temperature
of 40 C. This is satisfactory for indoor applications where the
temperature rise is due entirely to heat release (internal losses). In
outdoor applications, the limiting tem-peratures result from the net effect
of internal losses and external influences, principally the sun, wind and
local am-bient temperatures. All of these must be considered in determining
the current-carrying capacity of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear.
The magnitude of these factors will vary geographically and from season to
season. The time relationship of maxi-mum circuit loads with respect to
maximum ambient temperature is important. It is not practical to design
switch-gear on the basis that all adverse factors reach their maxima
coincident with maximum loads. If this does not occur, full current ratings
may be realized. Recommendations will be made to point out the cumulative
effect of these various influences.
Abstract: This guide provides information to assist in evaluating the effect of solar radiation on outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear
including metal-enclosed bus and control switchboards. Specific data are given in the form of a continuous current capability
factor for specific maximum monthly normal temperatures at the installation location, to adjust the continuous current capability
of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear to the solar radiation condition required. Tables of maximum monthly normal temperatures at
various locations in the US and Canada are provided.
Key Words: absorption coefficient, finish, guide, metal-enclosed switchgear,
outdoor, solarconstant, solar radiation, temperature
Designation: C37.24-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor
Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.24-2003.
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: This standard applies to all forms of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. It covers operating limitations; the effect of
ambient temperature, solar radiation, and wind on internal operating temperatures; ventilation and condensation control;
enclosure color and finish considerations; current-carrying capabilities of switchgear, and suggested modifications of standard
designs.
Key Words: switchgear, Thermal factors, Switches, Solar radiation
Designation: C37.24
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal-
Enclosed Switchgear
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Dave Gohil, Phone:573-642-6811x34, Email:DaveGohil@azz.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: The general information in this guide is applicable to all forms
of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. The specific data are given in
current-temperature relationship, and tabulation form for it's application
to outdoor metal-enclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear,
outdoor metal-clad switchgear, and outdoor metal-enclosed interrupter
switchgear.
Project Purpose: The existing guide for effect of solar radiation on outdoor
metal-enclosed switchgear has been very useful. This guide has not been
revised since 1986. One of the long range goals of the IEEE is to tranform
the Institute into a truly global organization. The revisions consistent
with C37.20.1, C37.20.2, C37.20.3, C37.23, and C37.21 and the metric
conversion of this standard will produce an internationally acceptable
standard.
Designation: C37.26-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for Methods of Power-Factor Measurement for Low-Voltage
Inductive Test Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2004
**Supersedes C37.26-1972 (R1996).
Technical Contact: T W Olsen, Phone:919-365-2208, Email:ted.olsen@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: [Original (1972) scope]: "Scope: This standard describes three
methods used to measure the power factor in 60 Hz inductive low-voltage
(1000 volts and below) test circuits. Similar methods may apply at other
frequencies. These methods are 1) ratio method, 2) dc decrement method, 3)
phase relationship method. These preferred methods are shown in Table 1."
[New scope of document] "Scope: This guide describes three methods used in
the measurement of power factor of inductive low-voltage (1000 volts and
below) test circuits. These methods may be used at any frequency; however,
the values in the tables are specifically for 60 Hz test circuits. The
three methods are: 1) Ratio Method, 2) dc decrement method, 3) Phase
relationship method. Table 1 lists the preferred method to be used for
different levels of test currents and for different levels of power factor.
While this guide is primarily intended for use on low-voltage test circuits,
the methods discussed are also usable at higher voltages."
Project Purpose: [Original (1972) purpose]: "Purpose. The purpose of this
standard is to recommend methods of measuring power factor for inductive
test circuits by such means as oscillographic records, so that the preferred
method, giving the greatest accuracy, is recommended for any particular
circuit." [New purpose of document]: "The purpose of this guide is to
recommend methods of measuring power factor for inductive test circuits, so
that the preferred method giving the greatest accuracy is recommended for
any particular circuit." Purpose of this project: The methods contained in
the 1972 standard have proven accurate and usable under laboratory
conditions. This project will update the format of the standard to present
norms, and modify language and format, and incorporate technical changes
resulting from use of the earlier version of the document.
Abstract: This guide provides methods for determining the value of power factor for inductive low-voltage (1000 volts ac and below)
test circuits. These methods are used in determining power factor during short-circuit current tests in high power laboratories.
It is preferred that these methods be used during short-circuit current testing. Alternatively, other methods (including use of
computerized or digital techniques) may be used, but the method used must have been validated as producing results equivalent to
those obtained using the methods in this guide. The methods described are intended for use in low-voltage test circuits (under
1000 volts ac), but may also be used for higher voltages.
Key Words: inductive test circuits, power factor
Designation: C37.26-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard Guide for Methods of Power-Factor Measurement for Low-
Voltage Inductive Test Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.26-2003.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1971, ANSI APP: Feb 20, 1991
Abstract: Methods used to measure the power factor in low-voltage test circuits are covered. Since the power factor measurement for
high-capacity test circuits is particularly difficult, and different methods may yield different results, the methods that are
least likely to yield errors are recommended for particular circuit conditions. The ratio method is recommended for fast clearing
devices that may have total interruption times of 0.5 cycle or less. The DC decrement method is recommended for circuits with a
30% power factor or less when the device to be tested interrupts at a point in time more than 0.5 cycle from the initiation
of the current. The phase relationship method, using current and voltage waves, is recommended for circuits having power factors
over 30%.
Key Words: Reactive power, Power measurement, Electric variables measurement,
Circuit-breaker testing
Designation: C37.27-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Nonintegrally Fused
Power Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 06, 1987
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: May 30, 1986
Abstract: Low-voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V insulation class with separately mounted current-limiting fuses, for use
on ac circuits with available short-circuit current of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less, are covered. Guidance is provided
respecting coordination of circuit breaker and fuse, location of fuses, open fuse trip devices, addition of fuses to existing
installations, protection of connected equipment, and tested combinations of circuit breakers and fuses.
Key Words: Circuit breakers
Designation: PC37.27
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Nonintegrally Fused Power
Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses)
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: The scope changed from the original PAR. Original PAR Scope
was: This guide applies to low-voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V
insulation class with separately mounted current-limiting fuses for use on
ac circuits with available short-circuit currents of 200 000 A (rms
symmetrical) or less. Low-voltage integrally fused power circuit breakers
and combinations of fuses and molded-case circuit breakers are not covered
by this guide. This guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for
the selection of current-limiting fuses (see ANSI C97.1-1972 (R 1978) [3])
for use in combination with low-voltage power circuit breakers, rated in
accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.13-20XX and applied in Metal-Enclosed Low-
Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
C37.13-1981 [4]. Revised Scope is: This guide applies to low-
voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V maximum voltage class with
separately mounted current-limiting fuses for use on ac circuits with
available short-circuit currents of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less.
Low-voltage integrally fused power circuit breakers and combinations of
fuses and molded-case circuit breakers are not covered by this guide. This
guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for the selection of
current-limiting fuses (see NEMA FU-1 and UL248-1) for use in combination
with low-voltage power circuit breakers, rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
C37.13-20XX and applied in Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Switchgear in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1-2002.
Project Purpose: This PAR is being revised to reflect a revision to this Scope.
[Revised 2004-08-16 Scope]. The scope change includes revisions to the
referenced standards C97.1 which was withdrawn and not superceded.
Referenced NEMA and UL standards provide the required references associated
with current-limiting fuses. The purpose of the original project
remains unchanged and is as follows: The structure of the standard
is not changed from the original C37.27-1987 standard and thus does not
include a purpose of document statement. Purpose of this project: This
project is to address the following issues: 1) short-circuit protection of
unprotected wiring on circit breakers, 2) modification of all dimensional
information to provide metric dimensions, 3) general revision for
harmonization related standards 4) general revision for current products and
applications.
Designation: C37.27
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Nonintegrally Fused Power
Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: [Original (1987) scope]: Scope: This guide applies to low-
voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V insulation class with separately
mounted current-limiting fuses for use on ac circuits with available short-
circuit current of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less. Low-voltage
integrally fused power circuit breakers and combinations of fuses and
molded-case circuit breakers are not covered by this guide. This guide sets
forth recommendations believed essential for the selection of current-
limiting fuses (see ANSI C97.1-1972 (R 1978) [3]) for use in combination
with low-voltage power circuit breakers, rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
C37.13-1981 [4]." [New scope of document]: No change made in scope except
to update the references. The Scope of the standard has not changed.
Project Purpose: [Original (1987) purpose]: The original 1987 standard does not
include a "Purpose" statement. [New purpose of document]: "The structure of
the standard is not changed from the original C37.27-1987 standard and thus
does not include a purpose of document statement. Purpose of this project:
This project is to address the following issues: 1) short-circuit protection
of unprotected wiring on circit breakers, 2) modification of all dimensional
information to provide metric dimensions, 3) general revision for
harmonization related standards 4) general revision for current products and
applications.
Designation: C37.29
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for LV AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in Enclosures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Swindler, Phone:615-459-1311
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: To update the present C37.29 document to include requirements of
low voltage fuse switches used with high close and latch capability for use
as a service disconnecting means for step up transformers.
Project Purpose: Step up transformers when energized have very high inrush
currents which often exceed the capability of switches as defined in UL 891.
This document is to define requirements for high close and latch capability
low voltage fused switches required for energization of step up transformers
and meet the requirements of a service disconnect.
Designation: C37.29-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in
Enclosures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1981
Abstract: This standard covers enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit protectors that are manually operated or power operated.
Addressed are circuit protectors of the stationary type with 2-pole or 3-pole construction, having one or more rated maximum
voltages of 508 V and 254 V rms for application on systems having nominal voltages of 480 V and 240 V RMS. The circuit protectors
considered are furnished with current-limiting fuses such that the entire device is suitable for application on circuits capable
of delivering not more than 200 000 An rms symmetrical short-circuit current. Service conditions and ratings are discussed, and
the functional components of the circuit protectors are described. Temperature limitations and classification of insulating
materials are covered. Insulation(dielectric) withstand voltage requirements are specified, and an application guide is given.
Test procedures are also specified.
Key Words: Insulation, Circuit breakers
Designation: C37.30-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for High Voltage Switches
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1998
Abstract: Required ratings and constructional requirements for switches above 1000 V are described.
Key Words: high-voltage switches
Designation: C37.30-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1993
Abstract: Requirements for all high-voltage enclosed indoor or outdoor and nonenclosed indoor or outdoor air switches rated in
excess of 1000 V are specified. This includes requirements for such switch types as disconnecting, selector, horn-gap, grounding,
interrupter, etc., for manual or power operation except for distribution-enclosed single-pole air switches and distribution
cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades. Definitions are given, and service conditions and ratings are discussed. Nameplate
marking requirements are given.
Key Words: Outdoor air switches, Indoor air switches, High-voltage air switches
Designation: C37.30-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: American National Standard Definitions and Requirements for High-Voltage
Air Switches, Insulators, and Bus Supports
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Apr 01, 1946, BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1971
Key Words: C37.30
Designation: PC37.30.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements For High Voltage Air Switches And Interrupting
Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Carl D Reigart, Phone:978-465-4251, Email:creigart@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers preferred ratings, construction and testing
requirements, and application, loading, installation, operation and
maintenance guidelines for all high-voltage enclosed and non-enclosed,
indoor and outdoor switches rated in excess of 1000 V. This includes such
switch types as disconnect, horn-gap, fault-initiation, interrupter, and
ground for manual or power operation. The following switch types are not
covered by this standard: distribution cutouts fitted with disconnecting
blades, and switches used in metal-enclosed and pad-mounted switchgear.
This standard also does not apply to load-break separable insulated
connectors, circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard
for switches. The broad definition of a switch encompasses devices that
meet the strict definition of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992
and encompasses devices that utilize insulating media other than air.
Designation: C37.30.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements For High Voltage Air Switches, Switching Devices,
and Interrupters
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Alexander Dixon, Phone:410-922-0014, Email:dixon.alex@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The proposed standard is intended to be a consolidation of
existing standards C37.30, C37.32, C37.33, C37.34, C37.35, C37.36b, C37.37
and P1247. During this consolidation, the contents of the existing
standards will be updated. This applies to equipment above 1000V ac.
Project Purpose: The proposed project is the first phase of a two-part process
to facilitate harmonization of the C37.3X series of standards with existing
IEC documents covering switch devices. Due to the complexity and divergent
formats between the C37.3X series and IEC documents, the working group
determined that consolidation of the C37.3X series would facilitate
comprehension of project. Moreover, the consolidation of the C37.3X series
would benefit users by providing one document rather than 8 separate
documents to be used as a reference. The second phase of the process (not
included under this PAR) will involve line-by-line comparisons of the IEEE
and IEC documents to achieve harmonization. The second phase will be more
difficult to resolve due to the negotiations required to coordinate or merge
the contents and formats of the IEEE and IEC documents.
Designation: C37.30.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches, Switching Devices,
and Interrupters
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Alexander Dixon, Phone:410-922-0014, Email:dixon.alex@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The proposed standard is intended to be a consolidation of
existing standards C37.30, C37.32, C37.33, C37.34, C37.35, C37.36b, and
C37.37. During this consolidation, the contents of the existing standards
will be updated. Scope of Standard - This standard covers preferred
ratings; construction and testing requirements; and application, loading,
installation, operation and maintenance guidelines for all high-voltage
enclosed and non-enclosed, indoor or outdoor switches rated in excess of
1000 V. This includes such switch types as disconnect, horn-gap, fault-
initiation, interrupter, and ground for manual or power operation. The
following switch types are not covered by this standard -- distribution
cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades, switches used in metal-enclosed
and pad-mounted switchgear. This standard does not apply to load-break
separable insulated connectors, circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or
reclosers.
Project Purpose: The proposed project is the first phase of a two-part process
to facilitate harmonization of the C37.3X series of standards with existing
IEC documents covering switch devices. Due to the complexity and divergent
formats between the C37.3X series and IEC documents, the working group
determined that consolidation of the C37.3X series would facilitate
comprehension of project. Moreover, the consolidation of the C37.3X series
would benefit users by providing one document rather than 8 separate
documents to be used as a reference. The second phase of the process (not
included under this PAR) will involve line-by-line comparisons of the IEEE
and IEC documents to achieve harmonization. The second phase will be more
difficult to resolve due to the negotiations required to coordinate or merge
the contents and formats of the IEEE and IEC documents.
Designation: C37.30.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements For High Voltage Air Switches And Interrupting
Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Carl D Reigart, Phone:978-465-4251, Email:creigart@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The proposed standard is intended to be a consolidation of
existing standards C37.30, C37.32, C37.34, C37.35, C37.36B and C37.37.
During this consolidation, the contents of the existing documents will be
updated. This applies to equipment above 1000V AC.
Project Purpose: The proposed project is the first phase of a two-part process
to facilitate harmonization of the C37.3X series of standards with existing
IEC documents covering switch devices. Due to the complexity and divergent
formats between the C37.3X series and IEC documents, the working group
determined that consolidation of the C37.3X series would facilitate
comprehension of project. Moreover, the consolidation of the C37.3X series
would benefit users by providing one document rather than 6 separate
documents to be used as a reference. The second phase of the process (not
included under this PAR) will involve line-by-line comparisons of the IEEE
and IEC documents to achieve harmonization. The second phase will be more
difficult to resolve due to the negotiations required to coordinate or merge
the contents and formats of the IEEE and IEC documents.
Designation: C37.30a-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Mech Operations/Def/Ratings
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.30a
Designation: C37.30c-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definitions of Ice Testing (R88)
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.30c
Designation: C37.30d
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definitions for Fault Closing Testing
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1983
Key Words: C37.30d
Designation: C37.30e-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Mechanical Operations Testing;Definition (R88)
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.30e
Designation: C37.30f
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Switching Impulse Test; Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: (Ref. Std.: 271)
Designation: C37.30g-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: Standard Definitions and Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches,
Insulators, and Bus Supports
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to C37.30-1971.
Key Words: C37.30g
Designation: C37.30h-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: Allowable Short-Circuit Temperatures for Air Switches
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to C37.30-1971.
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991
Key Words: C37.30h, definitions, high-voltage, air switches, insulators, bus
supports, short-circuit, temperatures
Designation: C37.30i
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definitions for Circuit Switchers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988
Key Words: C37.30i
Designation: C37.34-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1995
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994
Abstract: Design test requirements for all high-voltage enclosed indoor and outdoor and non-enclosed indoor and outdoor air switches
rated above 1000 V are specified. This includes requirements for such switches as disconnecting, selector, horn-gap, grounding,
interrupter, etc., for manual and power operation, except for distribution-enclosed single-pole air switches and distribution
cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades.
Key Words: mechanical operations, lightning impulse, ice breaking, Switching
impulse, Outdoor air switches, Indoor air switches, High-voltage air
switches, Corona
Designation: C37.34-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High Voltage Air Switches
Status: Superseded
**Includes C37.34a-1978, C37.34b-1985, C37.34d-1984 and C37.34e-1979.
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1987
Key Words: C37.34, corona, high-voltage air swi, ice breaking, lightning
impulse, mechanical operation, outdoor air switches, switching impulses
Designation: C37.34a-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Corona Tests
Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.34-1971
Status: Superseded
**Included in C37.34-1971 (R1992).
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1972, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1975
Abstract: Procedures for corona testing of nonenclosed and enclosed switches with a rated maximum voltage of 121 kV and above are
established. Test requirements and conditions are specified, and a test procedure is given. Simultaneous corona and radio-
influence testing is addressed.
Key Words: C37.34a
Designation: C37.34b-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Ice Tests
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to C37.34-1971 (R1992).
Key Words: C37.34b
Designation: C37.34c
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Fault Closing Tst Proc & Def for HV Swit
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1983
Key Words: C37.34c
Designation: C37.34d-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Mechanical Operations
Test
Status: Superseded
**Included in C37.34-1971 (R1992)
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1988
Abstract: Procedures for corona testing of nonenclosed and enclosed switches with a rated maximum voltage of 121 kV and above are
established. Test requirements and conditions are specified, and a test procedure is given. Simultaneous corona and radio-
influence testing is addressed.
Key Words: C37.34d
Designation: C37.34e-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Switching-Impulse
Testing of Extra-High-Voltage Switches
Status: Superseded
**Revision of std 271-1966. Supplement to IEEE C37.34-1971 (R1992)
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 271)
Abstract: The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are
covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for
the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and
specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user.
Key Words: C37.34e, extra high voltage, air switches, switching impulse , wave
shape, switches, high voltage
Designation: C37.35-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
of High-Voltage Air Disconnecting and Interrupter Switches
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 1996
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.35-1976.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Sep 13, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Guidance for users in the application, installation, operation, and maintenance of high-voltage air switches and
interrupter switches is provided.
Key Words: high voltage, air switches, disconnecting switch, outdoor switches,
interrupter switch, switches
Designation: C37.35-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
of High-Voltage Air Disconnecting and Load Interrupter Switches
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1972
Abstract: Suggestions on application, installation, operation, and maintenance are presented as an aid to obtaining satisfactory
performance from indoor and outdoor high-voltage air disconnecting and load interrupter switches rated in excess of 1000 V ac. It
is assumed that properly designed and maintained supporting structures are provided for the disconnecting equipment, taking into
account such factors as location, soil conditions, wind and ice loadings, seismic considerations, and mechanical loads, including
electromagnetic forces imposed by the switches, buses, or other equipment mounted thereon.
Key Words: C37.35
Designation: C37.36
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Capacitor Switching/Interrupter Switches
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979
Key Words: C37.36
Designation: C37.36a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Line & Cable Switching Req
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979
Key Words: C37.36a
Designation: C37.36b-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide to Current Interruption with Horn-Gap Air Switches
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 1990
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: This standard is intended to aid air switch users in establishing suggested maximum values of excitation, resisted and
capacitive currents that may be successfully interrupted while using outdoor air switches. This guide pertains to air switches
mounted in the normal horizontal-upright position and not equipped with interrupting aids.
Key Words: Resistive current, Horn-gap air switches, Excitation current,
Current interruption, Capacitive current, Air switch
Designation: C37.36b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide to Current Interruption with Horn-Gap Air Switches
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David F Gray, Phone:(604) 528-3034, Email:dan6040@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: C37.37-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches (in Excess of 1000
V)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 1996
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.37-1979.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: An aid to users to determine (1) the allowable continuous current class (ACCC), (2) the continuous load current
capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature, and (3) the emergency load current capabilities of
air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature, is provided. This guide does not apply to switches used in
enclosures covered by IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std C37.20.3-1996, IEEE Std C37.23-1987, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and ANSI
C37.72-1987.
Key Words: ACCC, allowable continuous current class, current capabilities,
emergency loading, high voltage air switches, outdoor switches
Designation: C37.37-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches (in excess of 1000
volts)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1979
Abstract: The concepts of allowable continuous current, allowable continuous current class, and loadability factors are used to
establish the criteria for designating the load-current carrying capabilities of air switches over a range of ambient
temperatures. This is accomplished through a family of loadability factor curves. The loadability factors are also presented in
tabular form.
Key Words: Air break switches
Designation: C37.37a-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches Under Emergency
Conditions
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE C37.37-1979. Superseded by C37.37-1996
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993
Abstract: Guidance for users and manufacturers in the determination of (1) the Allowable Continuous Current Class (ACCC)
designations, (2) the continuous load current-carrying capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient
temperature, and (3) the emergency load current-carrying capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient
temperature is provided. This guide applies to ac high-voltage air switches in excess of 1000 V
Key Words: ac high-voltage air switches, Emergency conditions
Designation: C37.38
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Switching Ratings and Design Tests for Gas Insulated
Switches
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David F Gray, Phone:(604) 528-3034, Email:dan6040@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: C37.38-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Gas Insulated, Metal-Enclosed Disconnecting,
Interrupter, and Grounding Switches
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1978, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1989
(Ref. Std.: 760)
Abstract: Requirements for switches rated 72.5 kV and above, intended for use in metal-enclosed, gas-insulated substations, are
presented. These switches are characterized by grounded, leak-tight metal enclosures that are filled with a gas (most commonly
sulfur hexafluoride, SF6) at some pressure above atmospheric. Live parts are contained within the housing and insulated therefrom
by the gas and by suitable solid insulation that supports the live parts in their proper position. Gas-insulated switches are
normally electrically connected to and structurally joined to other gas-insulated components, such as buses, gas-to-air bushings,
circuit breakers, instrument transformers, cable terminations, etc. Switches may be manually or power operated. Service
conditions, ratings, supporting structures, and nameplates are covered. Testing of disconnecting and grounding switches is
covered.
Key Words: Substation switching, Interrupters, Grounding, Gas-insulated
switchgear, Disconnecting switches
Designation: C37.39
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above
1,000 Volts
Status: Changed Designation
**This project was was published as P1247, approved 22 July 98
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: C37.40-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High-Voltage Fuses,
Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches,
and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2004
**Supersedes C37.40-1993 and C37.40b-1996.
Technical Contact: John G Leach, Phone:828-322-2860, Email:jgleach@hi-techfuses.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 15, 2004
Project Scope: This project will add new definitions and revise existing
definitions to bring the document up to date. Altitude correction factors
will be revised to reflect the recommendations of the Switchgear Committee
"Common Clauses" working group. Standard C37.40b, definitions for Capacitor
Fuses, will be incorporated into the new document.
Project Purpose: Changes have been made to other C37 High-Voltage fuse
standards, and the definitions listed in C37.40 need to be modified to
reflect these changes. The present C37.40 is experiencing difficulty in
being re-affirmed due to a disagreement over the altitude correction
factors. Because C37.40 is essential to the other documents (it contains the
temperature rise requirements that they use) changes to the altitude
correction factors may be needed to keep the standard in print.
Abstract: Service conditions and definitions for high-voltage fuses (above 1000 V), distribution en-closed single-pole air switches,
fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for ac distribution systems are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link
types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches;
power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, mountings, switch
sticks, and links, all of the type used exclusively with the above; and removable switch blades for certain products among the
above.
Key Words: distribution enclosed single-pole air switch, fuse accessories, fuse
disconnectingswitch, high-voltage fuse
Designation: C37.40-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High Voltage Fuses,
Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches
& Accessories
Status: Superseded
**Includes C37.40a. Superseded by C37.40-2003.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993
Abstract: Service conditions and definitions for high-voltage fuses (above 1000 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches,
fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for ac distribution systems are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link
types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed
single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse
supports, mountings, hooks, and links, all of the type used exclusively with the above; and removable switch blades for certain
products among the above.
Key Words: air switch, High-voltage fuse, Fuse disconnecting switch, Fuse
accessories, Distribution enclosed single-pole
Designation: C37.40-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: American National Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High-
Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse
Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1981
Key Words: C37.40
Designation: C37.40a-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definitions for Slant Rated Cutouts
Status: Superseded
**Included in revision of C37.40-1993 Revision of C37.40-1981
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: May 03, 1988
Key Words: C37.40a
Designation: C37.40b-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for External Fuses for
Shunt Capacitors
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std C37.40-1993. Superseded by C37.40-2003.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Aug 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Definitions for high-voltage external capacitor fuses (above 1000 V) used for the protection of shunt capacitor banks are
covered in this supplement.
Key Words: external capacitor fuses
Designation: C37.40c
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Definitions for Full Range Current Limiting Fuse
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard H Arndt, Phone:414-548-9115, Email:RHArndt@email.pitnet.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: C37.41-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests For High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed
Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2000
**This standard supersedes C37.41-1994 and C37.41e-1996.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: Make technical revisions, reorganize the standard for improved
clarity, and further the harmonization efforts with comparable IEC documents
on current limiting and expulsion type fuses.
Project Purpose: To consider and implement several needed technicql
revisions/additions, such as prospective short circuit current of test
circuits, homogeneous series for expulsion fuses, etc. In addition, the
document will be reorganized to greatly improve understanding and utility
plus harmonize with the latest IEC standards where possible.
Abstract: " Required procedures for performing design tests for high-voltage distribution class andpower-class fuses, as well as for
fuse-disconnecting switches and enclosed single-pole air switch-es, are specified. These design tests, as appropriate to a
particular device, include the following testtypes"
Key Words: "distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse accessories,
fuse design tests, fuse disconnecting switches, high-voltage fuses"
Designation: PC37.41
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard design tests for high-voltage (>1000 V) fuses, distribution
enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and
accessories.
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John G Leach, Phone:828-322-2860, Email:jgleach@hi-techfuses.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies design test requirements for high-
voltage (above 1000 V) fuses, distribution enclosed single-pole air
switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for use on
alternating current distribution systems.
Project Purpose: The project is to update the existing document, bringing it
into agreement with current requirements for high-voltage (>1000 V)
fuses and switches.
Designation: C37.41-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed
Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Accessories
Status: Superseded
**This standard was superseded by C37.41-2000.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995
Abstract: Required procedures for performing design tests for high-voltage distribution-class and power-class fuses, as well as for
fuse disconnecting switches and enclosed single-pole air switches are specified. These design tests, as appropriate to a
particular device, include the following test types--dielectric, interrupting, load-break, making current, radio-influence,
short-time current, temperature-rise, time-current, mechanical, and liquid-tightness.
Key Words: high-voltage fuses, fuse disconnecting switches, fuse design tests,
distribution enclosed single-pole, Fuse accessories
Designation: C37.41-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed
Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988
Abstract: Tests for high-voltage fuses (above 600 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches,
and accessories (for AC distribution systems) are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution
cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches;
power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, fuse mountings,
fuse hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links of the type used exclusively with the above products; and removable switch blades for
certain of the above.
Designation: C37.41-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: HVFuses, Distr. Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting
Switches & Accessories, Design Test for
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Jan 01, 1987
Key Words: C37.41
Designation: C37.41b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Transient Recovery Voltage
Status: Superseded
**incorporated into C37.41-1988
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Key Words: C37.41b
Designation: C37.41c-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Test Standard for Expulsion Fuses in Enclosures (Supplement to
C37.41-1988)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to C37.41-1988
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1992
Abstract: Procedures are given for performance testing of liquid-submerged and in-air expulsion fuses in enclosures.
Key Words: inair, expulsion, fuses, liquid, submerged
Designation: C37.41d-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: X/R Values for Interrupting Tests on Slant Rated Cutouts
Status: Superseded
**incorporated into C37.41-1988
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987
Key Words: C37.41d
Designation: C37.41e-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests for External Fuses for Shunt Capacitors
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std C37.41-1994. This standard was superseded by
C37.41-2000.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Aug 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: The design testing required for high-voltage external capacitor fuses (above 1000 V) used for the protection of shunt
capacitor banks is covered in this supplement.
Key Words: external capacitor fuses
Designation: C37.41f-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Mechanical Design Tests for Distribution Cutouts
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into C37.41-1988
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987
Key Words: C37.41f
Designation: C37.41h
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Design Tests for Full Range Current Limiting Fuse
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard H Arndt, Phone:414-548-9115, Email:RHArndt@email.pitnet.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: PC37.43
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Specifications for High-Voltage Expulsion, Current-Limiting and
Combination Type Distribution and Power Class External Fuses, With Rated
Voltages from 1 through 38Kv, Used for the Protection of Shunt Capacitors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark Stavnes, Phone:773-338-1000, Email:mstavnes@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard establishes specifications for high voltage (above
1000 volts) distribution and power class expulsion, current-limiting and
combination type external capacitor fuses and accessories for protecting
shunt capacitors complying with IEEE std 18 and NEMA std CP-1. All of these
devices are intended for use on alternating current systems. These fuses
may be used with capacitor units, groups of units, or entire banks and
include specific capacitor line [group] and capacitor unit fuse types as
follows: a) Current limiting fuses. b) Expulsion fuses. c) Combination of
current limiting and expulsion fuses. d) Fuse supports, fuse mountings, and
accessories used with fuses listed in a) through c), above. e) Current-
limiting, expulsion and combination type capacitor fuses, items a) through
c), used in fuse enclosure packages (FEP).
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is a new IEEE (ANSI)American Standard
covering Specifications for High-Voltage Distribution and Power Class
Expulsion, Current-Limiting and Combination Types of External Fuses for
Shunt Capacitors. This standard will be prepared by the IEEE Subcommittee on
High Voltage Fuses. Liaison will be maintained with the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) during the development of the revisions in
order to incorporate the latest thinking up to the time of publication.
Designation: C37.45-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Specifications for High Voltage Distribution Class Enclosed
Single-Pole Air Switches with Rated Voltages from 1 through 8.3 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Mark Stavnes, Phone:773-338-1000, Email:mstavnes@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes specifications for high voltage (above
1000 volts) distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches and
associated accessories with rated voltages from 1 through 8.3 Kv. All of
these devices are intended for use on alternating current distribution
systems. These specifications apply to the following specific types of
equipment: a) Distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches. b)
Supports, mountings, fuse hooks, tongs, all of the type used exclusively
with distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches. c) Distribution
class enclosed single-pole air switches used in enclosure packages.
Project Purpose: This standard is a revision of American National Standard
Specifications for Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, ANSI
C37.45-1981(R1992), to bring it up to date and in line with present day
requirements for high-voltage switches. This standard was previously
developed by the NEMA High Voltage Fuse Technical Committee (SG2). As of
2003 the responsibility for this standard has been transferred to the IEEE
High-Voltage Fuse Subcommittee. Liaison was maintained with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) during the development of
the revisions in order to incorporate the latest thinking up to the time of
publication.
Designation: C37.48-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High-
Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse
Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2005
Technical Contact: John G Leach, Phone:828-322-2860, Email:jgleach@hi-techfuses.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: Document is a guide to the application, operation and
Maintenance of all types of High-Voltage fuses and associated equipment
covered by the C37.4X series of standards. The project will revise
approximately 20% of the document, while retaining the origional
document scope. [Original Scope - Revise/update scope, make improvements,
and expand application to cover other devices (specifically full-range
fuses, capacitor fuses, expulsion fuses in enclosures).]
Project Purpose: The standard provides use guidance on fuses and associated
equipment. The proposed revision is to clarify and expand certain areas.
Some of these were identified by comments to the vote on the last revision
of the standard, while others have been identified by user feedback since
that date. [Original Purpose - To bring the document up to date.]
Abstract: Information on the application, operation and maintenance of high-voltage fuses (above 1,000 V and through 169 kV),
distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for use on ac distribution systems
is provided. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting
fuses; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse
disconnecting switches; fuse supports, mountings, and links, all of the type used exclusively with the above; and removable
switch blades for certain products among the above. This guide is one of a series of complimentary standards so arranged that
this guide plus two other standards apply to all devices, while one or more of the other standards provides additional
specifications for a particular device. For each device, IEEE Std C37.40-2003 and IEEE Std C37.41-2000 plus the standard(s)
covering that device constitute a complete set of standards for each device. In addition to this application, operation and
maintenance guide which covers all of the above devices, additional operation, classification, application, and coordination
information for current-limiting fuses can be found in IEEE Std C37.48.1-2002, a "tutorial" style document.
Key Words: current-limiting fuses, expulsion type fuses, distribution class
fuses, power class fuses, fuse enclosure packages, high-voltage fuses, fuse,
fuse applications, fuse disconnecting switches
Designation: C37.48-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High-
Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse
Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jul 18, 1997
Project Scope: Revise/update scope, make improvements, and expand application
to cover other devices (specifically full-range fuses, capacitor fuses,
expulsion fuses in enclosures).
Project Purpose: To bring the document up to date.
Abstract: Information on the application, operation and maintenance of high-voltage fuses (above 1000 V), distribution enclosed
single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for use on ac distribution systems is provided. This guide
is one of a series of complementary standards covering various types of high-voltage fuses and switches, so arranged that two of
the standards apply to all devices while each of the other standards provide additional specifications for a particular device.
For each device, IEEE Std C37.40-1993, IEEE Std C37.41-1994, plus the standard covering that device, constitute a complete set of
standards for each device. In addition, IEEE Std C37.48-1997 is an application, operation, and maintenance guide for all the
devices.
Key Words: current-limiting fuses, distribution class fuses, expulsion type
fuses, fuse enclosure packages, fuses, power class fuses
Designation: C37.48-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High-Voltage
Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting
Switches, and Accessories
Status: Superseded
**Revision includes C37.48a.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1987
Abstract: High-voltage fuses (above 600 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and
accessories for AC distribution systems are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts
and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power
fuses including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse
hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links of the type used exclusively with the above products; and removable switch blades for certain
of the above.
Key Words: Switchgear testing, Fuses, Disconnecting switches, Air break
switches
Designation: C37.48.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for the Operation, Classification, Application, and
Coordination of Current Limiting Fuses with Rated Voltages 1-38kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 06, 2002
Technical Contact: Frank J Muench, Phone:262-691-8310, Email:fmuench@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 2002
Project Scope: A user survey indicated considerable misunderstanding on the
different types of high voltage current limiting fuses in regard to their
operation, classification, application, and coordination. Hence, the guide
will deal with these issues in a tutorial fashion and provide a much needed
enhancement to the existing C37.48 document.
Project Purpose: There is currently no technical document which explains to the
user or specifier the basic differences between various types of current
limiting fuses, how they work, applicational rules and guidelines, and how
to apply or coordinate them with other system elements. This project will
provide an addition to C37.48 and give a clear understanding to the user
regarding function, selection, and application of these devices.
Abstract: Additional guidelines for application and coordination of high-voltage power- and distri-bution-class current-limiting
fuses are provided.
Key Words: "coordination, current-limiting fuses, disconnecting switches, fuse
application, high voltage, high-voltages fuses, rated maximum voltage,
single pole air switches, time-current-characteristics, TCC"
Designation: C37.48a-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Appl Current Limiting Fuses in Encl TU
Status: Superseded
**Incl with revision C37.48
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Key Words: C37.48a
Designation: C37.48b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: External Capacitor Fuses
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: (Ref. Std.: IEEE 418b)
Designation: C37.48c-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Expulsion Fuses in Enclosures (Supplement
to C37.48-1987)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to C37.48-1987. Superseded by C37.48-1997
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1992
Abstract: Guidelines are provided for the application and maintenance of liquid-submerged and in-air expulsion fuses in enclosures.
The operation of liquid-submerged fuses is also covered.
Key Words: singlepole, Liquid-submerged expulsion fuse, In-air expulsion fuses
Designation: C37.48d
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Application, Operation and Maintenance Guidelines for Full
Range Current Limiting Fuse
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to C37.48-1997
Technical Contact: Richard H Arndt, Phone:414-548-9115, Email:RHArndt@email.pitnet.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: PC37.53.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Conformance Test Procedures for High-Voltage Current-Limiting
Motor-Starter Fuses With Rated Voltages from 1 Through 38 Kv
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark Stavnes, Phone:773-338-1000, Email:mstavnes@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard covers the conformance test procedures for
alternating-current high-voltage motor-starter fuses covered in the
applicable Standards listed in clause 2. High-voltage motor-starter fuses
are backup, current-limiting fuses used in conjunction with high-voltage
Class E2 motor starters. This standard does not cover installations under
the exclusive control of electric utilities for the purposes of
communication or metering, or for the generation, control, transformation,
transmission, and distribution of electric energy located in buildings used
exclusively by utilities for such purposes, or located outdoors on property
owned or leased by the utility or on public highways, streets, roads, and
the like, or located outdoors by established rights on private property.
Project Purpose: This standard is a revision of American National Standard for
Switchgear - High Voltage Current Limiting Motor-Starter Fuses - Conformance
Test Procedures, ANSI C37.53.1-1989, to bring it up to date and in line with
present day requirements for high-voltage switches. This standard was
previously developed by the NEMA High Voltage Fuse Technical Committee
(SG2). As of 2003 the responsibility for this standard has been transferred
to the IEEE High-Voltage Fuse Subcommittee. Liaison was maintained with the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) during the development of
the revisions in order to incorporate the latest thinking up to the time of
publication.
Designation: C37.59-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2003
**Supersedes C37.59-1996.
Technical Contact: Peter W Dwyer, Phone:610-296-1273, Email:pete.dwyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: Conversion of switchgear is a relatively new and rapidly
expanding practice which has limited guidance from existing industry
standards. Designers and manufacturers of these conversions as well as
those contrafting for the conversions may have limited design knowledge and
there is a strong need for guidance which reflects both the evolving
technology as well as the experience of technical experts of both
manufacturer and user. Unfortunately, there have already been fatal
accidents involving conversions. Although existing versions of C37.59
provide some requirements, industry experience has already defined
additional information which is needed including additional definitions,
coverage of contractors being substituted for breaker elements, dynamic
matching of mechanism operated contracts with the driving mechanisms as well
as editorial changes. This PAR is to revise the existing C37.59-1996 to
reflect the needs of the power industry.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide better requirements
and guidance for conversion in the Power industry. Added safety will be one
of the benefits.
Abstract: " Directions and requirements are provided for the conversion of qualified powerswitchgear equipment. Examples such as
low-voltage power circuit breakers; high-voltage outdoorand medium-voltage indoor drawout power circuit breakers; low- and
medium-voltage fusedcontactors; low- and medium-voltage ground and test devices; medium-voltage fused loadinterrupter switches;
and all metal-enclosed switchgear are covered. Existing design standards arereferenced with appropriate guidance on design
testing necessary to design-verify the conversions.Reconditioning, which concerns the maintenance of existing equipment without
alteration, is notcovered. "
Key Words: "conversion, power switchgear equipment, qualified design"
Designation: PC37.59
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Peter W Dwyer, Phone:610-296-1273, Email:pete.dwyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers power switchgear equipment that is
converted from a qualified design. It provides direction and guidance in
those conversions and specifies required design verification in accordance
with applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI), National
Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL) or IEEE standards. This standard also recognizes that
production/field testing does not provide design verification. This can only
be accomplished by means of design testing and technical evaluation.
Project Purpose: The existing 2002 and proposed documents do not have a
"purpose" clause. Conversions of existing installed switchgear is a
relatively young technology, and as such, is rapidly evolving. As such,
new types of conversions are being created, and these need to be addressed
in this standard. In addition, experience is growing with existing types
of conversions, suggesting areas in the existing document that should be
expanded to give a fuller treatment of the issues and the design and
verification activities needed. Issues have been raised by users,
converters, producers, and third-party agencies. A few of these are:
testing of trip device modifications to LVPCBs (low voltage power circuit
breakers); molded-case CB adaptations to LVPCB switchgear; effect on
dielectric performance of sensors added in high voltage compartments;
conversion of non-arc-resistant equipment to obtain arc-resistant
performance; effect of substitution of a circuit breaker without high
current instantaneous release in a product originally supplied with such a
release; and many others.
Designation: C37.59-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.59-1991. Superseded by C37.59-2002.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Abstract: Power switchgear equipment that is converted from the original manufacturer's designs, whether the conversion is performed
in manufacturing plants or at installation sites, is covered.
Key Words: conversion, power switchgear equipment
Designation: C37.59-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Direction and requirements for the conversion of power switchgear equipment from the original manufacturers' designs,
whether the conversion is performed in manufacturing plants or at installation sites, are provided. Low-voltage power circuit
breakers, high-voltage outdoor and drawout indoor type power circuit breakers, and metal-enclosed switchgear are covered.
Existing design standards are fully referenced with appropriate guidance on what type of design testing is necessary to design-
verify the conversions. Reconditioning, which concerns the maintenance of existing equipment without alteration, is not covered.
Key Words: switchgear, equipment, conversion
Designation: C37.59
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Peter W Dwyer, Phone:610-296-1273, Email:pete.dwyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: Existing Scope: This standard covers power switchgear equipment
that is converted from a qualified design. It provides direction and
guidance in those conversions and specifies required design verification in
accordance with applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI),
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters
Laboratories Inc. (UL) or IEEE standards. This standard also recognizes
that production/field testing does not provide design verification. This can
only be accomplished by means of design testing and technical evaluation.
As part of this revision, the title of clause 1 will be changed to "scope"
and clause 1.1 (presently titles "scope") will be retitled as "background".
The text of the standard will undergo substantial revisions throughout.
Project Purpose: Conversions of existing installed switchgear is a relatively
young technology, and as such, is rapidly evolving. As such, new types of
conversions are being created, and these need to be addressed in this
standard. In addition, experience is growing with existing types of
conversions, suggesting areas in the existing document that should be
expanded to give a fuller treatment of the issues and the design and
verification activities needed. Issues have been raised by users,
converters, producers, and third-party agencies. A few of these are:
testing of trip device modifications to LVPCBs (low voltage power circuit
breakers); molded-case CB adaptations to LVPCB switchgear; effect on
dielectric performance of sensors added in high voltage compartments;
conversion of non-arc-resistant equipment to obtain arc-resistant
performance; effect of substitution of a circuit breaker without high
current instantaneous release in a product originally supplied with such a
release; and many others.
Designation: C37.60-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for
alternating current systems up to 38 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 11, 2003
**Supersedes C37.60-1981 (R1992).
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2003
Project Scope: This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault,
and submersible single- or multipole alternating current automatic
circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above
1000V and up to 38 kV. In order to simplify this standard where possible,
the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic
circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are
applied in substation, special considerations may apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise existing standard
including, but not limited to: a) general update to bring the standard in
line with current technology; b) update information on BIL, altitude
correction, temperature rise; c) add information on other
interrupting/insulating media (e.g. SF6); d) add transient recovery voltage
requirements; e) add voltage ratings common to systems outside of North
America
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.60-2003, IEEE Standard for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and
Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV"
Key Words: "dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser,
submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear"
Designation: IEC 62271-111
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for High voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 111:
Overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible automatic circuit
reclosers and fault interrupters for alternating current systems up to 38 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 2006
**This document is an IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document. It is a compendium of
IEEE Std C37.60-2003 and IEEE Std C37.60-2003/Cor 1-2004.
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault
and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit
reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and
up to 38 kV. The following is also included in section 1: In order to
simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs)
has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or
both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special
considerations may apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise existing standard
including, but not limited to: a) general update to bring the standard in
line with current technology; b) update information on BIL, altitude
correction, temperature rise; c) add information on other
interrupting/insulating media (e.g. SF6); d) add transient recovery voltage
requirements; e) add voltage ratings common to systems outside of North
America
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.60-2003, IEEE Standard for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and
Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV"
Key Words: "dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser,
submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear"
Designation: PC37.60
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for
alternating current systems up to 38 kV
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault
and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit
reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and
up to 38 kV. In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term
recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic circuit
recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in
substation, special considerations may apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the rating
structure, preferred ratings, test, and construction requirements for
overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible single- or multipole
alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters
for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV.
Designation: C37.60-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for AC
Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.60-2003.
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Nov 25, 1980
Abstract: The requirements set forth apply to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single- or multipole ac automatic
circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V. Service conditions and ratings are discussed.
Conditions and procedures are specified for design tests, including dielectric, interruption, current, partial discharge, radio-
influence voltage, surge-current, temperature-rise, time-current, mechanical operations, and surge-withstand tests. Production
tests and construction requirements are covered.
Key Words: Switchgear testing, Reclosing devices, Interrupters
Designation: C37.60
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted Dry Vault and
Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for AC
Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This standard describes all requirements, including rating
information, design tests, production tests, and construction requirements
for overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible automatic circuit
reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltage above 1000 volts.
Project Purpose: A general update to bring this standard in line with current
technology. Include current information on BIL, altitude correction and
temperature rise. Include information on other interrupting/insulation
media (SF6). Consider and include, if appropriate, transient recovery
voltage values.
Designation: C37.60-2003/Cor 1-2004-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for
Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV--Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 08, 2005
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to prepare a corrigendum for
C37.60-2003 to correct editorial and technical errors that have been
identified since RevCom approval in early 2003. Four errors have been
identified, others may surface now that the document has been published.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct known errors in the
published standard. This standard has been approved by the PE Switchgear
Standards Main Committee for submittal to IEC for Dual Logo Status. The
members feel that a corrigendum should be issued before that submittal is
made.
Abstract: Required definitions, ratings, procedures for performing design tests, production tests, and construction requirements for
overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for alternating systems up
to 38 kV are specified.
Key Words: dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser,
submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear
Designation: C37.60a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Partial Discharge Tests
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979 (Ref. Std.: IEEE437a)
Key Words: C37.60a
Designation: C37.61
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for the Application, Operation and Maintenance of Automatic
Circuit Reclosers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This application guide provides information on the selection,
application, operation, and maintenance of alternating current automatic
circuit reclosers.
Project Purpose: A general update to bring this standard in line with current
technology. Include current information on BIL, altitude correction -
temperature rise. Include information on other interrutping insulation
media. Consider and include, if appropriate, transient recovery voltage
values.
Designation: C37.61-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of
Automatic Circuit Reclosers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972, ANSI APP: Jun 14, 1973
Abstract: Information on the selection, application, operation, and maintenance of single-or multi-pole AC automatic circuit
reclosers is provided. The principle characteristics of reclosers are identified, and the necessary system information is
indicated. Step-by-step procedures for selecting reclosers for specific applications are given.
Key Words: Reclosing devices
Designation: C37.63-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005
Project Scope: This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry-vault,
and submersible single-pole or multipole alternating current automatic line
sectionalizers for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V.
Project Purpose: Revise the C37.63 standard to allign it with latest edition of
P1247: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating current above
1000 V C37.60: Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry
Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault interrupters
for AC Systems C37.74: Standard for Interrupter Switches for Altenating
Current, Rated Above 1000 V
Abstract: Required definitions (for cutout type sectionalizers), ratings, procedures for performing design tests and production
tests, constructional requirements, and application considerations for overhead and pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible
automatic line sectionalizers for ac systems are specified.
Key Words: sectionalizers: cutout type, dry-vault, pad-mounted; submersible
Designation: C37.63-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault and
Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.63-1984.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Abstract: Required definitions (for cutout type sectionalizers), ratings, procedures for performing design tests and production
tests, constructional requirements, and application considerations for overhead and pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible
automatic line sectionalizers for ac systems are specified.
Key Words: sectionalizers, cutout type, dry-vault sectionalizers, pad-mounted,
submersible
Designation: C37.63-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 29, 1980, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 1990
Abstract: This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible single-pole or multipole ac automatic line
sectionalizers for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V. It covers service conditions, ratings, design tests, production tests,
and construction requirements.
Key Words: switchgear, Switches
Designation: C37.66-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Capacitor Switches for AC Systems (1 kV
to 38 kV)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Harold J. Hirz, Phone:216-377-2203, Email:harold.hirz@joslynhv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006
Project Scope: This standard applies to single- or multi-pole ac switches for
rated maximum voltage above 1 kV to 38 kV for use in switching shunt
capacitor banks (see the note in this clause). This standard covers the
application of capacitive load switching wherein the capacitive loads are
separated by sufficient inductance to limit the high-frequency transient-
making peak current to the peak values shown in Table 2 and Table 3.
Switches designed and built in accordance with this standard are not
intended for use as fault current or noncapacitive load current interrupting
devices. NOTE—This standard is intended to be a comprehensive standard
for all “specific duty” applications of switches in the area of switching
shunt capacitor banks, but it is limited in scope up to and including 38 kV.
However, subject to agreement between the user and manufacturer, it may be
used as a specification guide for other rated voltages.1
Project Purpose: Revision of this standard to provide for switches using media
other than oil, as well as oil, as a dielectric and load interrupting
medium, title will be changed as well to remove reference to "oil filled".
Abstract: Required definitions, ratings, and procedures for performing design tests, production tests, and construction requirements
for capacitor switches for ac systems from 1kV to 38 kV are covered.
Key Words: back-to-back capacitor switching, capacitor load, capacitor
switches, inrush current, operation, pole discrepancy, probability of
restrike classification, restrike, simultaneous operation
Designation: C37.66-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Requirements for Oil Filled Capacitor Switches for AC Systems
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: May 03, 1988
Designation: C37.70
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Auto Switch Operating Mechanisms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: (Ref. Std.: IEEE 534)
Designation: C37.71-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Three-Phase Manually Operated Subsurface and Vault
Load-Interrupting Switches for Alternating-Current Systems
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes C37.71-1984 (R1990). Superseded by C37.74-2003.
Technical Contact: Donald R Martin, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:dmartin@gwelec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project will be to review and revise the current ANSI/IEEE
C37.71 to be consistent with other standards int his group and to include
vault style switches.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard for vault style switches.
C37.71 is typically followed for vault style switches, however there are
operational and construction differences between vault and subsurface
switches which need to be clarified.
Abstract: " Requirements are given for three-phase group operated subsurface and vault load-interrupting switchgear with maximum
ratings of 600 A and 38 kV, and for utilizing separableinsulated connectors. Definitions are given, and service conditions and
ratings are discussed.Design tests, production tests, and construction requirements are included."
Key Words: "subsurface switchgear, switched way, vault switchgear"
Designation: C37.71-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard for Three-Phase, Manually Operated Subsurface Load
Interrupting Switches for Alternating-Current Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.71-2001
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 1990
Abstract: This standard applies to three-phase group-operated 60-Hz subsurface load-interrupting switches with maximum ratings of
600 A and 38 kV that utilize separable insulated connectors. It covers service conditions; ratings and test requirements; design,
production, and conformance tests; construction requirements; and shipping requirements.
Key Words: Switchgear testing, Interrupters
Designation: C37.72
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Manually-Operated Dead-Front Padmounted Switchgear with
Load Interrupting Switches and Separable Connectors for Alternating-Current
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John G Wood, Phone:415-973-3355, Email:jgw5@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This PAR is the official paperwork to transfer ownership of
C37.72 from NEMA to the IEEE.
Project Purpose: C37.71, C37.72, and C37.73 all harmonize with each other and
should have the same ownership. The long range plan is to combine these
three standards into one.
Designation: C37.72-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: Standard for Manually-Operated Dead-Front Padmounted Switchgear with
Load/Interrupting Switches and Separable Connectors for Alternating-Current
Systems
Status: Superseded
**This was a NEMA standard that had ownership transferred to the IEEE via a
PAR for revision that was approved on 12/10/96. Superseded by C37.74-2003.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000
Designation: C37.73-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for Pad-Mounted Fused Switchgear
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.74-2003.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Jul 13, 1998
Project Scope: This standard applies to 60 Hz pad mounted, fused load
interrupting switches with maximum ratings of 600A and 38 kV, and utilizing
separable insulated connectors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a requirements
standard for pad-mounted, fused, load interrupting devices utilizing
separable insulated connectors.
Abstract: " Requirements for assemblies of single-phase and three-phase, dead-front and live-front,pad-mounted, load-interrupter
switches with expulsion, current-limiting, and other types of fuses inenclosures up to 38 kV rated maximum voltage are given.
Definitions are given, and service condi-tions and ratings are discussed. Design tests, production tests, and construction
requirements areincluded. "
Key Words: "fused-loadbreak way,fused-switched way,fused way,pad-mounted fused
switchgear,switched way"
Designation: C37.74-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Subsurface, Vault, and Padmounted Load-
Interrupter Switchgear and Fused Load-Interrupter Switchgear for Alternating
Current Systems up to 38 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003
**Supersedes C37.71-2001, C37.72-1987 (R1999), and C37.73-1998.
Technical Contact: Steven Meiners, Phone:860-747-7817, Email:steven.meiners@ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This standard applies to enclosed assemblies of single-phase and
three-phase, dead-front and live-front, subsurface, vault, and pad-mounted
load-interrupter switches with or without protective devices, such as fuses
or fault interrupters, up to 38 kV rated maximum voltage.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to consolidate three existing
standards that are very similar in scope, content, and requirements. In
doing so, a reduction in the future maintenance of the standard(s) should be
realized.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.74-2003, IEEE Standard Requirements for Subsurface, Vault, and Pad-Mounted Load-Interrupter Switchgear and
Fused Load-Interrupter Switchgear for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV"
Key Words: "fused, load-interrupter, pad-mounted, subsurface, switchgear,
vault, way"
Designation: PC37.74
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard Requirements for Subsurface, Vault, and Padmounted Load-
Interrupter Switchgear and Fused Load-Interrupter Switchgear for Alternating
Current Systems up to 38 kV
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Steven Meiners, Phone:860-747-7817, Email:steven.meiners@ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard applies to enclosed assemblies of single-phase and
three-phase, dead-front and live-front, subsurface, vault, and pad-mounted
load-interrupter switches with or without protective devices, such as fuses
or fault interrupters, upto 38 kV rated maximum voltage.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to make general standard
updates and revisions. Also, to incorporate construction and testing
additions as discovered by existing TF on solid dielectric swithces and
breakers.
Designation: C37.077
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Requirement for Current Transformers for use with AC-High-Voltage
Circuit Breakers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977 (Ref. Std.: 670)
Key Words: C37.077
Designation: C37.81-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Metal-Enclosed Power
Switchgear Assemblies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 1990
**This guide complements Std 344-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1978, BD APP: Nov 09, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides specific requirements and guidance for seismic qualification of metal-enclosed power switchgear
assemblies. This guide may also be used in other applications in which seismic response of metal-enclosed power switchgear
assemblies is a consideration.
Key Words: "Class 1E metal-enclosed power switchgear assemblies, general
response spectrum (GRS), performance requirements, seismic criteria"
Designation: C37.081-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Synthetic Fault Testing of AC High-Voltage Circuit
Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 1981
History: BD APP: Sep 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1988
Abstract: Guidelines are established for synthetic testing of circuit breakers, as well as test criteria for demonstrating the
short-circuit current rating of circuit breakers on a single-phase basis. Criteria for evaluating results are also provided. The
standard covers short-circuit current interruption process; basic principles of synthetic testing; synthetic test circuits;
requirements for synthetic test methods; parameters, test procedures, and tolerances; short-line fault; multiple loops; circuit
breakers equipped with parallel impedance; duty cycle; and test records.
Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing
Designation: C37.081a-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: Supplement to IEEE Guide for Synthetic Fault Testing of AC High Voltage
Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 03, 1998
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This revision will provide information on how to determine the
Transient Recovery Voltage wave shapes for asymmetric terminal faults. The
basis of rating is given and the factors to be applied for various fault
conditions, i.e., degree of asymmetry and time of interruption.
Project Purpose: Add ratings for asymmetric faults to existing standard. This
represents work that has been done to develop the ratings.
Abstract: " The transient recovery voltage needs to be modified when interrupting asymmetrical currents.The voltage rate R, the peak
voltage E2 and the rate of change of current di/dt all change with theasymmetrical current zero. Guidance is provided on how to
make these corrections when compared to thesymmetrical case."
Key Words: "asymmetrical current,correction factors,major current zeros,minor
current zeros,X/R ratio"
Designation: C37.82-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for the Qualification of Switchgear Assemblies for Class
1E Applications in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987
Project Scope: This document describes the methods and requirements for
qualifying switchgear assemblies for indoor areas outside of the containment
in nuclear power generating stations. These assemblies include: 1) Mettal-
enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear assemblies, as defined
in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1; 2) Metal-clad switchgear assemblies, as defined in
ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2; 3) Metal-enclosed bus, as defined in ANSI/IEEE C37.23;
4) Metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies, as defined in ANSI/IEEE
C37.20.3
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide amplification of
the general requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983 as they apply to the
specific features of Class 1E switchgear assemblies. Where differences
exist between this document and ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983, this document takes
precedence insofar as switchgear assemblies are concerned.
Abstract: Methods and requirements for qualifying switchgear assemblies for indoor areas outside of the containment area in nuclear
power generating stations are described. These assemblies include metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear
assemblies, metal-clad switchgear assemblies, and metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies. This standard amplifies the
general requirements of ANSI/IEEE 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations, as they apply to Class 1E switchgear assemblies.
Key Words: Switchgear terminology, Power generation testing, Nuclear power
generation protection
Designation: C37.082-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels of AC
Power Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1988
Abstract: Guidelines for uniform measurement and reporting of sound produced by AC power circuit breakers are established. The
methods are intended for measuring the sound produced by outdoor circuit breakers in a free-field environment. The methods may be
used indoors or in a restricted field, provided that precautions are observed in measurement and interpretation of results. Three
types of tests are described: design tests, conformance tests, and field tests. The methods are intended to provide data that can
be used in evaluating the effects of circuit breaker sound on human observers, but the evaluation itself is not covered.
Key Words: Power transmission acoustic noise, Power system measurements, Power
distribution acoustic noise, Circuit breakers, Acoustic noise measurement
Designation: C37.083-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High-
Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: Develop a Guide to be used when conducting capacitive current
switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters,
test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits.
Project Purpose: This is a project that previously authorized P1492. The
purpose was to develop a document to aid the user, manufacturer and testing
laboratory in conducting capacitive switching tests.
Abstract: As an aid in testing circuit breakers under conditions of switching capacitive currents syn-thetic test circuits may be
used. The design of the circuit should simulate the stress of actual serviceconditions as closely as possible. A number of
circuits are given as examples. The limitation of theuse of synthetic test methods is that the breaker under test must not
display evidence of reignitionor restriking. The known circuits do not properly represent the interaction between the source
andthe capacitive load under this condition. Such breakers must be tested using direct circuits.
Key Words: "capacitive current switching,closing poenomena,opening
phenomena,synthetic circuits,testing circuit breakers"
Designation: C37.90-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric
Power Apparatus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Mario M Ranieri, Phone:781-335-1195, Email:mranieri@electroswitch.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies standard service conditions, standard
ratings, performance requirements, and testing requirements for relays and
relay systems used to protect and control power apparatus. A relay system
may include computer interface equipment and/or communications interface
equipment, such as a carrier transmitter/receiver or audio tone equipment.
It does not cover relays designed primarily for industrial control, for
switching communication or other low-level signals, or any other equipment
not intended for control of power apparatus.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a common
reproducible basis for designing and evaluating relays and relay systems.
Abstract: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and testing requirements are defined for relays and relay systems
used to protect and control power apparatus. This standard establishes a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating
relays and relay systems.
Key Words: ac component in dc, contact rating, current range, derating,
dielectric test, humidity, impulse test, insulation test, power apparatus,
protection relay, temperature range, temperature rise, voltage range
Designation: C37.90
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power
Apparatus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mario M Ranieri, Phone:781-335-1195, Email:mranieri@electroswitch.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of the project will be it identify the standard
service conditions, ratings, and requirements for testing relays and relay
systems taking in to consideration that these are to be applied to the
devices that are manufactured with previous technologies and the numerical
technology being used these days. The standard will apply to relays and
relay systems used in electric generation, transmission and distribution
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the standard to bring
it in line with the present state of the technology.
Designation: C37.90
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electrical Power
Apparatus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mario M Ranieri, Phone:781-335-1195, Email:mranieri@electroswitch.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Designation: C37.90-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric
Power Apparatus
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Dec 07, 1989
Abstract: This standard applies to relay systems that protect and control apparatus that generate, and distribute and use electric
power. This standard defines service conditions and specifies relay performance requirements and performance information that
relay manufacturers shall provide.
Key Words: Protective relaying
Designation: C37.90-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric
Power Apparatus
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 313)
Key Words: relay, system, electric, power, apparatus
Designation: C37.90.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Relays and
Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2002
**Supersedes C37.90.1-1989 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Jeffrey G Gilbert, Phone:610-774-4321, Email:jggilbert@pplweb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: Revise and update C37.90.1-1989, "IEEE Standard Surge Withstand
Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays and Relay Systems".
Project Purpose: The standard surge withstand capability (SWC) tests for
protective relays and relay systems has been re-affirmed. With the
increased application of new technologies the purpose is that C37.90.1 be
reviewed and revised as needed to clarify and improve indsssustry
understanding. (Also, comparable IEC standards will be used to include
material to make it acceptable to the international engineering community.
Abstract: " Two types of design tests for relays and relay systems that relate to the immunity of thisequipment to repetitive
electrical transients are specified. Test generator characteristics, test wave-forms, selection of equipment terminals on which
tests are to be conducted, test procedures, criteriafor acceptance, and documentation of test results are described. This
standard has been harmo-nized with IEC standards where consensus could be reached. "
Key Words: "IEEE Std C37.90.1-2002(Revision of IEEE Std C37.90.1-1989), IEEE
Standard for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC)Tests for Relays and Relay
Systems Associated with"
Designation: C37.90.1-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective
Relays and Relay Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.90.1-2002.
History: PAR APP: Apr 05, 1979, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1989
Abstract: Design tests intended for protective relays and relay systems, including those incorporating digital processors, are
specified. The tests are intended to be applied to a complete relay system under simulated operating conditions. Oscillatory and
fast transient test-wave shapes and characteristics are defined. The equipment to be tested and the test conditions are
described, and the points of application of the test wave are shown. Acceptance is defined, and the requisite test data are
specified.
Key Words: Protective relaying, Power system transients, Power distribution
testing
Designation: C37.90.1-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979
Title: IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability Test For Proctective Relays and
Relay Systems
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.90.1
Designation: C37.90.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated
Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2004
Technical Contact: Jeffrey A Burnworth, Phone:618-654-2341x449, Email:JeffBurnworth@Basler.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to establish a test method for
evaluating the susceptibility of protective relays to single-frequency
electromagnetic fields in the radio frequency domain, such as those
generated by portable or mobile radio transceivers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common reference
and test procedure that industry can use for evaluating the performance of
static protective and control relays used in electric power facilities.
Abstract: Design tests for relays and relay systems that relate to the immunity of this equipment to Radiated Electromagnetic
Interference from Transceivers are specified. Field strength, test frequencies, modulation, sweep rates, equipment setup and
connection, test procedures, criteria for acceptance, and documentation for test results are described. This standard has been
harmonized with IEC standards where consensus could be reached.
Key Words: field strength, keying test, Radiated Electromagnetic Interference,
relay, relay systems, step test, sweep test, transceivers
Designation: C37.90.2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated
Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE TU C37.90.2-1987.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995
Abstract: A design test to evaluate the susceptibility of protective relays to single-frequency electromagnetic fields in the radio
frequency domain, such as those generated by portable or mobile radio transceivers is established.
Key Words: electromagnetic compatibility, protective relays, radiated
electromagnetic , electromagnetic interference, relay systems, transceivers
Designation: C37.90.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to
Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985
Key Words: withstand, radiated, electromagnetic, interference, relay
Designation: C37.90.3-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Electrostatic Discharge Tests for Protective Relays
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001
Technical Contact: James Teague, Phone:610-399-1049, Email:jteague@localnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Specify general requirements for Electrostatic Discharge Tests
of protective relays. The object of the type test described in this
standard is to conform that the equipment being tested will not misoperate
or be damaged when installed, energized, and subjected to a specified
electrostatic discharge.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to specify ESD test waveforms test
methods and pass/fail criteria for protective relays. This standard will
provide manufacturers and users with a definable repeatable method to test
ESD withstand capability of protective relays. This standard will provide
clarification, improvements and expansion to IEC 255-22-2.
Abstract: " This standard describes test procedure, test point selection, test level, and acceptancecriteria for repeatable
electrostatic discharge immunity evaluations for tabletop and floor-standingprotective relay equipment. Simulator characteristics
for hand/metal ESD testing are specified forboth the air and contact discharge methods. This standard has been harmonized with
other ESDstandards where consensus could be reached."
Key Words: "air discharge, contact discharge, coupling plane, direct
application, electrostatic discharge (ESD), indirect application, protective
relay"
Designation: C37.91-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 14, 2000
Abstract: " The protection of power transformers is covered; various electrical protection schemesare explored; and guidelines are
given for the application of these schemes to transformers. Alter-native detection methods including mechanical, thermal, and gas
analysis are discussed. "
Key Words: "power,protection,relaying,transformer"
Designation: PC37.91
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protecting Power Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the application of relays and
other devices for protecting transformers used in electric power utility
transmission networks and distribution systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a document, to
protection engineers, that would help them in properly applying relays and
other devices to protect transformers used in transmission and distribution
systems.
Designation: C37.91-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.91-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 273)
Abstract: A guide to the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of power transformers is provided.
Emphasis is placed on practical applications. The general philosophy and economic considerations involved in transformer
protection are reviewed, the types of faults experienced are described, and technical problems with such protection, including
current transformer behavior during fault conditions, are discussed. Various types of electrical, mechanical, and thermal
protective devices are described, and associated problems such as fault clearing and re-energizing considerations are discussed.
Key Words: relay, applications, transformers, Protective relaying, Power
transformer protection
Designation: C37.92-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard for Analog Inputs to Protective Relays From Electronic
Voltage and Current Transducers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2005
Technical Contact: Eric A Udren, Phone:412-531-8739, Email:EUdren@KEMA.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005
Project Scope: The scope is to specify the requirements for analog signals from
electronic voltage and current transducers to be used as inputs to
protective relays. Requirements to be specified include signal level,
frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range. The standard recognizes that other
substation electronic devices utilizing voltage and current waveform
measurements may connect to the same transducers.
Project Purpose: Electronic devices that develop or utilize analog signals are
not presently covered by standards. This Standard provides interface
connectivity of modern power-system signal transducers based on electronics,
such as magneto-optic current transducers, and electronic relays. The
existing standardized levels from familiar magnetic current and voltage
transformers are not readily generated by new types of electronic signal
transducers.
Abstract: Electronic devices that develop or utilize analog signals are not presently covered by standards. This Standard provides
interface connectivity of modern power-system signal transducers based on electronics, such as magneto-optic current transducers,
and electronic relays. The existing standardized levels from familiar magnetic current and voltage transformers are not readily
generated by new types of electronic signal transducers.
Key Words: phase correction, phase error, polarity, sensing system, transient
response
Designation: C37.92
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Eric A Udren, Phone:412-531-8739, Email:EUdren@KEMA.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that
will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements
to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range.
Project Purpose: Devices that develop or utilize low energy analog signals are
not presently covered by standards. This standard provides interface
connectivity of modern power-system signal transducers, such as magneto-
optic current transducers, and electronic relays. The existing standardized
levels from familiar magnetic current and voltage transformers require
energy levels not readily generated by new types of signal transducers.
Designation: C37.93-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones
Over Voice Grade Channels
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 23, 2004
Technical Contact: Kenneth Fodesco, Phone:954-344-9822, Email:ken.fodesco@pulsartech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: Review and revise the existing standard to incorporate current
industry practice and technology.
Project Purpose: Since this document's last reaffirmation, many changes have
occurred in the telecommunications industry. The purpose of this project is
to bring this guide up to date with the current technology.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.93-2004, IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones Over Voice Grade Channels"
Key Words: "audio tone, dependability, frequency shift keying, power system,
protective relaying, security, telephone circuits, teleprotection, voice
grade channels"
Designation: C37.93-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones
over Telephone Channels
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Nov 04, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 305)
Abstract: Information and recommendations are provided for applying, installing, and testing audio tones over telephone channels for
power system relaying. A basic introduction to and description of leased telephone channels is provided. Also included are
typical interface requirements and the transmission-line characteristics of three channel offerings, along with examples. The
intent is to provide a reference for equipment manufacturers engaged in the design and application of relaying equipment and for
telephone personnel engaged in providing telecommunications channels for audio-tone protective relay schemes. The guide has been
prepared not only for those considering audio-tone relaying for the first time, but also as a reference for the experienced user.
Key Words: applications, audio, telephone, Protective relaying, Power system
communication
Designation: C37.94-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard for N times 64 kilobit per second Optical Fiber Interfaces
Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2003
Technical Contact: Gary L Michel, Phone:305-691-1725, Email:g.michel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: This standard describes the interconnection details for N times
64 kilobit per second connections of teleprotection equipment to digital
multiplexers using optical fiber. Requirements for both physical connection
and the communications timing are also included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define an interconnection
of different vendors' relays with different vendors' multiplex equipment,
without any restriction on the ocntent of the N times 64 kilobit per second
data, using up to 2 kilometer of 50 micrometer or 62.5 micrometer multimode
fiber.
Abstract: " An optical interface for use between teleprotection and digital multiplexer equipment thatcan operate at a data rate of
N times 64 kilobit per second where N = 1, 2...12 is described.Requirements for both physical connection and the communications
timing are also included. "
Key Words: "alarm indication signal, bit error rate, cyclic redundancy check,
loss of frame, loss of signal, multimode optical fiber, multiplexer,remote
defect indication, teleprotection, unit interval"
Designation: C37.94
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for N times 64 kilobit per second Optical Fiber Interfaces
Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Gary L Michel, Phone:305-691-1725, Email:g.michel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard describes the interconnection details for N times
64 kilobit per second connections of teleprotection equipment to digital
multiplexers using optical fiber. Requirements for both physical connection
and the communications timing are also included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define an interconnection
of different vendors' relays with different vendors' multiplex equipment,
without any restriction on the ocntent of the N times 64 kilobit per second
data, using up to 2 kilometer of 50 micrometer or 62.5 micrometer multimode
fiber.
Designation: C37.94a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for N Times 64 Kilobit Per Second Optical Fiber Interfaces
Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment - Amendment 1: Addition of
Alternate Interface Using Single-mode Fiber
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas Dahlin, Phone:973-334-3100, Email:tom.dahlin@rflelect.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to create an amendment for C37.94
to include an alternate interface using Single-mode fiber. The current
C37.94 standard only specifies the use of Multimode fiber as the Optical
Fiber Interface Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment.
Project Purpose: There are two different types of fiber readily available
today. The purpose of this amendment would be to allow users to choose
between Multimode or Single-mode fiber as a communications media between
Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Designation: C37.95-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003
**Supersedes C37.95-1989 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Irwin O Hasenwinkle, Phone:517-788-3924, Email:iohasenwinkle@cai-engr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of C37.95 covers protective relay applications
involving service that normally requires transformation betwen the tuility's
supply voltage and the consumer's utilization voltage. This revision will
update the guide to reflect current practices, advances in technology and
will provide additional information regarding the protection of
interconnections with local generation.
Project Purpose: This revision will provide updated information to help those
who are responsible for relaying on the electrical interconnection between
the utility and consumer's power system.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.95-2002, IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections"
Key Words: "backup protection, breaker-failure relaying, bus protection,
electric service, non-utility generation, protective relays, transformer
protection, utility-consumer interconnection"
Designation: C37.95-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections
Status: Superseded
**Revision of C37.95-1973. Superseded by C37.95-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987, BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Nov 27, 1989
Abstract: Information on a number of different protective relaying practices for the utility--consumer interconnection is provided.
The following are covered: establishing consumer service requirements and supply method, typical utility--consumer
interconnection configurations, protection theory, system studies, and interconnection examples. The information is provided only
for applications involving service to a consumer that normally requires a transformation between the utility's supply voltage and
the consumer's utilization voltage. Interconnections supplied at the ultimate utilization voltage are not covered.
Key Words: Protective relaying
Designation: C37.95-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979
Title: Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility - Consumer Interconnections
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jan 28, 1980
Key Words: protective, relaying, utility, consumer, interconnection
Designation: C37.96-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for AC Motor Protection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2000
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Abstract: " Generally accepted methods of protection for ac motors are provided. This guide identi-fies and summarizes the functions
necessary for adequate protection of motors based on type, size,and application. This guide does not purport to detail the
protective requirements of all motors inevery situation. "
Key Words: "ac motor protection, adjustable-speed drive motr protection,
induction motor protection, mocroprocessor-based motor protection, rotation
machinery protection, synchronous motor protection, wound rotor motor
protection"
Designation: C37.96-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: AC Motor Protection Guide ****
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1980
Key Words: ac, motor, protection, guide
Designation: C37.96-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for AC Motor Protection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 1989
Abstract: Guidance in applying relay protection to squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction motors and synchronous motors is
provided. The generally accepted forms of motor protection are reviewed, and the use of relays and devices, singly and in
combination, is summarized so that the user can select the necessary equipment to obtain adequate motor protection. This guide is
concerned primarily with the protection of three-phase integral horsepower motors and variable-speed motors where specifically
indicated. It does not detail the protective requirements of all motors in every situation. The recommendations are of a general
nature, designed to cover the usual or typical motor installations.
Designation: C37.97
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen P Conrad, Phone:505-241-2642, Email:sconrad@pnm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991
Designation: C37.97
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen P Conrad, Phone:505-241-2642, Email:sconrad@pnm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To revise and bring up to date the existing Bus Protection Guide
C37.97. Introduce and discuss new technologies used to improve clearing
times for bus faults. Consideration for the location of cts and connections
will be discussed.
Project Purpose: The detecting and clearing a fault on the power system bus(es)
is of primary concern to the electric utilities, industrial and commercial
plants and facilities. This revised guide will be used by the utility and
plant engineers to help ensure that the power system bus(es) is properly
protected.
Designation: C37.97-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1979
Abstract: The effective application of relays for protection of power system electrical buses is addressed. Common bus arrangements
and some special arrangements used in the United States are covered; not all bus protection systems or all possible bus
arrangements are included. Factors that determine the need and type of bus protection, and basic principles of bus protection
operation are discussed. Relay input sources are covered. Bus protection systems and common bus arrangements with relay input
sources are described. Also discussed are current transformer locations, wiring and grounding, location of the bus on the system,
bus construction, problems associated with switching and bypassing, auxiliary tripping relays, reclosing of breakers after a bus
differential operation, testing of bus differential relaying, and bus backup protection.
Key Words: guide, relay, applications, power, system, Protective relaying
Designation: C37.98
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard Seismic Testing of Relays
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Marie Nemier, Phone:513-528-7900, Email:mnemier@trentec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the procedure to be used in the seismic
testing of the relays used in power system facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish procedures for
determining the seismic capabilities of protective and auxiliary relays.
Revision will update the definitions and new testing techniques presently
used in the industry and harmonize with IEC standards.
Designation: C37.98-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard Seismic Testing of Relays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 501)
Abstract: The procedures to be used in the seismic testing of relays used in power system facilities are specified. The concern is
with determining the seismic fragility level of relays. Recommendations for proof testing are given. Documentation and
generalization of test results are discussed.
Key Words: relays, Seismic factors, Protective relaying, Power system testing
Designation: C37.99-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2000
**This guide supersedes C37.99-1990 (R1994).
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This guide applies to the protection of shunt power capacitor
and filter banks. Included are guidelines for reliable applications of
protection methods intended for use in many shunt capacitor applications and
designs. The guide does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor
banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to
rotating apparatus.
Project Purpose: This guide has been prepared to assist in the application of
relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitor banks used in
substations. It covers methods of protection for many commonly used shunt
capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also
discussed because bank design influences the protection. Additionally, this
guide covers the protection of filter banks and large extra-high voltage
(EHV) shunt capacitor banks.
Abstract: The protection of shunt power capacitor and filter banks are covered. Guidelines forreliable applications of protection
methods intended for use in many shunt capacitor applicationsand designs are included. The protection of pole-mounted capacitor
banks on distribution circuitsand the application of capacitors connected directly to routing apparatus are not included.
Key Words: capacitor, fuseless, power capacitor, protection, relaying, shunt,
unbalance protection
Designation: C37.99-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE C37.99-1980. This guide was superseded by C37.99-2000.
History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1991
Abstract: This standard assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used
in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most
commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design tradeoffs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of
filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on
distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus.
Key Words: bank connections, bus voltage, capacitor units, equipment,
protection of banks, Y-banks, relaying methods, Equipment considerations,
Delta-connected banks
Designation: C37.99-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985
Title: IEEE Guide for Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 1980 (Ref. Std.: 569)
Key Words: shunt, capacitor, banks
Designation: C37.100-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Power Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of C37.100-1981
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992
Abstract: Terms that encompass the products within the scope of the C37 project are defined. These include power switchgear for
switching, interrupting, metering, protection, and regulating purposes as used primarily in connection with generation,
transmission, distribution, and conversion of electric power. The definitions do not purport to embrace other meanings that the
terms may properly have when used in connection with other subjects.
Key Words: power, switchgear, definitions, terminology
Designation: C37.100-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Power Switchgear
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986, BD APP: Feb 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989
Key Words: C37.100
Designation: PC37.100.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard of Common Requirements for High Voltage Power Switchgear Rated
Above 1000 V
Status: Modified New Project
Project Scope: This standard applies to alternating current switchgear,
designed for both indoor and outdoor installation and for operation at
service frequencies up to and including 60 Hz on systems having voltages
above 1000 V. Application of this standard shall be indicated by normative
reference to C37.100.1-20xx in the relevant equipment standard on a clause-
by-clause basis.
Project Purpose: In conformity with the IEC style of IEC 62271-1, this document
will not have a "Purpose" clause. However, the purpose of the document is
best expressed in the following material contained in the "Foreword": This
is a new standard written specifically to collect into one document the
requirements that are common in many IEEE Power Switchgear Standards. It
follows the concept already in place in IEC 62271-1. The expected benefits
of this concept is to reduce the minor inconsistencies among the various
switchgear standards and, where differences must remain, to have them
highlighted by exception to these common requirements. It is the intention
of the IEEE Switchgear Committee that the relevant [switchgear] standards
will adopt the provisions of this standard by normative reference. Specific
clauses may be adopted (a) without exception (the default), (b) with
exceptions, (c) with additional requirements or a combination of (b) and
(c), as deemed appropriate to the relevant standard. Refer to informative
annex A for specific recommendations for use with a relevant standard.
Note: IEC TC17 SC17A MT34 is currently developing IEC 62271-1. When the IEC
62271-1 standard is issued, it will replace IEC 60694. In an effort to
promote harmonization, this standard is formatted similar to the IEC
Standard.
Designation: C37.100.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard of Common Requirements for Power Switchgear
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: To collect and publish in one document the clauses which are
common in Switchgear Standards. IEC60694 will be used as a guide in
development of this standard, and as a means of promoting IEC harmonization.
Project Purpose: There are many common requirements, such as service conditions
and temperature rises, that are found in each of the individual C37
switchgear standards. In many instances, they do not agree with each other,
which is technically incorrect. All of these common requirements should be
contained in one technical document,as is done with IEC.
Designation: C37.100.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard of Common Requirements for High Voltage Power Switchgear Rated
1000 V and Above
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: This standard applies to alternating current switchgear,
designed for both indoor and outdoor installation and for operation at
service frequencies up to and including 60 Hz on systems having voltages
above 1000 V. Application of this standard shall be indicated by normative
reference to C37.100.1-20xx in the relevant equipment standard on a clause-
by-clause basis.
Project Purpose: In conformity with the IEC style of IEC 62271-1, this document
will not have a "Purpose" clause. However, the purpose of the document is
best expressed in the following material contained in the "Foreword": This
is a new standard written specifically to collect into one document the
requirements that are common in many IEEE Power Switchgear Standards. It
follows the concept already in place in IEC 62271-1. The expected benefits
of this concept is to reduce the minor inconsistencies among the various
switchgear standards and, where differences must remain, to have them
highlighted by exception to these common requirements. It is the intention
of the IEEE Switchgear Committee that the relevant [switchgear] standards
will adopt the provisions of this standard by normative reference. Specific
clauses may be adopted (a) without exception (the default), (b) with
exceptions, (c) with additional requirements or a combination of (b) and
(c), as deemed appropriate to the relevant standard. Refer to informative
annex A for specific recommendations for use with a relevant standard.
Note: IEC TC17 SC17A MT34 is currently developing IEC 62271-1. When the IEC
62271-1 standard is issued, it will replace IEC 60694. In an effort to
promote harmonization, this standard is formatted similar to the IEC
Standard.
Designation: C37.100a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: CBs for GIS Applications
Status: Superseded
Designation: C37.100b-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definitions for TRV Terms
Status: Superseded
Key Words: C37.100b
Designation: C37.100c
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Definition of Trip Free
Status: Superseded
Designation: C37.100d-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Supplement to C37.100-1981, IEEE Standard Definitions for Power
Switchgear
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Designation: C37.101-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Generator Ground Protection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2007
Technical Contact: Joe T Uchiyama, Phone:303-445-2845, Email:juchiyama@do.usbr.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: The guide is intended to assist protection engineers in applying
relays and relaying schemes that protect generators during stator ground
faults. The revised guide will include new stator-ground-protection
principles that have evolved with the use of new technologies in relay
designs. Additional application examples will be included, and other issues
raised by the users will be addressed.
Project Purpose: The existing guide is needed to cover the new areas due to
rapid technology development, and working group will make revision and
expansion to clarify those new areas.
Designation: PC37.101-2006/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Generator Ground Protection - Corrigendum 1: Annex A.2 Phasor
Analysis (Informative)
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Joe T Uchiyama, Phone:303-445-2845, Email:juchiyama@do.usbr.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Correction of five (5) equations and one (1) figure in the Annex
A.2 of the final document (PC37.101).
Project Purpose: Correction of five(5) equations and one (1) figure in the
Annex A.2 of the final document (PC37.101).
Designation: C37.101-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Generator Ground Protection
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Aug 05, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1993
Abstract: Guidance in the application of relays and relaying schemes for protection against stator ground faults on high-impedance
grounded generators is provided.
Key Words: Synchronous generator, Stator fault, Ground-fault protection
Designation: C37.101-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for Generator Ground Protection
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 490)
Designation: C37.102-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for AC Generator Protection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 2007
Technical Contact: Murty V Yalla, Phone:727 544 2326, Email:myalla@beckwithelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006
Project Scope: This application guide for the relay protection of synchronous
generators presents a review of the generally accepted forms of protection
for the synchronous generator and its excitation system. It summarizes the
use of relays and devices and serves as a guide for the selection of
equipment to obtain adequate protection. The guide is primarily concerned
with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large
hydraulic, steam, and combustion turbine generators. Basing generator
protection on machine size is difficult because the desired protection may
be determined more by the importance of the generator to the power system
than by the size of the generator. The recommendations made pertain to
typical synchronous generator installations. However, sufficient
background information relating to protection requirements, applications,
and setting philosophy is given to enable the reader to evaluate the need,
to select, and to apply suitable protection for most situations. The
protective functions discussed in this guide may be implemented with a
multifunction microprocessor based protection system (digital system). The
protection philosophy, practices, and limits are essentially identical to
those of the implementation using discrete component relays. The algorithms
used to perform some of the protection functions may be different, but
should produce equal or better protection. However, the performance and
capability may be superior using the digital systems such as improved
frequency response (bandwidth) and thresholds (pickup settings). Other
additional features may be available from these digital systems that enhance
the functionality. This guide does not purport to detail the protective
requirements of all generators in every situation. For example, standby and
emergency-use generators are specifically excluded.
Project Purpose: This Guide summarizes the use of relays and devices such that
the reader may select the necessary equipment to provide adequate
protection for AC generators from short circuits and abnormal operating
conditions. Improved protection schemes have now been proven and
multifunction relays now available provide the user more choices. These
concepts need to be added to the Guide to maintain its completeness.
Abstract: A review of the generally accepted forms of relay protection for the synchronous generator and its excitation system is
presented. This guide is primarily concerned with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large
hydraulic, steam, and combustion turbine generators.
Key Words: ac generator protection, relay protection, synchronous generator
Designation: C37.102-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std C37.102-1987.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: A review of the generally accepted forms of relay protection for the synchronous generator and its excitation system is
presented. This guide is primarily concerned with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large
hydraulic, steam and conbustion-turbine generators.
Key Words: ac generator , generator protection, relay protection, synchronous
Designation: C37.102-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 604)
Abstract: The generally accepted forms of relay protection for the generator and its excitation system are reviewed. Guidance for
the selection of equipment to obtain adequate protection is provided. The primary concern is with protection against faults and
abnormal operating conditions for large hydraulic, steam, and combustion-turbine generators. Standby and emergency-use generators
are excluded.
Key Words: generator, protection, guide
Designation: C37.103-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Differential and Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 2004
Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This project will review and summarize as well as update the
testing specified in the 1990 Guide for Testing of Differential and
Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing. This project will be limited to proven,
in use test being conducted at the present time by users.
Project Purpose: This revised guide will serve as a reference for all users
whether utility, industrial or contractors, to choose the most accurate and
efficient method of testing using the resources available to ensure correct
connections and therefore correct operators.
Abstract: The issues concerning testing and verification of the correctness of differential and polarizing circuits are described
and discussed in this guide. The intention of this guide is to help the reader to detect errors in the wiring of protective
relays that might cause erroneous operations of protection systems. It is essential to follow systematic testing procedures and
record the observations in a proper organized manner. The records should include documentation of all measurements and a
comparison with the desired results.
Key Words: differential protection, generator protection, line protection,
polarized ground fault relays, polarized line protection relays, relay
testing, transformer protection
Designation: C37.103-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Differential and Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1980, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
(Ref. Std.: 815)
Abstract: This standard covers the testing and verification required to ensure correct connections for ground relay polarizing and
differential relay connections. Relay calibration, setting, insulation, and instrument transformer tests are referred to in this
guide and are assumed to be developed by the individual user. This guide is not intended to discuss these aspects in detail.
Key Words: differential, polarizing, relay, circuits
Designation: C37.104-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Automatic Reclosing of Line Circuit Breakers for AC
Distribution and Transmission Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2003
Technical Contact: William M Strang, Phone:618-346-2277, Email:billstrang@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: Describe current reclosing practices for transmission and
distribution lines. Also discussed will be application considerations and
coordination practices of reclosing.
Project Purpose: There presently does not exist a document defining the
available practices for reclosing automatically on the power system. A
document defining current practice and the reasons for it is a necessary
reference or less experienced engineers.
Abstract: Guidelines for the application of automatic reclosing facilities to circuit breakers areestablished. Decisions concerning
the use of such facilities in specific cases are left to the user.
Key Words: "automatic operation, circuit breaker, distribution, reclosing,
transmission"
Designation: C37.105-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries
for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1987
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 798)
Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E protective relays and auxiliaries, such as test
and control switches, terminal blocks, and indicating lamps, for applications in nuclear power generating stations are described.
The qualification procedure is generic in nature and can be used to demonstrate the design adequacy of such equipment under
normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, and post-design-basis-event conditions. Protective relays and auxiliaries located inside
primary containment areas in a nuclear power generating station are not covered.
Key Words: qualifying, relays, auxiliaries, systems, Protective relaying,
Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: PC37.105
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Sahib M Usman, Phone:509-371-5406, Email:susman@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Determine procedures for pre-conditioning relays to the end of
their qualified life prior to seismic testing for nuclear power facilities
and revise the existing standard.
Project Purpose: Update the standard - This standard applies to Class 1E,
Safety Related, equipment in nuclear power plants and needs to be updated to
reflect the current technology.
Designation: C37.106-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection for Power Generating Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2004
**Supersedes C37.106-1987 (R1992).
Technical Contact: G Benmouyal, Phone:450-448-9823, Email:gabrielb@qc.aira.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 16, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: The WG will revise ANSI/IEEE C37.106 to better reflect current
utility practices and manufacturers' current recommendations regarding
turbine-generator underfrequency protection schemes.
Project Purpose: Existing underfrequency protective relaying schemes in the
Guide will be reviewed and revised to reflect current relay technologies, in
light of the possibilities offered by present digital multi-function relay
packages.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.106-2003, IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection for Power Generating Plants"
Key Words: "load shedding, overexcitation, overfrequency, underfrequency"
Designation: C37.106-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection for Power Generating Plants
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.106-2003.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 1986 (Ref. Std.: 750)
Abstract: This guide has been prepared to assist the protection engineer in applying relays for the protection of generating plant
equipment from damage caused by operation at abnormal frequencies including overexcitation. Emphasis is placed on the protection
of the major generating station components at steam generating stations, nuclear stations, and at combustion-turbine
installations. Consideration is also given to the effect of abnormal frequency operation on those associated station auxiliaries
whose response can affect plant output. The guide also presents background information regarding the hazards caused by operating
generating equipment at abnormal frequencies. It documents typical equipment capabilities and describes acceptable protective
schemes. Recommended methods for coordinating the underfrequency protective scheme with system-load shielding schemes are also
included. Sufficient information is provided to apply suitable coordinated protection for given specific situations.
Key Words: abnormal, frequency, generating, plants, Protective relaying, Power
generation protection
Designation: C37.107
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Digital Protective Relay Sys Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stig L Nilsson, Phone:408-353-6572, Email:snilsson@exponent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985
Designation: C37.108-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 13, 2002
**Supersedes C37.108-1989 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Charles R Sufana, Phone:219-923-8308, Email:c.r.sufana@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: To revise and update the Guide for the Protection of Network
transformers, ANSI C37.108-1989.
Project Purpose: This guide will be revised to aid relay protection engineers,
vendors, and utility customers to address the use of network transformers
protection by independent power producers. Additionally, the guide will be
revised to introduce new transformer protection and techniques that may
include the computer type relays, fiber optics, ultra-violet detectors, and
current limiting protection devices.
Abstract: Guidelines for the application of network protectors are established. The use of networktransformers and protectors with
distributed resources is addressed.
Key Words: "distribution generation,master relay,network limiter,network
protector,network relays,network transformers,spot networks"
Designation: C37.108-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C37.108-2002.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1989
(Ref. Std.: 1056)
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.108-1989, IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers"
Key Words: Network transformer vaults are fire retardant enclosures within
buildings or adjacent to them that contain two or more power transformers.
These transformers are aupplied from different subtransmission or
distribution lines and are paralleled on their low
Designation: C37.109-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for the Protection of Shunt Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 2007
Technical Contact: Kevin A Stephan, Phone:316-291-8855, Email:kevin_stephan@wr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of the original standard was a guide for acceptable
methods and configurations for the protection of shunt reactors. This PAR's
intent is to make the existing guide more comprehensive by including reactor
configurations and reactor protection schemes not now in the guide. Review
and updating of the existing guide is needed to consider protection of shunt
reactors with auxiliary power windings, improved turn-to-turn fault
protection, use of digital/microprocessor relays and other items specific to
shunt reactor protection as brought before the working group.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide users of
shunt reactors with a complete guide of acceptable methods and
configurations for protection of shunt reactors. Several users have
indicated the existing guide needs to be revised to cover the protective
schemes of other reactor configurations presently in use.
Designation: C37.109-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Reactors
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989
(Ref. Std.: 1080)
Abstract: This standard discusses the protection of shunt reactors used typically to compensate for capacitive shunt reactance of
transmission lines. The more common circuit arrangements and protective relaying schemes presently in use are discussed and
illustrated.
Key Words: reactor, shunt, protection, Protective relaying, Inductors
Designation: C37.110-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Current Transformers Used for
Protective Relaying Purposes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1996
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Apr 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: The characteristics and classification of current transformers (cts) used for protective relaying are described. This
guide also describes the conditions that cause the ct output to be distorted and the effects on relaying systems of this
distortion. The selection and application of cts for the more common protection schemes are also addressed.
Key Words: current transformers, protective relaying
Designation: PC37.110
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for the Application of Current Transformers used for Protective
Relaying Purpose
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: George Moskos, Phone:781-441-8619, Email:george_moskos@nstaronline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To revise and update C37.110-1996. To present two comprehensive
treatments of theory and applicaton of CTS to assist the relay applicaton
engineer in the correct selection and application of CTS for protective
relaying purposes. More application examples will be added to the Guide to
make it easier for the relay engineer to apply CTS. New topices of
discussion will also be added to the Guide.
Project Purpose: To present a comprehensive treatment of the theory and
application of Cts to assist the relay engineer in the selection of Cts. To
add more examples to the existing document as well as add next topics of
discussion along with their examples.
Designation: C37.111-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for
Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: Revise the C37.111 standard.
Project Purpose: Standard will be modified to include binary file format data
files and codify interpretations required by operational experience.
Abstract: " A common format for data files and exchange medium used for the interchange of vari-ous types of fault, test, or
simulation data for electrical power systems is defined. Sources of tran-sient data are described, and the case of diskettes as
an exchange medium is recommended.Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being
exchangedare discussed. Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A samplefile is given. "
Key Words: "configuration file,data file,header file,information file,transient
data"
Designation: PC37.111
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for
Power Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ratan Das, Phone:+1 610 395 7333, Email:ratan.das@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a format for files containing transient
waveform and event data collected from power systems or power system models.
The format is intended to provide an easily interpretable form for use in
exchanging data. The standard is for files stored on currently used physical
media such as portable external hard drives, USB drives, flash drives, CD,
DVD. It is not a standard for transferring data files over communication
networks.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a common format for the data files and
exchange medium needed for the interchange of various types of fault, test,
and simulation data. The rapid evolution and implementation of digital
devices for fault and transient data recording and testing in the electric
utility industry have generated the need for a standard format for the
exchange of data. These data are being used with various devices to enhance
and automate the analysis, testing, evaluation, and simulation of power
systems and related protection schemes during fault and disturbance
conditions. Since each source of data may use a different proprietary
format, a common data format is necessary to facilitate the exchange of such
data between applications. This will facilitate the use of proprietary data
in diverse applications and allow users of one proprietary system to use
digital data from other systems.
Designation: C37.111-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for
Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 24, 1991
Abstract: A common format for the data files and exchange medium needed for the interchange of various types of fault, test, or
simulation data is defined. Sources of transient data are described, and the case of diskettes as an exchange medium is
recommended. Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being exchanged are discussed.
Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A sample file is given.
Key Words: Transient data, Header file, Data file, Configuration file
Designation: C37.112-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard Inverse-Time Characteristic Equations for Overcurrent
Relays
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997
Abstract: The inverse-time characteristics of overcurrent relays are defined in this standard. Operating equations and allowances
are provided in the standard. The standard defines an integral equation for microprocessor relays that ensures coordination not
only in the case of constant current input but for any current condition of varying magnitude. Electromechanical inverse-time
overcurrent relay reset characteristics are defined in the event that designers of microprocessor based relays and computer
relays want to match the reset characteristics of the electromechanical relays.
Key Words: inverse time
Designation: C37.113-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Transmission Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: Produce a guide for protective relay applications to
transmission lines.
Project Purpose: Provide a reference document to be utilized by those
responsible for the relay protection of transmission lines.
Abstract: This newly developed guide compiles information on the application considerations ofprotective relays to ac transmission
lines. The guide describes accepted transmission lineprotection schemes and the different electrical system parameters and
situations that affect theirapplication. Its purpose is to provide a reference for the selection of relay schemes and to
assistless experienced protective relaying engineers in their application.
Key Words: "protective relaying,relay application,relaying,transmission line
protection"
Designation: PC37.113
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Transmission Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Concepts of transmission line protection are discussed in this
guide. Applications of these concepts to various system configurations and
bus arrangements are presented. Many important issues, such as coordination
of settings, operating times, characteristics of relays, mutual coupling of
lines, automatic reclosing, use of communication channels, are examined.
Special protection systems, multi-terminal lines and single phase tripping
and reclosing are also included. The impact that system parameters and
system performance have on the selection of relays and relay schemes is
discussed as well.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise C37.113 - IEEE Guide
for Protective Relay Applications to Transmission Lines. This guide was
originally approved in 1999 and was reaffirmed in 2004.
Designation: C37.114-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Determining Fault Location on AC Transmission and
Distribution Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Karl Zimmerman, Phone:618-233-1010, Email:karl_zimmerman@selinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This guide outlines the techniques and application
considerations for determining the location of a fault on ac transmission
and distribution lines. This document reviews traditional approaches and the
primary measurement techniques used in modern devices: one-terminal and two-
terminal impedance-based methods and traveling wave methods. Application
considerations include: two- and three-terminal lines, series-compensated
lines, parallel lines, untransposed lines, underground cables, fault
resistance effects, and other power system conditions, including those
unique to distribution systems.
Project Purpose: This guide provides assistance to power system engineers and
operators in applying fault location techniques on their systems. They will
learn the strengths and limitations of fault location data and when further
analysis may be required. The user will also learn when more advanced
methods are required or more data must be gathered.
Abstract: Electrical faults on transmission and distribution lines are detected and isolated bysystem protective devices. Once the
fault has been cleared, outage times can be reduced if thelocation of the fault can be determined more quickly. This guide
outlines the techniques andapplication considerations for determining the location of a fault on ac transmission and
distributionlines. The document reviews traditional approaches and the primary measurement techniques usedin modern devices: one-
terminal and two-terminal impedance-based methods and traveling wavemethods. Application considerations include: two- and three-
terminal lines, series-compensatedlines, parallel lines, untransposed lines, underground cables, fault resistance effects, and
otherpower system conditions, including those unique to distribution systems.
Key Words: fault location, relays, system protection, traveling waves
Designation: C37.115-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard Test Method for Use in the Evaluation of Message
Communications Between Intelligent Electronic Devices in an Integrated
Substation Protection, Control and Data Acquisition System
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2004
Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:HOLSTEINDK@ADELPHIA.NET
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Nov 10, 2003, ANSI APP: May 03, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will define standard communication test scenarios
for messages to be exchanged between electrical power substation intelligent
electronic devices (IEDS). The scenarios will define message transactions
between applications within the substation and between substation IEDs and
remotely located applications. The scenarios will not specify the
communication protocol required to implement the transactions.
Project Purpose: There are currently no standard communication test scenarios
for the evaluation of one or more implementation concepts for message
communications between substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs)
within a substation or between a substation and remote IEDs. Utilities and
vendors will use this standard to evaluate, on a common basis, one or more
implementation solutions.
Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.115-2003, IEEE Standard Test Method for Use in the Evaluation of Message Communications between Intelligent
Electronic Devices in an Integrated Substation Protection, Control, and Data Acquisition System"
Key Words: "automatic control, communication, communication evaluation
criteria, communication performance measures, data acquisition, distributed
processing, IEDs, intelligent electronic devices, SCADA, supervisory
control, test scenario, UML"
Designation: C37.116-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Application to Transmission-Line Series
Capacitor Banks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Frank P Plumptre, Phone:604-528-2758, Email:f.plumptre@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Feb 07, 2007
Project Scope: To provide a guide for the application of protective relays on
transmission-line series capacitor banks. The guide will provide
alternative approaches to the design, testing, and maintenance of protective
relays based on the latest knowledge and the application experience of the
industry. The guide will also cover issues related to the reliability of
the protective relay system.
Project Purpose: There are a variety of factors to be considered in the
application of protective relays to series capacitor banks which are
presently not documented in any standard or guide. Applications of series
capacitors are sufficiently diverse that protective relay engineers need
some guidance on the considerations to be used. As the addition of series
capacitor banks is on the rise, there is a need for such a guide to be
introduced.
Designation: C37.117-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for the Application of Protective Relays Used for Abnormal
Frequency Load Shedding and Restoration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Alexander P Apostolov, Phone:310-478-5967, Email:aapostolov@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: This project will develop a Guide for the application of
protective relays used for load shedding and restoration during electric
power system abnormal frequency conditions. It will present background
information, bibliography, and recommendations. It discusses abnormal
frequency power system behavior, existing load shedding and restoration
practices, the abnormal frequency function of typical protective relays, and
possible new methods for improved load shedding and restoration. This
project is limited to electric power system applications and will not
include Abnormal Frequency Protection of Power Generating Plants.
Project Purpose: There is currently no IEEE Guide for the application of
protective relays used for load shedding and restoration during electric
power system abnormal frequency conditions. This Guide will complement the
IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection of Power Generating Plants. It
will provide information to assist in the application of load shedding and
restoration schemes. Methods and examples will be provided.
Designation: C37.118-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Kenneth Martin, Phone:360-418-2694, Email:kemartin@bpa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Oct 21, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006
Project Scope: This is a standard for synchronized phasor measurement systems
in power systems. It addresses the definition of a synchronized phasor,
time synchronization, application of timetags, method to verify
measurement compliance with the standard, and message formats for
communication with a phasor measurement unit (PMU). In this context, a
PMU can be a stand-alone physical unit or a functional unit within another
physical unit. This standard does not specify limits to measurement response
time, accuracy under transient conditions, hardware, software, or a method
for computing phasors.
Project Purpose: This standard defines synchronized phasor measurements in
substations so that the measurement equipment can be readily interfaced with
associated systems. It specifies data formats and synchronization
requirements to allow correlating phasors from various sources and compares
them with similar data from different measurement systems.
Abstract: This standard defines synchronized phasor measurements used in power system applications. It provides a method to
quantify the measurement, tests to be sure the measurement conforms to the definition, and error limits for the test. It also
defines a data communication protocol including message formats for communicating this data in a real-time system. Explanation,
examples, and supporting information are also provided.
Key Words: phasor, phasor measurement, synchophasor, phasor measurement unit,
PMU, data concentrator, DC, PDC, GPS synchronization, total vector error,
TVE, IRIG
Designation: C37.119-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Breaker Failure Protection of Power Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 2006
Technical Contact: Roger A Hedding, Phone:414-422-1524, Email:rhedding@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This guide is intended to help the relay engineer understand the
application considerations when applying breaker failure protection (BFP) to
power circuit breakers. The discussion is limited to those instances where
the breaker does not clear the fault after a protective relay has issued a
command to open (trip) the circuit breaker. Failure to close, failure while
closed, and failure while open are not discussed. The intent of this guide
is not to give the reader methods of protecting a power circuit breaker from
failing; rather, it is to give the reader a guide in how to detect that a
breaker has failed to clear a fault, and how to electrically isolate the
fault after the breaker has failed to clear the fault.
Project Purpose: Currently, there are no guidelines for applying breaker
failure protection. The last IEEE PSRC document was a Summary Update of
Practices written in March of 1981. A guide needs to be written to help
engineers arrive at the proper breaker failure protection scheme for their
system.
Abstract: This guide compiles information on the application considerations for breaker failure protection. The reasons for local
backup protection are described. Breaker failure schemes are discussed. Issues relating to the settings of current detectors
and timers are discussed for various applications.
Key Words: breaker failure, local backup, protection, relay application,
relaying
Designation: C37.121
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: American National Standard for Switchgear - Unit Substations -
Requirements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: C37.122-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.122-1983 and includes IEEE Std C37.122a-1991.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Project Scope: This standard establishes ratings and requirements for planning,
design, testing, installation, and operation of gasinsulated substations
(GIS) for alternating-current applications for voltages from 72.5 to 800 kV.
Typical installations are assemblies of specialized devices such as circuit
breakers, switches, bushings, buses, instrumentation, and the gasinsulating
system. It does not include certain items that may be directly connected to
gas-insulated substations, such as power transformers and protective
relaying.
Project Purpose: Update and expand existing C37.122-1983. Separate standards
and guides in two distinct documents.
Abstract: Guidance in the application of relays and relaying schemes for protection against stator ground faults on high-impedance
grounded generators is provided.
Key Words: gas-insulated substation, GIS design, GIS equipment, GIS
installation, GIS testing, SF6, sulfur hexafluoride
Designation: C37.122
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Gas Insulated Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-670-0399, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Revision of C37.122-1993 and C37.122.1-1993 to incorporate
technology development, e.g. interrupters and operator for circuit breaker;
CT's and VT's in optical sensors; fiber optic communication for control,
sensors for temperature, pressure, partial discharge; disconnect/ground
switch combination; life cycle cost considerations.
Project Purpose: Evolutionary changes in technology resulted in redesign and
modification of equipment. Physical size of GIS is reduced allowing more
economical application.
Designation: PC37.122
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for High Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations, rated above 52 kV
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John H Brunke, Phone:+1 360 632 0557, Email:john.brunke@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard establishes ratings and requirements for planning,
design, testing, installation, and operation of gas-insulated substations
(GIS) for alternating-current applications using equipment rated above
52 kV. Typical installations are assemblies of specialized gas-insulated
devices such as circuit-breakers, switches, bushings, buses,
instrumentation, and the gas-insulating system. It does not include certain
items that may be directly connected to gas-insulated substations, such as
power transformers and protective relaying.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to address the special
requirements, voltage ranges, and application practices of the North
American Utility and Industrial market for high voltage gas-insulated
substations, providing guidance for both users and manufacturers. Developed
by a joint working group of The Substation and Switchgear Committees it
brings together in one place the expertise from both groups and the
information before covered in multiple locations into one document. This
document also, where feasible, aligns with international norms and standards
and recognizes international practices used outside North America. It will
therefore provide a comprehensive standard with widespread application.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Designation: C37.122-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 468)
Designation: C37.122.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE C37.122-1983. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Rusko Matulic, Phone:201 792 5767, Email:matulic@yahoo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Abstract: The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are
covered. Parameters to be supplied by the purchaser are suggested, and technical requirements for the design, fabrication,
testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer are established.
Key Words: gas-insulated substation, GIS design, GIS equipment, GIS
installation, GIS testing, SF6, sulfur hexafluoride
Designation: C37.122a-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Supplement to IEEE C37.122-1983, IEEE Standard Gas-Insulated
Substations (Section 2.2.2: Pressurized Enclosures)
Status: Superseded
**Available only in IEEE Std C37.122-1993. Superseded by C37.122-1993
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Detailed requirements for pressurized enclosures for gas insulated substations are set forth. Criteria for enclosure
design, including temperatures; thermal cycling, vibration, shock, and seismic requirements; design pressure; and calculation
methods are specified. Stress under abnormal pressure, pressure relief devices, routine pressure tests, tests after erection on
site, and design tests are covered.
Key Words: Pressurized enclosures, Gas-insulated substations
Designation: C37.123-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide to Specifications for Gas-Insulated, Electric Power
Substation Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std C37.123-1991.
Technical Contact: Rusko Matulic, Phone:201 792 5767, Email:matulic@yahoo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997
Abstract: Technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are
provided. Parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and the technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and
installation to be furnished by the manufacturer are discussed. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment
requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are provided to aid the user.
Key Words: gas-insulated substations, GIS, GIS design, GIS equipment, GIS
installation
Designation: C37.123-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide to Specifications for Gas-Insulated Substation Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Jan 14, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1991
Abstract: The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are
covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for
the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and
specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user.
Key Words: GIS Equipment, Gas-insulated substations, GIS testing, GIS
installation, GIS design
Designation: PC37.230
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Distribution Lines
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: William P Waudby, Phone:517-788-0372, Email:wwaudby@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this Guide will be to discuss the application and
coordination of protection for radial power-system distribution lines. It
will include the descriptions of the fundamentals, line configurations and
schemes. In addition to these, the scope will include identification of
problems with the methods used in distribution line protection and the
solutions for those problems.
Project Purpose: This Guide will educate and provide information on
distribution protection schemes to utility engineers, consultants, educators
and manufacturers. The Guide will examine the advantages and disadvantages
of schemes presently being used in protecting distribution lines. This
would provide the user the rationale for determining the best approach for
protecting an electric power distribution system.
Designation: C37.230
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to North American Distribution
Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William P Waudby, Phone:517-788-0372, Email:wwaudby@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this Guide will be to discuss the application and
coordination of protection for radial power-system distribution lines. It
will include the descriptions of the fundamentals, line configurations and
schemes. In addition to these, the scope will include identification of
problems with the methods used in distribution line protection and the
solutions for those problems.
Project Purpose: This Guide will educate and provide information on
distribution protection schemes to utility engineers, consultants, educators
and manufacturers. The Guide will examine the advantages and disadvantages
of schemes presently being used in protecting distribution lines. This
would provide the user the rationale for determining the best approach for
protecting an electric power distribution system.
Designation: C37.231-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Recommended Practice for Microprocessor-Based Protection Equipment
Firmware Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Bob Beresh, Phone:416-207-6000x6505, Email:rberesh@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this Recommended Practice will be to identify the
means for timely and efficient exchange of information between manufacturers
and users of protection related equipment with respect to (i) changes in
device firmware and (ii) the impact of those changes. It will also include
an examination of the technical and operational ramifications resulting from
changes in the device firmware. Only hardware changes that impact firmware
changes will be included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project will be to develop a
Recommended Practice that would facilitate the exchange of information,
between manufacturers and users of mircoprocessor based protection
equipment, on the changes in the firmware and the impact those changes will
have in the performance of the devices.
Designation: C37.232-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Recommended Practice for Naming Time Sequence Data Files
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Amir Makki, Phone:215-275-3835, Email:amir@softstuf.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of the document is a procedure that is recommended for
naming time sequence data (TSD) files, such as, transient records, event
sequences and periodic logs. The file names include, among other feature,
the key portions of the information contained in the file including, but not
limited to, the name of the circuit, substation and recording device, and
the date and time of the occurrence.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a document that
would recommend a procedure for naming TSD files; a procedure that is needed
to resolve many of the problems associated with reporting, saving,
exchanging, archiving and retrieving large numbers of files. There is no
defined standard for naming TSD files at this time.
Designation: PC37.233
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide For Power System Protection Testing
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Vahid Madani, Phone:510-874-2300, Email:VxM6@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This guide covers suggested test requirements for Power System
Protection Scheme Testing, System Application Tests, the scope and level of
tests based on the application, and benefits of the overall protective
schemes testing. This guide encompasses overall system testing procedures
(generators, line, line reactors, transformer, capacitors, Special
protection schemes, end-to-end testing, distributed application within
substation, etc.), data collection requirements, as well as the test
procedure definitions. The Guide describes the methods, extent, and types
of system tests for protection applications, at various voltage levels.
Control functions which are inherent to the protective systems are included.
Importance of line testing, indirect trip applications, and open / closed
loop tests (dynamic / non-linear tests) are also covered.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended for power system protection
professionals. It includes a reference list of type tests for protective
devices as well as overall protection scheme performance tests for various
types of protection schemes. The Guide describes the methods, extent, and
types of protection scheme tests. Interlocking and control functions
inherent to the protective schemes are included.
Designation: PC37.234
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Bogdart Kasztenny, Phone:905-201-2199, Email:Bogdan.Kasztenny@GE.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: Concepts of power bus protection are discussed in this guide.
Consideration is given to availability and location of breakers, current
transformers and disconnectors as well as bus switching scenarios, and their
impact on selection and application of bus protection. A number of bus
protection schemes are presented; their adequacy, complexity, strengths and
limitations with respect to variety of bus arrangements are discussed;
specific application guidelines are provided. Breaker failure protection is
discussed as pertaining to bus protection. Means of securing bus protection
schemes against corrupted relay input signals are also included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to assist utility, industrial and
commercial plant engineers in selecting and engineering proper bus
protection.
Designation: PC37.235
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for the Application of Rogowski Coils used for Protective Relaying
Purposes
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ljubomir Kojovic, Phone:262-835-1511, Email:lkojovic@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This Guide establishes criteria and requirements for
application of Rogowski Coils (RC) (air-core current sensor) used for
protective relaying in electric power systems. The selection and application
of RCs for the more common protection schemes are addressed.
Project Purpose: This document provides a guide for application of Rogowski
Coils used for protective relaying in electric power systems. It is intended
to assist the relay application engineer in the correct selection and
application of RCs for protective relaying purposes. It provides
requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety
considerations, and maintenance of Rogowski Coil based current transducers.
This guide applies to all types of Rogowski Coils used for Protective
Relaying Purposes.
Designation: PC37.237
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Recommended Practice for Time Tagging of Power System Protection Events
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Bill J. Dickerson, Email:billdickerson@shaw.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This is a recommended practice for time tagging protection
events and associated analog and derived measurements in electric power
systems. It defines the meaning of a time tag, and defines reference times
for common events and time-varying quantities. It provides methods to
describe measurement and transport delays, and the overall accuracy of time
tagging. Potential problems caused by delays in ancillary equipment and the
use of different time scales in different locations (local time zones, for
example) are identified and addressed.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice establishes a consistent method for
time tagging event records and measurement data in substations. This allows
information from different sources to be more easily compared, thereby
simplifying the process of event reconstruction. This will lead to better
power system reliability, gained through improved understanding of system
operation under stressed conditions; and a reduction in the cost of event
analysis.The purpose of this R.P. is to propose a recommended methodology to
describe time tag accuracy for event records, by describing how time tags
should be correlated to actual power system events, and then by showing how
to estimate the difference between the 'ideal' time tag and an actual time
tag generated by real equipment.
Designation: PC37.301
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Recommended Practice for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power
Switchgear Rated above 1000 V
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended test procedure applies to the detection and
measurement of partial discharges occurring in switchgear equipment and/or
components rated above 1000 V. The following types of equipment are
included: high-voltage fuses, high-voltage switches, high-voltage circuit
breakers, reclosers and sectionalizers, pad-mounted switchgear and
switchgear assemblies.
Project Purpose: The electrical PD measurement has been proven since many years
as a valuable tool for assessment of the insulation condition of HV
equipment. The procedure is preferably performed on the basis of the PD
quantity apparent charge using either the wide-band or a narrow-band
measuring method. This Recommended Practice covers only the wide-band method
that allows partial discharge pattern recognition. This recommended
practice: defines the terms used; defines the quantities to be measured;
describes test and measuring circuits which may be used; defines analogue
and digital measuring methods required for common applications; specifies
methods for calibration and requirements of instruments used for
calibration; gives guidance on test procedures and test set-up; gives some
assistance concerning the discrimination of partial discharges from external
Interference. Partial discharge limits and specific test procedures are not
part of this recommended practice and shall be defined in particular product
standards.
Designation: C50.10
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Requirements for Synchronous Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard contains general requirements and definitions
applicable to all types of 60 Hz synchronous machines, except fractional
horsepower motors. Specific requirements for salient-pole synchronous
generators will be found in IEEE C50.12 and cylindrical rotor synchronous
generators in IEEE C50.13.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is towfold. 1) update the
document to current industry standards and criteria and 2) evaluate this
document with IEC 34.1 and 34.3 and seek compatibility where it can be
found, thus bringing the document in closer harmonization, yet keeping
within this PAR's target completion date of Juy 2000.
Designation: C50.10-1977
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Rotating Electrical Machinery
Title: American National Standard General Requirements for Synchronous Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1975
Designation: C50.12-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard for Salient-Pole 50 Hz and 60 Hz Synchronous Generators
and Generator/Motors for Hydraulic Turbine Applications Rated 5 MVA and
Above
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2006
**This standard is a revision of ANSI C50.12-1982, which is a NEMA standard.
Copyright was transferred to the IEEE from NEMA.
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to all types of 50 Hz
and 60 Hz salient-pole synchronous generators and generator/motors rated
5 MVA and above to be used for hydraulic turbine or hydraulic
pump/turbine applications. Salient-pole generators and generator/motors
below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG 1-2003 [B13].1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is two fold: 1) update the
document to current industry standards and criteria, and 2) evaluate this
document with IEC 34-1 and 34-3 and seek compatability where it can be
found, thus bringing the documents in closer harmonization.
Abstract: The requirements in this standard apply to all types of 50 Hz and 60 Hz salient-pole synchronous generators and
generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be used for hydraulic turbine or hydraulic pump/turbine applications.
Key Words: ac generator, generator, hydro generator, salient-pole rotor,
synchronous generator
Designation: C50.12
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Salient-Pole Rotor Synchronous Generators and
Generator/Motors for Hydraulic Turbine Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard contains requirements for all types of 60 Hz
salient-pole suynchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 KVA and
above to be used for hydraulic turbine or hydraulic pump/turbine
applications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is twofold 1) update the document
to current industryt standards and criteria, and 2) evaluate this document
with IEC 34.1 and 34.3 and seek compatibility where it can be found, thus
bringing the documents in closer harmonization, yet keeping within this
PAR's target completion date of July 2000.
Designation: C50.13-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard for Cylindrical-Rotor 50 Hz and 60 Hz Synchronous
Generators Rated 10 MVA and Above
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2006
**This standard is a revision of ANSI C50.13-1989, which is a NEMA standard.
Copyright was transferred to the IEEE from NEMA.
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to all 50 Hz and 60 Hz,
two-pole and four-pole, cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators driven by
steam turbines and/or by combustion gas turbines. The drive may be direct or
through a gearbox or other device that permits different speeds for the
turbine and the generator. The generators covered by this standard are to
have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Cylindrical-rotor, two-pole and
four-pole generators below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG 1-
2003 [B18].1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to: 1) update the document to
current industry standards and criteria, 2) evaluate this document with IEC
34-1 and 34-3 and seek compatability where it can be found, thus bringing
the documents in closer harmonization, and 3) combine the scopes of C50.14
and C50.15 into this one document addressing cylinderical rotor synchronous
generators.
Abstract: The requirements in this standard are applied to 50 Hz and 60 Hz, two-pole and four-pole, cylindrical-rotor synchronous
generators driven by steam turbines and/or by combustion gas turbines. The drive may be direct or through a gearbox or other
device that permits different speeds for the turbine and the generator. The generators covered by this standard are to have rated
outputs of 10 MVA and above.
Key Words: ac generator, combustion gas turbine generator, cylindrical-rotor
generator, steam turbine generator, synchronous generator, turbine generator
Designation: C50.13-1977
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Rotating Electrical Machinery
Title: American National Standard Requirements for Cylindrical-Rotor
Synchronous Generators
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1975
Abstract: Requirements for 60-Hz cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators, except those covered in standard C50.14-1977, are set
forth. The standard covers classification, usual service conditions, rating, temperature rise, abnormal conditions, efficiency,
overspeed, telephone influence factor, tests, direction of rotation, name plate marking, and performance specification forms.
Key Words: Synchronous generators
Designation: C50.13
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard contains requirements for all types of 60 Hz
cylindrical rotor synchronous generators rated 1000 KVA and above and
combustion gas driven synchronous generators rated 10,000 KVA and above.
General requirements will be found in IEEE C50.10.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is twofold 1) update the document
to current industryt standards and criteria, and 2) evaluate this document
with IEC 34.1 and 34.3 and seek compatibility where it can be found, thus
bringing the documents in closer harmonization, yet keeping within this
PAR's target completion date of July 2000 and 3) combine the scopes of IEEE
C50.14 and ANSI C50.15 into one document addressing cylindrical rotor
synchronous generators.
Designation: C50.14-1977
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Rotating Electrical Machinery
Title: American National Standard Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine
Driven Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1977
History: ANSI APP: Jun 25, 1976
Abstract: Requirements are provided for 60-Hz open-ventilated air-cooled cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators rated 10,000 kVA
and above. Classification, service conditions, output rating and capabilities, temperature, abnormal and short-circuit
requirements, efficiency, overspeed, telephone influence factor, tests, direction of rotation, and nameplate marking are covered.
A performance specification form is shown.
Key Words: Synchronous generators
Designation: C50.14
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine Driven Cylindrical
Rotor Synchronous Generators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to 60 HZ open-ventilated
air-cooled cylindrical rotor synchronous generators rated 10,000 KVA and
above.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this porject is to combine the requirements of
this document into IEEE C50.13 and declare C50.14 revoked.
Designation: C50.15
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Torating Machinery Hydrogen-Cooled, Combustion-Gas-
Turbine-Driven, Cylindrical-Rotor Synchronous Generator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to the 60-Hz, hydrogen-
cooled, cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators, rated 10,000 KVA and
above, and driven by combustion gas turbines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to combine the requirements of
this document into IEEE C50.13 and declare C50.15 revoked.
Designation: C57-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standards Collection Special Edition: Power Distribution &
Regulator Transformers on CD- ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 21, 2002
Designation: C57-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standards Collection Distribution, Power and Regulatng Transformers
1994 Edition (C57)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Designation: C57-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: C57 Standards Collection, Winter 1992 Edition: Distribution, Power and
Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Designation: C57-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: C57 Complete 1990 Edition: Distribution, Power, and Regulating
Transformers
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Designation: C57-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: C57 Series
Status: Superseded
**Consolidates C57 documents
Designation: C57.12.00-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power,
and Regulating Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007
Technical Contact: Dong S Kim, Phone:626-302-8049, Email:dong.kim@sce.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2007
Project Scope: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance,
limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety
requirements of equipment described. It is also a basis for assistance in
the proper selection of such equipment. This standard describes
electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of liquid-immersed
distribution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating
transformers, single-phase and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher
in the highest voltage winding. This standard applies to all liquid-
immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers that do not belong
to the following types of apparatus: a) Instrument transformers b)
Step voltage and induction voltage regulators c) Arc furnace transformers
d) Rectifier transformers e) Specialty transformers f) Grounding
transformers g) Mobile transformers h) Mine transformers
Project Purpose: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance,
limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety
requirements of equipment described. It is also a basis for assistance in
the proper selection of such equipment. This standard is being revised to
include technical changes to the document, which have been proposed by
various technical working groups and sub-committees within the PES
Transformers Committee.
Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers,
and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest
voltage winding. This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical
interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such
equipment. The requirements in this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers
except the following: instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers,
rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, mobile transformers, and mine transformers.
Key Words: autotransformers, distribution transformers, electrical
requirements, mechanical requirements, power transformers, regulating
transformers, safety requirements
Designation: C57.12.00-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes C57.12.00-1993. Superseded by C57.12.00-2006.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance,
limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety
requirements of equipment described. It is also a basis for assistance in
the proper selection of such equipment. This standard describes electrical
mechanical, and safety requirements of liquid-immersed distribution and
power transformers, and auto transformers and regulating transformers,
single phase and polyphase, with voltage of 601 V and higher in the highest
voltage winding. This standard applies to all liquid-immersed distribution,
power, and regulating transformers that do not belong to the following types
of apparatus: Instrument transformers; Step voltage and induction voltage
regulators; Arc furnace transformers; Rectifier transformers; Specialty
transformers; Grounding transformers; Mobile transformers; Mine
transformers. When this standard is used on a mandatory basis, the words
shall and must indicate mandatory requirements. The words should and may
refer to matters that are recommended or permissive, but not mandatory.
Project Purpose: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance,
limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety
requirements of the equipment covered. It is also a basis for assistance in
the proper selection of such equipment.
Abstract: " Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distri-bution and power transformers,
and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single andpolyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage
winding. This standard is a basisfor the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability,
andsafety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of suchequipment. The requirements in
this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, andregulating transformers except the following"
Key Words: "autotransformers,distribution transformers,electrical
requirements,mechanical requirements,power transformers,regulating
transformers,safety requirements"
Designation: C57.12.00-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,
Power and Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C57.12.00-2000.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1993
Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and
autotransformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage
winding. This standard is the basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability,
and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. The requirements in
this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers except the following: instrument
transformers; step-voltage and induction voltage regulators; arc furnace transformers; rectifier transformers; specialty
transformers; grounding transformers, mobile transformers; and mine transformers.
Key Words: Safety requirements, Regulating transformers, Power transformers,
Mechanical requirements, Electrical requirements, Distribution transformers,
Autotransformers
Designation: C57.12.00-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1987
Key Words: requirements, liquid-immersed, distribution, regulating,
transformers
Designation: C57.12.00c
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Xfrmr Loss Measurements & Tolerances
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992
Key Words: C57.12.00c
Designation: C57.12.00d
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Wording for Ratio Tolerance Section
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987
Key Words: wording, ratio, tolerance, section
Designation: C57.12.00e
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Dielectric Test Requirements
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 462e)
Key Words: dielectric, test, requirements
Designation: C57.12.00f-198
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Alternate Dielectric Test Req
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987
Key Words: C57.12.00f
Designation: C57.12.00g-198
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Telephone Influence Test
Status: Superseded
**Suppl to C57.12.00 . Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987
Key Words: C57.12.00g
Designation: C57.12.00h
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Table 9, Note 4-Nameplates
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to C57.12.00
Technical Contact: Robert H Frazer, Phone:(919) 734-8900 x-439
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992
Key Words: C57.12.00h
Designation: C57.12.00i
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Table 9, Note 2-Nameplates
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to C57.12.00
Technical Contact: John W Matthews, Phone:410-597-7687, Email:jmatthews@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: C57.12.00j
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: External Phase to Phase Clearances for Power Transformers-Section 6.8 .
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to C57.12.00-1980. This work became part of C57.12.00-1993.
Technical Contact: Robert A Veitch, Phone:905-731-9178
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: C57.12.00k
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Table 17, Note 1/Supple to C57.12.00
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles J McMillen, Phone:828-322-6297, Email:chuckmc@abts.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: C57.12.00l
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard General Requirements for Liquid Immersed Distribution, Power
and Regulating Transformers, Section 8
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: C57.12.01-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power
Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated
Windings
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006
Technical Contact: John C Sullivan, Phone:813-884-5424, Email:jcsullivan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This revision will include the addition of reference to NEMA Std
ST-20 definitions and terminology. Major change in partial discharge
requirements, change in testing requirements of tables 3A and 3B, additional
information on flame retardation seismic cautions and minimum temperature
for cast resin transformers.
Project Purpose: This revision will fill a void that now exists in reference
with similar items in NEMA standards. Improved partial discharge
requirements, update testing guidelines, add suggestions on minimum
temperature for cast resin transformers and make the entire standard easier
to read and understand with the addition of definition and terminology.
Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, non-ventilated, and sealed dry-type distribuion and power
transformers or autotransformers (single and polyphase, with a voltage of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding)are
described.
Key Words: power transformer, dry-type distribution, autotransformer, primary
winding
Designation: C57.12.01-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power
Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated
Windings
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To consider the addition of general purpose transformers 600
volts and below to C57.12.01. NEMA standard St-20-1992 and UL-1561
reference C57.12.01 in their respective standards.
Project Purpose: To consider the addition of general purpose transformers 600
volts and below to C57.12.01.
Abstract: " Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, nonventilated, and sealeddry-type distribution and power
transformers or autotransformers, single and polyphase, with a volt-age of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding, are
described. Information that can be usedas a basis for the establishment of performance, interchangeability, and safety
requirements ofequipment described, and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment, is given. "
Key Words: "autotransformer connection,basic lightning impulse insulation level
(BIL),dielectric strength,distribution transformer,nonventilaed dry-type
transformer,power transformer,resin encapulated,short circuit,single-
phase,solid cast,temperature rise, three phas"
Designation: C57.12.01-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Dry-Type Transformers Incorporating Solid Cast and/or Resin-Encapsulated
Windings
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Key Words: dry-type, transformers, cast, encapsulated, windings
Designation: C57.12.01-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power
Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin-Encapsulated
Windings
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Feb 02, 1989
Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type distribution and power
transformers or autotransformers, single- and polyphase, with a voltage of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding.
Service conditions, rating data, construction, short-circuit characteristics, testing and calculations, tolerances, and
connection of transformers for shipment are covered. These requirements are intended to provide a basis for the establishment of
performance, interchangeability, and safety requirements of the equipment described, and for assistance in the proper selection
of such equipment. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier
transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers are not included.
Key Words: Power transformers
Designation: PC57.12.10
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Javier Arteaga, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:javier.arteaga@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This is a product standard which covers certain electrical,
dimensional, and mechanical characteristics of 50 and 60 Hz, liquid-immersed
power and auto- transformers. Such power transformers may be remotely or
integrally associated with either primary switchgear or substations, or
both, for step-down or step-up purposes base rated as follows: 833kva and
above Single-Phase, 750 kva and above Three-Phase. This standard applies to
all liquid-immersed power and auto transformers that do not belong to the
following types of apparatus: Instrument Transformers; Step voltage and
induction voltage regulators; Arc-Furnace Transformers; Rectifier
Transformers; Specialty Transformers; Grounding Transformers; Mobile
Transformers; Mine Transformers
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update C57.12.10 and to
remove any reference to distribution transformers which will be covered in a
new stand alone standard, C57.12.36.
Designation: C57.12.11-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Oil-Immersed Transformers (10 MVA and
Larger, 69-287 kV Rating)
Status: Superseded
**Superceded by C57.93-1995.
History: BD APP: May 29, 1975, ANSI APP: May 09, 1980
Abstract: New, large, oil-immersed power transformers with high-voltage windings rated 69--287 kV inclusive are primarily
considered. Inspection on receipt, internal inspection, handling, assembly of fittings, vacuum treatment, filling with oil,
tests, and field drying are covered. Appropriate sections of the guide may be applied to lower-voltage transformers when similar
conditions and similar transformer construction exist, and may also be used in servicing older transformers that have been opened
for maintenance or repair work.
Key Words: guide, installation, oil-immersed, transformers, Power transformers
Designation: C57.12.12-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Oil-Immersed EHV Transformers 345 kV and
Above
Status: Superseded
**Superceded by C57.93-1995.
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: May 09, 1980
Abstract: Large, oil-immersed power transformers with high-voltage windings rated 345 kV and above are considered. Inspection on
receipt, internal inspection at the site, preliminary oil filling, assembly, vacuum treatment and final filling, vacuum drying of
insulation, recirculation, and energization are covered.
Key Words: guide, installation, oil-immersed, ehv, tranformers, Power
transformers
Designation: C57.12.14-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Dielectric Test Requirements for Power
Transformers for Operation at System Voltages from 115 kV Through 230 kV
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Technical Contact: Wallace B Binder, Phone:724-654-3839, Email:wbbinder@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 740)
Key Words: dielectric, test, requirements, power, transformers
Designation: C57.12.20-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and
Smaller: High Voltage, 34500 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 7970/13800Y
Volts and Below
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Technical Contact: Glenn W Andersen, Phone:704-382-4323, Email:gwanders@duke-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 28, 2005
Project Scope: This project is a revision of an existing product standard
covering certain electrical, dimensional and mechanical characteristics and
safety features of single and three phase, 60 HZ, mineral oil immersed, self
cooled, overhead type distribution transformers 500 kVA and smaller, High
Voltages 34500 volts and below with Low Voltages 7970/13800Y volts and
below.
Project Purpose: This project is to maintain and update the subject standard
which is intended for use as a basis for determining the performance,
interchangeability and safety of overhead type distribution transformers and
to assist in the proper selection of this equipment.
Abstract: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and safety features of single- and
three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, overhead-type distribution transformers 500 kVA and smaller, high voltages
34 500 V and below and low voltages 7970/13 800Y V and below.
Designation: PC57.12.20
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and
Smaller: High Voltage, 34 500 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 7970/13 800Y
Volts and Below
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Alan Wilks, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:awilks@ermco-eci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and safety features of single- and three-phase,
60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, overhead-type distribution
transformers 500 kVA and smaller, high voltages 34 500 V and below and low
voltages 7970/13 800Y V and below.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining
the performance, interchangeability and safety of overhead-type distribution
transformers and to assist in the proper selection of this equipment.
Designation: C57.12.20-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and
Smaller, High-Voltage 34 500 Volts and Below; Low-Voltage, 7970/13 800 Y
Volts and Below
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996
Abstract: "ANSI C57.12.20-1997, American National Standard for TransformersSandard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500
kVA and Smaller: High Voltage, 34500 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 7970/12800Y Volts and Below"
Key Words: Author: National Electrical Manufacturers Association
Designation: C57.12.22-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase
Distribution Transformers With High-Voltage Bushings, 2500 kVA and Smaller;
High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 480 Volts
and Below
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Nov-2000: Sponsor supports administrative withdrawal. administratively
withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Kenneth S Hanus, Phone:817-475-9283, Email:ken.hanus@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jan 09, 1995
Designation: C57.12.23-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Underground Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase, Distribution
Transformers with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors; High Voltage
25000 V and Below; Low Voltage 600 V and Below; 167 kVA and Smaller
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2002
**Supersedes C57.12.23-1992 (R1999).
Technical Contact: Alan R Traut, Phone:859-879-2912, Email:atraut@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Project Scope: This project will revise the present Standard for Underground
Single-Phase Transformers with Seperable High-Voltage Connectors; High
Voltage 24940 GrdY/14400 and below; Low Voltage 240/120 V and below; 167 kVA
and Smaller. The scope is being expanded to include High Voltage ratings
25000 V and below and Low Voltage ratings 600 V and below.
Project Purpose: To update the existing Standard to reflect current
requirements and revised Scope.
Abstract: " Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and certain safety features ofsingle-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-
immersed, self-cooled, distribution transformers with separable in-sulated high-voltage connectors are covered. Ratings, testing,
and construction are discussed. "
Key Words: "distribution transformer, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled,
single-phase, submersible, subsurface, transformer, underground"
Designation: PC57.12.23
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Submersible Single-Phase Transformers; 167kVA and Smaller;
High-Voltage 25 000 Volts and Below; Low Voltage 600 Volts and Below
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Alan R Traut, Phone:859-879-2912, Email:atraut@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of single-phase, 60 Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, underground
distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors.
These transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 25
000 V and below and with low voltages of 600 V and below. These
transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground
primary cable supply. These transformers are typically installed in an
enclosure below ground level, operated from above and suitable for submerged
operation. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical
requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the
transformer.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining
performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to
assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Designation: C57.12.23-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard for Transformers—Underground-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-
Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable, Insulated, High-Voltage
Connectors; High Voltage (24 940 GrdY/14 400 V and Below) and Low-Voltage
(240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C57.12.23-2002.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and certain safety features of single-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-
immersed, self-cooled, distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors are covered. Ratings, testing,
and construction are discussed. These transformers are generally used for step-down pruposes from an underground primary cable
supply and are suitable for occasional submerged operation. The intent is to provide a basis for determining their performance,
interchangeability, and safety, and for their selection. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements
of accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer
Key Words: distribution, interchangeability, performance, safety, transformers
Designation: C57.12.23
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Transformers – Underground-Type, Self-Cooled, Single- Phase
Distribution Transformers with Separable, Insulated High Voltage
Connectors; High Voltage (24 940 GrdY/14 400 V and Below) and Low Voltage
(240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Alan R Traut, Phone:859-879-2912, Email:atraut@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This project will revise the present standard.
Project Purpose: To update existing standard to reflect current requirements.
Designation: C57.12.24
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Underground-Type Three-Phase Distribution
Transformers 2500 kVA and Smaller; High Voltage: 34,500 GrdY/29 920 Volts
and Below; Low Voltage: 480 Volts and Below
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Carl G Niemann, Phone:630-437-2921, Email:jandandcarl@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating
to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and
safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of
such equipment.
Project Purpose: There were comments received on the affirmative ballots that
have suggested possible improvements to the standard. Also, consistency
with similar standards needs to be checked. These will provide the basis
for the required 1999 revision of this standard.
Designation: PC57.12.24
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Submersible, Three-Phase Transformers, 3750 kVA and
Smaller: High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 600
Volts and Below
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Giuseppe Termini, Phone:215-841-5638, Email:giuseppe.termini@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, submersible
transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These
transformers are rated 3750 kVA and smaller with high voltages of 34
500GrdY/19 920 volts and below and with low voltages of 600 volts and below.
These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an
underground primary cable supply. These transformers are typically installed
in an enclosure below ground level, operated from above and suitable for
continuous submerged operation.
Project Purpose: The previous document did not include a purpose. This
standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance,
electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment
covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Designation: C57.12.24-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Requirements for Transformers— Underground-Type, Three-Phase
Distribution Transformers: High Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 V and Below)
and Low Voltage (480 V and Below, 2500 kVA and Smaller)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Nov-2000: Sponsor supports administrative withdrawal. administratively
withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994
Project Scope: 1.1 This standard is intended to set forth characteristics
relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical
interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in
the proper selection of such equipment. NOTE — Refer to the latest
Federal Regulations concerning polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) contamination
in transformers. 1.2 This standard describes certain electrical and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, underground-
type distribution transformers rated 2500 kVA and smaller with high voltages
of 34 500GrdY/19 920 volts and below and with low voltages of 480 volts and
below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an
underground primary cable supply and are suitable for occasional submerged
operation. 1.3 This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical
requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the
transformer.
Abstract: C57_12_24_bk1.front
Key Words: C57_12_24_bk1.front
Designation: C57.12.25
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Transformers—Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled,
Single-Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable Insulated High-Voltage
Connectors: High Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below) and Low-
Voltage (240/120 Volts; 167 kVA and Smaller)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Norvin Mohesky, Phone:314-239-9366, Email:norvin.mohesky@pauwels.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Designation: C57.12.25
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase
Distribution Transformers with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors;
High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and Below, Low Voltage, 240/120 Volts;
167 kVA and Smaller - Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This product standard covers certain electrical, dimensional,
and mechanical characteristics and safety features of single phase, 60 Hz
mineral oil filled, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental type
distribution transformer with separable insulated high-voltage connectors.
Transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller with high voltage of 34500
GrdY/19 920 Volts and below for operation between one phase and grounded
neutral and low voltages of 240/120V.
Project Purpose: Review and revise standard.
Designation: C57.12.26-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-
Phase Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High-
Voltage Connectors (34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below, 2500 kVA and
Smaller)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Gerald A Paiva, Phone:909-734-6728, Email:paivag@sce.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993
Abstract: "IEEE Std C57.12.26-1992 (Revision of ANSI C57.12.26-1987) IEEE Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled,
Three-Phase Distribution Transformers for Use With Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors (34 500 Grd Y/19 920 V and Below;"
Key Words: "This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining
performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and
for assisting in the proper selection of equipment. It covers certain
electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into
consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-
immersed, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution
transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These
transformers a"
Designation: C57.12.27
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Transformers—Liquid Filled Distribution Transformers Used
in Pad-Mounted Installations, Including Unit Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim R Miller, Phone:(314) 634-2111
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Designation: C57.12.28-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Pad Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005
Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the
integrity of above grade pad mounted enclosures containing apparatus
energized in excess of 600 volt that may be exposed to the public including,
but not limited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: a. Pad-
mounted distribution transformers; b. Pad-mounted capacitors or inductors;
c. Pad-mounted junction enclosures; d. Pad mounted metering equipment; e.
Pad mounted switchgear This standard does not cover installations that are
under the exclusive control of electric utilities and are located in such a
manner that access to the equipment is controlled exclusively by the
utility.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements
for a comprehensive integrity system for pad-mounted enclosures providing
long field life with minimum maintenance and features required to prevent
access to live parts by unauthorized personnel. This standard was
originally published by ANSI in 1988 (Revised and republished in 1999) with
NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document is now being shared
between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the maintenance of this
standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so that the C57.12.28
standard can be converted to the IEEE format for publication and future
development. The other objective is to review all aspects of this standard
and evaluate the corrosion paint tests to better reflect current technology.
Abstract: Conformance tests and requirements for the integrity of above-grade pad-mounted enclosures that contain apparatus
energized in excess of 600 V and that may be exposed to the public, including but not limited to the following types of equipment
enclosures—pad-mounted capacitors or inductors, pad-mounted distribution transformers, pad-mounted junction enclosures, pad-
mounted metering equipment, and pad-mounted switch gear—are covered.
Key Words: enclosure integrity, pad-mounted equipment, switches, transformers
Designation: C57.12.29-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Pad Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity for Coastal
Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005
Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the
integrity of above grade pad mounted enclosures intended for installation in
coastal environments containing apparatus energized in excess of 600 volt
that may be exposed to the public including, but not limited to, the
following types of equipment enclosures: a. Pad-mounted distribution
transformers; b. Pad-mounted capacitors or inductors; c. Pad-mounted
junction enclosures; d. Pad mounted metering equipment; e. Pad mounted
switchgear This standard does not cover installations that are under the
exclusive control of electric utilities and are located in such a manner
that access to the equipment is controlled exclusively by the utility.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements
for a comprehensive integrity system for pad-mounted enclosures providing
long field life with minimum maintenance and features required to prevent
access to live parts by unauthorized personnel. This standard was
originally published by ANSI in 1991 (Revised and republished in 1999) with
NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document is now being shared
between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the maintenance of this
standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so that the C57.12.29
standard can be converted to the IEEE format for publication and future
development. The other objective is to review all aspects of this standard
and evaluate the corrosion paint tests to better reflect current technology.
Abstract: Covered in this standard are conformance tests and requirements for the integrity ofabove-grade pad-mounted enclosures for
application in coastal environments that containapparatus energized in excess of 600 V and that may be exposed to the public
including, but notlimited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: pad-mounted capacitors or inductors, pad-mounted
distribution transformers, pad-mounted junction enclosures, pad-mounted meteringequipment, pad-mounted switch gear.
Key Words: enclosure integrity, pad-mounted equipment, switches, transformers
Designation: PC57.12.30
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Pole-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity for Coastal
Environments
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the
enclosure integrity of pole-mounted equipment for installations in coastal
environments, containing apparatus energized in excess of 600v, typically
not accessible to the general public, such as but not limited to the
following types of equipment: pole-mounted distribution transformers, pole-
mounted switches, pole-mounted regulators, pole-mounted metering equipment,
pole-mounted reclosers/sectionalizers, pole-mounted capacitors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements
for a comprehensive integrity system for pole-mounted enclosures providing
long service life with minimum maintenance.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Designation: C57.12.31-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Pole Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 2003
Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the
coating integrity of carbon steel pole mounted enclosures containing
apparatus energized in excess of 600 volts, typically located out of reach
of the general public, including, but not limited to the following types of
equipment enclosures: a. Pole-mounted distribution transformers; b. Pole-
mounted switches; c. Pole-mounted regulators; d. Pole-mounted metering
equipment; e. Pole-mounted reclosers; f. Pole-mounted switchgear
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements
of a coating system for pole-mounted equipment enclosures to ensure long
field life with minimum maintenance. This standard was originally published
by ANSI in 1996 with NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document
is now being shared between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the
maintenance of this standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so
that the C57.12.31 standard can be converted to the IEEE format for
publication and future development.
Abstract: Conformance tests and requirements for the coating integrity of carbon steel pole mounted enclosures containing
apparatus energized in excess of 600 volts, typically located out of reach of the general public, including, but not limited
to, the following types of equipment enclosures: polemounted distribution transformers, pole-mounted switches, pole-mounted
regulators, pole-mounted metering equipment, pole-mounted reclosers, and pole-mounted switchgear are covered.
Key Words: coating integrity,enclosure integrity,pole-mounted
equipment,switches,transformers
Designation: PC57.12.31
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Pole Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the
enclosure integrity of pole-mounted equipment containing apparatus energized
in excess of 600v, typically not accessible to the general public, such as
but not limited to the following types of equipment: pole-mounted
distribution transformers, pole-mounted switches, pole-mounted regulators,
pole-mounted metering equipment, pole-mounted reclosers/sectionalizers,
pole-mounted capacitors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements
for a comprehensive system for pole-mounted enclosures providing long
service life with minimum maintenance.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Designation: C57.12.32-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Submersible Equipment - Enclosure Integrity
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003
Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the
coating integrity of carbon steel and copper bearing steel submersible
electrical enclosures intended for installation in submerged or partially
submerged environments. These enclosures contain apparatus energized in
excess of 600 volts (with the exception of network protectors), that may be
exposed to the public including but not limited to, the following types of
equipment enclosures: a. Submersible distribution transformers; b.
Submersible network transformers; c. Submersible network protectors; d.
Submersible switchgear; e. Submersible capacitors or inductors; f.
Submersible junction enclosures; g. Submersible metering equipment
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements
for a comprehensive integrity system for submersible enclosures providing
long field life with minimum maintenance. This standard was originally
published by ANSI in 1994 with NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of
this document is now being shared between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE
responsible for the maintenance of this standard. This PAR is being
submitted for approval so that the C57.12.32 standard can be converted to
the IEEE format for publication and future development.
Abstract: Evaluation and testing of the coating integrity of carbon steel and copper bearing steelenclosures used with submersible
electrical equipment are covered.
Key Words: "coating integrity,enclosure integrity,submersible
equipment,switches,transformers"
Designation: C57.12.33
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Distribution Transformer Loss Evaluation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas J Pekarek, Phone:330-761-7800, Email:tjpekarek@firstenergycorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard is intended for the use as a basis for determining
the energy efficiency performance of the equipment covered and to assist in
the proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers distribution
transformers, 10-833 kVA single-phase and 15-2500 kVA three-phase, 60 Hertz,
601-34500 volts high voltage, liquid filled and dry type transformers.
Project Purpose: This standard will offer definitions and a methodology that
the utility transformer user can apply to determine the equivalent first
cost of core and load losses. The use of standardized definitions and
methodology will allow transformer manufacturers to tailor the transformer
design to the unique economic situation of each user.
Designation: C57.12.34-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Requirements for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-
Cooled, Three-Phase DistributionTransformers, 2500 kVA and Smaller: High-
Voltage, 34 500GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 480 Volts and Below
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Stephen Shull, Phone:417-625-6110, Email:sshull@empiredistrict.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60 Hz., mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad-
mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers
are rated 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34 500 GrdY/ 19 920
volts and below, and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. These
transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground
primary cable supply. This standard covers the connector, bushing and
terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. Either certain
minimum dimensions (see Figures 1,2,3,7,8,11) or certain specific dimensions
(see Figures 4,5,6,9,10,12) shall be specified. This standard does not
cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices
that may be supplied with the transformer. NOTE: Refer to latest federal
regulations concerning PCB contamination in transformers.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining
performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to
assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Abstract: Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are set forth as well as certain safety features of three-
phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers
are rated 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34 500 GrdY / 19 920 volts and below, and with low voltages of 480 volts
and below. This standard covers the connector, bushing, and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. This
standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the
transformer.
Key Words: compartmental, connector arrangements, loop, pad mounted, radial,
three phase, three-phase pad-mounted distribution transformers, transformer
Designation: PC57.12.34
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Requirements for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental Type, Self
Cooled, Three Phase Distribution Transformers, 5 MVA and Smaller; High
Voltage, 34.5kV Nominal System Voltage and Below; Low Voltage, 15kv Nominal
System Voltage and Below
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ronald J Stahara, Phone:870-543-6532, Email:rjstahara@centralmoloneyinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60 Hz., liquid filled, self-cooled, pad-mounted,
compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers are rated 5
MVA and smaller, with the high voltage limit of 34.5 kV system nominal
voltage and below, and with low voltage limit of 15 kV system nominal
voltage and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down
purposes from an underground primary cable supply. This standard covers the
connector, bushing and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed
systems. Either certain minimum dimensions or certain specific dimensions
shall be specified. This standard does not cover the electrical and
mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with
the transformer.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining
performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to
assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Designation: C57.12.34
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Three Phase Pad-mounted Distribution
Transformers (up to 25 KVA and up to 38 KV)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ronald J Stahara, Phone:870-543-6532, Email:rjstahara@centralmoloneyinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 1447)
Project Scope: This project covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad-
mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with high-voltage
bushings or separable insulated high-voltage connectors.
Project Purpose: This project will combine C57.22-1980 and C57.12.26-1992 into
a single document. Since both existing standards are similare (except for
high-voltage bushings or separable insulated connectors), consolidation will
ultimately require less resources for review, revision and publication.
Designation: C57.12.35-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Formerly P1265.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for
overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers.
Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout,
print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the
existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that
bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identification data.
Project Purpose: To promote standardization and uniform use of bar code labels
on distribution transformers when specified by the user. Longer term, it is
hoped that the bar codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as
an integral part of electrical utility material and information management
systems.
Abstract: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground-type distribution
transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life
expectancy.
Key Words: distribution transformers, bar coding
Designation: PC57.12.35
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers and Step-Voltage
Regulators
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lee Matthews, Phone:601-422-1533, Email:lmatthews@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for
overhead, pad-mounted, and underground-type distribution transformers and
step-voltage regulators. Included herein are requirements for data content,
symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. This
standard assumes the existence of central transformer databases within
utility companies so that bar code labels need only carry basic transformer
identification data.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and
uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers and step-voltage
regulators when specified by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar
codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as an integral part
of electrical utility material and information management systems.
Designation: PC57.12.36
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution Substation
Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: John R Rossetti, Phone:901-528-4743, Email:jrossetti@mlgw.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This project is to develop a standard for 50 and 60 Hz liquid
immersed distribution substation transformers with ratings of 10 000 kVA and
below three phase, 6667 kVA and below single phase with a primary voltage 69
000 and below, and a secondary voltage of 34 500 and below. The standard
will cover indoor/outdoor application, cover/wall terminations and
switchgear coordination issues.
Project Purpose: This document sets forth the requirements for distribution
substation transformers. Existing standards do not provide adequate
requirements for distribution substation transformers.
Designation: C57.12.37-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Distribution Transformer Test
Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 21, 2006
Technical Contact: Richard Hollingsworth, Phone:601-422-1105, Email:rhollin@howard-ind.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a basis for electronic reporting of
transformer test data on liquid immersed distribution transformers,
specifically, those defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series. This
standard defines the standard set of test data to be reported and the format
in which it is to be reported when electronic reporting of test data is
specified. In addition, it defines an extended set of data for those users
who have a need for data. This revision will modify the Title of the
Standard to specifically designate it as being for 'Distribution'
Transformers. The omission of 'Distribution" in the title could cause
confusion for the user. While the Scope in the current Standard makes this
clear, the title is not as specific as the Scope.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define standard methods of
reporting and communicating transformer test data in order to allow users
and producers to design computer based systems for preparing, communicating,
and storing test data. The standard includes test data content, test data
format, and test data communications methods. This review for revision will
address new technology and related changes in data communication and storage
means. This revision will address and investigate the inclusion of various
data items which were considered for, but not included in, the current
standard. Also, this revision will address the possibility of expanding the
list of data elements to include additional data items of interest to users
doing Power Quality and Thermal Evaluation work. Changes in currently used
computer software will allow consideration of other possible data formats.
Abstract: This standard provides a basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribution
transformers as defined in the ANSI/IEEE C57.12.2X standards series. The specific set of test data to be reported, and the report
format, is detailed along with an extended set of data as an option for the user.
Key Words: distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data
Designation: PC57.12.38
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Padmounted Type, Self-Cooled, Single Phase Distribution
Transformers; High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and below, Low voltage,
240/120 Volts; 167 kVA and smaller
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, mechanical
characteristics and safety requirements of single-phase, 60 HZ, liquid
filled, self-cooled, padmounted, compartmental-type distribution
transformers. These transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller, with the
high voltages of 34 500 GrdY/19 920 volts and below for operation between
one phase and grounded neutral, and low voltage of 240/120 volts. These
transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground
primary cable supply. This standard covers the connector, bushing and
terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. This standard does
not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory
devices that may be supplied with the transformer.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to define the electrical,
mechanical, dimensional, performance and interchangeability requirements of
the transformers covered under this standard and to assist in the proper
selection of such equipment. These requirements will provide a more standard
transformer design which will benefit manufacturers by reducing the number
of designs. Users will be provided a document which can be used to purchase
a transformer of standard design, without having to develop any additional
standards. This will be helpful to less experienced users. It also will
promote standardization of these types of transformers. This standard will
replace C57.12.21 & C57.12.25.
Designation: C57.12.38
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Padmounted Type, Self-Cooled, Single Phase Distribution
Transformers; High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and below, Low voltage,
480 Volts and below; 167 KVA and smaller
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, mechanical
characteristics and safety requirements of single-phase, 60 HZ, liquid
filled, self-cooled, padmounted, compartmental-type distribution
transformers. These transformers are rated 167 KVA and smaller, with the
high voltage limit of 34.5 KV system nominal voltage and below, and low
voltage of 480 volts & below. These transformers are generally used for
step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. This standard
covers the connector, bushing and terminal arrangements for radial or loop
feed systems. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical
requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the
transformer.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to define the electrical,
mechanical, dimensional, performance and interchangeability requirements of
the transformers covered under this standard and to assist in the proper
selection of such equipment. These requirements will provide a more
standard transformer design which will benefit manufacturers by reducing the
number of designs. Users will be provided a document which can be used to
purchase a transformer of standard design, without having to develop any
additional standards. This will be helpful to less experienced users. It
also will promote standardization of these types of transformers. This
standard will replace C57.12.21 & C57.12.25.
Designation: C57.12.40-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers, Subway and
Vault Types (Liquid-Immersed)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2006
**This Standard was originally a NEMA/ANSI Standard least published as ANSI
C57.12.40-2000. There were a number of editorial errors in that publication
and this Standard only corrects those editorial errors and now published
this Standard as an IEEE document.
Technical Contact: David S. Blew, Phone:973-430-7743, Email:david.blewiv@pseg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing
the performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered and
to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Project Purpose: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60 Hz, liquid-immersed, secondary network
transformers with a three-position grounding switch, subway and vault types,
rated 2500 kVA and smaller; primary 34 400 V and below; secondary 216Y/125 V
and 480Y/277 V. A subway-type network transformer is one that is suitable
for frequent or continuous submerged operation. A vault-type network
transformer is one that is suitable for occasional submerged operation.
Abstract: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance,interchangeability, and safety of the
equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Key Words: copper-bearing steel, grounding switch, magnetizing switch, network,
subway, transformer, vault
Designation: C57.12.40
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers, Subway and
Vault Types (Liquid Immersed)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R. Leon Plaster, Phone:804-476-4672, Email:lplaster@halifax.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This standard is intended to provide characteristics relating to
performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and
safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of
such equipment.
Project Purpose: Statements received on affirmative ballots and other comments
suggest possible improvements to the standard. Also, consistency with
similar standards need to be investigated. These will provide the basis for
the required year 2000 revision of this standard.
Designation: PC57.12.40
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Network, Three-Phase Transformers, 2500 kVA and Smaller;
High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 and Below; Low Voltage, 600 Volts and
Below; Subway and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Brian Klaponski, Phone:204-633-7220, Email:brian.klaponski@carte.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, network
transformers with a primary grounding switch. These transformers are rated
2500 kVA and below with high voltages of 34 500GrdY/19 920 volts and below.
These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from
underground primary cables and supply a secondary network system through
network protectors. These transformers are typically installed below ground
level.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing
the performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, safety of the
equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Designation: C57.12.40-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers - Subway
and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1995
Designation: C57.12.44-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006
Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network
protectors. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a
network transformer from a secondary spot or grid network.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing
the performance, electrical and mechanical inter-changeability, and safety
of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such
equipment.
Abstract: The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and the safety of the equipment are covered. The proper
selection of such equipment is established as a basis for use in this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical
characteristics are described; and certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network
protectors are taken into consideration. This equipment is used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network
transformer from a secondard spot or grid network.
Key Words: grid network, network, protector, spot network
Designation: C57.12.44-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes C57.12.44-1994.
Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Aug 10, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001
Project Scope: This standard establishes the electrical, mechanical, and
dimensional characteristics of three-phase, 60 Hz, low voltage (600v and
below) network protectors. It covers performance, interchangeability, and
safety of this equipment which is used to automatically conenct and
disconnect network transformers from secondary spot and grid networks.
Project Purpose: There were many comments that were received on the affirmative
ballots that have suggested possible improvements to the standard. Also,
the specialized network protector fuses and their relationship,
compatibility, and electrical and mechanical interchangeability in the
various protectors needs expanding. These will provide the basis for the
required 1999 revision of this standard.
Abstract: " The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and the safety of theequipment are covered. The proper
selection of such equipment is established as a basis for usein this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical
characteristics are described; andcertain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network protectors
aretaken into consideration. This equipment is used for automatically connecting and disconnecting anetwork transformer from a
secondary spot or grid network. "
Key Words: "grid network,network,protector,spot network"
Designation: C57.12.44-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C57.12.44-2000.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: May 23, 1994
Abstract: The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability as well as the safety of the equipment are covered. The
proper selection of such equipment is established as a basis for use in this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics are described, and certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage 600 V and below network
protectors are taken into consideration. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network transformer from
a secondary spot or grid network.
Key Words: grid network, network, protector, spot network
Designation: C57.12.44
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This standard describes certain electrical, dimensional, and
mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety
features of three-phase, 60-Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network
protectors. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a
network transformer from a secondary spot or grid network.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing
the performance, electrical and mechanical inter-changeability, and safety
of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such
equipment. Revision is required to update the standard to include the new
composite case breakers; make changes as required to improve standard; and
take action, as appropriate, on the ballot comments held from last ballot.
Designation: PC57.12.51
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Ventilated Dry-type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger,
Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34500 Volts; Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to
4160 Volts - General Requirements
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating
to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and
safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of
such equipment. Specific rating combinations are described in the range
from 750/1000 to 7500/10 000 kVA inclusive, with high-voltage 2400 to 34 500
volts inclusive and low-voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 volts inclusive. This
standard does not apply to other types of transformers such as specialty,
ventilated dry-type 500 kVA and smaller, sealed dry-type, pad-mounted dry-
type, liquid immersed, instrument, regulating, furnace, mine, and rectifier
transformers. Transformers with high voltage 600 volts or less are excluded.
Project Purpose: This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical
characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of 60-
Hz, two-winding, three-phase, ventilated dry-type transformers with self-
cooled ratings 501 kVA and larger, generally used for step-down purposes.
Forced-air-cooled ratings for certain sizes are listed in Part II.
Designation: PC57.12.52
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Sealed Dry-Type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger,
Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34500 Volts, Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to
4160 Volts- General Requirements
Status: New Standard Project
Project Scope: This standard is for sealed dry-type transformers, 501 kVA and
larger, with high-voltage 601 to 34500 Volts inclusive and low-voltage
208Y/120 to 4160 Volts inclusive. This standard is intended to set forth
characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical
interchangeability, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
This standard does not apply to other types of transformers, such as
specialty, ventilated dry-type, pad-mounted dry-type, liquid immersed,
instrument, regulating, furnace, mine, and rectifier operations.
Project Purpose: This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical
characteristics of 60-Hz, two-winding, three-phase, sealed dry-type
transformers rated 501 kVA and larger, generally used for step down
purposes. This standard will accomplish this by presenting basic electrical
and mechanical requirements and describing other requirements or
alternatives which may be specified for some applications.
Designation: C57.12.56-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation
Systems for Ventilated Dry-Type Power and Distribution Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1986
**Being revised by PC57.12.60 (PAR approved in Dec2003).
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: A test procedure for determining the temperature classification of ventilated dry-type power and distribution transformer
insulation systems by test rather than by chemical composition is established. The intent is to provide a uniform method for
providing data for selection of the temperature classification of the insulation system, for providing data that may be used as a
basis for a loading guide, and for comparative evaluation of different insulation systems. Voltage-withstand endpoint criteria
are related to the impulse voltage distribution within the coil or to the initial voltage-withstand of the coil. A relationship
between impulse withstand of the insulation and short-term 60-Hz-withstand is identified so that 50/60--Hz testing of model coils
is possible.
Key Words: evaluation, dry-type, thermal , Power transformer insulation
Designation: C57.12.57-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Requirements for Ventilated Dry-Type Network Transformers 2 500 kVA and
Below, Three-Phase with High-Voltage 34 500 Volts and Below, Low Voltage
216Y/125 and 480Y/125 Volts
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Nov-2000: Sponsor supports administrative withdrawal. administratively
withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: C57.12.58-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Conducting a Transient Voltage Analysis of a Dry-Type
Transformer Coil
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1978, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 1991
Abstract: General recommendations for measuring voltage transients in dry-type distribution and power transformer are provided.
Recurrent surge voltage generator circuitry, instrumentation, test sample, test point location, mounting the test coil,
conducting the test, and reporting results are covered.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: C57.12.59-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 08, 2002
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2002
Project Scope: Update reference documents, general technical review, and revise
in accordance with IEEE Style.
Project Purpose: Inquiries have been received into the availability of the
Guide, which was rescinded January 1997. The document is useful in
ascertaining mechanical considerations of through-fault current duration for
dry type transformers.
Abstract: This guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for the application of overcur-rent protective devices that
limit the exposure time of dry-type transformers to short-circuit currents.This guide is not intended to imply overload
capability.
Key Words: "dry-type transformers, normal base current, overcurrent protective
devices, transformer short-circuit impedance"
Designation: C57.12.59-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
(Ref. Std.: 1052)
Abstract: Recommendations for the application of overcurrent protective devices to limit the exposure time of dry-type transformers
to short circuits are provided. The transformer coordination curves in this guide pertain to the temperature rise of the windings
during time intervals less than 100 s, wherein nearly all the heat generated is stored in the conductors.
Key Words: Power transformer protection
Designation: C57.12.60-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation
Systems for Solid Cast and Resin-Encapsulated Power and Distribution
Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 1998
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: Modify an existing standard to a Guide and expand its scope for
improved application of the procedures for thermal evaluation of resin cast
transformers.
Project Purpose: Provide alternate procedures/guidelines for the thermal
evaluation of resin cast transformers to allow more practical and more rapid
testing and evaluation by manufacturers and to result in a thermal
classification system of this equipment by transformer users.
Abstract: A uniform method is established for determining the temperature classiÞcation of solid-cast and resin-encapsulated power
and distribution transformer insulation systems by testingrather than by chemical composition. These insulation systems are
intended for use in transform-ers covered by IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and IEEE Std C57.12.91-1995 as they apply to solid-cast and
resin-encapsulated transformers whose highest voltages exceed nominal 600 V.
Key Words: "insulation systems,model transformer coils,resin-encapsulated
transformers,solid-cast transformers,thermal evaluation"
Designation: PC57.12.60
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for
Dry Type Power and Distribution Transformers, Including Ventilated, Solid-
Cast and Resin Encapsulated Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard L Provost, Phone:(302) 999-2225, Email:richard.l.provost@kor.dupont.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This Test Procedure for the thermal evaluation of insulation
systems of dry type power and distribution transformers, including both
ventilated technology and solid-cast / encapsulated technology is to be used
for determining the temperature classification of the insulation systems.
Project Purpose: Two Existing Documents (C57.12.56 and C57.12.60) provide
similar technical testing procedures for Thermal Evaluation of two different
types of dry transformers (ventilated and resin cast). The procedures are
similar enough to be combined into a single document, with modifications.
The final document will simplify procedures for this test to make it easier
for manufacturers to qualify their systems and for users to judge and
compare results.
Designation: C57.12.60-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Test Procedures for Thermal Evaluation of
Insulation Systems for Solid-Cast and Resin-Encapsulated Power and
Distribution Transformers
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Oct 25, 1992
Abstract: This standard provides a uniform method for determining the temperature classification of solid-cast and resin-
encapsulated power and distribution transformer insulation systems by testing rather than by chemical composition. This standard
covers insulation systems that are intended for use in transformers covered by IEEE C57.12.01-1989 and IEEE C57.12.91-1979 as
they apply to solid-cast and resin-encapsulated transformers whose highest voltages exceed nominal 600 V.
Key Words: Thermal evaluation, Solid-cast transformers, Resin-encapsulated
transformer, Insulations systems
Designation: PC57.12.70
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power
Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Stephen Shull, Phone:417-625-6110, Email:sshull@empiredistrict.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard defines the terminal markings and connections for
distribution, power and regulating transformers covered in the C57 series of
the IEEE standards, guides and recommended practices.
Project Purpose: The standard provides a consistent method for terminal
markings and connections for single-phase and three phase distribution,
power, and regulating transformers. It designates terminal markings for
interchangeability showing the sequence, external terminations, neutral
terminations, grounded terminations, and marking of full and tap winding
terminations. It also puts forth the connections of single-phase
transformers in various configurations and describes the angular
displacement of three-phase transformers when connected to various system
phase displacements.
Designation: C57.12.70-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power
Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes C57.12.70-1978 (R1992).
Technical Contact: Thomas P Traub, Phone:312-266-7647, Email:tptraub@ix.netcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Terminal markings and connections for distribution and power
transformers, not including rectifier transformers.
Project Purpose: To review and update C57.12.70 which was last issued in 1978.
Abstract: " Standard terminal markings and connections are described for single-phase and three-phase distribution, power, and
regulating transformers. For terminal markings, it covers sequencedesignation, external terminal designation, neutral terminal
designation, grounded terminaldesignation, and marking of full and tap winding terminals. Additive and subtractive polarity
andparallel transformer operation are described. Connections of single-phase transformers in variousconfigurations and angular
displacement of three-phase transformers to connect to various systemphase displacements are covered. "
Key Words: "transformer connections,transformer terminals,transformer polarity"
Designation: C57.12.70-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for
Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI C57.12.70-1964. (only available C57 Collection).
Superseded by C57.12.70-2000.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993
Abstract: ANSI C57.12.70-1978 [Revision of ANSI C57.12.70-1964 (R 1971)] American National Standard Terminal Markings and
Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers
Key Words: "This standard describes the terminal markings and connections for
distribution and power transformers covered in American National Standards
C57.12.00, C57.12.01, C57.12.10, C57.12.20, C57.12.21, C57.12.22, C57.12.23,
C57.12.24, C57.12.25, C57.12.26, C57."
Designation: C57.12.80-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 13, 2002
**Supersedes C57.12.80-1978 (R1992).
Technical Contact: Thomas P Traub, Phone:312-266-7647, Email:tptraub@ix.netcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Sep 09, 2002
Project Scope: Terminology and definitions for transformers, regulators,
reactors, associated apparatus and for power system and insulation terms
which are commonly involved in transformer technology.
Project Purpose: To review and update C57.12.80 which was last issued in 1978.
Abstract: " This standard is a compilation of terminology and definitions primarily related to electricaltransformers and associated
apparatus included within the scope of C57, Transformers, Regula-tors, and Reactors standards. It also includes similar data
relating to power systems and insulation,which is commonly involved in transformer technology. "
Key Words: "definitions,distribution transformers,insulation,power
systems,power transformers,terminology"
Designation: C57.12.80-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C57.12.80-2002.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Apr 07, 1977
Abstract: This standard is a compilation of terminology and definitions primarily related to electrical transformers and associated
apparatus included within the scope of ANSI Committee C57, Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors. It also includes similar data
relating to power systems and insulation that is commonly involved in transformer technology.
Key Words: terminology, distribution, Power transformers
Designation: PC57.12.80a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers - Amendment
1: Definition of Thermally Upgraded Paper
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Timothy Raymond, Phone:518-884-0297, Email:tc.raymond@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard is a compilation of terminology and definitions
primarily related to electric power and distribution transformers and
associated apparatus. It also includes similar data relating to power
systems and insulation that is commonly involved in transformer technology.
Cross-references are made to certain terms that appear in IEC 50, the
international standard for International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. These
terms can be identified when “(IEC)” follows the term. A definition
for "thermally upgraded paper" is to be added to the current list of
definitions in the document. No other changes will be made with this
amendment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the amendment project is to add a definition
for "thermally upgraded paper".
Designation: PC57.12.90
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Stephen Antosz, Phone:724-873-2153, Email:santosz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified
in IEEE Std C57.12.00TM-2006 and other standards applicable to liquid-
immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended
for use as a basis for performance and proper testing of such transformers.
This standard applies to all liquid-immersed transformers, except instrument
transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace
transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding
transformers, and mine transformers. Transformer requirements and
specific test criteria are not a part of this standard, but they are
contained in appropriate standards, such as IEEE Std C57.12.00-2006, ANSI
C57.12.10-1988, ANSI C57.12.20-1997, and ANSI C57.12.40-1994,1 or in user
specifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide test procedure
information for tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00-2006 and other
standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and
regulating transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for
performance and proper testing of such transformers.
Designation: C57.12.90-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Subhash C Tuli, Phone:262-547-0121x1428, Email:subhash.tuli@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2007
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified
in IEEE Std C57.12.00 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed
distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as
a basis for performance, safety, and proper testing of such transformers.
This standard applies to all liquid-immersed transformers except instrument
transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc Furnace
transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding
transformers, and mine transformers. This standard is being revised to
include technical changes to the document, which have been proposed by
various technical working groups and sub-committees within the PES
Transformers Committee. As this standard describes the standard test code
for liquid immersed distribution, power and regulating transformers it is
the intention of the working group to keep it as up-to-date as possible.
Project Purpose: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified
in IEEE Std C57.12.00 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed
distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as
a basis for performance, safety, and proper testing of such transformers.
This standard is being revised to include technical changes to the document,
which have been proposed by various technical working groups and sub-
committees within the PES Transformers Committee. As this standard describes
the standard test code for liquid immersed distribution, power and
regulating transformers it is the intention of the working group to keep it
as up-to-date as possible.
Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00TM-2006 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed
distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage
regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine
transformers are excluded. This standard covers resistance measurements, polarity and phaserelation tests, ratio tests, no-
load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests,
short-circuit tests, audible sound level measurements, calculated data, and certified test data.
Key Words: tests, transformers, transformer tests
Designation: C57.12.90-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Abstract: " Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00-1993 and other standardsapplicable to liquid-immersed
distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instru-ment transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage
regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifiertransformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine
transformers are excluded.This standard covers resistance measurements, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-
loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectrictests, temperature tests, short-circuit
tests, audible sound level measurements, calculated data,and certified test data. "
Key Words: "tests, transformers, transformer tests"
Designation: C57.12.90-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and
Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of
Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE C57.12.90-1987.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993
Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE C57.12.00-1993, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and
regulating transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace
transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. This
standard covers resistance measurement, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-loss and excitation current
measurements, impedance and load-loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, and audible-sound-
level measurements.
Key Words: transformers, transformer tests
Designation: C57.12.90-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of
Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Reprint w/C57.12.90a.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982, BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Mar 18, 1987
Key Words: liquid-immersed, distribution, transformers, short-circuit, testing
Designation: C57.12.90 (1)
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code For Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified
in IEEE C57.12.00 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed
distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as
a basis for performance, safety, and proper testing of such transformers.
This standard applies to all liquid-immersed transformers except instrument
transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace
transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding
transformers, and mine transformers. When this standard is used on a
mandatory basis, the words shall and must indicate mandatory requirements;
and the words should and may refer to matters that are recommended or
permitted, but not mandatory.
Project Purpose: To maintain C57.12.90-19xx as a current standard and to remove
from it the Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power
Transformers, which is currently included in it as Part II.
Designation: C57.12.90a-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Alternate Dielectric Test Requirements
Status: Superseded
History: (Ref. Std.: 262A)
Key Words: alternate, dielectric, test, requirements
Designation: C57.12.90b
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Section 13-Sound Power Measurement
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allan M Teplitzky, Phone:(212) 460-4859
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Key Words: C57.12.90b
Designation: C57.12.90c
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Routine Impulse Test for Distribution Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Designation: C57.12.90d
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code for Liquid Immersed Distribution, Power and
Regulating Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael S Altman, Phone:708-410-5653, Email:DPRMY@CCmail.ceco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: C57.12.90e
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Revision of Section 8 & 9 of C57.12.90
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Incorporated into C57.12.90
Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 262e)
Key Words: C57.12.90e
Designation: C57.12.91-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001
**Supersedes C57.12.91-1995.
Technical Contact: David A Barnard, Phone:520-445-5633, Email:dbarnard@weidmann-systems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jan 09, 2001
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified
in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 1 and other referenced standards applicable to
dry-type distribution and power transformers. It is intended for use as a
basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry-type
distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type
transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction
voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers,
specialty transformers, and mine transformers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide test procedure
information. Transformer requirements and specific test criteria are not a
part of this standard but are contained in appropriate standards such as
IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 or in user specifications.
Abstract: " Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 and other referencedstandards applicable to dry-type
distribution and power transformers are described. This standardis intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the
proper testing of dry-type distributionand power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except
instrumenttransformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifiertransformers, specialty
transformers, and mine transformers. "
Key Words: "dry-type transformer,power transformer"
Designation: C57.12.91a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
– Amendment 1
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Derek R Foster, Phone:815-678-2421, Email:dfoster@olsun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This amendment address substantive changes to Clause 5, 9, 10,
11 and 13 of existing C57.12.91-2001 to reflect current practice in the
testing procedures of dry-type transformers. This amendment does not
address transformer requirements and specific test criteria; rather they
are contained in appropriate standards such as IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 or
in user specifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the most up-to-
date information regarding the procedures for the testing of dry-type
transformers. This standard is being amended to include substantive
changes to Clause 5, 9, 10, 11, and 13 that reflect current practice in the
testing of dry-type transformers.
Designation: PC57.12.91
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Project Scope: This revision will review all Clauses of the existing C57.12.91-
2001 to reflect current practice in the testing procedures of dry-type
transformers. This revision does not address transformer requirements and
specific test criteria; rather they are contained in appropriate standards
such as IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 or in user specifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to provide the most up-to-date
information regarding the procedures for the testing of dry-type
transformers. This standard is being revised to include substantive
changes to Clause 5, 9, 10, 11, and 13 and any other clauses which are
considered to require revision following full review of all clauses, that
reflect current practice in the testing of dry-type transformers.
Designation: PC57.12.91
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Derek R Foster, Phone:815-678-2421, Email:dfoster@olsun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified
in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 and other referenced standards applicable to dry
type distribution and power transformers. It is intended for use as a basis
for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry type distribution and
power transformers. This standard applies to all dry type
transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction
voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers,
specialty transformers, and mine transformers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide information
regarding the procedures for the testing of dry-type transformers.
Transformer requirements and specific test criteria are not a part
of this standard but are contained in appropriate standards such as
IEEE Std C57.12.01-2005 or in user specifications.
Designation: C57.12.91-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of C57.12.91-1979. Superseded by C57.12.91-2001.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995
Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type
distribution and power transformers are described. This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the
proper testing of dry-type distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except
instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers,
specialty transformers, and mine transformers.
Key Words: dry type, transformers, power transformer, test code
Designation: C57.12.91-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Nov 29, 1978
Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-1979, General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and
Power Transformers, and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers are described.
Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers,
specialty transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. Procedures are provided for resistance measurement, polarity and
phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load-loss measurements,
dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, audible-sound-level measurements, and mechanical tests.
Key Words: test, dry-type, distribution, power, transformers
Designation: C57.13-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: May 29, 1980, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features,
for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the
control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide
a basis for performance, interchangeability, and safety of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such
equipment. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and
phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time
characteristics, temperature-rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of current transformers.
Key Words: Secondary winding, Rated voltage, Rated secondary voltage, Primary
winding, Instrument transformer, Current transformer
Designation: C57.13
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas L Nelson, Phone:301-975-2986, Email:tnelson@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994
Designation: PC57.13
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Thomas L Nelson, Phone:301-975-2986, Email:tnelson@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance,
interchangeability, and safety of equipment covered, and to assist in the
proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical,
dimensional, and mechanical characteristics, and takes into consideration
certain safety features of current and inductively coupled voltage
transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and
the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and
distribution of alternating current.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the performance
requirements for electrical system and test interchangeability of current
and inductively coupled voltage transformers. These transformers are for
both indoor and outdoor application.
Designation: C57.13-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 30, 1978 (Ref. Std.: 546)
Key Words: instrument, transformers, requirements
Designation: C57.13.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007
Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: May 02, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to describe field test methods that
assure current transformers (CTs) are connected properly, are of marked
ratio and polarity, and are in a condition to perform as designed both
initially and after being in service for a period of time. Annex A
describes wiring integrity checks, uses of test jacks and current shorting
switch, and relay test equipment. Annex B illustrates excitation voltage
measurement differences between rms responding voltmeters, commonly used
under field conditions, and average responding voltmeters commonly used in
laboratory tests and also discusses the effect of the source impedance.
Annex C describes the characteristics, and other pertinent information, for
optical current sensor systems used with protective relaying. It provides an
overview of the components used in an optical sensor system, discusses the
differences from conventional CTs, and provides testing information.
Annex D is the bibliography for this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide information on the
current technology for field testing of instrument transformers and to more
closely coordinate the information with the other industry standards, for
example, National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®).
Abstract: This guide describes field test methods that assure that current transformers are connected properly, are of marked
ratio and polarity, and are in a condition to perform as designed both initially and after having been in service for a period
of time.
Key Words: current transformers, excitation, field testing, insulation,
polarity, ratio, relaying
Designation: C57.13.1-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1980
Abstract: A description is given of field-test methods that will ensure that the current transformers used as a source of relay
input current are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and are in condition to perform as designed both
initially and after a period of service. The standard covers safety considerations; current transformer types and construction
and the effect of these on test methods; insulation resistance tests; ratio tests; polarity check; winding and lead resistance
(internal resistance); excitation tests; burden measurements; and specialized situations.
Key Words: field testing, relaying, current, transformers, Power distribution
testing, Current transformers
Designation: C57.13.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mike Meisinger, Phone:773-852-9004, Email:mmeisinger@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This project will revise and update IEEE C57.13.1-1981.
Project Purpose: To describe field test methods that will assure that the
current transformers are connected properly, are of marked ratio and
polarity, and are in condition to perform as designed both initially and
after a period of service.
Designation: C57.13.2-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Conformance Test Procedure for Instrument Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2005
Technical Contact: Vladimir Khalin, Phone:859-879-2797, Email:vladimir@kuhlman.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to establish test and documentary
requirements for conducting conformance tests on instrument transformers,
primary system voltages from 600 volts through 38 kV.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to harmonize with IEEE Std
C57.13-1993 and broaden the application range by reducing the number of
restrictions.
Abstract: Test requirements for conducting conformance tests on instrument transformers used on 60 Hz primary systems with voltages
from 600 V through 38 kV are covered. This standard also covers selection of transformers for conformance testing, basis for
conformance, treatment of failures, tests required, (e.g., impulse, voltage withstand, accuracy, temperature rise,
mechanicalrating), insulation system acceptance, and production monitoring.
Key Words: conformance test, instrument transformer
Designation: C57.13.2-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: American National Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Instrument
Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Apr 16, 1986
Abstract: 3/14/91-Reaffirmation ballot in progress/Bien
Designation: C57.13.2-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Instrument Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1992
Abstract: Conformance test requirements are provided for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers used for measurement
and control functions in unit substations at primary system voltages above 600 V, but not exceeding 38 kV, except for those in
certain installations as set forth in the standard. The selection of transformers for conformance testing, basis for conformance,
and treatment of failures within a test sequence are covered. Impulse, voltage-withstand, accuracy, and temperature-rise are
specified. Insulation systems acceptance and production monitoring are considered.
Key Words: Instrument transformers, Conformance test
Designation: C57.13.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and
Cases
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the guide includes the grounding practices
presently used and the practices that were not previously reported.
Specifically, the issue of the grounding of cases of electronic transducers
is addressed.
Project Purpose: This guide provides information on the grounding of the
following: ⎯ Secondary circuits of electromagnetic CT and VT
circuits ⎯ Cases of relays, CTs, and VTs ⎯ Secondary
circuits of optoelectronic CTs and VTs The primary emphases of this guide
are personnel safety and proper performance of relays at electric power
frequencies.
Abstract: The scope of the guide includes the grounding practices presently used and the practices that were not previously
reported. Specifically, the issue of the grounding of cases of electronic transducers is addressed.
Key Words: current transformers, grounding of cases of instrument transformers,
grounding secondary circuits of instrument transformers, instrument
transformers, low energy transducers, voltage transformers
Designation: C57.13.3-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for the Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary
Circuits and Cases
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: General and specific recommendations for grounding current and voltage transformer secondary circuits and cases of
connected equipment are provided. The practices recommended apply to all transformers of this type, including capacitive voltage
transformers and linear couplers, irrespective of primary voltage or whether the primary windings are connected to, or are in,
power circuits or are connected in the secondary circuits of other transformers as auxiliary current or voltage transformers. The
primary emphasis is personnel safety and proper performance of relays at power-line frequencies. The grounding and shielding of
cables and other grounding considerations are not addressed.
Key Words: grounding, instruments, transformer, secondary, circuits
Designation: C57.13.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and
Cases
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Revise and update IEEE C57.13.3-1983.
Project Purpose: Describe methods for grounding current and voltage transformer
secondary circuits and cases of connected equipment to insure personnel
safety and proper performance of relays at powerline frequencies.
Designation: C57.13.4
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Detection of Partial Discharge and Measurement of Apparent Charge Within
Instrument Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anthony J Jonnatti, Phone:727-785-2788, Email:premo2@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 (Ref. Std.: 832)
Designation: C57.13.5-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard of Performance and Test Requirements of Instrument Transformers
of a Nominal Voltage of 115 kV and Above
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2003
Technical Contact: Joseph Ma, Phone:706-554-8800, Email:joe.ma@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: This standard applies to new single-phase instrument
transformers of 115 kV nominal system voltage and above with capacitive
insulation system for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and
outdoor application. It is intended for use as a supplement to IEEE Std
C57.13 and as a basis for performance and safety of equipment. It also
describes test sequences, criteria, methods and documentation for the tests.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide supplement to IEEE Std
C57.13 on: a) Up-to-date test requirements and sequence and b) Refinements
of certain performance requirements and clarification of test procedure,
documentations
Abstract: IEEE Std C57.13.5-2003
Key Words: "design tests, high voltage, instrument transformers, routine tests,
special tests, test criteria, test method, test requirements, test sequence"
Designation: PC57.13.5
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard of Performance and Test Requirements for Instrument
Transformers of a Nominal System Voltage of 115 kV and Above
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Pierre Riffon, Phone:514-840-3000 x-3424, Email:riffon.pierre@hydro.qc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard applies to single-phase instrument transformers of
a nominal system voltage of 115 kV and above with capacitive insulation
system for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor
application. This standard is intended for use as a supplement to
IEEE Std C57.13 and as a basis for performance and safety of equipment. It
also describes test sequences, criteria, methods and documentation for the
test.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to supplement the IEEE Std
C57.13 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers with
specific requirements to single-phase instrument transformers of a nominal
system voltage of 115 kV and above, with capacitive insulation system for
line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor application.
Designation: C57.13.5
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Test Requirements of Instrument Transformers of a Nominal
System Voltage of 115 kV and Above
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Joseph Ma, Phone:706-554-8800, Email:joe.ma@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: The scope applies to new single-phase instrument transformers of
115 kV nominal system voltage and above with capacitive insulation system
for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor application.
It is intended for use as a supplement to IEEE Std C57.13-1991 and as a
basis for performance and safety of equipment. It also describes test
sequences, criteria, methods and documentation for the tests.
Project Purpose: To provide as a supplement to IEEE Std. C57.13-1993 on a) up-
todate test requirements and sequences, and b) refinements of certain
performance requirements and clarification of test procedures and
documentations
Designation: C57.13.5
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Test Requirements for Instrument Transformer of a Nominal
Voltage of 115 kV and Above
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Joseph Ma, Phone:706-554-8800, Email:joe.ma@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 (Ref. Std.: 1400)
Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance,
interchangeability, and safety of equipment covered, and to assist in the
proper selection of such equipment.
Project Purpose: To furnish an addition to C57.13, Standard Requirements for
Instrument Transformers, to insure that the performance, interchangeability
and safety of instrument transformers for nominal voltage of 115KV and above
is defined.
Designation: C57.13.6-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for High Accuracy Instrument Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Technical Contact: Christopher W Ten-Haagen, Phone:603-749-8433, Email:chris.tenhaagen@ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: (Change first three words of scope FROM:"This trial guide..."
TO: This Standard defines one new 0.15 voltage transformer accuracy class,
two new 0.15 current transformer accuracy classes, two new current
transformer burdens, and two new current transformer routine accuracy test
methods. These supplement IEEE Std. C57.13-1993R, Standard Requirements for
Instrument Transformers. The new burdens shall be considered for use when
current transformers are to be used with electronic meters, and the total
in-circuit burden will be less than B0.1 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5 Amp, 0.9
power factor) defined in IEEE Std. C57.13-1993R. The new accuracy classes,
0.15 and 0.15S are available to complement the capabilities of solid state
electricity metering of equipment associated with the generation,
transmission, and distribution of alternating current.
Project Purpose: (The purpose is the same as the previous project.) Widespread
use of electronic meters and relays necessitate new current transformer test
burden definitions, because they present lower impedance than traditional
induction devices. This can result in applications where the total circuit
burden on the current transformer is less than the lowest IEEE Std. C57.13-
1993R definition of B0.1 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5Amp, 0.9 power factor). Under
these conditions, a current transformer meeting a given accuracy class at
B0.1 is not assured. In addition, new accuracy classes are needed by
industry to to more closely complement the accuracy and dynamic capabilities
of modern electronic meters. The new accuracy classes more closely
complement the capabilities of electronic meters in both accuracy and
dynamic range.
Abstract: This standard defines one new 0.15 accuracy class for voltage transformers, two new 0.15 accuracy classes for current
transformers, two new current transformer burdens, and two new current transformer routine accuracy test methods.
Key Words: accuracy class, burden, CT, current transformer, high-accuracy,
instrument transformer, metering, meters, phase angle, PT, ratio correction
factor, RCF, relays, revenue metering, TCF, transformer correction factor,
voltage transformer, VT
Designation: C57.13.6
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for High Accuracy Instrument Transformers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Christopher W Ten-Haagen, Phone:603-749-8433, Email:chris.tenhaagen@ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This trial guide defines three new accuracy classes, two new
burdens, and two new routine test methods. These supplement IEEE C57.13-
1993, Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers. The new burdens
shall be considered for use when current transformers are to be used with
electronic meters and relays, and the total in-circuit burden will be less
than B0.11 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5Amp, 0.9 power factor) defined in IEEE
C57.13-1993. The new accuracy classs, 0.15 and 0.15 S are available to
complement the capabilities of electronic electricity metering of equipment
associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of
alternating current.
Project Purpose: Widespread use of electronic meters and relays necessitate new
current transformer test burden definitions, because they present lower
impedance than traditional induction devices. This can result in
applications where the total circuit burden on the current transformer is
less than the lowest IEEE C57.13-1993 definition of B0.1 (2.5Volt-Amperes at
5Amp, 0.9 power factor). Under these conditions, a current transformer
meeting a given accuracy class at B0.1 is not assured. In addition, new
accuracy classes are needed by industry to more closely complement the
accuracy and dynamic capabilities of modern electronic meters.
Designation: C57.15-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage
Regulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This standard is intended as a basis for the establishment of
performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and
safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper
selection of such equipment.
Project Purpose: Review need to maintain induction-voltage regulators in
standard. Define allowable temperature rise for sealed and non-sealed
regulators.
Abstract: " Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of oil-filled, single- and three-phasevoltage regulators not exceeding
regulation of 2500 kVA (for three-phase units) or 833 kVA (forsingle-phase units) are covered. "
Key Words: "electrical, mechanical, safety, step-voltage regulators, test code"
Designation: C57.15
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage
Regulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Craig A Colopy, Phone:262-896-2342, Email:ccolopy@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will list and reflect the terms used in other
standards developed by the IEEE Transformers Committee of the IEEE Power
Engineering Society and related documents.
Project Purpose: Update the 1999 issue of C57.15 to the latest referenced
documents and Standards, address temperature rise ratings, maximum ampacity,
and design KVA size by (type) rating.
Designation: PC57.15
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage
Regulators
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Craig A Colopy, Phone:262-896-2342, Email:ccolopy@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard describes electrical and mechanical requirements
of liquid-immersed, single- and three-phase, step-voltage regulators, not
exceeding a regulation of 3000 kVA (for three-phase units) or 1000 kVA (for
single-phase units). This standard does not apply to load tap-changing
power transformers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the existing C57.15-
1999 standard. This standard is intended as a basis for the establishment
of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and
general requirements of equipment described. It also assists in the proper
selection of such equipment.
Designation: C57.15-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage
and Induction-Voltage Regulators
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C57.15-1999.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Mar 18, 1987
Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, single-
phase and three-phase, oil-filled and dry-type, not exceeding 2500 kVA of regulation for three-phase units, or not exceeding 833
kVA of regulation for single-phase units. These provide a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and
mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described and for assistance in the proper selection of such
equipment.
Key Words: requirements, terminology, step, induction, regulators, Voltage
control
Designation: C57.16-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Dry-Type Air-
Core Series-Connected Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 07, 1997
(Ref. Std.: IEEE 732)
Project Scope: This standard applies to "series connected" dry-type air-core
single-phase or three-phase outdoor or indoor reactors of distribution and
transmission voltage class that are connected in the power system to control
power flow under steady state conditions and/or limit fault current under
short-circuit conditions. Dry-type air-core reactors covered by this
standard are self-cooled by natural air convection. With some restrictions,
this standard is applicable to filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors
(used with shunt capacitor banks), and discharge current-limiting reactors
(used with series capacitor banks). Annexes A, B, and C are included to
provide guidance.This standard does not apply to devices such as a) Shunt
reactors (see IEEE Std C57.21-1990, IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology,
and Test Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA), b) Arc suppression
coils, c) Neutral grounding devices [see IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990), IEEE
Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral
Grounding Devices], d) Line resonant reactors, e) High-Voltage direct
current (HVDC) smoothing reactors, f) Forced cooled reactors, and g) Line
traps and radio interference (RI) filter reactors (ANSI C93.3-1995).
Project Purpose: The existing ANSI C57.16-1958, which is still in use by the
industry, is out of date and has been withdrawn as an IEEE standard. It has
now been revised to reflect modern product technology, to describe up-to-
date test methods, and to present application requirements for series
reactors.
Abstract: Series-Connected dry-type air-core single-phase and three-phase outdoor or indoor reactors of distribution and
transmission voltage class that are connected in the power system to control power flow under steady-state conditions and/or
limit fault current under short-circuit conditions are covered. Dry-Type air-core reactors covered by this standard are self-
cooled by natural air convection. With some restrictions, other reactors, including shunt capacitor reactors (used with shunt
capacitor banks), filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors (used with series capacitor banks), and discharge current-limiting
reactors, are also covered.
Key Words: air core reactors, discharge current limiting reactors, dry type air
core reactors, dry type reactors, filter reactors, harmonic filters,
reactors, series capacitor bank applications, series connected reactors,
series reactor applications, shunt capacitor bank applications, shunt
capacitor reactors
Designation: PC57.16
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Dry-Type Air-Core
Series-Connected Reactors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard applies to series-connected dry-type air-core
single-phase and three-phase outdoor or indoor reactors of
distribution and transmission voltage class that are connected in the power
system to control power flow under steadystate conditions and/or
limit fault current under short-circuit conditions. Dry-type air-core
reactors covered by this standard are self-cooled by natural air
convection. With some restrictions, this standard is applicable to
filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors (used with shunt capacitor
banks), and discharge current-limiting reactors (used with series capacitor
banks). Annexes A, B, and C are included to provide guidance.
This standard does not apply to devices such as a) Shunt reactors
(see IEEE Std C57.21-1990, IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test
Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA), b) Arc
suppression coils, c) Neutral grounding devices [see IEEE Std 32-1972
(Reaff 1990), IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test
Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices], d) Line resonant reactors,
e) High-Voltage direct current (HVDC) smoothing reactors, f) Forced
cooled reactors, and g) Line traps and radio interference (RI) filter
reactors (ANSI C93.3-1995).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements and
test code for series connected dry-type air-core reactors and with some
restrictions filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors and discharge
current-limiting reactors.
Designation: PC57.17
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Arc Furnace Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Project Scope: This standard covers electrical characteristics and mechanical
features of liquid-immersed transformers 69 kV or less, used for supplying
electric power to direct arc-melting furnaces. All characteristics and
definitions, except as specifically covered in this standard, shall be in
accordance with the IEEE Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers.
Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard on the design and application
of power and distribution transformers for the specific application of
feeding arc furnaces and related foundry equipment.
Designation: C57.18.10-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power
Rectifier Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: To develop a standard for transformers serving semiconductor
power rectifiers employing monochrystalline semiconductor diodes or
thyristors. Excepted applications are welding equipment, static
precipitators, HVDC converters, and low power applications; such as radio
receivers and other non-linear loads. The standard includes loads rated:
single phase 300 KW and above and three phase 500 KW and above.
Project Purpose: This standard will replace the lapsed C57.18-1964 for pool-
cathode mercury-arc rectifiers.
Abstract: " Practices and requirements for semiconductor power rectifier transformers for dedicatedloads rated single-phase 300 kW
and above and three-phase 500 kW and above are included.Static precipitators, high-voltage converters for dc power transmission,
and other nonlinear loadsare excluded. Service conditions, both usual and unusual, are specified, or other standards
arereferenced as appropriate. Routine tests are specified. An informative annex provides severalexamples of load loss
calculations for transformers when subjected to nonsinusoidal currents,based on calculations provided in the standard. "
Key Words: semiconductor, rectifier, transformer
Designation: PC57.18.10a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifier
Transformers - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Sheldon P Kennedy, Phone:716-896-6500, Email:skennedy@niagaratransformer.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This standard includes semiconductor power rectifier
transformers for dedicated loads rated: a. Single phase 300 kW and above; b.
Three phase 500 kW and above. The scope of this standard excludes: c.
Static precipatators; d. High voltage converters for dc power transmission;
e. Other non-linear loads.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors and include
missing definitions in the published document.
Designation: C57.19.00-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard General Requirements and Test Procedure for Power Apparatus
Bushings
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:615-847-2157, Email:keithcota@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 2005
Project Scope: Expand scope of standard to include indoor apparatus bushings
(title modified as shown above). Update technical content as required to
keep standard current.
Project Purpose: 5 year update of standard for renewal.
Abstract: This standard spplies to power apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as
components of oil-filled transformers and oil-filled reactors.
Key Words: apparatus bushings, bushings, oil-filled reactors, oil-filled
transformers
Designation: C57.19.00-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Power
Apparatus Bushings
Status: Superseded
**Formerly Std 21.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 1992
(Ref. Std.: 21)
Abstract: Service conditions, rating, general requirements, and test procedures for outdoor apparatus bushings are set forth. They
apply to outdoor power apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of
oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers. The following are not covered: high-voltage-cable
terminations (potheads), bushings for instrument transformers, bushings for test transformers, bushings in which the internal
insulation is provided by a gas, bushings applied with gaseous insulation (other than air at atmospheric pressure) external to
the bushing, bushings for distribution-class circuit breakers and transformers, bushings for automatic circuit reclosures and
line sectionalizers, and bushings for oil-less and oil-poor apparatus.
Key Words: Oil-filled transformers, Oil-filled reactors, Oil circuit breakers,
Apparatus bushings
Designation: C57.19.00-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: General Requirements and Test Procedures for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings
Status: Superseded
History: (Ref. Std.: 21)
Designation: C57.19.01-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor
Apparatus Bushings
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 2000
**This standard supersedes C57.19.01-1991 (R1997).
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 05, 2000
Project Scope: Electrical, Dimensions, and Related requirements for outdoor
apparatus bushings that have insulation levels (BILs) 110 kV and above.
Project Purpose: To standardize the dimensions, ratings, test levels and
performance characteristics of outdoor power apparatus bushings having
insulation levels (BILs) 110 kV and above.
Abstract: " Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power apparatus bushingsthat have basic impulse insulation
levels (BILs) of 200 kV and above are covered. Specific valuesfor dimensional and related requirements that are to be
interpreted, measured, or tested, in accor-dance with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991, are provided. "
Key Words: "basic impulse insulation levels (BILs),cantilever
test,capacitance,creepage distance,flashover,line-to-ground voltage,nominal
system voltage,power apparatus bushings,power factor"
Designation: C57.19.01-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor
Apparatus Bushings
Status: Superseded
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 24-1984. This standard was
superseded by C57.19.01-2000.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1992
(Ref. Std.: 24)
Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power-class apparatus bushings that have basic impulse
insulation levels of 110 kV and higher are covered. Specific values for dimensional and related requirements that are to be
interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with IEEE C57.19.00-1991 are provided. Bushings covered by this standard are
intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers.
Key Words: Oil-filled transformers, Oil-filled reactors, Oil circuit breakers,
Apparatus bushings
Designation: C57.19.01-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Outdoor Apparatus Bushings;Char & Dim
Status: Superseded
History: (Ref. Std.: IEEE 24)
Key Words: C57.19.01
Designation: C57.19.03-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Bushings for
DC Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Outdoor and indoor power apparatus bushings of condenser type
which have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kv and above for use a
scompionents of oil-filled converter transformers and smoothing reactors as
well as wall bushings.
Project Purpose: Define special terms used, service conditions, ratings,
general requirements, electrical insulation characteristics and test
procedures for bushings for DC application.
Abstract: This standard applies to outdoor and indoor power apparatus dc bushings of condenser type that have basic impulse
insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled converter transformers and smoothing reactors, as well
as air-to-air dc bushings. This standard defines the special terms used, service conditions, rating, general requirements,
electrical insulation characteristics, and test procedure for the bushings for dc application.
Key Words: bushings, dc application
Designation: C57.19.03-1996/Cor 1-20xx-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Bushings for DC
Applications - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006
Technical Contact: Fred E Elliott, Phone:360-418-2269, Email:felliott@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: Correct errors in IEEE Std C57.19.03 - Standard General
Requirements and Test Procedure for Power Apparatus Bushings.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the special terms used, service
conditions, rating, general requirements, electrical insulation
characteristics, and test procedure for the bushings for dc applications.
This corrigendum corrects errors in the initial publication of this
standard.
Abstract: This corrigendum corrects IEEE Std C57.19.03-1996. The standard applies to outdoor and indoor power apparatus dc bushings
of condenser type that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled converter
transformers and smoothing reactors, as well as air-to-air dc bushings. This standard defines the special terms used, service
conditions, rating, general requirements, electrical insulation characteristics, and test procedure for the bushings for dc
application.
Key Words: bushings, dc application
Designation: C57.19.100-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Power Apparatus Bushings
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Contains rev for IEEE Std C57.19.101-1992.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 800)
Abstract: Guidance on the use of outdoor power apparatus bushings is provided. The bushings are limited to those built in accordance
with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991. General information and recommendations for the application of power apparatus bushings, when
incorporated as part of power transformers, power circuit breakers, and isolated-phase bus, are provided.
Key Words: application, circuit breakers, transformers, power apparatus
bushings, isolated-phase bus
Designation: PC57.19.100
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Application of Power Apparatus Bushings
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Thomas W. Spitzer, Phone:817-215-6457, Email:tommy.spitzer@txued.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: Guidance on the use of outdoor power apparatus bushings is
provided in this document. The bushings are limited to those built in
accordance with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present general information
and recommendations for the application of power apparatus bushings when
incorporated as part of power transformers, power circuit breakers, and
isolated-phase bus. The loading model developed in this guide is based on
oil-impregnated, paper-insulated, capacitance-graded bushings. Similar
loading models could be developed for other bushing constructions.
Designation: C57.19.101-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Power Apparatus Bushings
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 12, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Fred E Elliott, Phone:360-418-2269, Email:felliott@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993 (Ref. Std.: 757)
Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power- class apparatus bushings that have basic impulse
insulation levels of 110 kV and higher are covered. Specific values for dimensional and related requirements that are to be
interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with IEEE C57.19.00-1991 are provided. Bushings covered by this standard are
intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers
Designation: C57.21-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt
Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revison of C57.21-1981
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Aug 13, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: All oil-immersed or dry-type, single phase or three-phase, outdoor or indoor shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA are
covered. Terminology and general requirements are stated, and the basis for rating shunt reactors is set forth. Routine, design,
and other tests are described, and methods for performing them are given. Losses and impedance, temperature rise, dielectric
tests, and insulation levels are covered. Construction requirements for oil-immersed reactors and construction and installation
requirements for dry-type reactors are presented.
Key Words: Dielectric Tests, oil-immersed shunt, Oil-immersed shunt reactor,
Dry-type shunt reactor
Designation: PC57.21
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt Reactors
Rated Over 500 kVA
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The current standard applies to all oil-immersed or dry-type,
single phase or three phase outdoor or indoor shunt reactors rated over 500
kVA. The revision process will address comments received with negative
ballots and approved with comments ballots during the 2002-3 reaffirmation
process. In addition 2 new annexes will be added to the document, one
covering thyristor controlled dry-type air-core shunt reactors used in
static VAR compensators and the other addressing dielectric switching
stresses seen by shunt reactors during switching operations. These annexes
are being added as a result of needs within the power industry.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of the original document was to define
recommended tests and test procedures for oil-immersed and dry-type air-core
shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. The document also included information
on the application of shunt reactors. The revision of C57.21 will address
testing issues raised in comments during the recent reaffirmation process.
In response to needs expressed by "end users", application information will
be expanded to include dielectric stresses experienced by shunt reactors
during switching; an annex will be utilized. Additionally C57.21 has been
used on an "adhoc" basis by the power industry in the manufacture, testing
and application of thyristor controlled shunt reactors. An annex will be
added to formally cover this application.
Designation: C57.21-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt
Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1981
Key Words: shunt, reactors, over, 500kVA
Designation: C57.21a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Shunt Reactor Dielectric Tests Sections 8.2 and 12.2
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: S Kennedy, Phone:301-771-4800
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986
Designation: PC57.32
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology and Test Procedures for Neutral
Grounding Devices
Status: Revision Project
**This is a revision of IEEE Std 32-1972
Technical Contact: Steven Schappell, Phone:919-580-3240, Email:steven.schappell@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to devices used for the purpose of
controlling the ground current or the potentials to ground of an alternating
current system. These devices are: grounding transformers, ground-fault
neutralizers, resistors, reactors, capacitors, or combinations of these.
Project Purpose: Present requirements, such as those for transformers and
resistors used for grounding, may be out of date with existing standards for
these apparatus. Users are those who manufacture and apply such devices.
Benefit: To provide information and data as outlined in the title.
Designation: C57.91-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Stds C57.91-1981, C57.92-1981 & C57.115-1991. Dec2002:
Reaffirmation disapproved. 2-yr extension granted to allow the Sponsor time
to submit a PAR for revision or to reaffirm the base document + the
corrigenda.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 2004
Abstract: General recommendations for loading 65 °C rise mineral-oil-immersed distribution and power transformers are covered.
Key Words: distribution , transformer, loading, minerial oil, oil immersed,
power transformer
Designation: PC57.91
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Loading Liquid Immersed Transformers and Voltage Regulators
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Timothy Raymond, Phone:518-884-0297, Email:tc.raymond@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for loading mineral-oil-
immersed transformers and voltage regulators with insulation systems rated
for a 65°C average winding temperature rise at rated load. This guide
applies to transformers manufactured in accordance with IEEE C57.12.00 and
tested in accordance with IEEE C57.12.90, and voltage regulators
manufactured and tested in accordance with C57.15. Because a substantial
population of transformers and voltage regulators with insulation systems
rated for 55C average winding temperature rise at rated load are still in
service, recommendations that are specific to this equipment are also
included.
Project Purpose: Applications of loads in excess of nameplate rating involve
some degree of risk. It is the purpose of this guide to identify these risks
and to establish limitations and guidelines, the application of which will
minimize the risks to an acceptable level.
Designation: C57.91-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Overhead and Pad-Mounted
Distribution Transformers Rated 500kVA and Less with 65 °C or 55 °C Average
Winding Rise
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 631)
Abstract: General recommendations for loading 65 degrees Centigrade-rise mineral-oil-immersed overhead and pad-mounted distribution
transformers are covered. Recommendations for 55 degrees Centigrade-rise transformers are included because a substantial
percentage of these transformers are still in service. The recommendations are based on winding hottest-spot calculations only.
Other factors that may limit the permissible load to lower values are listed. A method to establish winding temperature and loss
of life by nomographs is given.
Key Words: loading, overhead, pad-mounted, transformers, 500kVA
Designation: C57.91-1995/Cor 1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: Corrigenda for C57.91-1995, Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed
Trasnformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2003
Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a corrigenda with corrections to IEEE
C57.91-1995, Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Transformers. The Scope
of the present standard is general recommendations for loading 65 C rise
mineral-oil-immersed distribution and power transformers. It also gives
recommendations for loading 55 C rise transformers.
Project Purpose: Since C57, 12, 91-1995 was published on April 25, 1996,
members of the original Working Group and other users have pointed out
errors in the published document. A corrigenda is needed to inform users of
the corrections and to permit incorporation of corrections into future
printed copies. A corrigenda is also needed prior to conducting a
Reaffirmation ballot prior to the document expiration date of April 25,
2001. IEEE has a duty to past and future purchasers of this document to
publish a corrigenda.
Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std C57.91-1995 are addressed in this corrigendum.
Key Words: loading, mineral-oil-immersed
Designation: C57.92-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Up to and
Including 100 MVA with 55 °C or 65 °C Average Winding Rise
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Folded into C57.91-1995
Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992
(Ref. Std.: 507)
Abstract: General recommendations for loading mineral-oil-immersed power transformers and other oil-insulated power transformer
having up to and including 100 MVA maximum nameplate rating are covered. They are based mostly on aging of the winding
insulation. This guide may also be used for askarel-filled transformers. The method used for computer calculation of the
capability tables for normal and moderate sacrifice of life and examples for developing them by hand calculations are given.
Key Words: loading, mineral-oil, immersed, transformers, 100MVA
Designation: C57.93-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of ASA C57.93-1958, IEEE Stds C57.12.11-1980 and C57.12.12-1980.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Guidance is given for the shipping, handling, inspection, and maintenance of liquid-immersed power transformers rated 501
kVA and above with secondary voltage of 1000 V and above. The entire range of power transformers is covered, including EHV
transformers, with distinctions as required for various sizes, voltage sizes, voltage ratings, and liquid insulation types.
Key Words: installation, liquid immersed, load tap changers, LTC, transformers
Designation: PC57.93
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Liquid-Immersed Power
Transformers
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Lau, Phone:604-699-7521, Email:mike.lau@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: The recommendations presented in this guide apply to the
shipping, handling, inspection, installation, and maintenance of liquid-
immersed power transformers rated 501 kVA and above with secondary voltages
of 1000 V and above. This guide covers the entire range of power
transformers, including extra high voltage (EHV) transformers. This guide
does not cover special transformers such as furnace transformers, rectifier
transformers etc. Distinctions are made as required for various MVA
ratings, voltage ratings, and types of liquid
insulation.<br><br> Clause 3 contains information
for use with transformers rated below 10 MVA with high voltages less than 69
kV. Clause 4 applies to transformers rated 10 MVA and above with
primary voltages of 69 kV and above, including EHV
transformers.<br><br> NOTE 1: For transformers with
primary voltages that are less than 69 kV and larger than 10 MVA, users
should follow Clause 4.<br> NOTE 2: The user should carefully
read the instruction book supplied by the manufacturer. Any conflict with
this guide that may occur should be resolved with the manufacturer for each
specific installation.
Project Purpose: This Guide intents to provide the users the procedures,
criteria and current practices in the installation and maintenance of liquid
immersed power transformers.
Designation: C57.931
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Installation of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Lau, Phone:604-699-7521, Email:mike.lau@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: TThe Scope of this project is to revise the existing guide for
installation operating and maintenance of liquid-immersed power
transformers. The revised guide will incorporate the best present practices,
with respect to methodology and criteria, in the areas including insulation
dryout, energization of transformer at cold temperatures, soaking time and
general maintenance practices.
Project Purpose: The Purpose of this project is to revise the Guide to reflect
the present practises in the industry. Some criteria and methodology are
out-of-date and needed to be revised. PURPOSE FROM PREVIOUS PAR - The
purpose of this project is to provide a guide for installation covering the
full range of power transformers by combining, consolidating and updating
the current ANSI/IEEE C57.12.11 and C57.12.12, together with appropriate
parts of the rescinded C57.93 and additional material.
Designation: C57.94-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Application, Operation, and
Maintenance of Dry-Type General Purpose Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1982
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 547)
Abstract: The application, installation, operation, and maintenance of single- and polyphase dry-type general purpose, distribution,
power, and autotransformers are covered. The following types are included: ventilated, indoor and outdoor, self- or forced-air
cooled; nonventilated, indoor and outdoor, self- or forced-air cooled; and sealed, indoor and outdoor, self-cooled. Instrument
transformers, step voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, and specialty
transformers are not covered.
Key Words: dry-type, Power transformers, Power transformer testing,
Autotransformers
Designation: C57.95-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Liquid-Immersed Step-Voltage and Induction-
Voltage Regulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David S Takach, Phone:(314) 554-3097
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992
Abstract: General recommendations for loading mineral-oil-immersed, 55 degrees Centigrade rise, step-voltage and induction-voltage
regulators are set forth. Loading recommendations are given in tabular form and cover a wide range of ambient conditions and loss
of life. The method and equations used for calculation of the tables are given.
Key Words: loading, oil, immersed, coltage, regulators, Voltage control
Designation: C57.96-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: Update the existing document to resolve negative ballots
received during re-affirmation and to include a section incorporating
transformers with solid cast and/or resin encapsulated epoxy windings.
Project Purpose: To provide users with a more accurate determination of how to
load transformers while maintaining its integrity and to give user of
transformers with epoxy windings a loading guide.
Abstract: " General recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformersthat have 80 °C, 115 °C, and 150
°C average winding rises and insulation systems limited to 150 °C,180 °C, and 220 °C maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures,
respectively, are covered in thisguide. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having
im-pregnated insulation systems are included. "
Key Words: "ambient temperature,cast-resin transformer,constant load,derating
factors,hottest-spot temperature,loading capability,loading
transformer,rated output,resin-encapsulated,solid-cast,time
constant,transient loading"
Designation: C57.96
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Loading Dry Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including
Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated Windings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: C57.96-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Loading Dry Type Transformers, Guide for
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have 80,
115, and 150 degrees Centigrade average winding rises and insulation systems limited to 150, 185, and 220 degrees Centigrade
maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures, respectively. Transformers through 10000 kVA are included. Recommendations for
ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having impregnated insulation systems are provided
Key Words: guide, loading, dry, type, transformers
Designation: C57.96-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 1989
Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have 80°C,
115°C, and 150°C average winding rises, and insulation systems limited to 150°C, 185°C, and 220°C maximum hottest-spot operating
temperatures, respectively. Transformers through 10 000 kVA are included. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and
sealed dry-type transformers having impregnated insulation systems are provided.
Key Words: Power transformers
Designation: C57.98-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 11, 1994
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: May 10, 1995
Abstract: Guidance on the use of outdoor power apparatus bushings is provided. The bushings are limited to those built in accordance
with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991. General information and recommendations for the application of power apparatus bushings, when
incorporated as part of power transformers, power circuit breakers, and isolated-phase bus, are provided.
Key Words: digital recording, switching impulse, transformer impulse
Designation: PC57.98
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Arthur Molden, Phone:845-225-0993, Email:ameesco@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: To aid in the interpretation and application of the impulse
testing requirements of the IEEE Standard Test Codes for Transformers.
Project Purpose: To revise, update and expand upon the existing guide with
particular regard to the utilization of modern digital recording techniques.
Designation: C57.98-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1985
Designation: C57.98a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Performing Routine Lightning Impulse Tests on Distribution
Transformers, Supplement to C57.98
Status: Changed Designation
**PAR revised and redesignated to C57.138
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: C57.99
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Loading Current Limiting Reactors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1978 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 731)
Key Words: loading, current, limiting, reactors
Designation: C57.100-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Liquid-Immersed
Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 07, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000
Project Scope: The procedure is intended to provide a direct evaluation of the
composite insulation system of either a power or distribution, liquid
immersed transformer.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish a uniform method for investigating
the effect of operating temperature on the life expectancy of liquid-
immersed power and distribution transformers.
Abstract: " A test procedure is established to provide a uniform method for investigating the effect of operating temperature on the
life expectancy of liquid-immersed transformers. The test proce-dures are intended to provide data for the selection of a
limiting hottest-spot temperature for rating purposes, provide data which may serve as the basis for a guide for loading, and
permit the com-parative evaluation of a proposed insulation system with reference to a system that has proven to be acceptable in
service. "
Key Words: "aging,distribution transformers,life tests,liquid immersed,power
transformers,test procedures,thermal evaluation"
Designation: C57.100
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Oil-Immersed
Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry A Lowdermilk, Phone:828-465-1749, Email:llowdermilk@charter.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Designation: PC57.100
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for
Liquid-Immersed Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roger Wicks, Phone:804-383-3300, Email:roger.c.wicks@usa.dupont.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard provides test procedures to evaluate the thermal
aging characteristics of insulation systems used in liquid-immersed
distribution or power transformers. The dielectric liquid is part of the
insulation system. The test procedure shall simulate practical service
conditions of the insulation system, with the main emphasis on the thermal
aging of materials in the candidate insulation system as compared to a
conventional insulation system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the this revision of C57.100 is to deal with
issues raised during the last ballot for this document as well as in
meetings held to resolve that ballot. This revision is required, as the
document is near the end of it’s 5 year life. These issues include, but are
not limited to: 1.Defining what a “conventional insulation system” is.
2. Understanding when a manufacturer must test per this document. 3.
Understanding that the type of equipment produced (power vs. distribution
transformer) may dictate the type of testing available to the equipment
manufacturer.
Designation: C57.100-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Oil-Immersed
Distribution Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1985
Abstract: A uniform method for investigating the effect of operating temperature on the life expectancy of oil-immersed distribution
transformers is presented. A direct evaluation of the composite insulation system of an oil-immersed distribution transformer
tested as an integral unit is given. The oil in which the transformer is immersed is considered to be a part of the insulation
system. Each component of the insulation structure operates during the test under conditions that are, as nearly as possible, the
same as those that it would encounter in service. Provision is made for thermal cycling in the test procedure.
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, oil, immersed, transformers, Power transformer
insulation , Insulation life
Designation: C57.103-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Specification for New, Unused Transformer-Type Askarels
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**aka Std 423
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 (Ref. Std.: 423)
Key Words: new, unused, transformer, type, askarels
Designation: C57.104
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil-Immersed
Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frank W Heinrichs, Phone:724-941-6924, Email:frankus2@connecttime.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Revise and update C57.104-1991.
Project Purpose: C57.104 has been widely used to provide early detection and
interpretation of internal thermal and/or electrical problems in operating
oil filled transformers and to decide on status and continued operation of
transformer.
Designation: PC57.104
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil-Immersed
Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard K Ladroga, Phone:617-393-3133, Email:rladroga@doble.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide applies to mineral-oil-immersed transformers and
addresses: 1) The theory of combustible gas generation in a transformer; 2)
The interpretation of gas analysis; 3) Suggested operating procedures; 4)
Various diagnostic techniques, such as key gases, Dornenberg ratios, and
Rogers ratios; 5) Instruments for detecting and determining the amount of
combustible gases present; and 6) A bibliography of related literature.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the transformer
owner and/or operator with a Guide for operating transformers using
analytical tools and methods involving transformer mineral oil and
associated developed gases.
Designation: C57.104-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for the Detection and Determination of Generated Gases in
Oil-Immersed Transformers and Their Relation to the Serviceability of the
Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1978
Abstract: ANSI withdrew on 3/2/89.
Key Words: generated, gases, oil-immersed, transformer
Designation: C57.104-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil-Immersed
Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1991
Abstract: Detailed procedures for analyzing gas from gas spaces or gas-collecting devices as well as gas dissolved in oil are
described. The procedures cover: (1) the calibration and use of field instruments for detecting and estimating the amount of
combustible gases present in gas blankets above oil, or in gas detector relays; (2) the use of fixed instruments for detecting
and determining the quantity of combustible gases present in gas-blanketed equipment; (3) obtaining samples of gas and oil from
the transformer for laboratory analysis; (4) laboratory methods for analyzing the gas blanket and the gases extracted from the
oil; and (5) interpreting the results in terms of transformer serviceability. The intent is to provide the operator with positive
and useful information concerning the serviceability of the equipment. An extensive bibliography on gas evolution, detection, and
interpretation is included.
Key Words: Oil-filled transformers, Gas analysis
Designation: C57.105-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Transformer Connections in Three-Phase
Distribution Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 1978
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993
Abstract: The characteristics of the various transformer connections and possible operating problems under normal or abnormal
conditions are treated for three-phase distribution systems. These systems are characterized by primary voltages up to and
including 34.5 kV, usually have a preponderance of connected transformers with low-voltage windings below 1000 V, and furnish
electric service to consumers. All combinations of Delta and Y, grounded and ungrounded, T connected, zigzag, and certain special
connections are considered. Only two-winding transformers are included. Phasing procedures and loading practices are not covered.
Key Words: application, transformer, connections, three-phase, distribution
Designation: C57.106-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James A Thompson, Phone:605-534-3571, Email:jathompson@trservice.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide applies to mineral oil used in transformers, load tap
changers, voltage regulators, reactors, and circuit breakers. The guide
discusses the following: a) Analytical tests and their significance for the
evaluation of mineral insulating oil; b) The evaluation of new, unused
mineral insulating oil before and after filling into equipment; c) Methods
of handling and storage of mineral insulating oil; d) The evaluation of
service-aged mineral insulating oil; e) Health and environmental care
procedures for mineral insulating oil. The characteristics of the
oils discussed in this guide does not include oil that is in factory fill
lines, nor does this guide cover reclaimed oil installed in new equipment.
The characteristics of the oils discussed in this guide does not include oil
that is in factory fill lines, nor does this guide cover reclaimed oil
installed in new equipment. The qualities of such oil, if used, should be
agreed upon by the manufacturer and the user of the equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist the user of the
equipment in evaluating the serviceability of new, unused oil being received
in equipment; oil as received for filling new equipment at the installation
site; and oil as processed into equipment. It also assists the operator in
maintaining the oil in serviceable condition.
Designation: C57.106-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes C57.106-1991 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Joseph J Kelly, Phone:330/633-2666 x3210
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2002
Project Scope: This guide discusses and recommends analytical test and
evaluation procedures for acceptance and use of conventional petroleum
(mineral) dielectric oils. Minimum standards, methods of maintenance for
these fluids and levels at which these methods become necessary and
included. The mineral oils covered in this guide are used in transformers,
voltage regulators, switchgear, reactors, circuit breakers and load tap
changers. The Characteristic of the oils discussed in this guide does not
include oil that is in factory fill lines nor does this guide cover
reclaimed oil installed in new equipment. The qualities of such oil, if
used, should be agreed upon by the manufacturer and the user of equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist the power equipment
operator in evaluating the serviceability of new, unused oil being received
in equipment; oil as received for filling new equipment at the installation
site; and oil as processed into equipment. It also assists the operator in
maintaining the oil is serviceable conditions.
Abstract: " Recommendations regarding oil tests and evaluation procedures are made in this guide; referencesare made to methods of
reconditioning and reclaiming conventional petroleum (mineral) dielectric insulatingoils; the levels at which these methods
become necessary; and the routines for restoring oxidation resistance,where required, by the addition of oxidation inhibitors.
The intent is to assist the power equipment operator inevaluating the serviceability of oil received in equipment, oil as
received from the supplier for filling new equip-ment at the installation site, and oil as processed into such equipment; and to
assist the operator in maintainingoil in serviceable condition. The mineral oil covered is used in transformers, reactors,
circuit breakers, load tapchangers, and voltage regulators. "
Key Words: "insulation testing,load tap changers,oil circuit breakers,oil
insulation,power distribution mainte-nance,power transformer
insulation,reactors,transformers,voltage regulators"
Designation: C57.106-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C57.106-2002.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1986, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations are made regarding oil tests and evaluation procedures, methods of reconditioning and reclaiming
conventional petroleum (mineral) dielectric oils, the levels at which these become necessary, and the routines for restoring
oxidation resistance, where required, by the addition of inhibitors. The intent is to assist the power equipment operator in
evaluating the serviceability of oil received in equipment, oil as received from the refiner for filling new equipment at the
installation site, and oil as processed into such equipment and to assist the operator in maintaining his oil in serviceable
condition. The mineral oil covered is used in transformers, switchgear, reactors and current breakers.
Key Words: inductors, switchgear, Power transformer insulation, Power
distribution maintenance, Oil insulation, Oil circuit breakers, Insulation
testing
Designation: C57.106-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1978
Designation: C57.109-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Liquid-Immersed Transformers Through-Fault-Current
Duration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1993
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1993
Abstract: Recommendations believed essential for the application of overcurrent protective devices applied to limit the exposure
time of transformers to short-circuit current are set forth. Transformer coordination curves are presented for four categories of
transformers. There is no intent to imply overload capability
Key Words: Liquid-immersed transformer
Designation: C57.109-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Through-Fault-Current Duration
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1985
Key Words: transformer, through, fault, current, duration
Designation: C57.110-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Establishing Transformer Capability When
Supplying Nonsinusoidal Load Currents
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jul 02, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: The recommended practice applies only to two winding
transformers covered by ANSI/IEEE C57.12.00, ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01 and NEMA
St. 20. It does not apply to Rectifier Transformers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish uniform methods
for determining the capability of transformers to supply nonsinusoidal load
currents of known characteristics.
Abstract: " Methods are developed to conservatively evaluate the feasibility of supplying additionalnonsinusoidal load currents from
an existing installed dry-type or liquid-Þlled transformer, as a por-tion of the total load. ClariÞcation of the necessary
application information is provided to assist inproperly specifying a new transformer expected to carry a load, a portion of
which is composed ofnonsinusoidal load currents. A number of examples illustrating these methods and calculationsare presented.
Reference annexes make a comparison of the document calculations to calcula-tions found in other industry standards and suggested
temperature rise methods are detailed forreference purposes. "
Key Words: "current,eddy-current losses,harmonic current,harmonic load
losses,harmonic loss factor,harmonics,K-factor,load
currents,nonsinusoidal,transformer"
Designation: PC57.110
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing Liquid-Filled and Dry-Type Power
and Distribution Transformer Capability When Supplying Nonsinusoidal Load
Currents
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard P Marek, Phone:804-383-2376, Email:richard.p.marek@usa.dupont.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice applies only to two winding
transformers covered by IEEE Std C57.12.00-1993,IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998, and
NEMA ST20-1992. It does not apply to rectifier transformers. The WG will
incorporate all information from the errata sheet and update as necessary.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish uniform methods
for determining the capability of transformers to supply nonsinusoidal load
currents of known characteristics.
Designation: C57.110-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Establishing Transformer Capability When
Supplying Nonsinusoidal Load Currents
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1987
Abstract: Uniform methods are established for determining the capability of transformers to supply nonsinusoidal load currents of
known characteristics without loss of normal life expectancy. Two methods are described. The first is intended for use by those
with access to detailed information on loss-density distribution within the transformer windings. The second method is less
accurate and is intended for use by those with access to transformer certified test-report data only. It is anticipated that the
first method will be used primarily by transformer design engineers, and the second primarily by users. The recommendations apply
to evaluating the feasibility of applying nonsinusoidal load currents to existing transformers and for specifying new
transformers to supply nonsinusoidal loads.
Key Words: harmonic, load, current, heating, Power transformers
Designation: C57.111-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance of Silicone Insulating Fluid and Its
Maintenance in Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: May 26, 1995
Abstract: Tests and evaluation procedures for silicone transformer fluid are recommended. Criteria for maintenance and methods of
reconditioning silicone fluid are described. The aim is to assist the transformer operator in evaluating the silicone insulating
fluids in transformers, fluid received from the manufacturer for filling transformers at the installation site, and fluid
processed into such transformers, as well as in maintaining the properties of silicone fluid in operating transformers.
Key Words: Silicone insulation, Power transformer insulation
Designation: C57.112
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Control of Transformer Sound
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allan M Teplitzky, Phone:(212) 460-4859
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1973 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 523)
Designation: C57.113-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled Power
Transformers and Shunt Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This test procedure applies to the detection and measurement by
the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in
liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests,
where applicable.
Project Purpose: Partial discharge measurements in transformers and shunt
reactors may preferably be made on the basis of measurement of the apparent
charge. Relevant measuring systems are classified as narrow-band or wide-
band systems. Both systems are recognized and widely used. Without giving
preference to one or the other, it is the object of this document to
describe the wide-band method. General principles of partial discharge
measurements, including the narrow-band method, are covered in IEEE Std 454-
1973 [7]1, IEC 270 (1981) [2], and IEC 76-3 (1980) [1].
Abstract: The detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled
power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests are covered. This standard covers the measuring instrument,
calibrator characteristics, test circuits, calibration procedure, and partial discharge measurement during induced-voltage tests.
Key Words: Shunt reactor, Partial discharge, Liquid-filled transformer
Designation: C57.113
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Recommended Practice for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled
Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bertrand Poulin, Phone:408-957-8326, Email:bertrand.f.poulin@ca.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This test procedure applies to the detection and measurement by
the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in
liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests,
where applicable.
Project Purpose: Partial discharge measurements in transformers and shunt
reactors may preferably be made on the basis of measurement of the apparent
charge. Relevant measuring systems are classified as narrow-band or wide-
band systems. Both systems are recognized and widely used. Without giving
preference to one or the other, it is the object of this document to
describe the wide-band method. General principles of partial discharge
measurements, including the narrow-band method, are covered in IEEE Std 454-
1973 [7]1, IEC 270 (1981) [2], and IEC 76-3 (1980) [1].
Abstract: The detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled
power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests are covered. This standard covers the measuring instrument,
calibrator characteristics, test circuits, calibration procedure, and partial discharge measurement during induced-voltage tests.
Key Words: Liquid-filled transformer, partial discharge, shunt reactor
Designation: PC57.113
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Recommended Practice for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled
Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Bertrand Poulin, Phone:450-652-2901 X1288, Email:bertrand.f.poulin@ca.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the test procedure for the
detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial
discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors
during dielectric tests, where applicable.
Project Purpose: Partial discharge measurements in transformers and shunt
reactors should preferably be made on the basis of measurement of the
apparent charge. Relevant measuring systems are classified as narrow-band or
wide-band systems. Both systems are recognized and widely used. Without
giving preference to one or the other, it is the object of this document
to describe the wide-band method. General principles of partial discharge
measurements, including the narrow-band method, are covered in IEC 60270
(2000), and IEC 60076-3 (2000).
Designation: C57.113-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled
Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986
Key Words: C57.113
Designation: C57.114-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1973, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
(Ref. Std.: IEEE 513)
Abstract: This standard specifies recommendations for the design and installation of power transformers and reactors to withstand
the effects of earthquakes.
Designation: C57.115-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Rated in
Excess of 100 MVA (65 °C Winding Rise)
Status: Superseded
**See C57.91
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 756)
Key Words: loading, mineral, oil, immersed, transformers
Designation: C57.115-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Rated in
Excess of 100 MVA (65°C Winding Rise) (Folded into C57.91-1995) (65°C
Winding Rise)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adopted as full-use on 3/21/91. Redesignation of IEEE Std 756 issued for
trial use in May 1984. Folded into C57.91-1995
Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 756)
Abstract: This guide covers modern power transformers rated above 100 MVA, three-phase equivalent, and 65 degrees Centigrade rise.
The general approach is tutorial. Four different types of loading, that is, normal life expectancy, planned loading beyond
nameplate rating, long-time emergency loading and short-time emergency loading, are considered. The various effects of loading a
transformer in excess of its nameplate rating are discussed. Temperature and maximum loading limitations are suggested.
Key Words: emergency loading, loading, mineral oil, immersed power,
transformers, nameplate rating, power, temperature, transformers
Designation: C57.116-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Transformers Directly Connected to Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 1989
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: Jan 03, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 1995
(Ref. Std.: 785)
Abstract: The selection, application, and specification considerations for the unit transformer and unit auxiliaries transformers
are described, taking into account their connections, voltage and kilovoltampere ratings, and excitation and through-fault
capabilities during possible operating conditions, both normal and abnormal. Consideration is given to direct connections and
connections through generator breakers and load-break switches. Both hydroelectric and thermal electric generating stations are
covered. Phasing procedures, basic impulse insulation-level selection, and loading practices are not covered.
Key Words: Generators, Power transformers, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: C57.117-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Reporting Failure Data for Power Transformers and Shunt
Reactors on Electric Utility Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 1988
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 786)
Abstract: The reporting and statistical analysis of reliability of power transformers and shunt reactors used on electric utility
power systems are addressed. The following types and applications of transformers are covered: power transformers,
autotransformers, regulating transformers, phase-shifting transformers, shunt reactors, HVDC converter transformers, substation
transformers, transmission tie transformers, unit transformers, unit auxiliary transformers, and grounding transformers. The
format for the collection and reporting of data is presented, and the kinds of reports that may be useful to both users and
manufacturers of transformers are illustrated.
Key Words: Power transformers, Power system reliability, Inductors
Designation: C57.119-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Performing Temperature Rise Tests on Oil
Immersed Power Transformers at Loads Beyond Nameplate Rating
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2002
Technical Contact: Subhash C Tuli, Phone:262-547-0121x1428, Email:subhash.tuli@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: Write Recommended Practice for performing Temperature Rise Tests
on Power Transformers for the purpose of: A. Determining the Thermal
Characteristics of a transformer required to calculate the Thermal
Performance of a Transformer loaded at Loads other than name plate rating.
B. Verify that a Transformer can be loaded with a specified load profile
without exceeding specified Temperature Rises. C. Asses a Transformer
performance during loading simulating A LOAD CYCLE including loads in excess
of nameplate rating.
Project Purpose: Present Standard Temperature Rise Tests, to verify the rating,
do not provide adequate data to evaluate transformer temperature rises at
load cycles beyond Nameplate Ratings. This recommended practice document
provides the additional data required for assesing transformer temperature
under time-varying loads.
Abstract: " Recommendations are made, where possible, regarding the performance and evaluationof temperature rise tests on oil-
immersed power transformers beyond nameplate ratings. The intentis to assist power transformer manufacturers, and the ultimate
users, in evaluating thermalperformance of the transformers under varying loads. "
Key Words: "mineral-oil-immersed, power transformers, rated load, thermal
capacity, top oil temperature"
Designation: C57.119
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Recommended Practice for Performing Temperature Rise Tests on Oil-
Immersed Power Transformers at Loads Beyond Nameplate Rating
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 838)
Designation: C57.120-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Loss Evaluation Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1992
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980, BD APP: Sep 16, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1992
(Ref. Std.: 842)
Abstract: A method for establishing the dollar value of the electric power needed to supply the losses of a transformer or reactor
is provided. Users can use this loss evaluation to determine the relative economic benefit of a high-first-cost, low-loss unit
versus one with a lower first cost and higher losses, and to compare the offerings of two or more manufacturers to aid in making
the best purchase choice. Manufacturers can use the evaluation to optimize the design and provide the most economically unit to
bid and manufacture. The various types of losses are reviewed.
Key Words: economic, reactors, transformers, Loss evaluation
Designation: C57.121-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Less-Flammable Hydrocarbon
Fluid in Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This guide recommends tests and evaluation procedures, as well
as criteria and methods of maintenance for less Flammable hydrocarbon
transformer insulating fluids.
Abstract: IEEE Std C57.121-1998 (Revision of IEEE Std C57.121-1988) IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Less Flammable
Hydrocarbon Fluid in Transformers
Key Words: "high molecular weight hydrocarbon fluid,HMWH fluid,hydrocarbon
fluid,insulating fluid,less flammable hydrocarbon fluid,LFH
fluid,transformer"
Designation: C57.121-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Less Flammable Hydrocarbon
Fluid in Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982, BD APP: Feb 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: This standard covers the evaluation and handling procedures for less-flammable hydrocarbon transformer insulating fluids.
Its purpose is to assist the transformer operator in receiving new fluids, filling transformers, and maintaining the fluids in
serviceable condition.
Designation: C57.123-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Loss Measurement
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 05, 2002
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002
Project Scope: This guide applies to liquid-immersed-power and distribution
transformers, dry-type transformers, and stepvoltage regulators.
Additionally, it applies to both single- and three-phase transformers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to: a) Describe the basis and
methodology by which the accuracy requirements of (Clause 8 and Clause 9)
of IEEE Std C57.12.90-1999 for liquid-immersed transformers and IEEE Std
C57.12.91-2001 for dry-type transformers can be achieved. b) Explain
why the test code specifies certain procedures and limits. c) Explain
advantages and disadvantages of different test methods where alternative
methods are available. d) Explain practical limitations and valid
means of overcoming them. e) Give theoretical basis for
interpolation/extrapolation of tested data and valid limits. f) Explain
test anomalies—how they result, what they mean, and how to handle them.
g) Give procedures for calibration, certification, and traceability of
measurement processes to reference standards. h) Discuss procedures for
grounding, shielding, safety precautions, etc. i) Provide schematics and
examples to clarify concepts and demonstrate methodologies.
Abstract: Information and general recommendations of instrumentation, circuitry, calibration, and measurement techniques of no-load
losses (excluding auxiliary losses), excitation current, and loadlosses of power and distribution transformers are provided. The
guide is intended as a complement to the test code procedures given in Clause 8 and Clause 9 of IEEE Std C57.12.90-1999.
Key Words: calibration,load loss,no-load loss,testing,transformers
Designation: C57.123
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Transformer Loss Measurement
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 1098)
Designation: C57.124-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Detection of Partial Discharge and the
Measurement of Apparent Charge in Dry-Type Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 1991
Abstract: The detection of partial discharges occurring in the insulation of dry-type transformers or their components and the
measurement of the associated apparent charge at the terminals when the alternating test voltage is applied are covered. The
wideband method is used. The detection system and calibrator characteristics are described, and the test procedures are
established.
Key Words: corona, Ventilated dry-type transformer, Partial discharge, Dry-type
transformers, Cost coil transformers, Apparent charge
Designation: C57.125-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Failure Investigation, Documentation, and Analysis for
Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 1992
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1991
Abstract: A procedure to be used to perform a failure analysis is recommended. The procedure is primarily focused on power
transformers used on electrical utility systems, although it may be used for an investigation into any ac transformer failure.
This document provides a methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular transformer failure may be determined.
This document is also intended to encourage the establishment of routine and uniform data collection procedures, consistency of
nomenclature and compatibility with similar efforts by other organizations, and cooperative effects by users and manufacturers
during the failure analysis.
Key Words: Failure analysis, Electrical tests, Diagnostic tests
Designation: C57.126
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluatio of Oil-Immersed Power
Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James H Harlow, Phone:256-643-3934, Email:j.h.harlow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987
Designation: C57.127-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Detection and Location of Acoustic Emissions from Partial
Discharges in Oil-Immersed Power Transformers and Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: John W Harley, Phone:330-242-0046, Email:jack@harleyinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This guide is applicable to the detection and location of
acoustic emissions from partial discharges and other sources in oil immersed
power transformers and reactors. Both electrical (partial discharge) and
mechanical sources (such as loose clamping, bolts or insulation parts)
generate these emissions. There are descriptions of acoustic
instrumentation, test procedures, and interpretation of results. When this
guide is used with oil-immersed reactors, it must be understood that
interpretation of signals may be different because of the construction of
the reactor. Accuracy of location depends on the type of fault,
configuration of tank, type of instrumentation and experience.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide a means of associating the
relative magnitude and position of partial discharges and other sources with
the acoustic signals obtained by strategically located transducers. Users
are intended to be persons knowledgeable in this field such as utility
engineers, consultants, academics and manufacturers. The reason for revising
the guide is to include information on location and characteristics of
emissions and test methods.
Designation: C57.127
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Detection of Acoustic Emissions from Partial Discharges in
Oil Immersed Power Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edgar Howells, Phone:414-423-1595
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Designation: C57.127-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Detection of Acoustic Emissions From Partial Discharges in
Oil-Immersed Power Transformers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John W Harley, Phone:330-242-0046, Email:jack@harleyinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This procedure applies to the detection of partial discharge in
power transformers. It takes advantage of the acoustic emissions produced
by partial discharges. Although primarily intended for field use, it can
also be used in the factory environment if required.
Project Purpose: Organize acoustic emission detection measurement methods so
that results may be compared by persons knowledgeable in this field such as
utility engineers, consultants, academics and manufacturers.
Abstract: " This trial-use guide applies to the detection of partial discharges in powertransformers. It takes advantage of the
acoustic emissions produced by partial discharges.Although primarily intended for field use, it can also be used in the factory
environment, ifrequired. "
Key Words: "acoustic emission (AE), attenuation, burst, gas-in-oil anaylsis,
low-amplitude discharges, partial discharge (PD), power transformers"
Designation: C57.128
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Fire Prevention and Protection Guide for Liquid-Filled Power
Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herb Johnson, Phone:206-684-3573
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: C57.129-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Code for Oil Immersed HVDC Converter
Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2000
**March 2002: Upgraded from Trial-Use.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Oil-Immersed HVDC Converter Transformers (This standard
specifies the electrical, mechanical and physical requirements of oil-
immersed single-phased and three-phased converter transformers.).
Abstract: " The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed single-phase andthree-phase converter transformers
are specified. Tests are described and test code defined.Devices such as arc furnace transformers and rectifier transformers for
industrial or locomotiveapplications are not covered. "
Designation: PC57.129
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for General Requirements and Test Code for Oil-Immersed HVDC
Converter Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of the original document covered oil-immersed HVDC
converter transformers. The revision process will upgrade the test code
based on feedback, from manufacturers and "end users", obtained in the
process of applying the original document. Annexes will be added to cover
transformers used in conjunction with voltage sourced converter based HVDC
schemes, overloading of HVDC converter transformers and design review.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to define recommended
tests and test procedures for HVDC converter transformers, with particular
emphasis on dielectric tests and harmonic losses. The revision is required
to upgrade test code, design considerations and application information
based on feedback from manufacturers and "end users". Test code methodology
will be modified to reflect current technology. In addition, current
developments in HVDC technology, such as voltage source converters, will be
addressed.
Designation: PC57.130
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for the Use of Dissolved Gas Analysis During
Factory Temeprature Rise Tests for the Evaluation of Oil-Immersed
Transformers and Reactors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This trial-use guide consists of general recommendations for
evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria for gases generated in oil-
filled transformers and reactos during factory temperature rise tests.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use guide is to provide information
to the users so that they can sample, detect, analyze, and interpret what is
going on inside the transformer tank.
Designation: C57.130
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Use of Dissolved Gas Analysis During Factory Thermal Tests for
the Evaluation of Oil Immersed Transformers and Reactors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Henry A Pearce, Phone:(412) 376-3182
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: C57.131-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Load Tap Changers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1995
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995
Abstract: Electrical and mechanical performance and test requirements for load tap changers installed in power transformers and
voltage regulating transformers of all voltage and kVA ratings are covered.
Key Words: load tap changer, phase shifting transformer, regulating transformer
Designation: PC57.131
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements for Tap Changers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of original document was: This standard covers
electrical and mechanical performance and test requirements for load tap
changers installed in power transformers and voltage regulating transformers
of all voltage and kVA ratings. It relates mainly to load tap changers
immersed in transformer mineral oil, but may also be used for other
insulating fluids insofar as conditions are applicable. This project expands
the scope to include deenergized type tap changers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the orginal document was to provide standard
performance and test requirements for load tap changers. The document
revision has the purpose of providing additional information for deenergized
tap changers.
Designation: PC57.133
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tom A Prevost, Phone:802-751-3458, Email:tom.prevost@wicor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This test guide describes testing techniques and methods of
analysis of the results for conducting short-circuit tests of distribution
and power transformers, with ratings of 5 kVA and above.
Project Purpose: This guide was formerly published as C57.12.90-1993, Part II,
as an integral part of the test code procedure document, Part I. It was
decided to remove this from C57.12.90 and publish it as a stand alone guide.
Designation: C57.133
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Short Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nigel P McQuin, Phone:412-824-2165, Email:n.p.mcquin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: This test guide describes testing techniques and methods of
analysis of the results, for short-circuit tests of distribution, and power
transformers with rating of five kilovoltamperes and above.
Project Purpose: To revise the technical content of the existing guide, and to
establish the material as a separate documents from C57.12.90 which is a
standard that also includes the present guide as Part II.
Designation: C57.134-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Hottest-Spot Temperature in Dry-Type
Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
(Ref. Std.: 1444)
Project Scope: Descrive methodologiesw for determination of hottest spot
temperature in dry type distribution and power transformers with ventilated,
sealed, solid cast and encapsulated windings, built in accordnace with
C57.12.01.
Project Purpose: Assumption regarding the relation of hot spot temperature to
average winding temperature rise are not representative of all dry type
transformer constructions and winding size. A uniform methodology for
determination of hottest spot termperature will provide consistency in
testing/calculation for Manufacturers' verification of the hotspot to the
user, and for validation/review of hot spot temperature limits specified in
C57.12.01.
Abstract: " Methodologies for determination of the steady-state winding hottest-spot temperature indry-type distribution and power
transformers with ventilated, sealed, solid cast, and encapsulatedwindings built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 and
IEC 60726 (1982-01) are de-scribed in this guide. Converter transformers are not included in this guide. "
Key Words: "ambient temperature,average winding temperature rise,dry-type
transformer,production transformer,prototype transformer,temperature
measurement,temperature sensors,transformer model,winding hottest-spot
temperature"
Designation: C57.135-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Specification, and Testing of Phase-
Shifting Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2002
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This guide covers the application, specification, theory of
operation, and factory and field testing of singlephase and three-phase
oil-immersed phase-shifting transformers (PSTs). This guide is limited to
matters particular to PSTs and does not include matters relating to general
requirements for power transformers covered in existing standards,
recommended practices, or guides.
Project Purpose: The terminology, function, application, theory of operation
and protection, and design of PSTs are not covered by existing transformer
standards and guides. The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to
those specifying, designing, and using PSTs.
Abstract: Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specificationand testing to standard system
transformers are described. Various types of phase-shiftingtransformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required
control of power flow arecovered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to phase-
shifting transformers is provided.
Key Words: advance phase angle, dual-core design, main transformer, power
transfer, phaseshifting transformer, retard phase angle, series
transformer, single-core design, special tests
Designation: PC57.135
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Application, Specification and Testing of Phase Shifting
Transformers
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Hyeong Jin Sim, Phone:919-580-3234, Email:jin.sim@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide covers the application, specification, theory of
operation, and factory and field testing of singlephase and three-phase oil-
immersed phase-shifting transformers (PSTs). This guide is limited to
matters particular to PSTs and does not include matters relating to general
requirements for power transformers covered in existing standards,
recommended practices, or guides.
Project Purpose: The terminology, function, application, theory of operation
and protection, and design of PSTs are not covered by existing transformer
standards and guides. The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to
those specifying, designing, and using PSTs.
Designation: C57.136-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: Guide for Sound Level Abatement and Determination for Liquid-Immersed
Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2001
Technical Contact: Alan W Darwin, Phone:44-1785-274-370, Email:alan.darwin@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This document is intended to provide guidelines for selecting
suitable external methods for noise reduction in liquid-immersed power
transformers and shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. Many noise abatement
procedures are described that are presently available for achieving various
levels of noise reductions in transformer and shunt reactor installations.
For backgroung information, this document will also discuss the noise
producing sources within the transformers and reactors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for
reducing the noise level by external means on liquid-immersed power
transformers and shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. This document will also
describe noise abatement procedures that are presently available to reduce
noise levels in transformers and shunt reactor installations. Background
information tabout noise producing sources within the transformers and shunt
reactors will also be discussed in this document.
Abstract: Guidelines are provided for the selection of suitable sound reduction methods in oil-im-mersed power transformers and
shunt reactors over 500 kVA. Sound-producing sources withintransformers and reactors are discussed. Sound abatement procedures
are described for achievingvarious levels of sound reduction in transformer and shunt reactor installations.
Key Words: "liquid-immersed power transformers and shunt reactors,sound,sound
abatement,sound reduction methods"
Designation: C57.138-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Routine Impulse Test for Distribution
Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1998
History: PAR APP: Apr 30, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This recommended practice is to assist manufacturers of
distribution transformers in the set-up and operation of a routine impulse
test, and to assist users in understanding the routine impulse test and how
it differs from design tests.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice for routine impulse testing of
distribution transformers will assist manufacturers of distribution
transformers in designing the facilities and performing the tests defined by
subclause 10.4 of IEEE C57.12.90.
Abstract: " General test procedures for performing routine quality control test that is suitable forhigh-volume, production line
testing. Transformer connections, test methods, circuit configurations,and failure detection methods are addressed. This
recommended practice covers liquid-immersed,single- and three-phase distribution transformers. "
Key Words: "distribution transformers,routine impulse test, production line
testing"
Designation: PC57.139
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Dissolved Gas Analysis in Transformer Load Tap Changers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard K Ladroga, Phone:617-393-3133, Email:rladroga@doble.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This guide discusses and recommends methods of testing and
evaluating dissolved gasses in mineral based transformer oils found in Load
Tap Changers (LTCs). General types of LTC mechanisms, breathing
configurations and electrical design will be included as evaluation criteria
in determining when mechanical damage or failure has occurred. Dissolved Gas
of the LTC is required. This guide will not be manufacturuer specific,
rather category specific.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist a maintenance or test
technician in evaluating the mechanical condition of a load tap changer
(LTC) without the need to deenergize the transformer in question or remove
the LTC oil and open the inspection hatch. Additionally, repairs to the LTC
can be made in a timely fashion based on accurate gas analysis preventing
premature repairs or post failure rebuilds.
Designation: C57.139
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Dissolved Gas Analysis in Transformer Load Tap Changers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard K Ladroga, Phone:617-393-3133, Email:rladroga@doble.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This guide discusses and recommends methods of testing and
evaluating dissolbed gases in mineral transformer oils found in Load Tap
Changers (LTCs). General types of LTC mechanisms, breathing configurations
and electrical design will be included as evaluation criteria in determining
when mechanical damage or failure has occurred. Dissolved Gas Analysis
(DGA) provides a non invasive means of signaling when maintenance of the LTC
is required. This guide will not be manufacture specific, rather category
specific.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist a maintenance or test
technician in evaluating the mechanical condition of a Load Tap Changer
(LTC) without the need to deenergize the transformer in question or remove
the LTC oil and open the inspection hatch. Additionally, repairs to the LTC
can be made in a timely fashion based on accurate gas analysis preventing
premature repairs or post failure rebuilds.
Designation: C57.140-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation and reconditioning of Liquid Immersed Power
Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 2007
Technical Contact: Rowland I James, Jr, Phone:504-365-3652, Email:r.james@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006
Project Scope: This guide includes guidelines for the following: insulating oil
maintenance and diagnostics, oil reclamation, testing methods for the
determination of remaining insulation (paper) life, and upgrades of
auxiliary equipment such as bushings, gauges, deenergized tap changers
(DETCs), load tap changers (LTCs) (where applicable), and coil reclamping.
The goal of this guide is to assist the user in extending the useful life of
a transformer.
Project Purpose: Up to now, there have been no formal guidelines for evaluation
and reconditioning of transformers. Users that do have evaluation and
reconditioning programs may have only specific practices they use, but may
not be aware of other activities and processes that are available to them.
The purpose of this guide is to develop a comprehensive document that will
aid users in selecting the proper direction for their unique needs.
Abstract: This guide includes guidelines for the following: insulating oil maintenance and diagnostics, oil reclamation, testing
methods for the determination of remaining insulation (paper)life, and upgrades of auxiliary equipment such as bushings, gauges,
deenergized tap changers (DETCs), load tap changers (LTCs) (where applicable), and coil reclamping. The goal of this guide is to
assist the user in extending the useful life of a transformer.
Key Words: evaluation, life extension, reconditioning, risk assessment
Designation: C57.141
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Application of Load Tap Changers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This guide covers the application of load tap changers immersed
in transformer oil but may be used for other insulation fluids in so far as
conditions are applicable.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to aid in the selection,
installation, and field servicing of load tap changers.
Designation: PC57.142
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide to Describe the Occurrence and Mitigation of Switching Transients
Induced by Transformer, Switching Device, and System Interaction
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Degeneff, Phone:888-403-9084, Email:degenr@ustpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Guide addresses the application of transformers in the
presence of oscillatory switching transients. These oscillatory transients
are typically produced by the interaction of the switching device,
transformer, load, and system. This Guide defines operating conditions that
may produce switching voltages damaging to the transformer insulation
system. It discusses the electrical characteristics of the system source,
switching device, transformer, and load and the nature of their transient
interaction. It outlines several mitigation methods. Two examples are
included. This Guide recognizes that many devices and/or system
operations can produce the oscillatory transient waveforms addressed in this
guide. The focus of this Guide is on the interaction between a transformer,
system, and switching device as a result of several reports of transformer
internal winding failures. This Guide does not cover semiconductor
switching devices.
Project Purpose: When a transformer is switched into or out of a system, the
transient voltage produced at the terminals of the transformer may contain
several high frequency oscillatory components. When this oscillatory
transformer terminal voltage has a frequency component near one of the
natural frequencies of the transformer and is of sufficient magnitude and
duration, permanent damage to the transformer internal insulation structure
may result. The purpose of this Guide is to provide aid in the
recognition of conditions and applications where transformers are subjected
to terminal oscillatory switching transients that may produce internal
winding voltages damaging to their internal insulation structure. This is
accomplished by developing necessary expressions that characterize this
interaction. This guide also characterizes the transformer, switching
device, system, and load during this type of event. Many of the parameters
that influence this system is be presented, to assist the user in developing
an understanding when a potential concern exists. Finally, several
mitigation methods are outlined.
IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear
Designation: C57.142
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for A Guide To Describe The Occurrence And Mitigation Of Switching
Transients Induced By Transformer-Breaker Interaction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert C Degeneff, Phone:888-403-9084, Email:degenr@ustpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This working group will create a guide that describes the
physical conditions where the interaction of the breaker and transformer
(with both breaker and transformer meeting existing standards) combine to
produce a system interaction that produce voltages within the transformer
that will fail the transformer. This guide will describe the condition,
outline its physical characteristics, and suggest mitigation methods.
Project Purpose: At present there is a hole in the standards in regard to the
transient voltage interaction of transformers and breakers at intermediate
voltage. This guide will bring together all the pertinent information (of
transformers and breakers), provide suggested screening and mitigation
methods for users and manufacturers of transformers located in close
proximity to breakers.
Designation: PC57.143
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Application for Monitoring Equipment to Liquid-Immersed
Transformers and Components
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andre Lux, Phone:919-546-3187, Email:andre.lux@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This guide covers identification of the key parameters that can
be monitored for obtaining an indication of the condition of liquid-immersed
transformers. It also covers risk/benefit analysis, sensor application, and
monitoring systems application. This guide does not cover interpretation of
monitoring results.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to those
who specify, apply, install, and use on-line monitoring equipment on liquid-
immersed power transformers and their components.
Designation: C57.144-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide to Metric Conversion of Transformer Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2004
Technical Contact: Tim W Olson, Phone:204-474-4080, Email:tolson@hydro.mb.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The intent of this proposed Guide is to assist the Working
Groups within the Transformers Committee, thus specific examples will be
taken from transformer-related standards. We have recognized that
identification of general principles and procedures could have broader
application.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to issue an IEEE Guide that
will assist Transformers Committee Working Groups in the interpretation of
IEEE SI-10-1997 and other appropriate standards as they convert their
documents to SI units.
Designation: C57.145
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To define the requirements for a "Thermally duplicate or
essentially duplicate unit" as specified in Table 19 of C57.12.00-2000,
IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power,
and Regulating Transformers.
Project Purpose: This draft guide will extend C57.12.00, IEEE Standard General
Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating
Transformers, to clearly define when a temperature rise test is required. A
temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a "Thermally
duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The requirements for
meeting the thermally duplicate provisions will now be specified by this
draft guide.
Designation: C57.146-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for interpretation of gasses generated in silicone-immersed
transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 2006
Technical Contact: William H Bartley, Phone:860-722-5483, Email:william_bartley@hsb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed
transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the
transformer was originally manufactured. This guide also addresses the
following: a) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone-
immersed transformer; b) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis;
c) The interpretation of Gas Analysis; d) Recommended actions based on the
interpretation of the results and e) A bibliography of related literature.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the
transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data
obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed
instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone-filled
units; however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus
only on Dissolved Gas Analysis.
Abstract: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when
the transformer was originally manufactured.
Key Words: Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA), silicone-immersed transformers, total
dissolved combustible gas (TDCG), total combustible gas (TCG)
Designation: PC57.147
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Natural Ester Fluids in
Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Charles Patrick McShane, Phone:414-524-4591, Email:cpmcshane@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This guide recommends tests and evaluation procedures, as well
as criteria and methods of maintenance, for natural ester based (NEB)
transformer insulating fluids. These base fluids are also known as
vegetable seed oils. Methods of reconditioning NEB insulating fluids are
also described. Where instructions given by the transformer or fluid
manufacturer differ from those given in this guide, the manufacturer's
instructions are to be given preference.
Project Purpose: There is gorwing interest and usage of natural ester
dielectric coolants for trasnformer applications. These fluids are
currently being used in the range of small distribution class trasnformers
to medium power transformers. They are being applied in new equipment as a
retrofill for existing equipment. It is important that a guide be developed
to assist the transformer operator in evaluating and processing fluids
received in new transformers, as received from the fluid manufacturer for
filling transformers, and as processed into such equipment. It also assists
the operator in maintaining the fluid in serviceable condition. This guide,
therefore, recommends standard tests and evaluation procedures, methods of
reconditioning and reclaiming natural ester fluids, and the analysis results
at which these process become necessary. It will also address the routines
for restoring resistance to oxidation, where desired, by the addition of
inhibitors.
Designation: PC57.148
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Control Cabinets for Power Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Joe D Watson, Phone:561-691-2206, Email:joe_watson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will provide minimum and optional function, layout
and construction requirements for standard control cabinet designs. It will
also include a coding system for specifying standard control cabinets with
the required options. This standard will apply to Series 1 and Series 2
power transformers and will not apply to distribution nor padmount design
transformers.
Project Purpose: This document will provide users and manufacturers with a set
of standard designs that can be easily specified. The document should
greatly reduce the engineering time required by manufacturers to create and
by users to review control cabinet designs. Currently, there are no such
Standards or Guides for power transformer control cabinets.
Designation: PC57.149
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Application and Interpretation of Frequency Response
Analysis for Oil Immersed Transformers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rowland I James, Jr, Phone:504-365-3652, Email:r.james@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This guide is applicable to the measurement of Frequency
Response Analysis (FRA) of an oil immersed power transformer. The guide will
include requirements and specifications for instrumentation, procedures for
performing the tests, techniques for analyzing the data, and recommendations
for long-term storage of the data and results. This specification can be
used in both field and factory applications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the user with
information that will assist in making frequency response measurements and
interpreting the results from these measurements. It will provide guidance
for all current methods employed in taking these measurements.
Designation: PC57.150
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the Transportation of Transformers and Reactors Rated 10,000
kVA or larger
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Gregory W Anderson, Phone:402-926-7045, Email:gwanderson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This is a guide for the transportation of transformers and
reactors rated 10,000 kVA or larger. It provides information for minimizing
the risk of damage and delays in the moving of transformers and reactors.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide information for minimizing the risk of
damage and delays in moving transformers and reactors rated 10,000 kVA or
larger.
Designation: PC57.151
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Sound Level Measurement Guide for Liquid Filled and Dry Type
Transformers and Reactors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jeewan L Puri, Phone:704-821-6638, Email:manopuri@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This user guide provides supporting information to help both
manufacturers and purchasers apply the measurement techniques described in
IEEE C57.12.90 and IEEE C57.12.91. The sources and characteristics of
transformer and reactor sound are described. Practical guidance on making
measurements is given, and factors that may influence the accuracy of the
methods are discussed. This user guide also clarifies those factors which
should be agreed between manufacturer and purchaser when specifying a
transformer or reactor, and indicates why values measured in the factory may
differ from those measured on site. Guidance is also given on the
interpretation of sound level measurements when demonstrating compliance
with customer specifications. The information given in this user guide
is applicable to transformers and reactors together with their associated
cooling auxiliaries.
Project Purpose: This guide provides an understanding of sound power radiation
and measurement principles. The measurement methods and the measurement
environment can have a major influence on the accuracy of the results.
Recognizing the nature of sound producing sources in transformers and
reactors, this document provides guidance toward optimizing the accuracy of
sound level measurements according to test procedures of IEEE C57.12.90 and
C57.12.91 test codes. The relationship between factory measurements and the
resulting sound levels at far-field locations is also discussed.
Designation: C57 Coll., 2000
Title: IEEE Standards Collection- Distribution, Power, and Regulating
Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
History: (Ref. Std.: C57 Coll)
Designation: C62-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection 1992 Edition
Status: Superseded
Designation: C62-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Complete 1989 edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection
Status: Superseded
Designation: C62.1-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard for Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
Key Words: surge, arresters, ac, power, circuits
Designation: C62.1-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters for AC Power
Circuits
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of C62.1-1984
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Nov 09, 1989
Abstract: This standard describes the service conditions, classifications and voltage ratings, design tests with corresponding
performance characteristics, conformance tests, and certification test procedures for station, intermediate, distribution and
secondary class arresters. Terminal connections, housing leakage distance, mounting and identification requirements are defined.
Definitions are provided to clarify the required test procedures and other portions of the text.
Key Words: Substations, Arresters
Designation: C62.2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters
for Alternating Current Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1988
Abstract: The application of gapped silicon-carbide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipment against the hazards of
abnormally high voltage surges of various origins is addressed. General considerations with respect to overvoltages, valve
arresters, protective levels, insulation-withstand, separation effects, and insulation coordination are discussed. Procedures for
the protection of stations and distribution systems are provided.
Designation: C62.2.01
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generation Plants
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 (Ref. Std.: P1041)
Designation: C62.11-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
(> 1 kV)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Michael G Comber, Phone:330-335-2361x329, Email:m.g.comber@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard applies to metal-oxide surge arresters (MOSAs)
designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48 Hz to 62 Hz power
circuits (>1000 V) by passing surge discharge current and automatically
limiting the flow of system power current. This standard applies to devices
for separate mounting and to devices supplied integrally with other
equipment. NOTE—These tests demonstrate that an arrester can survive the
rigors of reasonable environmental conditions and system phenomena while
protecting equipment and/or the system from damaging overvoltages caused by
lightning, switching, and other undesirable surges.1
Project Purpose: To provide improved procedures for the testing of metal-oxide
arresters to better assure product quality and integrity. This will be
accomplished by refining existing test procedures and adding new
requirements that better demonstrate arrester capability. Where new test
requirements more suitably or more comprehensively demonstrate the
capability of arresters than do existing requirements, existing requirements
may be eliminated.
Abstract: This standard applies to metal-oxide surge arresters (MOSAs) designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48 Hz to
62 Hz power circuits (>1000 V) by passing surge discharge current and automatically limiting the flow of system power
current. This standard applies to devices for separate mounting and to devices supplied integrally with other equipment. The
tests demonstrate that an arrester can survive the rigors of reasonable environmental conditions and system phenomena while
protecting equipment and/or the system from damaging overvoltages caused by lightning, switching, and other undesirable surges.
Key Words: discharge current, discharge voltage, duty-cycle voltage rating,
lightning protection, maximum continuous operating voltage, MCOV, metal-
oxide surge arrester, MOSA, surge arrester, valve arrester
Designation: PC62.11a
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
(> 1 kV) - Amendment: Short-circuit tests for station, intermediate and
distribution arresters
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Michael G Comber, Phone:330-335-2361x329, Email:m.g.comber@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: New procedures for short-circuit testing of station,
intermediate and distribution arresters would replace existing pressure-
relief and short-circuit test procedures for these classes of arrester.
Project Purpose: SPDC WG 3.3.11 has been working on a revision to the pressure-
relief and short-circuit testing requirements for station, intermediate and
distribution arresters for some time. The activity was following similar
activity in IEC TC37, with the intent that the new IEEE procedure would
harmonize as closely as possible with the approved IEC procedure. It was
initially hoped to have the work completed in time for inclusion in the 2005
edition of C62.11, but was delayed as a result of delays in the IEC process.
It was felt important to have the IEC issues settled before finalizing the
C62.11 procedure. Now that the issues have been resolved, WG 3.3.11 has
finalized the procedure for C62.11 and wishes to get it out into the public
domain soon, without waiting until the next full revision of the standard
(not expected to occur until 2009-2010).
Designation: C62.11-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current
Power Circuits (>1KV)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Abstract: Metal-oxide surge arresters designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 4862 Hzpower circuits (>1 kV) are
covered in this standard. These devices operate by discharging surgecurrent. Devices for separate mounting and those supplied
integrally with other equipment are alsodiscussed.
Key Words: "classifying current,discharge current,discharge voltage,duty-cycle
voltage rating,maximum continuous operating voltage - MCOV -,maximum design
cantilever load-static- MDCL-static -,metal-oxide surge arrester - MOSA -
,operating duty cycle,rating,reference current - Iref -,reference voltage -
Vref -,sparkover,surge arrester,ultimate mechanical strength-static - UMS-
static -,valve"
Designation: C62.11-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current
Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 14, 1994
Abstract: Metal-oxide surge arresters designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48-Hz to 62-Hz power circuits by passing
surge discharge current and automatically limiting the flow of system power current,are discussed. This standard applies to
devices for separate mounting and to those supplied integrally with other equipment.
Key Words: Metal-oxide surge arrester, Liquid-immersed arrester, Duty-cycle
voltage rating, Design test, Dead front arrester, Conformance test, Arrester
Designation: C62.11-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jan 16, 1987
Key Words: C62.11, Z0001
Designation: C62.21-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on
AC Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 2004
Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: This guide covers the application of surge voltage protective
equipment to AC rotating machines rated 1000 volts and greater. The guide
does not cover motors applied in solid-state switched adjustable speed
drives. Part 1 covers the insulation surge withstand strength of motors and
generators with windings having form-wound multi-turn coils and the
application of surge protection to form-wound multi-turn coil motors. Part
2 will cover application of surge protection to generators with form-wound
multi-turn coils, plus insulation surge withstand strength and surge
protection of single-turn coil generators and motors.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to aid engineers at all levels of surge
protection knowledge in deciding whether particular machines should have
surge protection. The guide may be used in estimating the surge withstand
capability and switching surge exposure of ac rotating machinery in usual,
not extreme exposure, installations. The manufacturer should be contacted
for specific insulation surge voltage withstand values for machinery of
particular interest or importance. For those machines which should be
protected, the purpose is to provide guidance in selecting and applying the
protective devices. A simple look-up method using tables and a graph is
provided for quick estimation of surge rise times and surge voltage levels,
and for general use where accuracies in the order of 10% to 15% are
acceptable. This method is based on single-phase analysis, neglecting the
influence of ground mode surge propagation. A more complex method is
provided by formulas to model the three-phase and ground mode propagation.
The formulas can be used with calculators or personal computers.
Abstract: The application of surge voltage protective equipment to AC rotating machines rated 1000 V and greater is covered.The
guide does not cover motors applied in solid-state switched adjustable speed drives.
Key Words: AC rotating machines,coil insulation,generator insulation,groundwall
installation,impulse voltage,insulation strength,insulation withstand,motor
insulation,surge arrester,surge voltage,surge withstand,turn
installation,winding insulation
Designation: PC62.21-2003/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on
AC Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater - Corrigendum 1: Correction to
Equation A.3
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: Remove the square root radical from Equation A.3 in Annex A and
correct three numbers in the associated illustrative example.
Project Purpose: Provide a correct illustrative example of surge protectiion to
a motor. Make it possible for the IEEE-SA group that is attempting to
convert a standard into an interactive software document for users to apply
to their own problems, to use this standard for that purpose.
Designation: PC62.21-2003/Cor 2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC
Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater - Corrigendum 2: Replace Table 2
and Annexes A.1 and A.2.
Status: Revision of Corrigenda
Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Replace Table 2 and Annexes A.1 and A.2.
Project Purpose: In Table 2: correct an error in the K value for Y grounded
primary to Delta secondary connection; and clarify the ambiguity in Y
ungrounded primary to Y grounded and Y ungrounded secondary connections.
Provide a correct illustrative example of surge protection to a motor by use
of the equations in Annexes A.1 and A.2. Make it possible for an IEEE-SA
staff group to develop software on a CD (a VuSpec to accompany the paper
standard that will enable the user to solve these equations for their own
problems) to use this standard for that purpose. To enable comparison of the
approximate solutions by a Table-Look-Up procedure presented in the main
body of the standard with the more accurate solutions by calculator/computer
using the equations in Apppendix A.
Designation: C62.21
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Surge Voltage Prot've Eqpt
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1977 (Ref. Std.: IEE687)
Key Words: C62.21
Designation: C62.21
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC
Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for the selection and
application of surge voltage protective equipment such as surge arresters,
capacitors, resistors, inductors, cable and conduit grounding for
overvoltage surge protection of ac motors and generators rated 1000 volts
and greater, in electric utility systems. It will incorporate knowledge
concerning machine insulation, surge strength of materials currently in use,
and will incorporate results of recent theoretical and practical researches
into the response of machine windings to overvoltage surges known to occur
in practice.
Project Purpose: There is no current US national or international surge
protective device application guide or standard which embodies knowledge of
present machine construction materials and application experience. The
proposed guide will provide IEEE endorsement to and broad dissemination of
new knowledge gained from a series of recent research projects. Those
standards which do exist deal only with the designed impulse strength of
machine insulation and test to prove it. They do not treat the application
of surge protection, or the considerable body of recently obtained data on
the surge environment to which machines are actually exposed.
Designation: PC62.21.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective
Equipment on AC Rotating Machinery Rated 1 kV to 30 kV, Generators and
Single-Turn Coil Motors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the application of surge
voltage protective equipment to ac rotating machinery rated 1 kV to 30 kV.
This recommended practice covers rotating generators with and without
generator circuit breakers, and single-turn coil motors. This recommended
practice extends the surge protection guidance provided for form-wound
multi-turn coil motors in IEEE C62.21-2003 to cover here the insulation
surge voltage withstand strength, the surge environment and the application
of surge voltage protection to motors and generators with windings having
single-turn coils, and the surge environment and application of surge
voltage protection to generators with windings having form-wound multi-turn
coils.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice will aid engineers at all levels of
surge protection knowledge to decide whether particular machines should have
surge protection. This recommended practice may be used in estimating the
surge withstand capability and switching surge exposure of ac rotating
machinery in usual, not extreme exposures. The manufacturer should be
contacted for specific insulation surge voltage withstand values for
machinery of particular interest. For those machines that should be
protected, the purpose is to describe good practice in selecting and
applying surge protective devices.
Designation: C62.22-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for
Alternating-Current Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 1998
Technical Contact: Jonathan J Woodworth, Phone:716-375-7278, Email:jwoodworth@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Abstract: " The application of metal-oxide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipmentagainst the hazards of abnormally
high voltage surges of various origins is covered. Step-by-step directions toward proper solutions of various applications are
provided. In many cases, theprescribed steps are adequate. More complex and special solutions requiring study by experi-enced
engineers are described, but specific solutions are not always given. The procedures arebased on theoretical studies, test
results, and experience. "
Key Words: "electric power equipment,high-voltage surges,metal-oxide surge
arresters,surge arresters,surge-protective devices"
Designation: PC62.22
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for
Alternating-Current Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Reigh A Walling, Phone:518-385-5370, Email:reigh.walling@ps.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To implement new information to reflect evolving technology and
industry practices, and to clarify, reorganize, and improve the presentation
of the application Guide. The scope of the revised standard will be the
same as the current standard, including arresters applied to a transformer
secondary below 1000 V ac for the purpose of protecting the transformer.
Project Purpose: Metal oxide arrester technology and application techniques
continue to evolve. In addition, there are changes developing in power
systems, such as introduction of dispersed generation, which provide new
challenges to the successful application of arresters. The proposed
revision of C62.22 will be made to reflect current technology and practices.
Designation: C62.22-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Metal Oxide Surge Arresters for AC
Systems
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 1992
Project Scope: This guide covers the application of metal oxide surge arresters
to safeguard electric power equipment against hazards of abnormally high
voltage surges of various origins. Such overvoltages may cause flashovers
and serious damage to equipment and thereby jeopardize the supply of power
to users. It is essential to prevent this by the proper coordination of
surge-protective devices with the insulation strength of the protected
equipment.
Abstract: The application of metal-oxide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipment against the hazards of abnormally
high voltage surges of various origins is covered. Step-by-step directions toward proper solutions for various applications are
provided. In many cases, the prescribed steps are adequate. More complex and special situations requiring study by experienced
engineers are described, but specific solutions are not always given. The procedures are based on theoretical studies, test
results, and experience.
Key Words: Surge-protected devices, Surge arresters, Metal-oxide surge
arresters, High-voltage surges, Electric power equipment
Designation: C62.22.1-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated,
Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Also known as IEEE Std 1299.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
(Ref. Std.: 1299)
Project Scope: Surge arrester installation intended to provide overvoltage
protection of insulated, shielded conductors for distribution and
transmission systems.
Project Purpose: Overvoltage protection of insulated conductors may be
compromised with incorrect connection techniques. At present, there is
little literature available that addresses connection practices for
arresters to protect insulated, shielded conductors. The purpose of the
guide will be to suggest suitable connection techniques to improve
overvoltage protection schemes involving shielded conductors.
Abstract: " This guide suggests surge arrester installation methods at distribution cable terminalpoles in order to minimize the
total impressed transient voltage on medium-voltage distribution ca-bles. Grounding electrode techniques, pole ground values, and
system ground grid values are notaddressed or considered in this document. "
Key Words: "cable,lead length,margin of protection,surge arresters"
Designation: C62.22.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for Amendment 2 for High Voltage Insulation Coordination to the
existing standard C62.22 "IEEE Guide for the Application of Metal-Oxide
Surge Arresters for AC Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eva J Tarasiewicz, Phone:416/592-9720, Email:EVA.TARASIEWICZ@HYDROONE.COM
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: The proposed Project is an Amendment to the existing standard
C62.22 and its content will be included in the future revisions of the
C62.22 " IEEE Guide for the Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for
AC Systems" Standard. This Amendment describes the transformer insulation
strength volt-time curve, its interpretation and application criteria
relevant to insulation coordination in the application of surge protective
devices (surge arresters) to transformer protection.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to introduce a new concept of
insulation coordination that provides a new method applicable to long
duration waves (exceeding 60 microsecond duration).
Designation: C62.23-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating
Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jan 18, 1995, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Abstract: This standard consolidates most electric utility power industry practices, accepted theories, existing standards/guides,
definitions, and technical references as they specifically pertain to surge protection of electric power generating plants. Where
technical information is not readily available, guidance is provided to aid toward proper surge protection and to reduce
interference to communication, control, and protection circuits due to surges and other overvoltages. It has to be recognized
that this application guide approaches the subject of surge protection from a common or generalized application viewpoint.
Complex applications of surge protection practices may require specialized study by experienced engineers.
Key Words: electric utilities, electric power, electric generating , power
plants, surge protection, electric generating plants
Designation: C62.23
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Detweiler, Phone:216 447 2463
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Update Clause 4 Power Lines with recent industry work and change
in technology. Update bibliography. Include findings of recent work
regarding lightning related operating events at nuclear power plants.
Project Purpose: The Guide consolidates industry practices, accepted theories,
and existing IEEE and ANSI Standards and Guides as they specifically pertain
to lightning and transient overvoltage surge protection of high voltage and
low voltage power and protective equipment associated with electric
generating plants. This project will update the existing guide with recent
industry findings and technology applications and remove obsolete material.
Designation: PC62.23
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating
Plants
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Russell Robbins, Phone:205-992-7659, Email:rarobbin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This guide covers surges entering an electric generating plant
via transmission and distribution lines and methods to reduce them; methods
of protecting indoor and outdoor equipment, controls and communication
systems within the plant switchyard, the plant proper and ancillary
facilities within the premises such as fuel, ash, water, cooling, weather
and warning systems, against direct strokes, incoming and internally
generated surges. For the scope of IEEE Std C62.23-1995 standard, please
see the attached pages from that standard.
Project Purpose: This guide will aid engineers at all levels of surge
protection knowledge to decide whether particular generating plants or parts
of plants should have surge protection. The guide may be used in estimating
the lightning surge and switching surge exposure of electric generating
plants in usual, not extreme exposures. For those plants or parts of plants
that should be protected, the purpose is to provide guidance in selecting
and applying surge protective devices.
Designation: C62.31-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Test Methods for Low-Voltage Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Device
Components
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2007
Project Scope: This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective device
components for application on systems with voltages less than or equal to
1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. These protective devices are designed to limit
voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and on power
circuits operating from direct current (dc) to 420 Hz. This standard
contains a series of standard test criteria for determining the electrical
characteristics of gas-tube surge-protective devices. The tests in this
standard are intended as design tests as defined in The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B1]1 and provide a means of comparison
among various gas-tube surge-protective device components.2 Gas-tube
devices are used to provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits.
When the breakdown voltage of the gas tube is exceeded, the normal high-
impedance state of the tube changes to a low impedance state to allow the
gas tube to conduct the surge discharge current. After the tube conducts the
surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of power follow current and
returns to its high-impedance state. This standard’s test criteria and
definitions provide a common engineering language that is beneficial to the
user and manufacturer of gas-tube surge-protective devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose for the revision is to integrate comments made by
members of the balloting group during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997.
These changes will be limited to some editorial corrections and some
technical updates limited to paragraphs 4.1, 4.7, 4.17, additions to Table 1
on page 14 and an additional definition for balanced voltage. Additionally,
it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and later IEEE
documents to change the title from “Standard test Specification” to
“Standard Test Method” and add the word “Components” after Surge-Protective
Devices to read: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective
Device Components. The draft itself does not have a purpose clause.
Abstract: This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages, 1000 V rms or 1200
V dc.
Key Words: voltage, capacitance, current, discharge current, discharge voltage,
dc holdover voltage, dc sparkover voltage, follow current, gas-tube surge
protector, glow current, glow-to-arc transition current, glow voltage,
impulse sparkover voltage, insulation resistance, longitudinal mode
voltage, short circuit, transfer time, transition time, transverse mode
voltage, wave shape
Designation: C62.31-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Test Specification for Gas-Tube Surge Protective Devices
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999
Project Scope: This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective devices for
application on systems with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms or
1200 V dc. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on
balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and power circuits operating
from dc to 420 Hz. This standard contains a series of standard test
criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these gas-tube
surge-protective devices.
Project Purpose: The tests in this standard are intended as design tests as
defined under design tests in ANSI/IEEE Std 100-1988, IEEE Standard
Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics rTerms and provide a means of
comparison among various gas-tube surge-protective devices.
Abstract: Gas-tube surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc are covered. These
protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and on power circuits
operating from dc to 420 Hz. Test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these devices are provided.
Key Words: test, specifications, gas-tube, protective, devices, Arresters
Designation: C62.31
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Test Specification for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Devices
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: 1.1 This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective devices
for application on systems with voltages, 1000 Vrms or 1200 Vdc. These
protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or
unbalanced communication circuits and on power circuits operating from dc to
420 Hz. This standard contains a series of standard test criteria for
determining the electrical characteristics of these gas-tube surge-
protective devices. 1.2 The tests in this standard are intended as design
tests as defined under design tests in IEEE 100, Authoritative Standard
Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, and provide a means of
comparison among various gas-tube surge-protective devices. 1.3 Gas-tube
devices are used to provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits.
When the breakdown voltage of the gas tube is exceeded, the normal high-
impedance state of the tube changes to a low-impedance state to allow the
gas tube to conduct the surge discharge current. After the tube conducts the
surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of power follow current and
returns to its high-impedance state.
Project Purpose: The purpose for the revision is to integrate comments made by
members of the balloting group during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997.
These changes will be limited to some editorial corrections and some
technical updates limited to paragraphs 4.1, 4.7, 4.17, additions to Table 1
on page 14 and an additional definition for balanced voltage. Additionally,
it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and later IEEE
documents to change the title from “Standard test Specification” to
“Standard Test Method” and add the word “Components” after Surge-Protective
Devices to read: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective
Device Components
Designation: C62.32-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective
Device Components (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Types)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005
Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005
Project Scope: 1.1 This standard applies to air gaps for over-voltage
protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less
than 600 V rms. These protective devices are designed for limiting the
voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication and signaling circuits.
Specifically excluded from this standard are valve and expulsion type
devices covered by ANSI/IEEE C62.1-1989, Standard for Surge Arresters for
Alternating-Current Power Circuits. This standard contains a series of
standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air
gap devices. 1.2 The tests in this standards are intended as design tests as
defined in ANSI/IEEE Std 100-1996, Standard Dictionary of Electrical and
Electronic Terms, and provide a means of comparison among various air gap
surge protective devices. For those parameters affected by the interaction
of the arrester with its associated mounting arrangement, some tests are
necessarily applicable to the protector.1 1.3 Air gap devices are used to
provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits. When the device's
breakdown voltage is exceeded, its normal high impedance state changes to a
low impedance state to allow conduction of the surge discharge current.
After the device conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the
flow of system follow current and returns to its high impedance state. I the
event of continuing current not representing normal system conditions, the
device continues to provide a low impedance pass until an external bypass
mechanism activates, the source of undesired current is de-energized, or a
coordinated protective current element operates. This standard's test
criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to
user and manufacturer of air gap surge protective devices. 1.4 Due to the
voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of tests contained herein
, all measurements should be considered dangerous and appropriate caution
should be taken in their performance.
Project Purpose: The original document does not have a Section "Purpose", the
purpose of the document is included in the scope section. The purpose for
the revision is to integrate comments made by members of the balloting group
during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997. These changes will be limited to
some editorial corrections and one technical change from1000V/s to 2000V/s
in the foot note of paragraph 4.6 "DC Breakdown Voltage Test". Additionally
it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and change the
title from "Standard test Specification" to "Standard Test Method" and add
the word "Components" after Surge-Protective Devices to read: IEEE Standard
Test Methods for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective Device Components
(Excluding Valve and Expulsion Types)
Abstract: This standard applies to air gaps for overvoltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or
less than 600 V rms. This standard contains a series of standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these
air gap devices. This standard’s test criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to users and
manufacturers of air gap surge protective devices.
Key Words: ac discharge current, air backup gap, air gap, air gap surge
protector, back up gap, capacitance, current, discharge current, dc
breakdown voltage, dc holdover voltage, dc impulse voltage, dc sparkover
voltage, discharge voltage, fail safe, follow on current, impulse life,
insulation resistance, maximum single discharge, sparkover, wave shape
Designation: C62.32
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: errata
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: C62.32-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-
Protective Devices (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Type Devices)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1999
Project Scope: This standard applies to air gaps for over-voltage protection
applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600
Vrms. These protective devices are designed for limiting the voltages on
balanced or unbalanced communication and signaling circuits. Specifically,
excluded from this standard are value and expulsion type devices covered by
ANSI/IEEE C62.1-1981, Standard for Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current
Power Circuits. This standard contains a series of standard tests for
determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap device.
Abstract: Air gaps for overvoltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600 V rms are
covered. These protective devices are designed for limiting the voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication, power, and
signaling circuits. A series of standard design tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap devices is
specified. The tests provide a means of comparison among various air gap surge-protective devices.
Key Words: test, low-voltage, air, gap, spd, Testing, Arresters
Designation: C62.32
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Test Specification for Low Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective
Devices (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Type Devices)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: 1.1 This standard applies to air gaps for over-voltage
protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less
than 600 V rms. These protective devices are designed for limiting the
voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication and signaling circuits.
Specifically excluded from this standard are valve and expulsion type
devices covered by ANSI/IEEE C62.1-1989, Standard for Surge Arresters for
Alternating-Current Power Circuits. This standard contains a series of
standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air
gap devices; 1.2 The tests in this standards are intended as design tests as
defined in ANSI/IEEE Std 100-1996, Standard Dictionary of Electrical and
Electronic Terms, and provide a means of comparison among various air gap
surge protective devices. For those parameters affected by the interaction
of the arrester with its associated mounting arrangement, some tests are
necessarily applicable to the protector; 1.3 Air gap devices are used to
provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits. When the device's
breakdown voltage is exceeded, its normal high impedance state changes to a
low impedance state to allow conduction of the surge discharge current.
After the device conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the
flow of system follow current and returns to its high impedance state. I the
event of continuing current not representing normal system conditions, the
device continues to provide a low impedance pass until an external bypass
mechanism activates, the source of undesired current is de-energized, or a
coordinated protective current element operates. This standard's test
criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to
user and manufacturer of air gap surge protective devices; 1.4 Due to the
voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of tests contained herein
, all measurements should be considered dangerous and appropriate caution
should be taken in their performance.
Project Purpose: The original document does not have a Section "Purpose", the
purpose of the document is included in the scope section. The purpose for
the revision is to integrate comments made by members of the balloting group
during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997. These changes will be limited to
some editorial corrections and one technical change from1000V/s to 2000V/s
in the foot note of paragraph 4.6 "DC Breakdown Voltage Test". Additionally
it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and change the
title from "Standard test Specification" to "Standard Test Method" and add
the word "Components" after Surge-Protective Devices to read: IEEE Standard
Test Methods for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective Device Components
(Excluding Valve and Expulsion Types)
Designation: C62.33-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge-Protective Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1983
Abstract: Varistors for surge-protective applications on systems with dc to 420 Hz frequency and voltages equal to or less than
1000 V rms, or 1200 V dc, are covered. Definitions, service conditions, and a series of test criteria for determining the
electrical characteristics of the varistors are provided. The tests are intended as design tests and provide a means of comparing
various surge-protective devices.
Key Words: varistor, surge protective, devices, R88
Designation: PC62.33
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge-Protective Devices
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael J Maytum, Phone:+44 7879 697652, Email:m.j.maytum@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This revision will apply to varistor components for surge
protection: Transient overvoltages EFT ESD System voltages up to
1000 vac Applications up to 100mHz, tests of both polarities Statistical
life evaluations Characteristics of construction evaluation: Monolithic
multilayer surface mount Leaded
Project Purpose: Original This test specification has been developed for the
purpose of testing and comparing varistor type surge protective devices. The
varistor device is a surge diverter used for limiting transient over
voltages in power and communication circuits. Two types of material have
been used for many years, silicon carbide, primarily in high voltage
arresters, and metal oxide varistors. The interest in low voltage varistors
has grown with the trend to highly sophisticated electrical and electronic
devices which are exposed to surges from the environment. Initially, there
were no standard terms or tests to define or compare these devices. The IEEE
Surge Protection Devices Committee formed its Low Voltage Surge Protection
Devices Working Group in 1970 to define these parameters. Experts were drawn
from many fields in communications and power utilities, electronic
manufacturers and users, test equipment manufacturers and laboratories, and
producers of varistors themselves. The requirements, experiences and
vocabularies of these representatives were melded to produce this document
as a guide to potential users of varistor surge protective devices.
Proposed Purpose 1. To include new technology that has come into existence
that was not available when C62.33 was last written. 2. Review the Terms and
Descriptions to determine if they are sufficient for all the mediums of
zinc-oxide Varistors. Maybe some should be added, some deleted (e.g. Will
the symbol for multi-layer Varistors be the same as leaded Varistors?). 3.
Evaluate the current test topologies to determine if they need updating,
eliminated, or other test techniques need to be added (e.g. Multi-layer
Varistors are geared toward ESD protection applications). 4. Update and
include reliability testing of Varistors (e.g. Use or modify the accelerated
aging procedure in C62.34 or C62.11).
Designation: C62.34-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage Surge-Protective Devices
(Secondary Arresters)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to surge protective devices designed for
application on the low-voltage ac mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency
beetween 48 and 62 Hz.) This performance standard applies to surge
protective devices intended to be connected at locations between and
including the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the
main service entrance panel. Surge protective devices limit transient
overvoltages by diverting surge current and subsequently automatically
interrupting the passage of follow current.
Project Purpose: Secondary arresters have been used since 1940 to protect the
secondary winding of distribution transformers, kw.h meters, and electrical
loads downstream from breakdown of insulation during lightning strikes.
Performance criteria for secondary arresters are included in standards for
performance of high voltage arresters IEEE C62.1-1989 and IEEE C62.11-1993.
With the proliferation of electronic equipment installed inside buildings,
the emphasis has shifted away from protection of insulation on wiring
devices to vulnerable electronic equipment. The purpose of this standard is
to address that changed emphasis while, as far as possible, harmonizing with
relevant international standards.
Abstract: Surge-protective devices designed for application on the low-voltage ac supply mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency
between 48 Hz and 62 Hz) are covered.
Key Words: low voltage, secondary arresters, surge-protective devices
Designation: PC62.34
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard for Test Methods and Performance of Low-Voltage (1000 V rms or
less, 48-62 Hz) Surge Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard applies to surge protective devices designed for
application on the low-voltage supply mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency
between 48 and 62 Hz) and intended to be connected at locations between, and
including, the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the
line side of the service entrance panel. Such surge protective devices are
also known as secondary arresters. This is coordinated with C62.44 (the
application guide), NEC Article 580, and UL 1449 3rd Edition.
Project Purpose: This revision will bring C62.34 up to current industry
practice. Other standards such as C62.44 (the application guide) will be
used in the revision of this standard. The recently published UL 1449 3rd
Edition and NEC Article 580 will affect how these products are applied and
tested. Performance criteria along with failure mode and other tests will
be considered and included.
Designation: C62.34
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage (1000 V rms or less, frequency
between 48 Hz and 62 Hz) Surge Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard (C62.34) applies to surge-protective devices
designed for application on the low-voltage supply mains (1000 V rms and
less, frequency between 48 Hz and 62 Hz). Low-voltage surge-protective
devices (secondary arresters) are intended to be connected at locations
between, and including, the secondary terminals of the distribution
transformer and the main service entrance panel. Surge-protective devices
limit transient overvoltages by diverting surge and subsequently
automatically interrupting the passage of follow current. This standard will
be coordinated with C62.44, the application guide and NEC(2002) article 580.
PREVIOUS SCOPE - This standard applies to surge protective devices designed
for application on the low-voltage ac mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency
beetween 48 and 62 Hz.) This performance standard applies to surge
protective devices intended to be connected at locations between and
including the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the
main service entrance panel. Surge protective devices limit transient
overvoltages by diverting surge current and subsequently automatically
interrupting the passage of follow current.
Project Purpose: This standard will bring C62.34 up to current industry
practice. Other standards such as C62.44 will be used in the revision of
this document. The latest NEC (2002) article 580 will affect how these
products are applied and tested. A number of failure mode and other tests
will be considered. PREVIOUS PURPOSE - Secondary arresters have been used
since 1940 to protect the secondary winding of distribution transformers,
kw.h meters, and electrical loads downstream from breakdown of insulation
during lightning strikes. Performance criteria for secondary arresters are
included in standards for performance of high voltage arresters IEEE C62.1-
1989 and IEEE C62.11-1993. With the proliferation of electronic equipment
installed inside buildings, the emphasis has shifted away from protection of
insulation on wiring devices to vulnerable electronic equipment. The
purpose of this standard is to address that changed emphasis while, as far
as possible, harmonizing with relevant international standards.
Designation: C62.35-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Avalanche Junction Semiconductor
Surge Protective Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 1989
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 10, 1987
Abstract: A two-terminal avalanche junction surge suppressor for surge-protective application on systems with dc to 420-Hz frequency
and voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc is considered. The device is a single package that may be assembled
from any combination of series and/or parallel diode chips. Definitions, service conditions, and a series of test criteria for
determining its electrical characteristics are provided. These devices are used as surge diverters for limiting transient
overvoltages in power and communications circuits.
Key Words: Transients, Semiconductor device testing, Power system transients,
Avalanche diodes
Designation: PC62.35
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Test Specifications for Avalanche Junction Semiconductor Surge
Protective Devices
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard Odenberg, Phone:208-772-8515, Email:rodenberg@transtector.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Add new test methods for device characterization that are
required for high frequency circuit applications and mutliple components
within a single package. These tests will require updating the document to
include new terms, definitions, and device description. Some specific test
methods to be added are ESD Limiting Voltage, Crosstalk, Insertion Loss,
Signal Line Balance, Simultaneous Surge, and Bit error Rate.
Project Purpose: These test methods are required to characterize the device for
applications in high speed circuits and determine the effects of data loss
due to crosstalk and insertion loss. Additionally, these tests will provide
the designer with protection effectiveness of the component when used to
protect sensitive IC components & equipment. Standardized test methods are
needed to insure component performance when subjected to fast transient
events such as ESD and EFT.
Designation: C62.36-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage
Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 13, 2000
**Supersedes C62.36-1994.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: Revisions to some test methods new in C62.36-1994 will be made
to reflect improvements resulting from its use. Additional test methods
will more explicitly cover surge protectors on coaxial circuits, and
multiport protectors combining protection for paired-conductor and coaxial
circuits.
Project Purpose: Revisions to C62.36-1994 are needed to more fully cover
protectors addressing the fast-paced introduction of broadband circuits in
the wire-line communications industry. In addition, there is growing
recognition that multiport protectors can help avoid surge damage to
electronic components that increasingly interrface with more than one type
of wire-line circuit. The proposed changes and additions address the test
methods for these emerging products.
Abstract: " Methods for testing and measuring the characteristics of surge protectors used in low-voltage data, communications, and
signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rmsor 1200 V dc are established. The surge protectors are designed
to limit voltage surges, currentsurges, or both. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel combina-
tions of linear or nonlinear elements. Tests are included for characterizing standby performance,surge-limiting capabilities, and
surge lifetime. Packaged single gas-tube, air-gap, varistor, or ava-lanche junction surge-protective devices are not covered, nor
are test methods for low-voltagepower circuit applications."
Key Words: "communications circuits, current limiters, data circuits,
electrical protection, signaling circuits, surge protectors, surge-
protective devices, voltage limiters"
Designation: C62.36-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage
Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std C62.36-1991. Superseded by C62.36-2000.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994
Abstract: Methods are established for testing and measuring the characteristics of surge protectors used in low-voltage data,
communications, and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms or 1200 Vdc. The surge protectors are
designed to limit voltage surges, current surges, or both. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel
combinations of linear or nonlinear elements. Tests are included for characterizing standby performance, surge-limiting
capabilities, and surge lifetime. Packaged single gas-tube, air-gap, varistor, or avalanche junction surge-protective devices are
not covered, nor are test methods for low-voltage power circuit applications.
Key Words: communications circuits, data circuits, electrical protection,
signaling circuits, surge protectors, surge protective devices, voltage
limiters
Designation: C62.36-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage
Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992
Abstract: Methods are established for testing and measuring the characteristics of surge protectors used in low-voltage data,
communications and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V RMS, or 1200 V DC. The surge protectors are
designed to limit voltage surges, current surges, or both. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel
combinations of linear or nonlinear elements. Tests are included for characterizing standby performance, surge-limiting
capabilities, and surge lifetime. Packaged single-gas tube, air-gap, varistor, or avalanche junction surge protective devices are
not covered, nor are test methods for low-voltage power circuit applications.
Key Words: C62.36, communications, circuits, data, electrical, protection,
signaling, surge, protectors, devices, voltage, limiters, Voltage limiters,
Surge-protective devices, Signaling circuits, Electrical protection, Data
circuits, Communications circuits
Designation: C62.37-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Test Specification for Thyristor Diode Surge Protective
Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987, BD APP: Oct 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: This standard applies to two or three terminal, four or five layer, thyristor surge protection devices (SPDs) for
application on systems with voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc.
Key Words: test specification, thyristor surge protective devices
Designation: C62.37.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Thyristor Surge Protective Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2001
Technical Contact: Richard Odenberg, Phone:208-772-8515, Email:rodenberg@transtector.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This Guide is intended to complement the IEEE Standard Test
Specification for Thyristor Diode Surge Protective Devices (ANSI/IEEE
C62.37-1996) The definitions used are the same. This publication contains
information on basic function and component description, general terms and
definitions, electrical environment, comparative SPD technologies, parameter
interpretation and application, example designs.
Project Purpose: This application guide applies to Thyristor Surge Protective
Devices components used in systems with voltages up to 1000Vrms or 1200Vdc.
These components are designed to limit overvoltages and divert surge
currents by limiting the voltage and switching to a low impedance actions.
Although telecommunication circuits are the main application of Thyristor
SPDs, this guide will also provide useful information for other protection
applications. When properly applied it protects telecommunication circuits
from failure and damage.
Abstract: Applications information on fixed voltage and gated thyristor surge protective devices(SPDs) are provided. Key device
parameters and their sensitivities are explained. Several workedtelecommunication circuit design examples are given.
Key Words: "application guide, telecommunication circuits, thyristor surge
protection devices"
Designation: C62.38-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide on Electrostatic Discharge (ESD): ESD Withstand Capability
Evaluation Methods (for Electronic Equipment Subassemblies)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revised PAR (9/91) splits work into two projects, C62.38 and C62.47.
Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Oct 24, 1994, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
(Ref. Std.: 1093)
Abstract: This guide establishes test methods for the evaluation of ESD withstand capability for electronic equipment subassemblies.
It includes information about test conditions, test equipment, and test procedures for ESD tests of printed circuit boards and
other subassemblies.
Key Words: electronic equipment, electrostatic discharge, ESD, subassemblies,
withstand capability
Designation: PC62.39
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Test Methods for Self-Restoring Current Limiter Components used in
Telecommunication Surge Protectors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Michael J Maytum, Phone:+44 7879 697652, Email:m.j.maytum@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard sets terms, test methods and measurement
procedures for series connected, self-restoring current limiter components
used in low-voltage telecommunication circuit surge protectors. It is only
applicable for components in telecommunications circuits with voltages equal
to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. The self-restoring
current limiters covered by this standard have the following properties:
· Excessive current causes a transition from a low-resistance state to a
high-resistance state · Reverts to a low-resistance state when the
excessive current ends · Directly operated by the current flow
through the component · Solid-state (no moving parts) ·
Withstands specified levels of impulse · Withstands specified AC
voltage levels when in the high-resistance state Examples of
this type of current limiter technology are positive temperature coefficient
step-function thermistors of ceramic or polymeric material and silicon
semiconductor based electronic circuits. This standard does
not cover self-restoring current limiter components used in other
applications, such as heaters, inrush-current limiters or sensing devices.
Current interrupting type components, which reduce the current to zero by a
mechanical circuit break, are not covered by this standard. In this
standard, a telecommunications circuit is a circuit that uses metallic
conductors to handle the remote transmission of information, such as data,
communications and signalling.
Project Purpose: The test criteria and terms of this standard provide a means
of component comparison and a common engineering language for users and
manufacturers of self-restoring current limiter components intended for use
in low-voltage telecommunication circuit surge protectors.
The test and measurement of low-voltage telecommunication (data,
communications, and signalling) surge protectors is given in IEEE Standard
C62.36. This standard provides the corresponding component tests for the
surge protector non-surge and active tests.
Designation: C62.41
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Review entire standard. Add new field test data if available.
Remove some waveshape tolerances. Move main service disconnect into
location category C. Remove 1 and 2 sublocation categories. Revise
impedance for 10kA wave.
Project Purpose: Update with more recent field data. Remove waveshape
tolerances that have incorporated into C62.45. Revise location categories.
Simplify location categories to one each, A,B,C.
Designation: C62.41-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power
Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C62.41.1-2002 and C62.41.2-2002.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1986, BD APP: Feb 25, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: A practical basis is provided for the selection of voltage and current tests to be applied in evaluating the surge
withstand capability of equipment connected to utility power circuits, primarily in residential, commercial, and light industrial
applications. The recommended practice covers the origin of surge voltages, rate of occurrence and voltage levels in unprotected
circuits, waveshapes of representative surge voltages, energy and source and impedance. Three locations categories are defined
according to their relative position from the building service entrance. For each category, representative waveforms of surge
voltages and surge currents are described, organized in two recommended "standard waveforms" and three suggested "additional
waveforms."
Key Words: Wave shape, Voltage tests, Test waveforms, Surges, Surge voltages,
Surge test waveforms, Surge monitoring, Current tests, AC power circuits
Designation: C62.41-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 19, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 31, 1983
(Ref. Std.: 587)
Key Words: surge, voltages, lv, power, circuits
Designation: C62.41.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC
Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 2003
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 2003
Abstract: " This is a guide describing the surge voltage, surge current, and temporary overvoltages(TOV) environment in low-voltage
[up to 1000 V root mean square (rms)] ac power circuits. Thisscope does not include other power disturbances, such as notches,
sags, and noise."
Key Words: "lightning surges, low-voltage ac power circuit, surge environment,
surge testing, surge withstand level, switching surges"
Designation: PC62.41.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power
Circuits
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This is a guide describing the surge voltage, surge current and
temporary overvoltage environment in low-voltage (up to 1000 V rms) ac power
circuits. This scope does not include other power disturbances such as
notches, sags and noise. The surges considered in this guide do not exceed
one-half period of the normal mains waveform in duration. They can be
periodic or random events and can appear in any combination of line,
neutral, or grounding conductors. They include those surges with amplitudes,
durations, or rates of change sufficient to cause equipment damage or
operational upset. While surge-protective devices (SPDs) acting primarily on
the amplitude of the voltage are often applied to divert the damaging
surges, the upsetting surges may require other remedies. The rationale for
including a description of temporary overvoltages (TOVs) in this guide on
the surge environment is given in the following subclause 1.2.
Project Purpose: This guide, the first of a Trilogy of three IEEE standards
addressing surges in low-voltage ac power circuits, focuses on the surge
environment and on the TOV environment. This part provides readers with
basic information on the occurrence of surges, as a database for the second
document of the Trilogy, IEEE Std C62.41.2-2002 where recommendations are
presented on the selection of representative surge parameters to be
considered in assessing equipment immunity and performance of SPDs. The
third document of the Trilogy, IEEE Std C62.45.-2002, presents
recommendations on surge testing procedures for obtaining reliable
measurements and enhancing operator safety. Including a description of TOVs
in a document that has surges as its principal topic is necessary for the
following reason: Correct application of SPDs.a topic not addressed directly
in this Trilogy.does require knowledge of the TOVs to which these SPDs will
be exposed to ensure compatibility of the SPDs with the TOV-related
stresses. Thus, this information will serve as an input for other documents
addressing the application of SPDs in the environment of low-voltage ac
power systems.
Designation: C62.41.2-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage
(1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 2003
Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to characterize the
surge environment at locations on ac power circuits described in C62.41.1 by
means of standardized waveforms and other stress parameters.
Project Purpose: The project has several purposes, technical coordination with
its two companions, C62.41.1 and C62.45. It consists of a restructuring of
C62.41-1991 (reaff '96) with an update of the data base. The recommended
practice (dot 2 of C62.41) will apply the data base contained in C64.41.1 to
recommend a limited set of test waveforms and other stress parameters to
enable equipment designers to make technically sound and economic decisions
concerning surge-protective devices. The two companion projects, C62.41.1
(PAR is being submitted simultaneously) and C62.45, will be developed in
parallel so that the three documents will be published in synchronism rather
than the staggered schedule occurring in the past for C62.41 and C62.45.
Abstract: " The scope of this recommended practice is to characterize the surge environment atlocations on ac power circuits
described in IEEE Std C62.41.1-2002 by means of standardizedwaveforms and other stress parameters. The surges considered in this
recommended practice donot exceed one half-cycle of the normal mains waveform (fundamental frequency) in duration. Theycan be
periodic or random events and can appear in any combination of line, neutral, or groundingconductors. They include surges with
amplitudes, durations, or rates of change sufficient to causeequipment damage or operational upset. While surge protective
devices (SPDs) acting primarily onthe amplitude of the voltage or current are often applied to divert the damaging surges, the
upsettingsurges might require other remedies."
Key Words: "low-voltage ac power circuit, surge testing, surge withstand level"
Designation: PC62.41.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000
V and less) AC power circuits
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to characterize the
surge environment at locations on ac power circuits described in IEEE Std
C62.41.1-2002 by means of standardized waveforms and other stress
parameters. The surges considered in this recommended practice do not exceed
one half-cycle of the normal mains waveform (fundamental frequency) in
duration. They can be periodic or random events and can appear in any
combination of line, neutral, or grounding conductors. They include surges
with amplitudes, durations, or rates of change sufficient to cause equipment
damage or operational upset (see Figure 1). While surge protective devices
(SPDs) acting primarily on the amplitude of the voltage or current are often
applied to divert the damaging surges, the upsetting surges might require
other remedies.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to offer to
equipment designers and users a set of standard and additional surge-testing
waveforms and stress levels derived from the surge environment described in
the companion guide IEEE Std C62.41.1-2002. The selection and specification
of which waveform and what stress level should be considered for specific
equipment remain the prerogative and responsibility of designers and users.
This recommended practice is only the basis for making an informed decision
made possible by a simplification of a complex database. This simplification
will then allow consistent, repeatable, and cost-effective specification of
surge performance for equipment connected to low-voltage ac power circuits.
Designation: C62.41.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Draft Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltages
(1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
Designation: C62.42-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Component Surge-Protective Devices for
Use in Low-Voltage [Equal to or Less than 1000 V (ac) Or 1200 V (dc)]
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Donald B Turner, Phone:847-699-2910, Email:d.b.turner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 04, 2006
Project Scope: This guide covers the application of component air gaps, gas
tubes, MOVs, and avalanche junction semiconductor surge-protective
devices for use within surge protectors, equipment, or systems involving
lowvoltage power, data, communication, and/or signaling circuits. This guide
is intended to be used with, or to complement, the related documents
referred to in 2.1.
Project Purpose: The present guide only covers the application of component air
gap and gas tube surge protective dev ices for use in low voltage circuits.
The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE C62.42 to include guidance for
the application of component varistors and av alanche junction semiconductor
surge-protective devices.
Abstract: Assistance in selecting the most appropriate type of low-voltage component surge-protective device (gas tube, air gap,
metal-oxide varistor, or avalanche junction semiconductor) for a particular application is provided. Evaluation of the
characteristics of each device to meet specific service requirements is also given.
Key Words: air gap surge arrester, avalanche junction semiconductor, breakdown
voltage, communication circuits, gas tube surge arrester, metal-oxide
varistor, power circuits, SPD, surge, surge-protective device, surge
protector
Designation: PC62.42
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Component Surge-Protective Devices for Use
in Low-Voltage [Equal to Or Less Than 1000 V (ac) Or 1200 V (dc)] Circuits
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Thomas R. Conrad, Phone:208-762-6014, Email:t.r.conrad@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This guide covers the application of air gap, gas tube, metal
oxide varistor, and avalanche junction semiconductor components used in
surge protective devices, equipment, or systems involving low-voltage power,
data, communications and signaling circuits. This guide is intended to be
used with, or to complement, related documents IEEE C62.31, C62.32, C62.33
and C62.35.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide manufacturers,
designers and users of low-voltage power, data, communication and signaling
circuits with component surge protective device applications and the
interaction and coordination of two or more components surge protective
devices.
Designation: C62.42-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Gas Tube and Air Gap Arrester Low-
Voltage (Equal to or Less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc) Surge Protective
Devices
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 28, 1993
Abstract: This guide establishes test methods for the evaluation of ESD withstand capability for electronic equipment subassemblies.
It includes information about test conditions, test equipment, and test procedures for ESD tests of printed circuit boards and
other subassemblies.
Key Words: current, Power circuits, Gas tube surge arrester, Communication
circuits, Breakdown voltage, Air gap surge arrester
Designation: C62.42-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Gas Tube Arrester Low-Voltage Surge-
Protective Devices
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 1986
Key Words: C62.42
Designation: C62.43-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage
(Equal to or Less than 1000 Vrms or 1200 Vdc) Data, Communications, and
Signaling Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 23, 2005
Technical Contact: Bill Curry, Phone:919-557-8552, Email:bill.curry@tycoelectronics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2005
Project Scope: This guide applies to surge protectors used in balanced or
unbalanced data, communication and signaling circuits with voltages equal to
or less than 1000Vrms or 1200 Vdc. The surge protectors covered are
multiple-component series or parallel combinations of linear or non-linear
elements, packaged for the purpose of limiting voltage, current, or both.
This guide is intended to complement the IEEE Std C62.36-2000. The
definitions used in the Application Guide and the Test Methods Standard are
the same. For other terms not defined in the Guide or the Standard, see IEEE
Std 100-1996. This guide is not intended to apply to packaged single-
component gas tube or air gap arresters, which are covered by IEEE C62.42.
The purpose of this guide is to enable the reader to understand the function
and performance tests of the various types of multiple-component data,
communication and signaling circuit protectors in terms of particular
applications. Consideration is given to the characteristics of multiple-
component protectors and the concepts necessary to choose the appropriate
product and interpret its specifications.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended for users and suppliers of multiple-
component surge protectors that are intended for use on communication, data,
and signaling circuits. It is being revised to reflect recent changes in
test methods contained in its companion document, C62.36. It is also being
revised to include application of protectors on the high-speed communication
lines that have become so important in modern wire-line communications. The
revision will also include editorial modifications intended to compress
material and improve overall readability.
Abstract: This guide provides assistance in selecting the most appropriate type of surge protector for a particular data,
communication, and/or signaling circuit application. The purpose of this guide is to enable an understanding and an evaluation of
the functions of the various types of multiple-component data, communications, and signaling circuit protectors in terms of
particular applications.
Designation: C62.43-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage
(Less Than Or Equal To 1000 Vrms or 1200 Vdc) Data, Communications, and
Signaling Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Abstract: " Assistance is provided for the selection of the most appropriate type of low-voltage data,communications, and/or
signalling circuit surge protector for a particular application or set ofconditions. Surge protector functions and
characteristics are also explained and evaluated. ACpower circuit applications are not addressed in this document. "
Key Words: "breakdown voltage, communications circuits, data circuits,
signaling circuits, surgeprotectors, surge-protective devices"
Designation: PC62.44
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Low-Voltage (1000 Volts rms or Less) Surge
Protective Devices Used on Secondary Distribution Systems (Between the
Transformer Low-Voltage Terminals and the Line Side of the Service Entrance
Panel)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This guide encompasses the application of surge protective
devices (secondary arresters) from the secondary terminals of the
distribution transformer to the line side of the service entrance panel.
This guide will provide insight into using the standard for performance of
low-voltage surge-protective devices on ac mains (1000V rms and less,
frequency 48 and 62 Hz). Also, this guide will address coordination from the
primary arrester to sensitive loads and grounding practices
Project Purpose: To address all the pertinent requirements necessary to provide
proper protection as well as providing guidance in the use of the IEEE
Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage Surge-Protective Devices (Secondary
Arresters) C62.34-1996.
Designation: C62.44
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Low-Voltage (1000 Volts rms or Less) Surge
Protective Devices Used on Secondary Distribution Systems (Between the
Transformer Low-Voltage Terminals and the Load Side of the Service Entrance
Panel)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This guide encompasses the application of surge protective
devices (secondary arresters) from the secondary terminals of the
distribution transformer to the load side of the distribution panel. This
guide will provide insight into using the standard for performance of low-
voltage surge-protective devices on ac mains (1000V rms and less, frequency
48 and 62 Hz). Also, this guide will address coordination from the primary
arrester to sensitive loads and grounding practices.
Project Purpose: To address all the pertinent requirements necessary to provide
proper protection as well as providing guidance in the use of the IEEE
Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage Surge-Protective Devices (Secondary
Arresters) C62.34-1996.
Designation: C62.45-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to
Low-Voltage (1000 Vand less) AC Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 2003
Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2003
Project Scope: Review entire document. Revise waveform tolerance to coordinate
with IEC documents. Add new waveforms, such as 10/350 us, if found
appropriate.
Project Purpose: To keep up to date with the revision of C62.41.
Abstract: " The scope of this recommended practice is the performance of surge testing on electricaland electronic equipment
connected to low-voltage ac power circuits, specifically using therecommended test waveforms defined in IEEE Std C62.41.2TM-2002.
Nevertheless, theserecommendations are applicable to any surge testing, regardless of the specific surges that may beapplied."
Key Words: "low-voltage ac power circuit, surge testing, surge withstand level"
Designation: PC62.45
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-
Voltage AC Power Circuits
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the performance of
surge testing on electrical and electronic equipment connected to low-
voltage ac power circuits, specifically using the recommended test waveforms
defined in IEEE Std C62.41.2.-2002.1 Nevertheless, these recommendations are
applicable to any surge testing, regardless of the specific surges that may
be applied.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice, the third document in a Trilogy of
three IEEE standards addressing surges in low voltage ac power circuits,
focuses on test procedures, using representative surge waveforms developed
on the basis of the two other documents of the Trilogy. There are no
specific models that are representative of all surge environments; the
complexities of the real world need to be simplified to produce a manageable
set of standard surge tests. To this end, a surge environment classification
scheme is presented in IEEE Std C62.41.2-2002. This classification provides
a practical basis for the selection of waveforms and amplitudes for surge-
voltages and surge-currents that may be applied to evaluate the surge
withstand level capability of equipment connected to these power circuits.
It is important to recognize that proper coordination of equipment
capability and environment characteristics is required: each environment and
the equipment to be protected have to be characterized and the two have to
be reconciled. Regardless of the particular surge specification,
equipment connected to the power system have to be capable of satisfactory
operation, or at least survival, under these surge voltages or surge
currents, with or without additional protection as the case may be. The
assignment of withstand level remains the prerogative and responsibility of
the users of this document. Surge testing is therefore required to
demonstrate this capability. To illustrate the process of surge testing
procedures, Figure 1 shows a flow diagram of the guiding considerations that
are essential to obtaining reliable test results. Note that the assignment
of withstand levels for equipment is not included in the scope of this
recommended practice. Surge testing on signal or data interfaces is also not
included in the scope of this recommended practice, but should not be
overlooked in the complete evaluation of specific equipment.
Designation: C62.45-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC
Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C62.45-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 1993
Abstract: Guidance is provided for applying surge testing to AC power interfaces of equipment connected to low-voltage ac power
circuits that are subject to transient overvoltages. Signal and data lines are not addressed in this document, nor are any
specifications stated on the withstand levels that might be assigned to specific equipments. An important objective of the
document is to call attention to the safety aspects of surge testing.
Key Words: overvoltage, Test procedures, Surge-protective device
Designation: C62.45-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC
Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 1986
Key Words: C62.45
Designation: C62.45
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power
Circuits
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Review entire document. Revise waveform tolerances to
coordinate with IEC documents. Add new waveforms, such as 10.350 us, if
found appropriate.
Project Purpose: To keep document up to date with revisions of C62.41.
Designation: C62.47-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Guide on Electrostatic Discharge: Characterization of the ESD
Environment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1992
(Ref. Std.: 1093)
Abstract: This guide describes the electromagnetic threat posed to electronic equipment and subassemblies by actual electrostatic
discharge (ESD) events from humans and mobile furnishings. This guide organizes existing data on the subject of ESD in order to
charaterize the ESD surge environment. This guide is not an ESD test standard. It is intended to be a resource for equipment
designers, and for preparers and users of ESD test standards. The manufacturing, handling, packaging, and transportation of
individual electronic components, including integrated circuits, are not discussed, and this guide does not deal with mobile
items such as automobiles, aircraft, and other masses of comparable size.
Key Words: characterization, Surges, Electrostatic discharge, Electromagnetic,
ESD
Designation: C62.48-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Guide on Interactions Between Power System Disturbances and Surge
Protective Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 11, 2005
Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 28, 2005
Project Scope: This guide applies to surge-protective devices (SPDs)
manufactured to be connected to 50 Hz or 60 Hz ac power circuits rated at
100–1000 V rms. This guide describes the effects on SPDs of power system
disturbances occurring in these low-voltage ac power circuits. The
disturbances are not limited to surges. The effects of the presence and
operation of SPDs on the quality of power available to the connected loads
are described. The interaction among multiple SPDs on the same circuit is
also described. This guide discusses both voltage and current surges. The
current surges discussed in this guide are the result of voltage surges.
Current surges that are solely the result of load changes and do not result
in voltage increases, such as a short circuit, are not discussed in this
guide. An SPD’s primary purpose is to provide surge protection. Devices
discussed in this guide contain at least one nonlinear component for
diverting surge current and/or dissipating surge energy, such as a metal
oxide varistor (MOV), silicon avalanche diode (SAD), thyristor, or spark
gap. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPSs), ferroresonators, motor-
generators, and filters containing only inductive and/or capacitive
components are not considered SPDs in this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide information on the
interactions between power system disturbances and SPDs that is not readily
available in other standards. This document provides summary information on
power system disturbances that affect or can affect SPDs. The description of
the interactions is intended to inform the potential user of such SPDs as
to what can be expected from such devices.
Abstract: Information is provided to users and manufacturers of surge-protective devices (SPDs) about the interactions that can
occur between SPDs and power system disturbances. This guide applies to SPDs manufactured to be connected to 50 or 60 Hz ac
power circuits rated at 100–1000 V RMS. The effects of the presence and operation of SPDs on the quality of power available to
the connected loads are described. The interaction between multiple SPDs on the same circuit is also described.
Key Words: harmonics, noise, power system disturbance, surge-protective device
(SPD), swell, voltage sag, voltage surge
Designation: C62.48-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide on Interactions Between Power System Disturbances and Surge-
Protective Devices
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995
Abstract: Information is provided to users and manufacturers of surge-protective devices(SPDs) about the interactions that may occur
between SPDs and power system disturbances. This guide applies to SPDs manufactured to be connected to 50 or 60 Hz ac power
circuits rated at 100-1000 V rms. The effects and side effects of the presence and operation of SPDs on the quality of power
available to the connected loads are described. The interaction between multiple SPDs on the same circuit is also described.
Key Words: harmonics, noise, power system, system disturbance, surge protective
device, SPD, swell, voltage sag, voltage surge
Designation: PC62.50
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and Test Methods for Plug-in
(Portable) Multiservice (Multiport) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment
Connected to a 120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and metallic conductive
communication line(s)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Antony John Surtees, Phone:440 708 1121, Email:surtees@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define performance criteria and
test methods for Plug-in (Portable) Multiservice (Multiport) Surge
Protective Devices (MPSPD) intended to protect equipment connected to one or
more metallic conductive communication line(s) and a 120/240 V single phase
AC Power Service, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment. These
devices are intended for installation at receptacles supplying power via a
branch circuit of the installation, and jointly at receptacles or jacks
delivering signals from communications services, for the purpose of
providing protected power and signals to a variety of information technology
equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a uniform
specification/test document for design and application engineers,
specifiers, and test laboratories to use in designing and testing this type
of surge protective device.
Designation: C62.50
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and Test Methods of Plug-in, Portable,
Multiport (Multiservice) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to
120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and Communications Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard Cohen, Phone:415-499-3900 x3918, Email:rcohen@panamax.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define performance criteria and
test methods of Plug-in Multiport (Multiservice) surge protective devices to
protect equipment connected to one or more communication lines and 120/240 V
single phase AC power, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a uniform
specification/test document for design and application engineers,
specifiers, and test laboratories to use in designing and testing this type
of surge protective device.
Designation: PC62.51
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and Test Methods for Hardwired
Multiservice (Multiport) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to
a 120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and metallic conductive communication
line(s)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Antony John Surtees, Phone:440 708 1121, Email:surtees@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define performance criteria and
test methods for Hardwired Multiservice (Multiport) Surge Protective Devices
(MPSPD) intended to protect equipment connected to one or more metallic
conductive communication line(s) and a 120/240 V single phase AC Power
Service, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment. These devices
are intended for installation at the service equipment location.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform
specification/test document for design and application engineers,
specifiers, and test laboratories to use in the designing and testing of
this type of surge protective device.
Designation: C62.51
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and test Methods of Hardwired
Multiport (Multiservice) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to
120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and Communication Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard Cohen, Phone:415-499-3900 x3918, Email:rcohen@panamax.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to define performance criteria and
test methods of Hardwired Multiport (Multiservice) surge-protective devices
to protect equipment connected to one or more communications lines and
120/240 V single phase AC power, with the neutral grounded at the service
equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform
specification/test document for design and application engineers,
specifiers, and test laboratories to use in the designing and testing of
this type of surge protective device.
Designation: C62.61
Title: Gas Tube Surge Arresters on Wire Line Telephone Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993
Designation: C62.62-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Surge Protective Devices for Low
Voltage AC Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2000
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Feb 29, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: Establish performance characteristics for surge protective
devices connected to low-voltage AC power circuits. Develop and recommend
standard methods for testing and rating surge protective devices.
Project Purpose: Recommend standard methods for test specifications and ratings
for low voltage AC surge protective devices.
Abstract: " This standard establishes methods for testing and measuring the performance charac-teristics for surge-protective
devices used in low-voltage ac power circuits. Definitions are statedthat apply specifically to surge-protective devices. The
testing requirements are categorized intotwo groups, in which a minimum set of basic tests (BTs) are prescribed for all surge-
protectivedevices within the scope of its documents, supplemented by additional tests (ATs) that might beneeded to establish
particular application requirements. "
Key Words: "discharge voltage, electromagnetic compatibility (EMI), flashover,
impulse, lightning, surge-protective devices"
Designation: PC62.62
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Test Specifications for Surge-Protective Devices for AC
Voltages below 1kV Power Circuits
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: Scope of existing document is supplied below. This revision will
expand detail on the basic and additional tests prescribed in the existing
document based on field experiences since the publication of the current
version in 2004. The document will also be closely alligned with draft IEC
and draft NEMA documents with similar test specification content.
Existing Scope (this will not change) This standard applies to surge-
protective devices intended to be installed on the load side of the main
service disconnect packaged to be connected to 50 or 60 Hz ac power circuits
rated at 1000 volts (rms) or less. Performance characteristics and standard
methods for testing and rating are established for these devices that may be
composed of any combination of components. The tests in this standard are
aimed at providing comparisons among the variety of surge-protective devices
available. Many of the tests described in this standard may stress a
surge-protective device. Care should be taken to ensure that stressed
devices are not compared with unstressed devices unless that is the desired
intent. The suppression characteristics of some surge-protective devices
change with successive surging as well as with changes in the environment.
These changes may be permanent in nature. Selection and careful organization
of appropriate tests can reduce the quantity of test samples needed. The
voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of the tests described in
this document are hazardous and appropriate cautions must be exercised in
their performance.
Project Purpose: The original documents purpose was to provide testing
facilities with consistent, repeatable, and safe methodologies for testing
low voltage SPD's. Currently there are a selection of basic tests (BT's) and
additional tests (AT's). Some of the additional tests will likely become
basic tests and some of the existing test protocols need to be reviewed and
coordinated with the other efforts underway by NEMA and IEC in this area.
Currently C62.62 is the only one of the three documents approved and
published.
Designation: C62.62.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Use of Standard Test Specifications for Surge Protective
Devices for AC Low Voltage Power Circuits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Matthew S Wakeham, Phone:718-281-6031, Email:mwakeham@leviton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This guide is intended to be a companion document complementing
C62.62, Standard Test Specifications for Surge Protective Devices for AC Low
Voltage Power Circuits.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to serve as a companion guide
to C62.62.
Designation: C62.64-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage
Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 1997
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Jan 21, 1997, ANSI APP: May 28, 1997
Abstract: This standard applies to surge protectors for application on multiconductor and coaxial, balanced or unbalanced, data,
communications, and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms, or 1200 V dc. These surge protectors are
intended to limit voltage surges, current surges, or both.
Key Words: communications circuits, data circuits, electrical protection,
signaling circuits, surge protectors
Designation: PC62.64
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Specifications for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage Data,
Communications, and Signaling Circuits
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Albert R Martin, Phone:650-361-5822, Email:amartin@tycoelectronics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is to be revised to include new technology and
devices and like the original will provide preferred values and parameters
used to specify the performance of these surge protectors. This standard
will be coordinated with its companion document C62.36.
Project Purpose: This revision will add new technology and devices and will
assist the user in the specification and use of these data, signaling and
communication devices. Information will be added on a Multiport SPD and will
harmonize with C62.36.
Designation: C62.64
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Specification for Surge Protectors Used in Data Communications
and Signaling Circuits
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bill Curry, Phone:919-557-8552, Email:bill.curry@tycoelectronics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is to be revised to include new technology and
devices and like the original will provide preferred values and parameters
used to specify the performance of these surge protectors. This standard
will be coordinated with its companion document C62.36.
Project Purpose: This revision will add new technology and devices and will
assist the user in the specification and use of these data, signaling and
communication devices. Information will be added on a Multiport SPD and will
harmonize with C62.36.
Designation: PC62.69
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Standard Specifications for Self-Restoring Current Limiter Components
used in Telecommunication Surge Protectors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Michael J Maytum, Phone:+44 7879 697652, Email:m.j.maytum@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard provides performance criteria and tables of
preferred values for performance for series-connected, self-resetting
current limiter components used in low-voltage telecommunication circuit
surge protectors. It is only applicable for components in telecommunications
circuits with voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. The
test circuits used for performance measurement are from IEEE PC62.39(Test
Methods for Self-Restoring Current Limiter Components used in
Telecommunication Surge Protectors) The self-restoring
current limiters covered by this standard have the following properties:
· Excessive current causes a transition from a low-resistance state to a
high-resistance state · Reverts to a low-resistance state when the
excessive current ends · Directly operated by the current flow
through the component · Solid-state (no moving parts) ·
Withstands specified levels of impulse · Withstands specified AC
voltage levels when in the high-resistance state Examples of
this type of current limiter technology are positive temperature coefficient
step-function thermistors of ceramic or polymeric material and semiconductor
based electronic circuits. This standard does not cover self-
resetting current limiter components used in other applications, such as
heating, inrush-current limiting or temperature sensing. Current
interrupting type components, which reduce the current to zero by a
mechanical circuit break, are not covered by this standard. In this
standard, a telecommunications circuit is a circuit that uses metallic
conductors to handle the remote transmission of information, such as data,
communications and signalling.
Project Purpose: The performance values of this standard provide a means of
component specification for users and manufacturers of self-restoring
current limiter components intended for use in low-voltage telecommunication
circuit surge protectors. The specification of low-voltage
telecommunication (data, communications, and signalling) surge protectors is
given in IEEE Standard C62.64. This standard provides the corresponding
component specifications for the surge protector current limiting and
transmission specifications.
Designation: C62.72-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage
(1000 Volts or Less) AC Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-566-8355, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007
Project Scope: The transient overvoltages or surge events that are described
and discussed in this guide are those that originate outside of a building
or facility and impinge on a power distribution system through the service
entrance conductors. Transient overvoltages or surge events that originate
from equipment within a specific facility are not within the scope of this
document. This guide applies to: • Surge Protective Devices
(SPDs) that are manufactured for connections to 50 or 60Hz ac power circuits
that are rated between 100Vac - 1000Vac. • SPDs that are
specifically identified, labeled, or listed for connections on the load side
of the service entrance main overcurrent protective device. • SPDs
manufactured for use in an association with electrical power distribution
equipment such as load centers, motor control centers, panelboards,
switchboards, switchgear, and end-use equipment installed in commercial and
industrial facilities. • SPDs that contain at least one nonlinear
component for either diverting surge currents or dissipating surge energy,
or both. Examples of such nonlinear components are metal oxide varistors,
silicon avalanche diodes, spark gap tubes, or thyristors. This
guide does not cover : • SPDs identified, labeled, or tested as a
Secondary Surge Arrester intended for connections on the line side of the
service entrance main overcurrent protective device. • SPDs
associated with retail and consumer appliances and components for
residential use. • This guide does not specify or set limits on
insulation levels of any components associated with power distribution
systems or end use equipment. • Individual SPD component
specifications associated with any specific manufacturer of surge protection
products. Ferroresonators, motor-generators, uninterruptible
power supplies, and filters containing only inductive or capacitive
components are not considered SPDs in the guide.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of an SPD is to provide a desirable level
of surge protection by diverting surge currents and reducing surge voltages
to a level that can be tolerated by the power distribution system and the
equipment connected to the system. When specifying and installing any SPD
in low voltage power distribution equipment associated with commercial and
industrial installations, there are numerous application considerations that
should be reviewed and evaluated before installation. Failure to consider
the applications or misapplications of any SPD can directly influence the
expected performance of the SPD and can result in undesirable effects on a
power distribution system or end use equipment, or both. It is the intent
of this guide to inform specifiers and users of SPDs, such as specifying
engineers, electrical inspectors, facilities engineers, or Authorities
Having Jurisdiction, of application and installation considerations for the
purpose of desirable and satisfactory application of SPDs.
Designation: C62.72
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage
1000 Volts or Less AC Power Circuits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Matthew S Wakeham, Phone:718-281-6031, Email:mwakeham@leviton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This guide may be used for the purpose of proper installation
and application of L.V. AC surge protective devices with express
consideration to North American power and grounding systems.
Project Purpose: To provide the user with application guidelines in the proper
selection and installation of L.V. AC surge protective devices.
Designation: C62.74
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Protective Devices for Equipment
Connected to the 120/240V AC Power System and to Communication Circuits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard Cohen, Phone:415-499-3900 x3918, Email:rcohen@panamax.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The Guide will cover the applications of Multi-Port Surge-
Protective Devices to protect: *Equipment connected to AC power and
communication circuits. *On premises supplied by 120/240 vrms split-phase
AC power with neutral grounded at the panel. *On the load side of the
service disconnect and the premises side of the interface with the
communications network.
Project Purpose: The guide is to inform electricians and contractors,
architects, and electronic technicians and engineers NOT expert in surge
protection about the proper application and integration of surge protection
devices. This document should fill a long-felt need for reliable, non-
proprietary information on good surge protection practices for the
residential and small-business environment.
Designation: PC62.82.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and
Rules
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three-
phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. This standard,
the first part, specifies the procedure for selection of withstand voltages
[basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching impulse
insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase
insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation
levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed.
Although the principles of this standard also apply to transmission line
insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those
identified as standard insulation levels. The other part is an application
guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in the
determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods
and procedures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to a) define applicable terms,
b) outline insulation coordination procedures, and c) identify standard
insulation levels. This project will improve the existing standard by
addressing comments received during the reaffirmation.
Designation: PC62.82.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three-
phase as systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. This guide, the
second part, is an application guide with practicle examples, intended to
provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to
suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination
examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of
Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated as systems; caution should
be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS) This revision of
the guide will address comments recived during the recent document
reaffirmation, will also address items contained in an IEC document on the
same subject and will address any new information that is found.
Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station
equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the
terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The
probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures
(MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of
design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design
based on reliability.
Designation: PC62.82.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three-
phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. This guide, the
second part, is an application guide with practical examples, intended to
provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to
suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination
examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of
Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated ac systems. Caution should
be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS).
Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station
equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the
terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The
probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures
(MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of
design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design
based on reliability.
Designation: C62.91
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers
Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedure for Neutral
Grounding Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project of Std 32-1972.
Technical Contact: Edgar R Taylor, Jr, Phone:412/242-5224, Email:ertjr1@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 (Ref. Std.: 32)
Project Scope: To review and update requirements and tests for equipment used
for neutral grounding devices, and the terminology presently used.
Project Purpose: Present requirements, such as those for transformers and
capacitors used for grounding, may be out of date with existing standards
for these apparatus. Users are those who manufacture and apply such
devices. Benefit: To provide information and data as outlined in the title.
Designation: C62.92-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical
Utility Systems, Part 1 - Introduction
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C62.92.1-2000.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE143)
Abstract: Some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground-
fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electrical utility systems are presented. These considerations apply
specifically to electric utility systems and do not recognize the neutral grounding requirements for dispersed storage and
generation. They are intended to serve as an introduction to a series of standards on neutral grounding in electrical utility
systems.
Designation: C62.92.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical
Utility Systems, Part 1 - Introduction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2001
**revision of C62.92-1987 (R1993). Supersedes C62.92-1987 (R1993).
Technical Contact: Douglas C Dawson, Phone:818-508-8006, Email:d.c.dawson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: Present basic considerations for the selection of neutral
grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground-fault
current and over-voltage on all portions of three-phase electric utility
systems.
Project Purpose: Update the current standard to improve clarity and
readability.
Abstract: Some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters thatwill provide for the control of ground-
fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electric utility systems are presented. These considerations apply
specifically to electric utility systems and do not recognize the neutral grounding requirements for dispersed storage and
generation. They are intended to serve as an introduction to a series of standards on neutral grounding in electrical utility
systems.
Key Words: "class of grounding, coefficient of grounding (COG), earth-fault
factor (EFF), earth-return path, effectively grounded, electrical utility
systems, grounded solidly"
Designation: C62.92.3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical
Utility Systems, Part III - Generator Auxiliary Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 1994
Technical Contact: John B Posey, Phone:330-887-5129, Email:jbposey@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1994
Abstract: Basic factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding for electrical generating
plant auxiliary power systems are given in this guide. Apparatus to be used to achieve the desired grounding are suggested, and
methods to specify the grounding devices are given. Sensitivity and selectivity of equipment ground-fault protection as affected
by selection of the neutral grounding device are discussed, with examples.
Key Words: electrical generation, neutral grounding, Grounding, Ground-fault
protection, Generator auxiliary systems, Electrical utility systems,
Electrical generating plants
Designation: PC62.92.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility
Systems, Part III—Generator Auxiliary Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Steve G Whisenant, Phone:704-382-6608, Email:sgwhisen@duke-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to summarize the general
considerations in grounding of generating station auxiliary power systems,
the factors to be considered in selecting between the appropriate grounding
classes and specifying equipment ratings. This guide applies to both
medium-voltage (1 kV-15 kV) and low-voltage (less than 1 kV) auxiliary power
systems. The intent of this guide is to discuss grounding methods which may
be used to limit equipment damage. The emphasis is on reliability and
availability of auxiliary power system service, achieved through control of
ground-fault currents and transient overvoltages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the Guide is to present some basic
considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will
provide for the control of ground-fault currents and overvoltages on
auxiliary systems of electrical utility three-phase generators. The purpose
of this revision is to update Clause 4.3 Damage Criterion with current
research on equipment damage, update all references, and to ensure no
intrusion or overlap with IEEE Std 1584 or Arc Flash Hazards Analysis for
personnel safety.
Designation: C62.92.4-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical
Utility Systems, Part IV-Distribution
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: John B Posey, Phone:330-887-5129, Email:jbposey@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 13, 1992
Project Scope: This section of the guide is concerned with the neutral
grounding of single- and three-phase alternating current (ac) electric
utility primary distribution systems with nominal voltages in the range of
2.4 kV to 34.5 kV. For the purpose of this guide, the term "distribution"
includes the substation providing power to distribution feeders, the
distribution feeders, and the distribution transformers providing service at
utilization voltages. The scope of this guide does not include the
grounding of the low-voltage secondary systems supplied by distribution
transformers, or consumer-owned facilities that are covered by other
standards such as the National Electrical Code (NEC) (B6)
Project Purpose: SEE SCOPE.
Abstract: The neutral grounding of single- and three-phase ac electric utility primary distribution systems with nominal voltages in
the range of 2.4--34.5 kV is addressed. Classes of distribution systems grounding are defined. Basic considerations in
distribution system grounding--concerning economics, control of temporary overvoltages, control of ground-fault currents, and
ground relaying--are addressed. Also considered are use of grounding transformers, grounding of high-voltage neutral of wye/delta
distribution transformers, and interconnection of primary and secondary neutrals of distribution transformers.
Key Words: Primary distribution systems, Neutral grounding, Electric utilities,
Distribution systems, Distribution system grounding
Designation: PC62.92.4
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility
Systems, Part IV - Distribution
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Steve G Whisenant, Phone:704-382-6608, Email:sgwhisen@duke-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This guide is concerned with the neutral grounding of single-
and three-phase alternating current (ac) electric utility primary
distribution systems with nominal voltages in the range of 2.4 kV to 34.5
kV. For the purpose of this guide, the term "distribution" includes the
substation providing power to distribution feeders, the distribution
feeders, and the distribution transformers providing service at utilization
voltages. The scope of this guide does not include the grounding of the
low-voltage secondary systems supplied by distribution transformers, ar
consumer-owned facilities that are covered by other standards such as the
National Electrical Code (NEC).
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide useful information to the
user for determining the class of distribution system grounding to be
applied and to review several basic considerations in the selection of
the type of grounding. The guide also covers several special
considerations in the design of distribution system grounding.
Designation: C62.92.5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electric Utility
Systems, Part V - Transmission Systems and Subtransmission Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: John B Posey, Phone:330-887-5129, Email:jbposey@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1992
Abstract: Basic factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding for a particular ac
transmission or subtransmission system are covered. An apparatus to be used to achieve the desired grounding is suggested, and
methods for specifying the grounding devices are given. Transformer tertiary systems, equipment-neutral grounding, and the
effects of series compensation on grounding are discussed.
Key Words: Transmission systems, Transformer tertiary systems, Subtransmission
systems, Series compensation, Neutral grounding, Equipment neutral
grounding, Electric utility systems
Designation: PC62.92.5
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility
Systems, Part V - Transmission Systems and Subtransmission Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Steve G Whisenant, Phone:704-382-6608, Email:sgwhisen@duke-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to give the basic factors and
general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding
for a particular ac transmission or subtransmission system, and the
suggested method and apparatus to be used to achieve the desired grounding.
Definitions of grounding terms used in this part of the guide may be found
in IEEE Std. C62.92.1-2000 [1].
Project Purpose: This document will provide the user with insight on the basic
factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of
neutral grounding for a particular ac tranmission or subtransmission system.
An apparatus to achieve the desired grounding is suggested, and methods for
specifying the grounding devices will be given.
Designation: C62.92.2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical
Utility Systems, Part II - Grounding of Synchronous Generator Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 1989
Technical Contact: Joseph C Osterhout, Phone:708/301-6599, Email:joeosterhout@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 13, 1989
Abstract: General considerations for grounding synchronous generator systems are summarized, focusing on the objectives of generator
grounding. The factors to be considered in the selection of a grounding class and the application of grounding methods are
discussed. Four generator grounding types are considered: unit-connected generation systems, common-bus generators without
feeders, generators with feeders directly connected at generated voltage, and three-phase, 4-wire connected generators.
Designation: C63-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: C63: Complete 1989 Edition; Electromagnetic Compatability
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Designation: C63.2-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength
Instrumentation, 10 Hz to 40 GHz - Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 1996
**Revision of ANSI C63.2-1987.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Electromagnetic compatibility techniques for instruments measuring quasi-peak, peak, rms, and average values for
electrical and electronic equipment for various applications are provided.
Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility, field strength, instrumentation,
noise
Designation: C63.2-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Instrumentation - Electromagnetic Noise
and Field Strength, 10kHz to 40 GHz - Specifications
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987
Abstract: Requirements for electromagnetic noise instrumentation for the frequency range of 10 kHz to 40 GHz incorporating quasi-
peak, peak, rms, and average detectors are presented. The basic instrument is a frequency-selective voltmeter. With appropriate
coupling devices such as antennas and current probes, the instrumentation will also measure other physical quantities such as
field strength and current. Spectrum analyzers are not covered.
Key Words: Voltage measurements, Electromagnetic measurements, Electromagnetic
interference
Designation: C63.4-2003
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emission from
Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40
GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: "ANSI C63.4-2003, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage
Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz"
Key Words: "conducted emission testing,conducting ground plane,digital
equipment,electric fieldmeasurement,line impedance stabilization
network,low-voltage electrical equipment,low-voltageelectronic
equipment,magnetic field measurement,normalized site attenuation,"
Designation: C63.4-2000
Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise
Emission from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range
of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of ra-dio-frequency (RF) signals and
noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequencyrange 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not
include generic nor product-specificemission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national
andinternational standards used for similar purposes. "
Key Words: "conducted emission testing, conducted ground plance, digital
equipment, electric field measurement, line impedance stabilization network
(LISN)"
Designation: C63.4-1992
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: IEEE Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage
Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 1992
**This supercedes C63.4-1991 (8/96)
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: May 26, 1992
Abstract: Uniform methods of measurement of radio noise emitted from low-voltage electrical and electronic equipment, including
digital and other information technology equipment, in the frequency range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz are set forth. Both unintentional
and certain intentional radiators are included. Methods for the measurement of radiated and powerline conducted radio noise are
covered and may be applied to any such equipment unless otherwise specified by individual equipment requirements.
Key Words: Unintentional radiators, Site attenuation, Radio-noise power, Radio-
noise emissions, Radiated emission testing, Powerline conducted radio noise,
Periodic intentional radiators, Normalized site attenuation, Magnetic field
measurement, Low-voltage electronic equipment, Low-voltage electrical
equipment, Line impedance stabilization network, Intentional radiators,
Information technology equipment, Electric field measurement, Digital
equipment, Conducting ground plane, Conducted emission testing
Designation: C63.4-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage
Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 21, 1991
**Revision of ANSI C63.4-1988.
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 17, 1991
Abstract: Some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground-
fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electrical utility systems are presented. These considerations apply
specifically to electric utility systems and do not recognize the neutral grounding requirements for dispersed storage and
generation. They are intended to serve as an introduction to a series of standards on neutral grounding in electrical utility
systems.
Designation: C63.4-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise
Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range
of 10 kHz to 1GHz
Status: Superseded
**Superceded by C63.4-1991.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1988
Designation: C63.5-2006
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic CompatibilityRadiated
Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
ControlCalibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This standard provides methods for determining antenna factors
of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic
interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. Antennas included are linearly
polarized antennas, such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles,
biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized
arrays, broadband horns, etc., that are used in measurements governed by
ANSI C63.4-2003.1 The methods include standard site, reference antenna,
equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard
antenna, and standard field methods. The latter three methods are
incorporated by reference in 4.5. Harmonization of this standard with
international standards is achieved by providing one-measurement geometry
in the 30 MHz to 1000 MHz frequency range. The word “shall” is used in this
document to indicate mandatory requirements. The words “should” or “may”
are used to indicate that among several possibilities one is strongly
recommended but not mandatory.
Abstract: Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic
interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods
(monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns,
etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2001. The methods include standard site (i.e. 3-antenna), reference
antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods.
Key Words: antenna factors, equivalent capacitance substitution, linearly
polarized antennas, near free space, reference antenna, standard antenna,
standard site, standard transmitting loop
Designation: C63.5-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic CompatibilityRadiated
Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
ControlCalibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic
interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods
(monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns,
etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2001. The methods include standard site (i.e. 3-antenna), reference
antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods.
Key Words: antenna factors, equivalent capacitance substitution, linearly
polarized antennas, near free space, reference antenna, standard antenna,
standard site, standard transmitting loop
Designation: C63.5-1998
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Calibration of Antennas Used for Radiated
Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control
Calibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 07, 1998
**Revision of '88 std.
Technical Contact: H. Robert Hofmann, Phone:630 3552440, Email:hrhofmann@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 28, 1998
Abstract: " Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission mea-surements of electromagnetic
interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas in-cluded are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods
(monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconicaldipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements
gov-erned by ANSI C63.4-1992. The methods include standard site (i.e., 3-antenna), reference antenna,equivalent capacitance
substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standardÞeld methods. "
Key Words: calibration, antennas, radiated emission, emi, interference
Designation: C63.6-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide for the Computation of Errors in Open-
Area Test Site Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 1997
**Revision of C63.6-1988
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Edwin L Bronaugh, Phone:512-258-6687, Email:ed.bronaugh@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996
Abstract: The basis for the acceptability criterion of ý4 dB for the site attenuation measurements required in ANSI C63.4-1992 is
provided.
Key Words: acceptability criterion, antenna factor, attenuator uncertainty,
electromagnetic noise, error analysis, error budget
Designation: C63.6-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide for the Computation of Errors in Open-
Area Test Site Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 23, 1988
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1988
Abstract: The basis for the acceptability criterion of plus or minus 4 dB for the site attenuation measurements required by ANSI
C63.4-1988, American National Standard Methods of Measurements of Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronics Equipment
in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz, is shown.
Key Words: Electromagnetic interference
Designation: C63.7-2003
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Standard Guide for Construction of Open Area Test Sites for Performing
Radiated Emission Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 07, 2006
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This guide provides information that is useful in constructing
an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements
in the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz. Final validity of the test site can
only be made by performing site attenuation measurements as described in
ANSI C63.4-2003, Sec 5.4.6.
Abstract: Information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements in
the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz is provided. Final validity of the test site can only be made by performing site attenuation
measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-2003
Key Words: emission measurement, open-area test sites, radiated emission
measurement
Designation: C63.7-1992
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide for Construction of Open-Area Test
Sites for Performing Radiated Emission Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 1993
**11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1992
Abstract: Information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiatedemission measurements in
the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz is provided. Final validity of the test sitecan only be made by performing site attenuation
measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-1992.
Key Words: "emission measurement, open-area test sites, radiated emission
measurement"
Designation: C63.011-2000
Title: American National Standard for Limits and Methods of Measurement of
Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Industrial, Scientific, and Medical
(ISM) Radio-Frequency Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 18, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " This standard republishes CISPR 11:1997 (with Amendment 1, 1999-05) as an AmericanNational Standard to make it easily
available to U.S. manufacturers. "
Key Words: Electromaganetic Compatibility (EMC)
Designation: C63.12-2000
Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits--
Recommended Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C63.12-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits -
Recommended Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1988
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1987
Abstract: A suggested set of limits that may find general application is set forth. A rationale for developing limits is presented,
and a set of limits that are representative of current practice is recommended. Environmental radio noise and the selection of
measurement parameters are described. The measurement of amplitude distribution, the measurement set envelope amplitude
distribution, and the amplitude probability distribution are discussed in the appendixes.
Key Words: Electromagnetic measurements, Electromagnetic interference
Designation: C63.12
Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility
Limits—Recommended Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: C63.13-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide on the Application and Evaluation of
EMI Power-Line Filters for Commercial Use
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 07, 1991
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991
Abstract: A basic understanding of the application, evaluation, and safety considerations of electromagnetic interference (EMI)
power-line filters used in both AC and DC applications is provided. The construction of an EMI power-line filter and its
functions in providing suppression of conducted noise are described. The functions and performance of the filter components,
particularly the capacitors and inductors, are discussed. It is explained why seemingly identical filters may not give the same
performance in a particular application. No-load insertion-loss test methods are presented. Proper installation of the filters in
equipment is discussed. Safety regulations are briefly addressed.
Key Words: capacitors, common mode, noise currents, differential mode,
electromagnetic, interference, power line filters, inductors, no load
insertion, insertion loss, Power filters
Designation: C63.14-1998
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Dictionary for Technologies of
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC), Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) and
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) (Dictionary of EMC/EMP/ESD Terms and
Definitions)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 03, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: J. L. Norman Violette, Phone:703-506-0528, Email:enviolette@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: " Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), electromagnetic pulse(EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD)
are defined. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, sym-bols, and abbreviations are covered. "
Key Words: dictionary, EMC, EMP, ESD, pulse, discharge
Designation: C63.14-1992
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Dictionary for Technologies of
Electromagnetic Compatability (EMC), Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), and
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 21, 1992
Abstract: Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), electromagetic pulse (EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD)
are defined. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered.
Key Words: terms, definitions, Electrostatic discharge (ESD), Electromagnetic
pulse (EMP), Electromagnetic compatibility
Designation: C63.15
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Immunity Measurement of Electronic Products
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: C63.16-1993
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide for Electrostatic Discharge Test
Methodologies and Criteria for Electronic Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 22, 1993
Abstract: Based upon ESD events on electronic equipment in actual-use environments, a process to establish ESD test criteria is
provided. Test procedures for highly repeatable ESD immunity evaluation of tabletop and floor-standing equipment are described.
Simulator characteristics for hand/metal and furniture ESD testing are specified both for air and contact discharge methods.
Statistical criteria is given to determine the number of test trials required, based on the confidence factor desired and various
pass/fail categories. This ANSI ESD guide has been harmonized with other international ESD standards except where other standards
have technical approaches that would reduce equipment quality or result in degraded product operation.
Key Words: air discharge, contact discharge, coupling plane, direct discharge,
ESD event, ESD simulator, ESD test criteria, ESD waveform charact, furniture
ESD, hand/metal ESD, human/touch ESD, indirect discharge, Electrostatic
discharge (ESD), ESD waveform characterization
Designation: C63.16
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide for Electrostatic Discharge Test
Methodologies and Criteria for Electronic Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: William T Rhoades, Phone:714-871-5919, Email:wrhoades1@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Key Words: electrostatic, discharge, criteria
Designation: C63.17-2006
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic
and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications Services
(UPCS) Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard sets forth uniform methods of measurement of the
electromagnetic and operational compatibility of unlicensed personal
communications services (UPCS) devices. This standard does not cover
licensed personal communications services (PCS) devices. The recommended
methods are applicable to the radio transmitter and monitoring devices
contained in the UPCS device. These methods apply to the measurement of
individual UPCS devices. Additional methods may be added to this standard to
fulfill future requirements. In addition to the measurements specified
herein, UPCS devices may also be required to be tested in accordance with
other standards. Examples are listed in Annex A.
Abstract: Specific test procedures are established for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services
(UPCS) devices with applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency emission levels and spectrum access procedures.
Key Words: etiquette, personal communications, RF emissions, spectrum access,
unlicensed devices, UPCS
Designation: C63.17
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic
and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications
Services (UPCS) Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Arthur H. Light, Phone:703-247-7713, Email:artlight@cox.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1998
Project Scope: This standard sets forth uniform methods of measurement of the
electromagnetic and operational compatibility of unlicensed personal
communications services (UPCS) devices. This standard does not cover
licensed personal communications services (PCS) devices. The recommended
methods described are applicable to the radio transmitter and monitoring
devices contained in the UPCS device. These methods apply to the measurement
of individual UPCS devices. Additional methods may be added to this standard
to fulfill future requirements. In addition to the measurements specified
herein, UPCS devices may also be required to be tested in accordance with
other standards. Examples are listed in Annex A.
Abstract: Specific test procedures are established for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services
(UPCS) devices with applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency (RF) emission levels and spectrum access
procedures.
Key Words: etiquette, personal communications, RF emissions, spectrum access,
unlicensed devices
Designation: C63.18-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Recommended Practice for an On-site, Ad-Hoc Test Method for Estimating
Radiated Electromagnetic Immunity of Medical Devices to Specific Radio
Frequency Transmitters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Herbert Mertel, Phone:8584596717, Email:hmertel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: Guidance is provided for health-care organizations in evaluating the radiated RF electromagnetic immunity of their
existing inventories of medical devices to their existing inventories of RF transmitters, as well as to RF transmitters that are
commonly available. This recommended practice can also be used for newly purchased medical devices and RF transmitters, as well
as for pre-purchase evaluation. It applies to medical devices used in health-care facilities and to portable transmitters with a
rated power output of 8 W or less. It does not apply to implantable medical devices, transport environments such as ambulances
and helicopters, or to RF transmitters rated at more than 8 W.
Key Words: ad hoc testing, electromagnetic compatibility, EMC, electromagnetic
immunity, electromagnetic interference, EMI, health-care facilities, in-situ
testing, medical devices, on-site testing, portable RF transmitters, test
method, test procedure
Designation: C63.19-2007
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Method of Measurement for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless
Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2007
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: C63.19-2006
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Method of Measurement for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless
Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2006
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Apr 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard applies to both wireless communications devices
(WDs) and hearing aids. It sets forth uniform methods of measurement and
parametric requirements for the electromagnetic and operational
compatibility and accessibility of hearing aids used with WDs, including
cordless, cellular, personal communications service (PCS) phones, and voice
over internet protocol (VoIP) devices, operating in the range of 800 MHz to
3 GHz. However, this version is focused on existing services, which are in
common use. Accordingly, in this version tests are provided for services in
the 800 MHz to 950 MHz and 1.6 GHz to 2.5 GHz frequency bands. Future
versions may add tests for other frequency bands, as they come into more
common use. This standard is intended to apply to all types of hearing
aids with acoustic output, including, as examples, behind-the-ear (BTE), in-
the-ear (ITE), in-the-canal (ITC), and completely-in-the-canal (CIC) types.
Test methods are provided for hearing aids operating in acoustic (microphone
input) mode or in T-Coil input mode. The field levels called for in various
places shall be maintained within the limits for radio frequency (RF)
safety, set forth in ANSI C95.1-1999.1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish categories for
hearing aids and for WDs that can indicate to healthcare practitioners and
hearing aid users which hearing aids are compatible with which WDs and to
provide tests that can be used to assess the electromagnetic characteristics
of hearing aids and WDs and assign them to these categories. The various
parameters required, in order to demonstrate compatibility and accessibility
are measured. The design of the standard is such that when a hearing aid and
WD achieve one of the categories specified, as measured by the methodology
of this standard, the indicated performance is realized.
Abstract: Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth.
Key Words: American National Standard, electromagnetic compatibility, hearing
aid, hearing aid compatibility (HAC), measurement methods, operational
compatibility, personal communications service (PCS), wireless
communications device
Designation: C63.19-2001
Title: American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Capatibility
between Wireless Communication Devices and Hearing Aids
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 2001
Abstract: Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wirelesscommunications devices are set forth in
this standard.
Key Words: "American National Standard,electromagnetic compatibility,hearing
aid,hearing aidcompatibility (HAC),measurement methods,operational
compatibility,personal communicationsservice (PCS),wireless communications
device"
Designation: C63.20
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: Limits for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: C63.21
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Radiated Radio Frequency Electromagnetic
Field Immunnity of Medical Devices Connected to Patients
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: C63.22-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard Guide for Automated Electromagnetic
Interference Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: U.S. consensus guideline for automation of conducted and radiated EMI compliance measurements is provided in this guide.
This document does not include mandatory specifications for automation tools (i.e., application software, automated test
equipment, computers and peripherals). Where possible, the guidance provided herein is harmonized with other national and
international standards used for similar purposes.
Key Words: conducted emissions, data analysis tools, data handling, exploratory
measurements, facility integrity, final measurements, prescans, probability
of signal intercept, radiated emissions, sweep times, scan rates
Designation: C63.022-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility
Title: American National Standard for Limits and Methods of Measurement of
Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1997
**Adoption of CISPR 22 (1993) and Amendment 1 (1995) with an American
Forward.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Herbert Mertel, Phone:8584596717, Email:hmertel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996
Abstract: " Emission limits are provided that are an are acceptable alternative for limits of the current issueof FCC Part 15,
Subpart B, for Information Technology Equipment (ITE). This document republishes CISPR 22 (1993) and Amendment 1 (1995) as an
American National Standard, ANSI C63.022-1996, whichis recognized within the U.S. "
Key Words: "conducted emissions,emission limits,emission
measurement,information technology equipment,radiated emissions,radio
disturbance,radio interference"
Designation: C92.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: American National Standard for Power Systems - Alternating-Current
Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal-
Preferred Voltage Ratings
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1312-1993
History: ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1987
Designation: PC93.4
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Power-Line Carrier Line-Tuning Equipment (30-500 kHz)
Associated With Power Transmission Lines
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Roger E Ray, Phone:954-344-9822x208, Email:roger.ray@pulsartech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard applies to power-line carrier line-tuning
equipment connected between the coupling capacitors and power-line carrier
transmitter/receiver terminals operating in the frequency range of 30 to
500 kHz over power transmission lines and cables or to similar line-tuning
equipment in a carrier bypass. Power-line carrier line-tuning equipment
includes assemblies and components: tuning inductor, impedance matching
transformer, balancing transformer, tuning capacitor, inductance-
capacitance (LC) tuning unit, hybrid, filter, protective unit,
interconnecting cables and enclosure. This standard includes the protective
devices that facilitate the safe operation and maintenance of the line
tuning components under normal and usual operating conditions. This
standard will develop technical definitions, performance ratings, testing
methods, and manufacturing requirements for the included line-tuning
equipment.
Project Purpose: This standard is vital to the application of Power-Line
Carrier Systems on all transmission lines 69 kV and above. Power-Line
carrier systems are used for protection systems and other communications.
The Line tuner is the part of the system that allows the carrier signal to
reach the power line with the minimum of loss. Performance requirements
will be established so that tuner is important that the types of tuners and
their interaction with the power system is known and performance can be
predicted.
Designation: C95.1-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio
Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2006
Technical Contact: C. K Chou, Phone:954-723-5387, Email:ck.chou@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Oct 03, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006
Project Scope: Recommendations are made to protect against established adverse
health effects in human beings associated with exposure to electric,
magnetic and electromagnetic fields in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300
GHz. The recommendations are expressed in terms of basic restrictions (BRs)
and maximum permissible exposure (MPE) values. The BRs are limits on
internal fields, specific absorption rate (SAR), and current density; the
MPEs, which are derived from the BRs, are limits on external fields and
induced and contact current. The recommendations, which protect against
effects associated with electrostimulation and tissue and wholebody heating,
are intended to apply to all human exposures except for exposure of patients
by, or under the direction of, physicians and medical professionals. These
recommendations are not intended for the purpose of preventing interference
with medical and other devices that may exhibit susceptibility to radio
frequency (RF) fields. The recommendations at 300 GHz are compatible with
existing recommendations for safe exposure in the infrared frequency range,
which begins at 300 GHz, cf., ANSI Z136.1-2000 [B7]1, ICNIRP guidelines
[B63], and IEC 60825-1 [B65]. IEEE Std C95.6-20022 is the applicable
standard for use at frequencies below 3 kHz.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide exposure limits to
protect against established adverse effects to human health induced by
exposure to RF electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields over the
frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
Abstract: Recommendations to protect against harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency
range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz are provided in this standard. These recommendations are intended to apply in controlled
environments and for general population exposure. These recommendations are not intended to apply to the exposure of patients by
or under the direction of physicians and medical professionals.
Key Words: basic restrictions (BR), maximum permissible exposure (MPE), radio
frequency (RF), RF exposure, RF safety, specific absorption rate (SAR)
Designation: C95.1-1991
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio
Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI C95.1-1982.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1992
Abstract: Recommendations are made to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency
range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz. The recommendations are intended to apply to exposures in controlled, as well as uncontrolled,
environments. They are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of practitioners of
the healing arts. The recommendations at 300 GHz are compatible with existing recommendations on safe exposure in the infrared
frequency range (starting at 300 GHz). A rationale that describes how the recommendations were arrived at, and the factors taken
into account in formulating them, is included.
Key Words: microwave, MPE, RFPG, radio frequency, Safety levels, Radiation
protection, Nonionizing radiation, Exposure limits, Electromagnetic fields
Designation: C95.1-1982
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Electromagnetic Radiation with Respect to Personnel, American National
Standard Safety Level of
Status: Superseded
Designation: C95.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio
Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Develop revised maximum permissible exposure (MPE) levels for
exposures to electromagnetic fields for exposures in controlled and
uncontrolled environments at frequencies between 3 kHz and 300 Ghz. The
MPEs will be expressed in terms of quantifiable parameters such as electric-
field strength, magnetic-field strength, power density, induced current and
contact current. Exclusions and peak limits for pulsed fields will be
included.
Project Purpose: To revise IEEE C95.1-1991 to reflect new data and to eliminate
certain ambiguities that have been brought to the attention of SCC28.
Designation: C95.1a-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio
Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GH - Supplement
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This supplement will clarify and revise sections of the
standard. The supplement will provice new induced current limits, criteria
for when induced current measurements are not required, minimum measurement
distance from re-radiating structures, and will more precisely define
spatial average with regard to compliance with the maximum permissible
exposure limits, and radiated power and averaging volume for low-power hand-
held devices.
Project Purpose: To provide more realistic limits for induced currents and
criteria to eliminate the need for unnecessary induced current measurements.
It addresses certain ambiguities that have been consistently reported by
users of the staandard.
Designation: C95.1b
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Standard for Amendment to: "IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect
to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagentic Fields, 3 kHz to 300
GHz, IEEE C95.1-1991 (1999 ed)"
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This Amendment will clarify the standard by specifically
defining additional portions of the human body, e.g., the outer ear (pinna),
as extremities subject to similar specific absorption rate (SAR) limits as
extremities already defined, e.g., hands, feet, wrist and ankles.
Project Purpose: This amendment will allow SCC-34/SC-2 to proceed with their
efforts, before the revision of C95.1-1991 is completed, to finalize the
appropriate head model and complete a recommended practice for certifying
that hand-held wireless devices meet existing SAR criteria.
Designation: C95.1b-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio
Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz - Amendment 2: Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) Limits for the Pinna
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This Amendment will clarify the standard by specifically
defining additional portions of the human body, e.g., the outer ear (pinna),
as extremities subject to similar specific absorption rate (SAR) limits as
extremities already defined, e.g., hands, feet, wrist and ankles.
Project Purpose: This amendment will allow SCC-34/SC-2 to proceed with their
efforts, before the revision of C95.1-1991 is completed, to finalize the
appropriate head model and complete a recommended practice for certifying
that hand-held wireless devices meet existing SAR criteria.
Abstract: This Amendmendment modifies IEEE Std C95.1-1991, as amended by C95.1a-1998 by assigning the same SAR requirements to the
outer ear (pinna) that are required for the extremeties, e.g., hands, feet, wrists, and ankles.
Key Words: electromagnetic fields, exposure limits, microwave and radio
frequency safety, safety levels, specific absorption rate
Designation: C95.2-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard for Radio-Frequency Energy and Current-Flow Symbols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005
Project Scope: Description of warning symbols for radio frequency radiation and
radio frequency induced and contact currents in the frequency range of 3 kHz
to 300 GHz.
Project Purpose: To revise C95.2-1988 so it is more compatible with the newly
approved exposure standard, IEEE C95.1-1991.
Abstract: Symbols to inform people about the presence of potentially hazardous levels of radio-frequency energy or the presence of
contact current hazards in the frequency range of 3 kHz to300 GHz are specified. Guidance is given about how these symbols should
be used on warningsigns and labels.
Key Words: IEEE Std C95.2-1999.pdf
Designation: C95.2-1982
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: American National Standard Radio Frequency Radiation Hazard Warning
Symbol
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by C95.2-1999.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1981
Abstract: The design and colors of a symbol denoting the incidence of electromagnetic energy in the frequency range from 0.3 MHz to
100 GHz are defined. The application of this symbol in signs intended to warn workers or the public of the presence of
potentially hazardous levels of nonionizing electromagnetic radiation is also considered.
Key Words: Symbols, Biological radiation effects
Designation: C95.3-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurements and Computations with Respect
to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 100 kHz to 300
GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 11, 2003
**Supersedes C95.3-1991 (R1997).
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: Revise and develop specifications for preferred methods for
measuring and computing external radiofrequency electromagnetic fields to
which persons may be exposed. In addition, the document will specify
preferred methods for the measurement and computation of the resulting
fields and currents that are induced in bodies of humans exposed to these
fields over the frequency range of 100 kHz to 300 GHz.
Project Purpose: To provide information on the application of new instruments,
measurement techniques, and sophisticated computational methods that have
become available since the publication of lEEE Recommended Practice for the
Measurement of Potentially Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields -RF and
Microwave," IEEE C95.3-1991. Techniques recommended in this practice can be
used to ascertain compliance with the provisions of IEEE C95.1 "IEEE
Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency
Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz" for frequencies above 100 kHz.
Abstract: " Techniques and instrumentation for the measurement and computation of potentiallyhazardous electromagnetic (EM) fields
both in the near field and the far field of the electromagneticsource are specified. The specifications previously set forth in
IEEE Std C95.3 -1991 are extendedand combined. Leakage and near-field measurements and a description of the concepts,techniques,
and instruments that can be applied to the measurement of specific absorption rate(SAR) or the electric field strength in
organisms (including humans) and phantoms exposed toelectromagnetic fields are included. Below 100 MHz, the current flowing
through the body to groundis measurable and can be used to determine the SAR and, therefore, a brief treatment of low-frequency
body current measurement is included. "
Key Words: "electromagnetic field computation,electromagnetic field
measurements,exposureassessment,non-ionizing radiation,RF/microwave hazard
assessment,RF/microwave surveyinstruments,RF/microwave surveys,specific
absorption rate (SAR)assessment"
Designation: C95.3-1991
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Potentially Hazardous
Electromagnetic Fields - RF and Microwave
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI C95.3-1973 and ANSI C95.5-1981. Superseded by C95.3-
2002.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: This standard specifies techniques and instrumentation for the measurement of potentially hazardous electromagnetic
fields. The recommendations apply to hazards to personnel. However, the measurement techniques and instruments described are also
applicable to the measurement of fields in the neighborhood of flammable materials and explosive devices, even though exposure
standards for these situations have not been established.
Key Words: Microwave fields, Electromagnetic fields, SAR measurement, RF
microwave survey instrument, RF microwave instrumentation, RF hazard
determination, RF fields, Potentially hazardous fields
Designation: PC95.3.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurements and Computation of Electric,
Magnetic and Electromagnetic Fields With Respect to Human Exposure to Such
Fields, 0 - 100 kHz
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes 1) methods for measuring
external electric and magnetic fields and contact currents to which persons
may be exposed, 2) instrument characteristics and the methods for
calibrating such instruments, and 3) methods for computation and the
measurement of the resulting fields and currents that are induced in bodies
of humans exposed to these fields. This recommended practice is applicable
over the frequency range of 0 to100 kHz.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to describe
preferred measurement techniques and computational methods that can be used
to ascertain compliance with contemporary standards for human exposure to
electric and magnetic fields in the frequency range of 0 to 100 kHz such as
IEEE Stds C95.1, C95.6 and similar standards. This document is intended
primarily for use by engineers, biophysicists, and other specialists who are
familiar with basic electromagnetic (EM) field theory and practice, and the
potential hazards associated with exposure to EM fields. It will also be
useful to bioeffects researchers, instrument developers and manufacturers,
those developing calibration systems and standards, and individuals involved
in critical hazard assessments or surveys.
Designation: C95.4-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio
Frequency Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During
Explosive Operations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2002
Technical Contact: John DeFrank, Phone:410-671-3353, Email:John.DeFrank@amedd.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003
Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction
and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar
transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an
explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical
formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances
from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 MHz to 300 GHz, including
VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar
navigation beacons, and portable communication devices. This document
excludes criteria for the use of electro-explosive devices (EEDs) within
electrically conductive enclosures or weapons and does not include
discussion of hazards deriving from electromagnetic fields generated by
other sources of energy such as electrical storms, electromechanical
equipment, electrical power plants or power transmission lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for
the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by
radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting
antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5 MHz to 300 GHz. The intended users of
this document may include, but are not limited to, the domestic
international commercial demolition industries and the armed forces.
Abstract: " This project provides recommended practices for the prediction and practicaldetermination of safe distances from radio
and radar transmitting antennas when using electricblasting caps to remotely detonate an explosive charge. Specifically, this
document includesmathematical formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances from RFtransmitters
with spectrum bands from 0.5 MHz to 300 GHz, including VHF, UHF televisionantennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar,
navigation beacons, and portablecommunication devices. "
Key Words: "blasting caps, detonation, explosive charge, RF transmitters,
transmitting antennas, safe distance"
Designation: C95.5-1981
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: American National Standard Recommended Practice for the Measurement of
Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields - RF and Microwave
Status: Superseded
**included in C95.3-1991
History: ANSI APP: Mar 16, 1981
Abstract: Techniques and instrumentation for the measurement of potentially hazardous electromagnetic fields are specified. The
recommendations apply to hazards to personnel. However, the measurement techniques and instruments described are also applicable
to the measurement of fields in the neighborhood of flammable materials and explosive devices, even though exposure standards for
these situations have not been established.
Designation: C95.6-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels With Respect to Human Exposure to
Electromagnetic Fields, 0 to 3 kHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2002
Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: Develop safety levels for human exposure to electromagnetic
fields from 0 to 3kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an
evaluation of the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which
are well established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood.
Field limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal
electric fields.
Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure limits to
prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at
frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus
standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the
International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the
American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project
complements the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1-1991/1999) that
covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
Abstract: " Recommendations are given to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed toelectromagnetic fields in the frequency
range of 03 kHZ. The recommendations are intended toapply to exposures of the general public, as well as to individuals in
controlled environments. Theyare not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of
practi-tioners of the healing arts and may not be protective with respect to the use of medical devices orimplants. A rationale
that describes how the recommendations were arrived at, and the factors tak-en into account in formulating them, is included. "
Key Words: "contact currents,electric fields,electrical
excitation,electromagnetic fields,electrostim-ulation,exposure
limits,magnetic fields,non-ionizing radiation protection,safety levels"
Designation: C95.7-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Frequency Safety Programs - 3 kHz to 300
GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents guidelines and procedures
that can form the basis of a radio frequency exposure safety program (RFSP)
that provides guidance for controlling hazards associated with RF sources
that operate in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz This is a general-
purpose document intended for application in most RF exposure scenarios with
the goal of avoiding potentially hazardous exposures to electromagnetic
fields, currents, and/or contact voltages. In some complex cases, however,
the required elements of an adequate RFSP may exceed those described in this
document. In such cases, additional guidance may be necessary to effect a
satisfactory RF safety solution. There are many ways of accomplishing the
goal of a satisfactory RF safety program. While this recommended practice
outlines certain schemes for providing a safe environment for persons who
may be exposed to excessive levels of electromagnetic energy, other schemes
may be equally effective.
Project Purpose: These guidelines are provided to assist in the development of
RF safety programs for the use of RF energy-producing devices, equipment,
and systems, and to control any potentially hazardous exposure of workers or
the public. The means for accomplishing this are by first characterizing
areas into one of four exposure categories according to the potential risk
for exposure above prescribed RF exposure limits, as described in 1.3, then
specifying the appropriate controls to reduce the likelihood of over-
exposure. For many situations, this guidance will assist in the development
of site-specific RF safety programs, while in others the programs may be
developed to apply across a wide range of exposure environments. These
guidelines are designed to complement the ICES TC-95 family of standards on
electromagnetic safety, but may find use in the development of effective
programs to ensure conformance with other guidelines, standards, or
regulations for controlling human exposure to electromagnetic energy. This
Recommended Practice provides guidelines for establishing RF safety
programs, but other recommendations may already exist that are deemed
sufficient by local regulatory authorities for achieving RF safety in
particular environments. Hence, other recommendations could potentially
replace or be used in conjunction with the recommendations in this document.
Guidelines developed for specific applications, for example, radio amateur
operations [B4], and electrical transmission/distribution personnel working
near mobile phone base-station antennas installed on electric utility
structures [B23], represent two such examples.
Abstract: Elements of a radio frequency (RF) exposure safety program that can prevent or control potential risks associated with
exposure to the electromagnetic fields from RF sources that operate in the frequency range of 3kHz to 300 GHz are described in
this recommended practice. The means for accomplishing this are classifying exposure locations into one of four categories based
on the potential hazard, as defined by exposure limits, and specifying appropriate controls for each category. Such controls
include engineering and administrative controls as well as the use of personal protective equipment, placement of appropriate RF
safety signage, designation of restricted access areas, the use of personal RF monitors, and RF safety awareness training. These
recommendations are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of medical
practitioners, but can be used in the development of safety programs for medical staff and other persons working with or
incidentally exposed to RF fields, and for those wearing implanted or external medical electronic devices. Although designed to
complement IEEE Std C95.1, this recommended practice may also be used for the development of programs to insure conformance with
IEEE Std C95.6 and with other guidelines, standards, or regulations for controlling human exposure to electromagnetic energy.
Key Words: access restriction, electromagnetic exposure, electromagnetic fields
(EMF), exposure assessment, exposure categorization, non-ionizing radiation
(NIR), personal monitors, personal protective equipment (PPE), radio
frequency (RF), radio frequency exposure, radio frequency safety programs
(RFSP), RF awareness training, RF protection, RF safety committee, RF safety
officer, signage
Designation: C95.7
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety
Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Frequency Safety Programs, 3 kHz to 300
GHz
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents guidelines and procedures of
a radiofrequency safety program (RFSP) to provide reasonable and adequate
guidance for preventing or controlling hazards associated with RF sources
that operate in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz under many
circumstances. This is a general purpose document intended for application
in most RF exposure scenarios. In some complex cases, the required elements
of an adequate RFSP may exceed those described in this document. In such
cases, additional guidance may be necessary to effect a satisfactory RF
safety solution. These recommendations are not intended to apply to the
purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of medical
practitioners.
Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides guidance for developing RF
safety programs for the safe use of electromagnetic energy-producing
devices, equipment, and systems, to prevent any potentially hazardous
exposure of workers or the public. For many situations, this guidance will
assist in the development of site-specific RF safety programs, while in
others the programs may be developed to apply across a wide range of
exposure environments. These guidelines are designed to be independent of
specific electromagnetic exposure standards, guidelines or other regulatory
documents or requirements. Specialized RF safety program recommendations
may already exist that are sufficient for achieving RF safety, and, hence,
would supplant the recommendations in this document.
Designation: C135.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This standard covers requirements for the carriage bolts,
machine bolts, double-arming bolts, double end bolts and nuts used in
overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: A need exists for a stamdard indicating the basic dimensional
and performance requirements for the above bolts and nuts used on overhead
lines.
Abstract: " The requirements for inch-based carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, anddouble-end bolts and nuts,
commonly used in overhead line construction and where the appliedload is primarily a tensile load, are covered. "
Key Words: "double-arming bolts,double-end bolts,double-end nuts, inch-based
carriage bolts,machine bolts"
Designation: PC135.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements for inch-based carriage
bolts machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts
commonly used in overhead line construction. Metric bolts and nuts are not
covered by this standard.
Project Purpose: The proposed revision of this standard will provide shear
strength data for the hardware covered by this standard to allow the
design engineer to properly design connections in overhead transmission
and distribution structures considering both the tensile stength of the
hardware, as currently listed, and the shear strength data being proposed.
Designation: C135.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Threaded Zinc-Coated Ferrous Strand-Eye Anchor Rods
and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance
requirements for threaded zinx-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and
nuts commonly used for overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the anchor rods and nuts used
in guying overhead lines.
Abstract: Requirements for threaded zinc-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts com-monly used in overhead line construction
are covered in this standard.
Key Words: "anchor rods,anchor rod threads,bend test,nuts,nut threads,strand-
eye,tensile load test,zinc-coated"
Designation: C135.3-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Lag Screws for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 06, 2001
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This proposed standard shall cover the basic dimensional and
performance requirements for zinc-coated ferrous lag screws.
Project Purpose: A standard is required for the fetter drive and gimlet point
type lag screws used for pole line construction.
Abstract: " Zinc-coated steel lag screws of the fetter drive, gimlet point, and twist drive typescommonly used in overhead line
construction are covered in this standard. "
Key Words: "Cold bend test, fetter drive, gimlet point, lag screws, twist
drive, zinc-coated."
Designation: C135.7
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Spool Type Secondary Racks for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will cover the basic dimensional and performance
requirements for the zinc-coated spool type secondary racks commonly used
for overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the pole-mounted secondary
racks used to support wire for overhead lines.
Designation: PC135.11
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Formed Guy
Hooks, Guy Strain Plates, and Pole Eye Plates for Overhead Line Construction
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc-coated, ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy
hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the material and basic dimensional,
strength, and testing requirements for essential hardware used in the
construction of overhead power lines.
Designation: C135.11
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Wire Hooks,
Guy Strain Plates and Pole Eye Plates
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc coated ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy
hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic
dimensional, strength, and testing rquirements.
Designation: C135.14
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Staples with Rolled or Slash Points for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance
requirements for rolled or slash point ferrous, copper coated and aluminum
coated staples used in overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the staples used in constructing
overhead lines.
Designation: C135.20-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Insulator Clevises for Overhead
Line Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance
requirements for zinc-coated ferrous insulator clevises used for overhead
line construction.
Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the clevises for spool-type
insulators commonly used for supporting or dead-ending conductors for
overhead line construction.
Abstract: Zinc-coated ferrous clevises for spool-type insulators commonly used for supporting ordead-ending conductors in line
construction are covered. The specifications for spool-type insula-tors used with these clevises are covered in ANSI C29.3-1986.
Key Words: "clevis pin,dead-end loading,side loading,spool-type
insulators,swinging insulator clevises,zinc-coated ferrous clevises"
Designation: PC135.30
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Ground Rod Electrode, Clamp & Coupling Specification
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for materials, test,
performance, and manufacture of ground rod electrodes, and threaded &
threadless ground rod couplings. It applies to ground rod electrodes
and ground rod couplings of copper or steel alloyed materials.
Specifically included are ground rod electrodes of copper-coated steel,
hot-dip galvanized steel and solid stainless steel for grounding
applications.
Project Purpose: This standard revises and expands requirements previously
described in ANSI C135.30-1988, "ANSI American National Standard for
Zinc-Coated Ferrous Ground Rods for Overhead or Underground Line
Construction." The ANSI standard covered only zinc-coated (galvanized)
ferrous ground rods. In addition, this new standard incorporates
requirements from ANSI Approved/NEMA Standard GR-1-2001, "Grounding Rod
Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings." The information has
been updated to reflect current nationally accepted requirements in
compliance with the 2002 publication of the NESC. It is intended that
ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings conforming to this
standard will also conform to the requirements of the NESC (ANSI/IEEE C2-
2002, National Electrical Safety Code) and the NEC (ANSI/NFPA 70-2005,
National Electrical Code, thus becoming truly a national standard.
Designation: C135.61-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing of Overhead Transmission and Distribution
Line Hardware
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1998
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007
Project Scope: This standard will cover the testing and acceptance requirements
for overhead transmission and distribution line hardware.
Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the testing and acceptance
requirements for overhead line construction.
Abstract: " Requirements for mechanically testing load-rated line hardware for use on transmissionand distribution facilities are
described. Items specifically addressed in this standard include cle-vis and eye fittings, Y-clevis fittings, socket fittings,
ball fittings, chain links, shackles, triangularand rectangular yoke plates, suspension clamps, and strain clamps. This standard
is intended tocover routine acceptance testing. It is not intended for initial design tests. "
Key Words: "acceptance testing, load-rated line hardware"
Designation: PC135.62
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard is required to properly specify the
manufacturing requirement of anchor shackles. This hardware is commonly
used in the industry and this standard will provide an industry wide
manufacturing standard.
Designation: C135.62
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc-coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic
dimensional, strength, and testing requirements.
Designation: C135.63-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Shoulder Live Line Extension Links for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and strength
requirements for shoulder live line extension links used for overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the shoulder extension links
used for overhead live line work.
Abstract: Dimensions and strength requirements for shoulder live line extension links used in over-head transmission and
distribution hardware are covered.
Key Words: "ball,socket,eye,clevis,oval eye fitting"
Designation: PC135.64
Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide For Design Testing of Bolted Deadend Strain Clamps
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to devise a guide to the acceptable
testing practices and requirements for bolted clamping devices used for
dead-ending electrical wire conductors onto a supporting structure. The
guide will be limited to procedures to test and classify the capability of
the deadending clamp. As these devices are not individually tested,
production samples of the Device, as designed, are submitted to testing
laboratories to prove that the design meets the use criteria. The Guide
would direct this testing process.
Project Purpose: There are no North American standards which apply to bolted
deadending devices for wire used in the utility industry. A guide to the
design testing of such devices brings needed uniformity to the capability of
such devices.
Designation: C136.1-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps -
Guide for Selection
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1991
Abstract: This is a guide for the proper selection of filament lamps for use in roadway lighting equipment covered by the following
American National Standards: C136.4 thru C136.7 and C136.11.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.1-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide
for Selection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002
History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996
Key Words: filament, lamps
Designation: C136.2-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Luminaires - Voltage
Classification
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985
Abstract: This standard covers three voltage classifications for luminaires used for roadway lighting.
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting
Designation: C136.2-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaires
Voltage Classification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.2-1985.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Three voltage classifications for luminaires used in roadway lighting are covered. General testing methods for determining
the dielectric withstand and the transient voltage withstand are given. This standard applies to luminaire electrical insulation
between ungrounded current-carrying members and noncurrent-carrying members that may be grounded by design or accident.
Key Words: lighting equipment, luminaires, withstand voltage testing
Designation: C136.3-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire
Attachments (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1989
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lamps , lighting equipment, luminaire,
attachements, roadway lighting eqi
Designation: C136.3-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire
Attachments (Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.3-1989.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995
Abstract: Attachment features of luminaires used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. The features covered apply to
luminaries that are side- or post-top-mounted.
Key Words: lamps, lighting equipment, luminaire attachment, luminaries, roadway
lighting
Designation: C136.4-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series
Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles (Only available in C136-1994
Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: May 18, 1989
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lighting roadways, luminaires, lighting
equipment, series sockets, sockets, socket receptacles, sockets
Designation: C136.4-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series
Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Reaffirmation of ANSI C136.4-1989.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 16, 1995
Abstract: Equipment for luminaires for lighting roadways is covered in the following categories: series sockets having medium impact
strength and intended for service at high temperatures, series sockets having high impact strength and intended for service at
limited temperatures, and series-socket receptacles in the 5000 V classification.
Key Words: lighting roadways, luminaires, sockets, series-socket receptacles,
roadway lighting equipment
Designation: C136.5-1969
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts
(Available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only. Reaffirmed by C136 Committee on
08/08/95 and now available as SH94326.
History: ANSI APP: May 17, 1989
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, film cutouts, lighting equipment, roadway
lighting equ, series roadway light
Designation: C136.5-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts
(Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Reaffirmation of
C136.5-1969.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Operating and dimensional features of single-shot film cutouts used with series roadway lighting equipment and circuits
are covered. The film cutouts function by dielectric breakdown and subsequent partial fusing of components.
Key Words: film cutouts, lighnting equipment, roadway lighting, series roadway
Designation: C136.6-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Metal Heads
and Reflector Assemblies - Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical
interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are
slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical
assembly.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.6-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Metal Heads
and Reflector Assemblies—Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of ANSI C136.6-1990.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: May 20, 1997
Abstract: Dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and
reflector assemblies are covered. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The
reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly.
Key Words: lighting, luminaires
Designation: C136.9-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket
Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990
Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to permit mechanical interchangeability of the socket support assemblies.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.9-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket
Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 30, 1997
Key Words: socket, support, metal, head
Designation: C136.10-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Locking-type
Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles-Physical and Electrical
Interchangeability and Testing
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting
Designation: C136.10-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Locking-Type
Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and Electrical
Interchangeability and Testing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.10-1988.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Equipment that may be physically and electrically interchanged to operate within established values is covered in this
standard, such as locking-type photocontrol devices, locking-type mating receptacles, and shorting and nonshorting caps.
Key Words: lighting equipment, locking type, photocontrol, mating receptacle,
roadway lighting, lighting equipment
Designation: C136.11-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple
Sockets (Available in the C136-1994 Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only. Revised by C136 08/31/94.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting
Designation: C136.11-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple
Sockets
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.11-1985. The 1985 version is available in the C136-1994 Collection
only.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Medium and mogul multiple sockets as used in luminaires designed and intended for use in lighting roadways and other areas
open to general use by the pubic are covered. This standard provides interchangeability of lamps, minimum safety standards for
operating personnel, and minimum performance criteria.
Key Words: lamps, luminaries, medium sockets, multiple sockets, mogul sockets,
roadway lighting equipment
Designation: C136.12-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Mercury
Lamps - Guide for Selection
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1985
Key Words: C136, lamps, lighting, mercury lamps, roadway equipment, roadway
lighting equ
Designation: C136.12-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Mercury
Lamps—Guide for Selection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.12-1985.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Methods for selecting mercury lamps that are recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment are given. Appropriate
circuits and ballasts are also included.
Key Words: mercury lamps, roadway lighting, roadway equipment
Designation: C136.13-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for
Wood Poles
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This standard covers metal pipe, tubing, and structural brackets for wood poles, designed to support luminaires of
generally spherical, ellipsoidal, or rectangular shapes used in roadway lighting.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.13-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for
Wood Poles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of
C136.13-1987
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Designation: C136.14-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed
side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge
lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 29, 1988
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of enclosed
side-mounted luminaires for horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.14
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed
side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge
lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: luminaires, side, horizontal, discharge
Designation: C136.15-1986
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-intensity-
Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires - Field Identification
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1986
Abstract: This standard is intended to provide a simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-
intensity-discharge or low-pressure-sodium lamp installed in a luminaire.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.15-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—High-
Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires—Field
Identification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.15-1986.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: A simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-intensity-discharge or a low-pressure
sodium lamp installed in a luminaire is provided.
Key Words: lamp field identification, roadway lighting equipment
Designation: C136.16-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted
Luminaires
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 06, 1989
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top-
mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.16-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed
Post Top-Mounted Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of
ANSI C136.16-1990.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: Dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that
Key Words: "post top-mounted luminaires,roadway lighting equipment"
Designation: C136.17-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting- Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for
Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps - Mechanical
Interchangeability of Refractors
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: May 25, 1985
Abstract: This standard covers the dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1980.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.17-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Side-
Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity-Discharge
Lamps—Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1997
Abstract: The dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1988, American National Standard for
Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps, are covered.
Key Words: mechanical interchangeability, side-mounted luminaires, refractors
Designation: C136.18-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Luminaires for
Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of open or
enclosed high-mast side-mounted luminaires for horizontal- or vertical-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway
lighting equipment.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.18-1999
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Side-Mounted Luminaires
for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " Physical, operational, maintenance, and light-distribution features that permit use ofhigh-mast luminaires in roadway
applications when so specified are covered. It is not intended thatcompliance with this standard will permit interchangeability
with existing roadway equipment with-out thorough engineering review and evaluation. "
Key Words: High-Mast Luminaires, horizontal, veritical, discharge, Discharge
Lamps
Designation: C136.19-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide
for Selection
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This guide covers the selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.19-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - High-
Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: The selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment is covered.
Key Words: lamps, luminaires, medium base, mogul base
Designation: C136.20-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic
(FPR) Lighting Poles
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 13, 1989
Abstract: This standard applies to fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) roadway lighting poles. It includes nomenclature, dimensional
data, performance criteria, and some interchangeability features for standard poles s well as those poles that must meet
breakaway requirements as described in Std Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic
Signals, AASHTO LTS-1-1975.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.20-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic
(FPR) Lighting Poles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: fiber, reinforced, plastic, poles
Designation: C136.21-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top-
Mounted Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This standard covers the attachment features of vertical tenons on pole tops or brackets used in roadway lighting that
permit the interchangeability of post-top-mounted luminaires.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.21
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top-
Mounted Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: Lighting - Vertical Tenons, tenons, luminaire
Designation: C136.22-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of
Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1988
Abstract: This standard covers internal luminaire identification labels for all styles of luminaires used in roadway lighting.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.22
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of
Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: luminaires,labeling,internal labeling
Designation: C136.23-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting–Enclosed Architectural
Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Jan 24, 1997
Abstract: Physical, operating, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit use of architectural luminaires in roadway
applications when so specified are covered. Specific features for horizontal, pendant, and vertical architectural luminaires,
together with various types of lamps to meet the individual needs of special architectural roadway lighting applications, are
included.
Key Words: architectural luminaires, lighting, luminaires, roadway lighting
equipment
Designation: C136.24-1994
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Non-locking Type Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.25
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: HID Starter Receptacle for Roadway Lighting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.26
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Guide for Photocontrols and Luminaires for Roadway Lighting Trouble-
Shooting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.27-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment–Tunnel
Lighting Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Luminaires used for illuminating roadway tunnels are covered. The requirements in this standard are limited to general
attributes of tunnel luminaires due to the wide variety of designs possible.
Key Words: lamps, luminaires, roadway lighting, lighting equipment, tunnel
lighting, tunnels
Designation: C136.28
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Load Testing for Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.31-1999
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Luminaire
Vibration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C136.31
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Guidelines for Pole and Luminaire Testing for Roadway LIghting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.32-1999
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed
Setback Luminaries and Directional Floodlights for High-Intensity-Discharge
Lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1999 (Ref. Std.: C136.32)
Abstract: " Dimensional, maintenance, and electrical features that permit the interchange of similarstyle enclosed luminaires having
the same light distribution classification or type for high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting equipment are
covered. Luminaires covered by this stan-dard are generally yoke, trunnion, or tenon mounted. "
Key Words: "floodlights,high-intensity discharge lamp,luminaires,tenon
mounted,trunnion,yoke"
Designation: C136.32
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Enclosed Setback Luminaires or Directional Floodlights for HID Lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.33-1999
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Plug-in Type
Receptacle and Plug for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Lamp Ignitors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C136.33
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Plug-in Type Receptacle for HID Lamp Ignitors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Project Scope: Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical
requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used
in readway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections
so that it may be used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp
ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps
required ignitors
Key Words: plug-in, receptacle, ignitor, HID
Designation: EMCT-2002
Title: Electromagnetic Compatibility Tutorial
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2002
Designation: IEC 62142 Ed. 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Verilog® Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: IEC 62243 Ed. 1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems
Title: Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All
Test Environments (AI- ESTATE)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: IEC 62265 Ed. 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated
Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E)-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Software Engineering---Recommended Practice for the Internet---Web Site
Engineering, Web Site Management, and Web Site Life Cycle
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2006
**This standard is an adoption of IEEE Std 2001-2002. ISO/IEC
23026:2006(E) will replace (be sold instead of) IEEE Std 2001-2002.
ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E) does not supersede IEEE Std 2001-2002. IEEE Std
2001-2002 is archived in SOL.
Project Scope: This document defines recommended practices for World Wide Web
page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide
Web Consortium (W3C®) and related industry guidelines. This recommended
practice does not address stylistic considerations or human-factors
considerations in Web page design beyond limitations that reflect good
engineering practice. Annex B contains topics which are not sufficiently
mature or where there are not specific recommendations for inclusion in the
current issue of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to provide guidance to
Web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet
(amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) Web environments
on recommended practices for Web page engineering. The objective is to
improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet Web operations in terms of
locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance
practices. The 2002 revision of this recommended practice addresses items
identified in Annex A of IEEE Std 2001-1999 [B14] which can be well-defined
and to respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that have
resulted in new material or changes to approved recommendations. Conformance
to this recommended practice in developing and publishing a Web site
provides a basis for a well-engineered Web site.
Abstract: Recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web
Consortium (W3C )and related industry guidelines, are defined in thsi recommended practice. This recommended practice does not
address stylistic considerations or human-factors considerations in web page design beyond limitations that reflect good
engineering practice
Key Words: Extranet, Internet, Intranet, Web page, Web site, Web site
engineering Web site life cycle, Web site management, well-engineered Web
page, World Wide Web
Designation: ITS-BK1
Title: Book 1—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under
Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: ITS-BK2
Title: Book 2—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under
Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: ITS-BK3
Title: Book 3—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under
Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: ITS-BK4
Title: Book 4—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under
Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: ITS-BK5
Title: Book 5—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under
Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: ITS-BK6
Title: Book 6—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under
Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: J-STD-016
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Development and
Documentation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was previously known as P1498.
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a
supplier are to achieve in the development, operation, and maintenance of a
software system. Definition of requirements for an organization for
managing, controlling, and improving a software life-cycle process. To
provide a continuation reference for organizations that have invested in
software processes that are a legacy of prior military standards. An
important difference from the military standards would be the mode
application. The standard would be oriented toward voluntary compliance
rather than contractual imposition and suitable on application in the
following circumstances: For use in continuing MIL-STD-498 projects; by
enterprises that have implemented organization processes based on MIL-STD-
498 or one of its predessors; By projects continuing the use of
documentation structure specified in MIL-STD-498
Project Purpose: Revision of EIA/IEEE J-STD-016 Interim Standard. IEEE/EIA std
12207.0 is the "strategic" standard for software life cycle processes in the
U.S. Adapted from ISO-IEC 12207, it provides a basis for organization-wide
adoption of software processes suitable for both commercial and definse
projects for either domestic or international customers. The implementation
of enterprise-level processes may require the investment of time and
resources. In the short term, a commercial standard is needed to provide
organizations the option to adopt a standard more closely related to their
currently implemented processes, e.g., DOD-STD-2167A and MIL-STD-498, and to
provide an easy transition to project-level conformance and require less
investment than the organization-level emphasis of 12207.0.
Designation: J-STD-016-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Software Life Cycle
Processes—Software Development—Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued for Trial
Use)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Joint std with EIA. Formerly P1498.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 1498)
Abstract: This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework
for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development
requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA),
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term
"software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, reengineering,
maintenance, and all other processes or activities resulting in software products.
Key Words: builds incremental development, database, joint technical management
reviews, operational concept, reusable software, risk management, security
privacy protection, software configuration management, software development,
software documentation, software implementation, software management
indicators, software product evaluation, software quality assurance,
software requirements definitions, software safety, software maintenance,
software testing, software unit, tailoring
Designation: N13.4-1971
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983
Title: American National Standard for the Specification of Portable X- or
Gamma-Radiation Survey Instruments
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 18, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1971
Designation: N42.4-1971
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard for High Voltage Connectors for Nuclear
Instruments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1971
Abstract: Coaxial high-voltage connectors on nuclear instruments for dc applications up to 5000 V and ac applications up to 3500 V
rms at 60 Hz are covered. The connectors may also be used at higher frequencies provided the operating voltage is appropriately
reduced to provide for interchangeability of safe high-voltage connectors in nuclear instrument applications. The connectors are
safe in that the pin and socket contacts are well and securely recessed in the connector housing so that hand or body contact of
the unmated connector with rated voltage applied will not result in electrical shock.
Key Words: Nuclear measurements, Connectors
Designation: N42.5-1965
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard for Bases for GM Counter Tubes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 1981
**N42.5 and N42.6 are sold together as one publication.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 09, 1977
Abstract: This document contains two standards. ANSI N42.5 specifies bases for Geiger-Mueller counter tubes. ANSI N42.6 specifies
interrelating mechanical and electrical properties so that quartz-fiber exposure meters may be used with any charger.
Characteristics peculiar to these devices but not affecting the interrelationship between chargers and exposure meters are
omitted.
Designation: N42.6-1980
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard Interrelationship of Quartz-Fiber
Electrometer Type Exposure Meters and Companion Exposure Meter Chargers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 1981
**N42.5 and N42.6 are sold together as one publication.
History: ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1978
Abstract: This document contains two standards. ANSI N42.5 specifies bases for Geiger-Mueller counter tubes. ANSI N42.6 specifies
interrelating mechanical and electrical properties so that quartz-fiber exposure meters may be used with any charger.
Characteristics peculiar to these devices but not affecting the interrelationship between chargers and exposure meters are
omitted.
Designation: PN42.6
Title: Interrelationship of Quartz-Fiber Electrometer Type Dosimeters and
Companion Dosimeter Chargers
Status: New Standard Project
Designation: N42.12-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Thallium-Activated
Sodium Iodide Detector Systems for Assay of Radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 26, 1995
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994
Abstract: This standard establishes methods for performance testing, calibration, and usage of NaI(Tl) detector systems for the
measurement of gamma ray emission rates of radionuclides; the assay for radioactivity; and the determination of gamma ray
energies and intensities. It covers both energy calibration and efficiency calibration.
Key Words: efficiency calibration, energy calibration, gamma-ray energy,
radioactivity, radionuclides
Designation: N42.12-1980
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Sodium Iodide
Detector Systems
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1980
Abstract: Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the
measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies.
Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which
employs a system that counts all events above a low-energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system
with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a
system utilizing multiple counting windows.
Designation: N42.13-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of "Dose Calibrator"
Ionization Chambers for the Assay of Radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Reaffirmed in IEEE (ANSI N42.13-1986), new standard in ANSI
History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 2004
Designation: N42.13-1986
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of "Dose Calibrator"
Ionization Chambers for the Assay of Radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 1986
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985
Abstract: A technique for the quantification of the activity of identified radionuclides, using any of a variety of ionization
chambers currently available for this purpose, is presented. Application of the standard is limited to instruments that
incorporate well-type ionization chambers as detectors. The method provides measurements that are accurate to within plus or
minus 10% and reproducible to within plus or minus 5%. The standard is also intended to ensure continuing performance of
the apparatus within these specifications.
Key Words: Radioactive materials, Ionization chambers
Designation: N42.14-1999
Title: American National Standard for Calibration and use of germanium
spectrometers for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of
radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 1999
Publication type: International Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Abstract: " Methods for the calibration and use of germanium spectrometers for the measurementof gamma-ray energies and emission
rates over the energy range from 59 keV to approximately3000 keV, and for the calculation of source activities from these
measurements, are established.Minimum requirements for automated peak finding are stated. Methods for measuring the full-energy
peak efficiency with calibrated sources are given. Performance tests that ascertain the prop-er functioning of the Ge
spectrometer and evaluate the limitations of the algorithms used for locatingand fitting single and multiple peaks are described.
Methods for the measurement of, and thecorrection for pulse pileup are suggested. Techniques are recommended for the inspection
of spec-tral-analysis results for large errors resulting from summing of cascade gamma rays in the detector.Suggestions are
provided for the establishment of data libraries for radionuclide identification, de-cay corrections, and the conversion of
gamma-ray rates to decay rates. "
Key Words: N42.14-1998_body.f5
Designation: N42.14-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Use of Germanium
Spectrometers for the Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission Rates of
Radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1991
**Rev of N42.14-1978 (R1985)
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: May 12, 1991
Abstract: Methods for calibration and use of germanium detectors for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides
are established. The energy and full-energy peak efficiency calibration as well as the determination of gamma-ray energies in the
0.06 to 2 MeV energy region are covered. The procedures are designed to yield gamma-ray emission rates with an uncertainty of ý
3%. They apply primarily to measurements that do not involve overlapping peaks and in which peak-to-continuum considerations
are not important.
Key Words: calibration, cascade, summing, decay, rates, gammaray, emission,
germanium, spectrometers, radionuclides, spectrometers, measurement
Designation: N42.14-1978
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Germanium Detectors
for Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission of Radionuclides
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Revised as N42.14DA
Designation: N42.15-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Check Sources for and Verification of Liquid-
Scintillation Counting Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1997
**Revision of ANSI Stds N42.15-1990 and N42.16-1986.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1997
Abstract: Tests and procedures to ensure that a liquid-scintillation counting system is producing reliable data are provided for
designers and users. This standard does not cover the calculation of sample activity for quenched unknown samples, sample
preparation, efficiency correlation (quench correction) procedures, or identification of unknown radionuclides.
Key Words: calculation of sample activity, liquid-scintillation counting
systems, quenched unknown samples
Designation: N42.15-1990
Title: Performance Verification of Liquid-Scintillation Counting Systems,
American National Standard
Status: Superseded
**Revision of N42.15-1980.
History: ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides designers and users with tests and procedures to assure that a liquid-scintillation counting system
is producing reliable data. This standard does not cover the calculation of sample activity for quenched unknown samples, sample
preparation, efficiency correlation, (quench correction) procedures, or identification of unknown radionuclides.
Key Words: Quenched unknown samples, Liquid-scintillation counting ,
Calculation on sample activity
Designation: N42.15-1980
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985
Title: American National Standard Performance Verification of Liquid-
Scintillation Counting System
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990
Designation: N42.16-1986
Title: American National Standard Specifications for Sealed Radioactive Check
Sources Used in Liquid-Scintillation Counters
Status: Superseded
**Revised with ANSI N42.15-1990. Revision known as ANSI N42.15-1997.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985
Abstract: Specifications are given for carbon 14, tritium, and background check sources in toluene-based scintillators. Use of these
materials is sufficient to verify the stability of counting efficiency and background of liquid-scintillation counting systems as
outlined in ANSI N42.15-1980. This standard specifies the solvent, the organic scintillator solutes, the purging gas, the
radioactive material, and the container appropriate for preparation of check sources.
Key Words: Tritium, Scintillation counters, Radiation materials, Carbon
materials
Designation: N42.17a-2003
Title: American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics
Instrumentation-Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental
Conditions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 2004
Abstract: "ANSI N42.17A-2003, American National Standard for Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation-Portable
Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental Conditions"
Key Words: "health physics, instrumentation, normal environment, portable
survey, survey"
Designation: N42.17a-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics
Instrumentation - Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental
Conditions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 13, 1989
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 17, 1989
Abstract: Minimum acceptable performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use in ionizing radiation fields are
established. Included are testing methods to establish the acceptability of each type of instrumentation. This standard does not
specify which instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number of specific applications of such instruments.
Key Words: Testing, Radiation detectors
Designation: N42.17B-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation -
Occupational Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Instrumentation, American
National Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1990
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1989
Abstract: This standard describes the minimum acceptable performance criteria for instrumentation used to monitor occupational
exposure to airborne radioactive materials. Included in this standard are testing methods to establish the acceptability of each
air monitor. Tests involve air sampling capability; power, electronic, and alarm capabilities; radiation and interfering
responses; and environmental factors including temperature, humidity, and ambient pressure.
Key Words: Radiation detectors, Air Pollution
Designation: N42.17C-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation—Portable
Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions, American
National Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1990
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1989
Abstract: IEEE Std N42.17C-1989 American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics InstrumentationPortable
Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions
Key Words: "ANSI N42.17C-1989 American National Standard Performance
Specifications for Health Physics InstrumentationPortable Instrumentation
for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions, describes the minimum
acceptable performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use
under extreme environmental conditions for monitoring ionizing radiation
fields. This standard supplements the basic performance specifications for
portable health physics instrumentation presented in ANSI N42.17A-1989.
Include"
Designation: N42.18-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Specification and Performance of On-Site
Instrumentation for Continuously Monitoring Radioactivity in Effluents
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Reaffirmed in IEEE (ANSI N42.18-1980), new standard in ANSI
History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 2004
Designation: N42.18-1980
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: Specification and Performance of On-Site Instrumentation for
Continuously Monitoring Radioactivity in Effluents, American National
Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 19, 1991
Abstract: Installed instrumentation for measuring the quantity or rate, or both, of release of radionuclides in the effluent
streams, and to provide documentation useful for scientific and legal purposes, is covered. Recommendations for the selection of
instrumentation are provided. This standard applies to continuous monitors that measure normal releases, detect inadvertent
releases, show general trends, and annunciate radiation levels that have exceeded predetermined values.
Key Words: Water pollution, Radiation detectors, Air Pollution
Designation: N42.20-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American Standard Performance Criteria for Active Personnel Radiation
Monitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 02, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Aug 22, 2003
Designation: N42.20-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: ANSI Performance Criteria for Active Personnel Radiation Monitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1995
Abstract: This standard provides performance and design criteria for monitors that are worn on the trunk of the body to measure the
personal dose equivalent or the dose equivalent rate from external sources of ionizing radiation.
Key Words: design criteria, ionizing radiation, performance criteria, radiation
monitors, radiation instrumentation, personnel radiation monitors
Designation: N42.21
Title: Instrumentation for measurement of activity of radon and radon daughters
in air
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: N42.22-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Traceability of Radioactive Sources to NIST
and Associated Instrument Quality Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: A mechanism for manufacturers to estabilish traceability of radionuclide sources that are certified for radionuclide
activity; concentration; or alpha, beta, x-, or gamma-ray emission rate to the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) is described.
Key Words: NIST, quality assurance, radio activity, radionuclide sources,
traceability, radiation instrumentation, instrument quality control
Designation: N42.23-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Measurement and Associated Instrumentation
Quality Assurance for Radioassay Laboratories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: A framework that can be used to create a national or an organizational NIST-traceable measurement quality assurance (MQA)
program that will optimize the quality of radioassays performed by service laboratories is presented. This standard serves as a
guide for MQA programs developed for specialized sectors of the radioassay laboratory community, i.e., bioassay, routine
environmental monitoring, environmental restoration and waste management, radiopharmaceuticals, nuclear power radiochemistry, and
other areas involved in radioassays.
Key Words: laboratory, measurement quality assurance, quality assurance,
quality control, radiation instrumentation, radioactivity, radioassay
laboratory, radioassays, radiometrology
Designation: PN42.24
Title: Radiation Instrumentation - Specification and Performance
Characteristics of Personal Dosimeters for Dose Equivalent and Dose Equiv.
Rate for X, Gamma, & Beta Radiations for Standard Tissue Depths
Status: New Standard Project
Designation: N42.25-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Alpha/Beta
Proportional Counters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: This standard establishes methods for the calibration and use of gas proportional counters with and without active guard
detectors. This standard also establishes methods for measuring the alpha and beta counting plateau, crosstalk factors,
background, alpha and beta efficiency from prepared standards, correction factors for samples whose self-attenuation or mass
differs from that of the standard, and calculation of the sample activities together with their random and total uncertainties.
Correction for pulse pileup due to high count rate is also discussed. Although many principles articulated in this standard apply
to the counting of radionuclides emitting a maximum beta energy below 100 keV as well, the counting of these low-energy beta
emitters requires a higher degree of attention to detail in sample preparation, instrument calibration, and measurement
correction factors than addressed in this standard. Therefore, this standard is intended for measuring radionuclides with maximum
beta energies above 100 keV.
Key Words: alpha/beta proportional counters, calibration
Designation: N42.26-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: Radiation Protection Instrumentation—Monitoring Equipment—Personal
Warning Devices for X and Gamma Radiations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 1997
**[Adoption of IEC 1344 (1996)] This is a one page slipsheet to the IEC std
and will not be available through the IEEE. You can order it through ANSI.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1997
Designation: N42.27-1999
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard for Determination of Uniformity of Solid
Gamma-Emitting Flood Sources
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Abstract: " Minimum informational requirements for a Test and Measurement Report for flood sourc-es used with scintillation cameras
are provided. It is not intended to specify the means by whichsuch information is obtained although it does place requirements
and limitations on the methodol-ogy. In addition, it is not intended to cover the use of the source in the determination of the
operatingcharacteristics or correction factors for a scintillation camera. "
Key Words: N42.27-1999_body.f5
Designation: N42.28-2002
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Calibration of Germanium Detectors for In-
Situ Gamma-Ray Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Sep 06, 2002
Abstract: The need for accurately measuring radioactivity in-situ for a variety of detector characterization techniques requires
that performance criteria for efficiency calibration be developed, and such a technique is described in this standard.
Key Words: calibration, gamma-ray, germanium detectors, in-situ
Designation: N42.30-2002
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard for Performance Specification for Tritium
Monitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 25, 2002
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Sep 25, 2002
Abstract: "ANSI N42.30-2002, American National Standard for Performance Specification for Tritium Monitors"
Key Words: "airborne tritium, monitors, radioactivity, tritium"
Designation: N42.31-2003
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: AAmerican National Standard for Measurement Procedures for Resolution
and Efficiency of Wide-Bandgap Semiconductor Detectors of Ionizing Radiation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 20, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Feb 20, 2003
Project Scope: This standard applies to wide-bandgap semiconductor radiation
detectors, such as cadmium telluride (CdTe), cadmium-zinc-telluride (CdZnTe,
referred to herein as CZT), and mercuric iodide (HgI2) used in the detection
and measurement of ionizing radiation at room temperature; gamma rays, X-
rays, and charged particles are covered. The measurement procedures
described herein apply primarily to detector elements having planar,
hemispherical, or other geometries in which charge carriers of both
polarities contribute to the output signal. When the devices are an integral
part of a system, it may not be possible for a user to make tests on the
detector alone. In this instance, tests on the detector element must be
established by mutual agreement between the manufacturer and the user.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish terminology and
test procedures that have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users.
Not all tests described in this standard are mandatory, but those used to
specify performance shall be made in accordance with the procedures
described herein. (Use of the word "shall" indicates a mandatory
requirement, "must" a physical one, and "should" means "recommended.")
Abstract: Standard measurement and test procedures are established for wide-bandgap semiconductor detectors such as cadmium
telluride (CdTe), cadmium-zinc-telluride (CdZnTe), and mercuric iodide (HgI2) that can be used at room temperature for the
detection and quantitative characterization of gamma-rays, X-rays, and charged particles. Standard terminology and descriptions
of the principal features of the detectors are included. Included in this standard is an annex on interfering electromagnetic
noise, which is a factor in such measurements.
Key Words: cadmium telluride, cadmium zinc telluride, CdTe, charged particle,
CZT, electron-hole pair, gamma rays, HgI, ionizing radiation, ion pair, MCA,
mercuric iodide, multichannel analyzer, semiconductor detector, X-ray
Designation: N42.32-2006
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal
Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007
**Revision to ANSI N42.32-2003.
History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes design and performance criteria along
with testing methods for evaluating the performance of instruments for
homeland security that are pocket-sized and worn on the body for the purpose
of rapid detection of radioactive materials. These instruments are used
for detection of photon-emitting, and optionally neutron-emitting,
radioactive substances for the purposes of detection, interdiction, and
prevention. The performance criteria contained in this standard are meant
to provide a means for verifying the capability of these instruments to
reliably detect significant changes above background levels of radiation and
alert the user to these changes. This standard does not apply to
instruments that are primarily intended to provide a measurement of dose
equivalent, or dose equivalent rate. However, devices that comply with this
standard can provide an approximate value of exposure rate.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify performance
criteria and test methods used to evaluate selfreading, alarming, radiation
detection instruments that are pocket-sized, worn on the body, and used to
detect the presence of ionizing radiation.
Abstract: Performance specifications, design criteria, and testing methods are provided for the evaluation of radiation detection
instruments that are pocket-sized and carried on the body.
Key Words: alarming, design criteria, performance specifications, personal
radiation detectors, pocket-sized, radiation, radiation detection,
radiation instrumentation
Designation: N42.32-2003
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal
Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: "ANSI N42.32-2003, American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland
Security"
Key Words: alarming,design criteria,performance specifications,pocket-
sized,personal radiationdetectors,radiation,radiation detection,radiation
instrumentation
Designation: N42.33-2006
Title: American National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection
Instrumentation for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007
History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006
Project Scope: radiation detection instruments. These instruments are used for
detection of photon-emitting radioactive materials and quantification of
photon exposure rates. Instruments are used for the purposes of detection,
interdiction, and prevention. This standard does not apply to instruments
that are primarily intended to provide a measurement of dose equivalent, or
dose equivalent rate.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify technical
performance requirements and performance testing requirements for those
purchasing and using portable radiation detectors for Homeland Security
applications.
Abstract: Design criteria, performance requirements, and performance tests for portable radiation survey instruments are described
in this standard.
Key Words: design criteria, performance requirements, performance tests,
portable radiation detectors
Designation: N42.33-2003
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: Americal National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection
Instrumentation for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: "ANSI N42.33-2003, American National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Homeland Security"
Key Words: "design criteria,performance requirements,performance tests,portable
radiationdetectors"
Designation: N42.34-2006
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Hand-held
Instruments for the Detection and Indentification of Radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007
History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies general requirements and test
procedures, radiation response requirements, and electrical, mechanical, and
environmental requirements. Successful completion of the tests described in
this standard should not be construed as an ability to identify all
radionuclides in all environments.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses instruments that can be used for
homeland security applications to detect and identify radionuclides, for
gamma-ray exposure rate measurement, and for indication of neutron
radiation.
Abstract: The performance requirements for hand-held radionuclide identifying instruments are described in this standard. The
requirements stated are based on instruments used in support of efforts associated with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
Key Words: radionuclide identifiers, restrictive mode, routine mode
Designation: N42.34-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Hand-held
Instruments for the Detection and Indentification of Radionuclides
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: N42.35-2006
Title: American National Standard Evaluation and Performance of Radiation
Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007
History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides the testing and evaluation criteria for
installed radiation detection portal monitors that detect radioactive
materials (without identification capabilities). These systems are used to
provide monitoring of people, packages, containers, and vehicles to detect
illicit radioactive material transportation. Portal monitors are used for
detection of photon- and neutron-emitting radioactive substances for the
purposes of detection, interdiction, and prevention.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify performance
criteria and test methods used to evaluate installed radiation detection
portal monitors for use in U.S Homeland Security.
Abstract: The performance requirements for portal monitor instruments are described in this standard. The requirements stated are
based on instruments used in support of efforts associated with the United States Department of Homeland Security.
Key Words: homeland security, instrument test, portal monitors, radiation
detectors
Designation: N42.35-2004
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Evaluation and Performance of Radiation
Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 11, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: "ANSI N42.35-2004, American National Standard for Evaluation and Performance of Radiation Detection Portal Monitors for
Use in Homeland Security"
Key Words: "homeland security,instrument test,portal monitors,radiation
detectors"
Designation: N42.37-2006
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard for Training Requirements for Homeland
Security Purposes Using Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Interdiction
and Prevention
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 12, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard describes requirements for training
in the use of personal radiation detectors (see ANSI N42.321), portable
radiation detection instruments (see ANSI N42.33), portable radionuclide
identifiers (see ANSI N42.34), and portal radiation monitors (see ANSI
N42.35). Other types of radiation detectors may be included in revisions of
this standard as new equipment is developed. This standard provides
training requirements for three identified and defined levels of training.
Students who successfully complete training at the minimum requirements of
this standard shall have a demonstrated competency appropriate for that
training level. This includes a general understanding and background of the
principles of ionizing radiation, radiation effects, and radiation
detection. The individual user organizations should develop training
programs with content specific to their organizations and requirements.
Training for incident manager or incident commander and response post-
identification of a radiation source are beyond the scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes minimum requirements and provides
recommendations and guidelines for training users in basic radiation
detection and the proper use of radiation detection instrumentation for
homeland security interdiction and prevention applications. Reference to
response in this document is only for preevent preparations. This standard
does not cover mission-specific procedures and protocols. This training is
intended primarily for organizations involved in detection and interdiction
efforts, including law enforcement, transit police, private sector security
personnel, the U.S. Postal Service, and private shippers.
Abstract: Training requirements for homeland security purposes using radiation detection instrumentation for interdiction and
prevention are described.
Key Words: homeland security, interdiction and prevention, radiation detection
instruments, training
Designation: N42.38-2006
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Spectroscopy-Based
Portal Monitors Used for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007
History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the operational and performance
requirements for spectroscopy-based portal monitors used in U.S. Homeland
Security applications. Spectroscopy-based portal monitors have the ability
to detect radioactivity and identify radionuclides that may be present in or
on persons, vehicles, or containers through the use of gamma spectroscopy
techniques. Performance requirements for those portal monitors that do not
provide information about the specific radionuclide present are addressed by
ANSI N42.35. Operational requirements established by this standard
include radiation detection and radionuclide identification, and those
requirements associated with the expected electrical, mechanical, and
environmental conditions when a monitor is deployed. The test methods
described in this standard provide a means to ensure that a monitor meets
the requirements stated. Successful completion of the tests described in
this standard should not be construed as an ability to successfully detect
and identify all radionuclides in all environments. This standard does
not address portal monitors that may have the ability to reduce the effects
caused by the presence of naturally occurring radioactive material (NORM)
without the ability to identify specific radionuclides (see ANSI N42.35).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the performance
criteria and test methods for spectroscopy-based portal monitors used for
Homeland Security.
Abstract: The performance requirements for radionuclide identifying portal monitors, also referred to as spectroscopic portal
monitors, are described in this standard. The requirements stated are based on monitors used in support of efforts associated
with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
Key Words: gamma spectroscopy, homeland security, instrument test, portal
monitors, radiation detectors, radionuclide identification
Designation: N42.42-2006
Title: American National Standard Data Format Standard for Radiation Detectors
Used for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2007
History: BD APP: Nov 03, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the data format that shall be used for
both required and optional data available at the output of radiation
instruments for U.S. Homeland Security applications. The performance
requirements for these types of instruments are described in other
standards, such as ANSI N42.321, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, and
ANSI N42.38.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate manufacturer-
independent transfer of information from radiation measurement
instruments to a standard file format for use in U.S. Homeland Security
applications. The goal is to enable interpretation of data without reference
to manufacturers’ documentation. It specifies the format of data provided
by radiation instruments used for homeland security. The purpose of this
data is for analysis and storage of the radiation measurements. The data may
consist of raw or unprocessed data, analysis results, device parameters or
settings, or other measurements needed or applicable to the further analysis
or to verify the quality of the results produced by the instrument. This
standard does not address instrument control, data transmission protocols,
or the physical media used for communications.
Abstract: This standard specifies the data format that shall be used for both required and optional data to be made available by
radiation instruments for U.S. Homeland Security applications. The performance for these types of instruments is described in
other standards, such as ANSI N42.32, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, and ANSI N42.38.
Key Words: data format, DHS standards, homeland security, radiation detectors
Designation: N42.43-2006
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Mobile and
Transportable Radiation Monitors Used for Homeland Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This standard specifies the operational and performance
requirements for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used in
homeland security applications. Transportable radiation monitors are
designed to be transported to a location and used for a specific task or for
a specified period of time; they do not require permanent mounting
platforms. Transportable monitors may be mounted to a vehicle such as a
trailer, and are only used when the vehicle is stationary. Mobile monitors
are those systems that are typically in operation on a platform that is in
motion but that can also be used while stationary. These monitors may be
mounted in vehicles, including water craft, towed systems, or those monitors
mounted to cranes. Mobile monitors can also be those that are used while
being carried by a person such as a backpack. Operational requirements
established by this standard include radiation detection and radionuclide
identification (if used), and those requirements associated with the
expected electrical, mechanical, and environmental conditions while in
transit and when deployed. The tests described in this standard provide a
means to ensure that a monitor meets the requirements stated. Successful
completion of the radiation tests described in this standard should not be
construed as an ability to successfully detect and identify all
radionuclides in all environments. Other than backpack units, this
standard does not cover instruments that are hand-carried during use, or
those instruments addressed by ANSI N42.32, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI
N42.35, and ANSI N42.38.1 This standard addresses instruments used
within the United States, but can be used as a basis for use elsewhere.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the performance criteria and tests for
transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used for homeland security.
Abstract: The operational and performance requirements for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used in homeland
security applications are specified in this standard. Transportable radiation monitors are designed to be transported to a
location and used for a specific task or for a specified period of time and do not require permanent mounting platforms.
Mobile monitors are those systems that are typically in operation on a platform that is in motion. This standard also
addresses radiation detection systems that can be carried on a person such as backpack-type systems.
Key Words: mobile radiation monitors, transportable radiation monitors
Designation: N317-1980
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Instrumentation Used
for Inplant Plutonium Monitoring
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 1980
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 08, 1978
Abstract: Performance criteria are defined, and plutonium radiation is characterized. Thespecifications apply to plutonium handling
and storage facilities, excluding reactors and irradiated fuel reprocessing facilities. This standard does not apply to the
construction of specific instruments, nor does it specify instrumentation to be employed for each survey to be conducted, other
than in generic terms. It does not define specifications for personnel dosimeters, effluent monitoring systems, or instruments
needed in bioassay programs, nor does it define those requirements that may be needed to monitor emergency conditions.
Key Words: Radiation detectors, Plutonium
Designation: N320-1979
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985
Title: American National Standard Performance Specifications for Reactor
Emergency Radiological Monitoring Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1979
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 06, 1978
Abstract: The essential performance parameters and general placement for monitoring the release of radionuclides associated with a
postulated serious accident at a reactor facility are defined for various types of instrumentation. The predominant consideration
in the assessment of radiation emergencies is the measurement of fission products made promptly enough to permit timely emergency
decisions. This standard does not specify which of the instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number or
specific locations of such instruments. This standard also does not address single failure criteria associated with nuclear
safety instrumentation.
Key Words: N320-1979bk
Designation: PN320
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: Performance Specifications for Reactor Emergency Radiological Monitoring
Instrumentation
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: N322-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Inspection,Test, Construction, and
Performance Requirements for Direct Reading Electrostatic/Electroscope Type
Dosimeters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 1997
**Revision of ANSI N322-1977.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: Inspection, test, construction and performance requirements for direct reading electrostatic/electroscope type dosimeters
designed to measure the personal dose equivalent or ambient exposure delivered by external sources of ionizing radiation (X-rays
or gamma rays) are given.
Key Words: dose equivalent, environmental monitoring, exposure, ionizing
radiation, personnel dosimeter, radiation dosimeter, radiation
instrumentation, specifications
Designation: N322-1977
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard Inspection and Test Specifications for Direct
and Indirect Reading Quartz Fiber Pocket Dosimeters
Status: Superseded
Abstract: The procedures to be used by manufacturers in testing direct and indirect reading quartz fiber pocket dosimeters for
measuring X-ray and gamma-ray exposure are defined. The standard covers equipment requirements, test requirements, inspection for
workmanship, charging and reading, physical tests, tests of radiation response under standard and extreme environmental
conditions, and energy dependence and geometrical considerations. The intent is to ensure that each dosimeter meets the requisite
standards of performance and workmanship as specified in ANSI N13.5-1972, Performance Specifications for Direct Reading and
Indirect Reading Pocket Dosimeters for X and Gamma Radiation, and conforms to the certification for that model provided to the
user. The user is encouraged to perform certain of the inspections and tests at intervals considered appropriate for the specific
applications.
Key Words: X-ray detectors, Gamma-ray detectors
Designation: N323-1978
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983
Title: American National Standard Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and
Calibration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 1978
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 13, 1977
Abstract: Calibration methods for portable (hand-carried) radiation protection instruments used for detection and measurement of
levels of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surface contamination are established. Included are conditions,
equipment, and techniques for calibration as well as the degree of precision and accuracy required. Alpha, beta, photon, and
neutron radiation is considered. Passive integrating dosimetric devices such as film, thermoluminescent, and chemical dosimeters
are not covered, although the basic principles and intent may apply to them as well as to nonportable radiation detection
instrumentation in general.
Key Words: X-ray detectors, Neutron detectors, Gamma-ray detectors, Beta-ray
detectors, Alpha-particle detectors
Designation: N323A-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Apr 03, 1997
Abstract: Specific requirements are established for portable radiation protection instruments usedfor detection and measurement of
levels of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surfacecontamination.
Key Words: BODY
Designation: N323B-2003
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard for Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test
and Calibration, Portable Survey Instrumentation for Near Background
Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: "ANSI N323B-2003, American National Standard for Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration, Portable
Survey Instrumentation for Near Background Operation"
Key Words: "instrumentation, near background, portable survey, radiation"
Designation: N323D-2002
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard for Installed Radiation Protection
Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Sep 03, 2002
Abstract: Requirements for installed instruments that measure dose, dose rate, and equivalent dose or dose rate and for installed
instruments that detect or measure radioactive contamination are established.
Key Words: dose, dose equivalent, dose rate, installed instrumentation,
instrumentation radiation, radiation protection
Designation: N449.1-1978
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation
Title: American National Standard Procedures for Periodic Inspection of Cobalt-
60 and Cesium-137 Teletherapy Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 1978
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Apr 07, 1977
Abstract: Procedures for the inspection of cobalt-60 and cesium-137 teletherapy equipment are suggested. Their purpose is to enable
users to identify and quantify malfunctions or maladjustments of the safety and radiation-defining components. Methods and
equipment are listed for each procedure.
Key Words: Inspection, Biomedical radiation application
Designation: P280-1985
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: This standard has been renumbered. Please see 260.2
Status: Superseded
Designation: SI 10-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: IEEE/ASTM Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI):
The Modern Metric System
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2002
**Joint IEEE/ASTM standard. Supersedes SI 10-1997. ASTM to submit document
to ANSI.
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jul 26, 2002
Project Scope: This document is the primary American National Standard for use
of the International System of units (SI). It includes information on SI, a
limited list of units recognized for use with SI, and a list of conversion
factors, together with general guidance on style and usage. The scope from
the previous PAR was as follows: "Prepare the primary standard on metric
practice for use in the United States. The word "primary" implies that other
metric standards in the U.S. should be consistent with this document."
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to give guidance on the use of
SI. A revision is required to bring the standard into line with current
international recommendations.
Designation: SI 10-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols
Title: Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern
Metric System
Status: Superseded
**Revision and redesignation of ANSI/IEEE Std 268-1992 and ASTM E 380.
Superseded by IEEE/ASTM SI 10-2002.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
(Ref. Std.: 268)
Project Scope: Prepare the primary standard on metric practice for use in the
United States. The word "primary" implies that other metric standards in
the US should be consistent with this document.
Project Purpose: The United States is alone among developed nations in not
having fully adopted the metric system. Large sectors of government,
industry, and the technical and scientific professions are, however, in the
process of converting. A standard is needed to guide the process. In 1976
ASTM and IEEE jointly produced a common document, which was widely accepted
as the primary American National Standard on the subject. In later years,
however, the two societies have produced separate standards, which have
diverged somewhat. This project is attempting to re-consolidate IEEE Std
268 and ASTM E380; the product will be submitted to ANSI.
Abstract: Guidance for the use of the modern metric system is given. Known as the International System of Units (abbreviated SI),
the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Information is included on SI, a list of
units recognized for use with SI, and a list of conversion factors, together with general guidance on proper style and usage.
Key Words: conversion factors, international system, metric practice, metric
system, rounding, SI, Système International d'Unités
Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999
Title: EPRI/UCA Common Application Service Models (CASM) and Mapping to MMS
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999
Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999
Title: EPRI/UCA Generic Object Models for Substation and Feeder Equipment
(GOMSFE)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999
Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999
Title: EPRI/UCA Introduction to UCA Version 2.0
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999
Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999
Title: EPRI/UCA UCA™ Profiles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999
Designation: Y14.15-1966
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: Electrical and Electronics Diagrams
Status: Superseded
**This ANSI standard is being revised as P915(PAR was withdrawn Sept 95).
Contact ASME to purchase this edition.
Designation: Y32.9-1972
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical Wiring and Layout Diagrams Used in
Architecture and Building Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 1972
**Conrad Muller is deceased. For technical queries, please call +1-732-562-
3806.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1972 (Ref. Std.: 42)
Abstract: Y32.9-1972bk
Key Words: Y32.9-1972bk
Designation: Y32.9
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board
Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical Wiring and Layout Diagrams Used in
Architecture and Building Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985 (Ref. Std.: 42)